Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


 —— 
Uith 


ees = = 
iy ae 
a ’ ye ot 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


Academy of Natural Sciences 


OF 


PHIBAUELPHIA 


VOLUME LX 
1908 
i 
| ™ 
~ j Yv 
PHILADELPHIA : / , ‘a 


THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 
LOGAN SQUARE 


1905-1909 


j 
d 
ae) 
aad 

O~ 
t / 
Fe oO 


THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 
MARCH 3, 1909. 


I hereby certify that printed copies of the ProceEpiNGs for 1908 have been 
mailed as follows :— 


PaO” LBB sncccsccncsscsndicsanacesasesensesyussssovatersiguenatn mailed April 21, 1908. 
Bs MMR. Fn SVE Ent ataey ney os ictebcvesduakynsiraannherees “~ June 9, 1908. 
ST AM ROBT OA So leek, ova ies vero sos faccun saute “July 24, 1908. 
SUNTAN SAR LM ovis ons nnse codvuiecossocciigi ee “July 27, 1908. 
WR MARINE 2. > ovaccugedsddescaackctsstaricesinncdvasuctopmees “October 8, 1908. 
Ree EEN, os cui cundsatawanetavns cavers seks cerceeiysseatcmeneee ‘© October = 14, 1908. 
Ree Te MMOL cu de dared GRRERRA OA ns uke coun vanW oye dye Cae ee “ October 31, 1908. 
i OR a oe cy ese wapine ask vkeeuuvuhs vance inte ‘« January 4, 1909. 
A CETUS: ccc udev dansk uaiucaikensddvelbecS ns cvesuiu soon eerie «January 7, 1909. 
BEE CAMRCISADD ov ons civ awcs bund Vier uaetdsapanaqnechenennschmienetea ‘January 28, 1909. 
ORIN AME A - ca gucuvapeavinuas dane evo nabi.cehsiee iri tae «February 2, 1909. 
MTOM PRES a ya lec e cance Won sasaiiinseenne ds doccaeconree eee «March 3, 1909. 


EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., 
Recording Secretary. 


PUBLICATION COMMITTEE: 


Henry SKINNER, M.D., WITMER STONE, 
Henry A. Piussry, Sce.D., Wixtuiam J. Fox, 


Epwarp J. Noian, M.D. 
The President, Samure. G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. 
EDITOR: Epvwarp J. Nouan, M.D. 


CONTENTS. 


For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. 


Boyer, Cuartes 8. A new species of Cymatopleura (Plate 
XXVIII), ee. 5 RE Deas 
Brown, ArTHuR Erwin, Sc.D. Generic types of Nearctic Rep- 
tilia and Amphibia, .-. . A se 
Catvert, Putuie P., Pu.D. The composition and ecological 
relations of the Odonate Fauna of Mexico and Central 
America (Plate XX V1), 
CHAMBERLIN, Rap V. Animal names and ankiouanns terms of 
the Goshute Indians, 
Revision of North American Spiders of the k amily Ly sosides 
(Plates VITI-XXII1), f 
Coutron, Harotp Setters. How F Bin and Sy sity tod, eat 
Oysters, Mussels and Clams (Plates I-V), 
Some effects of environment on the growth of Limnaa aide 
mella Say, 
Fow.er, Henry W. Notes on i Slaseke, 
A synopsis of the Cyprinidae of Pennsylvania (Plate XXV 11), 
Harsupercer, JoHN W., Pu.D. The directive influence of Light 
on the growth of Forest Plants (Plates XXIV, XNXYV), 
Isnikawa, Curyomatsu, Pu.D. Description of a new species of 
Squaloid Shark from Japan, oo 
Montcomery, Tuomas H., Jr., PH.D. Remarks on Prof. 
Chamberlin’s revision of North American Lycoside, 
Moore, J. Percy. Some Polychewtous Annelids of the Northern 
Pacific Coast of North America, ce 
Pitspry, Henry A., Sc.D. Notes on Succinea valle Say and 
S. obliqua Say (Plate VII), : 
On the classification of Sealpelliform Barnac les, 
iii 


104 


iv, CONTENTS. 


A comparison of the Land-Snail Fauna of Korea with the 
Faunas of Japan and China, 

On the teeth of Hawaiian species of Halives, 

Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire, XII (Plates XXX, 
XXXT, XXXII), ) Sa 

Pitspry, Henry A., Sc.D., and Y. Hiase. New Land and 
Fresh-water Mellasaa of the Japanese Empire, 

New Land Shells of the Chinese Empire—I, 
New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire, 

Pitspry, Henry A., and E. G. Vanarra. Notes on Patuiccs 
didyma, with description of a new Australian species 
(Plate XXIN), é 

Reuwn, James A. G. Acridide (Orthoptera) Rom Si0 Paulo, 
Brazil, with descriptions of one new genus and three 
new species, ae. 

Reun, James A. G., and Moko Hiekai. An Orthoptero- 
logical Reconnoissance of the Southwestern United 
States. Part I: Arizona, 

SNYDER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. Description of Trachypterus selen- 
iris, a new species of Ribbon-Fish from Monterey Bay, 
California, a er ie klk 

Srone, Witmer. Methods of recording and utilizing Bird- 
Migration Data, 

Recent additions to our know lode of the Flora di Borithors n 
New Jersey, . : : 
A review of the Genus Piaya L esson, 

True, Freperick W. Remarks on the fossil eee Rhah- 
dosteus latiradax Cope (Plate VI), 

WeLLMAN, F. Cretauton, M.D. On the Meloide of Anucla: 

Wetviman, F. Cretauton, M.D., and WavtHer Horn, M.D. On 
the Cicindelins: of Avgéla, 

Younc, Roserr T. Notes on the distatbution of Coloralll 
Mammals, with deseription of a new species of Bat 
(Iptesicus pallidus) from Boulder, . 


452 


559 


365 


403 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA. 


JANUARY 7. 
The President, Samuet G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair, 


One hundred and six persons present. 


The Hayden Memorial Geological Medal' was presented to Charles 
D. Walcott, LL.D. The presentation address was made by Dr. 
Persifor Frazer and responded to by the recipient of the award. A 
reception was tendered Dr. Walcott at the close of the formal pro- 
ceedings. 


The following Standing Committees were appointed by the Council 
to serve during the ensuing year: 


Finance.—John Cadwalader, Edwin 8. Dixon, Effingham B. 
Morris, Horatio C. Wood, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr., Treasurer. 


Pusiications.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., 
Witmer Stone, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D., 
Editor and Treasurer. 

Liprary.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Henry Tucker, M.D., Thomas 
Biddle, M.D., Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and George Vaux, Jr. 

' For an illustration of the remodelled Hayden Medal see Report of Recording 


Secretary, Procrepines, 1907, p. 564. 
1 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., 
Insrruction.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., 
Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. a 


ComMMITTEE oF CouncIL on By-Laws.—Arthur E. Brown, Se ie. . 
Thos. H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader and Chas. B. Penrose, M 


The President is, ex officio, a member of all Standing Committees 


January 21. 
The President, Samuet G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 


Ninety-seven persons present. “ 


The deaths of Jacob Reese, March 25, 1907, and of Miss Ad 
Tryon, January 20, 1908, members, were reported. 


Dr. Casey A. Woop made an illustrated communication on the eyes 
and eyesight of birds. (No abstract.) 


Dr. William J. Sinclair was elected a member. 
The following was ordered to be printed: 


—? = 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 


HOW FULGUR AND SYCOTYPUS EAT OYSTERS, MUSSELS AND CLAMS. 
BY HAROLD SELLERS COLTON. 


Since observations on the habits of Prosobranch mollusks are 
fragmentary and few, I embraced an opportunity of studying Fulgur 
carica, Fulgur perversa and Sycotypus canaliculatus wnder conditions 
as nearly natural as one can hope to have in a laboratory located 
far from the sea. Most of the observations were carried out in the 
Vivarium of the University of Pennsylvania; these were supplemented 
by studies on fresh material under more natural conditions at the 
Fisheries Laboratory at Woods Hole.* 

The individuals studied in Philadelphia had been in captivity a long 
time. All had been there a year and many several years. The Fulgur 
carica had come from Woods Hole and the Jersey coast. F. perversa 
I had brought up from Clearwater, Florida, two years and a half 
before. Of these latter none had died a natural death during that 
time. 

The salt water aquarium in which they were confined was about five 


- feet wide and eleven feet long. There was three feet of water over the 


greater part, but a shallow beach at one end. 

On the beach I was accustomed to place oysters that I kept as a 
stock to feed the animals in this tank. Every week I chopped up an 
oyster or two and distributed the juice and fragments all over the tank. 
This stimulated the Fulgurs and Sycotypi to activity and to make 
frequent raids on the living oysters on the beach. This led me to 
inquire into the kind of food, the amount of food, and method of 
feeding of these gasteropods. 

There is but one actual observation on the manner of feeding of these 
mollusks that I have been able to discover. Stimpson (1860), in 
speaking of Sycotypus, said: “In eating (it) applies end of proboscis 
to the clam’s foot, and with a sudden jerk of the lingual ribbon inward 
and sidelong takes a strip of flesh.”’ 

The “impression” that most persons hold with reference to the 
manner of eating and the habits of the Sycotypus and Fulgur is expressed 
by Herrick (1906): “Since this animal is a great pest to the oystermen 
and clam-diggers, . . . . it is of some interest... . to know . . 


for many favors, and particularly Dr. E. G. Conklin for reading the manuscript 
of this paper and for many helpful suggestions. 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., 


how this gasteropod accomplishes its destructive work of boring 
through the shells of oysters and clams and rasping out their soft 
contents by means of the file-like tongue.’’ Although this is in the 
introduction, he does not mention again how Sycotypus bores through 
shells and had only the “impression” that they did bore. 

Ingersoll (1884) has given the most detailed description of the food 
‘and the manner of taking it that I have been able to discover. ‘The 
food of the conch (Fulgur or Sycotypus),” says he, ‘being mainly the 
flesh of other mollusks, its method of killing them is one of brute 
strength, since it is unprovided with the silicious, file-like tongue by 
means of which the small drills set at naught the shelly armor of their 
victims. The conch is a greater savage than that. Seizing upon the 
unfortunate oyster, unable to run away, he envelops its shell in the 
concave under surface of his foot, and by just such muscular action 
as you would employ in grasping an object in the palm of your fist, 
crushes the shell into fragments and feasts at leisure on the flesh thus 
exposed. One planter thought one Winkle (fulgur and Sycotypus) 
was capable of killing a bushel of oysters in a single hour. They do 
not confine themselves to oysters altogether, of course; any mollusk 
or other animal sluggish or weak enough to be broken up suffers from 
their predacity. Iwas told in New Jersey by an intelligent man that a 
conch would even pull a razor clam out of its burrow and devour it. If 
this be true the soft shell clam also falls a victim to the same marauder. 
The Quahog is generally safe.’’ 

I quote this because my observations and experiments unfortu- 
nately contradict so many of these interesting statements. 

My experiments as to the kind of food were restricted to live Lamelli- 
branchs, because I never was able to observe them eat chopped oyster 
or chopped meat. Chopped oyster certainly stimulates them and 
perhaps they will eat it. I cannot tell. Table I gives the results of 
my studies at Woods Hole and Philadelphia. (x) indicates that the 
particular bivalve was fed to the conch and eaten; (0) indicates that 
it was fed to the conch and not eaten; and (—) means that the particular 
form was not supplied with the indicated food. 


Tasie I. 

Sycotypus. F. carica. F’. perversa, 
Mya... tie x p! 
Venus A x x 
Ensis... i x aa 
Modiola. bec x - 
Mytilus oe x i 
Ostrea.. ‘-.: x x 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 


At Woods Hole Sycotypus and F. carica were found only at places 
where Ensis (razor clams) were abundant. I could not find them 
on any other beach. Although I did not observe Sycotypus eating 
Ensis, I think there is every reason to suppose that they do. 

The experiments on the amount of food are too few to be definite. 
The results, such as they are, are expressed in Table II. (x) indicates 
present but not eaten. (0) indicates not present. 


TaBLe II. . 

No. Conch. Days. Ostrea, Mya. Venus. Mytilus. Modiola. 
4 Sycotypus............ 10 > 3 13 x 7 x 
eget BONEOR, 22 tec. 10 x x 2 3 1 
3 F. perversa.......... 42 7 0 0 0 0 
| 6 Base 42 0 0 0 0 i) 

2 Sycotypus............ 42 4 0 0 0 0 
1 Sycotypus............ 2 4 0 0 0 0 


Very often one individual would eat a couple of clams or oysters in a 
day, but as a rule the meals were far apart. 

Notwithstanding most persons’ ‘‘impressions,’’ it is highly improbable 
that these mollusks ever bore through Lamellibranch shells. I have 
-never seen a hole that would fit their proboscis, nor does the wearing 
of the teeth on the odontophore indicate that they were worn down 
against a hard substance. Plate I, figs. 3-4 show the median tooth 
of Urosalphinx which bores rapidly through the shells of mussels. The 
former shows a tooth before being worn and the latter a tooth worn 
down. These teeth compared with a similar series, Plate I, figs. 1 and 
2, showing F’. carica, suggest that there are two methods of wear. In 
Urosalphinx the teeth are worn evenly off so that a straight line will 
join the tops. The large teeth are worn level with the short ones. In 
Fulgur, however, the teeth are broken off in almost any way. Exami- 
nations of the radulw of Nassa obsoleta, Nassa trivittata, Lunatia and 
Purpura lapillus seem to substantiate the view. But with the excep- 
tion of Purpura and perhaps Nassa obsoleta, too little is known how 
they take their food to render any general conclusions tenable. In the 
case of these last two, Purpura, which has a radula worn like Urosal- 
phinz, has been observed to bore (Wilcox, 1905); and Nassa, with wear 
such as I have described for Fulgur, has never been seen to bore, but 
will crawl between the valves of Mya, wedging the valves apart, and 
devour the flesh (Dimon, 1905). 

The other method of attack (Ingersoll, 1884) is by breaking the 
shell. As described by Ingersoll this is utterly impossible. However, 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., 


both F. perrersa and F. carica do injure the shell of Venus mercenaria 
(Quahog); and, although they leave marks on the shell of Mytilus 
(mussel) and perhaps Ostrea, the shell of Mya (soft shell clam) is left 
without a scratch. 

In the case of Sycotypus eating oysters, I have been able to watch 
the whole process from the beginning to the end without interruption, 
so I will take this as my first example. It will be an account of the 
behavior of a single individual. 

The Sycotypus had not been fed for a month or so and was buried in 
the gravel. To stimulate, I added some very finely chopped-up oyster 
to the aquarium. When it started to crawl out of the gravel, a few 


minutes after I added the oyster juice, I placed some live oysters in the ~ 


aquarium with it. It attacked one of the oysters five minutes after I 
placed them with it. Fifty minutes afterward it left the empty shell. 
Going a foot to another oyster, it began to attack it twenty minutes 
after it left the first one. 

The Sycotypus crawled on top of the oyster, which closed its valves. 
The conch waited two minutes when the oyster opened its valves 
(Plate II, fig. 7). Rotating its shell on the axis of the columella 
through an angle of 70°, it thrust its own shell between the valves of 
the oyster and introduced its proboscis between the shells (Plate II, 
fig. 8). Forty minutes later it left the empty shell. 

Sycotypus does not wedge the shells of Mya apart, because it can get 
at the soft parts without doing so, since the valves gap slightly (Plates 
II and III, figs. 11,12). To test this I introduced an oyster that 
had had three-quarters of an inch broken from the margins of both 
valves on the end away from the hinge so that the valves appeared to 
gap. I found that Sycotypus attacked this one in the same manner 
as it attacked Mya and did not wedge the shells apart (Plate I, fig. 6). 

Fulgur eating Venus is a much more complicated case. The conch 
(Fulgur perversa or F. carica) grasps the Venus in the hollow of its 
foot (Plate LV, fig. 13), bringing the margin of the Venus shell against 
its own shell margin. By contracting the columellar muscle it forces 


the margins of the shells together, which results in a small fragment ~ 


being chipped from the shell of Venus. This is repeated many times 
and, finally, the crack between the valves is enlarged to a width of 
3 mm. or more (text fig.). 

The proboscis is normally about 5 mm. to 8 mm. in diameter 
There are three ways in which it may get at the animal. First, it may 
flatten out its proboscis so that it will go through the crack; secondly, 
it may pour in a secretion between the valves which kills the clam, 


- 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. f 


and, thirdly, it may wedge its shell between the valves of the Venus. 
By contracting its columellar muscle it may actually wedge the valves 
apart. Venus is much more sensitive to mechanical stimuli than is 
Ostrea. Venus never opens its valves of itself when it is in the grasp 
of a Fulgur, while Ostrea, after the first shock, opens wide its valves as 
if no danger were near. 

Fulgur and Sycotypus often break their own shell when opening 
oysters and clams, and this accounts no doubt for the irregular growth 
lines seen on their shells. 

This method of inserting the margin of a gasteropod between the 
valves of a Lamellibranch has been noticed before. Francois (1890) 


Quahog shell clipped by Fulgur. 


briefly reports that Murex jortispinna has a special tooth on the margin 
of its aperture for the purpose of inserting between the valves of Arca. 
It may be that this manner of attacking the soft parts of bivalves is a 
very common habit of Prosobranch mollusks. 

All writers recognize Fulgur and Sycotypus as pests to the oyster men. 
How many oysters will be destroyed will depend on the average num- 
ber eaten in a given time. Although I have found them to eat two 
oysters one day and two the next, there follows a long rest period 
where the individual remains buried in the sand—sometimes for days, 
sometimes for months. 

Notwithstanding that Ingersoll (1884) says, ‘‘It is needless to say 
that they do not burrow at all,” I find that they are buried about 65 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Jan., 


per cent. of the time, the tip end of the black siphon alone projecting 
above the sand—5 mm.—a most inconspicuous object. 

The following table gives the records of the activity of nine individuals 
for a period of six weeks. It indicates the periods of rest and activity 
expressed in days. Plate V shows these periods of rest and activity 
distributed in space. 


TaBLe III. 

Gasteropod. Days active. Days buried. Days quiet. Days-of food. 
Sycotypus No. 2............. 21 16 3 2 
ag No: 403 2 38 0 1 
FP’, carica No. Sip.ccscec---:s 9 25 6 0 
ui Wo4y aie 5 34 1 0 
é No Bisetates.- fi 0 14 0 
cs NO Geico 10 4 26 0 
F., perversa No. 1......:..: v4 29 4 1 
ss NO; Fits ck. 10 30 0 2 
Je INO. Biinsoxee 7 33 0 1 


These experiments were carried on in Philadelphia and so were not 
under perfectly natural conditions. They show how far apart the meal 
times are. During these experiments F’. carica never ate. If these 
observations reflect at all the normal habits of the individual, they can- 
not, I think, be a very serious oyster pest. 

Sycotypus and Fulgur do not always react to their food in the same 
manner, but they react to different Lamellibranchs in a way best 
suited to getting at the soft parts of the animals. Therefore the 
behavior is adaptive (Jennings, 1906, 1907). 

Another question is, are these organisms intelligent? Jennings 
(1906) defines intelligence as a modification of behavior in accordance 
with experience. The usual way to test this is by habit formation 
(Jennings, 1907). “(1) The organism must be presented with a 
problem to be solved. (2) The organism must ‘try’ to solve the 
problem in several different ways. (3) It must be able to solve the 
problem in but one or a few ways.” 

In accordance with these criteria I presented the mollusks with a 
simple maze problem with oysters as “bait.” Although without food 
for a week, they buried themselves in the sand and did not move 
again. At the end of two weeks I discontinued the experiment. To 
show the normal behavior of these animals I plotted their movements 
for a period of six weeks. This gave no results except those embodied 
in the earlier part of this paper. The diagrams show, however, how 
very sluggish these mollusks are. It is probably impossible by any of 


- 
} 
r 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 


the ordinary methods to determine the intelligence of Sycotypus and 
Fulgur. The solution of this problem awaits some ingenious future 
investigator. 


. SUMMARY. 


1. Fulgur and Sycotypus are very hardy and live well in captivity. 

2. Fulgur probably attacks any Lamellibranch. 

3. Sycotypus will attack any except Venus. 

4, Oysters are eaten in less than an hour. Clams in from an hour 
to an hour and ahalf. Quahogs from seven hours to three days. 

5. They do not bore shells with the radula. 

6. They open shells of oysters by wedging their own shell between 
the valves, and tear out the flesh with their radula. They probably 
treat Quahogs in the same way. 

7. Some shells are injured in the process, depending on the amount 
of gap and the sensitiveness of the organism to mechanical stimuli. 

8. Their meals are far between. 

9. They spend their time between meals buried in the sand. 

10. They may not be as serious a pest to the oystermen as previously 
reported. 

11. Their behavior is adaptive. As yet we have no proof that these 
animals are intelligent. 


LITERATURE. 


1895. Cooke. Cambridge Nat Hist., Vol. III, p. 60. 

1905. Dimon, A.C. Cold Spring Harbor Monographs, V, pp. 31-36. 

1890. Francois. Arch. Exp. G., (2), UX, p. 240. 

1870. Goutp. Invertebrata of Mass., 2d. ed., by W. G. Binney. 

1906. Herrick, J.C. Mechanism of the Odontophoral apparatus in Sycotypus 
canaliculatus, Am. Nat., Vol. XL, p. 707. 

1884. INGERSOLL, E. Fisheries Industries of the U. S., Section I, p. 694. 

1906. Jennines, H.S. Behavior of the Lower Organisms, p. 334. 

1907. Jennincs, H.S. Behavior of the Starfish Asterias forreri, U. of Cal. Pub. 
in Zool., Vol. 1V, No. 2, p. 155. 

1860. Stimpson. Check List, p. 6. 

1882. Tryon, G. W. Structural and Systematic Conchology, p. 137. 

1905. Witcox, M. A. Biology of Acmza testudinalis, Am. Nat., May, 1905, 
p. 325. 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATES I-V. 


Figs. 1 and 2 were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida and magnified about 72 
diameters. 

Figs. 3 and 4 were drawn with a camera lucida and magnified about 270 times. 

The succeeding figures were drawn free-hand from living animals with the 
exception of figs. 7 and 8, which are semi-diagrammatic. They are } natural size. 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan., 


PLare I.—Fig. 1.—Median tooth of Fulgur carica (unused). 
Fig. 2.—Median tooth of Fulgur carica (worn). 
Fig. 3.—Median tooth of Urosalphinz al 
Fig. 4.—Median tooth of Urosalphinx (worn). 
Fig. 5. Sycotypus eating an oyster viewed from above. 4 
Fig. 6.—Sycotypus eating an — viewed from side. The oyster had had 
the end toward the conch broken for about } inch. \ 


Pate II.—Fig. 7.—Sycotypus on top of oyster (semi-diagrammatic). 
Fig. 8.—The same a fewseconds afterward, showing the margin of the Sycoty- 
* pus shell wedging apart the shells of the oyster. 
Fig. 9.—Sycotypus wedging apart the valves of an oyster. 


Priate III.—Fig. 10.—Sycotypus in search of food. 
Fig. 11.—Sycotypus eating Mya. 
Piate IV.—Fig. 12.—Sycotypus eating M. 


ya, 

Fig. 13.—F. carica eating Venus, showing how it holds the shell. 
Piate V.—Diagrams illustrating the wanderings of F’. perversa, F. carica and S. 
canaliculatus during a period of six weeks. Each square of the diagram 

represents one square foot. Each of the diagrams represent an aquarium 
of salt water five feet by eleven feet. The po were made daily. 
The Roman numerals indicate the identification number of the in- 
dividual welks. Arabic numerals indicate days at one spot. (0) 
means an oyster eaten. (B) indicates that the individual was buried. 


~-1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. il 


FEBRUARY 4. 


’ 


Dr. WILLIAM P. WILSON in the Chair. 


Thirty persons present. 


The, Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper 
entitled ‘“Acridide (Orthoptera) from Sao Paulo, Brazil, with 
descriptions of one New Genus and three New Species,”’ by James A. G. 
Rehn (January 27). 


WitMerR Stone made a communication on the geographical distri- 
bution of plants and animals in Southern New Jersey. (No abstract.) 


Fepruary 18. 
ARTHUR ErwINn Brown, Se.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Ninety persons present. 


The reception of a paper entitled ‘‘ Remarks on the Fossil Cetacean 
Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope,”’ by Frederick W. True (February 15), 
was reported by the Publication Committee. 


Puiuip P. Catvert, Ph.D., made a communication on the general 
results of nine years’ study of the dragon-flies of Mexico and Centra! 
America for the Biologia Centrali Americana. (No abstract.) 


Burton Cuance, M.D., was elected a member. 


The following were ordered to be published : 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.. 


ACRIDIDZ (ORTHOPTERA) FROM SAO PAULO, BRAZIL, WITH DESCRIPTIONS 
OF ONE NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES. 


BY JAMES A. G. REHN. 


The material treated in the following paper represents the Pyrgomor- 
phine and Locustine of a collection of Orthoptera made at several 
localities in the State of Sio Paulo, Brazil, by Mr. Adolph Hempel, and 
presented to the Academy by the author. 

The Acridine belonging to this collection has already been treated, 
in conjunction with other South American material of that subfamily, 
in a paper in these Proceedings.’ 


PYRGOMORPHIN %. 
OMMEXECHA Serville. 


Ommexecha servillei Blanchard. 


1837. Ommexecha Servillei Blanchard, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, V, p. 
613, Pl. XXII, figs. 2. and 3. [Province of Corrientes, Argentina.] 


Sio Paulo. September 13 and 19, 1900. (Hempel.) Three <, 
three ¢ 

Reboucas. September 26,1900. (Hempel.) One oc’, one 2. 

Previous records for this species are Porto Allegre, Rio Grande do 
Sul (Karsch), Sierra Geral, Santa Catharina (Karsch), Sio Paulo 
(Bruner), Matto Grosso (Karsch), Brazil, Asuncion and San Bernardino, 
Paraguay (Bruner). 


LOCUSTIN.®., 
TROPINOTUS Serville. 
Tropinotus affinis Bruner. 
1906. Tropinotus affinis Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 646, 
[Sapucay, Paraguay.] 
Jundiahy. April 17, 1898; September 10, 1899. (Schrottky.) 
Two ¢, two &. 
The bowed lateral carine of the pronotum appear to be the chief 
diagnostic character of this species, unless this is also shared by 7. 
scabripes Stal, which has not been examined. 


' Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci, Phila., 1906, pp. 10-50. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 


ELEOCHLORA Stal. 
Elzochlora arcuata n. sp. 

Types: co and & ; Jundiahy, State of Sio Paulo, Brazil. March 1, 
1899 (o). (Schrottky.) [A. N.S. Phila.] 

This peculiar species belongs to the section of the genus containing 
E. trilineata and viridicata (Serville) and humilis and pulchella Rehn, 
as well as the rather aberrant picticollis (Gerstaecker). It is readily 
separated from any of these species by the well elevated and longi- 
tudinally arcuate median carina of the pronotum, the tubercles of the 
pronotum also being blunter and fewer than in the allied species. 
The male can also be immediately separated from the above species, 
except picticollis, by the short acute tegmina. 

Size rather large; form of the female quite robust, of the male slen- 


Fig. 1.—Elaochlora arcuata nn. sp. Lateral view of male type. ( 24.) 


derer. Head with the occiput rounded ; fastigium subhorizontal, very 
slightly excavated, longer than broad, the apex slightly acute-angulate, 
the apical margins slightly arcuate in the male; angle of the fastigium 
when viewed from the lateral aspect narrowly rounded into the moder- 
ately (2) or considerably (oc) retreating face; frontal costa very 
much narrowed at its junction with the fastigium, slightly but regu- 
larly expanding ventrad to the clypeus, sulcate except in the very 
narrow dorsal portion; eyes of the male elliptical, oval, of the female 
ovate; antenne® not complete. Pronotum rugoso-punctate, with the 
prozona tectate, the metazona with the disk flattened and the carina 
considerably elevated, the outline of the carina when viewed from 
the lateral aspect being very slightly arcuate in the female, very con- 


14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.. 


siderably so in the male; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, slightly 
more marked in the male than in the female; caudal angle acute- 
angulate, the apex sharp and the margins slightly arcuato-emarginate ; 
lateral shoulders marked on the metazona, a continuation descending 
obliquely ventro-cephalad on the prozonal portion of the lateral lobes 
prozona of the disk with accessory lateral shoulders, which are less 
marked than the primary ones, converging from the principal trans- 
verse sulcus to the cephalic margin, all the lateral shoulders more 
marked in the male than in the female; transverse sulci three in number, 
all cutting the median ridge, but only the caudal one doing so deeply ; 
greatest median width of the pronotal disk ‘contained about twice 
in the length; lateral lobes of the pronotum with the ventral margin 
obtuse-angulate. Tegmina of the male exceeding the length of the 
pronotum by about half the length of the head, of the female about 
equal to the length of the metazona and half of the prozona; shape of 
the male tegmina sublanceolate, of the female tegmina sub-rhomboid, 
the greatest width of the male tegmina contained two and a half 
times in their length, that of the female tegmina contained once and 
two-thirds in their length. Wings much smaller than the tegmina, 
not functional in either sex. Prosternal spine erect, conical; inter- 
space between the mesosternal lobes very slightly transverse, the 
angles of the lobes broadly rounded; interspace between the meta- 
sternal lobes distinctly arcuate transverse. Abdomen compressed 
in both sexes, distinctly carinate dorsad in the male; supra-anal 
plate of the male acute-angulate, distinctly suleate mesad, the suleus 
narrowed meso-caudad ; cerci of the male very small, simple, styliform ; 
subgenital plate compressed, produced, rostrate, the apex elevated and 
slender. Cephalic and median limbs moderately robust in the male, 
rather weak in the female. Caudal femora about one and one-third 
(2) or one and two-thirds (c') the length of the pronotum, rather 
slender, tapering, no appreciable pregenicular constriction, dorso- 
median carina sparsely serrato-dentate, pattern of the pagina rather 
irregular and not deeply impressed; caudal tibie about equal to the 
femora in length, armed on the external margin with ten to twelve 
spines, on the internal with nine to ten spines, those of the internal 
margin longer than those on the external; tarsi distinctly depressed. 
General color olive-green becoming brownish on some areas and 
brighter green on others. co. Face dull oil green, genie and occiput 
of the general color aside from a dull broad subequal medio-longitudinal 
bar of russet on the vertex and occiput, bordered laterad by poorly 
defined blackish areas; eyes burnt umber, Pronotum very dull olive- 


| ine, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 


green dorsad, the median carina and angles marked obscurely with 
burnt sienna; lateral lobes with considerable parrot green mesad, the 
cephalic and ventral margins narrowly and the caudal margins rather 
broadly margined with ochraceous-buff, the marginal color blending 
into the general color. Tegmina blackish, broadly margined, except 
toward the apex where the paler color narrows until completely absent 
at the very apex, with ochraceous-buff, principal veins of the median 
portion of the tegmina apple green. Limbs distinctly brownish, the 
caudal tibie and tarsi vinaceous-cinnamon, tibial spines wholly black 
on the internal margin, tipped with black on the external margin. ©. 
Head bice-green with a very pale ochraceous-buff occipital and fastigial 
band as in the male, which band, however, has the lateral defining 
bars poorly indicated; eyes vandyke brown; antenne pansy purple 
with the proximal joint of the color of the head. Pronotum generally 
more oil green than olive-green; median carina marked with a bar of 
madder brown which narrows caudad and is poorly outlined cephalad ; 
ventral and caudal margins of the lateral lobes with very faint and 
poorly defined light margins. Tegmina oil green with a pale margin 
similar to the male, in addition to which the green area is outlined by 
a heavy pencilling of black, quite distinct on all but the ventro-caudal 
portion, while the sutural margin has a very fine black edging to its 
proximal half; principal veins of the green area apple green.. Limbs 
oil green tending toward apple green, caudal tarsi marked with maroon 
purple dorsad, caudal tibize with the spines as in the male. 


Measurements. 
oh °) 
Det Gm, ts ew at ay ws eam... G2 -mm. 
Length of pronotum, .. ATT Sana. 46" © 
Median width of disk of pronotum, ita 4a" Soy Caee 8.2 * 
i ae st Ge ey, vs a dee | 61S 
Greatest width of tegmen,. ..... . 54 * g « 
mengun Ofcnudaliemur, . . . . . . . 179 “ 242 “ 


A paratypic female has also been examined. It differs from the 
female type only in the tegmina being more produced and nearer to 
the type seen in the male. 


CHROMACRIS Walker. 
Chromacris miles (Drury). 


Jundiahy. (Schrottky). One o. 
This inglividual has the lighter color of the wings rich yellow. 


16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


Chromacris nuptialis (Gerstaecker). 


1873. Romalea nuptialis Gerstaecker, Stett. Entom. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 
185. [Salto Grande,’ Brazil.] 


Jundiahy. January 20, 1899 (2). (Schrottky.) One @, one 2. 
The markings of the tegminal veins in this species remind one of the 
similar pattern noticed in the otherwise very different C. icterus. 


: ZONIOPODA Stal. 
Zoniopoda tarsata (Serville). 

Jundiahy. January 28,1899. (Schrottky.) One <. 

This specimen agrees fully with the original description and two 
Rio Grande do Sul specimens determined as tarsata, received from 
the late Dr. Saussure. 


LEPTYSMA Stal. 


Leptysma gracilis Bruner.* 
1906. [Leptysma] gracilis Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 658. 
[Sao Paulo, Brazil.] 
Sio Paulo. September 5-19, 1900. (Hempel.) Six o’, four 2. 
This series shows an appreciable amount of variation in the form 
of the fastigium, some having the angle more acute than others. 


Leptysma filiformis (Serville). 
Sio Paulo. September 1 and 7, 1900. (Hempel.) Three 2. 


PARACORNOPS Giglio-Tos. 


Paracornops longipenne (De Geer)? 
1773. Acrydium longipenne DeGeer, Mém. d’Hist. Ins., III, p. 501, Pl. 42, 
fig. 9. [Surinam.] 


Sio Paulo. September 14,1900. (Hempel.) Five &, one 9. 

We have followed Bruner‘ in considering this form the same as 
DeGeer’s species, the correctness of which association can be deter- 
mined definitely only by the examination of Surinam material. 

The specimens in hand are brownish instead of greenish as described 
by DeGeer, but as far as can be determined from his figure they do not 
differ structurally, and in dimensions they fully agree with those given 


by him. 


? One of two localities, Salto Grande, Minas Geraes or Salto Grande, Sio Paulo, 
probably the latter. 

*The five females from Sapueay, Paraguay, recorded by the author as LD. 
filiformis (Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 180) are found on re-examination 
to be this species. The absence of male individuals accounts for the error in 
determination. 


* Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 662. 


- 


i ae ea 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 


OMALOTETTIX Bruner. 
Omalotettix signatipes Bruner. 
Sado Paulo. September 1 to 14,1900. (Hempel.) Nine &. 


These specimens are uniformly, though slightly, smaller than 
Chapada, Brazil, and Sapucay, Paraguay, females, but in no other 
respect do they appear to differ from topotypes. 


HOMALOSAPARUS: n. gen. 

A member of the Xiphiole and related to Saparus Giglio-Tos and 
Xiphiola Bolivar, differing from the former in the less compressed 
general form, in the form of the frontal costa, the less produced head, 
the less compressed pronotum, the more rounded tegmina, the more 
robust limbs and the produced subgenital plate; differing from Xiphiola 
n the more compressed form, in the absence of distinct lateral angles 
to the pronotum, the absence of any costal projection between the 
antennz, in the broader tegmina, in the narrower interspace between the 
mesosternal lobes and in the produced subgenital plate and slender cerci. 

Vertex ascending; fastigium rectangulate; frontal costa not project- 
ing between the antenne, becoming obsolete ventrad of the ocellus; 
face declivent; eyes acute ovoid, hardly projecting; antenne heavy, 
depressed, very slightly expanded proximad. Pronotum rugoso-punc- 
tate; dorsal transverse sulci three in number; median carina distinct; 
caudal angle of the disk subrectangulate; lateral angles without 
caring. Tegmina exceeding the apex of the abdomen, rather broad, 
greatest width in the distal third; intercalary vein absent. Prosternal 
spine erect, slender, apex blunt; interspace between the mesosternal 
lobes very distinctly longer than broad ; interspace between the meta- 
sternal lobes very narrow. Subgenital plate of the male produced, 
acuminate, keeled. Caudal femora moderately inflated; caudal tibiae 
with nine spines on the lateral margins. 

Type.—H. canonicus n. sp. 

Homalosaparus canonicus n. sp. 

Type: @; Sio Paulo, Brazil. September 13, 1900. (Hempel.) 
[A. N.S. Phila.] 

Size medium ; form distinctly compressed ; surface ruguloso-punctate. 
Head with the occiput regularly ascending to the interocular region 
which, with the fastigium, is subhorizontal; interocular region slightly 
more than twice the width of the interantennal portion of the frontal 
costa; fastigium broadly trigonal, the apex with a short, distinct, 
median, longitudinal sulcus; angle of the fastigium and vertex, when 
seen from the lateral aspect, rounded rectangulate, the facial line being 


* ‘Ouasoc, resembling, and Saparus, a generic name. 
2 


18 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


subperpendicular to a short distance ventrad of the insertion of the 
antenne, then considerably declivent; lateral foveole indistinct, 
punctate; frontal costa slightly constricted dorsad and obsolete from 
a point ventrad of the ocellus where it is slightly narrowed, entire 
length impresso-punctate; eyes acute dorsad, strongly elongate-ovoid 


Fig. 2.—Homalosaparus canonicus n, gen. andsp. Lateral view of type. (X 24.) 


and somewhat longer than the infraocular portion of the gene, when 
viewed from the dorsum the eyes are seen to be very slightly prominent; 
antenne about as long as the head and pronotum together, heavy, 
distinctly depressed, very slightly expanded proximad and with a 


Fig. 3.—Homal- 
08a parus can- 
onicus n. gen. 
andsp. Dor- 
sal view of 
head and pro- 
notum. ( » 
24.) 


very slight expanded distal clavation. Pronotum 
about half again as long as the dorsal surface of the 
head ; cephalic margin subtruncate with an extremely 
slight median emargination, caudal margin sub- 
rectangulate, apex finely angulate; median carina 
low, distinct, severed three times; lateral shoulders 
distinct on the metazona, rounded and descending 
ventro-cephalad on the prozona; lateral lobes about 
as deep on their greatest dorsal length, ventral 
margin rotundato-emarginate cephalad, arcuate cau- 
dad. Tegmina exceeding the tips of the caudal 
femora by about the length of the head; greatest 
width at about three-fourths the length from the 
proximal extremity and contained about four and a 
half times in the tegminal length; costal margin with 
a very considerable rounded lobe, distad of which 
the margin is straight to the point of greatest width 
and arcuate thence to the apex, sutural margin 


straight except for a slight proximal arcuation, apical region ob- 


=“ _ 7°, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 


liquely truncate with the apex rounded rectangulate. Wings fully 
developed, Prosternal spine erect, rather slender, hardly tapering, 
bluntly pointed. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes broad 
cephalad, sharply narrowed to about a third the cephalic width, then 
slightly and regularly expanded with the caudal angles of the lobes 
rounded, the whole shape of the interspace being like a letter X with the 
upper portion abnormally expanded and the lower portion drawn out; 
interspace between the metasternal lobes narrow, inverted, cuneiform. 
Abdomen moderately compressed ; supra-anal plate produced subequal 
in width in the proximal half, distinctly narrowed mesad and thence 
arcuate to the rather blunt apex; cerci slender, subequal in the proximal 
half, roundly emarginate on the dorsal margin in the distal half, the 
apex blunt, the distal fourth seen to be distinctly arcuate mesad when 
viewed from the dorsum; subgenital plate acute scaphiform, the apex 
acute-angulate, and the lateral portions of the plate distinctly con- 
stricted proximad, ventral aspect with a distinct median keel. Cephalic 
and median limbs rather slender. Caudal femora about two-thirds 
the length of the tegmina, the greatest width contained about four 
times in the length, dorsal carine serrato-dentate, pattern of the 
paginze well impressed, genicular lobes acute; caudal tibie slightly 
shorter than the femora, lateral margin with nine spines one of which 
is quite small and apical, internal margin with ten spines, one apical; 
caudal tarsi comparatively short and with the pulvilli large. 

General color prout’s brown, tawny-olive ventrad and tending 
toward seal brown on the dorsum of the head, disk of the pronotum 
and proximal portion of the tegmina. Head with the face washed with 
walnut brown, several pale bars crossing between the labrum and 
median ocellus; labrum ochre; sides of the head ventro-caudad of the 
eyes washed with seal brown; eyes russet; antenns wood brown dorsad, 
vandyke brown ventrad with the tip blackish. Pronotum slightly 
touched laterad with walnut brown. Tegmina sprinkled rather 
sparingly with small subquadrate maculations of seal brown; angle of 
the anal field rather pale. Wings transparent, tinted with pale 
brownish. Caudal femora with an obscure pregenicular annulus of seal 
brown, tubercles on the caring and pattern of the paginw blackish; 
caudal tibi# with the spines maize yellow with seal brown tips. 


Measurements. 


a eh es gel a gi, a, «. SM 
Length of pronotum, A ae Gin wha), pte ye oy 
Greatest caudal width of pronotum, ‘20 ee, a at 
Length of tegmen, . ee oer See BES 
Length of caudal femur, . aoa 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,. 


A series of five paratypic males have also been examined, taken 
from the first to nineteenth of September, 1900. In size they show 
some little variation, and in color there is a tendency in some speci- 
mens to a more grayish coloration than in others, while in one specimer 
the color pattern is much more contrasted than in the type. Pale 
bars on the lateral angles of the pronotum are sometimes present, the 
ventral half of the eye also being suffused with seal brown in some 
specimens, while the small tegminal maculations frequently show @ 
tendency to associate in oblique transverse bars well defined or much 
interrupted and from one to three in number. 


SCHISTOCERCA Stal. 


Schistoceroa gratissima n. sp. 


Schistocerca lineata (Stoll)? according to Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
XXX, pp. 675, 676 (1906).* 


Type: Cc’; Sio Paulo, Brazil. September 14, 1900. (Hempel.) 
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] 


Fig. 4.—Schistocerca gratissima n. sp. Lateral view of type. ( 14.) 


Allied to S. pallens (Thunberg) but differing in the shorter, blunter 
fastigium, the lesser space between the eyes, the broader and more 
truly elliptical eye, the more arcuate facial outline when viewed 
laterad and the anomalous pink and green coloration. 

Size large; form rather slender. Head with the occiput considerably 
elevated and rounded, descending regularly to the fastigium and 
rounding into the frontal costa; interspace between the eyes slightly 
exceeding the greatest width of the fastigium; fastigium about as long 
as broad, considerably excavated; frontal costa slightly constrieted 


* We do not consider the resemblance of Stoll’s figure of Gryllus (Locusta) 
lineatus (Natuurl. Afbeeld. Besch. Springh., Pl. XV ‘|B, fig. 57) close enough to 
specimens of this species to consider them the same. While in one or two points 
resemblance exists, in a number of others the discrepancies are very considerable. 
Stoll’s figure appears to us to be a true Locusta (Acridium of authors). 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 


idorsad, thence of a uniform width to the clypeus, deeply suleate from 
between the antenne to near the clypeus; facial outline when viewed 
from the lateral aspect slightly arcuate; eyes elliptical oval, distinctly 
Jonger than the infraocular sulcus; antenne somewhat exceeding 
the length of the head and ‘pronotum together. Pronotum rounded 
dorsad, hardly constricted, not tectate, disk of the metazona slightly 
flattened ; cephalic margin of the disk very slightly angulate with a 
hardly appreciable median emargination, caudal margin of the disk 
nearly rectangulate, the apex very broadly rounded, 
median carina present but not high, cut by three 
transverse sulci, prozona and metazona subequal in 
length, the width of the metazona slightly greater 
than its length, lateral angles not apparent on the 
prozona, well rounded on the metazona; lateral lobes 
considerably longer than deep, narrowing ventrad, 
ventral margin truncate on the caudal half, obliquely 
emarginate on the cephalic half. Tegmina exceeding 
the apex of the abdomen by a distance about equal 
to the length of the pronotum; costal margin con- 
siderably arcuate in the distal third; apex broadly 
rounded. Prosternal spine stout, acute, very consid- 


Fig. 5.—Schisto- 
cerca qratis- 


erably retrorse; interspace between the mesosternal sima nN. sp. 
lobes longitudinal, subcuneate, the interspace cephalad gro’ Physi 
being nearly as wide as the lobes; metasternal lobes pronotum of 
contiguous. Abdomen somewhat compressed ; cerci of type. (X 14.) 


moderate length, the apex somewhat narrower than 

the base, subtruncate; subgenital plate moderately produced, the 
apex rather deeply divided. Caudal femora about reaching to the 
apex of the abdomen, rather slender, medio-dorsal carina serrate, 
pagine with the pattern distinctly but not very deeply impressed ; 
caudal tibie with the spines quite long, nine in number on the external 
and eleven on the internal margins. 

General colors oil green, liver brown and salmon-buff. Head with 
the face, an infraocular bar and the fastigium and occiput green, 
remainder salmon-buff; a poorly defined medio-longitudinal occipital 
pale band present, bordered laterad by poorly defined darker areas; 
eyes burnt umber; antennz dull pinkish. Pronotum with the dorsum 
green with a subequal median bar of vinaceous-rufous; lateral lobes 
vinaceous-pink with a broad oblique bar of green. Mesothoracic and 
metathoracic epimera green, mesothoracic and metathoracic episterna 
and ventral portions of the thorax pinkish. Tegmina with a costal 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


bar of primrose yellow extending over almost the whole of the costal 
half of the costal field, the greater portion of the margin of this pale 
area being narrowly edged with maroon, remainder of the tegmina 
liver brown, the principal veins maroon, several pale areas, caused 
by the coloration of adventitious veins, distributed over the median 
portion of the tegmen; anal field with a rather broad longitudinal 
band of vinaceous-cinnamon. Wings slightly infuscate. Cephalic 
and median limbs buffy washed dorsad with greenish. Caudal femora 
with the dorsal half oil green, the ventral half salmon-buff; the division 
along the middle of the pagine being indicated by a slightly blackish 
area, genicular arches chestnut; caudal tibie and tarsi pomegranate 
purple, the spines maize yellow tipped with black. 


Measurements. 
Length of body; =... .. | .. =e. >. . Se mm.. 
Length of pronotum, . a. |. Ul... 
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, ——, . . . 
Length of tegmen,''. 9.) 62). 17 es Cl. 2 
Length of caudal femur, ... .) . 275 james; «| 


Two paratypic males in the Academy Collection and one of the same 
sex from Surinam (V-IX; Fruhstorfer) in the Hebard Collection have 
been examined. This series shows a considerable amount of variation 
in size and some in color. One Sao Paulo male is about equal to the 
type in size, the other two specimens being appreciably smaller. The 
additional Sio Paulo individuals agree fully with the type in color, while 
the Surinam male has the greens much deeper, almost french green, 
and the pink shades almost replaced by yellowish-white, sometimes. 
greenish-yellow, the purplish color of the caudal tibiz being weaker and 
replaced on the ventral surface by oil greenish. 


DICHROPLUS Stal. 


Dichroplus brasiliensis Bruner. 
1906. Dichroplus brasiliensis Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 678,. 


682. [Victoria, Brazil.] 
Espirito Santo, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.] One @. 
Sfio Paulo. September 14, 1900. (Hempel.) One &. 
The pale bars mentioned in the original description are but faintly 
indicated in these specimens. 
SCOTUSSA Giglio-Tos. 
Bcotussa brasiliensis Bruner. 


1906. [Scotussa] brasiliensis Bruner, Proc. U. 5. Nat. Mus., XXX, p, 689.. 
[Sao Paulo, Brazil.) 


Sfio Paulo. September 7-19, 1900. (Hempel:) Six o’, four @. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 


These specimens agree fully with the original description except 
in the number of external tibial spines. In three of the males both 
tibiz bear eight spines, and another male has eight on one tibie and 
nine on the other. In consequence the presence of nine spines cannot 


be considered diagnostic. 


24 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


REMARKS ON THE FOSSIL CETACEAN RHABDOSTEUS LATIRADIX Cope. 
BY FREDERICK W. TRUE. 


The genus and species Rhabdosteus latiradix were first described by 
Cope in 1867, and were based on a rostrum from Charles County, Md., 
near the Patuxent River, collected by James T. Thomas. Three teeth 
were also “with much probability” assigned to the species. Cope 
remarked: “Joseph T. Thomas, the discoverer of this cetacean, tells 
me that he has seen portions of the muzzle between two and three 
feet long.” 

No further original information regarding the species appears to 
have been published until 1890, when Cope published figures of the 
type specimen, as restored, and of a tooth. He remarked, however, 
that the posterior parts of the maxillary and premaxillary bones ‘“‘were 
restored from a different specimen from that represented in the rest 
of the figures.”? This “different specimen” was figured by Mr. Case, 
in 1904, together with still another rostrum* and the three teeth. 

From an examination of the three beaks, which were very kindly 
placed in my hands for study by the authorities of the Philadelphia 
Academy of Natural Sciences and Mr. Witmer Stone, it appears prob- 
able that three species are represented. The rostrum figured by Mr. 
Case in Pl. 15, fig. 1, is the same as that described by Leidy, in 1869, 
as probably belonging to Priscodelphinus grandevus.* I have remarked 
in a previous paper that the reasons for identifying the rostrum with 
that species are unsatisfactory ;? but, however that may be, the rostrum 
certainly does not belong to the same species as the one called Rhab- 
dosteus latiradix by Cope, nor is it likely that it represents the same 
genus. 

The “different specimen” mentioned by Cope in 1890, and figured 
by Mr. Case in Pl. 15, fig. 2, does not, in my opinion, belong to the 
species latiradiz, nor is it at all probable that it belongs to the genus 
Rhabdosteus. 


' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, pp. 132 and 145. 

2 Amer. Nat., 1890, p. 607, fig. 4. 

* Rep. Maryland Geol. Surv., Miocene, 1904, Pl. 15. 

* Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., Ser. 2, Vol. 7, 1869, p. 434. 

’ Smithsonian Misc. Colls., Quart. Issue, 50, Pt.4, No.1782, p.451, January 27, 
1908. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 


Leaving out of consideration for the moment the rostrum originally 
assigned to Priscodelphinus grandevus (Case’s Pl. 15, fig. 1), I would 
remark that the restoration of neither of the other two beaks appears 
to me satisfactory, and that the figure published by Cope in 1890 is 
even less so. As regards the latter, by adding a portion from the 
second beak to the posterior end of the type, Cope has, in my opinion, 
produced a figure which does not represent any species which has 
actually existed, and, furthermore, as the portion added is itself 
incorrect, the erroneousness of the figure is compounded. It should 
also be remarked that in the side view (Cope’s fig. 4 (1a)) the alveoli 
are much smaller than in the restoration of the type itself. 

Cope’s note on the genus Rhabdosteus, published in 1890, is as follows: 

“The muzzle reaches an extraordinary elongation, and for the 
greater part of its length forms an edentulous cylinder, which resembles 
the beak of the sword-fishes. The few teeth which remain at the base 
of the muzzle are like those of Platanista, with roots compressed so as 
to be longitudinal, and crowns compressed so as to be transverse, to 
the axis of the skull. The R. latiradix Cope is not uncommon in the 
Miocene beds of Maryland. Its skeleton is unknown. The nearest 
approach to Rhabdosteus is made by the genus Stenodelphis.”’ 

After repeatedly examining the type specimen (Pl. VI), I am 
satisfied that this characterization is only partially correct. 

The alveoli, as restored, are horizontal. They are nine in number, 
about equal in size, and situated in advance of the depression in the 
palate in which a lozenge-shaped area of the vomer usually appears. 
Hence, they are hardly likely to represent the posterior end of the 
series. That the alveoli should be horizontal in the midde of the 
series is improbable. No known cetacean has such a conformation, 
and on anatomical grounds it appears unlikely to occur. The lower 
(or inner) margin of the alveoli and the lower half of the various septa 
are alone preserved, and this only on one side of the jaw. No distinct 
trace of the upper (or outer) margin of the alveoli and septa can be 
seen on the long rod-like superior portions of the maxilla. The narrow 
inferior strip of the maxilla, which bears the incomplete alveoli and 
septa (already mentioned), has been placed outside the larger piece, 
which forms the proximal end of the palate, and parallel with it. Such 
a combination could be justified only on the ground that the maxilla 
had split lengthwise, and that the outer and inner pieces represent two 
parts of one and the same bone. This is improbable, as the inferior 
surface of the larger piece is convex, while that of the smaller piece 
is nearly plane. The smaller piece is, in my opinion, much more likely 


26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


to have been anterior to the larger piece originally and in line with it, 
though this would bring the rather large alveoli farther forward than 
might be expected. If the superior, rod-like portion of the maxilla 
were turned outward on its axis, so as to bring the alveoli nearly or 
quite to a vertical position, a space would apparently be left between 
the premaxilla and maxilla. It is not reasonable to suppose that any 
such space existed originally. 

In view of the circumstances mentioned above, I think it is unlikely 

that the real form of the rostrum can be determined until additional 
specimens have been collected, or at least until the type specimen 
has been taken to pieces, so that all the surfaces of the component 
bones can be examined. 
»#¢It should be remarked that at the anterior end of the small piece of 
the maxilla which bears the alveoli there is a space of 19 mm., in which 
it is obvious that no alveoli existed, and between this and the first 
alveolus which is traceable is another space of about 25 mm., in which 
additional alveoli may or may not have existed. In any case, the 
fragment in question bears the end of the series of alveoli, and, if it is 
properly oriented, the anterior end. As the fragment bearing the 
alveoli is much shorter than the rod-like portions of the maxille above 
it, this confirms to some extent Cope’s assertion that the muzzle “in 
the greater part of its length forms an edentulous cylinder.” 


Measurements of the type-beak of Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope. 


Total length of beak, as restored, . . .. .. . ozs 
Greatest breadth of the same, as restored, >. . 
Length of longest piece of premaxilla preserved, . _. ) 
Length of longest piece of maxilla preserved, . . . . 277 ‘% 
Breadth of premaxilla at posteriorend, . . . . . . Il © 
Breadth of premaxilla at anteriorend.  . YB it 
Breadth of portion of maxilla above the alveoli at posterior 

end, as: 
Breadth of alveoli at anterior end, , oe oe 
Greatest breadth of palate between alv eoli, as restored, a 
Length of the palatal portion of the left maxilla, which con- 

tains the alveoli, wii «| (fle 
Breadth of the same at the anterior end, ets ae 4 oe 
Breadth of the same at the posterior end, é 4 
Length of larger palatal fragment (left), which is internal to 

the precedingintherestoration, . .. . . . . 198 “ 
Breadth ofthesameattheanteriorend, . . . . .. . 5." 
Breadth of thesame atthe posteriorend, . . . . . . 16 “ 
Length occupied by nine alveoli, . . . 00 


Antero-posterior breadth of largest septum between alveoli, aa 
Antero-posterior breadth of largestalveolus, . . . . . 7 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 


The “different specimen” mentioned by Cope, and figured by Mr. 
Case,* consists of two pairs of slender elongated bones, of which the 
outer pair represents the superior rostral portion of the maxillw, and 
the inner pair the superior rostral portion of the premaxille. The 
maxille diverge at both anterior and posterior ends, while the pre- 
maxille diverge at the anterior end and converge at the posterior end. 
At the latter point, in the median line, is inserted a piece of bone which 
may represent a portion of the vomer or mesethmoid. 

After examining this specimen, I am of the opinion that it is not 
properly put together, especially as a space is left between the maxillze 
and premaxillz proximally. The small fragment inserted between the 
premaxille does not belong in that position. It is unsymmetrical and 
probably represents some portion of the maxilla. 

Traces of several alveoli are visible on the under side of the maxille#, 
at the proximal end. That these bones are acuminate at this end is 
due to the fact that both the inner and outer edges are abraded. The 
bones should be turned outward somewhat on their axes, so that the 
lower free border, which is now directed outward, would be directed 
downward. This would bring the maxille into such a position that 
the upper surface would be horizontal proximally, very much as in 
Inia. ; 

The two inner bones are probably premaxille, although at the 
anterior end the inner surface is plane or slightly convex rather than 
concave. At the middle, the inner wall is concave, with traces of a 
continuous longitudinal ridge. If they are really premaxille, they 
should be transposed, that on the right side being placed on the left 
and vice versa. At the same time they should be given a quarter 
turn on their axes, so as to make horizontal the inner surfaces which 
are now vertical. This would also cause the bones to diverge at the 
posterior end, as they doin Jnia and most other Odontoceti, leaving 
space for the prenarial triangle. Their shape would then corre- 
spond closely to that of the same bones in /nia, except that the 
sides near the proximal end would be somewhat more nearly vertical. 

The specimen probably represents a genus allied to /nia, but it is 
impossible without more material to determine its relationships accu- 
rately. It does not agree with any European genus of which the 
rostrum has been figured, nor with any American genus of which the 
rostrum is available for comparison. 


* Rep. Maryland Geol. Surv., Miocene, Pl. 15, fig. 2. 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 


The third rostrum (text fig. 1), which is that 
mentioned by Leidy in 1869 under Priscodelphinus 
(or Tretosphys) grandevus,’ and also figured by 
Mr. Case,* has, as already mentioned, no close 
relationship with the other two. It may for the 
present be considered as representing a species of 
Priscodelphinus, although, as explained in a previ- 
ous paper,® the reasons for referring it to that genus 
are not satisfactory. 

The principal peculiarities of the rostrum are 
that the premaxille are much depressed, but not 
narrowed, anteriorly, that the anterior alveoli are 
larger than the posterior ones and directed for- 
ward, and that the external free border of the 
maxill is rounded (see text figs. 2 and 3). 


W 


Fig. 2.—Transverse section of the same at the posterior 
end. (Nat. size.) 


— \ eet 
< Eas O=-y 
Ne 


Fig. 3.—Transverse section of the same at the anterior end, 
(Nat. size.) In figs. 2 and 3 the maxille are indicated 
by horizontal lines and the premaxillz by oblique lines 


The three teeth which were provisionally 
referred to Rhabdosteus by Cope are preserved in 
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
and were examined by me in 1907. Very good 


figures of the largest one were published by Cope 
Fig. 1.—Rostrum of 
Pri c odel ph mu 


sp.? from the Mio- 7 Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Ser. 2, Vol. 7, 1869, p. 434. 
cene of Shiloh. N.J. * Rep. Maryland Geol, Surv., Miocene, Pl. 15, fig. 1. : 
Superior surface. * Smithsonian Misc. Colls., Quarterly Issue, 50, Pt, 4, No. 


(4 nat. siz 1782, p. 451, January 27, 1908. 


’ 


1998.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 


in 1890.1° This tooth and one other are blackish in color, while 
the third tooth is yellowish. The last mentioned is 21 mm. long, and 
that figured by Cope 23 mm. 

As mentioned by Cope, both crown and root are compressed, the 
former at right angles to the latter." This form of tooth occurs in 
Stenodelphis and in some genera of Delphinide. The crown is slightly 
recurved. The base of the crown is somewhat convex, both internally 
and externally, and is marked off from the root by a distinct con- 
striction, due in part, no doubt, to wear. 

Teeth similar to these in size and form, from Baltringen, Wirtem- 
berg, Germany, were described and figured by Dr. J. Probst in 1886,” 
under the name of Schizodelphis canaliculatus H. von Meyer. ‘This 
species is considered identical with S. sulcatus by Dr. Abel, but the 
teeth of the latter, figured by Dal Piaz," are certainly different, as 
regards the shape of the crown and the direction of its compression, 
from those figured by Probst. Even with allowance for variation, 
it seems to me probable that they may represent two different species 
of the genus Schizodelphis. The principal difference between the 
teeth assigned to Rhabdosteus and those figured by Probst is that the 
crown is shorter in the former. 

On the whole, it seems probable that the teeth described by Cope 
belong to the genus Schizodelphis, but this is not a sufficient reason 
for considering Rhabdosteus synonymous with Schizodelphis, especially 
in view of the fact that it is uncertain whether the teeth have any 
direct connection with the type rostrum of Rhabdosteus. ‘The most that 
can be said is that the alveoli of Rhabdosteus indicate that the teeth 
had flattened roots of the same size as those of the teeth which Cope 
assigned to that genus. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


Piate VI.—Fig. 1.—Ty pe specimen of Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope. Superior 
surface. Seale + 
Fig. 2.—The Py “Teft side. Scale ie 
Fig. 3.—The same. Inferior surface. Seale ; 


© Amer. Nat., 1890, p. 607, fig. 4 (2, 2a, 2b). 

“That the anterior and posterior surfaces of the crown are flat is not due to 
wear 

s Jahreshejte Ver. Vaterlind. Naturkunde Wirttemberg, 42, 1886, Pl. 3, figs. 
11-14. 

4 Palaont. Ital., 9, Pl. 31, figs. 6-28. 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ {March, 


Marcu 3. 
-ArtTHUR Erwin Brown, Sce.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Sixty-four persons present. 


The reception of a paper entitled “New Land and Fresh-water Mol- 
lusea of the Japanese Empire,” by H. A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase (Febru- 
ary 28), was reported. 

Dr. Joun W. HARSHBERGER made a communication on his dendro- 
logical studies in Italy, with special reference to the influence of vegeta- 
tion on the building up of the islands on which Venice is placed, and 
on the condition of the timber foundations of the Campanile as revealed 
at the time of its fall. (No abstract.) 


Marcu 17. 
ArTHUR ErRWIN Brown, Se.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Fifty-nine persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper entitled 
‘New Land Shells from the Chinese Empire—I,” by H. A. Pilsbry and 
Y. Hirase (March 11). ’ 


E. G. Conkitn, Ph.D., made a communication on some phenomena 
and causes of heredity. (No abstract.) 


The following were ordered to be published : 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. [31 


NEW LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND Y. HIRASE. 


* Among other new forms noticed below, the first Pisidium from Japan 
is described. It is from the island of Yesso, where the palarctic 
element is much better represented than in other parts of the Empire. 


FORMOSAN SPECIES. 
Cyclophorus formosaensis Nevill. 

This is apparently confined, in its typical form, to northern Formosa. 
Numerous specimens from H6dzan, Ensuiko, Sammaipo and Hotawa 
—places all in the interior below the middle of the island—differ 
by having a strong keel at the periphery, and may be known 
as C. j. interioris n. subsp., Sammaipo being type locality. It is 
this form which we formerly listed as C, turgidus Pfr. from Hotawa 
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p.722). It differs from C. turgidus 
in the very much smaller central nipple or mucro on the inside of the 
operculum. The shells are practically indistinguishable. Our former 
opinion that C. formosaensis is a variety of C.turgidus must be retracted. 
We doubt whether C. turgidus occurs in Formosa. The species of this 
group of Cyclophori stand very close, and their differences are not 
of much importance, yet the areas occupied by the several slightly 
differentiated races are mainly different. 


Cyclophorus friesianus Mildff. 

This species has been found at Tapanii, Formosa, the specimens 
agreeing well with the original description except by their smaller 
size, alt. 19, diam. 22 mm. It differs from C. formosaensis interioris 
only in having numerous low spiral ridges above and below the peripheral 
keels. The operculum is like that of formosaensis, evenly convex inside 
with a very small central nipple. 


SPECIES OF JAPAN AND THE Ryukyu ISLANDs. 
Cyclotus tanegashimanus n. sp. 

Shell very similar to C. campanulatus Marts., but if specimens of the 
same size are compared, tanegashimanus is seen to have the umbilicus 
a trifle larger and the aperture just perceptibly smaller; the lip is less 
expanded. The operculum is distinctly convex externally, and much 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


more deeply concave inside, than that of C. campanulatus. The edge 
is bevelled and flat between projecting outer and inner lamine. 

Alt. 8.5, diam. 12.2mm.; whorls 44. 

A ft | ft ae Me, Ah. 

Tanega-shima, Osumi. Types No. 94,711 A. N.S. P., from No. 546 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

The Cycloti of this group, represented in Japan by C. campanulatus, 
and in China by C. stenomphalus and its allies, are very similar in shape 
and color. The form described above is well distinguished by its 
externally convex operculum, that of C. campanulatus being flat out- 
side and much less concave within. 


Spiropoma yakushimanum n. sp. 

The shell is depressed, very openly umbilicate, solid, yellowish- 
olivaceous, somewhat brownish on the last whorl, the cuticle much 
paler or usually wanting on the inner whorls. Surface glossy where 
unworn, marked with growth-lines and very indistinct traces of spiral 
strie. Whorls fully 44, quite convex, the first one projecting a little; 
last whorl tubular, very convex at the base, deeply descending in front. 
Aperture oblique, longer than wide. Peristome contracted, being 
thickened within and shortly built forward; obtuse, whitish. It is 
thickened in the posterior angle, but usually has a small notch there. 
The columellar margin recedes rather conspicuously. The short 
parietal margin is thick and straight. 

Alt. 7.3, diam. 12.5, alt. of aperture including peristome 5.3, width 
4.7 mm. 

Alt. 6.3, diam. 11.5 mm. 

The operculum is conic, composed of 74 flat whorls separated by a 
narrow ledge with raised outer edge, producing a narrow spiral channel 
along the suture; summit obtuse. 

Yaku-shima, Osumi. Types No. 94,716 A. N. 8. P., from No. 
1,447 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

Compared with S. japonicum (A. Ad.), this form differs in the more 
descending last whorl, the deeper umbilicus and more excised or 
receding columellar lip. The aperture is longer than wide in yaku- 
shimanum, nearly round in japonicum. It is perhaps more closely 
related to S. nakadai of Tanega-shima, a smaller shell with an oper- 
culum of fewer whorls, but having an aperture much as in S, yaku- 
shimanum. 

Diplommatina gotoensis n. sp. 

Closely related to D. cassa, but with longer conical spire, rapidly 

tapering and conic above the penultimate whorl, which is the largest; 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 


pale reddish or yellowish-corneous; very finely and evenly striate 
throughout. Constriction in the middle in front. Last whorl smaller, 
only moderately ascending to the aperture. Aperture subcircular, 
the outer lip reflexed, duplicate, the two lamine close together, a 
narrow opaque whitish streak just behind the reflection; indistinctly 
angular at the base of the columellar lip. Parietal callus thin with 
low, thread-like edge, not very distinct, and rising to the middle of the 
front of the penultimate whorl. Columellar lamella horizontal, thin, 
rather long. Palatal plica quite short and situated wholly to the left 
of the parietal callus. Inside, the columellar lamella is evenly high and 
thin throughout. Internal parietal lamella low and rather long. 

Length 3, diam. 1.5mm.; whorls 6}. 

ae ns... eek Si Oh. 

Goto, Hizen. Types No. 84,905 A. N.S. P., from No. 6046 of Mr. 
Hirase’s collection. 

This species resembles D. nipponensis Mlldff. in shape and sculpture, 
but differs by the position of the constriction, which is median in 
gotoensis, above the termination of the outer lip in nipponensis. In the 
latter species the palatal plica lies under the parietal callus. D. cassa 
is a more cylindric species, the cone of the spire shorter. D. kyushuen- 
sis Pils. and Hir., a widely distributed species in Kyushu, is closely 
related to D. gotoensis, but it has a palatal plica about twice as long, 
and the columellar lamella is much stronger near its inner termination 
than near the aperture, while in D. gotoensis it is about equally strong 
throughout. 


Eulota (Plectotropis) lepidophora scutifera P. and H., n. subsp. 


The shell closely resembles E. lepidophora tenuis Gude, but differs by 
its more convex whorls and consequently deeper sutures. The 
periphery is often a little less angular than in tenuis. Surface, when 
unworn, copiously covered with triangular cuticular scales. 

Alt. 4.3, diam. 8.7mm.; whorls 54. 

“ce 4, “c fs e ae 54. 

Iheyajima, Ryukyu group. Types No. 94,705 A. N.S. P., from No, 

1,290b of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


Eulota (Aegista) celsa P. and H., n. sp. 


The shell is convexly conic, deeply umbilicate, the umbilicus cylin- 
dric, well-like, the periphery obtusely angular. Surface lusterless, 
chestnut brown, finely but not strongly striate on the upper surface, the 
strie indistinct at the base; on the last part of the last whorl near the 


aperture the'strie are partially interrupted into long granules. The 
3 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, 


spire has convex outlines and an obtuse apex. Whorls 64, convex, 
very slowly widening, the last one very slowly and slightly descending, 
indistinctly angular at the periphery in front, becoming rounded on the 
last half. The aperture is quite oblique, very much larger than the 
umbilicus. Peristome thin; outer margin only very slightly expanded ; 
basal margin deeply arcuate, slightly expanded; columellar margin 
broadly, triangularly dilated. The terminations of the lip are widely 
separated, parietal callus very thin. 

Alt. 10.5, diam. 12 mm.; alt. and width of aperture 6 mm.; width of 
umbilicus 3 mm. 

South Nishigo, Uzen. Type No. 94,740 A. N.S. P., from No. 1,438 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This peculiar Aegista has some superficial resemblance to Trish- 
oplita hilgendorfi Kob. It is closely related to EL. eminens P. and H., 
but differs in being larger, stronger, with less scaly sculpture, and a 
little less strongly angular. It is quite possible that intermediate 
provinces between Shima and Uzen will be found to have connecting 
links between E. eminens and E. celsa; yet at present they seem to be 
sufficiently distinct. 

The type specimen is higher than others in the type lot. The lower’ 
ones have less convex outlines, the spire being less convexly conic; 
the last two whorls have sculpture of long granules in places; and the 
umbilicus is much wider than in the type. Alt. 9, diam. 13.8 mm.; 
aperture 6 x 6 mm.; umbilicus 3.5 mm. wide (celsus, lofty). 


Ena reiniana vasta n. subsp. 


Shell very large, cylindric. The cuticle is glossy, yellowish brown, 
and copiously granulose except on 3 or 4 earliest whorls; but many 
old shells have lost the cuticle and sculpture in part or wholly. Whorls 
8 to 94. 

Length 37.5, diam. above aperture 11 mm. 

“35 '- we 
‘““ 32.5 “é “ “ 113 “ 

S. Nishigd, Uzen. Types No. 94,686 A. N. 8. P., from No. 1,439 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is the largest of the Japanese Bulimini. It is larger than 
Ena reiniana omiensis, and copiously granular when unworn. 


Ena reiniana ugoensis n. subsp. 

Shell very short and obese, reddish on the spire, whitish on the last 
whorl, under a thin yellow cuticle; granulation only weakly developed. 
Whorls 74. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 


Length 26,diam. above aperture 10, length of aperture 10 mm. 
“ 23, “ “ “ 10, “ ‘“ 92 “ 
Kitaura (Cape of Ojika), Ugo. Types No. 94,738 A. N.S. P., from 
No. 1,444 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 
The obese shape, length about 24 times the diameter, is the chief 
character of this local race. 


Pythia pachyodon n. sp. 

This species of the scarabeus group is nearly uniform blackish olive, 
but with a blackish band below the suture and sometimes with more or 
less brown suffusion. The surface is rather finely wrinkle-striate, with 
some widely spaced spiral lines. Spire angular on both sides, with 
‘whitish streaks in front of the angle. Whorls 10. Base perforate or 
umbilicate. Aperture with two stout parietal teeth and a strong 
columellar lamella. Teeth in the outer margin irregular, three larger, 
with two or three minute ones. 

Length 30.6, greatest diam. 18.5, antero-posterior diam. 13.5 mm.; 
length of aperture 18.5 mm. 

Loochoo (Okinawa) and Oshima, in the Ryukyu Islands. Types No. 
87,537 A, N.S. P., from Mr. Hirase. 


Pythia egialitis n. sp. | 

The shell is similar to P. pachyodon, but is copiously mottled with dark 
brown on a pale corneous-yellowish ground; the markings sometimes 
partially obscured when the surface is superficially worn. Teeth of the 
inner margin as in P. pachyodon; three teeth in the outer lip. 

Length 25.3, greatest diam. 15.6, antero-posterior diam. 11, length 
of aperture 16.7 mm. 

Loochoo (Okinawa) and Oshima, Ryukyu Islands. 

The specimens from Oshima are somewhat longer and comparatively 
less wide than those from Loochoo Island. 

While closely related to the P. scarabeus group, which is composed of 
very poorly characterized species, yet the two Ryukyuan forms do not 
exactly agree with any of them, and it may be well to have definite 
designations for them. 

Besides these forms, P. cecillei Phil. has been found by Mr. Hirase 
at Hirado, Hizen, and P. nana Bavay was described from specimens 
taken at Loochoo. 


Pisidium japonioum n. sp. Fig. 1. 

The shell is subglobose, rounded-oval, with large, very wide, moder- 
ately projecting rounded beaks; surface glossy, very finely, irregularly 
striate; cuticle light yellow; valves very convex, not very inequipartite, 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |March, 


both ends rounded, the posterior shorter and wider. Hinge very short, 
the lateral teeth short and wide, rather near together, stout but low, 


Fig. 1.—Pisidium japonicum, lateral, posterior and interior views. 


only the anterior one projecting above the level of the valve. Cardinal 
teeth minute, almost obsolete, narrow, very low and somewhat elongate. 
Length 2.37, alt. 2.16, diam. 1.87 mm. 


Akkeshi, Kushiro, Yesso. Types No. 94,744 A. N.S. P., from No. 
181 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


This is the first Pisidium to be described from Japan. It is a very 
small species, unusually globose, with very large full beaks. 


———<——i 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 


NEW LAND SHELLS OF THE CHINESE EMPIRE-I. 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND Y. HIRASE, 


The following species were collected by Mr. Nakada in the course of 
several months’ work, chiefly in the north. A more ample report 
will be published later. Working chiefly in the densely populated 
northeastern provinces and not far from the coast, the number of 
species taken was naturally not great, though some, such as Vallonia 
patens Reinh., Eulota? munieriana Cr. & Deb., ete., are forms hitherto 
but little known. Around Soochow and Hangchow a fauna richer in 
Clausilie, Helices and Cyclophoride was encountered, most of the 
species in this region being among those described by Pére Heude and 
earlier naturalists. 


DIPLOMMATINIDZ. 


Diplommatina hangchowensis n. sp. Fig. 1. 

The shell is short, cylindric, the summit shortly conic, base rounded ; 
corneous or pale brownish, somewhat translucent, the upper part 
whitish or pale red. Whorls 54, very convex. 
The first whorl is smooth; following whorls are 


f ai NN very finely and delicately rib-striate; on the 
( aa in penultimate whorl the ribs are much weaker, 


(\ \\) and the last whorl is smooth. In back view the 
“ penultimate whorl is largest, the last whorl 
much smaller and quite glossy, ascending a 
little near its end, and constricted in front, 
above the columella. A short palatal plica 
shows through, just left of the parietal callus, 
The aperture is nearly circular. The peristome 
is expanded and thickened, with a flat face and 
inconspicuous inner rim; at the base of the 
columella it is very indistinctly angular; it is 
interrupted above, the margins joined by a thin parietal callus, with 
thin adnate edge. Columellar lamella well developed. 
Length 2.4, diam. 1.3 mm., alt. of aperture 0.95 mm. 
Hangchow, province of Che-kiang, China. Types No. 94,748 A. N. 
S. P., from No. 1,479a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


Fig. 1.—Diplommatina 
hangchowensis. 


38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


This species of the section Sinica is smaller than D. pazillus Gredler, 
and differs by its smooth last whorl and very short palatal plica. It 
is more related to D. hungerfordiana of Formosa, which differs in 
shape. D. schmackeri Mildff. is unlike hangchowensis by the shape of 
the aperture. 

A variety also from Hangchow may be called D. hangchowensis 
granum. It is larger, length 2.7, diam. 1.5 mm., with 6 whorls and 
pale reddish-corneous color. The cone of the spire is longer than in 
D. hangchowensis. 


HYDROCENID. 


The genus Georissa is represented by six species in China: G. bach- 
manni Gredl., G. sinensis Hde., G. nivea Hde., G. sulcata Mildff., 
hungerfordiana Mildff., and G. heudei P. & H. In all of these except 
sinensis and heudei the glossy, flat operculum is retracted some dis- 
tance in the aperture, This is the normal condition in Georissa. 

In G. sinensis and G. heudei the thick, calcareous operculum lodges at 
the edge of the peristome, as in Bithynia, being larger than in Georissa 
proper. We propose to signalize this feature by the erection of a new 
subgenus Georissopsis, the type being G. heudei. 

Georissa (Georissopsis) heudei n. sp. Fig. 2. 

The shell is minutely perforate or subperforate, conic, higher than 
wide, gray, more or less reddish in places, sculptured with very fine, 
close spiral strie, usually in 
large part lost by erosion. 
There are 34 to 3? whorls, the 
first corneous and glossy, the 
rest very convex, separated by 
deep sutures. The aperture is 
subvertical, broadly semicir- 
cular, the outer margin very 
convex, inner margin nearly 
straight; the basal margin is 
very broadly rounded, the 
upper end narrowly rounded. 
The peristome is thin, acute; 
the inner lip is built forward, 
standing free from the whorl except for a short space near the posterior 
end, leaving an umbilical area. 

Length 3.4, diam. 2.1 mm, 

The operculum lodges at the lip-edge. It is between triangular and 


Fig. 2.—G. heudei and outline of oper- 
culum, interior view. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 


semicircular in shape, calcareous, thick, white, with a dark nuclear 
dot nearer the outer border; around this it has concentric growth-lines. 
The inner face is concave. Near the lower third a stout rib arises 
about the middle of the width, running to the columellar border 
where it projects as a short point. 

Hangchow, province Che-kiang, China. Types No. 94,745 A. N.S. 
P., from No. 1,477 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This species is very similar to G. sinensis (Hde.) in characters of the 
shell, but it differs in the operculum, which is figured as with sub- 
central nucleus in G. sinensis, while in G. heudei the nucleus is near the 
outer border. We have no reason to doubt the accuracy of Heude’s 
figure. It was drawn by Rathouis, whose faithful drawings have prob- 
ably never been surpassed. Unfortunately Pére Heude, who described 
G. sinensis as a Realia, did not describe the operculum, merely saying 
that “‘l’opercule est celui du genre.” 

Some specimens from Changyang, received as G. sinensis, are much 
smaller than Pére Heude’s type. They have a dark, subcentral 
nuclear dot. 

G. heudei occurred at Hangchow with the much smaller G. bach- 
manni Gredl. 


HELICID Zi. 
Eulota leva P. and H., n. sp. 

The shell is sinistral, depressed-globose with conic spire, narrowly 
half-covered umbilicate, thin, light corneous-yellow. Surface glossy, 
smooth to the eye, but under a lens it is seen to have very weak, faint 
growth-lines, the last two whorls densely, minutely granular, the granu- 


Fig. 3.—E. leva, basal, front and dorsal views. 


lation weak on the upper surface, more distinct on the base; there are 
also some weak traces of a few coarse, impressed spirals on the last 
whorl. The spire is conic with slightly convex outlines and obtuse 
apex. Whorls 54, slowly increasing convex, the last descending a little 


40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


to the aperture and indistinctly angular in front, the base very convex. 
The aperture is quite oblique, the upper and baso-columellar margins 
about equally arcuate, the outer arc more strongly curved. The peris- 
tome is thin, narrowly but well expanded, the baso-columellar margin 
reflexed, somewhat dilated towards the columellar insertion. 

Alt. 12.5, diam. 13.8 mm.; aperture 7.5 mm. high, 8 wide. 

Hangchow, province Che-kiang, China. Type No. 94,739, A. N. 
S. P., from No. 1,475 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is a more compact shell than Eulota fortunei and quite different 
in sculpture. The generic position is uncertain, until the soft anatomy 
can be examined. It may belong to the section Fulotella, or it may 
be a Ganesella. The minute granulation is like some species of the 
G. japonica group. We do not know of any sinistral Ganesella, but 
there are many sinistral species of Eulota. 

Dead and bleached shells which have lost the cuticle do not show the 
granulation described above. The largest example seen measures, 
alt. 12, diam. 16.5 mm. _ It is a dead shell. 


Eulota (Plectotropis) scitula P. and H.,n.sp. Fig. 4. 


The shell is rather narrowly umbilicate, conic above, convex below, 
strongly angular at the periphery; uniform chestnut brown. The sur- 
face is rather dull, finely closely and rather weakly marked with growth- 
striz, which in quite fresh, unworn shells bear short adnate cuticular 
threads on the base, giving it a sparsely scaly appearance. The last 
two whorls have also a very close, fine sculpture of beautifully even spiral 


Fig. 4.—Eulota (Plectotropis) scitula. 


strie. The outlines of the conic spire are nearly straight. Whorls 64, 
slowly increasing, moderately convex, the last descending very little or 
not at all in front, convex beneath. The aperture is strongly oblique, 
rounded lunate. Peristome thin, narrowly but distinctly expanded, the 
basocolumellar margins a little reflexed, dilated towards the columellar 
insertion; ends widely separated, joined by a thin film. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 


Alt. 6.5, diam. 9.2 mm.; aperture alt. 4, width 4.6 mm.; umbilicus 
1.7 mm. wide. 

Alt. 6.5, diam. 9 mm. 

Hangchow, province Che-kiang, China. Types No. 94,741 A. N. 
S. P., from No. 1,471 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

A small, beautifully sculptured shell, which we are unable to identify 
with any of Pére Heude’s species from the lower Yangtse valley. It 
has some resemblance to FH. inornata and belongs to a group of 
thin, dull species with the shell spirally engraved, cuticular scales small 
or wanting, and usually with no peripheral fringe. Other species of this 
group are E. osbecki, inornata, hachijoensis, fulvicans, lautsi, micra, 
perplexa, inrinensis, hebes, etc. 

Chloritis impotens P. and H.,n. sp. Fig. 5. 

Shell depressed-globose, narrowly umbilicate, thin and fragile, 
corneous-brown. ‘The surface has a somewhat silky sheen, and under 
the lens is seen to be densely set with small granules, which are long 
in the direction of growth-lines, and arranged in oblique, forwardly 
descending rows, though this arrangement is not everywhere visible, 
being in part or wholly lost near the mouth. ‘This granular sculpture 
extends almost to the apex, only the initial half whorl or less being 
smoothish, though not glossy. On the last two whorls the granules 


Fig. 5.—C. impotens, basal, front and dorsal views, and sculpture of last whorl 
below suture. 


bear short cuticular appendages in fresh, unworn shells, such as are 
often present in Algista and Plectotropis. The spire is low-conic. 
Whorls 5, convex, at first slowly increasing, the last one abruptly 
becoming much wider, about twice the width of the preceding, not 
noticeably descending in front, rounded at the periphery. The aper- 
ture is rounded-lunate, moderately oblique. Peristome thin throughout, 
the outer and basal margins very slightly expanded, columellar mar- 
gin broadly, triangularly dilated, half covering the umbilicus. 

Alt. 8.7, diam. 12.6 mm.; alt. aperture 6.5, width 7.5 mm. 

Chifoo, province Pe-chili, China. Types No. 94,742 A. N.S. P., 
from No. 1,468 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 


A thin, fragile shell, with large aperture and densely, minutely 
granose-scaly sculpture. In fully adult shells the granulation is more 
or less worn from the apical and early whorls, and on the last whorl the 
long granules appear to be glossy, but hardly if at all raised above the 


dull surface. The generic position of this snail is uncertain, but it has , 


the shell characters of 7'richochloritis rather than of any group known 
anatomically to belong to Eulota. 


PUPILLIDZ. 
Hypselostoma (Boysidia) hangohowensis P. and H., n. sp. 


The shell is high-conic, with obtuse apex and convex base, minutely 
perforate, with a long curved umbilical rimation, dark brown. The 
spire is straightly conic, composed of 5} 
convex whorls. The last whorl ascends 
slowly to the aperture, its latter part being 
straightened and built forward to the level 
of the ventral face of the shell. There is no 
crest or marked constriction behind the lip. 
The aperture is truncate-oval, the upper mar- 
gin straight. Peristome thin, well expanded, 
continuous; with a shallow dent outside at 
the upper third of the outer lip. The angular 
and parietal lamelle are concrescent into one 
stout straight lamella reaching to the margin, 
Fig. 6.—H. hangchowensis, Wider in the middle of its length, where it 

shows traces of its dual composition. The 
columellar lamella is strong, slopes obliquely downward as it enters, 
and the outer end reaches to, but not upon, the expansion of the lip. 
There are two short palatal plice, the lower one somewhat more deeply 
placed. 

Alt. 2.9, diam. 1.8 mm.; largest axis of aperture 1.3 mm. 

Hangchow, province Che-kiang, China. Type No. 94,743 A. N. 8. 
P., from Mr. Hirase. 

Compared with H. (Boysidia) hunana Gredler, this is a much smaller 
shell, with only two palatal plice instead of three, and the angulo- 
parietal lamella is less distinctly bifid, as seen in an obliquely basal 
view. It is not closely related to other described species. 

H. hangchowensis was found with Bifidaria (Bensonella) plicidens 
(Bens.), a species not before reported from China, but found in the 
Ryukyu Islands, as well as in subhimalayan India. 

H. hunana as described and figured by Gredler has the last whorl 


ee 


tiie 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 


built forward, carrying the aperture free from the preceding whorl. 
We have not seen this form; the specimens of hunana before us, while 
agreeing with Gredler’s description in other characters, do not have 
the last whorl free in front, though the peristome is continuous. They 
are like Pére Heude’s figures of hunana. Dr. von Méllendorff has 
unnecessarily altered the name hunana to hunanensis. 

We share with Gredler the opinion that Boysidia is a section or sub- 
genus of Hypselostoma rather than a distinct genus. 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


APRIL 7. 
ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., in the Chair. 
Thirty-seven persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under 
the following titles: 

“Description of a new Species of Squaloid Shark,’”’ by Chiyomatsu 
Ishikawa, Ph.D. (March 18, 1908). 

“Notes on Succinea ovalis Say and S. obliqua Say,” by H. A. Pilsbry 
(March 21). 

‘Animal Names and Anatomical Terms of the Goshute Indians,” 
by Ralph V. Chamberlain (March 28). 

“‘ Notes on Sharks,” by Henry W. Fowler (March 28). 

“Generic Types of Nearctic Reptilia and Amphibia,’ by Arthur 
Erwin Brown (April 7). 

The death of Henry Clifton Sorby, a correspondent, March 9, was 
reported. 


Dr. Henry W. Carreti made a communication on Trypanosomiasis 
in man and animals. (No abstract.) 


APRIL 21. 
ArTHUR ERwINn Brown, Sc.D., in the Chair. 
Twenty-eight persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following 
titles had been presented for publication: 

“On the Classification of Scalpilliform Barnacles,” by Henry A, 
Pilsbry (April 21). 

The death of James M. Ridings, a member, March 7, was announced. 


Mr. Haroip Se_tiers Cotron made a communication on Charles 
Wilson Peale and the Philadelphia Museum. (No abstract.) 


Henry H. Donaldson, M.D., was elected a member. 
The following were ordered to be printed : 


——————eeo 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 


NOTES ON SUCCINEA OVALIS Say AND S. OBLIQUA Say. 
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. 


Since Gould’s publication on the Succineas of Massachusetts in 1841, 
there has been more or less confusion as to the identity of Succinea 
ovalis Say. The facts in the case were pointed out by Dr. Binney in 
1851, but unfortunately a faulty manner of correcting Gould’s mistake 
was adopted, resulting in two errors of nomenclature in place of one. 
Some years ago the writer rectified the current usage, restoring Say’s 
name ovalis to its original significance. This correction has been 
accepted by many recent writers, but there are a few conspicuous 
exceptions ; hence it seems necessary, in the interest of uniform nomen- 
clature, to demonstrate the status of S. ovalis by giving its history 
somewhat fully. 

Observations on the mantle-markings of Succinea, made in New 
York several years ago, also find place here. These color markings are 
shown to be highly variable among individuals of a single colony, yet 
the general pattern differs to a greater or less extent in different species. 
The subject is worth further investigation, both from the standpoint of 
variation and also systematically, as an aid in distinguishing species in 
this difficult genus. 

Succinea ovalis Say. 

The actual type or types of Succinea ovalis Say are no longer in 
existence; but three specimens labelled and mounted on a card by Say 
are extant, representing what he subsequently considered to be S. ovalis. 
The original description must have been drawn from immature in- 
dividuals, the measurements, “length nine-twentieths of an inch, 
aperture seven-twentieths,” being only about two-thirds to three- 
fourths the ordinary size attained around Philadelphia. The pro- 
portion of aperture to length given by Say agrees with specimens | 
have measured, but with no other Succinea of this region. This common 
Philadelphian snail, still living in Fairmount Park, is indistinguish- 
able from what Lea subsequently described from Newport, R. L., as 8. 
totteniana. 

In the Tableau Systématique de la Famille des Limagons, p. 26 (1821), 
Férussac records Succinea ovalis Say as communicated to him by Say, 
and figured on plate XIa, fig. 1 of the Histoire, ete., which was 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


issued in 1822. The two figures given represent the form now com- 
monly known as “‘S. totteniana”’ (but properly called S. ovalis Say), 
and still found around Philadelphia. These figures agree perfectly 
with the specimens labelled by Say in the collection of the Academy. 
On the same plate Férussac figures larger forms (“‘S. obliqua”’ of 
authors) as varieties of S. putris (figs. 7, 8). He also figures large 
ovalis (totteniana) from ‘‘the islands Miquelon and Saint Pierre, near 
Newfoundland” (fig. 9). 

The species S. ovalis was therefore very well figured by Férussac, 
from author’s specimens, prior to Say’s description of S. obliqua; and 
there was but scant excuse for mistaking it, except that but few 
American workers possessed the large and expensive Histoire naturelle 
générale et particuliére des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. 

Beck, 1837, and other early European writers accepted the species, 
referring to Férussac’s figures. 

Succinea ovalis was correctly recognized also by various early 
American writers for the form later known as totteniana. See DeKay’s 
New York Fauna, Mollusca, p. 53, Pl. 4, figs. 51, 52. It was Gould 
who by error shifted the names, in the first edition of the Invertebrata 
oj Massachusetts (1841).° He recognized three Succineas in that 
State: 

S. ovalis, fig. 125 [= S. retusa Lea]. 

S. campestris, fig. 126 [= S. ovalis Say = totteniana Lea]. 

S. avara, fig. 127 [correctly identified]. 

Gould subsequently recognized his two mistakes, and finding that 
the names S. ovalis Say, obliqua Say and campestris Gould, not Say, 
all applied to one species, he proposed to retain the name obliqua for 
it, and to use “S. ovalis Gld. not Say” for S. retusa, the snail he had 
figured in error as Say’s ovalis. 

DeKay, C. B. Adams and Sager, who used Gould’s work, were in some 
measure misled, especially in regard to S. campestris. Delay (1843), 
as mentioned above, correctly identified S. ovalis. 

In 1851 Dr. Amos Binney lucidly discussed the American Succineas 
in Vol. IL of the V'errestrial Mollusks, pp. 63, 64. His exposition of the 
history of S. ovalis Say leaves little to be desired, and may well be 
quoted here: 

“Succinea ovalis Say.—This species, diffused universally in the 
middle and northern States of the Union, is that which is described in 
the works of Messrs. Gould, Mighels, Kirtland and Sager as Succinea 
campestris Say. It varies much in size, and in the divergence of the 
last whorl from the axis of the shell, and this last variation when 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 


strongly developed constitutes Succinea obliqua Say. Succinea 
ovalis of Messrs. Gould, Adams, Mighels and Sager is not the ovalis 
of Say, but a species which was unknown to him. As, however, the 
ovalis of Gould is that now most commonly known under the name 
of Succinea ovalis, we propose to retain it, and to apply to Mr. Say’s 
species his second name, obliqua.”’ 


Fig. 1.—Tablet bearing Succinea Fig. 2—Say’s tablet of Succinea 
ovalis, mounted and labelled by obliqua. Nat. size. 
Thomas Say. Nat. size. 


The tablet of three specimens of S. ovalis labelled by Say is photo- 
graphed, fig. 1. A series of modern specimens from Fairmount Park 
is shown, fig. 3. These show a considerable amount of variation in 
contour, some being as long as Say’s types of S. obliqua, shown in fig. 2. 
Philadelphian examples do not attain a large size, rarely exceeding 16 
or 18 mm. in length. It is a region of crystalline metamorphic rock, 
deficient in lime, where the land shells generally run under the size 
usual in New York or the West. The color is yellowish green, and the 
shell very thin. 

This type of shell is widely distributed, from Ontario to the mountains 
of North Carolina and west to Minnesota and Missouri. 


Fig. 3.—Succinea ovalis Say. Fairmount Park, Philadelphia. Nat. size. 


In the examples of S. ovalis taken at Chittenango Falls the upper part 
of the spire in living animals is whitish with a papery appearance, the 
last whorl is pale buff, becoming olivaceous and dusky over the lung. 


This is in some examples more or less obscured by a gray network, 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


marked with some black blotches, but in others there is a pattern of 
black streaks very much like that of S. ovalis chittenangensis. See PI. 
VII, figs. 9, 10, 11, (No. 90,084, 90,085 A. N.S. P.) 

Succinea obliqua Say, 1824, also was described from Philadelphia, 
two cotypes mounted on the cards used by Say, and inscribed with his 
autograph label, being still preserved. They are photographed in fig. 2. 
These specimens have the spire longer than in ovalis, the suture more 
oblique, but are otherwise very similar. They are greenish-yellow, 
though not quite so green as ovalis, and the abundant series of other 
Philadelphian specimens before me leaves no doubt that they inter- 
grade perfectly with Philadelphian ovalis. It will not, I think, be 
possible to use the name obliqua in a varietal or subspecifie sense, 
though it might be used to indicate the elongate phase or form which 
the species often assumes, if a name for that be desired.t It must be 
understood, however, that the longer phase occurs with the shorter 
typical ovalis, and is fully connected therewith by intermediate 
individuals in the same colonies. 

The synonyms of S. ovalis, and early references thereto discussed 
above, here follow: 

Succinea ovalis Say, Journ. A. N.S. Phila. I, 1817, p. 15. Férussae, 
Tabl. Syst., 1821, p. 26; Hist. Nat. Moll. Terr., Pl. XTa, fig. 1 (not S. 
ovalis Gould). 

Succinea obliqua Say, Major Long’s Second Exped., IT, 1824, 260, Pl. 
15, fig. 7. DeKay, New York Fauna, Moll., p. 53, Pl. 4, fig. 53. 
Binney, Terrestr. Moll., IT, p. 69. 

Succinea campestris Gould, Invert. of Mass., 1841, p. 195, fig. 126. 
DeKay, New York Fauna, Moll., p. 53, Pl. 4, fig. 54 (not S. campestris 
Say). 

Succinea totteniana Lea, Proc. Am. Philos. Soe., II, 1841, p. 32. 
Succinea ovalis optima n. subsp. Fig. 4. 

In many localities from New York to Minnesota and Iowa a form 
much more robust than typical ovalis is found. The shell has coarser 
wrinkle sculpture, and yellow predominates rather than green. The 
contour is about that of the larger examples of ovalis (such as those Say 
called S. obliqua), but varies to nearly or quite as broad as typical 
ovalis. The suture is deep, and at the last whorl oblique. The 
largest specimens I have seen are from the type locality, Crugers Valley, 
near Upper Red Hook, Duchess Co., N. Y., collected by Mr. W. 8. 
Teator. Two of them measure: 


' S. greeri Tryon has been quoted as a synonym of S, obliqua, but it is certainly 
distinct from that species. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 


Length 26,diam. 16, length of aperture mm. 


IS 
25 s 13.50 Wy ees 
This size is not often reached. In the middle West a length of 20 mm. 
is near the maximum, and the size of some individuals which seem to 


be adult is not greater than the largest of the typical form of S. ovalis. 


Fig. 4.—Succinea ovalis optima. Nat. size. 


This large race is what has commonly been called S. obliqua Say, but 
the true obliqua is merely the longer phase of typical ovalis, and the 
name is not fairly applicable to the form above described. I have 
not examined the living animal of this race. 

I picked up asingle bleached specimen of S. 0. optima on the beach at 
Galveston, Texas, in 1886. It had probably floated there, as I do not 
think it exists in the Austroriparian zone. 

Succinea ovalis chittenangoensis n. subsp. Pl. VII, figs. 1to8. 

The shell is yellow or pinkish-yellow, much lengthened, with a longer 
spire than any other race of S. ovalis; suture deep; whorls 34, the last 
rather flattened above, not so convex there as in S. ovalis or S. o. 
optima. Aperture very oblique, relatively small. 


— 


Length 22.5 diam. 11.5, length of aperture 14 mm. (No. 90,087). 


* 23.0 4, 11.3 che Ay Lae (No. 90.081). 
ty 21 315 11.3 ve + ce (No. 90,079). 
. 19 rs 10.5 of ce a (No. 90.083). 


Cotypes from a sloping weed-covered talus near the foot of Chitten 
ango Falls, Madison Co., N. Y., No. 90,087, 90,081 and 90,079, A. N.S. 
P., collected August 27, 1905, by Messrs. Henderson, Walke Clapp and 
Pilsbry. 


A very large series was taken, associated with atew s, ova Irom 
which they are easily separated by the characters given above. Ihave 
seen this form from nowhere else. The locality is on the Ononda 


limestone (coniferous). 
4 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


In the living animal the mantle as seen through the shell is pale yellow 
with a slight olive tint, olive over the lung; the apex is more or less 
ruddy. This ground is profusely striped and blotched with black on the 
last 14 whorls, as shown in figs. 1 to 5. Over the kidney the black 
blotches are interrupted and the ground tint is lighter, making a light 
streak across the whorl, partially seen in figs. 2 and 5 at the right upper 
portion of the last whorl. Very exceptionally the black blotches are 
almost absent, as in figs. 6,7,8. Fig. 8 represents the least marked 
individual seen, and probably to be regarded as a case of partial 
albinism. The lower edge (collar) of the mantle is gray peppered with 
white dots. The foot is pale yellowish, back and flanks gray with 
slate tesselation, tentacles slate. The posterior end of the foot is 
somewhat blackish above. All figures of plate VII were drawn from 
living animals. In alcohol the black and gray pigment remains, but 


Fig. 5.—S. ovalis chittenangoensis. X 2. 


the yellow tint is fugitive. The pattern of pigmentation of the lung 
has clearly been influenced by a tendency of the markings to follow 
veins; but in many specimens this tendency has been lost to a great 
extent. ; 7 
Summary. (1) Succinea ovalis Say was based upon Philadelphian 
specimens of the form subsequently described as S. totteniana Lea. It 
was well figured by Iérussac from examples sent by Say, as early as 
1822. The proportion of aperture to length given by Say applies to no 
other Succinea of the region about Philadelphia. (2) Succinea ovalis 
Gould, 1841, is a totally different species, which was described as S. 
retusa by Lea in 1837. The true identity of S. ovalis was recognized 
by Dr. Binney in 185]. (3) Succinea obliqua Say, 1824, was based 
upon elongate specimens of S. ovalis Say, also from Philadelphia. It 


7 ji bas 


_—_——— —— ss  ~” 


——— - 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 


is an absolute synonym of S. ovalis. (4) S. totteniana Lea and Binney 
is absolutely identical with the typical S. ovalis Say. 


EXPLANATION OF Puate VII. 


Figs. 1-S—Succinea ovalis chittenangoensis n. subsp. 1,2, No. 90,081 A.N.S. P.; 
3, No. 90,079; 4, 5, No. 90,080; 6, No. 90,083; 7, 8, No. 90,082. ; 

Figs. 9-11—Succinea ovalis Say, Chittenango Falls. 9, 10, No. 90,085; 11, No. 
90,084. 


52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


NOTES ON SHARKS. 


BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


The species included in this paper are based on material contained in 
the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
unless otherwise stated. 


HEXANCHIDZ. 
Hexanchus griseus (Gmelin). 
A dried skin without data. 
Heptranchias cinereus (Gmelin). 

Head 62 to 64; depth 10 to 102; snout 3 in head ; eye 4 to 44; length of 
mouth 2} to 24; interorbital space 34 to 33; front margin of first dorsal 
23 to 23; front margin of anal 3% to 47; least depth of caudal peduncle 
4; front margin of lower caudal lobe 2 to 24; length 324 to 354 inches. 
Two examples from Italy (C. L. Bonaparte, No. 245). 

Also 2 dried skins without data, the larger 444 inches long. 


HETERODONTIDZ. 
Heterodontus japonicus (Duméril). 

Head 54; depth 74; depth of head 1# in its length; width of head 1}; 
height of first dorsal 17; height of second dorsal 14; height of anal 1¢; 
lower caudal lobe 14; pectoral 42; tail 44 in length of body; width of 
pectoral 14 in its length. Color in aleohol deep brown with obscure 
scattered brown spots on trunk, which are however rather sparse. 
Length 28 inches. No data. 

Also jaw of another, from Japan in 1891 (Frederick Stearns). 


SCYLIORHINID 2. 
Poroderma stellare (Linnwus). 

Head 72 to 8}; depth 8# to 14; snout 2} to 2% in head; eye 32 to 44; 
width of mouth 2 to 24; interorbital space 2} to 24; first dorsal 1} to 
14; second dorsal 1] to 24; anal 1% to 2}; caudal from origin of lower 
lobe 3% to 44 in rest of body; length 6 to 18 inches. Eleven examples. 
Italy (Bonaparte). Also 2 dried skins, Nos. 7 and -, with same 
data. 

Two other dried skins without data. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 


This genus must now be known by the above name, as Dr. Gill’s 
specification of Catulus stellaris Smith as the type of Catulus' is not 
admissible. Under Catulus three species are included by Smith, viz.: 
Squalus canicula Linn., Scyl. marmoratum Bennett, and C. edwardit 
Smith. The first of these is here considered as the type, thus allowing 
it to fall a synonym of Scyliorhinus Blainville. The type of Poro- 
derma Smith may be considered its first species, Squalus africanum 
Gmelin. 

Galeus melastomus Rafinesque. 

Head 6;; to 7; depth 10 to 143; snout 2 to 24 in ME 3 eye 3} to 44; 
width of mouth 1,°; to 2#; interorbital space 2 to 23; first dorsal 1¢ to 
24; second desea: 1 to 22; base of anal 1 to 14; caudal from origin of 
lower lobe 24} to 3% in rest of body; length 7 to 18% inches. Ten 
examples. Italy (Bonaparte, No. 253). 

Also 3 dried skins without data. 

The above generic name may be adopted for this genus, as Rafinesque 
includes but two species. They are G. melastomus and Squalus uyato, 
of which the first may be considered the type. If his intention was to 
have made S. galeus Linnzus his type he certainly has missed the 
opportunity, as that species is not even mentioned, and the inference 
may be only surmised by reference to his Jnd. It. Sicil., 1810. 
Pristiurus Bonaparte is thus superseded by Galeus Rafinesque. 


HEMISCYLLIIDA. 
Chilosoyllium indicum (Gmelin). 

Three examples from Padang (C. H. Harrison, Jr., and H. M. Hiller), 
Sumatra. Color when fresh in arrack more or less uniform dull brown, 
lower surface of head, abdomen, and bases of pectorals and ventrals 
dirty cream-white. The largest 21 inches long. The youngest with 
very distinct markings. One specimen now in Stanford University. 
Orectolobus japonicus (Regan). 

One example without data. The Japanese material called O. 
barbatus by Jordan and Fowler’ is this species. 


GINGLYMOSTOMID 2. 
Ginglymostoma cirratum (Gmelin). 
One from St. Martin’s (R. E. Van Rijgersma), W. 1. Three other 
dried skins, and one alcoholic, may have the same data, They are all 


my es Ag Nat, Hist. N. Y., 1861, p. 41. 
S. Nat, Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 606. 


54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


uniformly brown and without spots. The largest is but a little over 2 
feet in length. The St. Martin’s example shows: Head 54; width of 
head about 1 in its length; snout 18; eye 8; width of mouth about 3; 
interorbital space 13; buccal cirrus 6; front margin of first dorsal about 
14; of second dorsal 12; of anal 1%; pectoral 14; ventral 12; least depth 
of caudal peduncle 42; length about 23 inches. 

Two other examples, probably the Squalus punctatus Schneider, one 
evidently from St. Martin’s (Rijgersma), W. I., and the other from 
Tortugas (James Roosevelt), Fla. Both are rather sparsely spotted 
with deep brown. Head 54; depth 72 to 8; snout 1{ to 2 in head; 
width of mouth 2} to 34; interorbital space 1? to 12; front margin 
of first dorsal 12 to 1%; of second dorsal 13 to 14; of anal 2; least 
depth of caudal peduncle 44 to 5; pectoral 14 to 14; ventral 12 to 2; 
length 124 to 14% inches. 

In the preliminary account of this genus by Miiller and Henle® no 
species is mentioned, though Drs. Jordan and Gilbert have designated 
Squalus cirratus Gmelin‘ as its type. Miiller and Henle’s next account 
includes species. Dr. Gill designates “Type Ginglymostoma con- 
color,’’® which may be assumed to be congeneric with the species of the 
present group, though somewhat confusing as Nebrius Riippell (its 
type V. concolor Riippell) was admitted to Ginglymostoma by Dr. Gill 
himself. 


CARCHARIIDZ3. 
Carcharias littoralis (Mitchill). 

Head 5; depth 8}; length of first dorsal 2°in head; of second dorsal 
2}; of anal 22; of lower caudal lobe 24; pectoral 14; tail 123 in length of 
body; entire length 444 inches. Nantucket (B. Sharp), Mass. 

Head of a large example from Sea Isle City (W. J. Fox), and jaws 
from Townsend’s Inlet (J. D. Casey), N. J., latter wrongly confused 
by me with Lamna cornubica.’ Also 3 other pairs of jaws without 
data. 


ALOPIID 3. 
Alopias vulpes (Gmelin). 
Head 8¢; depth 8¢; width of head 14 in its length; depth of head 14; 
snout about 34; eye about 6; width of mouth 3; interorbital space 24; 


* Wiegm. Arch., 1837, p. 396. 

* Bull, U.S. Nat, Mus., No. 16, 1882, p. 18. 
® Syst. Beach. Plag., 1838, p. 23. 

* Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist, N. Y., 1861, p. 40. 

? Rep. N. J. State Mus., 1905, p. 56. 


——— a 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 


front margin of first dorsal 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 2; 
ventral 1,5;; about 38 series of teeth in upper jaw and 28 in lower; 
pectoral reaching 4 to ventral, and its greatest width 2 in its length. 
Color in alcohol dull gray-brown, more or less uniform, lower surface 
of trunk and head, also of pectoral and ventral, a little paler. Dorsals 
and caudal like back: Iris pale slaty-gray. Length 49 inches. New- 
port, R. I. J.C. Dunn. 
Also a large dried skin (Bonaparte =), probably from Italy? 


LAMNIDA. 


Isurus oxyrinchus Rafinesque. 
Jaws of a large example, evidently this species, without data. 


Possibly from Italy? 


Lamna cornubica (Gmelin). 

Head about 5; depth about 64; snout about 22 in head ; eye 7}; width 
of head about 3; gape of mouth 23; interorbital space 3}; height of 
first dorsal 22; length of second dorsal 44; of anal 44; least depth of 
caudal peduncle 9; greatest width of caudal peduncle 44; front margin 
of lower caudal lobe 14; pectoral 14; ventral 3. Color in alcohol dull 
gray-brown on upper surface of body, and pale or whitish below, line 
of demarcation along side of caudal peduncle sharply defined. Dorsal 
and upper surface of caudal like back, lower pale like belly, though with 
more or less grayish. Upper surface of pectoral like back, lower paler 
like belly. Ventral and anal pale, slightly with grayish. Iris pale 
olive-gray, eyeball whitish. Téeth whitish. Length 274 inches. 
Italy (Bonaparte). 


CETORHINIDZ3. 


Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). 

Although there is no example in the collection, a large dried mounted 
skin, said to have been taken in Monterey Bay, Cal., was exhibited in 
Philadelphia several years ago, and was examined by Mr. Witmer 
Stone and myself. 


GALEORHINID ZS. 


Cynais canis (Mitchill). 

Nantucket (Sharp), Mass.; Newport (J. Leidy and 8. Powel), R. L.; 
Sea Isle City (Fox), Atlantic City (C. W. Buvinger, G. W. Tryon, Jr.), 
and Great Egg Harbor Bay (Leidy), N. J.; E. Coast U.S. (Smiths. 
Inst.); Italy (Bonaparte). 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Mustelus mustelus (Linneus). 
(M. equestris Bonaparte, Icon. Faun, Ital., Pese. III, pt. 2, vii, 1834, deser., 
Pl., fig. 2, mari d’ Italia.) 

Head 64; depth about 9; width of head 14 in its length; depth of 
head at posterior margin of eye 24; snout measured to eye 22; eye 53; 
width of mouth 23; interorbital space 23; width of internasal space 
64; front margin of first dorsal 14; of second dorsal 14; of anal 22; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 62; front margin of lower caudal lobe 
2;/5; upper margin of pectoral 1,; ; front margin of ventral 2. 

Body very clongate, depressed in front, sides well compressed, and 
tapering posteriorly into a long slender caudal, greatest depth about 
origin of first dorsal. Edges of body rather slightly convex or de- 
pressed, a very obsolete or slight median ridge down back most pro- 
nounced on upper surface of caudal peduncle, and down postventral 
and postanal regions a well-developed deep median groove. Caudal 
peduncle slender, compressed, and its least depth about 14 in its 
length. 

Head well depressed, profiles tapering similarly, and as viewed above 
rather elongate with somewhat attenuately convergent margins though 
tip rounded. Snout broadly depressed, edge rather trenchant, and 
its length but a trifle less than its width. Eye elongate, large, laterally 
superior, and placed about midway in length of head. Mouth rather 
broad, symphysis of mandible slightly in front of anterior margin of 
eye, and rami would nearly form a right angle. Lips thin and hardly 
developed. At angle of mouth externally a rather long fleshy fold 
forming a well-developed flap projecting posteriorly, and though 
groove distinct posteriorly around it, it extends but very little along 
outer margin anteriorly. About 55 series of blunt tubercles or pave- 
ment-like teeth in each jaw. Buccal folds rather narrow. Tongue 
large, broad, its surface minutely asperous, and edges all free and sharp. 
Nostrils large, well separated on each side of snout below, near last 
third in length of latter measured to eye, and each with a well-developed 
flap. Interorbital space broad, well depressed, and but very slightly 
convex. 

Gill-openings 5, last 2 over base of pectoral, and third deepest or 
about 2 in interorbital space. Spiracle small, distinct, and placed 
behind eye a space equal to about 4 its horizontal diameter. 

Body covered everywhere with minute shagreen denticles of uniform 
size, 

Origin of first dorsal much closer to origin of pectoral than that of 
ventral or a little nearer tip of snout than origin of second dorsal, its 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 


apex forming nearly over its posterior basal margin, and a long slender 
point projecting behind equal in length to width of mouth. Origin of 
second dorsal a little nearer posterior basal margin of first dorsal than 
origin of upper lobe of caudal, base of fin like that of first dorsal well 
elevated and fleshy, and fin otherwise similar with posterior point 
about equal to eye horizontally. Caudal long and slender, origin of 
upper lobe begins a little behind that of lower, and its distal expansion 
about 3} in its own length. Lower caudal lobe a little elevated below, 
and length of its base about 14 in entire length of upper. Anal inserted 
a little behind middle of base of second dorsal, or a little nearer origin 
of lower caudal lobe than tip of depressed ventral, and similar to second 
dorsal, only smaller, posterior point equal to horizontal eye-diameter. 
Pectoral large, upper margin rather evenly convex, reaching # to origin 
of ventral, and its posterior margin slightly concave. Ventral inserted 
about midway between origin of ventral and that of anal, rather 
broad, and its lower margin a little concave. Clasper small, about 
half length of posterior point. 

Color in aleohol dull uniform gray-brown above, merging into grayish- 
white tint uniformly over lower surface of body. Upper fins like back 
or with grayish, both pectoral and ventral paler below. Iris pale 
brassy and pupil slaty. 

Length about 26 inches. 

No. 617, A. N. S. P., cotype of M. equestris Bonaparte. Italy 
(Bonaparte, No. 248). From Dr. T, B. Wilson. 

Also Nos. 618 to 620, with same data. They show: Head 5} to 64; 
depth 84 to 104; width of head 1} to 1} in its length; snout 2 to 2}; eye 
44 to 64; width of mouth 37 to 34; interorbital space 24 to 23; front 
edge of first dorsal 1} to 14; front edge of anal 17 to 2%; pectoral 1 to 
1%; length 104 to 21} inches. The smallest example is uniform on the 
back, like the larger ones, and is without any spots or markings. My 
confusion of these examples with Galeorhinus galeus* was due to the 
original labels being evidently wrongly placed. I have verified this 
by an examination of Bonaparte’s original catalogue, where they are 
also wrongly entered in the latter’s own handwriting. 

Mustelus mento Cope. Fig. 1. 


(Proc. Am. Philos Soc. Phila., XVII, 1877, p. 47, Pacific Ocean at Pecasmayo, 
Peru.) 


Head about 5; depth 74; width of head 14 in its length; snout 24; 
eye 54; width of mouth 3%; interorbital space 2$; front margin of 


* Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, p. 332, Pl. 13, fig. 4 (anatomy). 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


first dorsal 1,8;; front margin of second dorsal 27; front margin of 
anal about 3; front margin of lower caudal lobe 24; least depth of 
caudal peduncle 6}; pectoral 12; ventral 2;4,. Body rather well com- 
pressed, back elevated, edges rather rounded or convex, a very slight 
median keel down back and a slight median depression down post- 
ventral and postanal regions. Caudal peduncle slender, well com- 
pressed, and its least depth about ? its length. Head broad, depressed, 
profiles similar, and when viewed above rather narrowly convergent 


Fig. 1—Mustelus mento Cope. (Type.) 


with rounded tip. Edges of snout rather trenchant, and its length 
equal to its greatest width. Eye elongate, and its center a trifle 
posterior in length of head. Mouth moderately broad, symphysis 
falling but a trifle before front of eye, and rami would form a right 
angle. Lips thin and little free. At each corner of mouth a pointed 
flap, free behind and with a rather long outer fold. Teeth pavement- 
like, in about 50 series. Upper buecal fold papillose, with a slightly 
ragged margin, not entire as stated previously, and narrow. Lower 
buccal fold entire. Tongue rather pointed, its upper surface very 
finely asperous, and margins free. Nostrils large, inferior, well 
separated, about last third in snout measured to eye, and each 
with a well-developed flap. Interorbital space convex. Body 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 


everywhere minutely roughened. Origin of first dorsal nearly 
midway between tip of snout and origin of second dorsal, 
apex of fin falling about midway in its length, and posterior pointed 
flap equals eye horizontally. Origin of second dorsal a little nearer 
that of first dorsal than last caudal vertebra. Anal with its apex 
about opposite its posterior basal margin. Upper lobe of caudal 
begins a little after that of lower, and its distal expansion about 2+ 
in its length. Lower caudal lobe a little elevated in front, and its 
height about 32 in its length. Pectoral reaches 3 to yentral. Ventral 
inserted a trifle nearer origin of pectoral than posterior basal margin of 
anal, and reaching a trifle more than half-way to anal. Color in 
alcohol with under surfaces of pectorals and ventrals grayish, other- 
wise fins of more or less uniform tint of back. Iris pale yellowish- 
brown, pupil dusky. Length 124 inches. No. 21,104, A. N.S. P., 
type of M. mento Cope. Pacific Ocean at Pecasmayo, Peru (J. Orton). 
Coll. of 1876-77. From Cope. 


Triakis felis (Ayres). 

Santa Barbara (U.S. F. C.), Cal. 

I adopt Mustelus felis Ayres for this species, as his name has evident 
priority. His paper* was read December 4, 1854, which is in the 
signature dated December 25. This was received by the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia on February 6, 1855." 7’. semi- 
fasciatus Girard occurs in No. 6 of the same volume," which was else- 
where" not acknowledged as having been received until February 20, 
1855, and therefore this date may be accepted for its publication. 


Galeorhinus galeus (Linnwus). 

Head 54; depth about 84; snout about 24 in head; eye 5; length of 
mandible 3; width of mouth 24; tip of snout to mandible 2?; inter- 
orbital space 24; front margin of first dorsal 1,%;; of second dorsal 33; 
of anal 44; least depth of caudal peduncle about 5; pectoral 14; ventral 
34; length 17} inches. Italy (Bonaparte, No. 254). The other three 
examples are all smaller, the smallest 9 inches long and showing the 
attachment of the placenta still in good preservation. These were 
confused as Galeus mustelus by me, as already explained. 

Also a dried skin, without data, 44 inches long. 


*In Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., I. 
See Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., V1, p. xxii, in donations to the library, 
™ New York Lyc. Nat. Hist. 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Galeorhinus zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert. 


(Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1883, p. 871, evidently based on G. galeus 
Jordan and Gilbert, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., IIT, 1880, p. 42, San Pedro, 
California; Jordan and Gilbert, l.c., p. 458, San Francisco, Cal.) 


Head 5?; depth 11?; width of head 12 in its length; depth of head at 
posterior margin of eye about 23; snout 2}; eye 44; width of mouth at 
corners 2}; interorbital space 2}; front margin of first dorsal 2; of second 
dorsal about 2; of lower caudal lobe 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 
5; upper margin of pectoral 14; front margin of ventral about 5. 

Body elongate, slender, depressed anteriorly and tapering back 
from head. Down middle of back, also middle of postventral and 
postanal regions, a longitudinal groove. Caudal peduncle slender, 
its least depth about 24 in its length. 

Head broadly depressed, about equally so above and below, and as 
viewed from above profile rather elongately convergent with rounded 
tip. Snout well depressed, its edge but slightly trenchant, and space 
between its own tip and front of mouth equal to width of latter. Eye 
large, elongate, lateral and its center falling a trifle posterior in length 
of head. Nictitating membrane large, well developed, and with a deep 
pocket between itself and eye. Rami of mandible would nearly form 
a right angle, though symphysis not quite extended forward till opposite 
front rim of eye. Teeth pointed, mostly tricuspid, and directed to- 
wards side of mouth, with outer cusp of each of lateral teeth best 
developed. About 44? series of teeth in upper jaw. Buccal folds 
rather well developed and papillose. Tongue large, broad, flattened, 
rounded in front, and its edge free. Nostrils rather large, well separ- 
ated or internasal space about half width of mouth, each with a small 
fleshy point, and placed about last ? in snout measured to front of eye. 
Interorbital space broad, a little convex, and depressed medianly. 

Gill-openings 5, last 2 over base of pectoral, and third and fourth 
largest or about 1? in eye horizontally. 

Body covered everywhere with simple shagreen points of moderately 
small and uniform size. 

Origin of first dorsal a little nearer that of second than tip of snout, 
forming a rather rounded lobe with its apex just before posterior basal 
margin of fin, and point of latter equals eye horizontally. Origin of 
second dorsal nearer that of first than end of last caudal vertebra by a 
space equal to width between outer edges of nostrils, apex of fin form- 
ing about over middle of its length, and its posterior point about 14 
in eye horizontally. Origin of anal a trifle after that of second dorsal, 
its apex forming about first third in its length and its posterior point 
1? in eye horizontally. Origin of lower caudal lobe a little in advance 


a 2 ee 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 


of that of upper, and height of fin at this point about 2? in length of its 
base. Upper caudal lobe broad, its expansion at end nearly equal to 
width of mouth or about 3% in its length. Pectoral broad, larger than 
first dorsal, and reaching # to ventral, with posterior margin a little 
incised. Ventral inserted a little nearer origin of first dorsal than that 
of anal, and reaching # to origin of latter. Clasper equals posterior 
anal point. 

Color in alcohol deep gray-brown on back, becoming paler gray on 
sides, and lower surface whitish. Upper surface of snout pale brown- 
ish. Teeth all whitish. Iris livid grayish and pupil slaty. Nictitat- 
ing membrane pale like side of head. Dorsals pale brownish, upper or 
outer portion of lobe dusky to blackish and posterior point becoming 
very pale to whitish. Caudal pale brownish, end of upper lobe and 
notch behind lower dusky to blackish, fin otherwise more or less pale. 
Pectoral dusky or blackish above, pale to grayish below. Ventral and 
anal whitish like lower surface of body. 

Length 12} inches. 

No. 582, A. N.S. P., cotype of G. zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert. San 
Francisco, California (U.S. F. C. No. 27,190). 

Galeocerdo tigrinus Miiller and Henle. 
Head 64; depth 112; width of head 1% in its length ; snout 3; width of 


_mouth 2,55; space between tip of snout and front of mouth 4; inter- 


orbital space 14; pectoral 14; base of ventral 44; caudal nearly 2 in rest 
of body. Body broad, depressed, and trunk rather slender posteriorly. 
Caudal peduncle broad, and side from below second dorsal bluntly 
keeled till opposite middle of lower elongate caudal lobe. Head 
large, very broad, depressed. Snout broad, rounded. Length of pre- 
oral region about % width of mouth. Eye anteriorly lateral, with 
nictitating membrane. Mouth large, beginning well before eye, and 
gape extends one diameter behind latter. Corner of mouth with long 
outer fold. Teeth about +, broad, compressed, directed laterally, 
finely serrated along margins, and with five small cusps externally. 
Tongue broad, not free. Lips rather thin. Nostrils lateral, with 
small flaps, and nearer front edge of snout than front of mouth. Inter- 
orbital space convex. Anterior gill-openings large, third largest, and 
last two over base of pectoral. Peritoneumsilvery. Shagreen very fine. 
First dorsal inserted opposite posterior basal edge of pectoral, with 
sharp point behind, and height of fin a little less than base. Second 
dorsal inserted about midway between caudal pits and origin of ventral. 
A narrow median low keel along back between dorsals. Anal small, 
inserted below first third of base of second dorsal, its margin deeply 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


concave, and with a sharp point posteriorly. Lower caudal lobe about 
24 in upper. Caudal notch near tip. Pectoral faleate, margin con- 
cave and reaching posteriorly below posterior base of dorsal. Ventral 
small, broad, obtuse, and inserted nearly midway between posterior 
basal edge of first dorsal and origin of second dorsal. Color when fresh 
in arrack slaty-gray, paler below. Upper surface of body and pectoral, 
also dorsal and caudal, variegated with deep leaden-gray blotches, 
and many of those on side of trunk more or less elongate and vertical. 
Length 39} inches. Padang, Sumatra (Harrison and Hiller). - 

Very large jaws from Guaymas, Mexico; also a pair from Beesley’s 
Point. N. J. (S. Ashmead); a pair from between Turk’s Island and 
Barbadoes (Dr. W. H. Freeman). 

Prionace glauca (Linnzus). 

Head 5; depth about 104; width of head about 2 in its length; snout 
22; eye about 74; width of mouth about 34; interorbital space 22; front 
margin of first dorsal 24; front margin of second dorsal 42; front margin 
of anal about 4; least depth of caudal peduncle about 74; pectoral 17; 
ventral 3}. Teeth with entire edges, and each lateral tooth of upper 
jaw followed by about four cusps and in lower by one or two. Median 
teeth in each jaw erect, smaller and with a single slender point. Color in 
alcohol deep chocolate-brown on back and upper surface, and lower 
surface pale creamy-white. Dorsals and caudal, except basally at 
lower lobe, which is whitish, dark like back. Upper surface of pectoral 
and ventral dark like back, though latter paler, and lower surfaces 
grayish to whitish like belly. Entire lower surface of head whitish like 
belly. Iris grayish-slaty, pupil pale. Length 23 inches. Italy 
(Bonaparte, No. 250). 

Another dried skin, without data, is 48 inches long. 

Eulamia milberti (Miller and Henle). 

One from Great Egg Harbor Bay (Dr. J. Leidy). 

The name Carcharias Rafinesque cannot be applied to this genus, as 
the only species mentioned for it, and therefore its type, is taurus, a 
sand shark identical with Agassiz’s genus Odontaspis. Carcharhinus 
Blainville” is nextin order. It is based on commersonii, lamia, lividus, 
ustus, heterodon, verus, broussonetii, glaucus, ceruleus, megalops, hetero- 
branchialis, cornubicus, monensis?, vulpes. Drs. Jordan and Gilbert 
restrict the first species (commersonit) as its type, but all the evidence 
shows it to be a nomen nudum, and their suggestion that it is based on 
Lacépéde’s figure of Le Squale Requin® seems only assumption when 


2 Bull, Soc. Philomath,, Paris, 1816, p. 121. 
8 Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1, 1799, pp. 165, 169, PI. 8, fig. 1. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 


judged from Blainville’s work alone. If the next of Blainville’s specific 
names are considered, lamia is found first proposed as Carcharias lamia 
by Rafinesque," without description or diagnosis, and simply as “ (Squa- 
lus carcharias Linnzus). Carcaria lamia. Pesce Caine, Imbestinu, 
6 Lamia.” Thus it would be typified by S. carcharias Linnzeus, which 
would upset Carcharodon of Smith, in which case I shall consider the 
Squalus vulpes Gmelin the type of Carcharhinus Blainville. The next 
generic name available is Eulamia Gill, which had best be adopted. 


Fig. 2.—Eulamia odontaspis Fowler. (Type.) 


Eulamia odontaspis sp. nov. Fig. 2. 

Head 5}; depth 84%; width of head about 1% in its length; depth of 
head at first gill-opening 1}; snout 2%; width of mouth 24: interorbital 
space 2; front edge of first dorsal 14; of second dorsal 2; of anal 2}; 
of lower caudal lobe 14; least depth of caudal peduncle about 5; pectoral 
14; ventral 2}. 

Body depressed anteriorly, apparently rather robust, a slight median 


“ Ind. It, Sicil., 1810, p. 44. 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


depression down back and another down postventral and postanal 
regions, greatest depth about origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle com- 
pressed, and its least depth about 1{ in its length. 

Head rather well depressed, profiles similar apparently. Snout well 
depressed, rather short, when viewed above broadly convex, and its 
length to front of mouth about # its width at that point. Eye small, 
elongately ellipsoid, and its center about first 2 in head. Nictitating 
membrane rather broad. In profile end of mandible a little before front 
rim of eye, asseen from below profile of symphysis rather broadly convex 
in front, and its length 4 its width. No grooves at corners of mouth. 
Teeth about 33, similar in both jaws, without basal cusps, edges 
entire, slender, compressed, of rather uniform size and sharply pointed. 
Nostrils large, lateral, below on snout near last third of its length. 
Interorbital space broadly convex. 

Gill-openings 5, second and third deepest or about 5 in head, and last 
two over base of pectoral. No spiracle. 

Body covered with very fine shagreen, scarcely rough to touch. 

Origin of first dorsal about midway between tip of snout and tip of 
posterior depressed point of second dorsal, and posterior point 2 in 
length of fin. Origin of second dorsal about an eye-diameter nearer 
that of upper caudal lobe than posterior basal margin of first dorsal, 
and posterior point of fin 2? in its front margin. Caudal rather small, 
upper lobe begins a trifle behind lower, and its length about 32 in rest 
of body. A pit on caudal peduncle, both above and below, at origins 
of caudal lobes. Anal begins very slightly behind origin of second 
dorsal, and fin reaching 14 to origin of lower caudal lobe, tip of posterior 
process not extending back beyond that of end of fin infront. Pectoral 
broad, inserted rather low, and when depressed reaching about opposite 
origin of first dorsal, its greatest width 1% in its length. Ventral 
broad, its origin slightly behind tip of depressed dorsal, and depressed 
fin reaching 1? to anal. Claspers small. 

Color of dried skin dull brown generally, lower surface scarcely paler. 
Fins all unicolor. 

Length about 20% inches. 

Type No. 34,634, A. N. 8. P. No data, but probably from the 
Indian Ocean? 

This interesting specimen is probably identical with Day’s figure of 
Carcharias ellioti.8 His description, however, differs in the outer 
labial groove, serrated teeth with basal cusps, first dorsal beginning 


'’ Fishes of India, 1V, 1880, p. 716, Pl. 189, fig. 2. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 


behind base of pectoral with its base being nearer latter than ventral, 
inner margin of pectoral 4 of its outer and fin reaching below end of 
base of dorsal, anal below last # of second dorsal, and caudal 3? in 
total. His figure of a skin, 6 feet long, differs in some minor details 
from my example, which howeyer may be due to age. 

(Oda, tooth, ‘asric, scale; hence Odontaspis, an old generic name 
applied to the sand sharks, and here used with reference to the super- 
ficial resemblance of this species.) 


Eulamia longimanus (Poey). ; 

Head about 6?; depth 84; width of head 12; snout 2? in head; width 
of mouth 2}; interorbital space 1,5,; height of first dorsal 24; of second 
dorsal 7}; least depth of caudal peduncle 4; lower caudal lobe 24; 
pectoral 14; ventral 23; upper caudal lobe 3%. Teeth all finely ser- 
rated and upper but little notched on outer margins. Dorsal inserted 
just after base of pectoral. Width of pectoral 2 in its length. Length 
39 inches. Dried skin without data. 

Jaws of large example from West Palm Beach (G. B. Wood), Fla., in 
1907. Another pair of jaws from the Gulf of Florida (Dr. G. Watson) 
is probably this species. 


Eulamia menisorrah (Miiller and Henle). 

Head 64; depth 8%; width of head 1? in its length; snout 2}; width of 
mouth 2%; tip of snout to mandible 3; interorbital space 2; height of 
first dorsal 14; pectoral 1; length of ventral to posterior tip 144; least 
depth of caudal peduncle 42; caudal 3 in rest of body. Teeth without 
serrations, each with several small cusps. Length 25$inches. Padang 
(Harrison and Hiller), Sumatra. 

Also a very young example with same data. Edge of first dorsal 
very narrowly margined with black, also ends of second dorsal and 
caudal. 

Eulamia oxyrhynohus (Miller and Henle). 

Head about 4%; depth 114; width of its head 2? in its length; snout 
about 2;';; width of mouth 2}; interorbital space 32; front margin of 
first dorsal 24; of second dorsal 4; of anal about 4; of lower caudal lobe 
2,45; pectoral 14; length of ventral 33; least depth of caudal peduncle 34 
in snout; eye 8; upper caudal lobe equals head; length 174 inches. 
Dried skin without data, though probably from Surinam? (Hering?). 

It differs a little from Miiller and Henle’s figure, most likely in respect 
to age, in having insertion of first dorsal a little more posterior or 
opposite posterior basal edge of pectoral, depressed pectoral not 
reaching beyond posterior basal margin of first dorsal, depressed first 


66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


dorsal reaching 1% to ventral, origin of anal slightly before that of 
second dorsal, and origin of ventral nearly midway between posterior 
basal margin of first dorsal and origin of anal. 
Scoliodon laticaudus (Miiller and Henle). 

A small example, 74 inches long. Straits of Malacca. It agrees 
largely with Miller and Henle’s figure. 
Scoliodon terre-nove (Richardson). 

Bayport (Cope), Fla. 

Two dried skins, larger 38 inches long, are evidently this species; no 
data. ‘ 


SPHYRNIDA. 
Sphyrna tiburo (Linnzus). 

Newport (Powel) R. I.; St. Augustine (W. Blanding), Fla., in May, 
1832. 

Sphyrna tudes (Valenciennes). 

Head 42; depth 7; length of disk, along its posterior margin, } its 
width transversely at second undulation; width of head just after 
hammer 2;!; in head; width of mouth about 34; third gill-opening 
53; front margin of first dorsal 14; length of second dorsal 22; of anal 2; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 4; pectoral 1¢; ventral 27. Teeth in 
about 26 series in mandible. Color in alcohol plain pale brown, a 
little darker on upper surface of body and paler or whitish on lower. 
Fins all grayish-brown. Iris slaty. Length 8 inches. Surinam 
(Hering). 

Sphyrna zygena (Linneus). 

Nantucket (Sharp), Mass.; Sea Isle City (W. J. Fox), Holly Beach 
(Miss Edith Ives) and Grassy Sound (Fowler), N. J.; Surinam (Hering) ; 
Panama (W. 8. W. Ruschenberger); Italy (Bonaparte, 251); Padang 
(Harrison and Hiller), Sumatra. Also 4 dried skins without data. 


Sphyrna blochii (Cuvier). 

Head 63; depth about 9}?; least width of head behind hammer 1% 
in its length; greatest width of hammer 2} in its length, measured along 
its inner margin; least width of hammer 4; space between tip of snout 
medianly and margin of upper jaw about 3 in head; width of mouth 2; 
length of third gill-opening about 4; base of first dorsal 14; entire length 
of second dorsal about 14; base of anal about 24; least depth of caudal 
peduncle 34; front margin of lower caudal lobe 14; length of pectoral 1; 
base of ventral 24; clasper 14. 

Body long, slender, apparently little compressed, but rather rounded 


= —e = - 


—— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 


or robust, greatest depth about origin of dorsal, and edges of body 


_ depressed or flattened. No very evident pits at origins of caudal lobes. 


Caudal peduncle rather robust, scarcely compressed, and its least 
depth 13 in its length. 

Head moderately large, well depressed both above and below and 
with evenly convex surfaces. Snout rather broadly depressed and 
moderately short, as viewed from above front margin undulate with a 
median emargination where tip would form. Each side of head produced 
laterally into a very narrow long depressed hammer-like process with its 
front margin much thicker than posterior, also former as viewed above 
a little undulate in profile while posterior is nearly straight. Along 
anterior margin of each hammer a rather deep groove, extending from 
nostril half-way to median point of snout and distally to end of hammer. 
Eye at anterior external lateral extremity of hammer, elongate, rather 
small, and its horizontal diameter about 44 in distal expansion of 
hammer. Nictitating membrane broad, conspicuous, and evidently 
leaving a deep pocket on each side. Mouth broad, margin of upper 
jaw rather evenly lunate or convex, and ramus of mandible would 
form a very obtuse angle. Gape of mouth about ? its width. No 
groove at each corner of mouth. Teeth all moderately large, directed 
laterally, entire, rather broadly triangular, and each with an external 
notch, no basal cusps. About 28 series of teeth in upper jaw and 
about 24 series in lower. Nostril inferior on hammer along its anterior 
margin near basal fifth of latter, as measured along its posterior margin, 
or about inner ¢ of space between tip of snout and end of hammer. 
Nostril furnished with but a slight flap. Top of head rather broadly 
convex. 

Gill-openings, first a little nearer posterior margin of hammer basally 
than origin of dorsal, last two over base of pectoral, and second and 
third largest. No spiracle. 

Body covered entirely with very minute shagreen denticles of appar- 
ently uniform size. On lower surface of hammer anteriorly a number 
of more or less conspicuous small pores. 

Origin of first dorsal nearer tip of snout than that of second or about 
opposite first fifth in space between origin of pectoral and that of 
ventral, fin high, faleate, apex forming above just behind its base 
which is 1} in its height, and its posterior point about 3 in head. 
Origin of second dorsal a little nearer that of first dorsal than end of 
last caudal vertebra or about over middle of base of anal, base of fin 
about } of its total length and long posterior point 33 in head. Origin 
of anal a little nearer posterior basal margin of ventral than origin of 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


lower caudal lobe, larger and also inserted well before second dorsal, 
posterior point about 1} in its length and anterior lobe about equal to 
length of base. Origins of caudal lobes nearly opposite(?), and distal 
expansion of upper 7% in its length. Anterior lobe of lower caudal 
lobe 2;/; in length of latter. Upper caudal lobe 2} in rest of body. 
Pectoral much smaller than first dorsal, interventral space about 4 
in length of fin, and greatest width about 2 in latter. In form pectoral 
rather falcate and pointed and would reach about 2 of space to ventral. 
Ventral inserted a little nearer origin of pectoral than that of lower 
caudal lobe, fin low, its greatest height about last fourth of its length, 
and clasper well developed. 

Color of dried skin deep dusky-brown over entire upper surface of 
body, including dorsals and upper lobe of caudal. Upper surfaces of 
pectoral and ventral of same tint. Entire lower surface of body pale 
gray-bown, this also largely over remaining portions of fins, anal and 
claspers. Teeth whitish. 

Length 504 inches. 

Pondichery, India. June 9, 1840. Thomas Ryan. 

It differs from Cantor’s figure" in the narrower and longer hammer. 


SQUALID. 
Oxynotus centrina (Linnzus). 

Head 5% to 5}; depth 5? to 74; width of head 14 to 2 in its length; 
depth of head 14 to 1}; snout 2% to 3; eye 32 to 4; width of mouth 34 
to 44; interorbital space 2;'; to 3; first dorsal spine 14 to 12; second 
dorsal spine 1% to 1,%;; least depth of caudal peduncle 4; height of lower 
caudal lobe 2 to 27; pectoral 1; ventral 14 to 1%; length 9} to 12 inches 
Italy (Bonaparte, No. 242). From Wilson. 

Also another, dried skin, with same data, No. =. 


Squalus acanthias Linnzus. 

Castine (G. B. Wood) and Mt. Desert (Dr. H. C. Chapman), Maine; 
Gloucester (U. 8. N. M.), Mass.; Cape May (H. W. Hand), N. J.; Italy 
(Bonaparte, No. 246). 

Squalus blainville (Risso). 

Head 54; depth 8 to 92; width of head 12 to 14 in its length; depth 
of head at first gill-opening 1¢ to 24; snout 24 to 2%, measured from 
front of mouth; eye 3% to 44; width of mouth 24 to 2,°;; interorbital 
space 2} to 24; first dorsal spine 2% to 2$?; second dorsal spine 2? to 


“ Quart. Journ. Calcutta Med. Phys. Soc., No. V, January 1, 1838, Pl. 1. 


~~ - 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 


23; least depth of caudal peduncle 7 to 84; pectoral 1,1; to 1}; ventral 
14 to 14; teeth in 26 series in jaw; length 18% to 26 inches. Italy 
(Bonaparte, No. 249). Three examples. 


Entoxychirus uyato (Rafinesque). 

Head 44; depth 8; width of head 12 in its length; snout 2}; eye 32; 
width of mouth 2{; interorbital space 22; first dorsal spine 2{; second 
dorsal spine 3?; least depth of caudal peduncle 54; pectoral 13; ventral 
2; teeth about $4; length 20} inches. Italy (Bonaparte, No. 241). 
Centrophorus granulosus (Schneider). 

Head about 5}; depth about 72; width of head about 1{ in its length: 
snout 3; eye-cavity 4; snout to front of mouth about 2}; width of 
mouth 3; interorbital space 24; first dorsal spine 4; second dorsal spine 
41; least depth of caudal peduncle 6; pectoral 2 along front margin; 
length of ventral 2}; teeth 44; length, dried, about 334 inches. Italy? 
(Bonaparte, No. 42). 

Also another example, dried, without data, probably same as above? 

Dr. Doderlein included Squalus wyato Rafinesque” as a synonym of 
this species. From the latter’s very rude figure,"* though of course of 
little value, one would be obliged to retain it under Squalus. 


Etmopterus spinax (Linneus). 

Head 5,'; to 5%; depth about 64 to 94?; width of head 14 to 14 in its 
length ; snout 2{ to 34; eye 3 to 5 (iris); width of mouth 22 to 22; space 
between tip of snout and front margin of upper jaw 14 to 1,°;; inter- 
orbital space 2} to 2%; least depth of caudal peduncle 5% to 64; height of 
lower caudal lobe 32 to 3%; pectoral 1,5, to 2,5; ventral 1% to 13; teeth 
#¢; length 114 to 16% inches. Italy (Bonaparte, No. 243). Three 
examples. 


Centroscyllium fabricii (Reinhardt). 


George’s Bank (U.S. N. M.). A young example. 


DALATIIDZS. 


Dalatias licha (Bonnaterre). 

Head 64; depth 8% to 9; width of head 1} to 1%; depth of head about 
13 to 22; snout 44 to 44; eye, to edge of iris, 64 to 7; space between tip 
of snout and front margin of upper jaw 3%; width of mouth 2} to 32; 
interorbital space 2§ to 3; length of first dorsal 14 to 1; length of second 


" Car. Nuov. Gen. Sicilia, 1810, p. 13. 
Squalus uyatus Rafinesque, l.c., Pl. 14, fig. 2. 


70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


dorsal 1f to 13; least depth of caudal peduncle 6 to 6}; height of lower 
caudal lobe 23 to 23; pectoral 14; ventral, without clasper, 145; eng th 
324 to 33} inches. Italy (Bonaparte, No. 240). Two examples, — 1 


SQUATINIDA. heal i 
Squatina squatina (Linnzus). : 
_ Three from Italy (Bonaparte, No. 238); one from Bay of Naples (D ‘Dr 
H. C. Chapman); large example without data. 
Also three dried skins, without data. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SQUALOID SHARK FROM JAPAN. 
BY CHIYOMATSU ISHIKAWA, PH.D. 


Squalus japonicus Ishikawa, new species. 


Acanthias vulgaris Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poisson, p. 304, Pl. 135, 1850; 
Acanthias vulgaris, Ishikawa, Prelim. Cat., p. 61,1897. Not of Risso. 


Body elongate, slender, tail moderately tapering behind. Head 
rather narrow; snout produced, pointed, upper surface flattened; 
nostrils nearer mouth than tip of snout, nearly midway between angle 
of mouth and tip of saout. Nasal flaps normally formed. 

Eyes large, lateral, situated nearer first gill-opening than end of snout. 
Length of eyelid a little less than half distance from its anterior angle 
to tip of snout. Spiracles large, closely posterior to and little above 
eye, vertical diameter of spiracle slightly over one-third length of eye. 
Spiracular valve not very fleshy. Narrow groove between posterior 
angle of eye and lower border of spiracle. 

Mouth moderate, slightly curved, situated at about three-fifths 
distance from tip of snout to level of first gill-opening. Upper lip well 
developed, lower closely attached to teeth within. Oral groove nearly 
straight, deep. 

Teeth of upper jaw smaller than those of lower, and somewhat more 
erect. Gill-openings in front of base of pectoral, and slightly above, 
fourth and fifth gill-slits somewhat nearer together than preceding ones. 

First dorsal nearer to pectoral than to ventral, its origin somewhat 
in advance of inner posterior angle of pectoral, midway between tip of 
snout and origin of second dorsal; first dorsal spine slightly less than 
height of fin; posterior border somewhat emarginate and slightly pro- 
duced. Second dorsal about midway between ventral and caudal, 
smaller, posterior margin rather deeply emarginate, lower lobe moder- 
ately produced ; spine as long as fin and longer than that of first. Both 
spines triangular, without any lateral groove, but hinder margin 
slightly hollowed out. Pectorals large, but shorter than head, reaching 
beyond origin of first dorsal, its hinder margin moderately emarginate. 
Ventrals midway between first and second dorsals; caudal lobes well 
developed. Upper caudal groove triangular and very distinct; lower 
rather inconspicuous. 

Scales very minute, closely set; each with a median keel which ends 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


in a point and with smaller ones on each side. Scales at extreme end of 
snout granular, and without any keel. Lateral line distinct. 

Male copulatory organ large, with a hook-like appendage near 
extreme end on inner side, and with another hook on outer side 
proximally to the former. 

Three specimens were examined, two males bought at the Tokyo 
market, and said to have been caught in the Sagami Bay, and a single 
female from Kagoshima. They are in the Imperial Museum of Tokyo. 

The proportional lengths of different parts in a male specimen are 
as follows: 


of 
Total length) ene eles: coos un. c.g 
Snout to nostril. ie. ips) os ios. 2 « s ttle nnn 
Snout to first gill-slit he ek ee Oe nnn 
Snouttomouth 9% . . . ll... 
Nosthl tomontns7iee 2} a. Ce 
Mouth to anus. Juris. . 0s 4 ii 
Diameter of body at first gil-slit fhe ow jb ey 
Diameter at spiracles. ase 
Length of upper caudal a 
Length of lowercaudallobe . .. .. |... . 1) 7m 
Base of first dorsal . . A ws wa 7 
Hewht of frst dora, -. . . . . « 44 
Virstdormsalto venital jy... =. wwe 
Baseofseconddorsal; 3-9. . . =... . . »« ». 
Height of second dorsal... mere 
Second dorsal to upper ciidallobe. =. . =. . . 7), 
Length Of pectoris Ll (tw kt. ee 
Breadth of pectoral .. io. wos 2 
Eye to dorsal end of first gill-slit | ti a po «yl 
Distance betweennostris . . . . ... .. . 88 * 
Gabe 3) wl eee ke! 
length of Gye. =e meen lt CwCtC 
Length of oral groove >": =. =. tt«wtCti(<‘(t;é‘“C:ti‘C.C'; Ce 
Deepest partoforalgroove . .. ... =. . . 5 |) ee 
Snouttoeye . . + « 3) Sn 
First dorsal spine to second dorsal spine 1 + + 6s oe 
Evyetofirst@lleiecae i. ss wl. le nn 
Snouttofirstdorsalepme =. °. =... ««tCti«w CO, 
Length of firstdorsalepime=.: .. ... =. +. #g seen 
DorsalmarginofdomalG@mie, =. . ... . % . ) Sn 
Lengthofseconddorsalspine .........,. 49 
Dorsal marginofseconddorsalfin . . . . . .. . 47 # 


General Considerations.—Judging from the very scanty literature we 
have, I am inclined to consider the present species to come nearest to 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 


Acanthias blainvillii of Risso, from which it differs only in the position 
of the first dorsal, the origin of which Giinther gives as being placed 
“conspicuously in advance of the inner posterior angle of the pectoral”’ 
(Giinther, Catalogue of Fishes, Vol. VIII, p. 419, 1870), otherwise it 
accords well with the description given by Miiller and Henle to this 
species (Miiller and Henle, Plagiostomen, 1841, pp. 84-85), so that I was 
rather inclined to regard our specimen to be the same species. Since, 
however, the descriptions of these authors are very short, making the 
identification of the species difficult, I have allowed myself to propose 
a new name for our Japanese form. 

.A fact of some interest regarding this species, however, is the 
presence of two hooks attached to the copulatory organ in our forms, 
whereas Miiller and Henle give it to be the generic character of Acan- 
thias that the “Mannchen haben an der dussern Seite des Endes der 
Anhiinge einen beweglichen, am Ende wenig gekriimmten Dorn oder 
Stachel.” Whether the second spine we find in our specimen does 
exist in the specimens of these authors, or whether it was overlooked 
by them, which fact is, judging from the otherwise very careful and 
accurate descriptions of the German authors, very improbable, I am 
at loss to form any definite opinions. In case, however, the first alter- 
native proves to be the fact, then the specific distinction of our forms 
is beyond any doubt. 

This species is well distinguished from the more common Japanese 
species of this genus, Squalus mitsukurii of Jordan and Snyder. 


74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


ANIMAL NAMES AND ANATOMICAL TERMS OF THE GOSHUTE INDIANS. 
BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. 


The Indians commonly known as Goshutes represent a tribe of the 
great Shoshone family, now much reduced in numbers. At this time 
the remnant of the tribe is gathered principally in two colonies, one 
located in Skull Valley, Utah, and the other across the desert in Deep 


Creek (Ibapah), near the Utah-Nevada border. Permanent camps . 


existed in these same places long before the advent of white settlers. 
The Indians of these two colonies had a single tribal organization, the 
last recognized chief of which, Ta’bi by name, died a number of years 
ago. 

The Indians that formerly held possession of the region from Salt 
Lake Valley to Weber Valley were close in language and customs to 
the Goshutes proper; but they had a distinct tribal organization. 
Their last chief, named Goship, is said to have been buried south of 
Salt Lake City, near the present site of the State Prison. According 
to the statement of survivors of this band, in the days of Goship’s 
prime, when he seems to have been renowned as a war-chief, his fol- 
lowers numbered some thousands. Beginning with the advent of the 
Mormon pioneers, however, a rapid decrease in this band occurred, so 
much so that in a surprisingly few years it was practically extinct. The 
principal agency in this decimation was certain diseases, brought by the 
whites, to which the natives had never before been exposed, and to which, 
as a consequence, they had acquired no special resistance. They died off, 
it is said, by the hundreds. Almost overnight an entire camp would be 
swept free of every living soul. In 1848, for example, an epidemic of 
measles broke out among them. Ignorant of the proper treatment of 
the disease, and not knowing whence it came, many assembled at the 
Warm Springs north of Salt Lake City, and sought relief by bathing in 
these waters. They died off in large numbers, as many as forty being 
heaped in a single grave. The few individuals that now survive from 
a once proud tribe have taken up their abode with neighboring tribes 
and bands. The Goshutes proper, in the valleys to the west, also 
suffered strong reduction. 

The languages of the Goshutes and of the Goships, as we may con- 
veniently and in accordance with their own usage designaté the Indians 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 


of the two chieftaincies above mentioned, are very close to that of the 
Shoshones proper, much closer than to that of Utahs, notwithstanding 
some widespread statements to the contrary. Between the dialect used 
by the Goships and that of the more western bands the differences are 
largely phonetic, certain sounds in one replacing certain ones in the other 
with great regularity. Thus, y at the beginning of syllables in Goshute 
words commonly becomes nin the Goship. Forexample, yin’ip, Goshute 
for sternum, becomes nin’iip in Goship; and, similarly, paz’ya, Goshute 
for wasp, becomes pai’na. The names for less common animals or other 
objects were occasionally quite different. Even between the Indians of 
the Skull Valley and Deep Creek bands, between which there has been 
continual intercourse and migration, certain phonetic differences in 
language are found. Thus, the sound of z in the Skull Valley dialect 
commonly changes to the sound of th in the Deep Creek; e.g., ma dzi’ka, 
to cut, and madza’tua, to close, in the former, become respectively 
ma dthi’ka and ma dtha’tu a in the latter. 

In the present paper I give a list of animal names and anatomical 
terms used by these Indians. Where differences between the termin- 
ology of the Goshutes and that of the Goships are known to exist the 
different forms are given. Where no such difference is indicated the 
term given is to be regarded as common to both in most cases. Many 
of the names of animals are imitative, as is true of a larger number in our 
own tongue than we commonly realize; a large number are descriptive 
of feature or habit; while fewer have some legendary reference. No 
effort is made in this place to present such philosophy as this people 
had or has concerning the animal world, their animal legends, or their 
many observations upon the habits and characteristics of the different 
forms. Where the significance of a name is sufficiently clear the 
analysis is indicated. Some of the names, because of age, seem to have 
undergone changes, rendering analysis no longer possible. 

Certain endings and significant syllables occurring frequently may 
be noted with advantage. 

1. The nominal ending -niimp or -iimp is affixed to verbs to indicate 
the means or instrument by which the actions represented by the verbs 
are performed. For example: 


ha’vi nitimp, bed ; from ha’ vi do, to lie down, and -niimp. 
tV'tsi a niimp, table-fork; from ti’tsi, to stick into, and -nimp. 


Less commonly it is used in the same sense as -tip or -p as indicated 
under 2. 
2. The ending -ip or -p is used. 


76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


(a) As a nominal ending indicating the object, substance or material 
produced or involved. For example: 


ttk’tip, food ; from di’ka rro, to eat, and -tp. 
pa’gin ip, cloud ; from pa’gin, to produce water, and -ip. 


(b) As an adjective ending. For example: 
wi'do tp, leaky ; from wi’do tn, to leak, and -ip. 


3. The particle na, used both as prefix and affix, designates a sup- 
port, instrument or means. For example: 


na’ dzi ta, walking cane; from na, and dzi’ta, a stick or rod. 
na’tze ya, handle; from na and ma tze’ya, to carry. 


4. The particle do or rro is common 
(a) As an ending in verbs, particularly in those indicating personal 
action. For example: 


ka’rri do, to sit down. 
gits’hwai do, to chew. 


(b) As a nominal ending, designating the thing as the agent perform- 
ing or the thing concerned in some action or object. For example: 


ma’si do, finger-nail; from ma, the hand (in compounds), s?, indicating 
extension in plate-like form, and do. 


5. ma, a particle indicating the hand or relation to the hand. For 
example: 
ma’so gi, finger. 
mam’ bi shu ga, to rub the hands together. 


6. da, a particle similarly indicating the foot or relation to it. For 
example: 


da’ so gi, toes. 
da’ pi shu ga, to rub or serape with the foot. 


7. tso, a particle often used as referring to or meaning the head. 
Yor example: 


tso’tt gi niimp, pillow ; from tso, ma tigi, to place, and -niimp. 
tso’go tin, to bump the head ; from ¢so and go’tin, to strike, 


8. bi, a particle widely used to indicate life or part of a living body. 
For example: 


7 ee 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


ss] 
~J 


bi’a or bi, the heart. 

-bitc,.an affix frequent in animal names; as mom’bitc, owl, and tu’ko- 
bite, wildcat. 

pam’ bi, head ; from pam (pa, top, -m, adj. ending) and bi. 

tim’ pi, mouth. ; 


This particle was, it seems, formerly the ending in the names of some 
parts of the body now designated by different terms, in some of which 
the particle no longer occurs. Thus for head there was a more ancient 
term, tso’pi, the first syllable of which is now alone used as indicated 
under 7. Foot, now designated by namp, seems to have had another 
name, da’pi; and similarly with hand, for which the present term mog 
was apparently preceded by ma’bi or mam’bi. The first syllables in 
these are used in similar way to ¢so, as indicated under 5 and 6. 

9. wa as a verbal particle means to bend, to turn aside, to wriggle. 
Probably secondarily it means to produce, ete. Hence in some 
Shoshone dialects, used alone, it means infant, young. It is frequent in 
names of animals, where its primary use would seem to be to indicate 
a young animal, or an animal so regarded. 


ai’wa, a fawn. 
wa'bi, a worm. 


10. 7’, s, ts, tc, tci, and k are noun endings, the exact force of which 
need not be here discussed. 

11. N or m added to a noun converts the latter into an adjective. 
For example: 


pa, water; pam, aquatic. 
ni’wa, liver; ni’wam, hepatic. 


' When a merely phonetic difference exists between words as used in 
Skull Valley and Deep Creek, the pronunciation of the former is fol- 
lowed, that of the latter being readily derivable from it. The values 
of the different letters as used in the present paper are indicated below. 

a, e, i and o when unmarked are given their usual long sound in 
European tongues. 

% is sounded like a in fat. 

é is sounded like e in met. 

1 is sounded like i in pit. 

ti is sounded like u in butter, 

ii is sounded like ii in German miide or as u in the French lune. 

u is sounded like 00 in boot. 

ai is sounded like ai in German Kaiser or i in bite. 


78 


oi is sounded like oi in boil. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[April, 


q is sounded like ch in German lachen, Dach, etc. 


sh is sounded as in shell. 


te is sounded like ch in English chance, or like c in Italian cicerone. 
rr is sounded with a roll as in the Spanish perro. 

’ is sounded like ng in the English words sing, gong, ete. 

Other consonants have their usual force in English. 


ENGLISH-GOSHUTE. 


A. 


abdomen; belly: 
sap. 
bo’tsi (Deep Creek, in addition 
to sap). 
after-birth: 
ga’rrip. 
animal : 
mi’a gwain. 
ant (general term): 
a’ni. 
ant, red (Pogonomyrmex 
dentalis, var.): 
a’ni gwi tchtik. 
a’rran gotsabi (Goshute, D.C.). 
ant, black (Camponotus pennsyl- 
vanicus, etc.) : 
a’ni. 
a’rra si wite (Goshute). 

This ant and related forms is 
said to have been eaten 
formerly by the western 
Goshutes during times of 
scarcity. The red ant, be- 
cause of its strong taste, 
was not eaten. The ants 
were gathered by being 
allowed to cover thickly a 
hide spread over their nest, 
and were then brushed off 
into a suitable receptacle 


occi- 


or bag. They were cooked 
by being placed in hot ashes 
in a wicker or other vessel. 
ant, velvet (Mutilla, ete.): 
ga’go (Goshute, D. C.). 
This name means “grand- 
mother.” 

antelope (Antilocapra americana) : 

(a) female: kwa’ri. 
(b) male: pi’t wants. 

antenna (as of locust): 

ap. 
[a, process, horn, ete. + p.] 
gwa’shi bi ht (this term was 
applied to the long antennz 
of the crayfish). 
[gwa shi, tail or tail-like ob- 
ject + bit hii.] 

anus: 

gwi’tiits. 

[gwi (kwi), a root meaning to 
shoot forth, expel, ete. + 
tits, the latter likely com- 
posed of to, designating a 
tube-like object + ¢s, nomi- 


nal ending. ] 
aorta: 
Bi’a mo ko. 
[bi’a, heart + mo’ko.] 


arm: 
bu’‘i do; bii’rro. 


———— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 79 


avocet (Recurvirestris americana) : 

pa’rro gots; pa’do gots. 
[pa, water + rro or do (vid. 
supra) + gots.] 

axilla; arm-pit: 
a’na. 

axolotl (larva of Amblystoma) : 
pa’bo go tei. 


[pa, water + bo (po) + go- 


tcz.] 
B. 
back: 
gwai’ timp; gwai’tim. 


back-bone; vertebral column: 
gwal’o rra. 


[gwav’timp, back + o’rra, 


trunk, stalk, etc.] 
badger (Taxidea americana) : 
una. 
bangs; front hair: 


mo’ pi ban ga sa (mo pai bah ga 


8a). 
[Prob. mo’bi, nose + bafi’ga- 


sa, general term for pend- | 


ent hair or locks, q. vid.] 
bat (general term) : 
o’na bite. 
beak; bill (of bird): 
mf’tcu ga; mI’tciig. 
bear, general term: 
wu'da. 
bear, black (Ursus americanus) : 
(a) black: tu’wuda. 


[tu, from tu’o bit, black + | 


wu'da.] 
tu’mii su i; tu’miish. 
[tu, black + mit’su 7.] 
(b) brown: o’a wuda, 
{[o’a from o’a bit, yellow or 
brown + wu’da,] 


| o’a mii su i; 0’a mish. 


[o’a, brown + mii’su t.] 
oi’ya rro. 
bear, grizzly (Ursus horribilis) : 

__ a’shi wu da. 

[a’shi, from a shz bit, gray + 
| wu'da.] 
to’sa wu da. 

[to’sa, from to’sibtt, white, 


| gray + wu'da.]} 
| beaver (A plodontia ruja): 
ha’ni; a’ni. 
_ pa’o tints; pa’o tints a ni. 
| [pa’o, referring to water + 
-tints.] 
bee, bumble (Bombus, various 
species) : 
Y’bi mii. 
pit bi mi. 
| [pi’tip, big + Vbi mit.] 
_ bee, honey (Apis mellifica) : 
tai’bo pai na (Goship). 
[tar’bo, white man + pav'na, 
wasp, bee.] 
| tai’bo pai ya (Goshute). 
_ beetle (general term) : 
| 


‘sha gi; Y’sha gi a. 

[i’sha, wolf + git, probably 
from gi’a, to bite, to eat, 
etc.] 

Beetles are called “wolf’s 
food,” because said to be 
eaten at times by the coy- 
ote and wolf. 

beetle, wood-borer, larva of : 

_ a’rrtits (Goship). 
u’o a bi (Goshute). 

beetle, dung (Aphodius, ete.): 
kwi’tt bu i. 

[kwit’tip, manure + bu’t.) 


80 PROCEEDINGS OF 


beetle, lady-bird (Coccinella, etc.) : 
?a’ka na bun. 

[a’ka, branch, ete. + na + 
bun, thing resting or living 
upon, etc.] 

beetle, tumble-bug: 
wo’tsa wan dI tci. 
[wo’tsa wan, to roll + bt tci.] 
The name of these beetles is 


THE ACADEMY OF 


given in reference to their — 
well-known habit of form- | 


ing balls of manure which 
they roll often long dis- 


tances before depositing | 


their eggs in them. 


beetle, water-scavenger (Hydro- | 


philus) : 
tu’ban di sip. 


[tu from tu’o bit, black + pa, | 


water + n, adjective end- 
ing + (prob.) di’si, signify- 
ing, from its composition, 
to stick or press into, press 
through, pass through, etc. 
+ p, nominal ending. ] 

The latter part of this name, 
ban di sip, is a somewhat 
general term applied to 
various aquatic forms, both 
animal and plant. 

bile: 
ni’wam bu 1. 

[ni wa, liver + m, adjective 
ending + bu7z.] 

bile-duct: 
si’‘gwa na di wok. 

[si’gwa + na’di wok, indicat- 
ing a connecting tube or 
cord, etc.]} 

bird (general term): 
oi’teu; hoi’teu. 


[April, 


bison (B. americanus) : 
(a) cow: tsa’kwite u;sa’kwite-u. 
ti’bi tei gwite. 

[tv’bt tect, true + kwitch, 
from kwittcen, a word now 
commonly applied to the 
domestic cow (Bos).] 

(b) bull: po’i jin. 
bittern, American (Botaurus len- 
tiginosus) : 
mo’ptii gwi. 

This name is imitative of the 
Spring song or “booming”’ 
of this bird, which is well 
represented by the repeti- 
tion of these syllables six or 
seven times, with the ac- 
cent strongest upon the 
second syllable and the 
last one sounded least dis- 
tinctly. 

black-bird (general term) : 
pa’giin stk. 
black-bird, red-winged (Agelaus 
pheniceus) : 
pui’go pa gtin stk. 

[piin’go, horse + pa’gtn stk.] 

The name of “horse-black- 
bird” is given to this 
species, because observed 
frequently to follow after 
horses in fields in order to 
work over the droppings. 


_ black-bird, yellow-headed (Xan- 


thocephalus icterocephalus) : 
sai’pa gtin siik. 
[saip, bulrush + pa’giin siik, 
blackbird. ] 
bladder, urinary: 
sip. 
[sip in strictness means the 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 


urine (qg. vid.), but is also 
applied to the urinary sac.] 
si’mo gits. 
[sip, urine + mo giits, pouch 
or sac.] , 
blood : 
bu’tip; bwap. 
blood-vessel (vein or artery): 
bai’biip; bai t bi; bai. 
[baz, to fill or swell + bw’ip, 
blood.] 
blue-bird, Rocky Mountain (Sialia 
arctica) : 
ho’ka du i; wo’kwa du i. 
bob-white (Colinus virginianus) : 
tai’bo hui teu. 


[tai’bo, white man + hu’t teu, 


bird.] 
?wu’pa mu gi; wu’pa mu gi ga- 
ha (Goship). 


[wu’pa, probably from ma-_ 


wu' pain, to beat + woo’gi, 
with or without ga’ha.] 

Not a native of but early in- 
troduced into Utah. Thus 
the first name. | 

bone: 
dzo’nip. 

brain: 
ku’bish. 
tso’ku bish. 

[tso, pertaining to the head + | 
ku bish.] 

bug, stink (Pentatomid) : 
a’ka na buil. 

[a’ka, branch of tree, ete. + 
na + buf, that which lies 
or rests upon, etc.] 

kwi’ti pI shu Int. 

[kwit’tip + manure + pt shu- 

in + t.J 
6 


This term, obtained from a 
Deep Creek Indian, is not 
in general use. 

pin’its. 

Of these three terms the first 

is the standard. 


_ bug, giant, water (Belostoma): 


ban’di sip. 

[pa, water + n, adjective end- 
ing + prob. di’s/, to thrust 
into, pass through, ete. + 
p.] 


_ butcher-bird (Lantus borealis) : 


tin’tso na. 


| butterfly (general) : 


hai’po rrti. 
buttocks: 
bi’ta go. 


caddis-worm : 
pa’si wit. 

[pa, water.] 

calf: 
kwite’én du a. 

[kwittc’én, cow + En du'a. 
young one, ete.] 

calf (of leg): 
wite. 

caribou (Rangijer): 
?tu’pa rri a (Goship). 
See Moose. 

carp (Cyprinus carpio) : 
tai’bo pai wite. 

[tar’bo, white man + pai wite, 
fish. ] 

Called by this name because 
introduced into the region 
by white men. 

carpus; carpal bone: 
pi’a ma tso ni. 


[pi’tip, large + ma, pertain- | chin: 


ing to the hand + t¢so’ni, 
tso’ntp, bone.] 
cartilage: 
si’no wi. 
caterpillar (of Samia, Archippus, 
etc.): 
pi’a ga. 
caterpillar (various hairy forms) : 
pu'l wa bit. 
[pu’t + wa’bi, worm.] 
cedar-bird (Ampelis cedrorum) : 
wa’ wi tco go bite. 


centipede (Scolopendra; also Li- 

thobius, etc.) : 
tim’pin to go a. 

[tim’pi, stone, se 


etc. Nn, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


adjective ending + to’ goa, 


rattlesnake. ] 
cerebellum: 
te’e ku bish. 
[te’e, small + ku’btsh, brain, 
nerve material. ] 
cerebrum: 
pi’a ku bish. 
[pv'ip, large + ku’bish.] 
chickadee, black-capped (Parus 
atricapillus) : 
Y’jai gi. 
[Imitative.} 


chickadee, mountain (Parus mon- | 


lanus): 
a’ni ki. 

[Imitative.] 

The call of this bird is repre- 
sented by the Goshutes as 
a’ni kt, kt, ki, ete. 

cheek: 
sob. 


[April, 


gl’pifi go. 
[gt’pini, pertaining to mouth 
+ go, bending round, angle, 

etc. ] 


chipmonk (Tamas lateralis) : 
hoi. 


chub (Leuciscus): 


wi'tca pit gwite. 


cicada, two-year, or dog-day har- 
vest fly (Cicada tibicen) : 
gi’a; gu. 

The cicada and its larve 
were formerly used as food 
when abundant. They were 
placed in holes lined with 
hot stones, covered, and 

' allowed to remain thus 
until cooked. 


cicada, seventeen-year (Cicada 
septendecim) : 


ta’bi da. 
clam, fresh-water (Anodonta) : 
wa’go tin du ru a. 
[wa’go, frog + tn, article + 
du ru a, child.] 
wa’go (short for that above). 
clam-shell : 
wa’go tin kar ni. 

[wa’go, short for clam + tn, 
article + kar’ni, house, 
enclosure, etc. ] 

clavicle: 
oko. 
tso’ni wok. 
claw. See finger-nail. ; 
coccyx: 
gwa’shi tso nlp. 
[gwa’shi, tail + tso’ntp, bone.] 


oil 


1908.] 


colt: 
puii’go én du a. 


[piin’go, horse + &n or tin + © 


du a, young one.] 
comb: , 
in’ka go si tip. 

[an’ka bit, red + go si up.) 

cow (Bos): 
kwite’én. 

cow-bird (Molothrus ater): 
pa’su tim pa giin stk. 

[pa’su timp, sand + pa’giin- 
stik, black-bird.] 

coyote (Canis latrans) : 

i’ji pa. 
crane, blue. Sec blue heron. 
crane, northern brown (Grus cana- 

densts) : 
ko’rra. 
[Imitative.] 

crane-fly (T'ipula, etc.) : 

ijl pa mo po. 

[ji pa, coyote + mo’po, 
mosquito. ] 

This name, “Coyote mos- 
quito,” is legendary. 

pi’‘a mo po (not approved ). 

[pi’a, big + mo po, mosquito. ] 

cray-fish : 
pa’to go bi. 
[pa’to + go’bi, face.] 
cricket, black (Anabrus simplex) : 
mi’so. 

These crickets, in particular, 
were formerly regularly 
eaten when abundant, be- 
ing roasted in pits lined 
with hot stones and coy- 
ered (vid. under Cicada). 
Sometimes they were eaten 
without previous cooking. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 


During certain seasons this 
form occurred in vast 
swarms or “armies,” at 
such times furnishing an 
easily obtainable, abund- 
ant and relished food-sup- 
ply. It is likened by the 
Goshutes to the shrimp, 
which, indeed, they term 
the ‘“fish-cricket” (md _ so- 
panwitc). This cricket and 
the Cicada, which occurred 
in similar abundance, were 
apparently the most impor- 
tant sources of Arthropod 
food. 


cricket, common (Gryllus): 
tsu’rru pinte (Goship). 
tsu’du kim bite (Goshute). 
tsIn’a pinte (Goshute). 
ti’da kim. 

crow (Corvus americanus) : 
hai. 

curlew (Murenius longirostris) : 
ko’hwi (Goship). 
ko’ki (Goshute). 

[Imitative. ] 


D. 


deer, black-tailed or mule: 
(a) general term: so’ko rri. 
(b) male: so’ko rri tin gu im pa. 
[so’korri + tin, article + gu- 
tim pa, male, mate.] 


deer, white-tailed or Virginia 
(Odocoileus virginianus) : 
jo’gwi. 
deerskin: 


so’ko rra ém bur. 
[so’korri, deer + én bur, hide.] 


S4 PROCEEDINGS OF 


dew-claw: 
ma’bin tea. 


[ma’bin, pertaining to the | 


hand, ete. + tca.] 
diaphragm: 
a’bo. 
dipper or water ouzel (Cinclus 
mexicanus) : 
pau’wi teu; pau’oi teu. 
[pa, water + ov’tcu, bird.] 


During times of drought, the | 


Goships claim, rain may be 
brought by grinding up the 
flesh of one of these birds, 
casting the same overhead 
and pronouncing certain 
sentences. 
dog (Canis jamliaris) : 
sa‘detl; sa’rrite ; sa’rri. 


dove, mourning (Zenaidura caro-— 


linensis) : 
ai’wi. 
dragon-fly (general term) : 
pa’ga mu tu nats. 
[See humming-bird.] 
duck (general term) : 
bu’i. 
duck, black-head (Fulix affinis): 
tu’pam pi bu i. 


[tu, black + pam’bi, head + | 


bu't.] 


duck, golden-eyed (Glaucionetta — 


clangula americana) : 
ko’ka pl! gin. 
[Reference to whistle or whirr 
produced by wings.] 
duck, mallard (Anas boscas): 
pi’a bu i. 
[pi tip, big + bu’7.] 
duck, red-head (Fuligula ferina 
americana) : 


THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


_ &’ka pam pi bu i. 
) [an’ka, from an’ka bit, red + 
pam’ pi, head + bu’t.] 
_ duck, pin-tail (Dajila acuta): 
wo’vin gwa shi bu 1. 
[wo’vin, pole, sprout, ete. + 
gwa’ shi, tail + bu’t.] 


_ duck, spoonbill or shoveller (Spa- 
tula clypeata) : 
so’a bu i. 
_ duck, teal (general term): 
so’ko bu i. 

[so’kitp, ground + bu’t.] 

The name, “ground duck,” 
refers to the habit of these 
ducks of nesting upon the 
ground rather than among 
rushes in water. 

ti’sa bu i. 

[t?’sa, small + buw’7.] 
duck, teal, blue-winged (Querque- 
| dula cyanoptera) : 
| 


iii’ka so ko bui. 
in’ka ti sa bu i. 

[an’ka bit, red + so’ko bu i or 

tt’sa bu 7, teal duck.] 

The name refers to the cin- 
| namon-colored breast. 
duck, wood (Aix sponsa): 

o’ bi bu i. 

[o’bini, pertaining to wood 
+ bw.) 
_ dura mater: 

-dzo’po a. 

[dzo, pertaining to the head or 
brain(?) + bo’a, skin, ete.] 


E. 


eagle (general term): 
gwi'na. 


ee a 
a) = 
: 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 


eagle, bald (Halietus leucoceph- | eye, humor of: 


alus) : _ bu’ pa. 
pa’si a. [bw’t, eye + pa, water.] 
eagle, golden (Aquila chrysetos) : eye, lens of: 
pi’a gwi na. _ bu'i rrin du ga. 
— [pv'tip, big + gwi’na.] eye-lash : 
ear: | burro sip. 
nain’kis; niik. | [bu’i, eye + rro + sip, that 
ear-hole: ) which protrudes in plate- 
nin’kin dain. ) or leaf-like form, ete.1 
[ndn’kin, pertaining totheear  eye-lid: 
+ dain, hole.]  bwi bo timp. 
ear, lobule of : | [bw’t, eye + bo. cover, etc. + 
naii’kin du a. timp.] 
[nan’kin, pertaining to the | epiglottis: 
ear + du’a.] _ ai’go bi shi a. 
earth-worm (Lumbricus, etc.): | [az’go, tongue + bi + shi’a.] 
so’ko wa bi (Goshute). 
pa’u wa bi; pa’u hwtip (Goship). | PF. 
[The first term consists of face: 
so’kiip, earth +  wa’bi, go’bi; gob. 
worm; the second of pa’u, | fat: 
pertaining to water +  — yuq. 
wa’bi (cf. German Regen- [so’yo hobui; so’yo ho bwi.] 
wurm).] fawn, young of deer: 
egg: ai’wa. 
noi’ya. | [Probably ai, to spring or 
elbow: | leap, etc. + wa.] 
ip. feather: 
bd  shi’tip. 


elk (Cervus canadensis) : 
(a) general term: pa’rra hi. 
(b) male: pa rri én gu tim pa. 
[pa’rri + guwiim pa, male, 


ga’sa gtint; ga’sa (applied 
commonly to long wing 
feathers. Cf. wing). 
ferret, black-footed : 


sail kwi’pu ka (Goship). 
esophagua: [Said to be imitative, the cry 
difi’gi ok. being represented as kwtp, 
eye: kwitp, kwtp.] 
bu’i; bu. The identification was from 
eye-brow: figure and description of 


gai’ba. habits. 


86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


fetlock: fly, horse, banded (Chrysopa) : 
ma’pitt. on’ti ya kwa. 
[ma, hand, paw, ete. + pi.] [on’ti, probably from on ti gait, 
fetus: brown + ya’kwa.] 
du’t tci. fly, house (Musca) : 
[du’a, child, young + ¢ct, tst, | a/ni bo. 
diminutive.] _ fly-catcher, yellow-bellied (Em- 
fin (of fish): | pidonax flaviventris) : 
pa’wu gi. | pin’ji rrii. . 


[pa, water + wu’gi, flail, etc.] 


: rellow-bellied striped 
finch, Allen’s rosy (Leucosticte fly-catcher, yellow-bellied strip 


(Myodinastea luteiventris) : 


kai’ Krae © an’i ta; wan’ ta. 
5 re we [an’ go, timber, ete. + vta (ef 
Pe eae dow-lark. 
[pi’tip, large + kav’ma.]} | aaa ) 
finch, crimson (Carpodoeus pur- | foot: 
; namp. 
urea) : | 
ieee [Apparently na, support, that 
finger (iene term): which is beneath and sup- 
catena ae ports, ete. + amp, nominal 
ma’so gi ending (vid. ante).] 
[ma, hand, pertaining to the | forehead : 
hand + swt ki or so’gi, | 88a. 


indicating things repeated foreskin: 


or of the same kind.] | pa’skin Ip. 
finger: _ fowl, domestic: 
(a) index: ma’tsi tsuk. | (a) general: tai’bo ka tm buf. 
(b) little: ma’tu a. | [tai’bo, white man + ka tém- 
(c) middle or second: ma’ti bi- | bur.] 
a ka.  katm buf tim gum pa. 
(d) third: tu’i ma tsi tsuk. | (b) cock. . 
finger-nail; claw: | [ka’tim bun + gum’pa, male 
ma’si do. | mate, ete.] 
[ma, hand, pertaining tohand — fowl, guinea (Numida meleagris): 
+ sido, to protrude in wi’jiin gwi na. 
plate-like form, plate-like [wi’ja, sage-hen + gwi’na.] 
object protruding. ] | Socalled because thought to 
flesh, meat: resemble in some ways the 
du’ku; tu’kwa., sage-hen, 
fly, horse (Tabanus) : fox, general term: 


pi’p! ta. wa’ ni. 


1908.] 


fox: 
(a) gray: to’sa wa ni. 
[to’sa, from to’sibit, white or 
gray + wa’ni.] 
(b) kit or burrowing: yi’ba, 
(c) red: wai’am bite. 
on’ti wa ni. 
[on’ti, from on’ti gait, red- 
dish brown, ete. + wa’ni.] 
(d) silver or black: tu’wa ni. 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


[tu, from tw’obtt, black + | 


wa’ni.] 
G. 
gall-bladder: 
ni’‘wam bu i. 
ni wam bui tsuk. 
[ni’wa, liver + m + bud, 


blood, fluid, ete. Tsuk, 
when not added, is_ to 
be understood. It means 
sack or pouch. (Cf. bile.)] 
gill (of fish) : 
pa’so na. 
[pa, water + su’na. Cf. 
lung.] 
giraffe: 
pai’wa. 


This name was applied by 
these Indians to certain 
mythical creatures with 
long necks which were sup- 
posed to live in the Warm 
Spring Lake north of Salt 
Lake City, in which they 
were supposed to have 
holes. When the giraffe 
was first seen by them at 
circuses exhibiting at Salt 
Lake, they immediately 
identified it with the crea- 


‘ 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 


ture they claimed formerly 
dwelt in the lake before 
mentioned. 
gizzard : 
bi’bonts. 
goat, Rocky Mountain (Oreamnos 
montanus) : 
ka’ni ru tints; ka’ni runts. 
goat-sucker (Chordeiles 
vanus): 
ho’i dik. 
glans penis: 
wu'Im pam bi. 
[wu, penis + m + pam’pi, 
head.] 
goldfinch, Arkansas (Astragalinus 
psaltria) : 
tu’kai yam pa. 

[Bird that calls at dark,” 
is the effect of this com- 
pound.] 

Canada (Branta 
densis) : 
nu’giin ta. 
goshawk, Western (Accipiter atri- 
capillus) : 
si’na kwi na. - 

[sdi’na + gwi’na, general term 
for certain large-sized bird, 
eagle, etc. ] 

gopher, pocket (Geomys) : 
i’a bite. 


virgin- 


goose, cana- 


grasshopper, long-horned (Orche- 
limum, etc.): 
a’ma tsu bite (Goship). 
a’wa tu bi (Goshute, D. C.). 
grebe, Western (4!omophorus occi- 
dentalis) : 
tii dits a pam buf. 
ti’i dits a pam buifi Afi ka bui. 


88 PROCEEDINGS OF 


[’i dits, small + pam’bun, | 


swimmer, ete. + with or 
without dv ka but, red eye, 

in reference to this well- 
known feature of the bird.] 

grebe, American eared, or Hell- 
diver (Auritus californicus) 

noi’ya wu ta. 

[noi’ya, egg + wa’to, two, 


changed to wu’ta for eu- 


phony.] 
grosbeck, 


mo’bi os, 

[Name refers to the con- 
spicuous beak or nose 
(mo’bi).] 

grouse, pine (Canice obscura): 
wai’go ha; afi’go go ha. 


[wan’go, timber + ga’ha, 


general term for this type 
of bird.] 


grouse, Canada (Canace cana- | 


densis) : 
ko’go. 


My informants claim that this | 


grouse was formerly fairly 
common in Weber Valley. 
The identification was from 
figure, no specimen being 


available. 
ground-squirrel (Spermophilus, 
various species) : 
kim’ba. 
gull, California (Larus calijor- 
nicus): 
pa’u a. 


[pa, water + wa, possibly, 
from composition, to move 
or glide above.] 


black-headed _— rosy | 
(Zamelodia melanocephala) : 


THE ACADEMY OF [April 


x 


hair (general term): 
(b) of head: wu. 
pam’pi wu. 
[pam’pi, head + wu.] 
(c) front locks (“bangs”): 
mo’pai bani ga sa. 
(d) hind locks: bani’ga sa. 
[Probably bavi, top, per- 
taining to head, ete. + 
ga’sa, wing or similar 
object. ] 
(e) of pubic region: su’tip. 


hair-snake (Gordius): 
pan’du rra; ban’du rrai. 
[pan, aquatic + dw’rra.] 
hand: 
(a) general term; right: moq; 
mok. 
(6) left: kwi’ba. 
hand, heel of : 
ma’pifi go. 

[ma’bin, pertaining or belong- 
ing to the hand + go, 
angle, bend, etc.] 

hawk, chicken (Accipiter coopert): 


pan’dza ya. 
hawk, duck (Falco  peregrinus 
anatinus) : 
| -pa’gi ni. 
_ hawk, fish (Pandion halietus) : 
— -pa’niin ka. 


! [pan, aquatic + un + ka.] 
hawk, marsh (Circus cyaneus hud- 
) sonius) : 
ki’ni. 
hawk, rough-legged (Archibutio 
lagopus sancti-johannis) : 
niin’du ga. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 


hawk, rough-legged, ferruginous 
(Archibuteo ferrugineous) : 
niin’doi. 
hawk, pigeon (Falco ee 
ko’na gi di ka. 
hawk, sharp-shinned Sistas 
velox) : 
o’a da. 
hawk, sparrow (Falco sparverius) : 
gldi di ki. 

[Imitative, the call ‘being 
represented as g?’di, gi’di, 
gi'di, ete.] 

hawk, red-shouldered (Buteo linea- 
tus): 
ash’i um a da. 
ash’i u a da. 
[a’shi bit, gray, grizzly, ete. + 
o’a da.) 
hawk, Swainson’s (Buteo swain- 
sont): 
naii’gai. 
head : 
pam’bi; pam’pi. 

[ba, pa, top, ete. + m, adjec- 
tive ending + bi, life, part 
of living body, ete.] 

heart: 
bi’a; bi; bi’hi. 
(bi, life, living thing or part, 
etc.] 
heart, auricular and ventricular 
cavities of : 
bi’am bai hyu. 
heart, valves of (tricuspid and 
mitral) : 
bi‘am nam ba. 
heel of foot: 
da’plfi go. 

(da’pin, pertaining to the foot 

+ go, angle, ete.] 


heron, — black-crowned night 


(Nycticorax nycticorax ne- 
valis) : 
to’sa ko kwa jo. 
[to’sa, from to’st bit, white + 
ko’kwa jo, crest, ete.] 


heron, great blue (Ardea herodias) : 
ko’kwa jo. 

[The name means a crest, the 
reference being to the long 
crest at the back of the 
head of this bird.] 

hip: | 
dzi’timp. 

hip-bone (os innominatum) : 
dzi’ti tip. 

[dzi’tin, from dzi’%imp, hip + 
up.) 

honey: 
pai’yam pi na. 

[pati yam, pertaining to bee or 

wasp + pina, sweet.] 
hoof: 
ta’si do. 

[ta, referring to the foot + 
sido, leaf- or plate-like ob- 


ject. Cf. finger-nail or 
claw.] 

horn: 

a; ha. 


horn or antlers, new, in velvet: 
I’gi a sai gtin. 

horn-tail : 
o’pi tu Its. 
o’bin bi duts. 

[o’bin, pertaining to wood + 
tuts, apparently borer, 
hole-maker (ef. mud- 
dauber).] 


90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April’ 


horned toad (Phrynosoma doug- | 
lasii, etec.): 
ma’ki ji uk. 
horse: 
pun’go. 
humerus: 
dzo’tip. 
humming-bird (general term) : 
mu’tu nats (Goship). | 
pa’ga mu tu nats; ti’bi tei pa ga | 
mu tu nats (Goshute). 
[mu tunats, straight nose or — 
beak ; pa’ga, probably arrow, 
in reference to swift flight. 
Tibitet is prefixed to dis- 
tinguish from dragon-fly, — 


q. vid.] 
hypochondriac region: 
i’‘pimp. 
i, | 
instep: | 
dau’wo. 


[da, pertaining or belonging | 
to the foot (the a sound 
changing to au before w as 
always) + wo, bow, arch.] 

interdigital space or croutch: 
man’na si ga. 

intestines : 
go’ha. 

iris of eye: 
gin’ wai bi. 


J. 


jay, Rocky Mountain (Perisoreus 
canadensis var. capitalis) : 
yu'rro gots. 
[yuq, fat + rro’gots.] 
The name refers to the fond- 
ness of birds for fat, which | 


they boldly approach 
camps to obtain. 
jay, long-crested (Cyanocetta 
macrolopha) : 
hani’go tsai bite. 
[han’go refers to crown or 
crest + tsaz bitc.] 
jay, woodhouse (Aphelocoma 
floridana woodhoust) : 
tsai’bite. 
x 
katydid (general term) : 
w’bi a gin. 
kidney : 
da’ki po. 
killdeer (Agialites voctferus) : 
tin’di (Goship). 
pan‘di (Goshute). 
[pan, aquatic. ] 


| kingfisher (Ceryle alcyon) : 


pin’gwi tsa rra pinte. 
[pan’gwite, fish + tsa’rra + 
pinte.]} 
kite, swallow-tailed (Elanoides 
jorficatus) : 
tim’bai wa ga. = 
[wa’ga, from wa'’gasaga, 
forked, is applied to several 
birds with forked tails (ef. 
tern). 
knee: 
dafi’tip. 
knuckle: 
ma’pon dza. 
[ma, belonging to the hand 
etc. + pon’dza, eminence 
protuberance, ete.] 


L. 


labia majora: 
gwa’bi nu. 


1908.] 


larynx: 
wai’a tii. 
leech (general term): 
pa’na wi teiit. 
leg: 
mo’a; mo. 
ligament, transverse of foot (L. 


trans. cruris and cruciatum | 


crurts) : 

dau’win tea. 
[da, pertaining to foot + 

win’ tea. 


ligamentum nuchz; also muscles — 


of back of neck in man, etc. 
mii’ta. 
linnet, pine (Chrysometris pinus) : 
i’ji pa oi teu aip. 
[v’juipa, coyote + oi teu, bird 
+ atp, that which is made.] 
This name is given because 
this is supposed to be one 
of the birds made by the 
coyote. 
liver: 
ni’wa. 
lizard (Sceloporus, etc.) : 
po’ka ji. ; 
(Crotaphytus wesleyenus, 
and several other large 
forms resembling it): 
sa’bi yats. 
lizard, Gila monster (//eloderma) : 
tin’hu a. 
lizard (large form mentioned by 
Indians, but not yet identi- 
fied by me): 
mu’kwi ta. 
locust, 


lizard 


short-horned 
term): 
a’ tii; a’tli. 


(general 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 


' locust, black-winged (Dissosteira 


carolina) : 
ti’ba tsa rra kim bite. 

[t’ba, pine-nuts + tsa’rra + 
kim + bite.] 

The Goshutes say that this 
locust shrills particularly 
at the season when pine- 
nuts are ripe, when it con- 
tinually calls ti’ba, ti’ba, 
tv’ba. Hence the name. 

locust (several one-striped species 
of Schistocerca) : 
ba’ni sha. 
locust, spotted form (species_ of 
Hippiscus) : 
so’ni a tin. 
locust, dusky : 
tu’a tun. 

[tu, from tu’o bit, black + 

a’ttin.| 
loon (Colymbus torquatus) : 
pam bun’. 

[Vid. water-strider. ] 

louse, head or body 
term): 
po’si a. 
lung: 
sii’wa;stii’gwa;sti. 


(general 


M. 


‘magpie (Pica rustica hudsonica): 


kwi’to wo ya. 
malar bone: 
so’ba dI ja rriif. 
mamma : 
bY’ ji. 
malleolus (internal and external): 
da’pon dza, 
{da, pertaining to the foot + 
pon’dza, protuberance, ete.] 


92 PROCEEDINGS OF 


mandible: 
a’rrti pa; a’rriip. 
mantis, praying: 
u’na dzi ta. 
[u, probably wood + na’dzi- 
ta, cane, etc.] 
marrow : 
du’hu. 
marten (Mustela americana) : 
ali’go sau wa; aii’go sau. 
[an’go, timber + sau’wa. 
mink.] 
mastoid process or region: 
niii’go sa. 
meadow lark (Sturnella neglecta) : 
i’ta. 


Cf. 


merganser (Mergus merganser) : 
piin’gwi di ka. 

[pan’gwi, from pan guwite, fish 
+ di’ka, eater, etc.] 

pin’gwi di ka ko kwa jo. 

[pan’gwidika, as above + 
ko’kwa jo, crest, head ap- 
pendage, etc.] 

mesentery : 
sa’si ga (Goship). 
o’sa ni pwitip (Goshute). 
milk: 
bi’ji. 
millipede (juloid forms) : 
tim’pIn wu a bi. 

[tim’pin, pertaining to rocks, 
ete. + wu’a bi, worm; thus, 
rock-worm. | 

mink (Putorius vison): 
pa’sau wa. 
minnow: 
sai’pai gwite. 

[sai, probably from saip, bul- 

rush + pdf’gwite, fish.] 


‘ THE ACADEMY OF 


(April, 


mosquito (var. kinds): 
mo’po. 


' mole: 


ta’ktim go tim bite (Goship). 

[ta’ka, snow + m + go’iim. 
possibly cutting or burrow- 
ing about + bitc; hence. 
snow-burrowing animal.] 

ta’ka mu di wants (Goshute). 
ta’ka mo di bo tin (Goshute). 

[ta’ka in each, snow, as in the 
Goship.] 

moose (Alces americana): 
kwi’pa rri a (Goship). 

[kwi, probably from root of 
kwi'timp, lazy, slow + 
pa’rri a, elk, ete.] 

The name is given in refer- 
ence to the animal’s lack of 
great speed. 

tu’pa rri a (Goshute). 
[tu’, black + pa’rri a, elk.] 
moth, general term (as Samia, 
etc.): 
Y’pai bi. 
moth, pupa of: 
Y’pai bi tf kar ni. 
[’paibi, moth + un + kar’ni, 
house, nest.] 
mons pubis: 
ga’rri. 
mountain sheep (Ovis montana) : 
(a) female: muts’ém bi a. 
(b) male: du’ku. 


mourning dove (Zenaidura caro- 
linensis) : 
ai’wi. 
moth, sphinx (Deilephila): 
a’ka mo go ru Ite. 


1908.] 


mouse and rat kind in general 
(Muride, ete.): 
to’imp. 
mouse (Mus): 
po’nai. 
mouse, field : 
kim’ba bo nai. 
[kim’ba, spermophile + 
po’nai, mouse. ] 
mouse, kangaroo: 
bai‘a. 
moustache: 
mo’tso;muts. 
mouth: 
tim’pi; timp. 
tim’bf tei. 
mucus, from nose: 
mo’bi ship. 
[mo’bi, nose + (bi’ship?).] 
mud-hen (Fallus) : 
sai’a;sai. 
muscle, general term: 
rrok. 
muscle, adductor hallucis, etc. : 
da’ti ba na rrok. 
[da’tibana, sole of foot + rrok, 
muscle. ] 
muscle, biceps: 
mau’winte (Goship). 
bafi’gwi (Goshute). 
muscle, deltoid : 
dzo’a rrok 
[dzo’iip, shoulder, 
muscle. } 
muscles of forearm: 
ma’tsi dau (Goship). 
mau’winte (Goshute). 
muscle, gastrocnemius, etc. : 
wi’tca rrok. 
[wite, calf of leg + rrok, 
muscle. ] 


+ rrok, 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 


muscle, frontalis: 
gai’bo rro tin. 

[gar’ba, eyebrow + rro’tin.] 

muscle, masseter: 
a’rrim yim a gin. 

[a’rrim, from a’rriipa, lower 
jaw + yim, apparently rais- 
ing + gin.] 

muscle, orbicularis oris: 
? di’ga tso kai. 
muscle, pectoral: 
ni’na rrok (Goship). 
yii’ga rrok (Goshute). 

[ni’/ntip (Goship) or yin’tip 
(Goshute), sternum + rrok, 
muscle. ] 

muscle, rectus abdominis, etc.: 
wo’a rra (Goship). 


N. 
nares: 
mo’bin dain. 


[mo’bin, pertaining to the 
nose + dain, hole.] 


nasal bone: 
mo’bin dzo nip (Goship). 
[mo’bin, nasal + dzo’nip, 
bone. ] 


mu’tetik (Goshute). 
[mu, from mo’bi, 
tciik.] 


nose + 


navel: 
si’go. 
neck: 
do’i timp. 
neck, lower lateral region of : 
andi wi a. 
nerve: 
du’hu. 
nest, bird: 
no’tso ni. 


PROCEEDINGS OF 


[no, from nov’ya, 


surrounding, etc.] 
night-hawk (Chordediles popetue 
henryi): 
wai’biin ta. 
nose: 
mo’bi. 
nose, ala of: 
mo’bi pa ni gin. 
[mo’bi, nose + pa’ni gin.] 
nutcracker, Clarke’s (Picicorvus 
columbianus) : 
to’a gilts. 
nuthatch (Sitta): 
jo’gi. 
O. 


occiput: 
ga’tim bit. 
orbit of eye: 
bu’i ko i kin. 
[bu’t, eye + ko’t kin.] 
oriole, Baltimore (/cterus galbula) : 
mo’bi os. 


[mo’bi, nose, in reference to | 


conspicuous beak.] 
The same name is applied to 
the grosbeck. 
otter (Lutra canadensis) : 
pan’tsuk. 
[pan, aquatic + tsuk.] 
ovary: 
bai’hyu. 
oviduct: 
' bai’na di wok. 
[bat, from bai hyu, ovary + na 
di wok, tube, cord.] 
oyster: 
it (Goship). 
Origin uncertain. 


egg t+ | 
tso’ni, enclosure, something 


THE ACADEMY OF [April, 
wa’go (Goshute). 
[Same as clam, wa’go tindurua 
in full, or wa’go for short.] 


P. 


palate, soft; uvula: 
ai’gwan du a. 
[ai gwan, adj. form, meaning 
protruding (ef. tongue) + — 
| _ dua.) 
palate, hard: 
a’ta ko (Goship). 
mi’ta ko (Goshute). 
palm of hand: 
ma’ti ba na. . 

[ma, pertaining to the hand, 
ti’ba na.] 

pancreas : 
ni’wan da ka winte. 

[ni’wan, hepatic + da’ka 
wintc, term -used approxi- 
mately as our word “‘sweet- 
bread.’’] 

parrot, poll: 
tai’bo de gwa gwi na. 

[tai’bo, white man + de’gwa, 
talk + gwi’na, bird, eagle; 
“white man’s  talkinz 
eagle.’’] 

patella: 
dan’git a mi. 
[dan’tip, knee.] 
pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhyn- 
chus): 
tu’ku. 
penis : 
wu. 
pericardium : 
bi‘am bo a. 

[bi’am, cardiac + bo’a, skin. 

envelope.] 


1908.] 


peritoneum : 
sa’pa go na (Goship). 

[sap, belly + go’na.] 

phalanx of finger, first: 
ma’tso ni. , 

[ma, hand + tso’ni, bone, 
probably bone adjacent to 
hand.] 

. phalanx of finger, those beyond 
first (together) : 
na’ta wi a. 
phalangid, harvestman (general 
term): 
an’ga so gtints (Goship). 
pa’rri a (Goshute). 

[pa’rri a, elk.] 

The reference in the second 
name is to the long legs, 
“elk legs.” 

phalarope, Wilson’s (Steganopus 
wilson) : 
pa’na da komp. 
pan’tsi kwtit (female). 
placenta: 
du‘i noib. 

[du’t, from dui tei, young one 
+ norb.] 

planarian (general term) : 
pan‘di sip a. 

[General term for various 
aquatic invertebrates. Cf. 
Hydrophilus.} 

plover: 

u’tin gwi wi ta. 

[Imitative.] See snipe. 
plover, ring-necked (A2gialitis im- 
palmatis) : 

tu’pan dzo no, 
porcupine (Erethizon epixanthus) : 

yu'na; yiin. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 


potato worm: 
ta’gi. 
pubic region: 
bu’l sip. 
puma (Felis concolor) : 
to’ga rro ka. 
toi’rrok. 
kwi‘ni a rro ko bite. 
to’kwitti tsi. 
pupa of Phlegethonotus, etc. : 
bi’ji ma ku ints. 
[bv’7z, milk +' ku’t Ynts.] 
pupil of eye: 
du’u. 


Q. 
quill of feather: 
ga’sa orra. 
[ga’sa, wing, large feather + 
o’rra, stalk.] 
quill, porcupine: 
yun’a ai gwo bi. 
[ytin, porcupine + ar’gwo bi, 
to prick, that which pricks, 
etc.] 


R. 


rabbit, jack (Lepus callotis) : 
ktm. 

This hare was formerly a 
chief dependence of the 
Goshutes for their animal 
food and for clothing. The 
skins were, and to some 
extent still are, cut into 
strips, which were so rolled 
into ropes that only fur was 
exposed. These were then 
bound into blankets (kim- 
wi ga), or made into clothes 
which are warm and very 


96 


serviceable. It was the 
custom to hold a grand 
hunt every year in Novem- 
ber when great numbers of 
hares were killed. In these 
hunts the Goshutes were 
often joined by Pahutes 
and Pahvants. Cedar Val- 
ley was a favorite resort for 
these hunts. 
rabbit, cotton-tail (Lepus sylva- 
ticus) : 
ta’bo; ta’bo kim. 
i’wa ta bo. 
raccoon (Procyon lotor): 
na’tsa ko rra (Goship). 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[Name borrowed from the 


Bannock. ] 
rat, Rocky Mountain (Neatoma 
cinerea) : 
ka. 
rattle, of rattlesnake: 
to’go se ya gi niimp. 
[to’go, a rattlesnake + se ya- 


gi nimp, instrument for 


making noise, etc.] 
rib: 
a’ma tiimp (Goship). 
pi’a ma timp (Goship). 
dzu’ni ma hau wa timp. 


[dzu’ntp, bone + ma + hau — 


wa timp.) 
robin (Turdus migratorius) : 
su’i ku ko. 
[Imitative.] 
S. 
sacrum. 
bi’wo sa (Goship). 
sage-hen (Centrocercus urophasia- 
nus): 
wi’ ja. 


[April, 


salamander (Amblystoma tigrinum, 
ete.): 
pa’bo go na (Goship). 
pa’bo go tei (Goshute). 

[pa, water + bo + either 
go’na or go’tct.] 

salmon: 
tsa’pan’gwite. 

[tsa, to pull? + pan’ quwite, fish.] 

a’gai. 

[In this sense borrowed from 
Bannock. See whale for 
usual significance in Go- 
shute.] 

sand-piper (Tringoides macula- 
rius): 
pa’na da kump; pa’na da kum. 

[pa, water + na’da, to run, 
etc. + ko, probably with 
force of around or about + 
uimp.| 

sand-piper (Tinga): 
pa’na ni wa. 

scale, fish: 
pin’wite tin da si a. 

[pan’gwite, fish + da’si a, 
scale. ] 

scab, sheep, (Psoroptes): 
ship’tin da si a. 
[ship, sheep + da’si a, scale, 
flake, etc.] 
scalp: 
pam’pi bu. 
[pam’pi, head + bu, skin.] 


scapula: 


si’kwo tiimp. 

scar or cicatrix: 
? go’tin. 

scorpion (general term): 
nI’na gwi piits. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 


are fancied as excreta fall- 
ing from the stars, and ap- 
pearing upon the earth as 


{dzu ni, from dzu’ntp, bone + 
bo’a, shell, integument, etc.] 


seal: | skull: 
pi’a pan tsuk.. pam’pi dzu nip. 
[pi’tip, big + pan’tsuk, otter.] [pam’pi, head + dzu’nip, 
Known to the Indians from bone. ] 
narrative and seen by some. skunk, great basin (Chincha occi- 
septum naris: ) dentalis major) : 
mo’bi sok. | po’ni tits. 
[mo’bi, nose + sok, probably [po’ni, stripe + tts.] 
a shortened form.] _ pi‘a ka bo ni tits. 
mo’bi sai ko. | [pi’ up, big + ka’bo ni tits; vid. 
[mo’bi, nose + san’ko, exten- infra. | 
sion, partition.] skunk, small spotted : 
sheep: ka’bo ni tits. 
ship. [ka’ + po’ni tits, skunk; vid. 
[From the English sheep.] - supra.] 
shell, in general: _ snail, various kinds: 
bo’a. ‘ | tats’In kwi ttip. 
[po, enclose, cover.] | [ta’tsi timp, stars + kwit'tip, 
shell, of egg: | excrement. ] : ! 
deatni bo a. | Meteorites in this connection 
| 
| 


es es snail-shells. It may be 
. | noted that throughout the 

4s 9 ’ 
[pu’t, ?duck + vig, Goshute and Goship ter- 
shore-lark (Eremophila alpestris): | ritory snail-shells are 
tsi’do bi. | abundant in deposits from 
shoulder: ) old Lake Bonneville and 


over the hills, etc., as well 
shrew (Sorex): as in ponds and streams. 
so’gwal wa. snake, blow (Bascanion  con- 


gi’tei tea gin. 
[so’kip, ground + ai’wa, strictor) : 


fawn, etc.] ko’ka. 
shrimp, various kinds (as Gam- | snake, blue-racer: 


tin’ti wa rra. 
snake (Ophibolus pyrrhamelas) : 
ko’go; ko’ go a. 


marus) : 
ma’sti paii’gwite. 
[ma’sii, cricket + pdi’guwite, 


fish.] snake, rattle- (Crotalus, var. 
skin: species) : 
bu’a; bu. to’go a. 


7 


98 |} Ley 


snake, water- (Eutenia sirtalis): 
pa’o if goa. 

[pa’o tn, apparently pertaining | 
to water, floating, swimming | 
+ go’a, snake, etc.] 

snake, water- (Hutenia elegans and 
macroteniatum) : 
pa’sii ko go. | 
[pa’stvi, penetrating or pass- | 
ing through water + ko’go.] 
snake, general term (especially in | 
compounds) : 
go’a; go. 

[The root go has here its force 
of winding or bending, 
moving in curving path, | 
etc. ] : 

snipe, American (Gallinago deli- | 
cata) : 
wu in gwi wi ta. 

[Imitative.] 

ij pa ba wo ntip. 

[’jiipa, coyote + ba’wo na, | 
seemingly to cry, call out, | 
etc. + tip.) 

The reference in the name is 
to the calling out at dusk or 
in night, like the coyote. 


snow-bird, Mexican (Junco cin- | 
| sow-bug (Oniscus, etc.) : 


ereus) : 


kai’ma. | 
| spermophile (var. species of Sper- 
See | 


ti’sa kai’ma. 
[ti’sa, small + kai’ma. 


snow-bird Oregon (Junco hiemalis 
oregonus) : 
ta’ka mu tu nants. 

[ta’ka, snow + mu’tu nants, a 
general term. See under 
humming-bird. ] 

The black patch over the 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[April, 


head of this bird, square 
cut behind and suggesting 
a head of black hair, is 
accounted for by these 
Indians in a myth which 
represents the bird as hav-> 
ing descended on one side 
from an Indian woman, 
whose descendants were 
changed into this form by 
the coyote deity. 


sole of foot: 


da’ti ba na. 

[da, pertaining to the foot + 
t’’ba na. Cf. palm.] 
sparrow, Western song (Melospiza 
melodia, var. fallax) : 


_ Sparrow, yellow-winged (Coturni- 


culus passerinus, var. per- 
pallidus) : 
an’da wite. 


| sparrow, white-browed crown 


(Zonotrichia leucophrys) : 
yu'rra ba. 
solpugid : 
to’sa mtsh. 
[to’sa, white + mish, prob- 
ably from ma’su 7.] 


mi’ta mits. 


mophilus) : 

kim’ba. 
spermophile, thirteen-lined : 

ai’wa dzip. 

[ar’wa, fawn + dzip.] 

spider (general term) : 

a’ni su tints. 
spider, grass (Agalena) : 

? a’safi gots. 


1998.] 


spider-web: 
a’ni su tints a wa na. 
[a’ni su tints, spider + wa’na, 
trap, etc.] 
spleen : 
so’no (Goship). 
wai’gwi (Goshute). 
spur, of cock, etc. : 
dau’wi yu. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


99 
sucker: 
tu’kiim pai wite. 
[tu’kiim + pan'wite, fish.] 


_ superciliary ridge: 


[da, pertaining to the foot + | 


wi'yu, needle, etc.] 
squirrel, flying (Volucella) : 
pa’ko In. 
squirrel, ground: 
See spermophile. 
squirrel, gray (Sciurus): 
tsi’kwits. 
squirrel, brown pine: 
afi’go wa tsi rri gi (Goship). 
[an’go, timber + wa’tsi rri gi, 
referring to springing, leap- 
ing, etc.; “pine or timber 
leaper” is the effect of the 
compound. } 
sternum: 
aii’go sai wi (Goshute). 
nin’tip (Goship). 
yin’tip (Goshute). 
stink-bug, gray form, found on pine 
(species?) : 
ti’ba mu gu ru Ite. 
[ti’ba, pine-nut + mu’guru tic.) 
stomach : 
se’gwa bi. 
stone-fly : 
kwa’tsa wu pu ru Ite. 
kwa’tsa i pu ru Ite. 
styloid process of ulna: 
ma’pon dza. 
[ma, hand + pon’dza. 
malleolus. } 


See 


bu'i tii go. | 
[bu’? tin, pertaining tothe eye 
+ go, ridge, angle, etc.]. 
swallow, or martin, bank and 
barn: 
pa’sa gom bi. 
swallow, wood : 
wo’vim pa sa gom bi. 
[wo’vim, pertaining to wood 
+ pa’sa gom bi.] 


— swan (Cygnus): 


ni’wa dam pa. 


| swim-sac of fish: 


pa’su a. 
t. 
tadpole: 
pau’wi to ga. 
pa’na wi tetit. 


| tail: 
— gwa’shi. 
[gwa, to extend out from, ete. 
+ shi.] 
_tanager, Cooper’s or Western 


summer red-bird (Pyranga 
estiva cooper’) : 
ifi’ka hui teu. 

[an’ka, from dn’ka bit, red + 
hw'i teu, bird.] 
tanager, crimson-headed 

ranga ludoviciana) : 
wu'tsi kI gi. 
It is said by Goshutes that the 


(Py- 


young of this bird are 
easily reared, and that the 
Indians formerly reared 


them and kept them caged 
as pets. 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


tape-worm (7'enia, etc.) : 
si’wa. 

tarantula (Eurypelma hentzii): 
pi’a na su tinta. 


[p’'ip, big + a’na su ints, 


spider. ] 

hau’wi tu go bite. 

tear (from eye): 
to’paip. 

teeth (in general) : 
damp. 

teeth, of upper jaw: 
mo’tsin dam pa. 


[mo’tsin, apparently pertain- | 


ing to the upper jaw (cf. 
mo’ tso, 
dam’ pa, damp, teeth.] 
teeth, of lower jaw: 
a’rron ko dam pa. 

[a’rron, from arrup, lower 
jaw + ko + dam’pa, 
teeth.] 

tendo-achilles : 
wi’tea rriimp (Goship). 

[witc, calf of leg + rro + 

aimp.| 
da’pin dam (Goshute). 


[da’pin, pertaining to the — 


foot + dam, tendon.]} 
tendon (general term): 
da’ma;dam. 
tendons (extensors digitorum of 
foot): 
dau’wi a ta. 
[da, pertaining to the foot + 
wi'a ta.) 
tendons of muscles of front of 
forearm (as of brachio-radia- 
lis, flexor carpi radialis, 
ete.): 
- mau’win dam. 


moustache) +. 


[April, 


[ma, the hand + win, prob- 
ably to raise up + dam, 


tendon.] 
tent-caterpillar : 
— pu’hi wa bi. 
[pw’hi + wa’bi, worm.] 
- tern, common (Sterna hirundo): 
pi’wa ga (Goship). 
pu’i wa ga (Goshute). — 
[waga, from wa’ gasaga, forked, 
refers to the forked tail. 
Pw'i, in second term, duck 
(probably); pi, abbrevi- 
ated form.] 
| testes: 
 noi’ya. 
dau’wi. 
thigh: 
btii’tip. 
throat: 
go’lts. 
thumb: 
ma’to ga. 
[ma, hand + to’ga.] 
thymus: 
bi‘hin da ka binte. 
[bv’hin, cardiac + da ka 
pinte. See spleen.] 
thyroid : 
a’rrtin da kam binte. 
[a’rrin, tracheal + da’kam- 
pinte, ‘““sweetbread.”’] 
tibia; shin =: 
gots’tI na. 
go’tsi an. 
o’ts’ém bi a. 
tick, wood: 
mi’tats. 
toad (Bufo columbianus, ete.) : 
_ saii’ko wa go. 
[safi’ko, wart + wa’go, frog.] 


as 4 


1908.] 


toad-fish : 
pa’tson. 

[pa, water + tso/i.] 
toe: 
dan’kwo. 

do’kwo. 
da’so gi. 

[da, pertaining to the foot + 

kwo, or so’gi.] 
toe, great (hallux): 
pi’a rro to ga. 

[pi’tip, big + rro’to ga.) 
toe, great, basal joint of : 

do’nai. 
tonsil, pharyngeal: 
ai’go yém bit. 
[az’go, tongue, that which pro- 
trudes + yém’bit.] 
tongue: 
ai’go. 


{ai, to bring forth, shoot or | 


spring out, ete. + go.] 
tooth. See teeth. 
trachea: 
oirrai. 
trout (Salmo virginalis, ete.) : 
toi’ya pai gwite. 
[tov’ya, from toi’yabi, moun- 
tain + pdan'wite, fish.] 
tsa pai wite. 
[tsa, to pull + pédfiwitc, fish. 
See salmon. ] 
turkey (Meleagris gallipavo) : 
ku’i nit (Goship). 
ku’yi na (Goshute). 
turkey buzzard (Cathartes aura): 
we’gom bite, 


tympanum of ear: 
nafi’‘ka qa. 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


101 
U. 


umbilical cord : 
si’go na di wok. 

[si’go, navel + na’diwok, cord, 
tube.] 

ureter: 
da’ki po na di wok. 
[da’kipo, kidney + na’di wok.] 
urethra: 
si/na di wok. 

[st, from sip or st mo gis, 
urinary bladder + na’di- 
wok, cord or tube.] 

urethra, part of in penis: 
wu'Im na di wok. 


[wu’im, pertaining to the 
penis + na’diwok, tube, 
cord.] 

urethra, external orifice of in 
male: 
wu'Im bai shu. 
urethra, external orifice of in 
female: 
wuil’gi. 
urine: 
sip. 
| uterus: 
no’tb. 
V. 
vagina; vulva: 
oa tai. 
| vagina, external orifice of : 
dai’dain. 

[Probably dai, from o‘atat, 
vagina + dain, orifice, 
hole.] 


vas deferens : 
noi’ya na di wok. 
[noi’ya, testis + na’di wok, 
cord.] 


102 


vertebra: 
tso’ni gwai wimp. 
[tso’nip, bone + gwai’timp, 
back.] 
vertebral column: 
gwal’o rra. 
[qgwai, from gwat’ timp, back 
+ o’rra, trunk, stalk, ete.] 


W. 
wasp (general term): 
pai’ya. 
wasp, thread-waisted; mud- 
dauber: 
so’go bi tuts. 
[so’kiip, earth + bi’tuts. Cf. 
horn-tail.] 
wasp-nest : 
pai’yam na kar ni. 
[pai’ya, wasp + m + kar’ni, 
house. ] 
water-ouzel. See dipper. 
water-strider (Hygrotrechus) : 
pam buii’. 
[pam, aquatic + bu/i, the root 
of which means here to 
float.] 


wattles, of fowl: 
4fi’ka gi tip. 

[an’ka, from dfka bit, red + 
g’ip, pertaining to the 
mouth or throat.] 

weasel (Putorius longicauda) : 
pa’bi tei. 
wart: 
dzi’a. 
wart on hand: 
ma’tzi a. 
[ma, hand + (27’a.] 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[April, 


wart on face: 
go’bi tzi a. 
[go’bi, face + tz’a.] 
whale: 
a’gai. (Cf. Bannock a’gai, sal- 
mon.) 

The Goshutes and Goships 
more particularly identify 
the whale with certain 
great aquatic animals said 
by them to have lived | 
formerly in Utah Lake. 
They have stories concern- Sn 
ing numerous adventures | 
with this creature, and tell 
of the loss of many Indians 
caught afloat and swal- 
lowed by the a’gai. In one | 
tale the victim cuts through | 
wall of stomach and body , 
and escapes with his life. { 

white of eye: 
to’sa kifi wai bi. 

[to’sa, from to’sa bit, white + 
kti wai vi.) 

widgeon, American, or bald-pate 
(Anas americana): 
pa’o tim bui. 
[pa’o im, aquatic, frequenting 
water + bu’i, duck.] 
wildcat (Lynx rufus): 
tu’ku bite. 
wing: 
ga’sa glint; ga’sa. 
wolverine (Gulo borealis) : 
wo’ni. 
woodchuck (Arctomys monaz): 
ya’ha. 
woodeock (Philohela minor) : 
i/ju pa mo na pa. 
["jupa, coyote + mo'napa.] 


roe 


| 
) ‘ 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES 


The name is given from a 
myth according to which 
these birds are descended 
from the coyote deity’s 
daughter. ; 

woodpecker, ivory-billed : 
o’pi do na. 

[o’pi, wood + do’na, to stab, 
to peck.] 

woodpecker, red-shafted, or 
flicker (Colaptes  mezxi- 
canus) : 
ko’rra wats. 
ko’rri mats. 
worm, general term: 
wa’bi; wu’a bi. 
wolf, gray (Canis lupus): 
Y’sha. 
(Identified in a way with the 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 


ancestral deity of the Go- 
shutes and Goships.) 
wren, Bewick’s (Thryothorus 
bewickt) : 
tim’pi tam pi a wa. 
wren, Western house (Troglodytes 
domesticus parkmanni) : 
tu’im pin tei rrite (Goship). 
tu’im pin tei rrti (Goshute). 
wrist: 
mau’wi to gan. 
[ma, hand + wi to gan.] 


was 
xiphoid or xiphisternum: 
yin’gi po niimp. 
[yin’gi, referring to the ster- 
num + po + nimp.] 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF SCALPELLIFORM BARNACLES. 


BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. 


The genus Scalpellum as at present limited is more numerous in 
species than any other genus of Cirripedes, comprising about 170. 
Since nearly all of them live in rather deep water, and only small areas 
of the sea bottom beyond the 100-fathom line have been thoroughly 
explored, we have reason to believe that their number will be vastly 
augmented by future investigation. 

The species now known are very unequally related. Up to the year 
1907 not much progress had been made towards a natural classification, 
although the “key” constructed by Dr. P. P. C. Hoek for the arrange- 
ment of the Challenger species was a stride in that direction. In 1907 
two attempts were made to group the species more naturally, and to 
indicate their phylogenetic relations. Dr. Hoek’ and the present 
writer? independently and almost simultaneously proposed to split 
Scalpellum into a number of subgeneric groups. The two essays were 
based upon antipodal material, Dr. Hoek’s upon East Indian, my own 
upon American forms. Some divergence in the view taken of the 
comparative value of characters would be expected ; yet the points of 
agreement are so numerous that one may entertain the idea of attain- 
ing an approximately natural arrangement by uniting the best features 
of the two classifications. 

Hoek’s studies have illumined the more primitive groups so richly 
represented in the East—forms inadequately represented in the col- 
lections I had studied. On the other hand, the material before me 
demonstrated, I think, that the form of the carina has little value in 
classification. Groups based upon the structure of this plate I believe 
to be heterogeneous. I was first led to this conclusion by an exami- 
nation of the species composing the group of Scalpellum stroemii, as 
assembled in my report on the barnacles of the National Museum. 
These forms agree so completely in the total structure that it is quite 
impossible to doubt their close relationship, yet the carina varies 


' Sihoga-Exrpeditie, Cirripedia Pedunculata, p. 58. October, 1907. 
? Bulletin 60, U. 8. National Museum, p.71. November 9, 1907. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 


by insensible degrees from simply arched with apical umbo to angular 
with the umbo remote from the apex. 

In the group of Scalpellum scalpellum and the group of S. diceratum 
there is similar variation in the carina, yet one cannot doubt that these 
are natural groups. These and other like instances show that, to 
rank the shape of the carina, whether simply bowed or angular, as a 
character of the first importance, is to oppose it to the evidence of 
all the rest of the organism. In Scalpellum stearnsi I find that the 
umbo of the carina is very close to the apex in quite young individuals, 
becoming more remote with age; hence the angular shape of the carina, 


A, 
Mg ‘ 


Fic. 1.—Types of the Scalpelliform genera: a, b, Calantica villosa; ¢, d, Smilium 
stage yl e, f, pb see; rostratum ; g, h, Scalpellum scalpellum; i, j, Scalpel- 
um (Arcoscalpellum) velutinum. Upper line males (very much enlarged); 
lower line hermaphrodites or females. The figures are somewhat diagram- 
matic; carinal side of all towards the right. s.c., subearina; c./., carinal latus. 


being a feature acquired late in the ontogeny of the individual, has 
probably been assumed only recently in the evolution of the groups. 

These considerations teach, I think, that an angular carina has been 
independently acquired by unrelated species of many phyla. It can- 
not be considered a criterion of relationship. 

Another character which has not received due weight in taxonomy 
is the morphology of the complementary males. Former classifica- 
tions have been based solely upon the hermaphrodite or female form, 
which has been far less diversely modified than the male. When we 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


drop as misleading the arrangement of species according to the shape 
of the carina, it appears at once that the structure of the little males 
is wonderfully correlated with certain features of the hermaphrodites, 
especially the development of asubcarina. The least specialized males 
belong to hermaphrodite forms which are known by morphological and 
paleontological evidence to be old generalized types. The most 
modified males are those of the highly evolved hermaphrodite or female 
forms. A classification fully supported by both sexes surely rests 
upon a broader base than one ignoring the males. 


CLASSIFICATION OF SCALPELLIFORM BARNACLES. 


I. Male having six jointed cirri and a mouth, 3 to 6 valves, and a more 
or less distinct peduncle. Female or hermaphrodite always 
having a subcarina. Unpaired valves never fewer than 3. 

a. Male with 6 well-developed valves, and distinctly divided into 
capitulum and peduncle. Female or hermaphrodite with 13 
valves (sometimes 14 by addition of a subrostrum, or 15 
when another pair of latera is added). 

b. No plate interposed below the tergum between scutum and 


carina, . . Genus CaLANnTica Gray. 
b’. An upper lateral plate interposed between scutum and 
carina, . . . Genus Smitium Gray. 


a’. Male with 3 valves and an oblong capitulum hardly differ- 
entiated from the peduncle. Female and hermaphrodite 
with 15 valves, three pairs of lower latera and an upper 
latus, Genus EuscaLpELLUM Hoek. 

II. Male oval or sack-like, without mouth or peduncle, the alimentary 
system and cirri being vestigeal; plates wanting, or very small 
scuta and terga may be present. Female or hermaphrodite 
never having a subearina. Plates 14, or 13 by suppression of 
the rostrum, there being a pair of upper latera and three pairs 
of lower latera. Never more than 2 unpaired plates, 

Genus ScALPELLUM Leach. 


Genus CALANTICA Gray. 


Calantica Gray, Annals of Philosophy, n. aor X, 1825, p. 101, for Scal- 
pellum villosum Leach.  Pilsbry, ull, 60, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1907, p. 8. 


In Calantica there are but three pairs of ‘aka all Bian All the 
plates have apical umbones, as in Mitella. There are therefore 13 
valves, or sometimes 14 by addition of a subrostrum. The comple- 
mental male has a distinct capitulum with 6 large valves. Type S. 
vilosum Leach (fig. 1,a,b). There are two groups of species. 

Oriental Group—Calantica s. str. 


C. villosa (Leach). East Indies? 
C. trispinosa (Hoek). Sulu Sea, 82-102 fathoms. 
C. eos (Pilsbry). Japan, 71 fathoms. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 


North Atlantic Group—Scillelepas Seguenza: 


Besides a few living. species, this group includes numerous tertiary 
and mesozoic forms from European horizons, mostly described as 
Pollicipes. It was evidently,a group developed in the mesozoic 
North Atlantic basin, at that time cut off from the Southern Ocean. 


C. calyculus ( (Aurivillius). Azores, 850-900 meters. 

C. falcata (Aurivillius). Azores, 454 meters. 

C. gemma (Aurivillius). Greenland, 1800 meters. 

C. superba (Pilsbry). Southeastern United States, 352-440 fathoms. 
C. grimaldi (Aurivillius). Azores, 845-1,250 meters. 


Genus SMILIUM Gray. 


Smilium Gray, Annals of Philosophy, n. ser., X, 1825, p. 100, for S. peronii, 
Pilsbry, Bull. 60, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 13, exclusive of division aa. Proto- 
scalpellum Hoek, Siboga-Expeditie, Cirripedia, 1907, p. 58 (for S. polli- 
cipedoides, S, aries, S. acutum). 


In this group a median pair of latera lies between the scutum and carina. 
There are 3 or 4 pairs of latera in all, 13 or 15 plates. Otherwise both 
sexes are similar to Calantica. In a few species (peronii, wncus) the 
carina is angular, but in others it has an apical umbo. Most of the 
known species are Indo-Pacific. Type S. peronii Gray (fig. 1, ¢, d). 

Dr. Hoek’s group Protoscalpellum, of which I take S. pollicipedoides 
to be the type, differs from Smilium chiefly by having an additional 
pair of latera in the type species. S. pollicipedoides is interesting from 
its tendency toward multiplication of basal latera, which Dr. Hoek 
has discussed with his accustomed insight. 

Smilium and Calantica might without great violence be united as 
subgenera of a single more comprehensive genus, yet I think the ele- 
vation of a pair of latera above the basal whorl to the position of 
“upper latera” is a morphological advance worthy of being signalized 
by generic distinction. In other characters the two groups are almost 
identical. The complemental males are alike. 


S. sexcornutum (Pilsbry.) 
S. uncus (Hoek). . scorpio (Aurivillius). 
S. pollicipedoides (Hoek). S. acutum (Hoek). 

S. aries (Hoek). S. longirostrum (Gruvel). 


S. peronii Gray. 


Se sa 
oa 


— 


Genus EUSCALPELLUM Hoek. 
Euscalpellum Hoek, in part, Siboga-Expeditie, Cirripedia, 1907, p. 59, for 
Scalpellum rostratum, peroni, uncus and stearnsi. 
This genus differs from those preceding chiefly by the more degener- 
‘ate males, which are rather sack-like, not distinctly divided into 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


capitulum and peduncle, and have only three valves, the scuta being 
larger than in Scalpellum. A subcarina is always present. The 
inframedian latera have a peculiar square shape, and are quite large. 
There are 4 pairs of latera in all, therefore 15 valves (a number never 
reached in Scalpellum, which has no subearina). The rostrum is very 
large and prominent. The carina has a submedian umbo in the first 
two species, apical in the others. Type S. rostratwm Darwin (fig. 1, e, 
f). Species four or five. 

Dr. Hoek selected no type for his group Euscalpellum, and I have 
therefore taken his first species as typical. The characters and limits 
of the group are also much modified, since I place no weight upon the 
shape of the carina, but emphasize the structure of the male, the 
presence of a subcarina, etc. 


E. rostratum (Darwin). Malay archipelago. 

E. renei (Gruvel). St. Paul de Loanda. 

E. bengalense (Annandale). Bay of Bengal, 98-102 fathoms. 
E. stratum (Aurivillius). Antilles. 

E.(?) squamulijerum (Weltner). Indian Ocean, 3200 meters. 


Genus SCALPELLUM Leach. 
Scalpellum Leach, Journal de Physique, etc., LX X XV, 1817, p. 68. 


The males are very degenerate, sack-like, without a peduncle or 
mouth, the cirri vestigeal, valves absent or extremely small. The 
female or hermaphrodite has no subcarina (thereby differing from all 
the preceding genera); upper latera are always present, and three 
pairs of lower latera; rostrum is comparatively small or absent. The 
position of the umbo of the carina varies from submedian to apical. 
Plates 14, or when the rostrum is absent 13.3. Type S. scalpellum L. 
(fig. 1, g, h). 

Scalpellum is morphologically the highest or most modified member 
of its family, both by the profoundly degenerate males and the advanced 
type of armor of the hermaphrodites or females. Primarily the genus 
divides into two subgeneric groups, as follows: 


a. Inframedian latus large, pentagonal (or with the angles rounded), 
wide throughout, the umbo varying from submedian to basal, 
or on the rostral border, never apical. Subgenus Scalpellums. str. 

a’, Inframedian latus generally smaller than the other latera, triangular, 
hour-glass-shaped or irregular. Subgenus Arcoscalpellum Hoek. 


* The mere number of plates in the capitulum is not especially significant, since 
the same number may be present in different genera, but made up of morpho- 
logically different plates, as in the case of 13-valved species of Scalpellum and 
Calantica, 


vw 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 


The restricted subgenus Scalpellum is undoubtedly a natural group, 
well characterized by the development of a large inframedian pair of 
latera. The umbones of the carina and scutum are frequently removed 
from the apices of those plates, but this is a variable character. 
Two species, S. inerme Annandale and S. patagonicum Gruvel, have the 
plates imperfectly calcified. -The following species belong here: 

Group of S. scalpellum: 


S. stearnsi Pilsbry. S. patagonicum Gruvel. 

S. inerme Annandale. S. gibbum Pilsbry. 

S. calcaratum Aurivillius. S. gibberum Aurivillius. 

S. hamatum Sars. S. ornatum (Gray). 

S. scalpellum (Linné). S. salartie Gruvel. 
Group of S. calijornicum: 

S. calijornicum Pilsbry. S. osseum Pilsbry. 
Group of S. stroemii: 

S. stroemii Sars. S. s. latirostrum Pilsbry. 

S. s. obesum Aurivillius. S. pressum Pilsbry. 

S. s. luridum Aurivilius. S. groenlandicum Aurivillius. 

S. s. aduncum Aurivillius. S. angustum Sars. 

S. s. septentrionale Aurivillius. S. nymphocola Hoek. 

S. 8. substroemii Pilsbry. S. cornutum Sars. 


Subgenus Arcoscalpellum Hoek. 


All of the other species described as Scalpellum form a group sys- 
tematically equivalent to the restricted subgenus Scalpellum, but the 
great number of species, including several phyla with degenerate, partly 
chitinous plates, may make it expedient to recognize several sections 
by name. 

Arcoscalpellum Hoek,‘ type S. velutinum Hoek (fig. 1, 7, 7), includes 
all of the species of Sections [V and V of my paper on National Museum 
Barnacles, pp. 25 to 68, and all of those included in Arcoscalpellum in 
Hoek’s Siboga report, pp. 85 to 120, besides various other allied forms, 
previously known, which need not be enumerated here. 

There is a distinct tendency in certain forms of Arcoscalpellum 
towards the evolution of a phylum which will have only eleven plates, 
by elimination of the inframedian latera. In barnacles of the group of 


* Arcoscalpellum is exactly equivalent to Holoscalpellum Pils., Bull. 60, U.S. N. 
Mus., p. 25, published a few days later than Hoek’s work. 


110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Scalpellum aurivillii these latera are very much reduced, and in some 
cases are displaced, lying free over the adjacent rostral latus, which 
actually comes in contact with the carinal latus.° The considerable 
number of species showing this reducting of the inframedian latera 
gives ground for the belief that an 11-valved type of Scalpellum will 
eventually be evolved, if indeed it does not already exist. 

The following groups with partially calcified valves have been 
derived from the Arcoscalpellum stock. 

The section Mesoscalpellum Hoek, type S. javanicum Hoek, consists 
of partially calcified barnacles which are shown by their ontogeny, 
now known pretty fully in a few forms, to be descended from fully 
calcified forms of Arcoscalpellum, like S. idioplax or S. carinatum. 
The evidence at hand indicates the existence of several collateral lines, 
probably derived from as many normal species, so that the group is a 
polyphyletic one. The early post-larval stages in at least two species, 
which I have worked out and figured (S. larvale and S. japonicum), 
are indistinguishable from Arcoscalpellum. 

Mesoscalpellum will include, for the present, besides the forms 
described in Hoek’s Siboga report, the group of S. intermedium (S. 
intermedium, S. nipponense, S. laccadivicum), the group of S. japonicum, 
the group of S. larvale, and that of S. gruveli (S. gruveli, S. imperjfectum, 
S. sanctebarbare). 

The section Neoscalpellum Pilsbry, type S. dicheloplax, contains the 
most modified of the imperfectly calcified forms,—bizarre, skeleton- 
like creatures with all the paired plates reduced to narrow, diverging 
rami. 

The early stages are not known, but half-grown individuals show an 
approximation to the condition of adults of the S. japonicum group, 
so that a common origin is probable, and it may be found superfluous to 
retain Neoscalpellum, as a separate section. The species are widely 
scattered geographically, and all inhabit abysmal depths. 


S. edwardsi Gruvel. Azores, 4,255 meters. 

S. dicheloplaz Pilsbry. Off Eastern United States, 1525-1544 fathoms. 
S. phantasma Pilsbry. Off California, 2196 fathoms. 

S. marginatum Hoek. Off New Guinea, 5640 fathoms. 


The nearly simultaneous publication of some 32 new species of 
Scalpellum by Dr. Hoek and 38 by myself, in 1907, has resulted in 


* See Bull. 60, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 65, fig, 26. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 


several homonyms. Two species require new names. Both belong 
to the subgenus Arcoscalpellum. 


Scalpellum chiliense n. n. 
Scalpellum gracile Pilsbry, Bull. 60, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 60, fig. 23 (November 
9, 1907). Not S. gracile Hoek, Siboga-Expeditie, Cirripedia Pedunculata, 
p. 105, Pl. 8, fig. 8 (October, 1907). 
Scalpellum bellum n. n. 
Scalpellum jormosum Pilsbry, Bull. 60, U.S. Nat. Mus., :: 58, fig. 22 (Novem- 
ber 9, 1907). Not S. formosum Hoek, Siboga-Expeditie, Cirripedia 
Pedunculata, p. 110, Pl. 8, figs. 11, 1la (October, 1907). 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


GENERIC TYPES OF NEARCTIC REPTILIA AND AMPHIBIA. 


BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. 


By the adoption of the new Article 30 of the International Zoological 
Code at the Boston meeting of the seventh Congress in August, 1907, 
the methods of nomenclature are brought measurably nearer to 
uniformity; perhaps as near as is possible under any set of rules, for 
it must always be true of inelastic rules—and fortunate that it is so— 
that they cannot excuse the individual from the exercise of independ- 
ent judgment in cases such as those where diverging opinions may 
fairly be held as to their application. Absolute agreement is not 
likely to be reached until, in respect of the past, names themselves 
are formally adopted by general accord, instead of rules. 

Se completely representative a body as the International Zoological 
Congress having unanimously adopted the new Article, the way is 
made easy for the minority of zoologists who are dissenters as to some 
of its provisions, for they may now be willing to yield their practice 
to so great a preponderance of opinion in matters which are those only 
of convention. 

For this reason the Code is here followed in all essential details, even 
to the acceptance of undefined genera, such as those of Fitzinger in 
the System Reptilium, in place of others which in the author’s own 
opinion have a better claim to be preferred. But it is not now profit- 
able to discuss the question. 

For most of the genera here included types have been ascertained 
from time to time as necessity required, but the whole list has now 
been revised in accordance with the present rule. 

No full synonymy of the genera has been attempted, the names 
cited as equivalents being only those that have been in recent use for 
the whole or a part of the contents of the one adopted. 


REPTILIA. 


The name was first used by Laurenti (1768) for his three divisions, 
(1) Salientia, (11) Gradientia, (111) Serpentes, and included all reptiles 
and amphibians. The correct limits of the class were first laid down 
by Gray (Annals of Philosophy, (2), 10, p. 194, 1825). 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 


CROCODILINI. 


First separated as a distinct order, under this name, by Oppel 
(Ord. and Fam. Rept., p. 19, 1811). By Linneus they were placed in 
his genus Lacerta. By Laurenti in Gradientia with lizards and tailed 
amphibians. By most other early authors under “sauriens’’ or 
saurii, usually with lizards. ‘‘Emydosauriens” was used by Latreille 
(1801) and Blainville (1816). This was Latinized into Emydosauria 
by Gray (1828). Loricata Merrem (1820) was used twenty-eight years 
earlier for a subdivision of edentate mammals by Vieq. d’Azyr (Syst. 
Anat. des Anim., 1792). 

Crocodilus Laur. (Syst. Rept., p. 53, 1768). 

Type by tautonomy Crocodilus niloticus Laur. (= Lacerta croco- 
dilus Linn. part.). 

Alligator Cuvier (Ann. du Musée, X, p. 63, 1807). 

Type by elimination Crocodilus lucius Cuy. (= Crocodilus missis- 
stppiensis Daudin). 


TESTUDINATA. 


Oppel (Ord. and Fam. Rept., p.3,1811). Turtles were placed in the 
genus Testudo by Linneus. They were not mentioned by Laurenti. 
According to Dr. Stejneger they were named Testudines by Batsch 
(1788). They were called ‘cheloniens” by Brongniart, Daudin and 
Cuvier. Chelonii by Latreille (Hist. Nat. des Salamandres de France, 
etc., p. xi, 1800) and Duméril (1806). Cataphracta Link (1807). Dr. 
Stejneger properly objects to the use of the mere plural of the generic 
terms T’estudo and Chelonia, and accepts Oppel’s name rather than 
resurrect the obscure Cataphracta Link, four years earlier. 


ATHEC.. 
DERMOCHELIDZ. 
Dermochelys Blain. (Bull. Soc. Philom., 1816, p. 111). 
This genus was based upon the “‘tortue a cuir’? (= Testudo coriacea 
Linn.). 
= Sphargis Merrem (1820), same type. 
THECOPHORA. 
CHELYDRIDA. 
Chelydra Schweig. (Prod., p. 23, 1814), 
Monotype T'estudo serpentina Linn. 


= Chelonura Fleming (1822). Same type. 
8 


114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {April, 


Macroolemmys Gray (Cat. Sh. Rept., I, p. 48, 1855). 
Monotype Chelonura temminckii Holb. 
= Macrochelys Gray (1856). Same type. 


CINOSTERNIDZ5. 
Cinosternum Spix (Spec. Nov. Test., p. 17, 1824). 
Founded upon Kinosternon longicaudatum and K. brevicaudatum. 
Both being synonyms of Testudo scorpioides Linn., the genus is mono- 
typic. ) 


> Thyrosternum Agass. (1857). Type Cinosternum pennsylvanicum. 
> Platythyra Agass. (1857). Type Cinosternum flavescens. 


Sternotherus Gray (Ann. of Philos., 1825, p. 193). 

Type by elimination S. odoratus Daudin. Also by designation of 
Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 29, 1843). 

Sternotherus as cited by Gray from Bell’s manuscript contained S. 
odorata and S. pennsylvanica. The last belonging strictly to Cino- 
sternum Spix, odorata becomes the type. This use of the name ante- 
dstes by a short time Sternotherus Bell (Zool. Jour., 11,305, 1825). 
Aromochelys Gray (1855) also has odorata for type. 


TESTUDINID. 
Chrysemys Gray (Cat. Tort., p. 27, 1844). 
Founded on Emys picta Schweig. and LE, belli Gray. Gray retained 
picta as the type (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1869, p. 191). 


> Pseudemys Gray (1855). Type Pseudemys concinna. 

S Ptychemys Agass. (1857). Type Ptychemys coneinna. 
> Trachemys Agass. (1857). Type Trachemys scabra. 

S Deirochelys Agass. (1857). Type Deirochelys reticulata. 
> Callichelys Gray (1863). Type Emys ornata, 


Malacoclemmys! Gray (Cat. Tort., p. 27, 1844). 
Monotype Testudo concentrica Shaw (= Testudo terrapin Schoepff). 
> Graptemys Agass. (1857). Type Graptemys geographica. 

Clemmys Ritgen (Nova Acta Acad, Leop, Car., XIV, pt. 1, 272, 1828). 
Type by elimination Emys punctata (= Testudo guttata Schn.). 


= Chelopus Rafin. (1832), Same type. 

= Nanemys Agass, (1857). Same type. 

> Calemys Agass. (1857). Type Calemys muhlenbergi. 

> Glyplemys Agass. (1857). Type Glyplemys insculptus. 
> Actinemys Agass. (1857). Type Actinemys marmorata. 


Emys Oppel (Ord, Fam, Rept., p. 11, 1811).* 
Oppel cited three species: 


! Written Malaclemys by Gray, but stated by him to be a mistake. 
*Emys Duméril (Zool. Anal., p. 76, 1806) is not used in a properly generic 
sense and has no standing. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 


“Sterno antice mobile—E. luéaria.”’ 
’ ; : serpentina” = Chelydra Schw., 1814. 
Veena ays sina { longscallia”” < rai Fitz., 1826. 

Emys lutaria was also designated as the type by Fitzinger in 1843, 
under the name of Emys europea Schw. 

= Emydoidea Gray (1870). Type Emys Blandingii. 

Terrapene Merrem (Tent. Syst. Amph., p. 27, 1820). 

Type T. clausa Merr. (= Testudo carolina Linn.). vy designation of 
Gray (Ann. oj Philos., X, 1825, p. 192). 

Cistudo Fleming (Phil. Zool., I1, p. 270, 1822), often used for these 
turtles, is wanting in detinbiaias and in any case is an exact synonym 
of Terrapene Merrem, two years its senior, both being founded on 
Cuvier’s “tortues a boite.” 

Didicla Rafin. (Atl. Journal, 1832, p. 64) has T. clausa for type and is 
also a synonym. 

Testudo Linn. (Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 197, 1758). 

Type Testudo graeca Linn. By designation of Fitzinger (Syst. 
Rept., 29, 1843). 

S a fees. aa: Ree Testudo be te ta te 

CHELONIDZ. 
Chelonia Latreille (Hist. Nat. Rept., 1, p. 22, 1802). 

Type Testudo mydas Linn. By original designation. This genus is 
often attributed to Brongniart (Bull. Soc. Philom., 11, p. 89, 1800). 
In that place, however, it rests upon these words only, “G. Chelone- 
Chelonia (ce sont les tortues de mer),”’ and is a nomen nudum. 

Caretta Rafin. (Speccio Sci. (Palermo), 11, 66, 1814). 

Monotype C. nasuta Raf. (= T. caretta Linn.). 

Rafinesque’s words are “Caretta nasuta Raf., Testudo caretta Linn.” 

= Thalassochelys Fitz. (1835). Same type. 

Eretmochelys Fitz. (Syst. Rept., p. 30, 1843). 
Type Chelonia imbricata Cuy. By original designation. 
TRIONYCHIDZ. 
Platypeltis Fitz. (Ann. Wien Mus., 1, pp. 120, 127, 1835). 

Type Platypeltis ferox Schweig. 

The two species named by Fitzinger, Trionyz brongniartii Schw. and 
_ T. jerox Schw. are identical, and the genus is therefore monotypic. The 
same species was designated by Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 30, 1843). 


a stdonodtes Wadi sah eee stones epogtinas 


116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


SQUAMATA. 


Correctly outlined by Merrem (Tent. Syst. Amph., p. 39, 1820) with 
groups (1) Gradientia, (I1) Repentia, (III) Serpentia. 

Oppel used Squamata in 1811 with groups (I) sauriz, (11) ophidi, 
but he included crocodiles in sauriz. 


LACERTILIA. 


Authors previous to Owen either included with lizards the crocodiles, 
or omitted serpentiform lizards, under the names Gradientia, “sau- 
riens,” or saurii. They were first correctly delimited under the name 
Lacertilia by Owen (Rep. Br. Ass. Adv. of Sc., 1841, p. 162). 


GECKONIDZ:. 


Phyllodactylus Gray (Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 3, 1830). 

Monotype Phyllodactylus pulcher Gray. 
Spherodactylus Wagl. (Syst. Amph., p. 143, 1830). 

Type Spherodactylus sputator Sparr. By designation of Fitzinger 
(Syst. Rept., 18, 1843). It was also the only one of Wagler’s species 
retained in the genus by Gray (1831) and Duméril and Bibron (1836). 


EUBLEPHARIDZ. 
Coleonix Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1845, 162). 


Type Coleonyx elegans Gray. By designation of Boulenger (Cat. 
Liz. Br. Mus., 1, p. 234, 1885). 


IGUANIDZ. 


Anolis Daudin (Hist. Nat. Rept., IV, p. 50, 1803). 

According to Dr. Stejneger (Herp. of Porto Rico, 625, 1904) the type 
of Anolis is A. bullaris. But the pertinency of this name to any known 
species is far from certain. Lacerta bullaris Linn. rests on Catesby’s 
plate 66, “Lacerta viridis jamaicensis,” whose recognition is chiefly 
an act of faith. No other of the early authors added exactness to its 
use, A. bullaris Daud. (1. c., p. 69) is based on L. bullaris Linn., adding 
thereto Catesby’s plate 65, ‘ Lacerta viridis carolinensis,” anéd another 
unassignable Linnean name, L. strumosa. Duméril and Bibron (Vol. 
4, pp. 117, 120) divide A. bullaris Daud, into A. chloro-cyanus and A, 
carolinensis, considering the first of these species to be questionably 
L. bullaris Linn. As A. carolinensis D. and B. rests on a firm basis in 
Catesby, it would seem that this name should not be disturbed, and 
that bullaris of authors should be permitted to remain in obscurity, 


a 


4 
] 
; 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 


Ctenosaura Wiegman (Isis, 1828, p. 371). 

Monotype Ctenosaura cycluroides Wieg. (= Lacerta acanthura Shaw). 
Dipsosaurus Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, 92). 

Monotype Crotaphytus dorsalis B. and G. 
Crotaphytus Holbrook (No. Am. Herp.,,II, p. 79, 1842). 

Monotype Agama collaris Say. 
Sauromalus Duméril (Arch. du Mus., VIII, 535, 1856). 

Monotype Sauromalus ater Dum. 
Callisaurus Blainville (Nouv. Ann. du Mus., IV, 286, 1835). 

Type Callisaurus draconoides Blain. By original designation, 
Uma Baird (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 253). 

Monotype Uma notata Bd. 
Holbrookia Girard (Proc. A. A. A. Science, IV, 201, 1851). 

Monotype Holbrookia maculata Gir. 
Uta Baird and Girard (Stans. Exp. Gr. Salt Lake, 344, 1852). 

Type Uta stansburiana B. and G. By original designation. 
Sceloporus Wiegman (Isis, 1828, p. 369). 

Type Sceloporus torquatus Wieg. By designation of Fitzinger 
(Syst. Rept., p. 17, 1843). 
Phrynosoma Wiegman (Isis, 1828, p. 367). 

Subgenus Phrynosoma Wieg. Type Lacerta orbiculare Linn. By 
designation of Wiegman (Herp. Mez., 18, 1834). 

Subgenus Anota Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 182). 
Monotype Anota Mccallii Hallow. 


HELODERMATIDZ. 


Heloderma Wiegman (Isis, 1829, p. 627). 
Monotype Heloderma horridum Wieg. 


ANGUIDS. 


Ophisaurus Daudin (Hist. Rept., VII, 346, 1803). 
Monotype Anguis ventralis Linn. 


Diploglossus Wiegman (Herp. Mex., 36, 1834). 

Type Tiliqua fasciata Gray. By designation of Dum. and Bib. 
(Erp. Gen., V, 588, 1839).* 

Subgenus Celestus Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1839, p. 288). 
Monotype Celestus striatus Gray. 


* The subgenus Diploglossus is extra limital. 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [April, 


Gerrhonotus Wiegman (Isis, 1828, p. 379). 

Subgenus Gerrhonotus Wieg. Type Gerrhonotus tessellatus Wieg. 
(=G. liocephalus Wieg.). By designation of Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 
21, 1843). 

Subgenus Barissia Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1838, p. 390). Type 
Barissia imbricata Gray. By designation of Stejneger (Proc. U. S. 
Nat. Mus., XIII, 183, 1890). 


XANTUSIIDZ. 
Xantusia Baird (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 255). 


Monotype Xantusia vigilis Bd. 
Zablepsis Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1895, p. 758). 

Type Xantusia henshawi Stej. By original designation. 
Amebopsis Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1895, p. 758). 

Type Xantusia gilberti Van Den. By original designation. 


TEIIDA. 
Cnemidophorus Wagler (Syst. Amph., 154, 1830). 

Subgenus Cnemidophorus Wagl. Type Seps murinus Laur. By 
designation of Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 20, 1843). - Dr. H. Gadow, in an 
interesting analysis of this genus (P. Z. S. London, 1906, 1, p. 288), 
makes reference to C. sexlineatus as being the type. But in no way 
could this be, for it is not one of the species enumerated by Wagler. 


Subgenus Verticaria Cope (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1869, p. 158). Type 
Cnemidophorus hyperythrus Cope. By original designation. 


SCINCIDZ3. 

Lygosoma Gray (Zool. Journal, III, 1827, p. 228). 

Monotype Lacerta serpens Bloch (= L. Datitites Linn.). 

Subgenus Liolepisma Dum. and Bib. (Erp. Gen., V, 742, 1839). 
Monotype Scincus teljairi Des}. 

= Oligosoma Girard (1857). Type Mocoa zelandica. 
Plestiodon Dum. and Bib. (Erp. Gen., V, 697, 1839). 

Type Lacerta quinquelineata Linn. By designation of Fitzinger 
(Syst. Rept., p. 22, 1843). 

Eumeces Wiegman (Herp. Mez., p. 36, 1834) can not be used for this 
genus. Wiegman included in it three species: 

1. Scineus pavimentatus Geoff. < Plestiodon D. and B., 1839. 

2. Scincus rujescens Merrem = type of Ewmeces Fitz., 1843. 

3. Scincus punctatus Schn. = type of Eumeces D. and B., 1839. 

The selection of S. punctatus Schn. (not Riopa punctata Gray, 1839) 


4 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 


as type by Duméril and Bibron (Vol. V, p. 630) ties Eumeces to a sec- 
tion of skinks with unseparated pterygoids. , The available name for 
the present genus seems to be Plestiodon. 


ANELYTROPIDSZ. 
Anelytropsis Cope (Proc. Am. Phila. So¢., 1885, p. 380). 
Monotype Anelytropsis papillosus Cope. 


ANNIELLID 2. 
Anniella Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1852, p. 440). 
Monotype Anniella pulchra Gray. 


EUCHIROTIDA. 
Euchirotes Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1894, p. 436). 
Monotype Euchirotes biporus Cope. 


AMPHISBASNIDZ. 


Rhineura Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 75). 
Type Lepidosternum floridana Bd. By original designation. 


OPHIDIA. 


Serpentes Linn. included snakes, amphisbeenians and cecilians, as 
also did Serpentia Laur. (1768) and Ophidii Daudin (1803). Serpentes 
Duméril (1806) included cecilians. Ophidii Oppel (1811) and Ser- 
pentia Merrem (1820) included amphisbeenians. The serpents were 
first cleared of unrelated forms by Gray, using the name Ophidii 
(Ann. of Philos., 1825, p. 204). 


LEPTOTYPHLOPID 425. 


Leptotyphlops Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 24, 1843). 
Type Typhlops nigricans Schlegel. By original designation 


= Glauconia Gray (1845). Type Typhlops nigricans. 
> Rena B. and G. (1853). aie Rena dulcis B. and G. 
> Siagonodon Peters (1881). Type Typhlops septemstriatus Schn. 


BOIDZ. 


Lichanura Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 304), 
Monotype Lichanura trivirgata Cope. 


Charina Gray (Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., p. 113, 1849). 
Monotype Tortriz botte Blain. 
= Wenona B. and G, (1853). Type Wenona plumbea B. and G. 


120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


COLUBRID. 
Tropidonotus Boié (Isis, 1826, I, p. 204). 
Type Coluber natrix Linn. By designation of Boié (Jsis, 1827, p. 
518). 


= Natrizx Laur. (Cope, 1888). Not Cope, 1862. 

> Nerodia B. and & (1853). Type Coluber sipedon Linn. 
> Regina B. and G. (1853). Type Coluber leberis Linn. 

> Clonophis Cope (1888). Type Regina kirtlandii Kenn. 


The use of Natrix Laur. for this genus does not appear to me obliga- 
tory or excusable. The rule under which types of undefined genera 
are accepted does not constrain or even imply that, in the case of an 
originally defined genus, a species must be accepted as type having 
characters contrary to the definition. If it did so, the only consistent 
course would be to admit that the Code does not consider definitions at 
all. It was pointed out by me (Science, July 6, 1907, p. 117) that of 
the fourteen recognizable species cited by Laurenti under Natriz, now 
distributed among eight genera, the two belonging to the present genus 
are the only ones at diametric variance with “ Truncus glaber nitidus,” 
which is the sole character of diagnostic value in the definition. 

Because Fleming (Philos. of Zool., 11, p. 291, 1822) chose to select an 
unconforming type for Natriz in T. torquata (= Coluber natrix Linn.), 
or because the rule of “type by tautonomy” could be applied to the 
case, it does not follow that we are compelled to use Natriz. It is still 
open to rejection for any group as a meaningless conglomerate. It is 
also questionable whether Fleming’s citation of a species after some of 
the genera given by him constitutes selection of a type in accordance 
with paragraph 11g of Article 30. 

As first published in a posthumous letter from Kuhl (/sis, 1822, p. 
473) Tropidonotus is a nomen nudum. But four years later it was well 
defined by Boié (Jsis, 1826, I, 204), who credited it to Kuhl, and named | 
under it Coluber natrix Linn. and viperinus Daudin. The following 
year he definitely fixed natriz as the type. 


Thamnophis Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 26, 1843). 
Type Tropidonotus sauritus Schl. By original designation. 


= Eutenia B. and G. (1853). Same type. 

> Atomarchus Cope (1883). Type Atomarchus multimaculatus Cope. 

> Stypocemus Cope (1875). Type Stypocemus rufopunctatus Cope, by substitu- 
tion for Chilopoma Cope, preoccupied. 


Tropidoclonium Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 76). 

Type Microps lineatum Hallow. By original designation. 
Seminatrix Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1895, p. 678). 

Type Seminatriz pygeus Cope. By original designation. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 


Helicops Wagler (Syst. Amph., 170, 1830). 

Type Helicops carinicaudatus Wagl. By designation of Fitzinger 
(Syst. Rept., 25, 1843). 

> Liodytes Cope (1885). Type Helicops alleni Garm. 
Amphiardis Cope (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 391). 

Type Virginia inornata Garm. By original designation. 
Haldea B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., 122, 1853). 

Type Coluber striatula Linn. By original designation. 
Storeria B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., 135, 1853). 

Type Tropidonotus dekayi Holb. By original designation. 

= Ischnognathus Dum. and Bib. (1853). Same type. 
Drymarchon Fitzinger (Syst Rept., 26, 1843). 

Type Coluber corais Daudin. By original designation. 


< Spilotes Wagler (1830). T S. pullatus. 
= Compsosoma Cope (1895). Notype. = Compsosoma Dum. and Bib. part. 
= Georgia B. and G. (1853). Type Coluber couperi Holb. 


Drymobius Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 26, 1843). 
Type Herpetodryas margaritiferus Schl. By original designation. 
Callopeltis (Fitz.) Bonap. (Icon. Fauna Xtal. Vol. Ii,end Mém. Acad. Torino (2), 11,401, 1840). 
Type Coluber leopardinus. By original designation of Fitzinger. 


= Coluber auctores. 
> Scotophis B. and G, (1853). Type Coluber allegheniensis Holb. 
= Natrix Laur. (Cope, 1862). Not Cope, 1888. 


Arizona Kenn. (U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., 18, 1859). 
Monotype Arizona elegans Kenn. 
< Rhinechis Micah. (1833). Type Rhinechis scalaris. 
Pityophis Holbrook (No. Am. Herp., IV, 7, 1842). 
Monotype Coluber melanoleucus Daudin. 


Coluber Linn (Syst. Nat. Ed., X, 216, 1758). 
Type Coluber constrictor Linn. By designation of Fitzinger (Syst. 
Rept., 26, 1843). 


= Zamenis Wagler (1830). Type Natrix gemonensis Laur. 
> Bascanium B. and G, (1853). Type Coluber constrictor Linn. 
>Masticophis B. and G. (1853). Type Coluber flagellum Shaw. 


Under the new Rule 30 we are no longer bound to Laurenti’s notion, 
as first reviser, of the limits of Coluber and are therefore freed from the 
consideration of Dr. Stejneger’s proposal (Herp. of Japan, pp. 307, 
443, 1907) to transfer the name to the genus otherwise known as 
Vipera Laur.—a change which would have been serious in view of all 
the connotations of the word “coluber.” The present shifting of the 
term to replace Bascanium, following Fitzinger’s selection of a type, 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [{April, 


long antedates Collett’s designation of Vipera jerus and has the good 
fortune to preserve both the long established family names Colubride 
and Viperide. 
Salvadora B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., 104, 1853). 

Type Salvadora Grahamie B. and G. By original designation. © 

= Phimothyra Cope (1860). Same type. 
Phyllorhynchus Stejneger (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, p. 151). 

Type Phyllorhynchus browni Stej. By original designation. 
Opheodrys Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 26, 1843). 

Type Herpetodryas estivus Schl. By original designation. 


< Leptophis Bell (1826). Type Leptophis ahetulla. 
<_ Cyclophis Gunther (1858). Type Herpetodryas tricolor. 


Liopeltis Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 26, 1843). 
Type Herpetodryas tricolor Schl. By original designation. 
> Chlorosoma B. and G, (1853). Type Coluber vernalis DeKay. 
Contia B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., 110, 1853). 
Type Contia mitis Bd. By original designation. 
Pseudoficimia Bocourt (Miss. Sci. au Mex., 572, 1883) 
Monotype Pseudoficimia pulchra Boe. 
Conopsis Giinther (Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., 6, 1858). 
Monotype Conopsis nasus Gunth. 
Toluca Kennicott (U.S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., 23, 1859). 
Monotype Toluca lineata Kenn. 
Diadophis B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., 112, 1853). 
Type Coluber punctatus Linn. By original designation. 
Lampropeltis Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., 25, 1843). 
Type Herpetodryas getulus Schl. By original designation. 


= Ophibolus B. and G. (1853). Type Coronella sayi Holb. 
> Osceola B. and G, (1853). Type Calamaria elapsoidea Holb. 


Stilosoma A. Brown (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 199, 1890). 
Monotype Stilosoma extenuatum A, Brown. 

Carphophis Gervais (Dict. Hist. Nat. d’Orbigny, III, 191, 1843). 
Monotype Coluber amenus Say. 


> Carphophiops Gervais (1843). Type C. vermijormis, 
= Celuta B. and G. (1853). Type Coluber amenus Say. 
= Brachyorros Holbrook (1842). Same type. Not of Boié (1827). 


Faranoia Gray (Zool. Misc., p. 68, 1842), 

Monotype Farancia Drummondi Gray (= Coluber abacurus Holb.). 
Abastor Gray (Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., p. 78, 1849). 

Monotype Helicops erythrogrammus Wagler. 


at 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 


Virginia B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., p. 127, 1853). 

Type Virginia Valerie B. and G. By original designation. 
Ficimia Gray (Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., p. 80, 1849). 

Monotype Ficimia olivacea Gray. 
Chilomeniscus Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 339). 

Monotype Chilomeniscus stramineus Cope. 
Cemophora Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 244). 

Type Coluber coccineus Blum. By original designation. 
Rhinochilus B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., p. 120, 1853). : 

Type Rhinochilus Lecontei B. and G. By original Po 
Hypsiglena Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 246). 

Type Hypsiglena ochrorhyncha Cope. By original designation. 
Rhadinea Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 10). 

Type Teniophis vermiculaticeps Cope. By original designation. 

Prof. Cope subsequently (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, 132) 
named R. melanocephala D. and B. as the type, and again (Rep. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 1898, p. 754) he says the type is R. obtusa Cope. The 
genus was, however, distinctly founded upon 7’. vermiculaticeps on its 
first publication in 1863. 
Heterodon Latreille (Hist. Nat. des Rept., IV, p. 32, 1800). 

Monotype Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. 
Trimorphodon Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 297). 

Type Trimorphodon lyrophanes Cope. By original designation. 


Leptodira Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 27, 1843). 

Type Dipsas annulatus Schl. By original designation. Szbon Fitz. 
(Neue Class Rept., 1826, p. 29) can not be used for this genus of opistho- 
glyph snakes. It has, by tautonomy, for type Coluber nebulatus Linn. 
(= Coluber sibon Linn.), which is the type of Petalognathus Dum. and 
Bib. 

Manolepis Cope (Proc. Am, Philos. Soc., 1885, p. 76). 
Type Tomodon nasutus Cope. By original designation. 


Conophis Peters (Monats. Berl. Acad., 1860, p. 519). 
Monotype Conophis vittatus Peters. 
Erythrolamprus Boi¢ (Isis, 1826, p. 981). 
Monotype Coluber venustissimus Pr. Max. 
= Coniophanes Hallow. (1860). Type C. fissidens. 


Scolecophis Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 25, 1843). 
Type Calamaria atrocincta Schl. By original designation, 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Tantilla B. and G. (Cat. No. Am. Serp., p. 131, 1853). 
Type Tantilla coronata B. and G. By original designation. 


= Homalocranium Dum. and Bib. (Erp. Gen., VII, 855, 1854). Type H. 
planiceps (not of Dum. and Bib., Mém. Acad. Sci., 1853, p. 490. Type 
Calamaria brachyorros Hallow.). 


Elaps Schneider (Hist. Amph., IT, p. 289, 1801). 

Type Elaps lemniscatus Linn. By designation of Gray (Ann. of 
Philos., 1825, p. 206). 

Fleming (Philos. Zool., 11, p. 295, 1822) mentions Elaps lacteus, but it 
does not appear that in this work types are selected as required by the 
present rule. 


VIPERIDZ. 
Ancistrodon Beauvois (Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., IV, p. 381, 1799). 
Monotype Agkistrodon mokasen Beau. (= Boa contortrix Linn.). 
Beauvois says (p. 381) under Agkistrodon, “In this last division 
should be arranged the mokasen,” which on p. 370 he refers to as 
Agkistrodon mokasen. 


Sistrurus Garman (No. Am. Rept., p. 110, 1883). 
Type Crotalus miliarius Linn. By substitution. 


Crotalus Linn. (Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 214, 1758). 


Type Crotalus horridus Linn. By designation of Gray (Ann. of 
Philos., 1825, p. 205). 


AMPHIBIA. 


According to Dr. Stejneger Batrachia was used for the first time by 
Batsch (1788) as an exact synonym of Salientia Laurenti (1768), for 
which reason he thinks it should not be used for a division of wider 
scope. Brongniart (1800) had very nearly an exact conception of the 
contents of this class, for he even suspected that the cxcilians belong 
to it, but he used only the vernacular “batraciens.’”’ All other authors 
omitted ccilians down to 1811, when Oppel used Nuda for the class, 
with orders (1) Apoda, (11) Ecaudata, (111) Caudata. Merrem (1820) 
used Batrachia with (1) Apoda, (11) Salientia, (111) Gradientia, 

Amphibia Linn. included reptiles and amphibians, but was never 
used in exact form until Gray correctly applied it (Ann. of Philos, 
(n. 8.), 10, p. 213, 1825). 

By strict priority the name would be Nuda Oppel, but fortunately 
it is not necessary to replace a well-known class name by one so 
obscure. 


i i 


7 
1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 


SALIENTIA. 


’ Salientia Laurenti (Syn. Rept., p. 24, 1768) contained the genera 
Rana, Pipa, Hyla and Bufo, as well as Proteus, which seems to have 
been founded on a tadpole of.Rana. It is therefore equivalent to and 
much older than Ecaudata Duméril (1806). Anura, attributed by 
Cope to Duméril, has no standing, as that author used only “anoures.” 


RANIDZ. 
Rana Linn. (Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 354, 1758). 


Type Rana temporaria Linn. By designation of Gray (Ann. of 
Philos., 1825, p. 214). 


ENGYSTOMATIDA. 
Engystoma Fitzinger (Neue Class Rept., p. 65, 1826). 

Rana ovalis Schneider is the only one of Fitzinger’s species retained 
in Engystoma by Duméril and Bibron (Erp. Gen., 8, p. 741, 1841) and 
is consequently the type. 

Hypopachus Kerferstein (Géttingen Nachrichten, 1867, p. 352). 
Monotype Hypopachus Seebachii Kerf. (= H. variolosum Cope). 


CYSTIGNATHIDZ. 
Lithodytes Fitzinger (Syst. Rept., p. 31, 1843). 
Type Hylodes lineatus D. and B. By original designation. 
Syrrophus Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1878, p. 253). 
Monotype Syrrhophus marnockii Cope. 


HYLIDZ. 

Chorophilus Baird (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 60). 

Monotype Cystignathus nigritus Holb. 
Acris Dum. and Bib. (Erp. Gen., 8, p. 506, 1841). 

Type Hylodes gryllus DeKay. By designation of Baird (Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 59). 
Hyla Laurenti (Syst. Rept., p. 32, 1768). 

Type Hyla viridis (= H. arborea Linn.) fide Stejneger. 
Smilisca Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., 1865, p. 194). 

Monotype Smilisca daulinia Cope (= Hyla baudinii Dum. and Bib.). 


BUFONID4. 
Bufo Laurenti (Syst. Rept., p. 25, 1758). 
Type by tautonomy Bujo vulgaris Laur. (= Rana bujo Linn.). 


126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


PELOBATIDZ. 
Scaphiopus Holbrook (No. Am. Herp., I, p. 85, 1836). 
Monotype Scaphiopus solitarius Holb. 
Spea Cope (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), VI, p. 81, 1866). 
Type]Scaphiopus bombijrons Cope (= S. hammondi Baird). By 
original designation. 


‘ CAUDATA. 


Duméril (Zoologie Analytique, 94, 1806), “‘les batraciens urodéles 
(caudati).” The following year (Nouv. Bull. des Sc., 1807, p. 36) he, 
definitely says “‘order Caudati.”” Urodela is often based upon this 
reference, but Duméril used neither it nor Anura in Latin form. 


PLEURODELIDZ. 


Diemyctylus Rafinesque (Ann. of Nature, 1820, No. 22, p. 5). 
Type Triturus viridescens. By original designation. 


DESMOGNATHIDZ. 
Desmognathus Baird (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), 1, pp. 282, 285, 1850). 
Type Triturus juscus Rafin. 


PLETHODONTIDZ. 
Autodax Boulenger (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1887, p. 67). 

Type Anaides lugubris Baird. , By substitution for Anaides Baird 
(1849), preoccupied. 
Gyrinophilus Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, p. 108). 

Monotype Salamandra porphyriticus Green. 

Spelerpes Rafinesque (Atlantic Journal, I, p. 22, 1832). 

Type Spelerpes lucifuga Rafin. (= Salamandra longicauda Green). 
By original designation. 

Manculus Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, pp. 95, 101). 

Monotype Salamandra quadridigitata Holb. 
Stereochilus Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phils., 1869, p. 100). 

Monotype Pseudotriton marginatum Hollow. 
Plethodon Tschudi (Mém. Soc. Neuchatel, 1838, pp, 59, 92). 

Type Salamandra glutinosa Green. By designation of Bonaparte 
(Fauna Ital., 11, 131). 

Hemidactylium Tschudi (Mém. Soc. Neuchatel, 1838, pp. 59, 94). 
Type Salamandra scutata Schl. By original designation. 


~ 
b 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 


Batrachoseps Bonaparte (Fauna Ital., II, 131). 
Type Salamandra attenuata Esch. By original designation. 


AMBYSTOMIDZ. 
Dicamptodon Strauch (Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétérs., (7), XVI, No. 4, p. 68, 1870). 
Monotype Triton ensatus Esch. 
Ambystoma Tschudi (Mém. Soc. Neuchatel, 1838, pp. 57, 92). 
Type Ambystoma subviolacea Tsch. (= Lacerta punctata Linn.). By 
original designation. 
> Linguelapsus Cope (1887). Type L. lepturus Cope. 
Chondrotus Cope (Amer. Naturalist, 1887, p. 88). 
Type Chondrotus tenebrosus. By original designation. 


CRYPTOBRANCHIDZ. 
Cryptobranchus Leuckart (Isis, 1821, Litt. Anz., p. 260). 
Monotype Salamandra gigantea Barton (= Cryptobranchus alle- 
gheniensis). : 


AMPHIUMIDZ. 
Amphiuma Garden (Smith’s Corres. of Linnwus, I, 599). 
Type Amphiuma means Gard. By original designation. 


PROTEIDZ. 


Necturus Rafinesque (Jour. de Phys., Vol. 88, p. 418, 1819). 

Monotype Necturus maculatus. 

Rafinesque gave the names of six species under Necturus, of which 
maculatus is the only one recognizable, leaving the genus practically 
monotypic. 


SIRENIDZ. 
Siren Linn. (Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, p. 371, 1766). 
Monotype Siren lacertina Linn. 


Pseudobranchus Gray (Ann. of Philos,, 1825, p. 216). 
Monotype Siren striata LeConte. 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


METHODS OF RECORDING AND UTILIZING BIRD-MIGRATION DATA. 


BY WITMER STONE. 


The custom of recording the dates of arrival of migrant birds has 
been practised for a great many years in various countries, and more 
recently attempts have been made to encourage the keeping of such 
records on a uniform plan and to gather them together for the purpose 
of study and comparison. 

In America this work was begun in 1884 under the direction of the 
American Ornithologists’ Union, and since 1885 has been conducted 
by the Division of Biological Survey (formerly Ornithology and Mam- 
malogy) of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. 

All the published records with which I am familiar represent the 
work of one individual at each station, and until very recently there 
has been no attempt made to compare the records of several observers 
at practically the same locality. 

The meagerness of the data that it is possible for one > individual to 
gather on bird migration, compared with the magnitude of the phenom- 
enon, must be apparent to all, and yet we are constantly attempting 
all sorts of estimates—as to the rapidity of flight, the relation of fluctu- 
ation of migration to temperature variation, etc.—based for the most 
part upon the records of individual observers. 

In 1901 the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club of Philadelphia 
organized a corps of observers for the study of bird migration in this 
vicinity. This corps now numbers sixty-three, of which thirty-five are 
located within ten miles of the center of Philadelphia. 

The study and comparison of the yearly records of these observers 
throws some interesting light upon the accuracy of individual records 
and suggests some methods by which a more correct index of the pro- 
gress of migration may be obtained. 

Many of the records are presented in detail each year in Cassinia 
the annual publication of the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, 
and to these, as well as to the original schedules returned by the ob- 
servers, | am indebted for the data discussed in the present paper. 

In a paper read before the American Ornithologists’ Union in New 
York City in November, 1905, and later published in The Condor, I 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 


first called attention to the possibilities of combining a number of 
individual records, and later Prof. W. W. Cooke of the U. S. Department 
of Agriculture discussed the same question in a short paper in The 
Auk for July, 1907, p. 346. These are, I believe, the only papers dealing 
with this phase of the question. The well-known work of Mr. Otto 
Herman in Hungary, while probably based upon the most extensive 
series of data ever collected, does not, so far as I am aware, touch 
upon the comparison of individual records, at a single locality. 


INDIVIDUAL AND BULK ARRIVALS. 


One of the most important points for consideration in a bird-migra- 
tion record is an understanding of just what our date of arrival indicates. 
A migrating species is not a definite mass, like a railroad train, but a 
scattered host of individuals requiring weeks or even months to pass a 
given point and moving intermittently; consequently there may be a 
great many dates of arrival at that point, according to what part of 
the moving procession we are considering. 

In the schedules furnished by the U. 8. Department of Agriculture 
the date of “first arrival”’ is called for, and in addition the date when 
the species was next seen and when it became common. The object 
being to differentiate between the arrival of the main flight or ‘‘bulk”’ 
of the species and that of individual early stragglers. 

With the exception of these schedules, nearly all the American 
migration records with which I am familiar deal only with the date of 
“first arrival,’ and in the publications that have been based upon the 
records of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, only one date is usually 
given, presumably the date of first arrival. 

This would seem to indicate the unsatisfactory nature of the records 
of bulk arrival, as estimated by an individual observer, a fact which 
has impressed itself upon me after twenty-five vears’ experience in 
recording and tabulating bird migration data. It seems altogether too 
variable a quantity to be of practical value in making any sort of com- 
parisons except in special instances, 

Different species of birds vary in the way in which they become 
abundant at any point; some may come in considerable numbers on 
the very first day upon which they are seen or a day or so after the 
‘first arrival,’’ while others gradually drift in, a few each day, until all 
the usual haunts are populated, though it is impossible to say upon just 
which day they became common. In other cases large flocks may 
be seen passing overhead some time before any individuals establish 
themselves in their local summer haunts. It seems, too, that certain 

9 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


species vary in their manner of arrival in different vears, being con- 
centrated one season and scattered in another. 

The proper study of fluctuations in the numbers of each species at 
any point, such as would warrant an estimate of bulk arrival, requires, 
except in a few cases, far more time than the majority of observers can 
possibly give to the work—if indeed the task is possible for one indi- 
vidual—and consequently where such an estimate has been attempted 
the personal equation enters to such an extent as to render the results 
of little value. i 

It would seem that, with the comparatively small amount of time 
at the disposal of most observers, it would be better to suggest the 
recording of such occasional “bulk arrivals” as are so marked a feature 
of the migration as to become obvious, rather than to ask for a record 
of this sort for each species, which must from the nature of the case be 
in the vast majority of instances an estimate. 

At the same time, however, the date of the first arrival, often an early 
straggler, does not in itself give us a proper record of the migration of the 
species, and it is here that the combination of a number of local records 
proves invaluable and furnishes a far more accurate résumé of the 
flight of the species than can possibly be obtained by any individual 
observer. 

For instance take the arrival of the Wood Thrush in the ten-mile 
circle about Philadelphia in the Spring of 1906. Thirty-one observers 
recorded it as follows: One on April 25, two on April 28, ten on April 
29, five on April 30, eight on May 1, and one each on May 2, 3, 4, 10 
and 12. This record obviously warrants us in saying that for this 
area pioneer migrants arrived on April 25 and 28, while the bulk of the 
migration occurred from April 29 to May 1, after which date it was 
impossible, on account of the presence of the bird at almost all points, 
to judge how much further transient migration was in progress. The 
dates upon which the “‘first arrivals” are massed are obviously the 
dates upon which the ‘‘bulk” arrived. The late dates are to some 
extent due to failure on the part of the observer to be in the field on the 
day on which the species first arrived, but in part they represent actual 
absence of the species from these particular localities, as it is a matter 
of record that on several occasions a species has been seen regularly 
for some days at one locality before a single individual has appeared 
at another station nearby, in spite of careful search at the latter place. 

The actual progress of the arrival of the Wood Thrush in 1906 within 
the Philadelphia ten-mile circle may be shown more graphically in the 
accompanying diagrams. 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


Ms 
consnonopatn “< A Sengsrnuty 


¥ 
. 
° 
? 
’ a 


~ ei 


ie 
Cy 


> BZ GLOUCESTER Py en 
ZG @ MOUNT EPHRAIM 


9 


ri 
mR if 


- 
CONSHOMO rt ee tee * AUSTLETON 


POX CH 
S Y 
x A Aa JG, 
¢ yy , 
“ty MANAYUNK OLNEY $ HOLY ESURG ~ 


"hg . RuhyTOWN 


‘ J 
RANKFO ~ 


efi HQCS 


© MERCHANTOLLE 


GLOUCESTER onadoonie le 


emounT alain wl VA 


131 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Up to April 28 (fig. 1) the species had been observed at but three 
stations, two of these being to the north and northeast of the city and 
the other to the southwest. On April 29 (fig. 2) it was present at thir- 
teen stations, and by May 1 (fig. 3) had been reported by all but three 
of our observers. 

Mr. Otto Herman’s paper in Proc. Fourth Internat. Ornith. Congress, 
p. 163, was not received until after my diagrams had been prepared. 
In it he adopts practically the same plan in illustrating the migration 
of the Swallow in Hungary, and as his maps are based upon 5900 
returns, it is needless to say they are far more convincing than mine. 


COMPARISON OF RECORDS. 


As already stated most migration records so far obtained are the 
work of one individual at each locality. Now when we come to com- 
pare the time of arrival of birds at two points or their arrival at the 
same point on successive years, it becomes very important for us to 
consider the extent to which such records reflect the actual progress of 
migration. The discussion on determining dates of bulk movements in 
the vicinity of Philadelphia has already shown that while a date of 
“first arrival’? may be perfectly accurate for the limited area covered 
by an observer, it would differ very materially from the earliest date 
of arrival for the species in a circle of five or ten miles around that 
observer’s station. 

The work of the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club for the past 
seven years has shown that within the Philadelphia ten-mile circle, 
covering an area with but little variation in altitude, we can detect 
no constant difference in the time of arrival of a species at any two 
points dependent upon their geographic position. 

The earliest record is just as likely to come from the northern portion 
of the circle as from the southern portion. At one time the records 
seemed to show a slightly earlier date of arrival immediately along the 
Delaware river, as compared with stations a few miles back on slightly 
higher ground, but further data showed this difference to be purely 
fortuitous. Therefore we can take the records of any one station 
within this circle as representing the progress of migration at Phila. 
delphia, Just as well as those of any other station within the same 

adius, and presumably the average dates of arrival of a species for a 
number of years at several stations within the circle will be the same. 

For certain species which are very conspicuous and which usually 
arrive in force on the first day of their appearance this is true, but in 
the majority of species it is by no means so, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 


Selecting three localities within the ten-mile circle, at each of which 
the Club has had several accurate observers for the past seven years, 
we have the following dates of first arrival. I = Moorestown, N. J.; 
Il = Media and Swarthmore, Pa.; III = Haverford and Ardmore, Pa. 


Chetura pelagioa (Chimney Swift). 


I. Il. Ill. 

(| te a rae April 27 April 27 April 28 
i hs ancdvnieesare, wees . «22 ee, 
NN toss poesied ac scn a ae ee pes plead 
us Pa eee ee .. oe 
ee Se a2 | ae i pelle} | 
ie Ser vice cnedelen TaN ME =) ake yo ae 
BONER ascderes soos ives aes om “25 “26 
Average......ccc0.c0c0..0..April 21 April 21 April 21 
Toxostoma rufum (Brown Thrasher). 

|) RSS 2a a ee April 22 ARS 79 pala Pcs sacs 
MI haben ctiscinn| Sf ) 22 22 April 24 
1903..... BAe ae | oe - ae 
i SP ea . went ae aa 
RD a Ea Th, ae spe i rs) ae 
1906......... 2h e116 ee Ae 
1907... Bonne, 2h 28 in 26 me ue 
NS a April 19 April 21 April 18 


Piranga erythromelas (Scarlet Tanager). 


BAe MS iets XAT 2S May 12 May 12 
1902........ . tr a lol oe 5 
1903........ ad AO oe er 10 
1904... a 6 Pe eo 
1905........ een ea eo 
1906... ie | - l 
1907. pgeat }. fice 2 10 
Average. May 8 May 4 May 7 
Sayornis phebe (Phebe). 

1901..... eee Mar. 11 Mar. 17 
1902... Mar. 30 “a. 23 nee” 
1903.. ae i ih cok So 
1904. April 3 ae eT | 
1905. Mar. 26 Fs. RO pl | 
1906. April 8 ebm. April 1 
1907. Mar. 17 oe 30 Mar. 16 


Average. Mar. 27 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Or, tabulating the averages obtained as above for eleven species, 


we have: re 
I. IL. TL. “aiteeende 

Chimney Swijt........................April 21 April 21 April 21 0 
Phebe... SEs ee Mar. 15 Mar. 20 12 
Chipping Sparrow. ee hae, 29 April 1 we 3 
Scarlet Tanager......................May 8 May 4 May 7 4 
Barn Swallow......... April 19 April 19 April 22 3 
Black-throated Blue Warbler. ‘May 5 May 2 May 3 3 
QUONDITG.....:.0..:...<.:. cn ee 1 April 29 April 30 . 2 
Maryland Yellow-throat........ April 25 “« 26 May 2 i) 
5) er 28 “« 25 April 30 5 
Brown Thrasher...................... = 1D ton eee 3 
Wood Thrush.....:..:. kanes «20 oS Bay. ose 3 


This demonstrates conclusively that the average date of arrival 
for a number of years, based upon the observations of asingle individual, 
varies materially from the average date obtained by another equally 
accurate observer stationed but a few miles distant. The amount of 
difference in the case of individual observers is even greater than that 
shown above, as in these cases the record given for each of the three 
stations is the result of the combined work of several observers. 

I called attention to the percentage of error in the records of indi- 
vidual observers in a paper read before the American Ornithologists’ 
Union at New York in November, 1905, and during the Spring of 1907 
Prof. W. W. Cooke made some experiments along the same line, and 
his results showed that, compared with the combined work of twenty- 
three other observers, in the immediate vicinity of Washington, D. C., 
in this single season his dates of arrival averaged one and three- 
tenths of a day late, and this in spite of the fact that he spent more 
time in the field and covered a greater variety of country. In my 
summary given above a single station averages one and nine-tenths 
of a day later than the earliest average date recorded for the species. 

This information, however, does not help us in using the record of a 
single observer for comparative study, either as between different 
years or different stations, and we are forced to the conclusion that 
results based upon such individual records are really of but little 
value for comparative work, so great is the possibility of error. 

For instance, quoting from Prof. W. W. Cooke’s papers on the 
Migration of Warblers and Thrushes, as recorded in the schedules of 
the U.S. Department of Agriculture,’ we have the average dates of the 
arrival of the following species at Germantown, Pa., a suburb of 
Philadelphia, and at W ashington, D. C.: 


7S, Bird Lore, 1905-1907, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 


Germantown. Washington. Difference. 


Le a ne May 1 April 26 5 days. 
Black-throated Blue Warbler........ May 6 May 2 hes 
NORM slates an caeanie Fe sole clei ctoa nee May 1? April 23 ek 
Maryland Yellow Throat................ April 29 April 21 2 ne 


These dates being the averages of a number of years, would seem to be 
sufficiently accurate for the purpose of estimating the time of flight of 
the species mentioned between Washington and Philadelphia, and by 
comparing them we find that it is respectively five days, four days, 
eight days and eight days. The Germantown records quoted from 
Prof. Cooke’s papers are based upon schedules which I filled out for 
the Department of Agriculture from 1883 to 1890. I now find that 
my dates vary from those obtained by other observers in the neighbor- 
hood of Philadelphia from 1901 to 1907, just as the latter have been 
shown to vary from each other. 

Had any of the other records from the vicinity of Philadelphia been 
used in place of the Germantown series, as would have been perfectly 
justifiable, a very different result would have been obtained; and 
there is no doubt but that the dates of several individual observers in 
the vicinity of Washington would show just as much diversity as is 
shown in our Philadelphia series, which would still further vary the 
results. 

In a number of instances moreover the difference between the average 
date of arrival at Washington and Philadelphia, as given in Prof. 
Cooke’s papers, is no greater than that between two stations well within 
the Philadelphia ten-mile circle. 

In comparing the dates of arrival of species for several consecutive 
years we also find a considerable variation in the records of nearby 
stations which we should expect to show uniformity. 

For instance, taking the eleven species given in the table on page 134, 
and computing the average dates of arrival for the six years 1901 to 
1906 at each of the three stations, and then comparing these with the 
dates of arrival at each cf the stations in 1907, we find that at station, 
No. I the 1907 dates averaged three days late, while at station No, I 
they averaged one day late and at station No. III they averaged 
exactly normal, and yet each one of these stations was represented by 
several accurate observers, and there is nothing in their relative geo- 
graphic position to warrant any difference. 


CoMBINATION OF INDIVIDUAL RgcorRDs. 
After discrediting the value of individual records, one must natur- 


? Omitted in Prof, Cooke's paper, and | supplied from my own memoranda. 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


ally suggest some method of recording migration by which results 
sufficiently accurate for comparative work are to be obtained. This, 
I think, is to be found by securing a large number of observers in a 
limited area and by combining their results, as has been done by the 
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club in the vicinity of Philadelphia. 
If we had seven-year records kept by thirty-five individuals within 
ten miles of Washington, and a similar series within ten miles of 
Boston for comparison with the Philadelphia series, then I think we 
should be able to estimate with some degree of accuracy the progress 
of migration between these points. 

In a composite record of this kind it is especially worthy of note that 
more or less fragmentary records are of great value, as an observer 
who only records a limited number of species may note some of them 
earlier than any other observer, while species which he fails to record 
are noted by others. 

The way in which a number of indvidual records from one vicinity 
are to be combined in order to get the most reliable results is quite a 
problem. 

Take, for example, the Ovenbird, Seiurus aurocapillus, for the years 
1905, 1906 and 1907, as recorded within ten miles of Philadelphia by 
respectively thirty, thirty-two and thirty-four observers—the number 
of the observation corps varying somewhat from year to year. 

We find that in 1905 it arrived at one station on April 25; at another 
on April 28; at eight stations on the 29th, ten on the 30th, ete., 7.e.: 
1905—April 25, 28, 29 (8), 30 (10), May 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 (2), 8, 12 (2). 
1906—April 28 (2), 29 (7), 30 (4), May 1 (5), 2 (3), 3 (4), 4 (2), 5 (3), 

8, 12. 
1907—April 26 (2), 27, 28 (4), 29 (5), 30 (2), May 1 (5), 2 (2), 5 (4), 6, 8, 
11 (4), 12, 13, 15. 

If we select the earliest date for each year as the basis of our com- 
parison, we shall say that 1905 was the earliest season and 1906 the 
latest. The objection to this is that it considers only the earliest 
stragglers, whose movements may or may not reflect those of the bulk 
of the species. 

If we select the average of all the dates for each year we shall have 
for 1905 May 2, 1906 May 2, 1907 May 3, or 1905 earliest and 1907 
latest. The objection in this case is that some at least of the late 
dates of arrival represent errors of observation—.e., failures to detect 
the species until it had been present for some days—while others are for 
stations which are not congenial haunts of the species under considera- 
tion and at which it is only occasionally seen, and by including these 
in our computation we obviously make the resultant date too late. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 


After consideratinz many methods it seems that the best date to 
select is that upon wuaich the species had arrived at half of the stations, 
leaving out of consideration entirely the last quarter of the stations 
that recorded the species, in iri to eliminate the probably erroneous 
or misleading dates. 

Dropping the last quarter of the stations in the case of the Ovenbird, 
we shall have left for consideration in the three years twenty-three, 
twenty-four and twenty-six records respectively, 7.e.: 
1905—April 25, 28, 29 (8), 30 (10), May 2, 3, 4. 
1906—April 28 (2), 29 (7), 30 (4), May 1 (5), 2 (3), 3 (3). 
1907—April 26 (2), 27, 28 (4), 29 (5), 30 (2), May 1 (5), 2 (2), 5 (4), 6. 

The dates by which the species had reached half these stations will 
then be 1905 April 30, 1906 April 30, 1907 April 30. This is perhaps 
a poor example as the Ovenbird is such a regular migrant. Indeed a 
mere glance at the records will show that the bulk of arrivals occurred 
in 1905 on April 29 and 30, in 1906 on the same days and in 1907 on 
April 28 and 29, which represents almost the same thing.* 

In other cases, however, the massing of arrivals upon a few days is by 
no means so evident, and some such method as the above is absolutely 
necessary. For example: 


Pipilo erythrophthalmus (Towhee). 

1905—March 24, April 11 (2), 12 (2), 14 (3), 18, 19, 20, 21 (2), 22 (2), 
23 (3), 24, 25 (3), 26 (2), 29, 30. 

1906—March 6, April 7, 12, 15 (3), 16, 17, 19 (4), 20, 21 (5), 22 (3), 2 
24, 25 (2), 27 (2), 30 (2), May 8. 

1907—March 23, 30 (2), April 3, 4, 6, 14, 16, 20, 24, 26 (5), 27 (3), 28, 
May 1, 4, 5, 6. 


Rejecting the last quarter of the records in each year and selecting 
the middle one of those remaining, as before, we get: 


1905 April 19, 1906 April 19, and 1907 April 20. 


Hirundo erythrogastra (Barn Swallow). 

1905—April 7, 20 (3), 21, 23 (3), 24, 25 (3), 27, 29, 30 (4), May 6, 7, 9. 

1906—April 11, 12, 14, 17, 19, 21 (2), 22 (3), 25 (4), 26, 28 (2), 30, 
May 3, 6, 19. 

1907—March 27, April 6, 20, 21, 22 (2), 24 (3), 26 (2), 27, 28 (3), 30 
May 1, 2, 4, 5 (3), 8 (2), 10, 11, 12, 14. 


1905 April 23, 1906 April 22, 1907 April 26. 


Toxostoma rufum (Brown Thrasher). 
1905— —April 9, 13, 14 (2), 16, 18 (2), 19 (2), 21 (2), 22 (6), 23 (3), 24 (4), 
25 (2), 26, 29, 30, May 3. 
~ * While the ‘migration of f 1907 was very y late, so far as most of the April and all 
the May migrants were concerned, a wave just at, this time brought the Oven- 
birds at their normal date. 


138 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


1906—March 9, April 10, 16, 17 (2), 19 (3), 20, 21 (4), 22 (3), 24 (2), 
25 (2), 26, 27, 28 (2), 30, May 1 (2), 5. 6. 

1907—March 13, 17, April 20, 23, 25, 26 (6), 27 (7), 28 (2), 29 (2), 30 
(2), May 1 (3), 2, 3, 4 (2), 5, 8, 11 (2). 

1905 April 22, 1906 April 21, 1907 April 27. 

The above plan gives us a definite date for all sorts of comparisons 
and one which is independent of the personal equation. The term 
‘became common” may mean a different thing to each individual, but 
the date upon which a species reached half of the stations at which it 
was observed represents a definite point in the increase of its abundance, 
and is a matter of record and not of opinion. 

As so little has been attempted in the way of combining local migra- 
tion records, I find it difficult to discuss the comparative value of dif- 
ferent methods. Some casual allusions by Prof. Cooke to the methods 
employed by him form indeed the only contribution to the subject 
with which I am familiar. He recognizes the danger of including the 
latest dates of arrival in computing averages and rejects them, just as 
I have advocated above, but in deciding how many to reject his method 
seems to lack definiteness and to involve the personal equation. He 
says (Auk, 1907, p. 347), ‘““When using migration records for the calcula- 
tion of average dates of arrival, I usually discard dates that are more 
than six days later than the probable normal date of arrival.” This 
would seem to imply an arbitrary selection of “the probable normal” 
date before any averaging is done, which seems to be a dangerous: 
method. Again, in referring to the combination of the observations 
of twenty-three observers at Washington, D. C., in the Spring of 1907, 
he says, “‘ Many of the notes were duplicates or of no value, but after all 
these had been eliminated,’ etc. [Italics mine]. This is exactly the 
reverse of my method, instead of rejecting “duplicate” records, 
these seem to me to be of the utmost value as pointing to the dates 
upon which the greatest migration took place. It must, however, be 
borne in mind that Prof. Cooke in this instance is ascertaining the 
earliest date—not the date of bulk arrival which, as just explained, 
seems to me a more reliable basis for comparison of migration between 
two distant points, but one which, as I have also explained, is practically 
impossible in the absence of a large corps of observers at each point. 


GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION OF MIGRATION. 

In the Auk for 1889 (p. 139) and 1891 (p. 194) I published some 
papers on the Graphic Representation of Bird Migration, based in 
part upon records of the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club for 1890. 

The attempt was made at this time to record the actual number of 
individuals or the relative ‘abundance of certain species, as noted each 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | 139 


day by five observers, and by plotting the daily totals a chart was 
obtained representing the fluctuations of the migration, which was 
shown to correspond to rises and falls in the curve of temperature 
variation for the same period. In my Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania 
and New Jersey, 1894 (p. 28), a like method was employed. 

Similar and probably much more accurate results may be obtained by 
plotting a curve based upon the total “first arrivals” within the ten- 
mile circle as reported by our Philadelphia migration corps for each 
day of the Spring. 

In the following diagrams such curves are shown for the years 1902 
to 1907, accompanied by curves of temperature variation based upon the 
mean daily temperature at Philadelphia as recorded by the United 
States Weather Bureau, together with an indication of the days upon 
which rain or snow fell. For this meteorological data I am under obli- 
gations to Mr. T. F. Townsend, Director of the Pennsylvania Section, 
U.S. Weather Bureau. 

In the early part of the season it will be noticed that “waves” of 
migration follow closely after marked rises in temperature, but later on 
at the height of the May migration the great “‘ waves”’ or “rushes” often 
occur without any corresponding temperature increase. 

It is well known that birds do not start to migrate on a rainy night, so 
that it is natural to expect sudden drops in the migration curves to be 
correlated with spells of rainy weather, and such is often the case. 
Inasmuch as birds are sometimes overtaken by rainstorms after 
starting on a clear evening, they often arrive at a locality simultane- 
ously with the rain, and as it is not possible to indicate in the diagrams 
the exact time and extent of the daily precipitation allowances must 
be made for some apparent discrepancies in this respect. 

In the following diagrams the vertical lines represent the days from 
February 15 to May 18, while the horizontal lines denote five degrees 
difference in the temperature curve and ten units difference in the 
migration curve; a unit in the latter curve being a “‘first arrival’’ record 
at some one of the stations within ten miles of Philadelphia. Thus if 
the migration curve reaches ten on a certain day it means ten first 
arrivals, 7. e., one species recorded for the first time at ten stations, 
two species at five stations each, or ten different species each recorded 
at a single station as the case may be. Periods of rainy weather are 
indicated by the broken line immediately below the diagram, marked 
“rain.” Each migration is divided into two sections placed opposite 
to each other, so that the curves run across both pages, with the 
comments below. In each chart the upper curve represents tempera- 
ture variation, the lower migration. 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


BRERRRRER RRR RARER SS 
i ON er Rt et 


tT 


In 1902 the temperature rose steadily from February 19 to March 1, 
and a marked migration occurred February 27 to March 1, consisting 
mainly of the bulk movement of Purple Grackles and Robins. 

The mean temperature during March was 46°, six degrees above the 
normal; the highest figures being on March 1, 12, 16, 23 and 29. Marked 
migratory movements occurred on March 10-11, March 23, and March 


1903, Mac! Marte Mar 31 


AGB GSRARM BSR SERA RERE BERERRHOES 
BERR ER ERR RRR RRR RAERERRRREEERAw LL 
SEF RRSSSEREP SRE SER ERE RRR A LLU 
SRR REE RRR RARER REAR LL | 
BERR RRR ERR RRR REE RSL SERRE 
SO eee 
Oe ee 
SESSRESREREEe URES. Vee. 4 Wee 
a PEE SATA EEE B’.2 Veen 
SESS SSSR See 21a 2 1 A 
a SoC SAN apn 
BRBHERENS .\’ AOOBRARRREES DER j 
a BSGGe ah. chee ORK Ltt 
x Ae 
& GK (HGR UF AEST AS 
£BR. €% AEN AG CES SRS 
BERGE .ERREK ASABE Re 
SER RRRER ORES UP eee 
SSR eee Seee2 4, anak. 


Ran —— — — = — — 
In the season of 1903 there was an almost unbroken rise in tempera- 
ture from February 19 to February 28, most rapid from the 25th to the 
end of the month. The bulk movement of Robins and Purple Grackles 
took place on the 27th, accompanied this year by a considerable migra- 
tion of lox Sparrows, 


The mean temperature during March was 49°—unusually high and 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 


1902 
- Apri Apr it May! Wag 8 
SOSH RT TOCA SSN SSR SRO ES RHR 
RES&re 2 * PLAS SASSSSSPAPRTREK ERROR RRR 
ES ES TRE LEDER REARS SPREE PEER REREe 
«ERROR SECA SSERRESeP eRe 
SP ERRBERE | en 
>» SRB ESE ay. lf 
moe. ) Lee SA wi 
cE CR REED fi ba 
(BERR ERAS an oo) 
 RBEEe& rw ae aw 
sot YS RE zB 
ea? SORES es ‘hed 
aes 6 tT sg ae 
ceeee tt tT | ‘ee ay 
ee tT) as pig 
OO ae aR lak 
eC ORHRES n@ ae 
ee tot | ay. \LA 
eee ee = 4 Ad 
Rain a —— = 


29, the Fox Sparrow being a characteristic species of the first move- 
ment, the Chipping Sparrow and Phoebe of the other two. April was 
but little above the normal temperature, the marked increase being on 
the 11th, 23d and 30th, with corresponding migration on April 12, 13, 
21-22, 26, and May 1. The May movement continued until the 4th, 
broken on the 3d by rain. 


V4 
a 
_] 
| 
| 


——_ 
3 amen Si. 487.288. oe 
46) —S=~.88 0h. 40S eee 


ae 
ae 
an 
mia 
ae 
an 
an 
BP 
va 
Au 
Be 
aa 
aR 
ae 
ae 
ou 
we 
wr 
_ 


only equalled once in the previous thirty years. There was only one 
well-marked wave during the month, on the 15th, following the high 
temperature which culminated on the 14th. 

In April the coincidence of migration waves and increases in temper- 
ature will be noticed on April 9, 19, 25 and 30, with the great May 
movements on May 5 and 8. 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


; 
Feb.iF Mart Marit Mar si * | 


EaG : 
et tS Nf NAY 


The early warm wave in 1904 occurred February 22-24, but brought 
only the first arrival of Robins, with no evidence of migration in other 
species. The rain which prevailed at the time no doubt checked any 
general movement. The weather during March was normal and the 
rises in temperature, which culminated on March 3, 7, 13, 20 and 26, 


905, bis mar, | Mar. 15 Mar. 31 


War ah 
SSSGe0""48eeee8 
20° a ft pt 


ioe wT on 

| BRES UBEEPUE i iee 
se) AIL ZING TUNA TY 
a st aA— 


Wilt 


aan ta i WY Be 
eegtscses 
seceusesss 


In 1905 there was no February migration. The rise in temperature 
on March 8 brought the first migratory movement which was checked 
by rain, but resumed again on March 11. High temperature March 
16-19 brought two migratory movements. Rain in April at the time 
of sudden rises in temperature seems to have broken up the regularity 
of the migration or held it in check, and perhaps had something to do 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 


(4 SR So eRe Re 
SCC CE 
See080” ~~. Veaseee || 


J 
Bee.” zea as 
4i\9 JSS ee 1 
SEES 
<o- ) (GS RE RCS R RRR ee 1+ 
BEE C CECE CCA e053 
0000550000000 005000006 ji\Geeal Su) Ghd \PaSeeeeenen 
SRS SE SSS ee RR 2 =e 
BEC eee NSS 


asoa ee Nt nF Bee? PRR RRR RBARRAeS. wens 
BE 4h ae a Gh a 4b Gh __— AEBS 4S SS SSS SSS SSS, 


Ae 


— Rain ae —_— —— 


were followed by migrating movements on March 5, 8, 13, 20 and 27. 
In April the principal movements on the 10th and 25th corresponded 
to marked increases in temperature, while the great May waves 
occurred on the Ist and 6th. 


BAN IOVY 
<* "Gu EP GERRGR UD ce 
“ACEC EERE NSE 


40 tet a fe de 


| z 

5 eS eo a YH 
S50000000000000000R00>"07 Vee OO AeRReSeR V/A 
he w eo ee 


Oe or mS et OEE a ad CL Ae T wie we AH 
CNL | | LAL ALrrAL LIAL A Pees 
6. —""" ebébh «BEER. 402 ERS REE. 


with the proportions of the wave of April 30, which followed the last 
spell of rainy weather and was the most extensive April movement that 
our records show. The May waves occurred on the 3d and 7th. 

The correspondence in the migration curves for 1904 and 1905 is 
remarkable, the movements being about the same in number and 
extent and nearly the same in time of occurrence. 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


Feb.if Mar.1 Mar. 15 Marsh 


a 
an Saa3 2m Ez 
See000000>~ Geese eee eee 
Sh SEER ES 4. Shep oe SeREBEE Saeeees + 

Sae="S".2888)—"2>" ta eee ae a 


Rain - — os = — =_ 
In 1906 the steady rise in temperature February 15 to 21 caused 
one of the most extensive February migrations of which we have 
record. In March, on the contrary, there was no movement of conse- 
quence, notwithstanding two considerable temperature increases 
culminating on the 4th and 26th. 
The explanation of this is to be found in the fact that birds that 
usually form the early March waves had already advanced with the 


|Z 


im meee EEN EAE Ee 
PNecC Ne NSN Titi. 


Rain _— = —— —— _—— — — ——s a a 


In 1907 there was no February migration whatever. March was 
rather warmer than usual, and the five well-marked waves correspond 
with unusual exactness to te mperature increases. The phenomenal 
cold of early April brought migration to a standstill, followed by marked 
waves on April 21, April 26 and May 1, following increases in tempera- 
ture culminating on April 26 and 30. The continued cold weather of 
May delayed the great migratory movements of that month until 
May 11-12 when the birds went through in a great throng, irrespective 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 


7) Apr. '> May ! Mey IS 


a | eer tree Tt) EP ete 

cae | | | Peis | | SE a 
SRE meeeen cer) nope yer th | BLERERRAARAREREP AB 
Sega PEC CCE CECE CEE a8/.88 
TS S88 PT rs TT AIAN VIN 
ene BEREEED 400. (eee HA 2b = 4B NSE ee Ae 
Seeey. DUP ND ABE 0 SEP" ARE ees LRA Pee 
S2era FAN AHH A 
aan 4k RWUSéSSRRRs >. .cABDORARE! | ORME eR 
et | TRE °SRRERe 1. (BRS AVIEE | SIERRA 
28808 BCVIMMRERP UD TERRE SE 1k «e IMB RERERRB EE 
ot se CESARE RRRBECLL OS RS Ee Vif<S: |\SRRSERERORee 
AGS «8 SS SSABRSEs* *\5ERe IR pf 
agnean HAO ALLO 1881's¥ 385 SRSER’. ORES 
wecuEn -. g ~ LT IAIN TT 
ee AN 

von oes 

Ne Seeceegwas 


Ran — — _— Cal _-— ae 


great February movement, and there were no species ready to respond 
to the favorable conditions in March. 

High temperature on April 5 was accompanied by rain and migra- 
tion was not apparent until April 6 to 8 when there was an extensive 
movement. Another occurred on the 13th, while the high tempera- 
ture of April 21 was followed by a wave on the 22d, which was resumed 
on April 25 after a cold rain. The greatest movements were April 
29-May 1, May 3 and May 5 


& 
sa SRSAS! 6. OOF AHORA eee 
.~ SST See ttt 


— 
od Rain —_——— -_ -_ —— — — ee _ _ 


of falling temperature with frost on the morning of May 12. The last 
May wave did not occur until the 19th. 

In this season we have an ex: imple of the difficulty of characterizing 
an entire migration as early or late. The beginning of the movement 
was late, while most of the March dates of arrival were remarkably early ; 
early April migrants were late, but the great movements at the close 
of the month brought conditions nearly to the normal, while the May 
migrants were phenomenally late. 

10 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


WAVES AND THEIR COMPONENTS. 


Accepting the fact that the migratory movement advances by 
“waves” or “rushes,’’—that is to say that the bulk of the migration 
at each locality occurs on certain nights or series of nights,—the 

/question naturally arises:.To what extent are the several “waves” in 
successive years composed of the same species? 

A study of the migration curves will show that there are from eleven 
to fourteen prominent waves during the Spring, taking into considera- 
tion only those which show ten or more arrivals‘ in February and 
March, fifteen to twenty in April, and thirty to one hundred in May. 
These seem to me to be the only movements worthy to be styled waves, 
although some have used the term to indicate far less marked move- 
ments, while others use it only for the most extensive migratory flights.’ 

Selecting forty-seven common species for which we have the fullest 
data, and noting such migratory activity® as is indicated by each on 
the wave-days for the years 1904 to 1907, we find a remarkable corre- 
spondence in the species which make up each wave. And the same 
“wave” may be recognized through a number of years by its com- 
ponent species, though its date may vary considerably. Sometimes a 
movement may be interrupted by unsuitable weather and be resumed 
again later, making two apparent waves in one year which correspond 
to one in other years. Or when conditions are exceptionally favorable 
early in the season, the species which usually compose Wave II, for 
instance, may push forward and form part of Wave I; and although 
conditions at the normal time of occurrence of Wave II may be favor- 
able there will be no movement, simply because all the species usually 
migrating at that time have passed on. 

It seems then that certain species migrate together, advance strag- 
glers of some accompanying the bulk movements of others, and that 
each species is ready for migration at approximately the same time each 
year, the exact date depending upon a favorable combination of 
meteorological conditions. 

The following tables will show which of the forty-seven selected 
species composed the various waves for the four years for which we 


Se ee 


‘Arrival’ here has the same significance as explained on page 193. 

* Cf. Twenty-five Years of Bird Migration at Ann Arbor, Michigan, by N, A. 
Wood, Eighth Annual Report Mich, Acad, Sci. 

* Usually only the “first arrival’ within the Philadelphia circle and the one 
or more marked bulk movements are considered, but sometimes when the first 
arrival was a very early straggler the second arrival is also noted, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 


have the fullest data. Many other less common species arrived on the 
various ‘‘ wave-days,” but their inclusion in the tables would only 
tend to confusion and would obscure the point that I wish to demon- 
strate. Where a species has been omitted in any year it is because 
it failed to arrive on one of fhe wave movements, or because the bulk 
movement was scattered and not concentrated on a ‘‘wave-day.”” The 
scarcity of such omissions, however, illustrates to what an extent the 
migration is concentrated on a comparatively small number of days. 

“ First arrival” in these tables denotes the first individual to be 
reported anywhere within the ten-mile circle. ; 


= 
= 
a 

— 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


148 


“eqaud 
"MOLIBdG XO WT 


“UIqoY 
OppBwary spdang 


“pay 
vid — pesutar-poy 
“YSN, WULF] 
“LO[GAB AA OPAAT 
sqnud 
“MoOLIedg Jodso A 
“MOLVA XO WT 

‘91-11 wy 
“LOGT 


“IQe” 
‘oppowry eydang 


*palq 
“YORE, — pesura-poy 
‘6 YOLD JY 
“LOGI 


['1Bod SI} [ OAV AY 
YJIM poutquog] 


‘9061 


“MOLIBAG XO 4 
‘Paq 
posuULM-poy, 
Baie 
‘oppBary odang 


rie 


“MOLIBY Jadso A 
(pz) Moaredg xoiT 
“patq 
-Yov[g, posurm-poy 
VE-ee fiapnagay 
“9061 


OU 
‘appoway aiding 


“parq 
vg pesura-poy 


"MOLIBAY XO 
‘6I-OF Pw py 
‘SOGT 
TT SAV MM 


Badd «| 
‘appwry oydang 


*palq 
-oBv[gE — posuLM-poy 
"8 YOU JY 
*SO6I 


"| GAVM 


“eqoy 
‘OpPpRry aiding 
‘Pa 
vig = pesura-poy 


(pz) mouedg opty S]DALLLY ISL] 


‘OI-8 PLOW 
“POGT 


“HIQOY 


‘oppoeay eyding™ 


“Pag 
“RET 
"Gg youn py 

“bOGT 


posuLa-poy “ee 


"UIUWAILO JY YN 


“SPDULLy PS.ty 


149 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1908.] 


‘mouedg surddryy 
‘modedg sedso A 
“aquyd 


“MOT[VMG WIBET 
19] 


“(UB A, WB MOTPX 
‘yopsuryy UMOI-Aqnyy 


(pz) Ysnay,y, yu FY 
(pa) OY MOT, 
‘08-68 YD 
‘LOGI 


‘MOLIBdg Jadso A, 
. 840ud 
‘OOY MOT, 
“mouedg surddryy 
‘Té-G8 YW 
“LOGI 


["awod SI} TT OABAL 
{FIM pourquo 9D] 


“LOGT 


‘Momedg surddryy 

‘MoLivdg radsa A 

‘eqeoud 

"U9IM OSTOFT 

‘(pz 4oysvlyy, UMOIg 
"19] 

-QUB A WB] MOTOA 


“qopsuryy UMOL9-Aq ny 


“USNIG L FULIe Fy 
“LOTGIB AA OPA 
"(pZ) 9eY MOT, 
8-9 tuidy 
“906T 


“parq 
“vg — pesura-poy 


‘mouiedg surddryg 


"GE YILD WY 
“9061 


“MOLIBAG XO 


“OQ 
‘Bl Yow yy 
“9061 


‘mouredg surddryy 
‘Modivdg Jedsa 4 


“qa 


“9OYMOT, 
‘96 YOY 
‘GO6I 
‘A GAVM 
“patq 

“oe, = pesura-poy 
“equ 
‘mouedyg Surddiyy 
‘MoOLIvdg sodse 4 


‘6I-8T PLD 


“SOGT 
“AT DTAVM 
“paq 
-\ov[g_, — pesULA-poyy 
“MOIIBAY XO 
9qsdd 


‘OL yoo yy 
‘GO6I 
VIT DAV AY 


‘mouiedg Surddryyg 
‘moLiBdg s3edso 4 


“qa 


“JOIGIVA, OPAATY 


“DOT AM At 


"LO-96 YIdd [Vy 


“POI 
patq 

“oR = pesura-poy 
‘oq@ud 


‘mouredg surddiyg 


“mOLIBdY adse A’ 


‘08-61 You WW 
“POGL 


“paq 
-\ov[gT pesura-peyy 


“modEdg XO y- 


‘aqwud 
‘SI-6l Yunyy 
“POGT 


““uaUno Wy yng 


‘SPDULLLY Jit 


“quaMano py yng 


‘SPAY WAY 


“UIUAIAO JY YIN 


‘SpDALLLY JST 


——— | = t—~S 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


150 


“TOTqaBe AA OP AATY 
‘yopuLyy UMOL-AqNYyT 
' 19] 
“(IBAA WB MOTOR 
“YSU ], WULF] 


“YSH.LY T, 10VB AA 
“parqyey 

“LOTR AA 
O14 M-pur~j ov |g 
“qylag AouuUTYy’) 
“MOT[BMG Ue Ey 


‘Cb-06 Judy 


“LOG 
[A 
DAB UL papnypuT] 
‘LOG 


‘qopsuryy UMOID-AQNYT 
19] 

“(ae WR] MOTOR 

“YSNAYT, WULLO FT 


“VWJIMg AOUUUTYD 
“MOT[BAQ WIR 


‘el yudy 
‘9061 


[A 
VARMA UL popnpuy] 
‘9061 


‘QOY MOT, 

“19] 
“GI@M WIS MOTPPA 
“YSnayL, UO FY 


‘19 
“IBAA WR] MOTOR 
‘LO[QIV AA MOTTO 
*pPallqyeg 
‘LOYSBIYT, UMOAET 
“QJIMG AOUUUTYS 
“MOT[BAG Weg 
‘oT judy + 
11-6 [ud 
“SO6L 


TEA FAV AA 


‘yo[suryy UMOLD-Aqnyy 


“LOTQIV AA OPAATY 
‘qO[SULY UMOLO-Aqnyy 
“YSNAay yy, PUL Fy 

TT pudy 


‘SOGL 
‘TA TAVM 


“LO[QIB AM OPAATY 

‘yo[Sury UMOI-Aqny 
“19] 

“IBM WRT MOTOA 

“Ysnay,y, WULF] 


"yworyy 

-MOTPPA PUBLAIV 
“LOQIB 

9491 M-pur-y oe lg 

“JOYSBAYT, UMOIG 

“VyIMg AouUTYD 


‘MOT[BMG Weg 


‘41 pudy + 
OL judy 
“POGL 


‘morredg Surddryy 


19] 


“(IBAA THR MOTOR 
‘qO[DULY UMOIN-AQnyy 


“Ysnayy, WULF” 


e pudy 
“POGT 


“PUIMALO JY YN 


‘SPDUMLY J8L0 9] 


“pUIULLO TY yng 


‘SPDUMAY Sty] 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 


Wave VIII. 


1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 
April 23-26. © April 22-25. April 21-25. April 26-28. 
First Arrivals—Nine species have arrived on this wave in at least 

three of the four years, i.e., Scarlet Tanager, Yellow Warbler, 
Black-throated Green Warbler, Ovenbird, Water Thrush, House 
Wren, Catbird, Wilson’s Thrush and Wood Thrush. Five others 
arrived in two out of the four seasons, 7.e., Rose-breasted Grosbeak, 
White-eyed Vireo, Redstart, Maryland Yellow-throat and Yellow- 
breasted Chat. 

Bulk Movement—The bulk of this wave comprised the same seven 
species in each of the four years, 7.e., Chimney Swift, Barn Swallow, 
Black-and-White Warbler, Myrtle Warbler, Maryland Yellow- 
throat, Brown Thrasher and House Wren. To these are to be added 
the Yellow Warbler in 1904 and the Ovenbird in 1907. 


Wave IX. 
1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 
April 29-May 1 April 29-30. April 29-May 1. May 1-8. 


+ May 3. 

First Arrivals—Six species arrived on this wave each year, @.e., Balti- 
more Oriole, Kingbird, Red-eyed Vireo, Blue-winged Warbler, 
Magnolia Warbler, Parula Warbler, and in three of the four years 
Great Crested Flycatcher, Indigo-bird, Yellow-throated Vireo, Black- 
throated Blue Warbler. 

Bulk Movement—Seven species were abundant during this wave in 
each of the four years, 7.e., Black-throated Green Warbler, Redstart, 
Water Thrush, Ovenbird, Catbird, Wilson’s Thrush and Wood 
Thrush, and in three of the four the Yellow Warbler and Scarlet 
Tanager. 


Wave X. 
1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 
May 5-8. May 3 + 7. May 5-6. May 8 + 10-12. 


First Arrivals—Species usually arriving on this wave Chestnut-sided 
Warbler, Blackburnian Warbler, Canada Warbler, Black-poll Warbler, 
Wood Pewee, Hummingbird, Yellow-billed Cuckoo. 

Bulk Movement—In all four years Baltimore Oriole, Wood Pewee, 
Great Crested Flycatcher, Indigo-bird, Rose-breasted Grosbeak, 
Scarlet Tanager, Red-eyed Vireo, White-eyed Vireo, Yellow-breasted 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 


~ 


Chat, Chestnut-sided Warbler. In three of the four years Blue- 
winged Warbler, Black-throated Green Warbler, Black-throated 
Blue Warbler, Magnolia Warbler, Black-poll Warbler, Kingbird. 


Wave XI. 


1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 
May 10-11. May 12. May 12-13. May 19. 
Bulk Movement in all four years—Yellow-billed Cuckoo, Hummingbird, 

Wood Pewee, Magnolia Warbler, Blackburnian Warbler, Black-poll 
Warbler and Canada Warbler. 


Srx YEARS REcoRDS AT PHILADELPHIA. 


The following tables present a summary of the arrival dates of the 
ninety species which are printed upon the schedules of the Delaware 
Valley Ornithological Club for the years 1902 to 1907, based upon the 
records of from twenty-five to thirty-five observers for each year, all 
located within ten miles of the center of Philadelphia. 

Under “‘first arrival” is given the average date of the first observa- 
tion reported by any of the observers, and also the earliest and latest 
first arrival for the six years under consideration. Under “bulk 
arrival” is given the date for each year when the species had been 
reported at half the stations, computed as explained on page 137, and 
also the average of these six dates. In some cases the data were too 
meager to warrant this computation, in which instances the dates are 
omitted and only first arrivals given. In a few species, marked by an 
asterisk, dates which obviously referred to winter residents have been 
rejected, while in the case of the Long-billed Marsh Wren, Pine 
Warbler and perhaps a few others the data are probably not sufficient 
to give accurate results, the species being rare or local. 


——— 


153 


§ AvP IT Avg 
o AvP AUP 


FL Avo 

PARC ig 
r AUS Av Z 
p Aug Av og 
6 AUNT AUST 
ce “idyiog *ady SI 


IL AVWIZT Av EL 
fa, 


OL ‘ady gt “ady gy 


a | 


9% AVES “AVL 
Tt Avpier Avy eT 


6 AVI rons 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 
oD 
= 
oS 
= 
. 


PL VOL Pen 
gz “ady|sz I 
og “adyig Pa 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


-rolst “UN ET 


“EW LT aT 
‘ady zz ‘udy ¢z 
ma ‘ady 


oswAY | LOT | 9061 | 


semis sols 
VW I AUN g 
Aw i} Nelas 
“IGV GT “VW 0% 
adv . AVS 

Vip Aug 
AvW n AVIV Z 
Viz ‘ady oz 
peal: AVN OL 


‘adyg cady ¢ 
‘Ady bE “VIN 0% 


Avs. AVN 6 


Ae. Avwor 


‘AVARRIY WIA 


AUN 6 


AVIV ZI 


Pia 


“ady 


‘IBY 
AVN 


Avy 


ay 


‘dy 9% 
‘ady Z 


Au 6 Avg Avy 


1 Avplr Avy 
er Avy 
Avg Avyplg Avy 


‘VW ES “AVVO “AVY 


Aut Avie Avy 
AUN G é Aula Avy 
AVWIOL Avy 
‘ady Z ae ‘adylez “ady 
Avr Avylo Avy 


ee | 

‘ “ARTY 

Av 

‘IV 

‘IVY 

AVY 

AvW 

‘1 cady 

g ‘ady 

GI “AVY 

Te eee ele canqy 
wea 
‘“aidy¢ Avpis~ ady 
i OL “ady 
Avw sz “adylog “ady 
a ee 


OF 
£ 
LI 
iG 
SG 
bl 
Z 
as 
OL 
0% 


“ady le 
“ady 9z 
“ady'g 
ady £ 
‘IVIN ET 
‘dy 6% 
‘ady 6% 
“ady ¢ 
‘ady 21 
‘ady Of 


“ady 27 
“qa j21 


‘ady 91 
“Qo 6 


‘IV PI 
ARIV 9 


‘ady ¢ 
“VN a 
IV OF 
‘qq 2 
“Qo a 
‘ady 7 
‘ady Z1 
‘IV 6% 
‘adv 1 


qed F 


Aewt “snsonzho ahuoyonoc ‘ yuroqog 
adypo" “sn aouopyiee uy ‘saypoywo AL yuo] 
Av] sua08e11a rouopid wg Aoyoyvo ALy uviproy 
s)he uma a suas sndopuos ‘ B9MIT POO AL 
whe a ** oqwyd srusofing ‘aqaud 
“ady}""" ed snyaanvi py ° JO WIA LT pose) 
adyy""" snuunsli} snuunsh | *paiqaury 
Av “eLuqnjoo enpryso4 J | ‘parqaururun yy 
ady “ pobnjed vanjoy,) “LS Aouuity,) 
“ady “snupibsi sopapsoy) ‘YAVpT WAIN 
ady nuo/to0 snumopsosu y “TTL msooddty M 
“qs ts sna] snyoano sad ojo, ‘ JOYOUs 
ady : “snpoydavesy} 
-lisa oti mud}? JY ‘Toyo ad poo Ay _pepvay-poy 
SAW cetera tetteseeeeatnneentanneetss ALAA 
snoidovahiydy ‘rayonsdug POTP-MOTP.A 
“rey a3 uofioyo apis 1) ‘soysytury 
AVN sani onion tte seen EY) 


-ydosypfiaa weniioic ‘ooyany) POU ovr 
AVI]: ‘snupoysouD snzliv00,.) ‘ooyany) POTEG-MOTP A 


1 | cle eam “DAND SapADYy}D,) ‘ongyn, \ Aoyangy, 
“AVN “"""SESUIUNOADI “POY UOIPUDT ‘£aadsQy 
VW . pian “DANOAIDU pam, spe! “VA0q] 
“Uy ~~ sndof{woa snyvalixe ‘ 400PTIM 
“ady}" “SNLADNOS SDULOAPO}? J] ‘K tdpuvg Capos 
‘ady ‘DiADnaDUe SIIY “a on peniodg 
“ey sno “u xosoonoliny ‘uosop, WIN 
“adyp" "SUIISILLE SaPMOjNG ‘UOIOPT WHAM 
b WN . “oe sisuapDUD? DjUDAG ‘A800H) UpRUT) 


“IVARDIY LSUly 


ACADEMY OF 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE 


154 


g ABWITL 
61 ‘Ady|2z 
61 ‘Ady|sz 
ae ‘Ady|1z 


g AvWOT 
ZL Avior 
g AvWIIT 
6L “ady|oz 
8 ‘aey¢ 
61 “AVIN|Z 
6% “TBIA|8Z 
8z ‘Ady|sz 
OF ABIES 
€ “AVIA 
¢ AvWior 
G Av |p 
N\ “IBY 9| 
OL VW ST 
GZ 


“IRN 


AVI F 


‘ady|F1 
ady 
ady 
ady 


AV € 
ABIN'G 
AGI | 
‘ady 61 
ine 


“vW LT 
“IBY Ve 


“Idy 6% 


“IBN iS 
“IBN GS 


| 
AUW 
AU F 


“AUIN SZ 
“AUN 
UW CZ “ICING 


ARI 
ady 


O€ 


-ady Of 


‘ady 
‘aidy 


AVN 
AVIV 


ARVIN 
“ady 
“qou 


“ARTY 6 


“idy 
“ady 


ady 


“DP 


AGW 


Av 


“IVALUY MTA, 


‘8% 


&G 


“qe /9T 
“IBIN OT 
“AVIAN ES 


edveAy | 2061 | 9061 | CO6I 


Aewg Avy 6G Av p Avplp Avy 


‘ady $2 
‘ady €% 
‘ady $Z 


ABW 9 
AvIN 9 
AVW 9 


‘ady £Z 


‘ady 61 


“TBST 


“avy oz 
Z “AVINIE 


‘ady iT 


“ABN LE 
“BINS 


ABW |G 
Avy|¢ 


“IRIN 
“IBNIST 
» ABINIIG 


‘ady oueswecccccvcelecses 
“ady SI ady eeees 
‘dy $% “Ady Fz 
‘aidy $% “Ady st 
ABN ABV G 
AvW fF ARTS 
Av Tene eee eee i 
‘ady 21 “ady 0 
“UAT ARS 
“IVIL FT “ACL GZ 
‘ady ZZ “AIT OF 
AvW 9% “Ady 97% 
“TRY ¢ TBTY ¢ 
‘IVA T  “ABIN|SZ 
Avy AvW|f 
AGIV'6  ABINIP 
“VIN € “IBN <n} 
“IBNIG = “AVy) 2 
ABW EG ARTY “pa 
FOGL | £06T | Z 


FI “ae 
wee ie 
eeeecnces ZG dy 
‘ady|zt “ady 
‘adylot “ady 

G ABN 

6 ‘ady 
Ave Avy 
AVIS Av 
ABI Avy 
idyjg -‘ady 
TENET “Ley 

tz ady 
‘IEWVIOL “LEY 
“IENI6S “AEN 
idyjez “ady 

Go “AVIN 
‘dy IPG “Ae 
“Qale “AR 

iL “TB 
AVWIZ Avy 
AVN P ARTY 
peas BI “aaa 
“TRING “IBY 
aoe 9 “IeTy 


“IVARRIY LSUly 


“TBYY 6a 
“ady 9% 
Avy I 

ae 
“IB 1Z 
‘qaqa 1 

“IB 62 
“QoL xP 
“IVY ZS 
‘ady 12 


ag i OL 
“qe ol 


“QOD &EG WT 


“IEW ST 
ady | 
“ady | 
“G2 |#9 
“Qoy] ¢ 
“BAST 


OGT |20-ZOG6T souayxGy odweAy 
| 


“aidy Pe eeeeercnscnscveresece, snaopayo OLA ‘oad, peAe-pay 
“IeWl “unso.pas syadu y ‘pliqarepad 
ie RAR cn nm “pagar 


-1as xhsajdopibjajy ‘aoypeag pasuta-ysnoy 
A eet e newer ecceesseasees pitpd tt prod vay MOTTENS yueg 
7 sda hades 10j0019 BUI0Ld OPLL] ‘MOTPEAG BLT, 
> baat DAPSDHOLY ila OPUNLL FT ‘MOYEMS UTE] 
suo.{iUun] UOpYaYyI0s}I J ‘MOTTEMS YD 
ae signs aubo.g ‘unre eydang 
ee Sa UoLyp isa DBUDLLT *IIBVUBY, Y[IBIS 
eek Ra Se oe ae pauvlia purLiassv, J ‘pllq-ODIpuy 


ady Steet ee eeeneee sere renee sess eeecesessesenseenessssesesseeeees pup 
“opn) Dipojauvz “Ywaqsodr) paysvarq-osoy] 
Sa eer snupoyydosyjhisa opuli gg ‘AY MOT, 
SS 1] pacing eer oo DIDY? D)]249IS$Vq ‘mowiedg xo y 
Ieyy} -punrbsoab vzidsopa yy ‘woirmedg dureag 
P77 aa ela ea pypsnd pyjazid gy ‘moumedg yay 
‘a ee sypwos nyjazdg ‘mouredg Zuiddryy 
aidy FUER Stee enn w anes eres aeeeeeeeeneees es eeanseeene erases ee wmnsvDUUD 
-aps “d snpnovuinjog ‘moiredg saddoyssvir 
“IBPY]  DUuUvavs *s snpnosasspg ‘Moredg VUUBARS 


snaurupib $9900 g ‘MOLIRdS 1adsa 4 
“~pynosind snpoosin¢) ‘O[YoVIL) ayding 


“IBY 


“Ie a ““SNULOLDI snioydn 7 paiqyoeyg Asny 
Avy pie: ones pyngwb snsajaq “ojOuUG esouwrnnyeg 
ON ade neat sntunds Snsao7 ‘AJOUG, PABYAG 
sh: aia ae eh pubpu pausing “YAwT Mopweayy 
“IBIQ] “Sma, unyd snippb y ‘paqypryd pasuta- poy 

pases sone tee ee ee 4970 SN.LY}0]0 JY “PAIGAoy 


“IBY 


155 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


1908.] 


9G 
& 
66 
£ 
9 


“ady 


Avy 
Aw Ni 


Av 
Avy 


Avy 
AVY. 


na N| 


anny 
Avy 


“ady 
Av 
Av 
AVIV 


osRI0AY : 


SI 


SG 


8 
a, 


08 


8 


LT 
Ol 


I 
9 
g 


2o6t | 906t | gost | FO6T oot | £O6T ot | 2 ZO6L |20- sre igeinees gpm: 


‘udy 62 
AUN ¢ 
AVW & 
“ady Og 


ady €1 


AUN 08 
Av 


0 
AU) L 
AVI Pb 
AVIS 
‘ady|2 
AVI 


‘ady 0g 
AVE 
AINE 
AvVIN9 


‘adv |2Z 
Av F 
ABN 63 
AGW Z G 
AVI G 


svasaleee 
ady 87 
AUN 
Ave 
‘ady |g 


‘udy'gr 


‘udy 9 
AVIS 


AVS 
ABW) L 


ABN) L 
“ady |ez 
ABN 9 


“ady is 
ABE 
AVIN|E 
AVW|9 


‘ady| 22, 
ACNE 
dy 0g 
ABIN'G Z 
ABN, , 


“IVAW MTA 


I 
ACW 


ady he 


AvWL 
‘ady 9 
AVI TL 


ae 


ry, I 
= ib 
Av FT 
AVIV G 
diel, ! 
“"ady 2% 
AQIV € 


| 


ABW 08 


dy 0% 


AVY 9 


| 
‘ady | 2Z 
AvW Pp 
AUF 
ABN 8% 


‘ady gz 


Avy 


a 


AvW OL 


ACW ET 
ABVIN'E 


AGN 8 
‘ady £3 
AV & 


“ady 27 


AUW F 


‘ady]9z 
AvP 
AVN LZ 
‘ady}sz 
8 
“adyilez 


I> 


4G 


AvWOE 
AVINITT 
AUWIOT 
Av ¢ 


AVINIZ 
‘ady {or 
ACT 


‘ady Sz 
ABN 


ady I 
ae. 9 


‘ady 
AU 
ady 
‘ady 
AV 
“ady 


ady 
ady 


Av 


Av 
Av 


Avy 
ady 


AVIV 


ady 
Av 
AVIV 
AU 


“ady 
ady 
“ady 
Av 
AVIV 


“adv 1Z ° 
‘ady 0g 
ady ¢z 

‘ady 9% 
ady | 

bi jh 
‘ady 0% 
‘ady sz 


Au p 


| 
Avy 9 
‘ady | 

{ 
‘ady || 
“an 64 
“ady) [22 
-ady ¢z 
“ady 9z 
‘ady. | I 
‘ady ee 
‘ady SI 
ady ILS 
‘ady $Z 


‘ady 62 
“idy|z 


“VARY LSUuly 


be! sas ‘wecinay ear 291A", "y Ayonquay 
an SISUIIDLOQAION SNLNIIY ‘YSNIAYLT, OVW AY 
ath act ar “snynd pv04.nn snanwyg “pstquaa(d) 
AVN ae *4O]OI81p napOMpuay “de a be M ouleid 
ady HHA RE OREO Ree tere renee eee eeeeeeeneeeees tereee “pashsyo 
-odfiy “d Davospuac] “11GB A Med AOTPA 
a ee ‘1stobia DROspUICT ‘2[GQIB A OUT 
ady HAR OO OO RRR H OREO Heenan ene eneeeneeHneens Deas eeneaeeeseesenes surat 
pIoLpUuay ‘1a|Gawe AY WddIE) pewosy-youlgy 
MENG 
-Y90]Q DROApuagD ‘JBIqAVAA  WeTMUNGyoVy gg 
Avy" “DDS DIVApUaCT ‘1aTqIe Wy Tod-yovyg 
AVY HORE R RRR R ORE REE E EEE EOE EERE EEE SHEE REESE EEE EE Eee porvupaplis 
-uad pooipuagr ‘1a{qae/ MM Peprs-ynuysayy 
Aww" ““DSOPNIDUL DINOLPUICT “A9TqAY A BOUumETY 
“rey “DDUOLOD DILOLPUACT ‘EGA A BPAAT 
“ady HARES AERA HERR ERNE EO eee Ree eee eR ee eR Eee Ewes eseee "SUIISIPNADI 
poipusg, ‘I{GIVAL AN] poeywwosyy-yourg 
gh) sable bi ""“DAYSD DINOAPUICT ‘zo[que M MOT 


‘ady|""puvowown sidfiqyjosd wo) ‘r9]qav Ay BNIB 
Avy] snuid pprydoypupueye fy J9TqrtB A pasuta-onig 
“ady + REESE E ROE ESHER O OE EEE E EEE EEE EERE EEE EE EERE ESSE HEHE RES EOS snioa 
“lu SOLIYpUpATT ‘O|GIB\ Buywo-u109 Ay 
“ady}-Diwpe DpYyOrU TY *oTqae, 23! on \-PUB-yourg 


“ady]“"""stsus2DLoganou 09404 OottA paso-ovtL AN 
“ady eeetei Settee tr tT “sniippyos te O@ITA Areqyog 
‘adyp oo suosfranp 09.42 4 ‘Oar,  orvoaiy -MOTP A 
Avy se eeseeeseese eeeeeeee seenee ‘snanp 09.42, uyque M 


‘IB G Av 


‘ady\2z “Ady gz ° 


& 
o) 
3) 
(=) 
a 
oO 
=< 
& 
is} 
& 
<a 
° 
Nn 
o 
v4 
Lal 
a 
i= 
(3) 
oO 
ce) 
oa) 
PB 


afeniy | L061 | 9061 


| POG | £061 | 


Ie, 


“IV SZ 


AVIV 9% 
Aue 
AvIN OL 
AVIV 


GO6T [20-ZO6T soos oFvs0AY 


“IVAINUY WIAET 


156 


“TIVALIUY LSU 


“qo Poa | Ansan ee ee seen e eer eeeeseeeewsneeeeeenee sypis pynig “parqontcd 

“qo «FT 24 eee enne seer erereesesseees tecvevee, prtopoibru Dyna JY uIqoyy 
ady rerrererrrrr yy) usppypod “bh ppyowopli fy ‘ysniyy UL} 
ady PIStETTISTT ttre 20s 


-wipns "sn DpYywopi PT ‘YSNAYT, PeysVg-ayo 
Avy] anayy vpynvo7fi py “ysnayy, peyootp-AwiL) 


SOG suaasaosn! ppynvopfi FT “YSNIYT, § WOSTLA 
So. Ce ag Duyapsnut Dpynsoph FY “YSNAY.T, POO AL 
‘ady|"ppynpuappes snpnbay “aury peuaoso-Aqnyy 
Avy Wreteeettirrrrrierrirrrrirtrrrrrtt te staysnyod 
sojipoppwpy ‘“‘WaIy = YSIRPy pey[iq-suo'y 
aidy an dcenasad ends Wameaih uop2v sajhipopbo., J, ‘UA, asnoy] 
> Wahlen ara un{ns DULOPSOXO J, ‘IAYSBAYT, UMOIGT 
ady Oe corcecsevesccbsses StsSUuIU0LD9 say 09809)04) *‘paiqae) 
ady eetESetrerrrecrerrri rit 7 pypouns pbvydopy ‘qanyspey] 
hegre: Stsuappuns Duos]? 4{ ‘TOTGIB AY BPBUB) 
ee SUILLA DILIPIT “YY POSWAG-MOTP | 


or 
~] 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 1: 


May 5. 
ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Thirty-four persons present. 


On the nomination of the Council, Profs. Henry F. Osborn, 
Amos P. Brown, Richard A. F. Penrose, Jr., Frederick Prime and the 
President of the Academy were appointed on the Hayden Memorial 
Committee. 


The death of Henry B. Medlicott, a Correspondent, April 6, 1905, 
was reported. 


Dr. Spencer Trorrer made a communication on points in the 
anatomy of the Apes, special attention being given to divergencies in 
the musculature. (No abstract.) 


May 19. 
ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Thirty persons present. 
Joun W. HarsHperGer, Ph.D., made a communication on the geo- 


graphical study of bud opening in connection with isothermal lines. 
(No abstract.) 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


REVISION OF NORTH AMERICAN SPIDERS OF THE FAMILY LYCOSIDE. 


BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN, 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


PAGE 
Wn bFO ACEO... -ienis sect aperdes eptekt ceca erage owe noes nrecvenugnstnengghsbinehepe eile is eee 158 
Lists of described North American Ly cosid®...............ccsccssessecsseeeseecsecsatencearenene 163 
"The Family Liycoeh ies scsi si 5,6 foes uses condi costo oe scarves Soesevebocuansortensentes hugh ball an 165 
Mery to Gemer inne spin stnndonin eaaptnsessrt psinsesen obs on okseyesi es ene nepcpeinsiapiys niet eesn ian 169 
The Genus Pardosa: 

Dean ORI acs occas poset seh ead anteay at og nn insite td dz > a ov 2nd ces vn dp pence 170 

Kay te OCR oo se sheep chcetct eno What nsse donde Ganepaitann kj woneeng cms aborts 172 

Description Of Semen. ccescckks scene sass. ccerauaderveressoresseedeseosesaecervansa a 174 
The Genus Schizocosa: 

DREN... cc cciskecte abe ties en sans tran eonenssebyite canted faGp atch ies onan ot ea 210 

Mey Co: PSCC 5 seeeatte beret 00s ove nact naan dev eaenee py seRe RDN Ne benbedi Ane bsn sks ee 212 

DeReription Of Spee tia cites: 5... .0050cs!a-nasnvsnahsaspultbaepheetnag veoke ben assepoutt 212 
The Genus Lycosa: 

We Gini tA On... cv5. seresteeseceteesogsosssseap oeccepoeseeaesc dns pater OUBeeCRe de ore tens Caer pete aaa 220 

Bey 60 SP CCh CS ass coca vos-Pescesenvincvsteyannnseseseuusae ant ipueg ergy ia netn aD dt scpeaiaee =e eae 223 

Description Of sPene tl sa. x ois..n...2+..0..000csntetbunsevaydenepbantsadeontess oyry paisa 226 
The Genus Allocosa: 

Dre Ginna th nn. «cscs Sereceattes a0 ono 0010 500d tsi canaddensdosenscnseitshitiny aston Aiea gaan 284 

Key to SpeCies........sssessseecsssesssessssesssesssutessnsesnecssucsanearnunesnsesnsenanecennecsunennnennanaans 285 

Description Of POGGBrtos\.....0...+..sencesssenessnnaseraresosnas ssnqgho> vss casheuuen gus piaenn 285 
The Genus Sosippus : 

Dre Grn 5 O00 i wviie sss cntels sk fre sos son wioepnsn das exetipe ens noma sinsn toes rated) ea 292 

Description Of SPOCHOD Assen se ssisescocsicsersesoasonssesosnassesatecbenvwn debts cig umn 293 
The Genus Trabea: 

Dreier bi One sick ssc nc vv aces vnneds neslencssconaciny stanisasastysonezycaedvgts Seana mann 295 

Deseription: OF BGHOB...1.51....0.sscicsebescesssnsonsucsescesnneniien sonsveeasttounsesss dine iers amine 296 
The Genus Sosilaus : 

Deefieni ten, sinckasccittentieties cee cx encesesnissiisseridees snasobvacn’ ges Cain RRmeph telex tenn :.. 298 

Description Of GPOGNCB...:........:....csssssssseisssnestesbasstourtennisterindssesssesinclegelamennn 298 
The Genus Pirata: 

Doe fleeni theo cs succor clas techs see 000+ s0eenenesccsunsnyssnnvenehoPedens sieeshi siltstones iil 299 

Key t0 8p cic ..cccoscsssosseessessessversscessessvasseseveassesenebeaniunsnanesovasuvennsseutsastaastyseaniainl 301 

Description Of SPOGOG:.......0...0.:..ssccccssscosnesoveqeereesesnexsrinane fosyourishensiennst> sisi 301 
Explanation Of Plates....:cscceccesssssssssssssssrecseecenensessnssssnsssessanessseqesssensvasnensensenesaseuses 316 


INTRODUCTION. 


The Lycoside form one of the most successful of all families of 
spiders. Their common names of wolf and running spiders indicate 
their dominant traits. All live close to the earth, roaming freely and 
boldly, and with rare exceptions capturing their prey by the chase 
rather than by means of webs or other strategy. They are among the 
most familiar and widely distributed of spiders, The Piratas and 


‘fs = 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 


most of the small and excessively active Pardosas keep close to the 
water, when alarmed running out freely over the surface, in 
adaptation to which action their tarsi are specially modified in the 
arrangement of hairs and bristles. The larger Lycosas may mingle 
their colors with those of the dried leaves and twigs of the woods, 
lurk beneath the stones of roadside and field, wander in the open or 
burrow in the sand of the seashore or the soil of the plain. Every- 
where they are familiar; not because of large number of species, nor 
because of their bold open habits, but especially because of the 
excessive abundance of individuals resulting from successful adapta- 
tion to conditions widely available. 

All true spiders depend upon living animals, mostly insects, for food. 
Since they ingest only the body juices of their prey, what seems at 
first an amazing quantity of insects is required to satisfy their nutritive 
needs. Most spiders have met this requirement through the develop- 
ment of instinct and skill, accompanied of course by those structural 
modifications necessary for their effective exercise, in the construction 
of webs. The line of divergence of the Lycosidw, however, has been in 
the direction of capacity for taking prey by the chase. The high arched 
cephalothorax and the long stout legs plainly bespeak strength and 
speed. But strength and speed alone would be quite ineffective 
without the simultaneous development of the sensory system, to enable 
the spiders to detect and with some certainty to follow their prey. 
Such development has affected strongly the sight; other senses, except- 
ing touch, being seemingly but feebly developed. This is manifest in 
the differentiations in size and arrangement of the eyes. It has been 
shown that the arrangement of the eyes is such as to make the animal 
aware of movements within its limit of vision in front, at the sides 
and through a considerable are behind, the are directly forward being 
covered particularly well. The eyes fall very clearly in three rows. 
The first row, situated across the lower part of the face, is composed of 
four small eyes placed in different planes; the second of two eyes, large 
in size and directed antero-laterally; the third of two medium-sized 
eyes situated farther back on the pars cephalica and directed latero- 
caudally. This arrangement of the eyes is apparently associated 
with the characteristic elevation of the pars cephalica. The high 
dorsally narrowed cephalothorax and the placement of the eyes in 
three distinct rows as described are features by which the Lycosida 
are usually to be detected at a glance. Other characters serving with 
those mentioned to distinguish members of this family are the three 
claws of the tarsi, the notching of the trochanters at the outer end 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


beneath, and the excavation of the posterior piece of the superior lorum 
of the abdominal pedicel. 

Most of the wolf spiders build no webs of any kind for ensnaring their 
prey. A few forms (Sosippus, Hippasa), however, construct sheet 
webs over stenes and low bushes with central, funnel-like retreats, 
much like those of some Agelenide. In these web-constructing forms 
there is a strong development of the superior spinnerets, similar to that 
in the latter family. 

The females without exception enclose their eggs in cocoons, which 
they carry about attached to their spinnerets until the young hatch. 
After hatching the young are carried about on the back of the parent 
until able to shift for themselves with some degree of safety. In 
making these cocoons the spiders first spin upon the ground a cireu- 
lar disk, which they enlarge usually until its diameter is about equal to 
the length of their bodies. A suitable scaffolding of threads is con- 
structed preliminary to the spinning of the disk. After the basal disk is 
completed the spider presses out from the genital ducts upon the 
center of the disk a drop of viscid fluid, into which the eggs are allowed 
to fall. She then spins over the eggs a covering sheet, fastening its 
edges to the basaldisk. The cocoon is then cut loose from its attach- 
ments by means of the chelicere, the ragged edges are neatly taken 
up and fastened to the wall of the cocoon, and over the whole fresh 
threads are spun while the cocoon, held beneath the cephalothorax by 
means of the third legs, is rotated by cheliceree and palps. The result 
is a neat egg-sac, lenticular in form and showing a distinct seam (Par- 
dosa), or spherical in form and either with a less distinct seam at equator 
(Pirata) or without a seam evident (Lycosa). 

As a rule the Lycosids born during any season pass the succeeding 
winter in the half-grown condition, not reaching maturity until the 
following summer or late spring. The smaller members of the family 
live but a single year, and during this time build no retreats for them- 
selves. The larger Lycosas, however, are known to live for several 
years. Many of these build burrows, which they close upon the 
approach of winter by means of plugs or lids. These burrows may be 
mere shallow, nest-like excavations loosely lined with silk or may be 
deeper, more skilfully executed tunnels. In some cases a rampart or 
turret is built up about the opening of the burrow, apparently to. 
prevent the drifting in of débris, ete. This rampart may be composed 
of particles of sand or earth,or of pieces of straw, grass or sticks, 
superposed and bound together by means of silk. The same burrow 
may be occupied by a spider for several seasons, the occupant remodel- 


1908.] | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 


ling the burrow if injured by accident, or enlarging it if outgrown (see 
L. fatifera, ete.). 

The number of species and genera of Lycoside is very much smaller 
than would at first thought seem probable. These bold wanderers, with 
their strong, long legs, the black spines upon which standing out 
threateningly during excitement suggest their aggressiveness, spread out 
persistently in every direction. Isolation of any part of a species for 
a long time would be expected to be rare, and the establishment of 
distinct forms, therefore, so far as dependent upon this factor, in- 
frequent. There are comparatively few species of wide distribution, 
rather than a large number of limited range. This wide range of 
species is accompanied naturally by a great deal of fluctuating vari- 
ability in many of their features. A result has been a surprisingly 
large number of synonyms, consequent upon examinations of limited 
number of specimens from widely separated localities. For example, 
species that range from New England to the West and far South 
become lighter and lighter in coloration. In several species the 
brightly colored individuals that prevail in Texas would appeal to 
one at first as surely specifically distinct from the darker forms of the 
North. But all gradations are found when sufficient material is studied, 
especially in that from intermediate regions, while apparently no sig- 
nificant differences at all appear in less variable structural features. 
Important variations are discussed in detail in the present work under 
the respective species. 

In this connection a main source of difficulty has been, indeed, the 
placing of too great reliance upon purely relative characters that undergo 
greater variation than has been recognized. Even in the treatment of 
genera this purely relative nature of the characters commonly used has 
left much room for diversity in opinion and usage. It is not, therefore, 
really surprising to find that genera accepted without question by one 
student are unhesitatingly denied by others. Some genera that have 
from time to time been proposed are clearly artificial, having, it would 
seem, been erected with a view to convenience rather than in an effort 
to express genetic relationship. 

All of the characters that have been commonly used in separating, 
e.g., Pardosa and Lycosa, somewhere become uncertain, the result 
having been many incorrect references of species. And so, also, is it 
with other genera. My own studies of the Lycoside long ago convinced 
me that the clearest and most definite characters for limiting not only 
the species but the genera of the Lycoside as well, are those presented 
in the copulatory organs. In the present contribution much reliance 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


is placed upon these characters as indices of relationship. They have 
not previously been used in the definition of genera. It has been 
necessary to introduce a provisional terminology, perhaps sufficient 
for present descriptive purposes, for parts of the copulatory organs. 
Careful comparative studies on the morphology of the palpal organs 
of male spiders are much needed to give us a consistent general 
terminology. 

As here considered the portion of the family Lycoside in the fauna 
of America north of Mexico includes eight genera: Allocosa, Pardosa, 
Schizocosa, Lycosa, Trabea, Sosippus, Sosilaus and Pirata. Lycosa is more 
comprehensive than the other genera and its species fall into a number 
of natural but mostly intergrading groups. Of these groups one in 
part corresponding to T’rochosa of some authors is most divergent 
and compact. (See further under Lycosa.) Altogether, in the neigh- 
borhood of one hundred and fifty specific names have been erected for 
the forms under these genera; but of these not more than half are really 
“‘good.”’ The species that I have been able to regard as distinct and 
recognizable are distributed among the genera as follows: Trabea, 
Sosippus and Sosilaus, each with one; Allocosa, five; Schizocosa, three; 
Pirata, nine; Pardosa, seventeen; Lycosa, thirty. 

Of the material studied mention should be made first of the section of 
Lycoside in the rich collection of Aranee at Cornell University, for the 
privilege of using which and for other unfailing courtesies I am deeply 
obliged to Prof. J. H. Comstock. The Cornell collection includes not 
only species from New York State and other parts of the North, but 
also a good representation of forms from the South and a number of 
species from the West. My own collection consists of specimens 
collected in California, Utah and New York by myself, and of a 
large number from many different localities obtained through others. 
Among those to whom it is a pleasure to make acknowledgments for 
specimens are the following: M. Simon, France (specimens from 
Florida); Rey. F. O. P. Cambridge, England; Mr. B. H. Guilbeaux, 
Louisiana; Miss Annie Jones, Georgia; Mr. A. M. Bean, Iowa; Mr. C. 
QO. Crosby, New York; Mr. T. H. Scheffer, Kansas; Mr. G. W. Peckham, 
Wisconsin; Dr, O. M. Howard, Utah; Prof. T. H. Montgomery, Texas. 
For the loan of specimens and collections for study I owe my thanks to 
Mr. J. H. Emerton, Boston; Mr. Samuel Henshaw, of the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology, Boston; Prof. C. M. Weed, New Hampshire; 
Prof. John Barlow, Rhode Island; Mr. Charles Fuchs, of the California 
Academy of Sciences; Prof. M. T. Cook, Indiana; and Dr. W. M., 
Wheeler, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


163 


For the privilege of studying the Marx collection in the U. 8. National 
Museum and various types in his own private collection, | am much 
indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Nathan Banks. 


List oF DESCRIBED NorTH AMERICAN LycosipD®, 


GENERA. 


AuLocosa Bks. 

Arctosa C. Koch = Lycosa Latr. 

Aulonia Emerton (aurantiaca) = 
Trabea Simon. 

Geolycosa Mtg. = Lycosa Latr. 

Leimonia C. Koch = Pardosa C. 
Koch. 

Lycosa Latr. 

Parposa C. Koch. 


Pinata Sund. 
Scaptocosa Banks = Geolycosa 
Mtg. 


Scuizocosa Chamb. 
SosILAus Simon. 

Sosippus Simon. 

TRABEA Simon. 

Trochosa C. Koch = Lycosa. 


Sprctes OF ALLOCOSA, 


degesta Chamberlin. 
evagata, sp. nov. 
? exalbida Becker. 
funerea (Hentz). 


nigra (Stone) = rugosa (Keys.). 

parva (Banks). 

rugosa (Keyserling). 

sublata (Montgomery) = /unerea 
(Hentz). 


SPECIES OF Lycosa. 


albohastata om. 

antelucana Mtg. = apicata Bks. 
apicata Bks. 

arenicola Sc. 

aspersa Hentz. 

avara Keys. 

babingtonii Bl. = helluo W. 
baltimoriana Keys. (var.) 
beanii bem. 

brunneiventris Bks.= kochii Keys. 
carolinensis H. 

cinerea lab. 

coloradensis Bks. 

crudelis Bks, = helluo W. 
communis Em. = erratica H, 
epigynata Mtg. = gulosa W. 
erratica H. 

exitiosa Bks. = aspersa. 
fatifera H. 

floridana Bks. 

floridiana Bks. 


frondicola km. 

fumosa Im. 

grandis Bks. 

gulosa W. 

helluo W. 

helvipes Keys. = helluo W. 
inhonesta (Keys.) = aspersa H. 
insopita Mtg. = gulosa W. 
immaculata Bks. = aspersa H, 
kochii Keys. 

latifrons (Mtg.) = jatifera H. 
lenta H. 


lepida Keys. = erratica Hi. 
littoralis H. = cinerea Fab. 
maritima H. = cinerea Fab. 
milberti W. = ? carolinensis W. 


missouriensis Bks, = jatifera H. 
modesta Keys. 

modesta Th. = frondicola km. 
nidicola Em, = helluo W, 

nidifer Mx. = arenicola Se. 
nigroventris Em, = jrondicola lem, 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


oblonga Bks. = aspersa H. 
perdita. 

permunda Chamb. 

pikei Mx. = arenicola Sc. 
pudens Mx. = frondicola Em. 
pictilis Em. 

pilosa Gir. = carolinensis W. 
philadelphiana W., invalid. 
polita Em. = rubicunda Keys. 
pratensis Em. 

pulchra (Keys.). = gulosa W. 
purcelli Mtg. = gulosa W. 
prepinqua Bl. = erratica H. 
punctulata H. 

quinaria Em. 


riparia Hentz. 

rubicunda Keys. : 

rujiventris Bks. = avara Keys. 

ruricola H. = lenta H. 

sepulchralis Mtg. = modesta Keys. 

sagittata H. = erratica H.- 

scalaris Th. = erratica H. 

scutulata Htz. 

sayt W. = ? helluo W. 

similis Bks = hellwo W. 

terana Mtg. = carolinensis W. 
(var.) 

tigrina McC. = aspersa H. 

vafra C. K. = ? helluwo Walck. 

vulpina Em, = aspersa H. 


WALCKENAER’S NAMES OF SPECIES OF LycosA OF THE ABBOTT AND 
Bosc MANUSCRIPTS. 


(Described in Ins. Apt., Vol. 1.) 


animosa. 
avida, 
discolor. 
encar pata. 
grossipes. 
georgiana. 
georgicola. 


impavida, 
infesta, 
mordax. 
suspecta, 
triton. 
vehemeris. 


These names are all invalid, the descriptions having been based on 
the unpublished drawings of Abbott and Bosc. 


SPECIES OF PARDOSA. 


albomaculata Im. = grenlandica 
Th. 

annulata Bks. = saxatilis Bl. 

atra Bks. 

banksi Chamb. 

brunnea Em, = var. of modica Bl. 

californica Keys. 

canadensis Bl. = milvina H. 

coloradensis Bks. = sternalis Th. 
(Jrs.). 

distineta B). 

dorsalis Bks. = mackenziana Keys. 

dromoea Th. = graenlandica Th. 

emertoni Chamb. 

flavipes Keys. = milvina Htz. 


floridana Bks, = banksi Chamb., 
var. 

fuscula Th. = modica Bl, 

jurcifera Th. = modica Bl. 

glacialis Th. = modica BI. 

grenlandica Th. 

impavida Th. = xerampelina Keys. 

indigatrix Th. = grenlandica Th. 

intrepida Marx = grenlandica Th. 

iracunda Th. = grenlandica Th. 

labradorensis Th. 

lapidicina Em. 

longispinata Tullg. 

luteola Em, = distincta Bl. 

littoralis Bks. = banksii Chamb. 


—_—= Tt 


— - — 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 


mackenziana Keys. 

mercurialis Mtg. = lapidicina Em. 
milvina Htz. 

minima Keys. = saxatilis H. 
modica Bl. 

mesta Bks. 
montana Em.= xerampelina Keys. 
nigropalpis Em. = milvina H. 
pallida Em. = emertoni Chamb. 
parvula Bks. = sazatilis H. (var.) 
pauxilla Mtg. 


saxatilis Htz. 

scita Mtg. = milvina, 

sinistra Th. = grenlandica Th. 

sternalis Th. 

tachypoda Th. = xerampelina 
Keys. 

texana Bks. = lapidicina Em. 

tristis Th. = grenlandica Th. 

uncata Th. = mackenziana Keys. 

venusta Bks. = lapidicina (Jrs.). 

xerampelina Keys. 


SPECIES OF PIRATA. 


agilis Bks. = montanus Em. 
aspirans Chamb. 

bilobata (Tullg.). 

elegans Stone = montanus Em. 
exiqua Bks. = minuta. 
febriculosa Becker. 
humicolus Montg. 
insularis Em. 

liber Montg. = insularis Em. 
marxi Stone. 

minuta Em. 


montana Em. 

montanoides Bks. = insularis Em. 

nigromaculatus Montg. = mon- 
tanus Em. 

prodigiosa Keys. 

piratica (Cl.) var. utahensis, new. 

sedentarius Mtg. = _ febriculosa 
Beck. 

wacondana Schef. = febriculosa 
(Beck.) 


SPECIES OF SCHIZOCOSA, 


bilineta (Emerton). 

charonoides Mtg. = saltatrix H. 

gracilis (Banks) = saltatrix H. 

humilis (Banks) = saltatrix H. 

ocreata (Hentz). 

ocreata pulchra (Montg.) = bi- 
lineata. 


relucens (Montg.) = venustula 
(Hentz). 

rufa Keys. = ocreata Hentz (° ). 

saltatrix 

stonei Montg. = ocreata Hentz. 

venustula (Hentz) = saltatrix H. 

verisimilis (Montg.) = saltatrix H. 


SPECIES OF SOSILAUS. 


spiniger Simon. 


SPECIES OF SOSIPPUS. 


floridanus Simon. 


Species OF TRABEA. 


aurantiaca (lmerton). 


Tue Famity Lycosip*, 


Cephalothorax elongated, much longer than wide, attenuated anter- 
iorly. The pars thoracica high and subprismatic, narrow above and oval 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


in outline, with the posterior border truncate and concave at the 
middle; a distinct fine median sulcus which is rather long always 
present, as are also more or less distinctly impressed radiating striz. 
Pars cephalica elevated and arched, distinctly separated from the pars 
thoracica by cervical furrows which unite at an angle at the median 
dorsal line, these more rarely indistinct above; pars cephalica with 
front truncated or more or less obtusely rounded. The face high, 
trapeziform or, less commonly, with the sides subparallel; in profile 
vertical, or at least very steep. | 

Eyes all of the diurnal type; always distinctly arranged in three 
rows, of which the first is composed of four eyes and is located upon the 
lower part of the face, the second composed of two eyes at the upper 
part of the face or semidorsal in position, and the third, also com- 
posed of two eyes, in a strictly dorsal position; eyes of the first row 
small and comparatively close together, in a straight, procurved or 
rarely recurved row, the lateral eyes on more or less evident tubercles 
and with their visual axes directed antero-ventrally; eyes of second 
row very large, occupying a transverse space, in most cases wider than 
that of the first row, less commonly of the same length or shorter, their 
visual axes directed antero-laterally; eyes of third row large, almost 
always more widely separated than those of the second row, with which 
they thus outline a trapeziform area (quadrangle of posterior eyes), 
their visual axes directed more or less caudo-laterally. Clypeus com- 
paratively narrow, always narrower than the width of the area out- 
lined by the first and second rows of eyes (quadrangle of anterior eyes). 

Chelicere \ong and robust, always vertical in position in both sexes ; 
at base a well-marked and rather large lateral condyle; both upper and 
lower margins of furrow armed, the upper with two or, more commonly, 
with three teeth, of which the median is much the largest, and the 
lower margin with from two to four stout conical teeth; posterior 
face always marked with a distinct oblique stria, along the inner side of 
which, especially in the middle region, is a well-developed, often 
dense, pilose band; upper margin of furrow bordered with a subdense 
pilose band or fringe. 

Labium free; the ventral surface flat or, much more commonly, 
convex; more or less attenuated anteriorly, with front margin truncate 
or obtuse; from longer than wide to wider than long; much shorter 
than the endites. Endites longer than wide, more or less excavated 
within and fitting over the sides of the labium, externally rounded and 
never much narrowed at base; erect, never obliquely inclined ; dorsal 


surface flat or a little concave; distally the supra-external border with 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 


a fine serrulate line or serrula ; supero-internal border with a dense pilose 
band or scopula. 

Sternum longer than wide; large, subcordiform, being truncated in 
front, rounded at the sides and attenuate to a point caudally. 

Legs long or moderately long, the fourth longest, then the first, the 
third shortest in the great majority of cases ; but there are exceptions in 
which the third legs are longer than the second, and others in which the 
second are longer than the first. The femora, tibiz# and metatarsi and 
usually also some or all of the patelle armed with spines; the anterior 
tibie with three pairs of spines beneath, less commonly with two 
(Pirata), and sometimes with as many as five (Sosilaus); these and 
other spines of the anterior legs often much reduced and sometimes 
absent. 

In some small species the tarsi are beneath, all simply and rather 
sparsely setose, but in most they are at least in part more or less 
provided with scopule composed uniformly of fine, flat lanceolate 
and slenderly pointed hairs, never of distally enlarged hairs; in the 
smaller species these scopule may be present only along the sides of the 
ventral faces of the anterior tarsi; but in the larger species (Sosippus 
and most Lycosas) the entire ventral surface of the anterior tarsi is 
densely scopulate, and the metatarsi are usually similarly or less 
densely scopulate, and the tibize are also sometimes scopulate distally ; 
in these Jarger forms the posterior tarsi are scopulate, but have their 
scopule divided by a median line or band of setw; never with dense 
fascicule at base of claws. Tarsi bearing three claws, of which the 
superior are strong and broad basally, and bear a series of teeth from 
five to seven, rarely more, in number, these being mostly confined to 
the basal half of the claws; the unpaired claw small, bent abruptly 
downward, almost always naked, rarely with a single tooth. Trochan- 
ters invariably notched or excavated at distal end beneath. 

Superior lorum of the pedicel of the abdomen composed of two prin- 
cipal, very unequal pieces, of which the smaller posterior one is trun- 
cated or somewhat concave behind, and in front is notched or exca- 
vated for the reception of the angularly or round]y attenuated posterior 
part of the longer anterior piece; at each side of the principal plates is 
a slender, anteriorly attenuated piece. 

Spinnerets six in number; the anterior ones short and relatively 
stout, contiguous or subcontiguous; the posterior more or less sepa- 
rated from each other, mostly more slender than the anterior and either 
of the same length or longer, composed of two articles, of which the 
second is short and rounded and usually subject to retraction within 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


the first, or less commonly longer and conical (Sosippus); median pair 
slender, of moderate length. 

Body clothed with simple hair, or more rarely with some of plumose 
type intermixed (Sossipus and some Pardosas). 

Genital plate or epigynum of the female mostly simple; either a simple 
unfurrowed plate or a plate depressed or furrowed longitudinally and 
with the depressed area divided by a ridge-like elevation (guide), which 
in the large majority of cases extends laterally on each side at its 
posterior end. The transverse portion of the guide often (Lycosa 
sens. str.) distinctly more elevate than the septal portion immedi- 
ately in front of it and extending on each side to behind the openings of 
the spermathec ; median piece of guide posteriorly and the transverse 
pieces on anterior side with the upper free edges mostly more or less 
extended horizontally in plate-like expansions, which are usually 
narrow but may be wide (lateral plates or ale of guide). 

Palpus of the male long, differing uniformly from that of the most 
nearly related families (e.g., Pisawride and Agelenide) in never having 
femur, patella, or tibia armed with any manner of process or apophysis. 
Tarsus or cymbium comparatively simple, boat-shaped; completely 
covering the bulb, the alveolus occupying usually not more than two- 
thirds of the ventral area; terminal part of the tarsus acuminate and 
bearing one, two, or rarely three mostly stout, always untoothed 
spines (transformed claws), occasionally unarmed. Bulb compara- 
tively simple and compact; embolus only rarely exerted, in most 
lving upon a special fold (lectus) at front of the larger basal lobe or 
division, this fold in many with a lobe (auricula) extending forward in 
front of its exterior end; lobe of the conductor bearing one to several 
chitinous processes (tenacula); either an erect and conspicuous apo- 
physis (rata) or transverse, and appressed ; basal division of bulb bear- 
ing strongly chitinized fold or apophysis (scopus) in a median (Pardosa) 
or exterior position (Lycosa), or with such fold or apophysis absent or 
but weakly developed (Pirata), its absence or weak development being 
correlated with the absence of furrow and guide in the epigynum of 
the female; a chitinous plate or area (lunate area) at base of bulb 
practically always exposed, the area being of varying size in the differ- 
ent genera, but of quite constant relative extent and position in each. 

The most simple and generalized condition is shown in Pirata, 


Syn.—1817. Citigrade Latr. (ad, max, part.), in Cuvier, Régne Animal, 
3, p. 95. 

1823. Cursores Sund, (ad, max. part.), Gen. Aran. Suec., p. 20. 

1825. Citigrada Latr. (ad. max. part.), Fam. Nat. de Régne Animal, p. 316. 

1833. Lycosides Sund., (ad, max. part.), Comp. Arachn., p. 25. 


ata & 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 


1850, ycosides C. Koch (ad, max. part.), Ubersicht d. Arachn. Syst. 
1852. poms Dolesch. (ad. max. part.), Syst. Verz. Oesten. Sp., p. 8. 
1869. Lycosoide Thorell (ad. max. part.), On European Spiders, p. 188. 
1876. Lycoside Simon (excl. Dolomedes and Ocyale), Arachn. France, 3, p. 
223. 
——. Lycosoide Keyserling (excl. Dolomedes and Ocyale), Verh. z. b. Ges. 
Wien, p. 610. 
1877. Lycosoide Thorell, Bull. U.S. G. 8. Terr., 3, p 
° i chee? a (excl. Dolomedes, Oxyopes ea Desaley: Trans. Conn. 
¢ 
1890. L seid pe (excl. Dolomedes and Ocyale), Proc. U. 8. N. M., 12 
560 


p. 560. 
1892. Lycoside Banks (excl. Pisauride), Can. Entomologist, xxiv, p. 97. 
1898. Lycoside Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign, 2, p. 317. 
1903. Lycoside Comstock, Classif. of N. A. Spiders. 
1905. Lycoside Banks, American Nat., p. 300, 318. 


Kry to NortH AMERICA GENERA OF LYCOSID®. 


1. Anterior tibize armed beneath with five pairs of very long spines; 
anterior eyes subcontiguous, in a recurved row clearly longer 


than the second, . . . Sostravs. 

Anterior tibie armed beneath with less than five pairs of spines; 

anterior row of eyes straight or procurved, . . 2. 

2. Lower margin of. furrow of chelicera armed with four stout conical 

teeth, .*. . Sosrppvs. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicera armed with two or three 
| teeth, never with four, . . aoe 


3. Anterior row of eyes very strongly ‘procury ed, ‘the median eyes 
much farther from the lateral than from each other, TRABEA. 
Anterior row of eyes not strongly procurved, the median eyes 
little or mostly not at all farther from the lateral than from 
each other, . . es 
4. Cephalothorax glabrous or very nearly 50, smooth and shining, 
dark in color and without definite light markings, *“ALLOCOSA, 
Cephalothorax not glabrous, when but sparsely eee having 
a distinct light colored median stripe, . . 5. 
5. Distal pair of ventral spines of anterior tibizee never apic ‘al in posi- 
tion; cephalothorax with a median pale band enclosing in its 
anterior portion a dark V-shaped mark. (Epigynal plate unfur- 
rowed, 7.e., without a guide; true scopus absent or but faintly 
indicated in male palpus), . . . . Prat. 
Distal pair of ventral spines of anterior tibiae ‘apical in position; 
median pale band of cephalothorax when present not enclosing 
anteriorly adark V-shaped mark. Ma pigynum with a distinct 
guide; scopus well developed), . aes ee 
6. Scopus median in position and more or less ‘erect ; . guide of epigy- 
num weakly or not at all developed anteriorly, the spermatheca 
opening into comparatively deep, open, basin-like fovem, 
which when continued forward as furrows are distinctly less 
depressed anteriorly; labium wider than long with basal exca- 
vations short, . . . . Parposa. 
Scopus exterior in position ; guide ‘of. epigy num well developed 


Sek ———E——— es rt 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


anteriorly ; labium longer than wide with the basal excavations 
ONE kh ake <<. > © & ee ne ne 
7. Transverse arms of guide divided from the distal end more or less 
mesally; auricula of lectus very long, reaching or nearly reach- 
ing the anterior margin of alveolus; the embolus distinctly 
elbowed at base of auricula; conductor conspicuously elevate 
and usually more or less produced into a horn-like process 
extending beyond front margin of alveolus, . ScHizocosa. 
Transverse arms of guide not divided from apex mesally ; auricula 
of moderate size or small, not attaining front of alveolus; 
embolus evenly curving, not elbowed at base of auricula; 
conductor not conspicuously elevate or produced above into 

a horn-like process extending beyond front margin of alveolus, 
Lycosa. 

PARDOSA ©. Koch, 1848. 


(Subgenus sub LYCOSA, Die Arachn., Vol. 14, p. 100.) ‘ 


Entire body densely clothed with pubescence. Anterior tibi 
armed beneath with three pairs of spines, of which the basal and 
median pairs are very long, much longer than the diameter of the 
joint, the third pair apical in position and reduced in size. Anterior 
row of eyes always shorter than the second and procurved ; eyes small 
and subequal or with the median a little larger; median eyes nearly 
always a little farther from each other than from the lateral; clypeus 
high, twice as wide as the diameter of an anterior lateral eye; eyes 
of the second row large and divergent, situated at the outer angles of 
the face above, their diameter or more apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes trapeziform, wider behind than in front. Labium at least as 
wide as borg, usually wider; basal excavation short, only vgry rarely 
more than one-fourth of the total length of labium. Spinnerets short, 
the posterior pair a little longer than the anterior, the apical segment 
being short and rounded. Epigynum with a distinct guide which is 
but weakly or not at all developed anteriorly; the openings of the 
spermatheca protected; the spermathecum on each side opening into 
a relatively large and deep fovea or pit, the furrows becoming nar- 
rower and shallower anteriorly. Posterior lobe of male palpus bearing 
a scopus in a median position; scopus more or less erect, free except 
at base where it has a spur or process on the exterior side; scopal fold 
low; when a true lectal fold is indicated never showing an auricle or 
forwardly directed lobe; lower furrow of conductor relatively extensive, 
bearing at its inferior margin a variously formed and often lobed or 
dentate tenaculum. 


Syn.—1804,. Lycosa Latreille (ad. part.), Nuov. Dict. Hist. Nat., 24, p. 135, 
1832. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part ), Sill. J. Sei. Arts, 21, p. 106. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 


1842. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part.), J. Bost. Soc. N. H., 4, p. 228. 
1848. Lycosa subg. Leimonia C. Koch, Die Arach., 14, p. 99. 

——. Lycosasubg. Pardosa (nom. preocc.), ibid., p. 100. 

1875. Lycosa Hentz. (ad. part.), Sp. U.S., pp. 11 and 24. 

1876. Pardosa Simon, Arachn. Fr., Vol. 3. 

1876. Lycosa Keyserling (ad. part.), Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien., p. 610. 

1877. Lycosa Thorell, Bull. U.S.G.S. Terr., 3, p. 504 et seq. 

1885. Pardosa Emerton, Tr. Conn. Ac. Sci., 6, p. 494. 

1898. Pardosa Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2. 

1902. Pardosa Montgomery (ad. part. max.), Proc. Ac. Sci., Phila., p. 536. 
1903. Pardosa Comstock, Classif .of N. A. Spiders. 

1904. Pardosa Chamberlin, Can. Ent., xxxvi, p. 176. 


Pars cephalica moderately narrow, the sides steep, gently declined 
anteriorly; face elevated, its sides straight and very steep, subvertical. 
Quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth or more the length of the 
cephalothorax. Seen from above the posterior eyes are at most but 
very little more than their diameter removed from the margins of 
pars cephalica (P\. VIII, fig. 2). Chelicere in the great majority of 
cases with but two teeth on the upper margin of the furrow, the lower 
margin with three, of which the third is usually much reduced (PI. 
VIII, fig. 1). Legs long and especially the metatarsi and tarsi slender. 
Anterior tarsi scopulate, laterally the median ventral face occupied 
by a setose band (PI. VIII, fig. 7), posterior tarsi simply setose ; 
metatarsus of fourth leg relatively long, most commonly longer than 
the tibia + patella (especially so in @), more rarely of same length 
or a little shorter; tibia + patella of fourth legs always longer than 
the cephalothorax. The color markings frequently due in large part 
to the arrangement of the pubescence in spots and streaks without 
corresponding marks in the tegument, such markings, of course, being 
evident only in the living or dry specimens. The cephalothorax in 
this genus has always a more or less evident light median stripe of a 
characteristic dagger form. In nearly all species, although the mark- 
ings may be much obscured in some, there is on the dorsum of the 
abdomen a pale basal mark which runs to a point near the middle, 
each side of the apex and also usually each side of the middle of which 
is an angular pale spot, having a dark dot at its center; posteriorly a 
series of such ocellate spots more or less united at the middle line into 
chevrons. 

Spiders of small or less commonly of medium size, all characterized 
by excessive agility. The males are commonly smaller than the 
females; but do not differ much in coloration. As in Lycosa and other 
genera, however, the anterior legs of the male are often distinguished 
by some peculiar development of color structure. 

Pardosas build po retyeat, wandering about during the cocooning 


172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


season as well as at other times. The cocoon is more or less lenticular 
in form, and shows a distinct seam about the equator, along which the 
break is made when the spiderlings issue to mount the parent. The 
cocoon is typically greenish-yellow or greenish-black, but only very 
rarely white. The individuals of this genus rarely live more than one 


year. 
Key TO SPECIES OF PARDOSA. 
Females. 


1. Epigynal plate or area widest at anterior end, distinctly narrowing 
posteriorly ; wine wider arian? than toward apex (Pl. XIV, 
fig. 3) 54 lhe . .  xerampelina (Keys). 

Not as above, . 

2. Epigynum presenting each side of the euide posteriorly a sia 
delimited, relatively small fovea as ‘long as wide, the anterior 
region of epigynum scarcely depressed, . . .. .. 3. 

Not as above, : 

3. Posterior fovex angular i in ‘outline; posterior ends of lateral ridges 
separated by a distance much ereater than their width; guide 
behind with transverse arms (Pl. XIII, fig. 5), . sternalis Th. 

Posterior fovee smoothly rounded in outline; posterior ends of 
lateral ridges not farther apart than their diameter; ; guide without 
transverse arms (Pl. XIII, fig.8), . . . . . atra Bks. 

4. Lateral furrows with the shallow anterior fosse short and narrow, 
behind these deepening and abruptly widely expanding, becoming 
widest near middle of epigvnum; septum of guide elevate, its 
more depressed tranverse arms extending into excavations in 
the inner face ofthelateralridges, . . . ...... & 

Not as above, . hs 

5. Transverse arms of guide ‘bending backwards, septum of guide 
widest at posterior end, becoming gradually narrower toward 
the anterior end, its sides substraight or but little curving 
[Pa LV, ge. 0), — ss Woes eet eh grenn a 

Not so, 6. 

6. Transverse arms of guide bending more or less forward ; “septum 
abruptly widest immediately behind region of anterior fosse, from 
there narrowing to end (PI. XV, fig. 3), modica var. brunnea Em. 

Transverse arms bending more strongly forward; septum widest 
behind the middle of its length, typically expanded into a broad 
plate-like form over the origins of tranverse arms which it usually 
in large part covers (Pl. XV, fig. 1), modica BI. (type form). 

7. Face of septum of guide abruptly expanded behind into a large 
nearly circular plate, the diameter of which is clearly greater 
—s the length of the cee of epigy num in front of it (PL XIV, 

Se kt en ree” . .. emertoni Chamb. 


near ee . : - . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . &. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 


8. Epigynal areawiderthanlong, ........... Y. 
Notso, . . URES 

9. Distinct lateral ridges enclosing posterior portion of guide both at 
sides and also behind except for short median space between 

ends of ridges (Pl. XV, fig. 8), ‘ . . distincta BI. 

No enclosing ridges at sides or behind, guide extending com- 
pletely over margins of plate of epigynum posteriorly (Pl. XIV, 
Meni},. ' . . . californica (Keys.). 
10. Over anterior and median portion of epigynum a narrow and very 
shallow fossa passing behind into a large transversely elliptical 
depression which is completely occupied by the expanded 
guide, the lateral ends of which lie in excavations in the side 


ridges (Pl. XV, fig.5), . . . . . . mackenziana (Keys.). 
Notso, .. if? tik. 

11. Transverse arms of guide narrowest mesally, Ww idening toward 
their outer ends (Pl. XIV, fig.:7), . . . . lapidicina Em. 

Not so; 2: Poe i 2 

12. Lateral plates extending ‘along g guide for much of total length of 
epigynum, gradually narrowing in width anteriorly, . . . 13. 


Not so, the lateral plates mostly confined to transverse arms, 
abruptly narrowing and extending forward but a short dis- 
tance on septal piece, . . ee eae 

13. Guide becoming very narrow toward its anterior end; outer 
margin of epigynum presenting a small abrupt shoulder on each 
side just below middle (Pl. XIII, fig. 9), . . pauzilla Mtg. 

Guide of moderate width at its anterior end, being much wider 
than the fossa at each side; outer margin of epigynum present- 
ing no shoulder below middle (PI. XIII, fig. 7), banksi Chamb. 

15. Posterior fovee clearly wider than long; septum of guide very 
narrow over middle region, at front end strongly expanding in 
fan-like form; front margin of anterior depression straight and 
moderately wide (Pi. ALV; fe. 9); «0. = « « moesta Bks. 

ol Se wn. Gs 

16. Sides of epigynum ‘protruding into an ‘angle in front of middle; 
no distinctly defined lateral ridges in middle region of sides, 
the sides gradually convexly rounding from middle to outer 
margin (Pl. PD Si eee | . . saxatilis (H.) 

Sides of epigynum not angulate in front of middle; more or less 


distinet lateral ridges along miiddle region (P1. XIII, fig. 3), 
milvina (H.). 


The key to females above does not include P. longispinata (Tullg.) 
and labradorensis (Th.), of which specimens have not been examined 
by the author. 

Males. 


1. Seopus short and stout, not at all or but slightly longer than 
broad, 
Scopus several times longer than broad, 
12 , 


=] to 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


2. Anterior depressed lobe of bulb separated into two furrows by an 
elevated narrow fold extending from above obliquely downward 
and outward, externally from its lower end being two uncate 
tenacula and at the corner opposite its upper end a lamellate, 
inflexed chitinous angle (Pl. XIV, fig. 8), . . lapidicina Em. 

Notso, . 3. 

3. Anterior division of bulb presenting a large, trilobed thickening 
transversely across its upper border from base of embolus out- 
ward, the ends of lobes recurved over the furrow posteriorly 
from them (Pl. XIV, fig. 4), . . . . . californica (Keys.). 

Not so, 4, 

4. Embolus extending across bulb almost to outer side of alveolus 

(Pl. XV, fig. 4, var. brunnea; Pl. XV, fig. 2, type me 


modica (Bl.). 

Apex of embolus scarcely extending beyond scopus, 
grenlandica Th. 
7. Scopus extending obliquely forward and outward quite to or some 
distance beyond margin of alveolus, . . .... . 8. 
Not #0;: : : in a 
8. Scopus curving forward with convexity external and apex directed 
forward,. . 9... . » » « » « « « » \CnGOnGR a 
Not so, 9. 
9. Embolus strongly bent into an$ shape; - seopal spur turned forward 
at apex (Pl. XAT: fig. 'G)e . . . sternalis (Th.). 


IXmbolus but little curved, extending nearly straight transversely ; 
scopal spur turned backward at apex (Pl. XIII, fig. 2), 
saxatilis (H.). 
10. Scopus above bent outward and then strongly backward, becom- 
ing nearly parallel with basal part (Pl. XV, fig. 9), distincta Bl. 


Notso, . Peay) 

11. Scopus dentate at apex; ‘the spur nearly straight, subconical (Pl. 
XV, figs. 6 and 7),. . . . . . . . mackenziana (Keys.). 
Scopus not dentate at apex, ; cea 

12. Spur short and stout, abruptly turned posteriorly at apex into an 
acute hook (Pl. XIII, fig. 4), ne . i. milvina (H.). 

Spur cylindrical, longer, |. 3a) Wl s im “pauxilla Mtg. 


Males of the following species are either unknown or are too 
imperfectly known to the author to be included in the foregoing key: 
atra, banksi, labradorensis, longispinata, moesta, xerampelina. 


Pardosa saxatilis (Hentz), 1844. 
(J. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., p. 392, Pl. XVIII, figs. 9, 10.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax deep brown to black crossed with 
lighter radiating lines; a median reddish yellow band which anteriorly 
sends a short narrow process between eyes of the third row, behind 
which it abruptly widens, constricted midway between the eyes and 
the dorsal groove, behind which it is strongly narrowed, sides of band 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 


in region of median groove dentate; on each side a yellow supra- 
marginal stripe usually divided by two or three dark cross-lines and 
limited below by a narrow black marginal stripe which is more or less 
broken into spots; clypeus yellow, with a triangular black spot below 
each anterior lateral eye, the apex of the spot being at the eye and the 
base on the front margin of the clypeus; the light part of cephalo- 
thorax in life clothed with dense white hair, that of the supramarginal 
stripes extending also over the black marginal lines, the light side 
stripes consequently appearing wider in live than in alcoholic speci- 
mens. Chelicere yellow, with some dusky markings. Labiwm and 
endites and core of legs beneath yellow. Sternum black, usually with 
a narrow median pale line in front; often with a row of black dots 
along each lateral margin, and a central black stripe narrowed behind 
and anteriorly geminated by a pale line, elsewhere being yellow. 
Legs yellow with black annuli on all joints excepting the tarsi, the dark 
annuli of the femora wide and predominating over the yellow, those 
of the tibiw of same width as the yellow bands, while those of the 
metatarsi are distinctly narrower. Abdomen blackish to dark gray 
above, sometimes of a greenish tinge; a yellow to brown lanceolate 
stripe at base having at each side of its apex a similarly colored angular 
spot with minute black dot at its center; on posterior portion of dorsum 
a series of light cross-marks, each formed by the lateral confluence of 
from two to four spots similar to those at sides of apex of basal stripe; 
dorsum elsewhere with many minute light dots; sides like lateral 
portions of dorsum but with the light dots larger; venter yellow to 
light reddish brown, with a row of irregular dark and partly confluent 
marks along each side and a short median row of similar marks behind 
the epigynum; in life the abdomen is densely clothed with gray and 
brown hair. Spinnerets light brown. Epigynum light brown, the 
posterior fovez appearing as darker blackish spots. ' 

Cephalothoraz relatively higher in front than usual, highest at third 
eye row, from there slanting downward to the posterior declivity, 
concave. at the dorsal groove, plane of quadrangle of posterior eyes 
not much declined. Face as high as the length of the chelicere or 
slightly higher, protruding above over its lower portion; sides slightly 
convex or straight, subvertical. 

Anterior row of eyes of the usual length and curvature; anterior 
median eyes three-fourths their diameter apart, half as far from the 
lateral eyes, their diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral 
eyes three-fourths or more as large as the median, more than twice 
their diameter from the front margin of clypeus and than their diam- 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


eter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row their diameter or a 
little more apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes more than one-fourth 
the length of the cephalothorax. 

Labium wider than long (4.25 :4); basal excavation one-fourth the 
total length; strongly attenuated anteriorly, the sides for most of 
length convexly rounded, becoming straight toward anterior angles; 
front margin slightly convexly rounded. 

Legs with the metatarsus of the fourth pair clearly longer than the 
tibia + patella; tibia + patella of the first pair of the same length as 
the cephalothorax; first two pairs of spines of the anterior tibize very 
long and overlapping as usual; lateral scopule of anterior tarsi very 
thin. 

Epigynum without distinctly defined lateral ridges in the median 
region; sides strongly angulate in front of middle; guide usually pointed 
just in front of posterior fovex, between the anterior portions of 
which it is not concavely depressed as it is in flavipes, descending from 
the higher transverse ridge in a more nearly straight line than in the 
latter species. (Pl. XIII, fig. 1.) 

Total length, 5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.4 mm.; width, 
1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 7.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.4 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 

Length of leg 11, 7 mm. 

Length of leg II], 7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 3.5 mm. 

Male.—Darker than female and the light and dark markings more 
strongly contrasting; entire eye region black; supramarginal light 
stripes of cephalothorax often obscure; femora of first legs entirely 
black, those of second pair pale over most of ventral surface, the black 
of dorsal surface more or less interrupted with yellow; posterior femora 
with dark rings which are more broken or interrupted than in female; 
distal joints of all legs yellow, without any dark annuli. Palpi entirely 
black except the patelle and the tips of the tarsi which are yellow or, 
in life, bright white. 

Tibia of palpus a little longer than the patella, becoming thicker 
distally, tarsus as long as the two preceding joints together. Scopus 
resembling that of milvina, but reaching to or beyond the exterior side 
of the alveolus; lower border of the inferior furrow of anterior lobe 
developed at the exterior side into a dorsally concave, boat-shaped 
structure which at the exterior end is keeled and bears below a short 
rounded flap, the upper margin of the furrow with a strongly chitinized 
triangular process or tenaculum directed caudally toward the process 
of the inferior margin as in milvina. (P]. XIII, fig. 2.) 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 


Total length,4.6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.3 mm.; width, 
1.9 mm. 

Length of leg I, 7.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 2.6 mm.; met., 1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 6.6 mm. 

Length of leg III, 6.5 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.1 mm.; met., 3.2 mm. 


Syn.—1876. Lycosa minima, Keyserling,Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 614. 

1885. Pardosa albopatella Emerton, Trans. Conn. Oc. Sci., 6, p. 497, Pl. 94, 
figs. 2 to 2b. 

1890. Lycosa minima, Marx, Proc, U.S. N. M., 12, p. 562. 

——. Pardosa albopatella, Marx, ibid. Pp. 565. 

1890. Pardosa albopatella, Stone, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 42, p. 431. 

1891. Pardosa minima, Banks _ Ent. News, 2. 

1892. Pardosa albopatella, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soe. W., 2, p. 161. 

1892. Pardosa albopatella, Banks, Proc. U.S. N. M. 44, p. 70. 

. Pardosa annulata, Banks, ibid. p. 68, Pl. 1, fig. 41, 

1895. Pardosa minima, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. ey 

1900. Pardosa minima, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Baila. 43 539. 

1902. Pardosa albopatella, Emerton, Common Sp. of U. , p. 83, figs. 
205-207. 

1902. Pardosa minima, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 571, 
Pl. 30, figs. 35, 36. 


Type locality.—Alabama. 

Known localities.—Illinois!, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode 
Island!, New Hampshire!, District of Columbia!, Pennsylvania, 
New Jersey!, Alabama, Kansas!, Indiana. 

While the males are easily distinguishable, the females of this 
species and of milvina are much alike both in general appearance and 
in the structure of the epigyna. Aside from the differences in the 
epigyna, which are difficult to state, the cephalothorax of sazatil/is is 
relatively higher in front and slopes more decidedly caudally and the 
face protrudes above more strongly. There are constant differences 
in the proportions of the legs. The markings of saxatilis are finer. 


Pardosa milvina (Hentz), 1844. 
(Sub Lycosa, J. Bost. 8. N. H., Vol. IV, p. 392, Pl. XVIII, fig. 8.) 


Sides of cephalothorax deep brown to black; eye region deep black, 
a yellow to brown median band beginning as a rather narrow process 
at or behind third eye row, expanding a little posteriorly on each side 
and then again constricted in front of middle, expanding about dorsal 
groove and then narrowing again down posterior declivity; on each 
side a submarginal light band which in some is obscure anteriorly, 
but is usually distinct to clypeus in front; clypeus yellow or brown 
with a triangular black spot below each anterior lateral eye; sides of 
cephalothorax with brown pubescence, the light stripes with yellow, 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


the clypeus with yellow and some white. Chelicere yellow to brown 
each with a short black median mark at base, clothed with whitish 
pubescence and sparse long brown bristles. Endites, labium and 
coxe of legs yellow to brown. 

Sternum usually black, often with a lighter median line in front, 
clothed with yellow or yellowish-white pubescence; sometimes lighter, 
dark brown or even yellow with or without dark spots. Legs yellow 
with dark rings on all joints except the tarsi, clothed with whitish 
and some short darker pubescence. Abdomen above at base with a 
yellow to reddish-brown stripe ending in front of middle; opposite 
apex of basal mark an angular pale spot with dark dot in center, 
and behind a series of transverse rows of similar spots more or 
less confluent transversely as usual; often a yellow line close to and 
parallel with the margin of the basal mark on each side; dorsum 
laterally black with numerous small yellow dots; dorsum clothed 
with brown and white pubescence, the white in part in angular spots 
at sides and in transverse lines between the pale marks of tegument; 
sides yellow with many spots and mottlings of brown or above of black, 
in life covered with pubescence in intermixed spots and streaks of 
white and brown; venter pale, rarely dark, densely clothed with light 
gray pubescence. 

Spinnerets yellow or light brown. 

Epigynum brown, darker, reddish at margins. 

Face relatively high, nearly of same height as length of chelicere; 
sides nearly straight, subvertical. Cephalothorax high, the posterior 
declivity very steep, in profile nearly level from third eye row to 
posterior declivity, slightly depressed at median furrow, sides steep. 

Anterior row of eyes much shorter than the second, only slightly 
procurved; anterior median eyes nearly three-fourths their diameter 
apart, evidently closer to the lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes visibly 
smaller than the median, of usual distance from eyes of second row 
and from the front margin of clypeus; eyes of second row not quite 
once and a half their diameter apart. Quadrangle of posterior eyes 
more than one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Labium a \ittle wider than long (6.25 : 6); basal excavation more than 
one-fourth the total length of labium; sides substraight, strongly 
converging anteriorly ; front margin slightly convex. 

Legs slender; metatarsus of fourth pair of same length as tibiae and 
patella together; spines of anterior tibiz as usual; anterior tarsi with 
but very sparse scopule at sides, posterior tarsi setose and spinulose as 
usual. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 


Epigynum with more or less evident lateral ridges, margins usually 
not angulate in front of middle; septal piece of guide not pointed at 
front of fover, more depressed between fovew than in sazatilis. See 
Pl. XII, fig. 3. 

Total length,6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.4 mm.; width, 
2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9 mm.;tib. + pat., 2.3 mm.;met., 1.7 mm. 

Length of leg Il, 6.9 mm. 

Length of leg III, 6.8 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.3; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 3 mm. 

Male.—Darker in color than female, the cephalothorax often nearly 
entirely black, especially anteriorly, with the side stripes obscured 
and the median light mark not extending forward beyond front end of 
dorsal furrow. Abdomen often entirely black above, with light mark- 
ings absent or but faintly indicated. Tarsus of palpus always black, 
the other joints often so, and always darkened by black pubescence. 

Tibiw of the palpus longer than the patella and distinctly broader, 
broadest anteriorly. Scopus long, bent outward above but not 
reaching margin of alveolus; basal spur short, bent down at apex, not 
covered ; margin of inferior furrow of anterior lobe with a single short 
and stout tenaculum. (Pl. XIII, fig. 4.) 

Total length, 5.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.8 mm.; width, 
2.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.9 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.2 mm.;met., 2.4 mm. 

Length of leg II, 9.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 8.9 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 12.9 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.8 mm.; met., 4.2 mm. 


Syn.—1871. Lycosa canadensis, Blackwall, Ann. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIII, pp. 
430, 431. 


vag" Lycosa flavipes Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 616, PI. 

, fig. 4. 

1885. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., 6, p. 497, Pl. 48, 
fig. 3 to 3b. 


1890. Pardosa nigropalpis, Marx, Proc. U.S. N.M., 12. 

——. Pardosa nigropalpis, Stone, Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci, Phila., 42, p. 430. 
1892. Pardosa nigropalpis, Banks, Trans. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 70, 
——. Pardosa pallida, anks (ad, part. in Coll. in Univ. Cornell), ibid., p. 68. 
——. Pardosa nigropalpis, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., p. 161. 

1893. Pardosa flavipes, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1, p. 125. 

1894. Pardosa flavipes, Banks, op. cit., 3, p. 91. 


1900. Pardosa milvina, Banks (ad. part. max), Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
. 539. 
1992. Pardosa nigropalpis, Montgomery, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 
569, Pl. 30, figs. 32-44. 


——. Pardosa scita Montgomery, ibid., p. 573, Pl. 30, figs. 37, 38. 
——. Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton Common Sp. of U. 5., p. 83, figs 
205-207. 


180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Type locality—Alabama. 

Known localities —Maryland!, Illinois!, Massachusetts, Connecti- 
cut, Rhode Island!, New York!, District of Columbia!, Pennsylvania, 
Virginia, North Carolina!, Georgia!, Alabama!, Louisiana!, Mississippi !, 
Kansas!, Indiana!. 

One of the commonest and most widely distributed of North Ameri- 
can Pardosas. Specimens from the South are lighter than those from 
the North, the sternum being frequently yellow or white without 
marks, and at other times being covered in varying degrees with black 
dots, the dots in some covering entire sternum, except for the anterior 
median light stripe, and in others found only in a single row along each 
margin. In the same locality all gradations may be found between 
dark, typically colored individuals and the pale forms. 


Pardosa pauxilla Mtg. 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax blackish brown or deep chocolate 
color; a rather wide yellow or pale brown band along each lateral 
margin extending forward to the clypeus which is of the same light 
color; eye region black; back of eyes a median dagger-shaped light 
brown stripe of usual character. Chelicere yellow. Labiwm, endites 
and core of legs beneath yellow or yellowish brown. Sternum yellow- 
ish brown, blackish toward margins and with scattered black spots 
over the middle portion. Legs also yellow or yellowish brown with 
numerous dark annuli which are deep and distinct on the femora and 
tibix, but are less strong or sometimes indistinct on the metatarsi; 
of these annuli there are four on each femur and tibia and three on 
each metatarsis; each patella has a median annulus with indications 
in some of darkened ends. Abdomen with dorsum black to deep 
brown minutely dotted with yellow; at base a yellow lanceolate stripe 
with an angular spot each side of apex as usual, followed behind by 
a series of wide chevron-marks of the ordinary character; because of 
the extent of the yellow markings in some the dorsum appears to be 
occupied over its middle region from base to spinnerets by a yellowish 
band which narrows caudally and encloses rather indistinct dark 
markings; sides of abdomen dark like the lateral portions of dorsum, 
but the yellow dots larger, becoming more and more extended and 
confluent ventrally, finally passing into the immaculate yellow or 
yellowish white venter. Spinnerets pale brown. Epigynum reddish 
brown. 

Anterior row of eyes of the usual relative length and curvature; 
anterior median eyes fully their diameter apart, much closer to the 
smaller lateral eyes, their diameter or a little more from the eyes of 


—————_— 


EE — 


gS oe 


, 
; 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 


second row; anterior lateral eyes twice their diameter or a little more 
from the front margin of clypeus, their diameter from eyes of second 
row; eyes of second row one and one-fourth times their diameter 
apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes longer behind than in front in 
ratio of 9:7, considerably more than one-fourth as long as the 
cephalothorax (1 :3.5). 

Spines of tibiae of legs and clothing of tarsi as usual. 

Epigynum in shape roughly like a very wide-necked decanter, though 
more angular in outline; posterior fover not sharply limited, the 
lateral furrows gradually narrowing cephalad to a mere line at the 
anterior end, the sides bulging in correspondingly on each side; guide 
somewhat anchor-shaped with the transverse pieces relatively short 
and stout, the median piece with lateral plates along entire length. these 
continuously narrowing cephalad until the septum at its anterior end 
is very narrow. (PI. XIII, fig. 9 .) 

Total length, 5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.6 mm.; width, 
1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 7.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.6 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 

Length of leg Il, 7 mm. 

Length of leg LI, 6.9 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.2 mm.; met., 3.3 mm. 

Male.—Considerably smaller than female. Legs yellow, entirely 
without rings or markings excepting the femora of the first two pairs 
which are black on the basal half, the black more or less interrupted 
by yellow laterally and below. Palpi entirely black, clothed with 
dense black hair. Median stripe of cephalothorax obscure. Abdomen 
entirely black without light markings in the tegument, but in life with a 
row of white spots formed of bunches of hair on each side behind, with 
narrow transverse lines of white hair extending between the spots; 
venter yellow with a dark median mark more or less dilated in front 
of the spinnerets, clothed with white hair. Chelicere black except 
along disto-mesal side, clothed with deep brown pubescence except 
distally where it is gray and longer. 

Bulb of palpal organ very convex, protruding conspicuously from 
alveolus; scopus similar in form to that of milvina, but the basal spur 
cylindrical and relatively longer than in that species ; there are consider- 
able differences in the conductors of these two species. 

Total length, 4.1 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.1 mm.; width, 
1.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 5.2 mm. 

Length of leg LI, 5 mm. 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg II, 5 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 7.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.3 mm.; met., 2.6 mm. 
Locality.—Austin, Texas !. 


Pardosa banksi Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXXVI, p. 175.) 

Female.—Eye region and sides of cephalothorax black or brownish 
black; on each side a distinct supramarginal yellow band which 
reaches to the clypeus in front; a less clearly marked median dagger- 
shaped band of brown along dorsum from posterior margin to the 
third eye row, this band but little wider than the lateral bands except 
at its expanded anterior end, where, however, its lateral portions are 
obscure; clypeus yellow, marked below each anterior lateral eye with ° 
a triangular black spot, the apex of which is at the eye, and the base 
upon the front margin of clypeus. Chelicere smoky yellow, with a 
dark line running down near the inner side and bending obliquely 
outward across the front face distally, there becoming indistinct; a 
black line along each margin of the lateral condyle. Sternum light 
brown with a black median lanceolate stripe which is divided anteriorly 
by a short yellow line. Legs clear yellow or pale brown of a greenish 
hue, or with faint traces of rings on the posterior ones, otherwise 
entirely without markings. Abdomen above black with a reddish 
yellow lanceolate stripe at base, with a similarly colored quadrate spot 
with black dot at center each side of apex, and a series of transverse 
yellow marks behind formed of similar spots united in pairs; an indis- 
tinct light mark joining the basal lanceolate stripe on each side near 
its base and another one joining it near the middle on each side, these 
marks formed of .rows of small dots; sides of abdomen black like the 
dorsum except for a yellow spot or stripe in front below each antero- 
lateral angle; venter yellow with a brown spot enclosing spinnerets 
and a median dark line extending from this spot forward to the epigy- 
num. Anterior spinnerets brown, the posterior ones more yellow. 
Epigynum light reddish brown. 

Face as high as the length of the chelicere or very nearly so; sides 
straight and subvertical. Cephalothorax highest a little behind third 
eye row, from where in profile the dorsal line is straight to the posterior 
declivity. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than the seeond, of the usual relative 
length, gently procurved ; anterior median eyes fully three-fourths their 
diameter apart, closer to the lateral eyes, a little more than their 
diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes about three- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ° 183 


fourths as large in diameter as the median, twice their diameter from 
front margin of clypeus, once and a third their diameter from eyes of 
second row; eyes of second row their diameter apart; quadrangle of 
posterior eyes a little wider in front than long, fully one-fourth the 
length of the cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with three teeth, of which the 
third is but little shorter than the first two; upper margin with three 
teeth of the relative proportions more common in the genus Lycosa. 

Tibia + patella of fourth legs of same length as the metatarsus; 
tibia + patella of the first pair of legs shorter than the cephalothorax ; 
spines of the anterior tibie of usual arrangement and proportions; all 
tarsi setose and spinulose, the anterior ones but thinly scopulate 
laterally. 

Transverse piece of guide of epigynum of moderate length; septal 
piece evident forward to the anterior end of the epigynum, with well- 
developed lateral plates along its entire length, these being behind as 
wide as the transverse piece of guide and gradually and continuously 
narrowing anteriorly. (Pl. XIII, fig. 7.) 

Total length, 5.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.7 mm.; width, 
2.1mm. 

Length of leg I, 7 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.4 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 

Length of leg II, 6.8 mm. 

Length of leg III, 6.7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 9.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.;met., 3 mm. 

Male.—The male palpus from the side shows three black, rounded 
projections, the lower one the smallest.” (Banks.) 

Length, 5 mm. 

Syn.—1896. Pardosa littoralis Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 4, p.192. (Nom. 
preoce.) 

T ype locality.—Long Island, N. Y. (Mill Neck). 

Habitat.—Long Island (Mill Neck!, Sheepshead Bay!), Florida!. 

Found in salt marshes. The type specimens were found in the 
marshes near Mill Neck in June. The description above is based on 
two females from Sheepshead Bay, taken in August, 1903, (C. R. 
Crosby). — 


Pardosa moesta Banks, 1892. 
(Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 70, Pl. 3, fig. 44.) 
Female,—Cephalothoraz dark reddish brown with radiating lines of 
black, a pale median band which becomes darker and more obscure 
anteriorly ; entire eye region black ; in some scarcely paler above lateral 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (May, 


margins, in others (southern specimens) with a marginal pale stripe 
more or less evident on each side. Clypeus reddish yellow, the yellow 
area higher on each side. Chelicere reddish yellow; a blackish line 
bordering the condyle on each side, the two lines uniting at its lower 
end and extending down the front of the chelicere. Endites yellow. 
Labium dark brown, paler distally. Coxe of legs beneath yellow. 
Sternum black. Legs reddish yellow; the femora marked with dark 
rings which are mostly incomplete below, above often more or less 
diffused, the annuli thus often more or less confluent dorso-laterally, 
especially on the front femora; patella and tibiew also marked with 
incomplete dark rings, the first tibia darker than others, almost 
wholly black. Abdomen above black, densely minutely punctate with 
reddish yellow; dersum with a faint basal spear-shaped stripe of a 
dusky reddish yellow color; sides of abdomen like the dorsum, but the 
light dots larger and more elongate; venter light reddish brown; a 
narrow, irregularly edged stripe or line of black on each side, the two 
converging caudad, and a similar stripe along median line behind the 
epigynum, this stripe running to a point posteriorly. Epigynum 
brown of a light reddish tinge. 

Face with its sides straight and nearly vertical, the chelicere in 
length about one and one-fourth times longer than its height; face 
protruding above the eyes of the second row being borne at the ends 
of a bulging transverse ridge. Cephalothorax highest at the third 
eye row, in profile the dorsal line slopes gradually to the posterior 
declivity, but is gently concave at the dorsal groove. 

First row of eyes much shorter than the second, not fully extending 
from center to center of eyes of second row, procurved in usual degree; 
anterior median eyes fully three-fourths their diameter apart, half as 
far from the lateral eyes, a little more than their diameter from eyes 
of second row; anterior lateral eyes three-fourths or more as large as the 
median eyes, twice their diameter from front margin of clypeus, one 
and one-third times their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes 
of second row their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes as 
wide in front as long, half as wide again behind as in front or nearly so, 
the cephalothorax only 3.5 times as long. 

Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere with three teeth, of which 
the first two are stout and subequal but the third much reduced; the 
upper margin of the furrow with two teeth of the usual proportions. 

Legs with the metatarsus of the fourth pair longer than the tibia + 
patella; tibia + patella of the first pair of the same length as the 
cephalothorax; spines of anterior tibia of common form, the two first 


lS ————— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 


pairs very long and overlapping; tarsi with scopule on sides of anterior 
ones, the posterior simply setose and spinulose. Labium longer, 
wider than long, strongly attenuated anteriorly, the front margin 
subtruncate. 

Epigynum with transverse piece of guide rather wide, the guide plates 
along its front side with the free margin wavy; the posterior fovee 
wide and conspicuous; septal piece of guide low and narrow for most of 
length, extending to the anterior depression where it expands fan 
shape. (Pl. XIV, fig. 9.) ; 

Total length, 5.7 mm. Length of the cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.2mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 2.2 mm. 

Length of leg II, 8 mm. 

Length of leg I11, 8 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 13.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 4mm.; met., 4.2 mm. 

Male.—Unknown. 

Type locality.—New York (Ithaca). 

Known localities—New York (Ithaca!, Lake Keuka!), District of 
Columbia !. 

Specimens I have seen from Washington, D. C., are paler through- 
out than indicated in the description above, which is based on indi- 
viduals from Ithaca and Penn Yan, N. Y., including one of the types. 
The species is in some respects much like sazatilis. 


Pardosa sternalis (Thorell), 1877. 
(Sub Lycosa, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., 3, p. 504.) 

Female.—sSides of the cephalothorax and the dorsal eye area black ; 
a median band of brown color of reddish caste beginning back of eyes 
and passing posteriorly over dorsal groove and narrowing down the 
posterior declivity to a line; the median band at its anterior end is 
nearly always bifurcate, the two slender divergent processes embracing 
between them a similarly colored spot, with which they are connected 
each by a narrow line; a light brown band along each lateral border, 
limited below posteriorly by a black marginal line and geminated for 
its entire length by a second black line; the lateral bands are continu- 
ous and attain the clypeus in front which is of the same color; median 
light stripe with some white pubescence, but with brown hair predomi- 
nating for most of its length; sides with brown pubescence; marginal 
light stripes clothed above and below the geminating dark line with 
white pubescence, the dark lines with sparser brown hair. Chelicere 
reddish yellow or light brown, normally with a blackish line along the 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


antero-mesal line of each chelicera, this line distally turning obliquely, 
outward and reaching the outer side; clothed mostly with white hair 
except distally where brown hair and bristles are intermixed. Labium 
and endites light brown, paler at tips. Coxe of legs beneath light 
brown. Sternum with ground color brown, mostly with a row of 
black spots along each lateral margin, and occupied over the middle 
region by a large black area divided by a median light line; sometimes 
the black area is much reduced and the yellow or brown color then 
predominates, but usually the black covers all but a rather narrow 
stripe toward each side and the mesal light line; subdensely clothed 
with long white or light gray hairs. Legs light brown, all joints except 
tarsi marked with black annuli which.are close together on the proximal 
joints, which in consequence often appear very dark; the metatarsus 
has three well-separated dark annuli and appears paler like the tarsi; 
black rings of femora more or less broken ventrally. Abdomen above 
blackish; a very distinct yellow or pale brown lanceolate median 
stripe at base, with an obliquely placed yellow angular spot of usual 
type each side of apex, and behind a series of four or five similar and 
obliquely placed pairs of spots, the pairs more or less confluent mesally, 
into anteriorly pointed chevron-shaped cross-bands ; a yellow mark each 
side of base of the median lanceolate stripe; dorsum for the most part 
covered with brown pubescence, but each side of lanceolate mark a row 
of spots formed by bunches of white hair, and behind but more widely 
separated two similar rows of lateral white spots with sometimes a 
median row of similarly formed white marks; sides below yellow or 
pale brown clothed with brown pubescence intermixed in spots and 
streaks with white, which becomes more abundant below and entirely 
clothes the venter; tegument of venter yellowish, sometimes with four 
rows of small brown dots which converge posteriorly. Spinnerets 
brown. Epigynum light reddish brown, darker marginally. 

Sides of face steep, but little rounded and slanting outward below; 
moderate in height, the cheliceree once and a half as long as its height 
or nearly so. Dorsal line of cephalothorax nearly straight and level to 
the posterior declivity. 

Anterior row of eyes considerably shorter than the second, reaching 
but little beyond centers of eyes of the latter, slightly procurved ; anterior 
median eyes fully their diameter apart, half so far from the but slightly 
smaller lateral eyes, their diameter or slightly less from eyes of second _ 
row; anterior lateral eyes not fully twice their diameter from front 
margin of clypeus, rather more than their diameter from eyes of second 
row; eyes of second row their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 


Upper margin of furrow of chelicere with three teeth as in Lycosa; 
lower margin with three teeth, of which the median one is stoutest 
and some longest, the first well separated from it but the third 
contiguous with it at base, the latter tooth reduced but not so much 
as in most Pardosas. Labium clearly wider than long (6.5 :6); basal 
excavation one-fourth the total length; strongly attenuated anteriorly, 
the sides straight or toward the middle weakly concave, anterior mar- 
gin truncated or very slightly convex. 

Legs with tibia + patella of fourth pair of same length as the meta- 
tarsus; tibia + patella of the first legs of same length or a little shorter 
than the cephalothorax; tarsi clothed as usual; spines of anterior tibiz 
as usua. (Pl. VIII, figs. 7 and 9.) 

Epigynum pentagonal in form, its anterior portion triangular; 
posterior fovee relatively small, abruptly depressed, each roughly 
pentagonal in shape with the longest side along the septal piece of 
guide; lateral ridges behind narrow, converging but rather widely sep- 
arated behind, not bent abruptly inward toward each other as in atra. 
(Pl. XIII, fig. 5.) 

Totallength,7mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm. ; width, 2.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 2.8 mm.;met., 1.9 mm. 

Length of leg II, 8.1 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 12.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.7 mm.; met., 3.7 mm. 

Male.—Cephalothorax darker than in the female, the median band 
obscure and usually not at all evident except caudally and about the 
dorsal furrow; lateral pale bands narrower and more obscure and the 
marginal dark line or stripe wider. Chelicere black or brownish black 
except distally and along the mesal surface, Sternum entirely black. 
Abdomen above entirely black, showing no markings; venter dusky 
brown to gray black; pubescence, as also of cephalothorax, as in female. 
Legs with femora above black or nearly so except distal, also usually 
paler beneath ; more distal joints of two anterior pairs of legs pale, with 
faint annuli or entirely unmarked, the corresponding joints on the 
posterior legs darker but also with markings faint. Palpi entirely black 
except the patellze which are light brown. 

Tibia of palpus a little longer than the patella and stouter distally. 
Scopus very long, curving obliquely forward and outward quite across 
the bulb. (Pl. XIII, fig. 6.) 

Total length, 5.56 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 2.2 mm, 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


io 4) 


18 


Length of leg 11, 8.3 mm. 

Length of leg III, 8.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 11.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.5 mm. ; met., 3.5 mm. 
Syn.—1890. Lycosa sternalis, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 563. 
1894. Pardosa sternalis, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 2, p. 51. 


1894. Pardosa coloradensis Banks (at least ad. part. magn.), J. N. Y. Ent. 
Soc., 2, p. 51. 


1895. | Pardosa coloradensis Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 8, p. 429 (Jrs.). 
1895. Pardosa luteola, Banks, but not Emerton, loc. cit. 
1904. Pardosa sternalis, Chamberlin, Can. Ent., pp. 147 and 175. 

Type locality.—Colorado. 

Known localities.—Colorado!, Utah!, Idaho!, Kansas!, lowa!. 

A strongly marked species very common in the West. 

Specimens of coloradensis Bks. in Mr. Banks’ collection, which he 

kindly permitted me to study, are the not fully mature individuals of 


the species above described. 


Pardosa atra Banks, 1894. 
(J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 2, p. 52.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax brownish black, lighter brown along the 
middle, and with a few indistinct paler marks at borders especially 
behind, not rarely a pale transverse stripe entirely across the posterior 
margin; eye region deep black; median light band constricted in front 
of dorsal groove, becoming anteriorly very dark or obscure. Cephalo- 
thorax with median band and side marks in life clothed with whitish 
or light gray pubescence, the hair elsewhere dark brown; the entire 
eye region with numerous long dark bristles which project forward. 
Chelicere blackish, reddish brown distally. Labium and endites deep 
brown to blackish. Sternum black. Coxe of legs beneath brown 
suffused with blackish. Legs blackish, paler distally; the femora with 
a few mottlings of reddish brown, the other joints indistinctly or 
obscurely annulate with the same color; legs densely pubescent and 
with numerous long erect black bristles. Dorsum of abdomen black; a 
paler reddish-brown spear-shaped mark at base; the basal stripe con- 
tiguous at its apex with a large pale spot on each side, these spots with 
the characteristic black dot at center; posteriorly two rows of similar 
spots which are confluent at the mesal line in pairs, thus forming a 
series of wide chevron-formed marks; dorsum at sides with rather 
large reddish brown dots or spots, the entire dorsum often appearing 
reddish brown covered over with an irregular network of black; sides 
similar to lateral portions of dorsum but light color more abundant 
venter of abdomen brown except along sides where are some irregular 
black marks. Epigynum and spinnerets fuscous, 


. 
| 
. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 


Face of average height and shape. 

First row of eyes but slightly procurved, much shorter than the 
second; anterior median eyes about their diameter apart, only half so 
far from the lateral eyes, of usual distance from eyes of second row; 
anterior lateral eyes situated as usual; eyes of the second row 
more than their diameter apart, half as far again from the eyes of the 
much wider third row; quadrangle of posterior eyes not entirely one- 
fourth as long as the cephalothorax. 

Labium much wider than long (8.25 :6.5); basal excavation very 
short, scarcely more than one-sixth the length of the labium; labium 
anteriorly strongly attenuated, sides rounded just above basal notch, 
but above nearly straight for most of length; antero-lateral angles 
widely rounded; front margin gently widely incurved.' (Pl. VIII, 
fig. 3.) 

Legs with the tibia + patella of the fourth pair of the same length 
as the metatarsus; tibia + patella of the first pair clearly shorter than 
the length of the cephalothorax; spines of anterior tibiz# of usual 
form and arrangement; tarsi of anterior pairs with thin scopule at 
sides. 

Epigynum a strongly chitinized suboval area which is truncate 
behind ; the posterior fovez relatively small, circular, deep and abruptly 
delimited; lateral ridges bent inward toward each other behind, the 
space between their ends occupied by the posterior end of the short 
clavate guide which separates the fovew; the anterior and greater 
area of the epigynum scarcely depressed each side of the median line. 
(PI). XIII, fig. 8.) 

Total length, 9 mm. Length of the cephalothorax, 3.8 mm.; 
width, 2.9 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.8 mm., tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 2mm. 

Length of leg 11, 9.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9.6 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 13.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 4:mm.; met., 4mm, 

Type locality.—Colorado. 

Known localities.—Colorado!, Utah!. 

In some respects this species is like granlandica. ‘The cephalothorax 
is smaller with the head narrower and more elevated. It is also 
darker and its markings are less distinct. The epigynum seems con- 
stant in its form and is easily distinguished from that of granlandica. 
The median piece of guide at times is similarly somewhat elevated 
anteriorly. 

13 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Pardosa emertoni Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Can. Entomologist, Vol. XXXVI, p. 175.) 


Cephalothorax with a deep brown longitudinal band enclosing the 
eyes of each side and extending to the posterior end of cephalothorax, 
the two leaving between them and also along each border a yellow 
band, the two dark bands and the three yellow bands being of approxi- 
mately the same width; each marginal band is bisected posteriorly by a 
dark supramarginal line; the median band often of a reddish tinge; the 
lateral dark bands united in front across the face, enclosing the eyes 
of the first and second rows, the median pale band narrowing and 
ending in a point between the second and third eye rows; marginal 
bands continuous in front with the yellow clypeus; in life the yellow 
bands covered with white pubescence, which extends also from median 
band forward between eyes to clypeus; sides of cephalothorax covered 
with brown pubescence. Chelicere yellow, with sparse white hair 
and long dark brown bristles. Labiwm brown. Endites and core 
of legs beneath yellow. Sternum yellow, with four rows of black spots 
which converge posteriorly, the two inner rows uniting posteriorly 
into a single line; clothed with white hair. Legs yellow to brown; the 
femora above dark, blackish, or with blackish streaks, but pale beneath ; 
tibize and tarsi of posterior pairs sometimes darkened; clothed with 
white pubescence and some sparser dark hairs. Abdomen with a 
black band across the anterior face which extends backward on each 
side across the antero-lateral angle as a narrow stripe which reaches to 
the spinnerets, the two black stripes leaving a wide reddish yellow 
median band which is widest in front; in the basal portion of the dorsal 
yellow band are two black lines or rows of black dots which meet in a 
point at the middle forming thus a spear-shaped outline; behind the 
dorsal band is more or less indistinctly divided by narrow transverse 
lines into segments which contain each two minute black dots; sides of 
abdomen pale yellow with numerous small black spots which are more 
scattered ventrally and which are absent from a spot beneath each 
antero-lateral angle; venter pale or whitish yellow with two rows of 
black spots converging from the genital furrow to the spinnerets; 
abdomen with the dark bands and spots clothed with brown hair, else- 
where densely clothed with white hair which gives its color to the 
abdomen in life or when dry. Spinnerets yellow. Epigynum yellow, 
darker marginally. 

Cephalothorax highest between eyes of second and third rows, con- 
cave between eyes of third row and the posterior declivity. Face 
high, as high as the length of the chelicere which are small and nar- 
rowed distally. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 


First row of eyes much shorter than the second, hardly or not quite 
extending from center to center of the eyes of the latter row, a little 
procurved; anterior median eyes three-fourths their diameter apart, 
somewhat closer to the smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes twice 
their diameter from front margin of clypeus, once and a half their 
diameter from eyes of second row; anterior median eyes more than 
their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row some less 
than once and a half their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes rather more than one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Labium evidently wider than long (5.75 : 5); basal excavation about 
one-fifth the total length of labium; labium in front of excavations 
broadly cordate, the sides converging to a rounded point in front (Pl. 
VIII, fig. 6), in middle region substraight but above convexly 
curving to the middle point. 

Legs slender, metatarsus longer than tibia + patella of the fourth 
pair; the two latter joints together clearly longer than the cephalo- 
thorax; tibia + patella of first legs of nearly same length as the cephalo- 
thorax; spines and scopulz of usual character. 

Septal piece of the guide of the epigynum in front rather narrow 
with sides subparallel, but posteriorly abruptly and widely expanded 
into a circular lobe which covers over most of the caudal portion of the 
epigynum. (Pl. XIV, fig. 1.) 

Total length, 6.3 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.9 mm.; width, 
2.1 mm. : 

Length of leg I, 8.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.;met., 2 mm. 

Length of leg II, 8.6 mm. 

Length of leg III, 8.2 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 12.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.8 mm. ; met., 4mm. 

Male.—Male palpi black distally ; front legs and head darker than in 
the female, but otherwise there is not much difference between them. 

The scopus of the palpal organ is very long and wide and curved 
obliquely outward across the bulb. 


Syn.—1885. Pardosa pallida Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 496, 
Pl. 49, figs. 3to 3c. (Nom. preoce. by P. pallida Walck., 1837.) 

1890. Pardosa pallida, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. N., 12, p. 565. 

1892. Pardosa pallida, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p: 68. 

1903. Pardosa pallida, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 653, 
Pl. 29, fig. 3. 


Type locality.—New Hampshire. 
Known localities. —New Hampshire!, Massachusetts, Connecticut, 
New York!, District of Columbia!, Ontario!, Manitoba!. 


192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Pardosa distincta (Blackwall), 1846. 
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, pp. 32, 33.) 

Female 6 mm. long; light yellow with brown markings. 

The cephalothorax has two wide brown longitudinal stripes united at 
the front of the head where they are nearly black, and a fine dark line 
each side next the legs. The sides of the abdomen are brown, with a 
very distinct light spot over the dorsal vessel, and a row of transverse 
light spots behind. The sternum is brown with a light spot in the 
middle. The abdomen is light beneath with a narrow brown stripe 
half its length on each side. The epigynum is bright orange brown, 
and the front pair of spinnerets are black. The legs are spotted with 
brown, the spots sometimes grouped in rings; the tibie are the darkest 
parts of the legs. 

The epigynum has the guide short and wide, but this part is trans- 
parent and the overlapping sides are not easily seen, so that it ap- 
pears narrow. (Pl. XV, fig. 8.) 

In the male the cephalothorax and abdomen are darker, and the legs 
lighter except at the base, where the upper sides of the coxze and part 
of the femora are darker than in the female. The head and palpi are 
black, with the patella and tibia a little lighter on top and probably 
having some light hairs when alive. 

The male palpi are large, the tarsus being about as long as tibia and 
patella. The palpal organ is dark colored and projects a little from 
the bowl of the tarsus. The basal hook is rounded in the middle and 
curves in a hook toward the base. (Pl. XV, fig. 9.) 

This species is about the same size and color as P. pallida Emerton of 
New England. The sternum is dark with a light median stripe on its 
front half, while in pallida the sternum is light with four dark lines or 
rows of spots converging behind. In the males the palpi, mandibles and 
maxill# are darker than in pallida, The epigynum resembles that of 
pallida, but is shorter and wider. The male palpi have the scopus 
short and turned down at the point, while in pallida it is long and 
slender, and extends across the whole width of palpus. (Emerton.) 

Syn.—1894. Pardosa luteola Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 9, p. 427, 
Pl. 3, fig. 7. 
Locality. —Canada. 


Pardosa californica Keyserling, 1887. 
(Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 37, p. 483, PI. 6, fig. 44.) 
Female (type).—Sides of cephaloihorax dark brown, the eye region 
black; a median light yellowish brown band of the usual dagger shape, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 


produced anteriorly as a tongue-like process between the eyes of the 
third row, this process divided by a median black line produced back- 
ward from in front; behind the third eye row the median band is 
abruptly extended laterally on each side, the widened region being nearly 
though not fully as wide as the third eye row, the band then again 
abruptly narrowed until but half so wide, continuing of this width 
about the dorsal furrow, then passing down the posterior declivity 
and narrowing to an acute point near the posterior margin; on each 
side a marginal light band which extends for the entire length and 
attains the clypeus in front, the band interrupted and sometimes 
obscured by brown spots; clypeus pale, but with a triangular black 
spot below each anterior lateral eye, the apex of the spot, as usual, 
being upward and contiguous with the black surrounding the eyes. 

Chelicere light reddish yellow; each at base with a black mark or 
line which passes obliquely outward and distally, and with a larger 
mark parallel with the first beginning at the inner side near the middle 
and running obliquely outward and distally. Labium and endites with 
yellow background, which in each case is nearly covered over by a 
central black area. Sternum yellow with a large black spot on each 
side extending from the middle to the front margin, leaving the 
median area yellow; behind with numerous minute dark dots. Core 
of legs beneath smoky yellow. Legs reddish yellow, all joints except 
the tarsi with rather heavy black rings, these rings being incomplete 
on the femora along the postero-inferior face except at the distal end. 
Palpi colored like legs, but annuli less heavy. Abdomen above and on 
the sides black with numerous minute reddish yellow dots; dorsum 
at base with a reddish-yellow spear-shaped stripe reaching caudad to 
_ the middle; near each lateral margin of the basal stripe toward the 
front is a row of two or three black spots, and each side of its apex is an 
obliquely placed angular light spot enclosing a central black spot; on 
the posterior portion of dorsum a series of several chevron-marks, 
each seemingly formed by the coalescence at the mesal line of two black 
centered, angular light spots such as found each side of apex of the 
basal mark; venter yellow, darker about the sides and caudad and 
with a median dark stripe as wide as epigynum in front, but narrow- 
ing to a truncate end behind and not reaching to the spinnerets. 
Epigynum light reddish brown. 

Sides of face nearly straight, steep but not vertical, in height con- 
siderably shorter than the length of the chelicere. 

Anterior row of eyes much shorter than the second, not extending 
more than between the centers of eyes of the latter, gently procurved ; 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


anterior median eyes more than three-fourths their diameter apart, 
about two-thirds as far from the scarcely smaller lateral eyes, fully their 
diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes twice their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, slightly more than their dia- 
meter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row their diameter 
apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes as wide in front as long, wider 
behind than in front in the ratio of 4 :3,some more than one-fourth 
as long as the cephalothorax. 

Chelicere with furrows armed below as usual with three teeth, of 
which the middle is a little longest, the third not very much reduced; - 
the upper margin with three teeth of which the first is minute. 

Tibia + patella of fourth legs of same length as the metatarsus; 
tibia + patella of first pair of same length as the cephalothorax; legs 
of fourth pair four times as long as the cephalothorax; tarsi as usual 
in the genus, those of the first two pairs of legs being scopulate laterally, 
those of the posterior pairs simply setose; tibize of first and second 
pairs of legs with three pairs of spines below as is normal, the two first 
pairs of these very long and overlapping; all tarsi straight or nearly so. 

Epigynum presenting no distinct lateral ridges posteriorly; lateral 
plates of the guide very wide, extending laterally to or nearly to the 
ends of the transverse piece and nearly as wide in front as behind, 
covering over nearly completely the posterior half of the epigynal 
area. (Pl. XIV, fig. 5.) 

Total length, 6.8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.9 mm.; width, 
2.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.4 mm.;tib. + pat., 2.9 mm.; met., 1.9mm, 

Length of leg I1, 8 mm. 

Length of leg III, 8 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 12.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.6 mm. ; met., 3.6 mm. 

Male (type).—Cephalothoraz in color drab brown, with the head 
region black; a narrow and short, inconspicuous median stripe over the 
dorsal groove but not distinguishable in front of it, narrowing behind 
as in female, not reaching posterior margin; marginal pale bands nearly 
as in the female but obscured anteriorly. Clypeus not pale, black like 
head region. Labium and endites blackish, pale distally. Sternum 
nearly as in female. Palpientirely black. Legs yellow, the femora with 
inconspicuous black marks above, other joints with dark circular lines 
about bases of the spines but otherwise unmarked. Abdomen much as 
in female but with the markings much obscured. 

Scopus of palpal organ short and blunt, much as in lapidicina; 
anterior margin of conductor much thickened, presenting three fleshy 
lobes with apices projecting backward over the furrow. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 


Syn.—1890. Pardosa californica, Marx, Proc. U.S. N.M., 12. 
1904. Pardosa calijornica, Chamberlin, Canadian Ent., p. 146, 


Type locality.—California. 

Known localities.—California!, Utah!. 

This is a common Pardosa on the Pacific Coast. Specimens from 
Utah are lighter colored than those which I have seen from California 
(including Keyserling’s types, described above, which have of course 
darkened in the alcohol). In the Utah specimens the lateral yellow 
stripes are wide, with the upper margin sinuous and with a black line 
along the lower, a somewhat indistinct and irregular black line dividing 
the stripes longitudinally ; endites yellow; labium and sternum brown, 
the latter usually not showing the black markings as described above 
for the type; chevron-marks of dorsum containing each from two to 
four black dots, as if formed by the confluence of as many light, black- 
centered dots; sides gray black with numerous minute brown dots; 
venter immaculate light gray or with a few small dark dots back of 
epigynum and at each side; spinnerets pale yellow. Cephalothorax 
in life clothed with light gray and brown hair, the sides with brown, 
the median band especially posteriorly with gray, and the latera} stripes 
with gray except along the geminating dark line, the median stripe in 
front with brown and gray pubescence intermixed. Chelicerw with 
light gray hair and long brown bristles. Sternum and legs with light 
gray hair, the latter with longer brown bristles. Abdomen clothed 
above with chiefly light brown hair, light gray or white hair in spots 
on each side and forming some transverse lines posteriorly, scattered 
longer dark brown bristles; sides of abdomen with brown and gray 
pubescence intermixed in streaks and spots; venter with hair unmixed 
gray. 


Pardosa lapidicina Emerton, 1885. 
(Trans. Conn. Acad., 6, p. 494, PI. 48, figs. 5 to 5c.) 

Female.—Sides of the cephalothorax black; a lighter, though some- 
times indistinct or even obscure median band of dark reddish brown 
color which begins as a narrow process between the posterior eyes» 
behind the third eye row abruptly widens and is constricted in front of 
dorsal furrow, at the caudal end of which it is strongly narrowed, its 
margin more or less dentate; on each side, at least posteriorly, a row of 
supramarginal light spots which are sometimes obscured, but in others 
are long and distinct; eyes surrounded with black; labium black, not 
paler than sides of cephalothorax; sides of cephalothorax clothed 
densely with rather long gray or brownish gray to blackish pubescence, 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


which quite conceals the light markings of the tegument and gives the 
cephalothorax a uniform grayish black appearance. Chelicer@ reddish 
brown to reddish yellow, usually with a black median mark at base, 
clothed densely with white pubescence, with sparse longer dark brown 
bristles. Endites yellow or light brown, paler apically, often dusky. 
Labium deeper colored than endites, dark brown to black. Sternum 
black, clothed subdensely with short whitish or light gray pubescence. 
Legs yellow to brown; onall joints except the tarsi with black annuli 
which are broadest proximally, being on the femora often confluent 
below and laterally, leaving light spots only above; the legs have usually 
a bluish or greenish-gray hue proximally, especially on ventral surface. 
Abdomen with tegument above and over sides bluish black, a black- 
margined lanceolate mark at base above, followed on each side behind 
by a row of irregular pale spots; the median region behind, in some 
with, but in others without, irregular light chevron-marks, enclosing 
the characteristic dark spots, in some pale specimens entire dorsum 
and sides with many light spots, irregularly connected above into a 
network; venter light brown, of bluish to greenish gray cast, rarely 
black, in some a dark median band behind spinnerets; dorsum and sides 
covered with brown and grayish pubescence, the venter with grayish. 

Face moderately high, the sides substraight and very steep, nearly 
vertical. 

First row of eyes much shorter than the second, but little procurved ; 
anterior median eyes fully three-fourths their diameter apart, evidently 
closer to the lateral eves, than which they are slightly larger; anterior 
lateral eyes, as usual, twice their diameter from front margin of clypeus, 
their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row about once 
and a quarter their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes one- 
fourth as long as the cephalothorax, a little wider in front than long. 
Chelicere armed as typical for the genus, having two teeth above and 
three below with the third reduced, Labiuwm wider than long in ratio of 
about 9 :8.25; basal excavation one-fourth total length, strongly 
attenuated anteriorly; the front margin nearly straight, slightly 
incurved mesally. 

Legs long and slender; metatarsus of fourth pair longer than tibia + 
patella of same pair; spines below on anterior tibia as usual; scopulse 
of typical form. 

Epigynum with the guide inversely T-shaped ,the median piece pointed 
anteriorly and not extending into front portion of depression, which is 
thus undivided ; transverse arms widest distally; lateral plates of guide- 
very narrow. (Pl. XIV, fig. 7.) 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 


Total length, 9.3mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.7 mm.; width, 
3 mm. 
‘ Length of leg I, 13.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.8 mm.; met., 3.5 mm. 
Length of leg II, 12.5 mm. 
Length of leg III, 12.8 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 7.3 mm.;tib. + pat., 5.3 mm.; met., 5.6 mm. 
Male.—Color much as in female but darker and the markings more 
obscure; the legs often almost entirely black, showing no annulations 
except distally or none at all. Tarsus of palpus black, as also the 
femur and often the tibia, the patella lighter. Smaller than female. 
Tibia of palpus with sides substraight, enlarging from base to apex, 
clearly narrower than the tarsus. Scopus very short, about as broad as 
long, distally rounded and a little uncate at exterior side; spur usually 
in front concealed by fold; embolus short, extending but little beyond 
middle ; conductor divided into two open furrows by a narrow chitinous 
ridge extending obliquely downward and outward, the posterior mar- 
gin of the exterior furrow with two short, uncate tenacula close together 
or in part overlapping. (Pl. XIV, fig. 8.) 
Total length,6mm. Length of cephalothorax,3 mm. ; width, 2.3 mm. 
Length of leg I, 10.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 2.9 mm. 
Length of leg II, 10.2 mm. 
Length of leg III, 10.4 mm. 
Length of leg LV, 13.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.3 mm.; met., 4.4 mm. 
Syn. —1892. Pardosa lapidicina, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W. »P. sh 
Pardosa lapidicina, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phils’ > 
——. Pardosa obsoleta Banks, ibid. , p. 71, Pl. 3, fig. 45. 
——. Pardosa venusta Banks, ibid, 2 aed 69, Pl. 1, figs. 42, 42a. 


1894. Pardosa lapidicina Emerton, ns. Conn. Acad. Sci., 9, p. 428. 
1902. Pardosa lapidicina Emerton, Common Sp. U.5., p. 78, figs. 186, 187, 


1903. " Pardosa lapidicina, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p 
652, Pl. 29, figs. 6, 9 

1904. Pardosa mereurials Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 
270, Pl. XIX, figs. 20, 

——. Pardosa texana Sanks. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 115, Pl. V, fig. 4. 
Type locality. —Massachusetts and Connecticut. 
Habitat.—Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island!, Canada, 

New York!, New Jersey!, District of Columbia!, Pennsylvania, Indianal, 
Towa!, Kansas!, Arkansas!, Texas!. 

A very familiar species in the Northern States, found among stones 
along streams and also to some extent remote from water in dry places. 
Its general dark gray color blends well with the color of the stones among 
which it lives. Specimensfrom the West and South are commonly much 
lighter than specimens from the Northeast, and in them the marginal 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


spots on the cephalothorax form a band except for narrow dark 
cross-lines; the legs are more conspicuously annulate, the light rings 
contrasting more strongly with the dark. As other species having 
the same range as lapidicina undergo similar changes in brightness 
of color, and especially since the light form of lapidicina and all 
intermediate forms are not rare in the North, the Western specimens of 
this Pardosa ought not to be granted rank as separate species or 
variety. Type specimens of venusta Bks. that I have seen are not 
fully adult, and agree perfectly with immature specimens of lapidicina. 


Pardosa xerampelina (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Lycosa, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 622, Pl. 7, fig. 8.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax and eye region black or deep brown; 
clypeus light brown; no distinct lateral light stripes, but sometimes a 
few obscure light spots above margin on each side posteriorly ; a median 
reddish brown band which is widest about the dorsal groove, behind 
which it is strongly and more or less abruptly narrowed, the light 
median band mostly dull and inconspicuous; in life the cephalothorax 
is clothed along sides and on head and over median band behind by 
whitish pubescence, the other parts clothed with brown and black hair. 
Chelicere reddish brown, each with a short longitudinal yellowish 
stripe above or at middle. Labiwm and endites brown, paler at tip. 
Sternum dark reddish brown to blackish brown, an obscure median 
pale line anteriorly; clothed with light gray pubescence. Coze of 
legs beneath brown. Legs yellow to brown; all joints excepting the 
tarsi ringed with black; the femora dorsally are distinctly darker 
than the other joints; clothed with brown and light gray pubescence, 
the gray over the light parts, the brown over the darker. Abdomen 
above black or nearly so; a lanceolate basal mark of brown; basal stripe 
joined at two points on each side near its apex by the ends of a V-shaped 
mark the apex of which is directed laterally ; posteriorly a series of light 
transverse more or less chevron-shaped markings; all markings of 
dorsum more or less faint; sides of abdomen and part of the venter 
about the spinnerets black, the venter elsewhere being light brown; 
abdomen clothed above with brown pubescence with a row of small 
spots of whitish hair along each side; venter of abdomen clothed with 
light gray pubescence. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum brown, with the 
depression showing as a distinctly darker V-shaped figure with apex 
caudal, 

Face high, the chelicerw but little longer than its height; sides of face 
substraight, steep but a little slanting outward from above downward. 


1908.] ¥ _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 


Dorsal line of cephalothorax in profile straight in front of the dorsal 
furrow, at which it is but slightly depressed. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than the second in the usual degree, 
only slightly procurved ; anterior median eyes four-fifths their diameter 
apart, much closer to the but slightly smaller lateral eyes, their diam- 
eter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes fully twice their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, once and a half their diameter 
from eyes of second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth as 
long as the cephalothorax. 

Margins of furrow of chelicere armed as usual. Labi um wider than 
long, strongly attenuated, anteriorly truncated or a little concave. 

Legs with tibia + patella of the fourth pair shorter than the meta- 
tarsus; tibia + patella of the first pair shorter than the cephalothorax; 
spines of anterior tibie as usual, the first two pairs long and overlap- 
ping; tarsi clothed in the common manner. 

Epigynum clearly wider in front than posteriorly; guide widest 
anteriorly narrowing caudally, the transverse arms of guide short, the 
guide plates extending to their ends; lateral ridges but weakly elevated. 
(Pl. XIV, fig. 3.) 

Total length, 8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.7 mm.; width, 
2.6 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.2 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 2.5 mm. 

Length of leg II, 9.5 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 14 mm.;tib. + pat., 4:mm.; met., 4.3 mm. 

Male.—Smaller than the female but differing but little in coloration. 
“The male palpi are long and the joints scarcely enlarged.” (PI. 
XIV, fig. 4.) 

Small specimens are 5 mm. long. 


Syn.—1877. Lycosa impavida Thorell, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sur. Terr., Vol. 3, 
p. 513. 


1878. Lycosa tachypoda Thorell, Am. Nat., June, 1878. 

sap Pardosa montana Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci. ., 6, p. 498, Pl. 49, 
gs. 5, 5a. 

1890. Lycosa xerampelina, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12. 

——. Lycosa impavida, Marx, ibid.. 

——. Lycosa tachypoda, Marx, ibid. 

——. Pardosa montana, Marx, ibid. 

1892. ? Pardosa montana, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p.7 

a hg tachypoda, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., $, 7 427 PI, 3, 
gs. 6 

1895. oe impavida, Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad, Sci., Vol. 8, p. 430. 

1902. Pardosa tachypoda and montana, Emerton, Common Sp. of U.5., p. 
81, fies. 193 to 196. 

1902. Pirata procursus Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., p. 583, 
Pl. 30, fig. 48. 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


T ype locality.—Illinois. 

Known localities New Hampshire!, Massachusetts, Illinois, Color- 
ado!, Utah!, New York?, Pennsylvania, Canada. 

Essentially a Northern and mountain species. It is not uncommon 
in Canada and in the White Mountains of New England, but does not 
occur commonly more southward. It also ranges south from Canada 
along the Rocky Mountains, and is common in Colorado and Utah. 


Pardosa grenlandica (Thorell), 1872. 
(Sub Lycosa, Ofvers. af. Vet. Akad. Forh., 29.) 


Female.—Cephalothoraz black or nearly so; a lighter, brown median 
band beginning only a little in front of dorsal furrow, passing over the 
latter and then narrowing to a line on the posterior declivity ; from the 
front of the median band a horn-shaped yellow mark extends out- 
ward and forward on each side toward the corresponding eye of the 
third row, which, however, it does not reach; more rarely these horn- 
like marks are obscure or quite absent; a row of three or less commonly 
four curved light marks above the margin of each side; hair of 
cephalothorax long, brown and light gray or whitish intermixed, the 
whitish hair more or less unmixed with brown on the clypeus, the light 
supramarginal marks and on the median light area behind. Chelicere 
reddish-yellow or brown above and black distally, the lighter color 
often reduced to a few spots; clothed with short light gray hair and 
longer brown bristles. Labiwm and endites brown, lighter at tips. 
Sternum black, clothed with gray hair. Coxe of legs beneath brown. 
Legs brown, mostly of a reddish hue; all joints, excepting tarsi, with 
distinct black annulations; clothed with brown and whitish hair, 
chiefly over the dark and light parts respectively. Palpi brown; 
femora ringed with black; patell2 unmarked; tibiw black at proximal 
end and the tarsi black at tips. Abdomen above black or blackish 
brown, the tegument either entirely without light markings or with a 
lanceolate basal mark of reddish-brown color; each side of this mark at 
its base may be a spot of the same color, as also an obscure smaller spot 
each side of apex behind; more rarely there may be distinguishable 
posteriorly a number of obscure light spots more or less confluent in 
pairs; abdomen covered above with brown hair, with bunches of 
white hair forming a row of white spots along each side; sides of 
abdomen above like the dorsum, below light brown with numerous 
darker, reddish-brown or rust-colored spots usually connected into a 
continuous network; sides covered with brown and white hair inter- 
mixed in streaks and spots and quite concealing the tegument and its 


a 
ad oh 
eS a 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 201 


markings; venter brown, with in most a median and on each side a 
lateral’ stripe of reddish-brown or rust color behind genital furrow, 
these stripes formed by a close network; venter clothed with white 
hair. Spinnerets brown, the anterior ones frequently darker or even 
blackish. Epigynum reddish brown. 

Chelicere rather long for a Pardosa, once and a fourth or more times 
as long as the height of the face; sides of face nearly straight, steep. 

Anterior row of eyes much shorter than the second, slightly pro- 
curved ; anterior median eyes their diameter apart or nearly so, rather 
less than half as far from the lateral eyes, their diameter from eyes of 
second row; anterior lateral eyes but slightly smaller than the median, 
twice their diameter from front margin of clypeus and their diameter 
from eyes of second row; eyes of second row a little more than their 
diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth the length of 
the cephalothorax. 

Chelicere with the lower margin armed with three teeth of usual 
proportions, the upper with two. Labium as wide as long or slightly 
wider (8 : 7.8); basal excavation about one-fourth or slightly more the 
length of the labium; strongly attenuated anteriorly ; the sides rounded 
below but straight or substraight above; front margin straight or very 
slightly incurved. 

Legs with the metatarsus of the fourth pair longer than the tibia + 
patella; tibia + patella of the first pair of the same length as the ceph- 
alothorax; spines of tibie as usual; tarsi clothed as common in the 
genus. 

Epigynum somewhat flask- or decanter-shaped, being narrow in 
front but widely rounded behind; lateral furrows narrow and shallow 
in front, widely expanded behind; septum high, narrow in front and 
more or less clavately widening caudally, higher than the transverse 
arms, which are dark in color, more or less rounded above and bent 
backward distally, their ends fitting into excavations in the lateral 
ridges. ( Pl. XIV, fig. 6.) 

Total length, 10.5 mm, Length of cephalothorax, 4.2 mm.; width, 
3.7 mm, . 

Length of leg I, 13 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.2 mm.; met., 3 mm. 

Length of leg II, 12.5 mm, 

Length of leg III, 12.8 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 17.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.4 mm.; met., 5.8 mm. 

Male.—Color in general as in the female though rather darker; palpi 
entirely black and black-haired or with the patella paler above; legs 
darker than in female, the light markings being more reduced. The 


202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


cephalothoraz is a little longer than the tibia + patella of the first legs. 
Legs a little longer relatively than in the female. 

Palpi thick and short; patella as long as the tibia which is gradually 
dilated distally; tarsus as long as the two preceding joints taken 
together. The scopus is short and blunt, its basal spur straight. 

Total length, 9.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.5 mm.; width. 
3.5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 13 mm. 

Length of leg II, 15 mm. 

Length of III, 13.5 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 17.75 mm. ; tib. + pat., 5 mm. 


Syn.—1877. Lycosa tristis Thorell, Bull. U. S. G. Surv. Terr., Vol. 3, No. 2, 
. 510. 

eas Lycosa indigatriz Thorell, ibid., p. 512. 

——. Lycosa iracunda Thorell, ibid., p. 514. 

——. Lycosa sinistra Thorell, ibid., p. 517. 

1878. Lycosa dromea Thorell, Am. Nat. June. 

1885. Pardosa albomaculata Emerton, Trans. Conn, Acad. Sci., 6, p. 495, 
Pl. 48, figs. 3 to 3b. 

1890. Lycosa grenlandica, tristis, indigatriz, iracunda, sinistra, Marx, 
Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, pp. 562, 563. 

. Pardosa albomaculata, Marx, ibid., p. 565. 

1894. Pardosa grenlandica, Emerton, Trans. Conn, Acad. Sci., 9, p. 423, 
Pl. 4, figs. 1 to 1}. 

Pardosa indigatrix and iracunda, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 2, pp. 51 
and 52. 

1895. Pardosa grenlandica and tristis, Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 8, p. 
430. 

1902. Pardosa albomaculata or grenlandica, Emerton, Common Sp. of U. 
S., p. 79, figs. 189, 190. 


Type locality.—Greenland. 

Known localities. —Greenland, Canada!, New England (White Moun- 
tains)!, Colorado!, Utah!. 

“Bare rocks on the upper part of the White Mountains, running 
very rapidly and dodging under stones at slight alarm” (Emerton). 

A boreal species. Common in the mountains of Utah and Colorado. 


Pardosa modica (Blackwall), 1846. 
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, p. 33.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax deep brown or black marked by two lateral 
and a median longitudinal pale stripe; eye region deep black; median 
stripe reddish brown, widest just behind third eye row, narrowed and 
constricted at the front end of the dorsal groove and again immediately 
behind it, geminated in front of the groove by a median black line; 
lateral pale stripes supramarginal, narrow, reaching to the clypeus in 
front which is likewise pale; pale stripes clothed with white hair, the 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 


dark parts with brown. Chelicere yellowish to brown over front 
face, darker at tips and along a narrow stripe extending down the 
mesal face and turning obliquely outward below; also a dark line 
along exterior face. Labium and endites brown, usually darker toward 
base. Coxe of legs beneath brown. Sternum brown, with a black stripe 
or row of black spots eaeh side of the median line and a narrower black 
line or row of small spots along each lateral margin; sometimes entirely 
black; clothed with grayish white hair. Legs brown; femora marked 
above and beneath with several longitudinal black lines or narrow 
stripes and with cross-marks on the sides; tibiz above with a trans- 
verse black band at the proximal end, and with a median longitudinal 
black line extending from this to the distal end, and also with a similar 
black line along each lateral face; the basal black band on posterior 
tibie usually half as wide as the length of the joint, narrow on 
anterior ones; at least the posterior patellze with a median longitudinal 
black line above and a similar one at each side; metatarsi especially of 
the posterior pairs with a more indistinct median dorsal line, the pos- 
terior ones also usually annulate with dark ; the femora appear evidently 
darker than the more distal joints and the posterior legs darker than 
the anterior. Abdomen above brownish black; a basal lanceolate stripe 
of reddish-brown color; a series of transverse lines behind of same color, 
usually more indistinct, these marks formed of two rows of converging 
spots as is usual; sides of abdomen reddish brown mostly spotted with 
black; venter light brown, often with two dark lines close together 
along the median line and gradually converging caudad ; sometimes a 
similar dark line at each side; at other times the venter is brown 
without markings or with dark spots at the sides; in life the abdomen 
is clothed above over the dark parts with dark brown hair, the light 
lanceolate basal mark covered with whitish hair, and a number of 
transverse lines of similar light hair behind with or without a row of 
small white spots along each side of them. Epigynum dark brown. 
Spinnerets dark brown to black. 

Cephalothorax of moderate height or rather low; in profile highest at 
the third eye row, the dorsal line from there to the posterior declivity 
nearly straight, gradually slanting, depressed each side of the dorsal 
groove. Chelicere about once and a fourth as long as the face is high; 
sides of face nearly straight, slightly slanting from the vertical. 

Anterior row of eyes of the usual relative length and curvature; 
anterior median eyes their diameter apart or nearly so, much closer 
to the lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes smaller than the median, a 
little more than their diameter from eyes of second row, twice their 


204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


diameter from front margin of clypeus; eyes of second row their diam- 
eter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth the length of the 
cephalothorax, as wide in front as long. 

Teeth of the margins of the furrow of the chelicere of the typical 
arrangement and form. Labium of the same width as length or 
nearly so; labium about four and a half times longer than its basal 
excavation; attenuated as usual; sides above straight; front margin. 
straight. 

Legs with the tibia + patella of the fourth pair a little longer than 
the metatarsus or sometimes of the same length; tibia + patella of the 
first legs evidently shorter than the cephalothorax; spines of tibize 
and clothing of tarsi as usual. 

The epigynum in its general form resembles that of grenlandica; 
the septal piece of guide is more abruptly depressed anteriorly, usually 
widened into a quadrangular form at front of the wide fovee and then 
clavately widening caudally; transverse arms of guide more conspicu- 
ous, strongly bent forward at their ends; posterior ends of lateral 
ridges more widely separated. (Pl. XV, figs. 1 and 3.) 

Total length,9 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4 mm.; width, 3mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 1.7 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.2 mm. 

Length of leg II, 9.2 mm, 

Length of leg IV, 13.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.2 mm.; met., 4mm. 

Male.—Coloration similar to that in female but darker; the median 
band of cephalothorax obscured in front of the dorsal groove; lateral 
light stripes narrow and indistinct or obscured ; light markings of the 
abdomen indistinct. 

Tibia of palpus of about the same length as the patella but evidently 
stouter, enlarged distad; sides of patella, seen from above, parallel; 
tarsus very broad, one and three-fourth times as broad as the tibia, 
ovate, acutely pointed. Palpal organ very similar to that of gran- 
landica, but the embolus is relatively longer and there are differences 
in the conductor, ete. (Pl. XV, figs. 2 and 4.) 

Total length, 8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4 mm.; width, 
3.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.4 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.6 mm.; met., 2.1 mm, 

Length of leg Il, 10.5 mm. 

Length of leg ILL, 10.1 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 12 mm.;tib. + pat., 4.2 mm.; met., 43 mm. 


Syn.——. Lycosa glacialis Thorell, Ofvers. af. Vet. Akad. Forh., 29. 
1875. ? Lycosa furcifera Thorell Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., 17, p. 499. 


1908.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 


——. Lycosa juscula Thorell, ihid., p. 501. 

1877. Lycosa concinna Thorell, Bull. U.S. G. Surv. Terr., 3, p. 506 

1878. Lycosa glacialis Thorell, Am. Nat., June. 

1885. Pardosa brunnea Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 495, Pl. 48, 
figs. 4 to 4b (variety). 

1890. Lycosa glacialis, concinna, fuscula and jurcijera, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. 

—! Pardosa brunnea, Marx, ibid., p. 565. 

1892. Pardosa brunnea, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phika., 44, p. 70. 

1894. Pardosa glacialis, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 9, p. 424, Pl. 4, 
figs. 2 to 2i. 

——. Pardosa brunnea Emerton, ibid., p. 425, Pl. 4, figs. 2g, 2h. 

——. Pardosa concinna, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 2, p. 51. 

1895. Pardosa concinna, Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 8, p. 429. 

1896. ? Pardosa brunnea, Banks, J. N.Y. Ent.Soc.,4,p.192.  _ 

1902. Pardosa glacialis, or brunnea, Emerton, Common Sp. U. 8. 

Type locality.—Canada, 

Known localities —Greenland!, Canada!, Colorado, Utah!, Idaho, 
Oregon, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Hampshire!. 

Var. brunnea.—Emerton now believes his brunnea to be a synonym of 
modica (glacialis). All the specimens I have had the opportunity of ex- 
amining from New England, however, present small differences both in 
epigynum and in the male palpus from specimens of modica from Green- 
land and Canada. But the species is subject to much variation; and it is 
uncertain whether the New England forms can be maintained more 
than tentatively as a distinct variety. (Pl. XV, figs. 3 and 4.) 


This species is abundant in Greenland, Canada, Colorado and Utah. 


Pardosa labradorensis (Thorell), 1875. 
(Sub Lycosa, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 17, p. 502.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax brownish black with three rather narrow 
longitudinal bands covered with whitish hair, the middle one reaching 
to the pars cephalica, truncated and geminated anteriorly, narrowing 
backwards, the lateral bands supramarginal, continuous, rather uneven 
in the upper margin. Chelicere dull yellowish or ferruginous brown. 
Labium blackish, with pale apex. Endites dark yellowish brown, their 
palpi of the same color, the femoral joint with blackish longitudinal 
streaks and spots. Sternum black. Legs of a dark and dull yellowish 
brown, the femora with dark streaks and spots above and on the 
sides, limiting above two large oblong pale spots divided longitudin- 
ally by a fine black line; the patella and tibiw have each three blackish 
longitudinal lines. Abdomen brownish, with traces of a short white 
band at the anterior margin of the dorsum. Epigynum ferruginous. 
Spinnerets blackish. 

Cephalothorax rather long and narrow, with the sides of the pars 


cephalica almost perpendicular, 
4 


206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


The anterior row of eyes but very slightly, scarcely perceptibly, 
curved forwards, its central eyes of the same size as (at least not greater 
than) the laterals, and somewhat more distant from each other than 
from the lateral eyes; eyes of the second series separated by an interval 
not much (about one-fourth) greater than their diameter. 

Chelicere narrow, but slightly convex longitudinally; their length 
is greater than the height of the face and the length of the patella. 
Labium with slightly rounded apex. 

Seen from the under side the anterior t7bi@ show four pairs of spines, 
the third pair belonging to the sides of the joint. 

The epigynum forms no deep fovea, as in P. fuscula, ex.gr., the 
elevated area shows, when the hair is rubbed off, a system of short 
furrows and impressions rather difficult to describe, and forming a 
large oblong figure, rather narrow in its anterior half, then dilated 
gradually with rounded sides, and truncated behind ; the anterior part, 
which is divided from the posterior by a large but not deep transverse 
depression, shows two longitudinal parallel furrows, the anterior 
apices of which are rounded; the narrow interval between these fur- 
rows is pointed anteriorly, and has in the middle a very fine longitudinal 
furrow; the posterior broad part of the epigynum shows on each side 
a deep, oblique, incurved, crescent-formed fovea; the space between 
these fover is triangular, with the apex directed backward, and 
divided by a deep middle longitudinal furrow. 

Total length, 6.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.25 mm.; width, 
2.25 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 8.75 mm. 

Length of leg I1, 8 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 13 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.75 mm. 

Male.—A male thought to belong to this species differs by the 
cephalothorax being of a purer black, with the lateral bands less dis- 
tinct. The legs, which have the same markings as in the female, are 
of a clearer yellowish-brown color than in that sex, but darker at the 
base; the cox are black above and blackish beneath, the thighs also 
blackish on the under side towards the base; the tarsi are yellowish 
brown scarcely black at the extreme apex (as in the female), The 
palpi are very dark yellowish brown (the tibial joint almost black) 
with black lines, and the tarsal joint quite black; the tibial joint is 
thickly clothed with black hair; also the other joints are black-haired. 
The abdomen has a very distinct narrow band at base covered with 
whitish hair; venter blackish. 

The patella of the palpus is somewhat longer than broad, cylindrical ; 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 


tibia scarcely longer than the patella but broader, being slightly and 
gradually dilated toward the apex; the tarsus is as long as the two 
preceding joints together, almost pear-shaped. The genital bulb is very 
high at the base on the under side, this elevated part being obliquely 
truncated and emarginate on the outer side; it shows in front a large 
fovea, from which issues a very short and coarse obtuse tooth directed 
obliquely forward and outward, and bearing at its base a longer and 
narrower pointed black tooth directed outward and curved backward 
and downward; this latter tooth lies almost concealed in the fovea; 
in the middle of the outer margin of the bulb a strong, pointed, down- 
wardly directed black tooth is visible; close to the anterior side of its 
posterior elevated portion is a transverse spine-like costa (embolus) ; 
the anterior lower part of the bulb shows on the outer side two pale 
appendages or narrow lobes. 

Total length, 6.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.25 mm.; width, 
2.25 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 8.75 mm. 

Length of leg 11, 8.5 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 11.75 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.25 mm. 

(From Thorell.) 

Habitat.—Strawberry Harbor (2 ) and Square Island (oc), Labrador. 

The female was captured July 28; the male also in July. ‘This 
species greatly resembles P. fuscula; but it is smaller, with the sides of 
the head more perpendicular, the interval between the two largest 
eyes is smaller, and the form of the vulva is quite different. P. 
labradorensis is a Pardosa C. Koch, while fuscula (and furcijera) appear to 
belong to Leimonia C. Koch.” (Thorell.) 

In general coloration, proportions and structure, and especially in 
the structure of the & palpus, this form is certainly very close to 
modica, and it may prove not to be anything different. It is possible 
that the differences in the epigynum, which Thorell thinks considerable, 
may be due to the type of labradorensis being not entirely adult, the 
epigynum of immature specimens of modica which I have seen seeming 
largely to agree with the description of that of labradorensis given as 
above by Thorell. 


Pardosa mackenziana (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Lycosa, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 621, Pl. 7, fig. 7.)] 
Female.—Cephalothoraz with a light median reddish-brown band as 
broad anteriorly as the eye area or nearly so, usually broken a little 
way back of its anterior end by a transverse dark stripe, behind 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


which the band continues of a uniform width over the median groove 
and then narrows down the posterior declivity, sometimes sending off 
a process from each side just in front of the posterior margin; sides of 
cephalothorax black, with or without an indistinct short light colored 
supramarginal stripe posteriorly, with sometimes one or two light 
spots anteriorly; this marginal band when present conspicuous; eye 
region entirely black; clypeus brown. Chelicer@ bluish brown, a wide 
black stripe crossing the face of each obliquely from the inner face out- 
ward, leaving a paler tip and a paler portion above it. Labiwm and 
endites brown, with the tips paler. Sternum black, an obscurely lighter 
median line in front, such as occurs in milvina. Coxe of legs beneath 
light brown. Legs strongly marked with deep brown or black annula- 
tions alternating with rings of yellow or light brown, the latter rings 
much narrower on femora and tibisw, of the same width as the black 
ones on the metatarsus; the tarsi clear yellow or light brown 
or the anterior ones sometimes also obscurely annulate. Abdomen 
above black, with a lanceolate mark of red-brown at base and a 
series of transverse light. marks behind, each of the latter being 
composed of mostly four confluent black-centred spots of same color; 
the transverse marks frequently obscure; sides of abdomen black, 
minutely spotted with brown, the spots large below; venter brown to 
‘gray. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum brown, of same hue as venter 
inconspicuous. 

Face but little lower than the length of the chelicere; sides straight 
and vertical or nearly so. 

First row of eyes much shorter than the second, procurved; anterior 
median eyes their diameter or more apart, closer to lateral eyes which 
are of equal size; anterior lateral eyes twice their diameter from front 
margins of clypeus, their diameter or a little more from eyes of second 
row; anterior median eyes their diameter from eyes of second row; 
eyes of second row about their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes rather more than one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Margins of furrow of chelicere armed as usual. Labium of same 
width as length or very nearly so (1 :1 to 7.25 :7); basal excavation 
longer and shallower than usual, but less than one-third the length of 
labium; sides widely rounded below, straight above, front or anterior 
margin truncate or slightly indented at middle. 

All tarsi spinulose beneath, the spinules arranged on all in two rows; 
the lateral scopule of anterior pairs very sparse or scarcely evident. 

Depressed area of epigynum anteriorly very narrow; the posterior 
area wide, almost completely filled by the expanded guide which 


" a om sy 


, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 


presents lateral plates along transverse arms in front and externally; 
the ends of arms extending into excavations in side walls. (Pl. XV, 
fig. 5.) : 

Total length, 6.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.1 mm.; met., 2mm. 

Length of leg II, 8.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 8.6 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 12.2 mm.;tib. + pat., 4: mm.; met., 3.7 mm. 

Male.—Color of cephalothoraz and abdomen as in female. Mandibles 
blackish with dusky brownish-yellow streaks. Labium and endites 
also blackish. The female joint of the palpi is brownish yellow with 
black spots and streaks especially toward the base; patella joint yellow- 
ish brown, the tibiz black on sides and pale brownish above, covered 
with black hair; tarsal joint black and black-haired, pale at apex. 
Legs brownish yellow, the thighs black beneath, except at apex, and 
with distinct blackish rings above; the following joints less distinctly 
ringed. (Thorell.) 

The tibial joint is a little broader and, at least when seen from the 
side, slightly longer than the patellar joint, gradually but very slightly 
thickened toward the apex; the tarsal joint is fully as long as the two 
preceding joints together, about double as broad as the tibial joint, 
nearly ovate, but strongly narrowing toward apex, very convex. lor 
structure of bulb see Pl. XV, figs. 6 and 7. 

Total length, 6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 2.5 
mm. (nearly). 

Length of leg I, 10 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.5 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9.5 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 14 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.5 mm. 

Syn.—1877. Lycosa uncata Thorell, Bull. U. S. G. S. of Terr., 3, p. 508. 

1894. Pardosa dorsalis Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 2, p. 51. 

1894. Pardosa uncata, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 9, p. 425, Pl. 3, 
figs. 8 to Sf. 

Type locality.—Mackenzie River, 

Known localities.—Colorado!, Utah!, Idaho, Canada. 


Pardosa longispinata Tullgren, 1901. 
(Bih. till sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 27; Ofd. IV, No. 1, p. 23.) 
Female.—Cephalothorax dark brown, clothed with short adpressed 
and long black upturned bristly hairs, with a white middle-band, 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


squarish in the cephalic part and as broad as the area of eyes, on the 
pars thoraica narrow; the eye area nearly black; at the margins 
broad white bands; the margin black. Chelicere clothed with long 
bristly hairs. Endites and labium light yellow brown. Sternum light 
brown with long light hairs. Legs pale brown with dark rings. Abdo- 
men brown, clothed with black and white short hairs without distinct 
markings; the venter light grayish. 

Cephalothorax a little shorter than the length of tibia + patella of 
fourth legs and the breadth shorter than the length of tibia of the 
fourth pair of legs. Front row of eyes distinctly procurved, the 
central eyes largest and the interspace between the central eyes about 
equal to their diameter and longer than the space between the lateral 
eyes. The distance from the lateral eyes to the margin of the clypeus 
and to the eyes in the middle row about thrice their diameter. The 
eyes of the middle row very large and the interspace between them 
longer than their diameter. The interspace between the middle and 
the posterior eyes broader than the diameter of the middle eyes. 
Chelicere a little longer than the face, very tapering at the apex and 
clothed with long bristly hairs, a little narrower than the femur of first 
pair. Tibia of first pair of legs below with 2, 2, 2 spines; these and 
other spines very long. 

Total length, 4.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.5 mm.; width, 
1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 7.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10 mm. 

(Description rearranged from the original.) 

Locality.—Florida. One single adult female from Lake Leonore in 
Orange County. 

This tiny Pardosa is not known to me at first hand. It is certainly 
a very unusual form, if it be true that the “distance from the lateral 
eyes to the margin of the clypeus and to the eyes in the middle row is 
about thrice their diameter,’’ a statement much to be questioned. 


Genus SCHIZOCOSA Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXXVI, p. 177.) 


Entire body densely clothed with pubescence; the cephalothorax 
with a light median band as wide anteriorly as the eye area and either 
with or without submarginal pale bands. Spines of anterior tibi«e 
in number and arrangement like those of Pardosa and Lycosa, in length 
varying between those of these two genera, Anterior row of eyes 
considerably shorter than the second, clearly procurved, more strongly 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 


than usual in Pardosa or Lycosa; anterior median eyes larger than the 
lateral, of nearly same distance from each other as from the lateral 
eyes; clypeus narrow, the anterior lateral eyes at most their diameter 
or but little more from the front margin of clypeus, the same distance 
or considerably farther from the eyes of second row; eyes of second row 
large, less than their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes 
evidently wider behind than infront. Chelicere as in Lycosa, the third 
tooth of the inferior margin of the furrow usually reduced. Labium 
distinetly longer than broad, the basal notch one-third its total length. 
Posterior spinnerets short, scarcely or not at all longer than the 
anterior. Epigynum with a distinct guide which is elevate and well 
developed anteriorly as in Lycosa ; the transverse arms of guide double, 
being divided from their exterior ends mesally to a varying distance; 
lateral furrows not widening anteriorly. (See figs. of PI. XVI.) 
Male palpus with a  scopus exterior in position presenting 
two processes as in Lycosa; exposed area of lunate plate small; 
conductor conspicuously produced above, usually into a horn-like 
elevation of varying size; superior margin of inferior furrow present- 
ing, more or less externally from its middle, a short and_ pointed, 
basally wide, plate-like tenaculum which is curved downward distally; 
a second, shorter tenaculum farther externally and anteriorly; auricula 
of lectus very long, extending forward along conductor and attaining 
or nearly attaining front margin of alveolus; embolus distinctly and 
more or less angularly elbowed at base of auricula. (See figs. of 
Pl. XVL.) ; 

Syn.—1842. Lycosa, Hentz (ad. part. ocreata and venustula), J. Bost. S. N. 

H., IV, p. 228. 

1875. Lycosa, Hentz (ad. part. cit.), Sp. of U.S., p. 24, 

1876, Lycosa, Keyserling (ad. part. ocreata and ruja), Verh. z. G. Wien, 

1385," Pardosa, Emerton (ad. part. bilineata), Trans. Conn, Acad. Sci., VI, p. 

1892. Pardosa, Banks (ad. part. gracilis), Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 70. 

1902. Lycosa, Montgomery (ad. part. ocreata pulchra, relucens and veri- 

similis), Proc. Aged, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 536. 


Pardosa, Montgomery (ad. part. solivaga), loc. cit. 
1904. Lycosa, Montgomery (ad. part.), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 276. 


Pars cephalica truncated in front, its sides moderately rounded and 
sloping, the face rather high, its sides slanting in varying degrees, some- 
times approaching the Pardosa type more and sometimes the Lycosa. 
The quadrangle of posterior eyes in length averaging one-fourth the 
length of the cephalothorax, being thus longer than in Lycosa. The legs 
are long and moderately stout, inclining to be slender distally; the 
anterior tarsi scopulate, at least laterally, the posterior tarsi setose 


212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


below; the tibia and patella of the fourth legs taken together are always 
considerably longer than the cephalothorax. The median light band 
of the cephalothorax widens uniformly from behind forward to the 
eyes; it is constricted in front of dorsal groove, but otherwise its 
margins are nearly straight. The abdomen in all is marked above by 
a broad light band which is nearly or fully as wide as the dorsum and 
which extends over its entire length from base to spinnerets; this band 
enclosing at base a lanceolate outline, and behind in some also a series of 
transverse angular lines of varying degrees of distinctness; sides of 
abdomen dark in color, black at least across anterior lateral angles; 
venter pale. 

Spiders of medium or small size. The males are but little different 
in size from the females, but are sometimes characterized by having the 
tibiz of the front pair of legs darkened in color and densely clothed 
with long black hair which stands out in brush-like form. 

The cocoon is spherical, without any seam at equator, and is white 
in color. 


Key To SPECIES. 
Females. 


1. Sternum yellow, with two dark lines or rows of dark spots con- 
verging posteriorly, . . . . .  bilineata (Emerton). 

Sternum dark, not marked as in ‘bilineata, 

Septal piece of guide very broad immediately in front of transverse 
arms, narrowing anteriorly where it is not sinuous or bent; the 
median piece between anterior and posterior divisions of arms 
very narrow, much narrower than the septum in front of arms 
(Pl. XVI, fig. 1); sternum usually black except marginally, 

ocreata (Hentz). 

Septal piece of guide sinuous or bent near anterior end; median 
piece between anterior and posterior divisions of arms wide, 
wider than septum in front of transverse arms (Pl. XVI, fig. 4); 
sternum usually reddish brown,. . . . .  saltatrizx (Hentz). 


bo 


Males. 


1. First tibia clothed with dense black hair standing out in brush- 
likeform, . . fies 57% eal 2. 

First tibie not so clothed, . deg " saltatrix (Hentz). 

2. Legs yellow, without dark annuli or r markings, bilineata (Emerton). 
-Legs annulate with dark, . . . . . . . . ocreata (Hentz). 


Schizocosa ocreata (Hentz), 1544. 
(Sub. Lycosa, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 391, Pl. XVIII, fig. 5.) 
Female.—Sides of the cephalothorax brownish black; median band 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 


reddish yellow, anteriorly passing forward broadly between eyes of third 
row and nearly reaching second, more or less divided at front end by a 
black median line or pointed process; eyes surrounded with black; on 
each side considerably above margin a narrow, wavy light line which does 
not extend forward upon the pars cephalica, this line often obscure; 
clypeus reddish yellow, crossed beneath each anterior lateral eye by a 
black mark or spot which is often confluent with its fellow across the 
middle, thus leaving the clypeus pale only laterally; light bands of 
cephalothorax in life clothed densely with white or light gray pubescence. 
Chelicere reddish brown, often dusky, except at distal ends, and marked 
by black lines. Endites brown, the labium darker, usually blackish except 
at tip. Sternum usually black or nearly so, paler along borders, especially 
caudo-laterally ; sometimes paler reddish brown. Coze of legs beneath 
light brown. Legs reddish brown, paler distally, all joints except the 
tarsi with dark annulations, the annulations of the femora broader and 
deeper, commonly more or less confluent, especially the anterior pairs, 
the annulations of the other joints often indistinct. Sides of abdomen 
above dark, a black band passing from the front face backward across 
each antero-lateral angle and breaking up behind into numerous 
streaks and spots; the dorsum covered for entire length by a broad 
light brown band of often reddish tinge, the band usually constricted 
in front of middle; within the light band at base a lanceolate outline 
which bifurcates at its apex and is followed behind bya series of chevron- 
lines; lower part of sides of abdomen light brown, marked with small 
black spots; the venter light brown, either immaculate or with a 
median, and at each side a lateral, row of dark spots behind the furrow 
of the lung slits. Epigynum and spinnerets brown. Face moder- 
ately high, two-thirds as high as the length of the chelicera, its sides 
moderately steep. First row of eyes considerably shorter than the 
second, distinctly procurved, the median three-fourths their diameter 
apart, nearly the same distance from the three-fourths as large lateral 
eyes; anterior lateral eyes their diameter, or slightly more, from front 
margin of clypeus, very little farther from eyes of second row, eyes of 
second row not fully their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes about one-fourth the length of the cephalothorax. Chelicera 
armed as usual, Labium longer than wide, the basal notch very long, 
more than one-third the total length of labium; sides above straight 
and strongly converging, the front margin straight, not at all curved. 
Legs long, the distal joints rather slender; tibia + patella of first legs 
of same length as the cephalothorax; anterior tibi# armed beneath as 
usual, the first two pairs of spines long, nearly as in Pardosa, the first 


214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


overlapping the second ; anterior tarsi with scopulz at sides; a median 
ventral setose band, the posterior tarsi not at all scopulate being 
simply setose. 

Septal part of guide of epigynum very broad, occupying much of 
epigynal depression, narrowest at anterior end; the transverse arms 
deeply divided, the median piece very narrow. (Pl. XVI, fig. 1.) 

Total length of small female, 7.4 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 
4.3 mm.; greatest width, 3.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 11.3 mm.;tib. + pat., 4.3 mm.; met., 2.1 mm. 

Length of leg II, 10.7 mm. 

Length of leg II, 10.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 15 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.6 mm., met., 4.4 mm. 

Male.—Coloration in general as in female. The tibiz of first legs very 
densely clothed for entire length with long black hairs which stand 
out straight from joint; often of a greenish tinge. Legs longer than in 
female; tibia + patella of first legs longer than cephalothorax; spine 
of anterior tibia shorter than in female. 

Tibia of palpus fully as wide as long, sides convex, widest at middle, 
much wider than the patella which is little shorter and widens from 
base distally, its sides straight; tarsus wider than the tibia, of same 
length as tibia and patella taken together. Lunate area very small, 
basal in position, its convexity external; horn of conductor very long, 
extending much beyond front margin of alveolus, bent at an angle 
below its middle; principal tenaculum situated at middle, unequally 
bidentate; lesser tenaculum bent upward at distal end, situated 
below antero-exterior angle; auricle gradually attenuated apically. 
(Pl. XVI, fig. 5.) 

Length of large specimen, 8.6 mm. T.ength of cephalothorax, 4.6 
mm. ; width, 3.9 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 14.2mm.; tib. + pat.,5mm.; met., 3.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 13.3 mm. 

Length of leg III, 13.1 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 1.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.5 mm.; met., 5.3 mm, 

Syn.—1875. Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Spid. of U.S., p. 33, PI. 4, fig. 5. 

1876. Lycosa ocreata, Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wi ien, Vol. XXVI ,p. 611, 
Tab, VII, fig. 5 (male). 

—_—-, Lycosa ruja Keyserling, ibid., p. 613, Tab. VII, fig. 2 (female), 

1885. Lycosa ocreata, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Seci., VI, p. 491, Pl. 
XLVILI, figs. 6, 6a, 6b. 

1890. Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., XII, p. 562. 

——. Lyecosa rufa Keyserling, Marx, ibid., p. 563. 

Lycosa ocreata, Stone, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. 42, p. 427. 


1992, L ycosa ocreata, Banks, op. cit., Vol, 44 yp 66. 
—--  Lycosa ocreata, Marx, Proc, Ent. Soe. IT p. 160, 


7 
] 
, 
. 
: 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 


-——. Lycosa ocreata, Fox, ibid., p. 269. 

1893. Lycosa ocreata, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 125. 

1896. Lycosa ocreata, Banks, op. cit., 1V, p. 192. 

1898. Lycosa ocreata, Simon, ist. Nat. piney II 

1900. Lycosa ocreata, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phils , p. 538. 

1902. JLycosa ocreata, Emerton, Common Sp. of U.S. 

——. Pardosa solivaga Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , p. 574, 
Pl. XXX, fig. 39. 

—. Lycosa stonei Montgomery, ibid., p. 546, Pl. XXIX, figs. 9 and 10. 

1904. Schizocosa ocreata, Chamberlin, Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 176. 

——. Lycosa ocreata, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. P iila., p. 288. 


Type locality.—North Carolina. 

Known localittes.—North Carolina!, Virginia, Tisteiot of Columbia!, 
Alabama, Louisiana, Ohio, Illinois, Kansas!, Connecticut, New York!. 

Hentz,in speaking of the occurrence of this species in North Carolina, 
says that it “is not rare in meadows near water.’’ It is found in 
similar locations in New York State. Emerton states that in New 
Haven, Conn., it is ‘common in open woods among dead leaves. 
Adult about June 1.” 


Schizocosa saltatrix (Hentz), 1844. 
(Sub Lycosa, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 387, Pl. XVII, fig. 7.) 

Females.—Sides of cephalothorax deep brown, in life densely clothed 
with black intermixed with brown pubescence, a wide median band of 
usual form which is of reddish tinge anteriorly, extending forward 
between eyes of third row and there geminated by a fine dark line 
which extends back over pars cephalica towards dorsal groove; a supra- 
marginal light line on each side which sometimes attains and some- 
times does not attain the clypeus in front, the border below these 
lateral stripes more or less broken by transverse light lines; median and 
lateral light stripes densely clothed with white intermixed with yellow- 
ish pubescence. Chelicere dark brown clothed with short yellowish 
gray pubescence, which is not dense, and longer black bristles; the 
fringe of the superior margin of the furrow grayish. Endites yellowish 
brown, lighter at tips. Labium brown, darker than endites. Sternum 
beneath brown or reddish brown, the former often showing a lighter 
median line or stripe, clothed in life with gray or whitish intermixed 
with black pubescence. Cora light brown to yellow, always paler than 
the sternum. Legs yellow to light reddish-brown, with numerous nar- 
row though often indistinct dark rings (occasionally quite absent), 
which become fewer and often wider distally, the annuli of femora not 
so heavy and not confluent as in ocreata, Nearly entire dorsum of 
abdomen pale brown, often of a pale reddish in life, grayish from the 
pubescence which is light brown intermixed with spots of gray, line 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


at base a dark lanceolate outline, forked at apex and followed by a 
series of chevror-lines as in ocreata; these in life broadened behind by 
lines of white hair, a black spot over each anterior lateral angle extend- 
ing a short distance condad, and usually a triangular black spot more 
or less constricting the median band towards the middle, the sides 
elsewhere with many dark spots, in life streaked and spotted with 
patches of white pubescence; venter pale brown to greenish yellow, 
in life densely clothed with white pubescence, the tegument often 
marked along each side with a row of small black dots curved convexly 
outward and converging posteriorly, a double median dark stripe 
sometimes present behind epigynum. Epigynum and spinnerets light 
brown. 

Face moderate in height, less than two-thirds as high as the length of 
the chelicere, the sides moderately rounded and standing outward 
below, more so than in ocreata. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than second by twice the diameter of a 
lateral eye, well procurved. Anterior lateral eyes their diameter from 
front margin of clypeus, slightly farther from eyes of second row less 
than their diameter apart; cephalothorax 4.5 times longer than quad- 
rangle of posterior eyes. 

Chelicere armed as usual, the middle tooth of inferior margin longest, 
the third considerably reduced. Labium longer than broad (not quite 
8.7) basal notch one-third the length of labium; sides of labium below 
but slightly convex, subparallel, above straight or nearly so, distinctly 
and considerably converging; anterior margin moderately wide, con- 
curved at middle; gently convexly rounded at sides. 

Legs long and rather stout; the metatarsi of the fourth legs moder- 
ately slender; two first pair of spines of anterior tibie of moderate 
length, rather shorter than in ocreata. Anterior tarsi and also except 
basally being divided by a wide median setose band. 

Septal piece of guide of epigynum of but moderate width, a little or 
sometimes considerably wider anteriorly than posteriorly, the transverse 
arms divided normally but little more than half way to their mesal 
ends, the incisions connected by a furrow; posterior diyisions of trans- 
verse arms depressed, on each side with distal end bent sharply forward. 
(Pl. XVI, fig. 4.) 

Total length, 9 mm, Length of cephalothorax, 4.7 mm.; width, 
3.8 Inm. 

Length of leg I, 12.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.5 mm.; met., 2.3 mm, 

Length of leg II, 11.7 mm. : 

Length of leg II, 11.5 mm, 


. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 


Length of leg LV, 15.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 5 mm.; met., 4.5 mm. 

Male.—Colored like female, the anterior legs not specially modified, 
chelicere clothed with yellow and greenish pubescence. Legs con- 
siderably longer than in female, tibia + patella of first pair clearly 
longer than the cephalothorax.’ 

Tibize of palpus a little longer and much thicker than the patella, 
nearly as wide as tarsus, sides more straight than in ocreata; tarsus as 
long as two preceding joints together. Exposed part of lunate area 
very small, situated at base and with convexity external; horn of 
conductor broad at base, conical; principal tenaculum external from 
middle, the lesser tenaculum at antero-exterior angle of conductor, 
small, bent a little downward apically; auricle of lectal fold bluntly 
and abruptly rounded apically. For 6ther features see Pl. XVI, fig. 2. 

Total length, 8.8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.7 mm.; width, 
3.9mm. 

Length of leg I, 16 mm. ; tib. + pat., 5.4 mm.; met., 3.5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 13.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 13.4 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 19 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.8 mm.; met., 5.8 mm. 

Syn.—1844. Lycosa venustula Hentz, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 392, Pl. 
XVIII, figs. 6 and 7. 
1875. Lycosa saltatriz Hentz, Sp. of U.S. (Burgess Ed.), p. 28, Pl. 3, fig. 7. 


——. Lycosa venustula Hentz, Sp. of U.S., P- 33, Pl. 4, figs. 6, 7. 
1892. Lycosa humilis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., Vol. 44, p. 65, 


Pl. IIT, fig. 36. : 

——. Pardosa gracilis Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. 44, p. 70, 
Pl. 4, fig. 50. 

1902. Lycosa relucens Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 542, 
Pl. 29, figs. 5, 6. 

—. Lycosa charanoides Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 544. 


——. Iycosa verisimilis Montgomery, thid., p. 548, Pl. 29, figs. 11, 12. 

1903. Lycosa charanoides Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 646, 
Pi. XXIX, fig. 7. 

——, Lycosa verisimilis Montgomery, tbid., p. 647. 

1904. Schizocosa venustula (Hentz), Chamberlin, Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 176. 

——. Lycosa charanoides Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 286. 

——. Lycosa relucens Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 292. 

Type locality —Alabama. 

Known localities.—Alabama, North Carolina!, Georgia!, Louisiana!, 
Mississippi!, Texas!, District of Columbia!, Pennsylvania, Kansas!, 
New York!. : 

Hentz states that males of this species were common in Alabama in 
April, but that he did not find females. So also, it may be noted, all 
but a few of the specimens of rather extensive collections of this species, 
made at several places in the South in the early spring of 1903, which I 
have examined are males. The marking of the venter of the abdomen 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


figured by Hentz is strongly developed in some individuals, obscure or 
absent in others. In size and general coloration this species is much 
like ocreata, except as to the first legs of the males; and it has also 
approximately the same geographical range. 


Schizocosa bilineata (Emerton), 1885. 
(Sub Pardosa, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., VI, p. 496, Pl. 49, figs. 3 to 3b.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax dark reddish brown clothed with 
deep brown pubescence. A wide median yellow stripe of the usual 
form, darker, more reddish, in front of dorsal groove, extending be- 
tween eyes of third row as usual; not geminated or only so for very little 
distance at front, usually a darker reddish line extending backward 
from inner side of each eye of third row, the two uniting in front of 
median groove; the band clothed in gray and light brown pubescence 
which is darker anteriorly; a narrow supramarginal stripe each side 
reaching to clypeus in front, the dark band below this stripe 
often more or less broken into spots by light cross-lines; some 
light radiating cross-lines from median stripe; eyes surrounded with 
black, the black extending across clypeus below each anterior 
lateral eye. Chelicere brown, a gray-brown pubescence and longer 
black bristles. Endites yellow or light brown. Labium darker, brown 
to blackish. Sternum light brown or yellow, a row of dark spots 
each side of the middle, the two converging and meeting posteriorly, 
the margins also sometimes darker, clothed with grayish pubescence. 
Core of legs yellow. Legs yellow, somewhat darkened distally, 
entirely without dark annuli or other markings. Abdomen above 
light brown, enclosing at base a dark lanceolate outline ending at 
middle, and with behind on each side a row of several black spots, 
which are connected in pairs by narrow and often indistinct dark 
transverse lines; the dorsum densely clothed with light brown or gray- 
brown pubescence; a deep brown or black spot over each anterior 
lateral angle, the sides elsewhere also dark from the many dark spots 
which are often more or less arranged in rows, covered with brown 
pubescence, intermixed with gray in spots and streaks; venter yellow, 
covered with gray pubescence, with normally four dark longitudinal 
lines, all converging from furrow of lung slits toward the spinnerets. 
Spinnerels yellowish or pale brown. Epigynum pale brown with darker 
margins. 

Face moderately high, a little more than two-thirds as high as the 
length of the chelicera; sides scarcely convex, very steep, much as in 
Pardosa. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 


First row of eyes much shorter than the second, considerably pro- 
curved ; anterior median eyes hardly their radius apart, about same 
distance from the lateral or but slightly farther; anterior lateral eyes 
as large as median or very nearly so, rather less than their diameter 
from front margin of clypeus, a little more than their diameter from 
eyes of second row; eyes of second row not their diameter apart, quad- 
rangle of posterior eyes one-fourth as long as the cephalothorax; 
posterior eyes seen from above close to lateral margin of pars cephalica 
as in Pardosa. 

Labium longer than wide in ratio of 4.6 :4: basal notch one-third as 
long as labium; sides rounded below, straight and moderately con- 
verging above; anterior margin truncate, not at all curved. Legs of 
moderate length, short, not very slender distally ; metatarsus of fourth 
legs as long as cephalothorax; tibia + patella of first leg shorter than 
cephalothorax; spines of anterior tibia moderately long and slender, 
the first pair a little overlapping the second; anterior tarsi with well 
developed scopulze which are scarcely or but imperfectly divided, the 
posterior tarsi not at all scopulate, simply setose. 

Septal piece of guide of epigynum broad, narrowest adjacent to 
transverse arms, distinctly widening anteriorly; the anterior branch of 
transverse arms of each side conspicuously enlarged distally, making 
the total width of the transverse arms conspicuously less adjacent 
to septum than extad. (Pl. XVI, fig. 3.) 

Total length, 7.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.3 mm.; width 
2.4mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 1.7 mm, 

Length of leg I, 8.2 mm. 

Length of Jeg ILI, 8.2 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 11.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 1.7 mm. 

Male.—General coloration like that of female; tibiae of first legs 
densely clothed for entire length with a brush of long black hair as in 
ocreata, Anterior lateral eyes but about half their diameter from front 
margin of clypeus, smaller than median; eyes of second row scarcely 
more than three-fourths their diameter apart. 

Tibia of palpus longer and broader than the patella, of nearly same 
breadth from base to apex; tibia + patella a little longer than tarsus; 
the latter clearly wider than the tibia (3.25 : 2.5); the alveolus relatively 
large, the sides low and the bulb protruding; conductor high and 
rounded above at the exterior end, but no distinct horn-shaped process ; 
principal tenaculum rather small, bluntly rounded apically; auricle 
of lectus very long, attaining or extending beyond front margin of 
alveolus. 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Total length, 5.3 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. 
Length of leg I, 8.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.2 mm.; met., 2 mm. 
Length of leg I, 7.8 mm. 
Length of leg ILI, 
Length of leg LV, 10.6; tib. + pat., 3.4 mm.; met., 3.2 mm. 
Syn.—1890. Lycosa ocreata Stone, but nec Hentz, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., Vol. 42, p. 427. 
1892. Pardosa bilineata, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., Vol. 2, p. 161 - 
1895. Pardosa bilineata, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 3, p. 91. : 
1902. Lycosa ocreata pulchra Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
p. 540, Pl. 29, figs. 3, 4. 
1904. Schizocosa bilineata (Hentz), Chamberlin, XXXVI, PB 176. 
——. Lycosa bilineata Montgomery, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. hila., p. 290. 


Type locality.—Connecticut. 
Known localities —Connecticut, New York!, New Jersey, Pennsyl- 
vania, District of Columbia!, Illinois, Kansas!. 


The Genus LYCOSA Latreille, 1804. 
(Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., 24, p. 135.) 


Entire body densely clothed with pubescence. Anterior tibix 
armed beneath with three pairs of spines which are shorter than the 
diameter of the joint or at most but little longer, the third pair 
apical in position and smaller (Pl. LX, fig. 8). Anterior eyes in a row 
shorter than, of same length as or longer than the second, either pro- 
curved or straight, or rarely a little recurved, eyes equidistant or with 
the median a little farther from each other than from the lateral, the 
lateral usually a little smaller than the median; anterior lateral eyes 
mostly their diameter or but little more from front margin of elypeus, 
only rarely once and a half their diameter and never more, the same 
distance or farther from eves of second row; eyes of second row large, 
less than their diameter apart ; quadrangle of posterior eyes trapeziform, 
evidently wider behind than in front. Labium longer than wide, or at 
least never wider than long; either attenuated anteriorly or, less com- 
monly, with sides subparallel; basal excavation long, in most fully 
one-third or more the total length (Pl. LX, figs. 7 and 9). Spin- 
nerets short, the posterior ones not longer than the anterior, their 
apical segment indistinet. Epigynum in typical forms with a strongly 
developed guide, of which the septal piece is distinct and well formed 
anteriorly, its transverse arms not divided ; openings of the spermatheca 
protected, leading into narrowed channels, the lateral furrows from 
these widening anteriorly, and at the front usually conspicuously wider 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 221 


than behind (see, e.g., figs. of Pl. XVII) ; in some the foveole subcircular, 
not thus elongate and widening conspicuously anteriorly (group 7’ro- 
chosa). Bulb of male palpus bearing at front of basal lobe a strongly 
chitinized special fold or scopus which is essentially exterior in position; 
scopus presenting two processes; viewed directly from below the inner 
of these appears usually as a more or less retrorse, barb-like process, 
but in some (group Trochosa) longer and strongly salient, the basal 
portion mostly more or less concealed by a basal fold which leaves 
only the apical, exterior portion visible in ventral aspect; median rim 
of conductor bearing one, or sometimes two, mostly slender and simple 
tenacula; a lectal fold well developed, an auricle of varying size, but 
always smaller than in Schizocosa. See, e.g., figs. of Pl. XVII. 


1832. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part. max.), Sill. J. Sci. and Arts, 21, p. 106. 

1842, Lycosa Hentz (ad. part. max.), J. Bost. Soc. N. H., 4, p. 228. 

1848. Lycosa (ad. part.), Arctosa and Trochosa, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, 
14, pp. 94-98. 

1869-70. Tarentula and Trochosa Thorell, On European Spiders; p. 192. 

1875. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part. max.), Sp. U.S., pp. 11 and 24. 

1876. Lycosa Simon (ad. part. max.), Arcahn. Fr., 3, p. 233. 

——. Tarentula and Trochosa Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, p. 610. 

1877. Tarentula Thorell, Bull. U.S. G.S. Terr., 3, p. 520. 

1885. Lycosa Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 482. 

1890. Tarentula, Trochosa and ad. part. Lycosa Marx, Proe. U.S. N. M., 12. 

1898. Lycosa Simon (ad, part. max.), Hist. Nat. Araign., 2. 

1902. Lycosa (ad. part. max.), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 536. 

1903. Lycosa Comstock, Classif. of N. A. Spiders. 

1904, Lycosa Chamberlin, Can, Entomologist, Vol. XXXVI, p. 176. 

——. Lycosa (ad. part.), Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 276. 

——. Trochosa, Montgomery (ad, part), ibid., p. 300. 


Pars cephalica moderately elevated; in front truncate to more or 
less obtuse; its lateral margins either a little converging anteriorly or 
parallel; sides rounded outward below; face moderately high, trapezi- 
form, evidently widening downward; in profile either vertical or 
sloping forward from top to the base of cheliceree (Pl. IX, fig. 5). 
Quadrangle of posterior eyes in most but one-fifth or less the length 
of the cephalothorax. Seen from above, the eyes of second and third 
rows are much more than their diameter from lateral margins of 
the pars cephalica (Pl. IX, fig. 2). Chelicere long and robust, in 
length at least one and one-half times the height of the face; upper 
margin with three teeth of the usual proportions, or the first one 
rarely absent; lower margin with three stout teeth which are subequal, 
or with the third sometimes reduced, or else with two stout equal teeth 
(Pl. LX, figs. 1 and 3). 

Legs robust, the distal joints usually not slender as in Pardosa, 
Tarsi and usually also metatarsi of anterior legs scopulate and with the 

15 


222 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


scopule undivided (Pl. IX, fig. 4), the posterior tarsi scopulate at 
sides, being divided along the median ventral face by a setose or 
setose and spinulose band (PI. LX, fig. 6). Metatarsus of fourth legs 
shorter than tibia + patella of same pair in most cases, rarely the 
metatarsus the longer more especially in males. Tibia + patella of 
last legs sometimes a little longer than and sometimes of same length 
as or,as in the great majority of cases,shorter than the cephalothorax. 
Spiders of large or medium size, including the largest forms of the 
family. There is much variation in coloration, although in the several 
groups of species the same system or pattern of markings is more or less 
evident. Most of the larger North American species show a decided 
tendency to have the ventral surface of the body black in whole or in 
considerable part, such seeming indeed to be the tendency in large 
Lycoside everywhere. The body of the males is in most cases smaller 
than that of the females, with the legs proportionately much longer 
and with their several joints of proportionately different lengths. 
Lycosas make a white spherical cocoon which only exceptionally 
shows a seam about its equator, the tissue being normally smooth and 
homogeneous. The smaller species carry the cocoons about as do the 
Pardosas, which they resemble also in building no retreats. The larger 
species, however, during the cocooning season are sedentary. Prac- 
tically all of these larger species make nests or burrows of some kind, 
these varying greatly in form and depth. Some of the burrows are 
deep and have the openings surrounded by a rampart or turret 
formed of sticks and leaves or of bits of dirt cemented together with 
silk (e.g., fatifera, arenicola, carolinensis), Other species excavate only 
shallower pits or nests beneath stones or logs, and surround these 
excavations with a low rampart of earth or sticks, ete., and which 
they may occupy only during the cocooning season (e.g., helluo). 
The genus Lycosa as here considered is divisible into a number of 
groups; but for the most part these are found more or less closely to 
intergrade when a sufficient number of species are taken into considera- 
tion. The most aberrant and distinct of these groups, so far as concerns 
the American species, is that containing many of the forms referred 
to Trochosa C. K. (avara Keys., gosiuta new, cinerea Vab., rubicunda 
Keys., ete.). The material representing this group that I have been 
able to study (American forms only) has not been sufficiently extensive 
and complete to enable me to determine fully the characteristics and 
value of the group, and therefore the propriety or advantageousness 
of its separation generically, The forms studied differ from typical 
Lycosas among other features in having the epigyna as wide as or 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 223 


wider than long with the guide more or less strongly arched at middle, 
and with the lateral depression, relatively wide and short, tending to 
subcireular; the lateral ridges commonly low at middle (Pl. XX, 
fig. 2, avara; Pl. XX, fig. 6, cinerea). In the male palpal organ the 
proximal limb of scopus is more strongly developed, being more or 
less elongate and bent out vertically as a conspicuously salient 
process (Pl. XX, fig. 1, avara).. Some but not all species in the group 
have the stout spine, normally present above at proximal end of the 
tibiw of the third and fourth legs in Lycosa, replaced by a very elon- 
gate, basally stout bristle clearly stouter at base than surrounding 
hairs, spine-like, but distally gradually extending into a long fine awn. 
Through some forms of this group a close approach is made to Allocosa, 
which may ultimately have to be withdrawn into the present genus. 


Key To Spectes or Lycosa. 


1. Venter of abdomen black in front of genital furrow and in a spot at 


base of “aah! elsewhere pale brown, . coloradensis Bks. 
Not so, . 2. 
2. Lower margin of furrow of chelicera armed with but two teeth, 3. 


Lower margin of furrow armed with three teeth, : 
3. Anterior lateral eyes their diameter from front margin of clypeus, 
kochii (Keys.). 
Anterior lateral eyes once and one-half their diameter from front 


margin of clypeus,  . . . beanit Em. 

4. Nospine at all above on tibie of legs I and IV, a. aT 5. 
Spine at middle or both at middle and at proximal end on tibie 
oflegs Land IV, . . 6. 


5. Dorsum of abdomen ‘with a distinct median dark band along its 
entire length ; light median band on cephalothorax, arenicola Sc. 
Dorsum of abdomen without such a dark band; cephalothorax 
without distinct markings, . . . fatifera Htz. 
6. No true stout spine at base above on tibix of legs ILL and LV, 
replaced by a basally stout, sae slender and pointed, 
elongate bristle, : 
A true robust spine at base ‘above on tibie of legs IU and IV, 10, 
7. Tibia + patella of legs [V less than 3 mm. long, floridiana (Bhs). 
Tibia + patella of legs 1V near 4 mm. long or longer, 
9. Eyes upon a black patch; legs not marked with dark annuli, 
cinerea Fab. 
Eyes not upon a black patch ; legs marked with dark annuli, 
rubicunda, 
10, Cephalothorax with a light median longitudinal stripe which is very 
narrow or line-like anteriorly and which extends forward to or 
between eyes of second row, . . ll. 
Cephalothorax either without a median band or with a band 
which is as wide or nearly as wide as the third eye row, . . 18. 


224 


13. 


14, 


18. 


19. 


20, 


21. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Legs strongly banded with black, or if, annulations are indistinct, 
legs entirely black, . er 
Legs yellow or light brown, not at all annulate or with a few dark 

-markings on femora, . . 13. 
Anterior row of eyes as wide as ‘or a little w ider than the second, 
aspersa iH. 
Anterior row of eyes shorter than thesecond, . . . ripariaH. 
Males). - + rit + Sona nS 
Females, . ; 18. 
Cephalothorax near 10 mm. in length (leg IV not more than 3.25 
times as long as cephalothorax), . . . permunda Chamb. 
Cephalothorax under 7.5 mm. in length (leg IV 3.7 or more 
times as long as cephalothorax), . - . Te 


. Tibia + patella I longer than tibia + patella IV, : grandis Bks. 


Tibia + patella I shorter than tibia + patella IV, . helluo W. 
Leg IV less than three times the length of cephalothorax, 
permunda Chamb. 
Leg IV more than three times the length of cephalothorax, . 17. 
Abdomen beneath and the sternum immaculate pale yout 
clothed with yellow hair, . . grandis Bks. 
Sternum mostly black or nearly s so and clothed sone with black 
hair; abdomen beneath mostly with numerous dark dots and 


sometimes nearly black, . . it helluo W. 
Dorsum of abdomen marked along its entire length by a distinct 
median dark band, .. 5...» . « = nn 
Abdomen not so marked. . a jee 


Sternum yellow or light brow n; dorsal dark band of abdomen, 
usually with margins behind dentate or else enclosing along each 
side a series of small oblique light spots, . . . scululata H. 


Sternum black; dorsal band of abdomen with margins always: 


straight and not dentate or enclosing light spots behind, 


punctulata H. 
Cephalothorax entirely without light bands or spots either at 
middle or along sides, . ong ae 


Cephalothorax with at least a median lighter band or ‘spot, , 22. 
Sternum and cox of legs and usually entire venter of abdomen 
black; both ends of tibixe of legs beneath black, . carolinensis W. 
Sternum light to reddish brown, not black; venter of abdomen 
not black either in whole or in part, . . quinaria. 
Tibie of fourth legs black at both ends beneath, other tibia and 
legs elsewhere unmarked excepting faint brown cross-bars on 
femora (sternum and venter of abdomen entirely black), 
apicata Bks. 
Not so, . . «ae 


. Legs pale brown and entirely without darker ‘markings; venter 


behind genital furrow black, rarely a pale central spot, lenta H. 
Legs similar, but patella and often. distal end of tibie black 
beneath; anterior femora above and_ posteriorly with fine 
longitudinal dark lines, posterior femora with faint dark spots; 
venter as for preceding, . . .  lenta yar. baltimoriana (K.). 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


24, 


i) 
bo 
i | 


Not as for lenta or its variety,. . 24. 
All tibie black at both ends beneath and the femora black beneath 
at distal end ; large, the cephalothorax 10 mm. or more in length, 
carolinensis W. 
Tibiz and femora not banded thus at ends only beneath; cephalo- 


wicwes tom tom 10mm, long, ... 2 2. 2 eee OR 
rr tte eet SF ae bee) Sl ioe. 2B. 
Males, — Sa ee 

26. Lateral depressed areas of epigynum wide, subeircular, not elongate 
ine URUR Way ss al. Qos. Pe vel he:) ates. Bake 
Epigynum not so, Fy ah 


31. 


32 


. 


. Guide bearing a short blunt median process patti ‘ends of 


transverse arms not extending forwards freely to or beyond 
middle of lateral depression or fovea (Pl. XIX, fig. 2), 
avara (Keys.). 
No such short median process posteriorly on guide; ends of 
transverse arms of guide extending forward uncovered to beyond 
middle of depressed fovea (Pl. XIX, fig. 4), 
avara var. gosiuta new. 


. Guide of epigynum inversely T-shaped, the transverse arms 


relatively slender, . 29. 
Guide enlarged at posterior end, “but not inv ersely T-shaped or 
anchor-shaped, 33. 


. Septum of guide ’strongly v widening from base of transverse arms 


to anterior end, where it extends entirely or nearly across the 
median depression, Be Ee a a re |S 
Not so, 


, 31, 
' Confining walls of epigynum Vv very wide anteriorly (PI. xxi fig, 3), 


pratensis Em. 
Not so, the epigynum much like that of helluwo (Pl. XVII, fig. 1), 
floridana Bks. 

Transverse piece of guide extending entirely across or almost 
entirely across epigynum behind, some longer than median 

, piece, scarcely confined by side ridges at ends (Pl. XVIII, fig. 4), 
frondicola Em. 

Transverse piece of guide not so long, ea ae confined by Eee. 


atends, . . 32. 
Septum widest at its anterior end; lateral walls thick; epigyn num as 
awhole rather wider than long, . . modesta Keys, 


Not so, septum widest toward middle part of its length, trans- 
verse arms usually excavated at ends above; epigynum as a 
whole a triangular, being much narrowed anteriorly (PI. 


XVII, fig. 3), .. . . . erratica H, 

33, Enlarged end portion of guide roughly ‘triangular i in shape with the 
a behind (Pl. XIX, fig. 8), . . pictilis Em. 
xpanded end of guide not so shaped, widest behind, where it is 

ay te i ahank, OE. 7), . » » . . « gulosa W. 

34. Anterior row of eyes shorter than the second, . . wt. CR 


Anterior row of eyes as long as or longer than the second, . 40. 


226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


35. Median pale band of cephalothorax strongly widening anteriorly, 
passing each side of the eyes and reaching to the clypeus, the 


full width of which it embraces, . . . . . albohastata Em. 
Median pale band of cephalothorax not thus in front wider than 
and enclosing eye area, . 36. 


36. Embolus curving out ventralw ‘ards and forw ard, resting only its 
apical part obliquely across the auricle (PI. XXI, fig. 4), 

gulosa W. 
Notso, . 37. 
37. Median pale stripe ‘strongly bulging between third eye row and 
anterior end of dorsal groove, being much wider than third eye 
row; at front of furrow abruptly narrowed to the width of 

third eye row, its sides then subparallel to posterior declivity, 
pictilis Em. 
Median pale band of cephalothorax not soformed, . . . 38. 
38. Dorsum of abdomen with a median light band extending to spin- 
nerets behind, where it ends in a point, enclosing at base a dark 
lanceolate mark, or with the latter sometimes absent, erratica H. 
No such distinctly limited light band on dorsum of abdomen, 39. 
39 Venter mostly black,..... . .. » « « modest 
Venter brown to yellow ish, . avara (K.). 
40, Venter with a wide irregularly ‘edged black band extending from 
epigynum to spinnerets and sometimes embracing entire width 
of abdomen, . . . .  frondicola Em. 
Venter with no such broad black band, . . . « pratensis Em. 


Lycosa helluo Walckenaer, 1837. 
(Insect. Apt., I, p. 337.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax deep brown, a narrow light colored median 
pale stripe which anteriorly becomes line-like and extends forward 
between the eyes, this median stripe in life covered with light brown 
pubescence which continues as a median line between the eyes and to 
the front margin of the clypeus; in most a short curved light line 
behind each eye of third row and close to the median line; a wider 
similarly colored and clothed light supramarginal stripe on each side, 
this stripe usually not distinguishable in front of third eye row; eyes 
enclosed in black; dark parts of cephalothorax clothed with brown and 
black hair intermixed, the black most abundant over, and giving its 
deeper color to, the upper parts of the sides along the borders of the 
median pale stripe and the area about the eyes. Chelicera black or 
brownish black, the lateral condyles red at base and black below; 
clothed with a short yellowish pubescence with some longer, gray- 
black bristles intermixed, the latter being more numerous distally and 
forming the dense fringe along the superior margin of the furrow. 
Labium and endites black, brown at distal ends. Sternum and core 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 


of legs beneath black or brownish black, subdensely clothed with 
blackish hair, the longer ones of which appear lighter distally. Legs 
yellow or light brown, of usually a distinctly greenish tinge, becoming 
darker with age; femora paler beneath; in adults in most cases entirely 
without any dark annuli or other markings or with some narrow, 
mostly faint darker-cross marks on the femora above (for young speci- 
mens vid. note infra.) ; clothed with short appressed fine hairs of yellow, 
and longer black hairs; scopule black. Abdomen dark brown; above 
with a black median basal mark which widens from its base to its middle, 
where it projects on each side in.a pointed angle or line, and then 
narrows to its apex which bifurcates, sending a narrow pointed line 
caudo-laterally on each side, the margins of the stripe deeper colored 
than central portion; a short distance back of the apex of the basal 
mark is a black angular or chevron-shaped transverse mark ; and following 
this behind over the posterior part of dorsum is a series of light brown 
or yellow chevron-lines, each of which terminates at each of its ends in 
a circular spot of the same color; each light chevron-line bordered in 
front by a black line of similar form; lateral part of dorsum mixed 
black and brown, a large black spot over each antero-lateral angle; 
sides mostly dark brown with many small spots of yellow and of black; 
lower parts of sides and the venter brown to yellow with numerous 
small dots of black, less commonly immaculate, and at other times 
almost entirely black; abdomen densely clothed with black and yellow 
hair intermixed, the one predominating on the dark markings, the other 
on the light. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum dark reddish brown, 

Face rather low, its sides convex and strongly oblique; pars cephalica 
not elevated above pars thoracica, the dorsal line but little sloping 
from the third eye row to the posterior declivity, not depressed at 
middle. 

Anterior row of eyes nearly as long as the second, a little procurved ; 
anterior median eyes distinctly larger than the lateral, less than their 
radius apart, about an equal distance from the lateral eyes; anterior 
lateral eyes separated from the front margin of the clypeus by once and 
a third their diameter, or little more, the same distance from eyes of 
second row; eyes of second row three-fourths their diameter apart; 
cephalothorax 5.5 to 6 times as long as the quadrangle of posterior eyes, 

Chelicere with margins of furrow armed as usual, the first tooth of the 
inferior margin often with its lower part concealed by a marginal keel 
extending from base of claw. Labium longer than wide (9.5 : 8.75); 
basal excavations one-third the total length; sides rounded below, 
above nearly straight, converging to the front margin which is widely 


228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


truncate or slightly incurved mesally. Legs long and stout, tibia + 
patella of fourth legs distinctly longer than the cephalothorax, the 
latter being a little longer than tibia + patella of first legs; tarsi of first 
legs a little curved, those of second legs more slightly so; patella of 
first legs unarmed ; patella of second legs with a single spine on anterior 
side; spines of anterior tibiz as usual; both tarsi and metatarsi of three 
anterior pairs of legs scopulate; scopule of third and fourth pairs 
divided. 

Epigynum somewhat oval in outline, with posterior end truncate; 
guide inversely T-shaped, the septal part enlarging at or above its 
middle; guide plates widest on transverse arms, narrowing and fading 
out at middle of septum; furrows broad anteriorly, narrowed strongly 
behind by the abrupt bulging in of the lateral tubercles. (Pl. XVII, 
fig. 1.) 

Total length, 19.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 8.2 mm.; width, 
6.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 22.8 mm.;tib. + pat., 8mm. ; met., 4.5 mm. 

Length of leg IL, 20.2 mm. 

Length of leg III, 19.3 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 27.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 9 mm.; met., 7.8 mm. 

Male.—Much smaller than the female with relatively longer legs. 
Cephalothorax above and legs nearly as in the female or lighter. Ster- 
num usually more brownish, often divided by a median light line; 
clothed with long light gray hair. Coxe of legs beneath light brown 
like the other joints of legs. Abdomen colored above as in the female; 
lower portion of sides and the venter lighter yellow or grayish brown, 
immaculate or nearly so. Palpi yellowish brown, the tarsus darker. 

Viewed from above, the tibia is scarcely longer than the patella and 
is of the same thickness; the tarsus equalling the length of the two pre- 
ceding joints together; apical portion of tarsus long, seen from below 
very gradually attenuated, not acute apically. Tenaculum long and 
slender, projecting ecto-distally, a smaller but similar secondary tenacu- 
lum mesally from this and commonly in part or whole concealed. Hor 
further structure of bulb see Pl. XVII, fig. 2. 

Total length, 11.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.7 mm.; width, 
4.2 mm. ; 

Length of leg I, 17.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 6.1 mm. ; met., 4.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 15.8 mm. 

Length of leg II, 13.9 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 21.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 6.6 mm. ; met., 6.1 mm, 


Syn.—1837. Be vn sayi Walckenaer, Insect. Apt. te ir, 
1846. Lycosa babingtoni Blackwall, Ann. and Mag. N 17, p. 30. 


ac 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 


1848. ?Lycosa vajra (C. Koch), Die Arachn., 14, p. 135, Pl. 490, fig. 1365. 

1876. Trochosa helvipes Key serling, Verh. z. b. Ges. ‘Wien, 26, Pl. 7, figs. 
35, 36, and PI. 8, fig. 37. 

1885. Lycosa nidicola Emerton, Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 482, Pl. 46, 


figs. 1 to 1d. 
1890. Lycosa babingtoni, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 561. 


——. Lycosa helluo, Marx, ibid. , p. 562. 
——. Lycosa nidicola, Marx, ibid. , p. 562. 
——. Lycosa nidicola, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42, p. 424. 
1891. Lycosa babingtoni, Banks, Ent. News, 2, p. 193. 
1892. Lycosa nidicola, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 64. 
——. Lycosa similis Banks, ibid. , p. 64, Pl. II, fig. 30. 
——. Lycosa crudelis Banks, ibid., 4 be , F138 fi, 37. 
——. Lycosa nidicola, Marx. Proc. Ent. Soc. W 2, p. 160. 
. Lycosa nidicola’ Fox, ibid. , p. 269. 
1895. Lycosa habingtoni, Banks, ‘J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 3, p. 91. 
. Lycosa babingtoni, Banks, Ent. News, 6, p. 205. 
1898. Lycosa babingtoni, Banks, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., : 
1900. Lycosa babingtoni, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phils, p. 538. 
1902. Lycosa helluo, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 586. 
. Lycosa nidicola Emerton, Common Sp. U.S. re: 69, rigs. 166, 167. 
——. Lycosa nidicola, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 559, 
Pl. 29, figs. 23, 24. 

Type locality. —New York. 

Known localities. —Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island!, New 
Hampshire!, New York!, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Dis- 
trict of Columbia!, Alabama, North Carolina, Georgia, Louisiana, 
Texas!, Mississippi, Ohio, Indiana!, Ilinois!, lowa!, Kansas!, Colorado, 
Utah!. 

One of the commonest and most widely distributed species, which is 
subject to much variation in size and in depth of coloration. Because 
of the abundance of this species it will be well to indicate the color 
differences presented by partly grown individuals. These have the 
sternum yellow with a narrow black stripe each side of middle line, 
the two converging and uniting in front of posterior margin, and also 
a row of small black dots along each lateral margin; the legs with 
numerous annulations which are present on all joints except tarsi, with 
sometimes indications of a median one on these; cephalothorax and 
abdomen above nearly as in adults; venter yellow with black dots 
minute. 

The female L. nidicola builds a shallow excavation or nest under logs 
and stones along roadsides and in the woods. She lines the nest 
with silk and often surrounds it with a low rampart of earth or of sticks 
and leaves. They are frequently met with in these nests with their 


cocoons in early summer, 


Lyocosa grandis Banks, 1594. 
(J. N.Y. Ent. Soc., p. 49.) 


Female.—Coloration and pattern of markings as in helluo, but lighter 


230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


throughout. Median pale stripe of cephalothorax clothed with golden 
brown pubescence with some gray behind and brown at middle part 
intermixed ; sides clothed with brown and golden brown pubescence 
intermixed ; lateral pale stripes with mostly light gray pubescence, 
less of brown. Legs clear yellowish, the two first pairs of legs darker, 
more reddish brown distally. Sternum and coxe of legs beneath 
yellowish brown, like legs, clothed, like the legs also, with grayish 
yellow intermixed with longer black hairs. Abdomen much lighter 
than in typical Eastern form of helluo; dorsum with the typical mark- — 
ings, but these paler and less distinct; the venter pale yellow without 
markings of any kind, clothed with yellow pubescence. Epigynum 
reddish black. Spinnerets pale brown. 

Structure and proportions and the relations of the eyes as in helluo. 
Epigynum agreeing in detail with that of helluo (Pl. XVII, fig. 1). A 
specimen from Baja California gave the following measurements: 

Total length, 24 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10.2 mm.; width, 
S$ mm. 

Length of leg I, 25.9 mm.;tib. + pat., 9.8 mm. ; met., 5mm. 

Length of leg Il, 24 mm. 

Length of leg III, 23.7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 33.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 11 mm.; met., 9.6 mm. 

Male.—Lighter than the female. Chelicere pale yellow with light 
gray or whitish pubescence which is moderately long. Palpi pale 
yellow, the tarsus not darker; tarsus clothed with dense white hair, 
which occurs also less densely upon the tibia; the patella and femur 
clothed with yellow hair with some white more sparsely intermixed. 
Sternum and coxe of legs pale yellow, these and the legs clothed with 
light yellow gray pubescence with some black hairs intermixed. Abdo- 
men With basal dark mark as usual; middle region of dorsum yellowish, 
clothed with gray-yellow and brown pubescence intermixed, with on 
each side behind a row of about six spots of white hair; venter yellow 
with light gray pubescence. 

Tibia + patella of first legs longer than tibia + patella of fourth 
ones. ‘Tarsus of palpus shorter than the two preceding joints together. 
Structure of palpal organ agreeing in detail with that of hellwo (PI. 
XVII, fig. 2). 

A male from Lower California gave the following measurements: 

Total length, 14.2mm. Length of cephalothorax, 7.6 mm.; width, 
6.1 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 27.2 mm.;tib. + pat., 9.8! mm. ; met., 6.3 mm, 

Length of leg 11, 22.9 mm. 


4 
: 
L 
. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 


Length of leg ILI, 22.2 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 30.3 mm.;tib. + pat., 9.2!mm.; met., 8.8 mm. 


Syn.—1895. Lycosa grandis Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 8. 
1898. Lycosa grandis Banks, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 


Type locality.—Colorado. 

Known localities —Colorado; Baja California!. 

So far as I have determined, tibia + patella of fourth legs of the male 
in Eastern specimens of helluo is longer than tibia + patella of first pair 
or sometimes, in large specimens, of the same length, whereas the 
reverse is seen to be true in grandis. But as the relative lengths of 
these two pairs of joints varies in helluo and apparently with the size 
of the individual, the increased relative length of tibia + patella of the 
first pair, and in fact of the entire first leg, may not be of much signifi- 
cance. Theagreement between helluo and grandis is thus close excepting 
in color and size, and it might therefore be more proper to place the 
latter as a variety under the former. 


Lycosa floridana Banks. 
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 72.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax with a median light colored longitudinal 
band which anteriorly is geminated and is nearly as wide as the eye 
area, with on each side a narrow supramarginal light brown stripe 
which is discontinuous, being broken into four or more parts. Cheli- 
cere dark reddish brown. Sternum brown, with a black mark along 
middle. Legs brown, with the distal joints darker, blackish brown; 
femora above with some rather obscure black marks. Coxe brown, all 
with a black, very distinct line along front face. Abdomen above 
black; sides and lateral part of venter blackish over a yellow ground, 
mixed yellow and black; venter yellow. 

Cephalothorax low, its dorsal line straight and but slightly slanting 
from the third eye row to the posterior declivity, which is short and 
steep. Face in height more than half the length of the chelicere, 
sides slanting moderately outward from above downward. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than the second, rather strongly pro- 
curved. 

Chelicere armed as usual. 

Epigynum relatively small, .8 or .9 mm. long; in form and structure 
very similar to that of helluo, but the septum of guide broader and 
more strongly expanded anteriorly, where it almost extends across the 
entire depressed area, 


232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length, 14.2mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6 mm.; width, 4.3 mm. 
Length of leg I, 13 mm.; tib. + pat., 6 mm.; tarsus, 2.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 11.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 11 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 15.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 7 mm.; tarsus, 3 mm. 
Locality.—F lorida!. 


Lycosa apicata Banks, 1904. 
(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 114, Pl. V, fig. 13.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax brown, marked with a median paler band as 
wide anteriorly as the third eye row, between the eyes of which it 
extends in a tongue-like process forward, this narrower process in 
life clothed with white hair; the median band constricted at the dorsal 
groove and extending from there down the posterior declivity as 
narrower stripe; on each side beginning mesally from the eye of the 
third. row a dark line extends posteriorly through the median pale 
band to the point of its constriction where it unites with the dark 
of the sides; a narrow, anteriorly interrupted, supramarginal pale 
stripe with dentate margin. Chelicere deep chestnut or reddish black. 
Labium and endites reddish black, the former a little paler apically. 
Sternum and core of legs beneath black. Legs light brown; the 
femora with darker markings which are more distinct on the posterior 
pairs; tibie of fourth legs black at each end beneath, the metatarsi 
sometimes also darkened distally; legs elsewhere without evident 
markings. Abdomen above light brown or yellowish; a dark, black- 
edged, spear-shaped mark which is laterally dentate and blunt or 
forked at its posterior end; the spear-mark followed posteriorly with 
a series of dark chevron-shaped transverse marks, which may be 
separated by corresponding transverse marks of white hair, the 
chevrons commonly confluent laterally with dark mottlings at the 
sides and thereby with each other, in other cases confluent mesally 
with each other and with the basal mark; sides of abdomen above 
with spots and streaks of brown, pale below; venter entirely black. 

Cephalothorax highest at the third eye row, the dorsal line as seen 
in profile from there a little sloping and nearly straight to the posterior 
declivity. Face relatively low, its sides moderately slanting outward 
from above below. 

Anterior row of eyes clearly shorter than the second, a little pro- 
curved; anterior median eyes less than their radius apart, about the’ 
same distance from the lateral eyes, which are smaller than the median, 
Eyes of the second row less than their diameter apart. 


> a . . ae ‘Ae 


—— a _— 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 


Patellz of first and second pairs of legs armed in front with a short 
spine. Tibia + patella of first legs about equalling the cephalothorax 
in length; tibia + patella of fourth legs clearly longer than the cephalo- 
thorax and also longer than the metatarsus of same legs. 

Chelicere armed as usual,’'the three teeth of lower margin stout. 

The epigynum having the general form and structure of that of L. 
helluo (P). XVII, fig. 1); septum widest anteriorly, its sides nearly 
straight; transverse arms rather thick. 

- Total length, 13.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6.3 mm.; width 
4.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 19.3 mm. ; tib. + pat., 6.2 mm.; met., 3.8 mm. 

Length of leg Il, 16.2 mm. 

Length of leg III, 16.2 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 23.5 mm.;tib. + pat., 7mm. ; met., 6.7 mm. 

Male.—Coloration as for the female; but the markings more distinct. 

Palpal organ of the general type of that of L. helluo (Pl. XVII, 
fig. 2). The auricula conspicuous, more strongly chitinized than 
usual, dark in color, turned outward apically. Principal tenaculum 
relatively shorter, and more outwardly directed than in helluo. 

Total length, 13 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6.8 mm.; width, 
5mm. 

Length of leg I, 20.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 7 mm.; met., 4.8 mm. 

Length of leg I1, 19.1 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 19.1 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 25.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.8 mm.; met., 7.6 mm. 


Syn.—1904. ca antelucana Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
p. 282, Pl. XVIII, figs. 5 and 6. 


? 


Type localities. —Arizona and Texas. 
Known localities.—Arizona!, Texas!, New Mexico. 
The descriptions above are from type specimens. 


Lyoosa permunda Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Can, Entomologist, p. 286.) 

Female.—Cephalothorar dark brown; a pale narrow median line 
extending backward from first eye row, widening abruptly in front of 
dorsal groove, and then gradually narrowing to a point at posterior 
margin ; a broad light-colored marginal stripe on each side not extending 
forward farther than the third eye row, its upper margin coarsely 
dentate, the lower border broken by a few dark dots, but not limited 
below by a continuous dark line or stripe at margin. Chelicere black. 
Labium and endites dark brown. Sternum dark brown, with a yellow 


254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


median line. Legs brown, darker distally; beneath unmarked, but 
having a number of dark cross-bars above on femora and posterior tibiz. 
Abdomen above dark, having the usual lanceolate mark at base, followed 
by a series of light colored, chevron-formed transverse lines, each ending 
on each side in a light dot; sides yellowish brown, densely spotted with 
black; venter also yellowish brown, more sparsely covered with smaller 
black dots, much as in helluo. 

Length, 22mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10.7 mm.; width, 8 mm. 
Length of leg LV, 30.5 mm. 

Male.—Colored nearly like the female, but paler throughout. Mar- 
ginal stripes of cephalothorax not interrupted below by dark spots. 
Legs clear brown, without any cross-marking on any joints. Palpi 
yellowish brown excepting tarsus, which is black. 

Length, 20mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10 mm.; width, 7.5 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 32.4 mm, 

Locality.—Kansas!. 

In general appearance the female resembles helluo, but is easily 
separated by structure of epigynum and by various other characters. 
The male is conspicuously different in its palpal organ and in size, 
proportion and structure from those of related species. 


Lycosa riparia Hentz, 1844. 
(J. Bost. Soc. N. H., IV, p. 289.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax with a narrow median light band, widest at 
dorsal groove, narrowing anteriorly and continuing as a distinct line 
between eyes to the clypeus; median band formed of grayish-yellow 
pubescence; tegument of cephalothorax elsewhere deep brown or 
reddish brown, black over eye area, clothed with black pubescence, 
intermixed with fewer yellowish or brownish-gray hairs which are more 
abundant below but form no distinct band; rufous hairs about the | 
eyes and on the face. Chelicere black with rufous pubescence over 
upper half and black pubescence below. Labium and endites black, 
brown at tips. Sternum and coxe of legs beneath black with longer 
and stiff black hairs and some short gray pubescence. Ground color 
of tegument of /egs dark reddish brown; the tarsi and metatarsi darker, 
all joints except these two with distinct light and dark rings, the 
latter being broader, clothed respectively with grayish-brown .and 
black pubescence, tarsi and metatarsi appearing entirely black because 
of black scopula and black pubescence, the shorter brown hairs being 
few. Abdomen above grayish brown, with scattered minute spots of 
black pubescence; a number of black chevron-marks behind and in 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 


front an indistinct outline of a lanceolate mark behind a chevron which 
is commonly divided mesally into two triangular marks; near the middle 
of lanceolate outline on each side, the dark line more strongly im- 
pressed as a black triangular mark with apex forward; a light spot 
laterally from upper part of basal mark; behind on each side a series of 
light spots which may be indistinct; front face of abdomen and antero- 
lateral angles black; sides dark above, having black pubescence 
intermixed with brown in fine spots and streaks; in middle the 
sides are lighter, the brown pubescence being in larger spots. The 
venter and commonly the lower part of sides black, but, especially at 
sides, with spots of brown; often brown pubescence in four narrow lines 
on venter, converging from lung slits to spinnerets, divide the black 
of venter into three contiguous bands, much as in aspersa, Spin- 
nerets brown. Epigynum black or reddish black. 

Face moderate in height, hardly one-half the length of the massive 
cheliceree. Cephalothoraz above nearly straight and horizontal or but 
little convex between third row of eyes and posterior declivity; the 
posterior declivity short, only posterior end of dorsal groove being 
upon it; sides rather strongly bulging behind; sides of face convex and 
strongly slanting. 

First row of eyes straight or very nearly so, shorter than second row; 
anterior median eyes distinctly larger than the lateral, less than their 
radius apart, closer to the lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes removed 
from front margin of clypeus and from eyes of second row by about 
once and a half their diameter; anterior median eyes less than their 
diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row less than their 
diameter apart (about three-fourths); quadrangle of posterior eyes 
about one-fifth as long as the cephalothorax, 

Legs long; tibia + patella of fourth legs a little longer than cephalo- 
thorax and also longer than metatarsus of same legs; tibia + patella of 
first pair of same length as cephalothorax; patella of first legs unarmed, 
patella of second armed anteriorly with a single spine; tibia and meta- 
tarsus armed as usual; scopule on anterior tarsi and metatarsi as usual ; 
scopuls of posterior tarsi divided by setose bands as usual. 

For form epigynum see Pl. XVI, fig. 5. 

Total length, 18.5 mm, Length of cephalothorax, 9 mm.; width, 
6.9 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 24.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 9 mm. ; met., 8.6 mm, 

Length of leg 11, 22.8 mm. 

Length of leg I11, 21.4 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 29.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 9.3 mm, ; met., 8.5 mm. 

Male.—¥ or structure of palpal organ see Pl. XVII, fig. 6. 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Syn.—1875. Lycosa riparia Hentz, Sp. U.S., p. 31, Pl. 3, figs. 13, 15. 

. Lyeosa riparia, Cragin, Contrib. to Knowl. Arachn., Kansas Bull., 
Washburn, Coll. 1, No. 4, p. 146. 

1890. Lycosa riparia, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 563, 

1900. Lycosa riparia, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 539. 


Type localities.—North Carolina, Alabama. 

Habitat.—North Carolina!, South Carolina, Alabama!, Georgia!, 
Louisiana!, Mississippi, Virginia, West Virginia, District of Columbia}, 
Kansas, Texas. vert 

“This common spider is aquatic in its habits, always found near or 
on water, and diving with ease under the surface when threatened or 
pursued” (Hentz). 


Lycosa aspersa Hentz, 1844. 
(Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 389, Pl. XVII, figs. 11, 12.) 
Female.—Cephalothorax dark reddish brown, blackish about the 
eyes; a lighter uneven-edged marginal band on each side, and a similarly 
colored narrow median stripe more or less distinct; sides of cephalo- 
thorax densely clothed with black pubescence with more scattered 
hairs of yellowish intermixed ; the narrow median stripe clothed with 


yellowish or golden-brown hair, which forms a bright stripe which | 


continues forward as a line between the eyes and reaches the anterior 
row, the stripe expanding posteriorly about the dorsal groove and then 
again narrowing down the posterior declivity to the posterior margin; 
the middle stripe of pubescence sometimes obscure in middle region, but 
always bright at anterior and posterior portions; along each side similar 
yellowish hair forms a narrow marginal stripe which is narrower than 
the broader supramarginal stripe of tegument; front margin of clypeus 
at middle with a fringe of yellowish hair. Chelicere, including claws, 
black, clothed with moderately long black pubescence without any 
short paler hairs. Endites and labium brown-black, lighter at tips. 
Sternum black, a narrow light colored median line anteriorly; clothed 
with black hair. Coxe of legs beneath black, lighter, yellowish brown, 
laterally, at, base beneath a similarly colored light spot which is mostly 
acutely pointed distally, Legs brown, of lightshadein young specimens, 
becoming dark reddish brown with age, deeper colored distally; all joints 
excepting the tarsi and the metatarsi with light cross-bands which are 
distinct above, especially on femora, but which may be obscure beneath; 
light rings much more distinct in young specimens than in old, and in 
the latter on the posterior pairs of legs than on the anterior; legs 
densely clothed with long black hairs intermixed with shorter yellowish 
pubescence, the latter mostly confined to the lighter bands in tegument. 


st 


+ 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 


Abdomen above very dark; a basal black mark with end behind forked 
and followed by a series of chevron-marks, all the marks usually 
indistinct in older specimens, in which the entire dorsum is black or 
nearly so; dorsum clothed in life with black and grayish-brown pubes- 
cence, the lighter pubescence more concentrated anteriorly and antero- 
laterally, and also forming some mostly obscure transverse chevron- 
marks behind; in dark specimens the sides are dark or black-streaked 
and spotted below with yellow pubescence, with the yellow sometimes 
predominating over the black; venter with numerous spots and streaks 
of yellow pubescenee usually arranged mostly in four lines or stripes 
converging to the spinnerets, and thus dividing the dark into three 
bands similarly converging caudally. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum 
reddish brown. 

Face rather low, not fully half as high as the chelicere are long, the 
latter long and massive, considerably longer than the face is wide in 
front. Cephalothorax not high, dorsal line highest at third eye row, 
from there being nearly straight to the posterior declivity. 

Anterior row of eyes as wide as or slightly wider than the second, 
nearly straight; anterior median eyes less than their radius apart, 
about as far from lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes a little more than 
two-thirds as large in diameter as the median, once and one-half their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, closer to eyes of second row; 
eyes of second row a little less than their diameter apart; eyes of third 
row three-fourths as large as the second, twice as far from each other 
as from the second; cephalothorax 6.5 times the length of the quad- 
rangle of posterior eyes. 

Chelicere armed as usual. Labium longer than wide (8.5 :8); basal 
excavation as usual; sides strongly convexly bulging, the curvature 
less above than below; front margin wide, concave for nearly entire 
width (Pl. IX, fig. 9). Legs stout; tibia + patella IV shorter than the 
cephalothorax ; metatarsus IV of nearly same length as the width of the 
cephalothorax; tarsi I and II slightly curved, III and IV straight; — 
tarsi scopulate as usual, the scopule on legs I and II extending also 
over metatarsi and over all but basal portion of tibis; spines of tibise 
as usual, 

For structure of epigynum see P]. XVII, fig. 7. 

Total length, 23 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10.6 mm.; width, 
8.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 25.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 9.3 mm. ; met., 5.1 mim, 

Length of leg II, 23.2 mm, 


Length of leg III, 21.5 mm. 
16 


238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg LV, 30.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 9.8 mm.; met., 8.3 mm, 
Male.—Much lighter in color than the female, but the color patterns 
are nearly the same. The lighter pubescence is much more abundant 
on cephalothorax than in the female, much predominating over that of 
blackish color. Legs much lighter with the yellow pubescence dense, 
while the longer black hairs are comparatively sparse; femora with 
transverse dark bands above, but these indistinct or absent at sides 
and ventrally; distinct dark rings on tibiwe, Labiwm and endites some- 
times colored as in female but often much lighter, almost yellow. 
Coxe of legs beneath with black on ventral surface, often reduced to a 
few spots at distal end, the coxe# being elsewhere yellow. On the 
abdomen also the yellow and brown pubescence predominates over the 
black, the latter appearing over the black basal band (which is distinet, 
widest toward posterior end and pointed anteriorly), over the antero- 
lateral angles and in variously formed spots and streaks laterally, 
most of the dorsum being thus in life of a golden brown color; venter 
usually yellow with some spots of black, less often as in the female. 
The chelicere clothed on basal half with long golden yellow hairs, 
distally with black hairs. 
Tibia + patella IV longer than the cephalothorax, of same length 
as the metatarsus; patelle I and II armed in front and behind. 
For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XVII, fig. 8. 
Total length, 18 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 9.1 mm.; greatest 
width, 7.2 mm, 
Length of leg I, 30.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 10 mm.; met., 7.4 mm, 
Length of leg Il, 27.8 mm. 
Length of leg III, 26.2 mm. 
Length of leg [V, 35 mm.;tib. + pat., 10.5 mm.; met., 10.5 mm, 
Syn.—1876. Tarentula inhonesta Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 
634, Pl. 7, fig. 17. 
- 1878.’ Tarentula tigrina McCook, 
1885. Lycosa vulpina Emerton, Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 487, Pl. 47, fig. 2. 
1890. Tarentula inhonesta, Marx, Proc. U.S, N. M., 12. 
——. Lycosa vulpina, Marx, ibid. 
1890. Lycosa tigrina, Stone, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 42, p. 423, 
1892. Lycosa vulpina, Banks, op. cit., 44, p. 67, PL. I, fig, 39. 
——. Lycosa tigrina, Marx, Proc, Ent. Soc. W. » 2, P. 160, 
——. Lycosa tigrina, Fox, ibid. , p. 538. 
1898. Lycosa tigrina, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2. 
1900. Lycosa fatifera, Banks, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 538. 
1902. Lycosa inhonesta, Montgome ry, Op. cit., p. 557, Pl. 29, , Age. 21, 22. 
1904. Lycosa inhonesta, Montgomery, roc. Acad, Nat. Sei hila., p. 290, 
Pl, XX, figs. 38, 39. 
Type locality.—* North America.”’ 
Known localities,—Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York!, New 


a 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 


Jersey, Pennsylvania, District of Columbia, Alabama, Georgia!, 
Indiana, Kansas!. 
A well-known species of burrowing habits. 


Lycosa arenicola Scudder, 1877. 
(Psyche, 2, p. 2.) 

Female.—Tegument of cephalothorax dark reddish brown to blackish, 
searcely lighter above; a median lighter band a little wider than third 
eye row in front, strongly narrowed anteriorly to dorsal groove and 
usually expanding again back of groove; the band chiefly produced 
by a finer gray or white pubescence intermixed with coarser brown, 
the tegument beneath being usually but little lighter than on sides; 
sides of cephalothorax covered with brown pubescence, gray hairs 
scattered but showing more abundantly below, especially posteriorly. 
Chelicere dark reddish brown to nearly black, clothed with a dense 
coat of rusty brown colored pubescence, fringe along furrow of 
chelicere brighter, reddish or coffee colored. Labium and endites dark 
reddish brown, paler distally. Sternwm dark reddish brown to nearly 
black. Anterior core of legs dark brown to nearly black, posterior 
coxe lighter. Legs reddish brown, the anterior pairs darker than the 
posterior; the femora, patelle and tibiz of the first and second legs 
nearly black beneath; distal ends of posterior tarsi and metatarsi 
usually darker; legs clothed with dense coat of mixed gray and brown 
pubescence and longer dark brown bristles, scopule brown. Abdomen 
densely pubescent; a dark brown median band on dorsum reaching to 
the spinnerets behind, which just in front of middle has on each side 
a broad indentation, and which has behind the middle a series of nar- 
row paired indentations; the band covered or largely formed by dark 
brown pubescence. Sides of dorsum grayish brown, the pubescence 
being brown and gray intermixed, the brown more abundant above; a 
dark brown band of same color as median one crossing each antero- 
lateral angle and running obliquely backward and downward, meeting 
the venter back of middle. Venter brown to dark brown, usually a 
darker band from genital furrow to spinnerets. Epigynum dark red- 
dish brown. Spinnerets brown. 

Cephalothorax wide in front; in profile second eyes seem to be lower 
down on face than usual, highest at third eye row; pars cephalica convex; 
posterior declivity beginning on pars cephalica a considerable distance 
in front of thoracic furrow, making the declivity very long and the pos- 
terior portion of cephalothorax very low and exaggerating apparent 
height of front part. Face moderate in height, not fully half the 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


length of the chelicere, protruding above over base; sides convex, 
slanting below. 

Anterior row of eyes almost as wide as second, a little procurved; 
anterior median eyes larger than the lateral, not fully their radius 
apart, about as close as to lateral eyes; anteridr lateral eyes their 
diameter from eyes of second row, twice their diameter from front 
margin of clypeus; eyes of second row their diameter. or slightly more 
than their diameter apart, not fully half as far again from eyes of 
third row. Quadrangle of posterior eyes hardly one-fifth the length 
of the cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with three equal teeth, the upper 
margin with three as usual; the smaller teeth above more than usually 
stout. 


Legs distinctly increasing in thickness from the fourth to the first, the 
first conspicuously stoutest; tarsi and metatarsi I and II densely 
scopulate; tarsus III with scopula divided by a median setose band; 
tarsus IV with scopule much reduced, the scopular hairs being sparse 
along each side, the setose band occupying most of ventral surface; 
tibie I and Il and metatarsi I and I] armed as usual, the spines of tibize 
usually slender and easily rubbed off or overlooked; patellze I and II 
each armed in front with a spine; tibie III and IV without true spines 
above; femora I and II bent forward, IV backward, less so; III nearly 
straight. Tibia + patella IV shorter than cephalothorax; metatarsus 
IV much shorter than tibia + patella, but longer than tibia, less than 
width of cephalothorax. 

For structure of epigvnum see Pl. XX, fig. 9. 

Total length, 20.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10.1 mm.; width, 
7.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 23 mm.; tib. + pat., 8.1 mm.;met., 4.9 mm. 

Length of leg II, 20.5 mm, 

Length of leg III, 19.9 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 26.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 9 mm.; met., 6.9 mm. 


Syn.—1881. Tarentula nidijex Marx, Am. Nat., p. 396. 

1885. Lycosa nidijfexr (Marx) Emerton, Trans. Conn, Acad., VI, p. 487, Pl. 
47, figs. 4, 4a. 

1888. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, McCook, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, 
p. 333. 

1889. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Marx, Aranew N., A., pp. 561 and 594, note 
3d. 

1890. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Stone, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. 

1892. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Marx, Proc, E. 8. W., II, p. 160. 

1895. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Banks, J. N. Y. E.8., 111, p. 91. 

1898. Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Simon, Hist. Nat., i, p. 341, 


a 
“ 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 


1902. Lycosa arenicola geral Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
p. 550, Pl. XXTX, 
1904. Geolycosa iD A Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 


Known localities.—Massachusetts, Rhode Island !, Connecticut!, New 
York (Long Island!), New Jersey, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania, 
Maryland, Virginia, Indiana. 

This species is our best known turret builder. Its burrows are com- 
monly from 10 to 12 inches deep, often one-half inch wide, and are 
surmounted by turrets usually one and one-half inches in height. 


Lycosa fatifera Hentz, 1842. 
(Bost. J. N. Hist., IV, p. 229, Pl.2,fig.8.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax with dark red-brown tegument, often 
blackish about eyes; clothed with tawny colored or rufous pubescence 
and showing no markings. Chelicere dark reddish brown, with brown 
or grayish-brown pubescence, rufous distally along furrow. Labium 
and endites reddish brown, lighter at tips. Sternum and core of leg 
beneath light or yellowish brown, clothed with gray pubescence. 
Legs reddish brown; the femora beneath much lighter, yellowish; the 
tibie, tarsi and metatarsi commonly much darker, especially in 
anterior pairs clothed with grayish pubescence; scopule brown. 
Abdomen above dark brown, clothed with dense brown or tawny pubes- 
cence; venter with light, sometimes grayish-brown pubescence. 
Spinnerets brown. Epigynum dark reddish brown. 

Cephalothoraz very wide in front, nearly five-sixths as wide as behind, 
the sides but little bulging. In. profile the cephalothorax is seen to 
have pars cephalica large and convex; highest between eyes of third 
row and dorsal groove; posterior declivity long, the median furrow being 
upon its upper portion. Face appearing rather high, but only slightly, 
if at all, more than half the length of the massive chelicerse; sides 
convex and slanting as usual. First row of eyes as long as second, a 
little procurved; anterior median eyes more than their radius apart, 
as far from the anterior lateral eyes which are smaller; anterior lateral 
eyes more than their diameter from eyes of the second row, more than 
once and a half their diameter from front margin of clypeus; anterior 
median eyes their diameter from eyes of second row, or nearly so; eyes 
of second row their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes about 
one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. Legs rather short and 
stout; the fourth pair two and one-half times the length of the cephalo- 
thorax; the second pair twice as long as the cephalothorax; tibia + 
patella IV shorter than the cephalothorax, same length as tibia + 


242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


patella 1; metatarsus IV shorter than tibia + patella IV by one-third 
of its own length; first and second tarsi and metatarsi and distal end of 
tibie scopulate; tarsi II] and IV with scopule divided by a median 
setose band; patella I and III armed in front (within) with a single 
spine. ; 

The epigynum of Lycosa fatijera is very much like that of Lycosa 
lenta, but is smaller, being not more than half as long, also the septal 
piece of the guide in /enta is more than two and one-fourth times as 
long as the cross-piece, whereas it is less than twice as long in fatifera; 
the cross-piece is also somewhat differently shaped in the two (PI. 
XX, fig. 8.) 

Total Jength, 17.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 9.3 mm.; width, 
6.5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 20.5 mm.;tib. + pat., 8 mm.;met., 4.4 mm. 

Length of leg II, 18.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 16.4 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 23.5 mm.;tib. + pat., 8 mm.; met., 6.1 mm. 

Type locality.— Alabama. 

Known localities—Alabama!, Georgia!, Texas, Missouri!, Kansas}, 
Illinois, Utah!. 

Syn.—1832. Lycosa fatijera Sill, J. Sc. and Arts (ad. part.), pp. 106-107. 

1875. Lycosa fatifera Hentz, Spiders of U. 8. (Burgess), p. 26, Pl. 2, fig. 8. 

1895. Lycosa missouriensis Banks, Ent. News., Vol. IV, p. 206. 

1899. Lycosa domifex Hancock, Ent. News, Vol. X, p. 26. 

1904. Geolycosa latifrons Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 295, 
Pl. XIX, figs. 15-18. 

It seems very probable that Hentz, in his notes on habits, has con- 
founded two species under the name fatijera; but the description and the 
figure which he gives can hardly be applicable to any other species 
than the one under consideration. The description and figure indicate 
a form without distinct markings, and his statement that a “piceous 
variety is found in Alabama, with the two first joints of the legs pectus 
and abdomen yellowish underneath, or lighter in color,” applies per- 
fectly to some specimens of the form above described which I have 
from this same locality, and which is very common there and must 
have been well known to Hentz. This form fits only his deseription of 
jatijera among all treated by him. The species which Hentz observed 
living in holes in Massachusetts, and which he says is common there, 
may have been L. aspersa (inhonesta), as has been suggested by Banks, 
but far more likely it was arenicola, the common turret builder of that 
region. Hentz says: ‘Cheliceres covered with rufous hairs,” which is 
not so in most specimens of aspersa, The strong markings of aspersa 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 


would not have been passed over. However, Hentz would seem to 
have written his description after he had been in the South and away 
from Massachusetts for many years, and doubtless had before him 
only the Southern form, which he erroneously supposed to be the 
same as the turret builder he recalled as common in Massachusetts. 
Old and rubbed specimens of arenicola might appear similar, as the 
markings in this form are due to color of the hair. Whatever Northern 
form it was the habits of which Hentz had in mind, it was long ago 
separated under another name, and this common and widespread 
Southern form which Hentz undoubtedly described as and called 
jatijera must logically continue to bear this name. 

The species has been found abundant in the “sandy waters bordering 
the lower end of Lake Michigan” by Mr. J.C. Hancock (’99) who says: 
“Patches of high grass, sedges and ragweeds made the open lay of ground 
a paradise of running spiders. Here it was the castle-building species 
[termed by him domifex] seemed perfectly at home, showing its varied 
accomplishments to best advantage. The artfully-hidden castle is 
not apparent to the uninitiated while walking over the ground, as it is 
commonly secreted in a recess of overhanging dried grass... .. 
When one remembers the average size of the adult castle, only five- 
eighths of an inch high and a little over one-half inch in diameter, it is 
obvious that close inspection is quite essential. Usually the spider’s 
tube is constructed vertically in the ground, unless obstructions cause 
some deviations. .... Old spiders live in their burrows for more 
than a season and often remodel them after being injured by storms, 
Younger specimens re-dig outgrown burrows, enlarging them as 
occasion requires...... Materials used in the construction of the 
turrets were green and dried grass leaves, dried fine sedges, leaves of 
foxtail grass, fibrous roots, ete. Young specimens not infrequently 
build a perfect little tower, almost entirely of stones, and one I have 
in mind had nine such particles made into a compact edifice five milli- 
meters high. The masonry was exquisitely put up, every stone bearing 
out true proportions about the central opening of four millimeters 
diameter. Silk used as cement held the whole together securely.” 

The author has found the burrows of this species abundant over 
grassy stretches on the foothills near Salt Lake City. In the case 
of some burrows no turrets are present; but in most cases turrets of 
dried sticks, grass or earth are found. 


_ Lycosa lenta Hentz, 1844. 
(J. Bost. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 386.) 
Female,—-Tegument of cephalothorax reddish brown as usual, lighter 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


brown in a median band which may be very indistinct anteriorly, also 
lighter along margins, with radiating light lines connecting middle and 
side bands; clothed principally with light gray pubescence, which is 
densest in a rather wide marginal band each side and in a middle band, 
widening from eyes until as wide as eye area at point between eyes and 
dorsal groove and then suddenly narrowed to only about half as wide, 
and from there very gradually narrowing caudad ; the median band and 
lateral band of gray on each side connected by radiating lines of same 
color; on the sides adark brown pubescence intermixed with the line of 
gray and more abundant above, below the median gray band. Chelicere 
black, the lateral condyles red, clothed with a dense light gray or 
yellowish gray pubescence. Labium and endites black or dark brown- 
black, lighter distally. Sternwm and core of legs beneath black or dark 
brown-black, clothed with gray and longer, stiffer dark brown or black- 
ish pubescence. Leys brown to yellowish, clothed with light gray to 
brown-gray pubescence; scopulz brown; legs without rings or markings 
above. Abdomen gray-brown from gray and brown pubescence inter-. 
mixed, usually in fine streaks and dots; a lanceolate outline or more 
rarely solid mark at base which is truncated or bifurcated behind; on 
posterior half a few more indistinct chevron-marks, each bordered 
behind by a light line, ending in a light spot each side; a row of tri- 
angular dark spots on each side behind but connected by the light 
cross-lines. Sides of abdomen light gray, immaculate or with a few 
spots of brown. Venter in front of lung-slits brown or gray, often 
black along the middle; behind lung-slits solid black or sometimes 
with a light central spot surrounded with black. Spinnerets brown, 
Epigynum dark reddish brown. 

Cephalothorax high, highest a little behind third eye row, line of 
dorsum a little convex; dorsal groove partly above and partly on 
posterior declivity. ace hardly above half the length of the long and 
massive chelicere, the sides convex and slanting about as usual. 

Anterior row of eyes a little shorter than the second, nearly straight; 
anterior median eyes distinctly larger than the lateral (3 : 2), less than 
their radius apart and about the same distance from the lateral; 
anterior lateral eyes a little more than their diameter from front margin 
of clypeus, scarcely closer to eyes of second row; anterior median eyes 
less than their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row 
less than three-fourths their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes not fully one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Legs moderately long and stout; the posterior tarsi rather slender; 
tibia + patella IV shorter than cephalothorax; patella I and I armed 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 


in front with a spine; tibie and metatarsi I and IL armed below as 
usual, the spines small and weak; tarsi and metatarsi I and II scopulate 
as usual; the scopul of tarsi III and IV divided by rather narrow 
median setose bands. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XVIII, fig. 8. 

Total length, 22 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 11 mm.; width, 
7.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 28.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 10 mm.; met., 6 mm. 

Length of leg II, 25.4 mm. 

Length of leg II, 25 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 32.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 10 mm.; met., 9.2 mm. 

Male.—Coloration nearly as in female. 

Chelicere above with light yellow-gray pubescence; pubescence on 
distal portion dark, but fringe along furrow light gray. 

Patella 1 and II armed both in front and behind ; spines on tibize and 
metatarsi I and IL comparatively long, not reduced as in female. 
Patella and tibia about equal in length and stoutness, together as long as 
the tarsus which is distinctly thicker. 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. X VILLI, fig. 8. 

Total length, 20.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10.5 mm.; width, 
smm | 

Length of leg I, 35.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 12.2 mm.; met., 8.8 mm. 

Length of leg II, 33 mm. 

Length of leg II, 30.4 mm, 

Length of leg IV, 40 mm.; tib. + pat., 12.5 mm.; met., 11.6 mm. 

Syn.—1844. Lycosa ruricola Hentz, J, Bost. Nat. Hist., p. 387. 
1875. Lycosa lenta Hentz, Sp. of U.S., p. 27, Pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
——. Lycosaruricola Hentz, ibid., p. 28, Pl. 3, figs. 5, 6. 

1890. Lycosa lenta, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12. ? 

1892. Lycosa ruricola Hentz, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., II, p. 160. 


1898. Lycosa lenta Hentz, Simon, Hist. Nat. des. Araign, II, p. 333. 
1900. Lycosa lenta Hentz, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 538. 


- Locality.—Pennsylvania, North and South Carolina. 

Known localities.—Pennsylvania, North Carolina!, South Carolina, 
Alabama!, Georgia, Florida. 

- It would seem probable that Hentz did not im all cases distinguish 
this form from his erratica, and that his account applies partly to the 
latter species. What he regarded as the typical form, however, was & 
burrow-making species, although, like carolinensis, etc., found wander- 
ing about and hiding under stones, for in his discussions of erratica he 
says: “This species I formerly supposed to be a variety of L. lenta, 
but it was always found wandering and never in holes. 1 therefore 


246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


consider it as perfectly distinct, having been often seen running in the 
grass.” Concerning lenta he remarks: ‘ This common and powerful 
species is found wandering in fields, attacking and subduing very large 
insects. The female carries her young on her back, which gives her a 
horrible appearance. If caught or wounded the little ones escape 
rapidly in all directions; but the mother is faithful to her duties 
and defends her progeny while life endures. It hides under stones, 
logs, ete.” 


Var. baltimoriana (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Tarentula, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 632.) 

Patella and distal ends of tibie black beneath; femora of the first 
and second legs with a dark line along posterior side and one or two 
similar ones above, these replaced with corresponding rows of dots 
on posterior femora, Otherwise agreeing with type form. 

Syn.—1890. Tarentula baltimoriana, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 563. 

1902, Lycosa baltimoriana, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 
561, Pl. 29, fig. 25. 

1904. Lycosa baltimoriana, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XII, p. 114. 


——. Geolycosa baltimoriana, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
p. 297. 


Type locality.—Baltimore, Md. 

Known localities.—Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Maryland, District 
of Columbia, Virginia, Texas. 

I have seen too few specimens of this form to be able to determine 
satisfactorily the validity of its rank as a variety. It is maintained 
here as such tentatively. Females showing the variant colors are not 
known to me personally, nor have such been reported. 


Lycosa carolinensis Walckenaer, 1837. 
(Insect. Apt., p. 285). 

Female.—Tegument of cephalothoraz uniformly dark reddish brown 
covered with a dense coat of brown and gray hair making it more or 
less mouse-colored, showing in fully grown individuals commonly no 
distinct markings; in some a gray supramarginal band on each side and 
a similar median one along the dorsum, widening from behind anteriorly. 
Chelicerew black, covered with a coat of orange-yellow hairs with more 


sparse long brown bristles; the dense fringe along furrow reddish 


brown or rust colored. Labium and endites black, brown at tips. 
Sternum and core of legs beneath black, covered with brown hairs. 
Tegument of legs reddish brown, darker distally, paler on ventral 
surface of femora; on ventral surface at distal end of femur and at 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 247 


both ends of tibia black, these dark bands covered with dark brown 
hair; the scopul of same brown color, but legs elsewhere clothed with 
much lighter hair which is light brownish gray to whitish. Abdomen 
with the tegument light brown; at base a dark or blackish median 
stripe which bifurcates at its caudal end and sends out from its sides 
several pairs of pointed lines directed caudo-laterally; behind the 
basal stripe a series of chevron-shaped laterally and anteriorly acutely 
pointed dark cross-marks, often a series of light dots along each side; 
dorsum densely covered above with long brown to grayish-brown 
pubescence, except over the dark marks which are clothed and made 
more distinct by black hair; sides of abdomen above dark with brown 
and black pubescence intermixed in spots and streaks, the sides below 
becoming paler, yellow to gray or almost white with larger but more 
sparse black spots; venter nearly always deep brown or black, due 
largely to the pubescence being very dense and of the latter color; 
sometimes a light mark or spot within the light area on each side of 
middle line, leaving three black stripes converging and uniting in front 
of the spinnerets and united by a cross-bar behind the genital furrow, 
while in other rarer cases the reduction of the black may be carried 
even farther. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum reddish black. 

Face in height moderate, more than half the length of the chelicere ; 
sides strongly. convex and.moderately. slanting outward below, not so 
steep as in scutulata, 

Anterior row of eyes nearly as long as the sciecinc but little procurved ; 
anterior median eyes not fully their.radius apart, a little farther from 
the lateral eyes which are a little smaller; clypeus wide, the anterior 
lateral eyes more than one and one-half times their diameter, or rather 
nearer twice from its front margin, closer to eyes of second row; eyes 
of second row not proportionately large, not much less than their 
diameter apart; eyes of third row twice as far apart as from those of 
second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes relatively short, being not 
fully one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Chelicere long and very robust, the margins of its furrows armed in 
typical manner. Labium a little longer than wide (12.5 : 11.75); 
basal excavation one-third or a little more the total length; labium 
above excavations broadly rectangular, as wide above as below, the 
sides nearly parallel and scarcely curved, antero-lateral angles rounded ; 
front margin widely truncate. Legs long and robust; tibia + patella 
IV shorter than the cephalothorax, of same length or nearly so as 
tibia + patella I; spines of anterior tibia beneath as usual; patella I 
and Il each armed on the anterior side with a single spine; anterior tarsi 


245 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[May, 


and metatarsi beneath with dense scopular pads which extend also over 
tibize except at basal third or half; scopuls of posterior legs not extend- 
ing upon tibixw, divided as usual. 

Epigynum oblong, rounded anteriorly; guide inversely T-shaped 
with the transverse arm shorter and stouter; lateral furrows narrow 
and of same width throughout. (Pl. XXI, fig. 1.) 

Total length, 34.56 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 14 mm.; width, 


11.mm. 


Length of leg I, 38.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 13.2 mm.; met., 8 mm. 
Length of leg II, 35 mm. 
Length of leg II, 31.7 mm 
Length of leg [V, 42 mm.; tib. + pat., 13.2 mm.; met., 10.8 mm. 
Male.—Rather lighter in color than the female. Chelicere very 
densely covered with grayish-yellow hair, the heavy fringe of the 
furrow rufous. | 
Patelle of legs I and II armed both in front and behind. j 
Patella and tibia of palpus of nearly same length and thickness, the 
tibia enlarging distally; tarsus a little shorter than the two preceding | 


joints together. For structure of tarsal organ see Pl. X XJ, fig. 2. 
Total length, 21 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 11.1. mm.; width 


8.6 mm. 


Length of leg I, 35.7 mm,; tib, + pat., 12.2 mm,; met., 8.3 mm, 
Length of leg I1, 32.3 mm, 

Length of leg III, 28.7 mm, 

Length of leg LV, 40.2 mm.,; tib. + pat., 12.3 mm.; met., 11.5 mm, 


Syn.—1842. Lycosa carolinensis?, Bosc MSS., Hentz, J. B. Soc. N. H., 4, 


p. 230. 

1852 sia pilosa Girard, Marcy’s Expl. Red R. of La., p. 252, Pl. 16, figs. 

4 and 5. , 

1875. Lycosa carolinensis?, Bosc MSS., Hentz, Sp. of U.S., p. 27, Pl. 2, fig. 9. 
1885. Lycosa carolinensis Hentz, Emerton, Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 486, 

Pl. 47, figs. 1 to 1b. ; 
1890. Lycosa carolinensis, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 561. ; 
——. Lycosa carolinensis, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pa 42, p. 423. ; 
1892. Lycosa carolinensis, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W. oy XS 
——, Lycosa carolinensis, Fox, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, p. B80. 

1894. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, J.N. Y. Ent. Soe., 2, p. 50. 

1895. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. , 8, p. 429. 

——. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, Ent. News, 6, p. 205. 

1896. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, J.N. Y. E. Soe. ,4, D. 192. . 
1898. Lycosa carolinensis, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2 ae 332 and 347. 

1900. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , p. 538. 

1902. Lycosa carolinensis, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. p. 586. 


XVII 


Lycosa carolinensis, E merton, ee ae U.S., p. 73, fig. 176. 
Lycosa carolinensis, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. , 556, 
Geolycosa terana Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,. p. 293, 
{ figs. 13, 14 (color var.). 

Geolycosa carolinensis, Montgomery, ibid., p. 299. 


7 lie. 


“t N: AL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 


Type locality.—* Carolina.” 

Known localities.—New Hampshire!, Massachusetts, Rhode Island}, 
Connecticut, New York!, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, District of 
Columbia!, North Carolina!, Georgia, Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, 
Mississippi!, Texas!, Kansas!, Indiana, Colorado, Utah!. 

Our largest Lycosa, much resembling in its large size and in colora- 
tion the famous Tarentula of southern Europe and its close allies, 
Specimens from the Southwest often differ from the typical form in 
having the venter in part pale as above described. ‘ 

“This spider has the same habits as L. fatifera, making deep excava- 
tions in the ground. It is frequently found under stones, and possibly 
it is in such places, nearer the surface, that the eggs are hatched. The 
female carries her young on her back, presenting a hideous aspect, 
being then apparently covered with animated warts. The little 
monsters have the instinct, if the mother is much disturbed, to escape 
and scatter in all directions. The male, not unfrequently of an 
enormous size, is often found wandering in October and November in 
Alabama, and sometimes enters houses” (Hentz), Concerning its 
habits in New England, Emerton says: “This species digs a hole six 
or eight inches deep, but is often found under stones or running in 
fields and occasionally in houses all over New England.” 

This species is common in Utah, where the males are Gissaieatte 
seen wandering in the open or hiding under stones, The females dig 
deep burrows which are sometimes surmounted with turrets, but not 
so commonly so as in the case of fatifera. 


Lycosa coloradensis Banks, 1594. 
(J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 50.) 

Female.—Tegument of cephalothorax reddish brown, densely clothed 
with pubescence which nearly completely masks the ground color. A 
median light band as wide anteriorly as the eye area, but abruptly nar- 
rowed at dorsal groove to only half that width or less ; this median band 
formed of brown-gray pubescence, often mixed anteriorly with darker 
pubescence which obscures the distinctness of the band. Sides of cepha- 
lothorax clothed with dark, brownish to grayish black pubescence, mixed 
with gray like that of median band, the gray predominating, principally 
arranged in wide radiating bands and becoming more abundant below, 
where it forms on each side a marginal band which is widest anteriorly 
where it nearly touches eye area, Chelicerw with tegument blackish or 
reddish black, completely masked on upper half with dense pubescence 
of rusty brown color, that of lower half dark and very sparse, paler 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


along furrow of chelicere. Labium and endites black or nearly so, 
lighter at tips. Sternum and coxe of legs beneath black or nearly so. 
Femora of legs beneath light gray, the tibiae and more especially the 
tarsi and metatarsi darker brown because of scopule, the ends of 
femora and of last four tibie black; above the femora a little darker 
than below, brown, but distal joints no darker, no bands at end of any 
joints showing above. Legs densely clothed with pubescence which 
give the colors as above, the tegument itself being reddish brown above 
and much paler, yellowish, beneath except at ends of femora and last 
two pairs of tibiee which are black. Abdomen with middle of dorsum 
light brown or grayish brown, a dark brown basal lanceolate mark 
with its margins deeper, its points behind terminating in the apex 
of a dark chevron-mark, which is followed behind by several other 
chevrons. The lanceolate mark giving off laterally most com- 
monly two pairs of lines running latero-caudally on each side; side of 
dorsum dark brown or blackish with numerous small light dots and 
enclosing on each side a series of large light spots along sides of chevrons, 
and at outer ends of the lines from basal mark an ocellate light spot 
contiguous with each side of basal spear-mark near its middle. Upper 
portion of sides dark brown to black with numerous light spots and 
darker, below the sides are gray with dark brown or black spots. 
Venter in front of lung-slits and in a smaller spot at base of spinnerets 
black, elsewhere gray, with or without small dots of black. Spinnerets 
dark brown. Epigynum black or reddish black. 

Cephalothorax behind rather. low; in profile highest at third eye row 
or a little behind it, a little depressed or notched at dorsal groove. Face 
low, one-half in height the length of the chelicere. 

Front row of eyes shorter than second; eyes of first row very nearly 
equal in size; eyes of second row three-fourths their diameter apart; 
anterior lateral eyes their diameter from eyes of second row, closer 
still to front margin of clypeus; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fifth 
the length of the cephalothorax. 

Leg IV less than three times the length of the cephalothorax; tibia 
+ patella IV shorter than cephalothorax, longer than metatarsus; 
metatarsus IV nearly of same length tib. + pat. I; metatarsi and 
tarsi I and IL scopulate; tarsi III and IV with wide setose bands 
dividing scopule. Tibiw I and IL armed as usual. Patella Il armed 
in front with a single spine. 

For structure of epigynum see P|. XVIII, fig. 6. 

Total length, 18 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 8 mm.; width, 


6 mm. 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 


Length of leg I, 18.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.9 mm.; met., 4 mm. 

‘Length of leg II, 17.8 mm. 

Length of leg III, 17.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 22.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.2 mm.; met., 6 mm. 

Male.—Coloration similar to female; pattern on abdomen rather 
more distinct and spots on sides fewer. 

Patella I and II armed both in front and behind. Tibia and patella 
of palpus subequal in length and thickness, together as long as tarsus; 
tarsus much thicker than preceding joints. ; 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XVIII, fig. 7. 

Total length, 13.3mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6.7 mm.; width, 
5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 23.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 8.1 mm.; met., 5.9 mm. 

Length of leg I, 21.8 mm. 

Length of leg ITI, 19.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 26.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 8.1 mm.; met., 7.6 mm. 

Type locality. —Colorado. 

Known localities—Colorado!, Arizona!, New Mexico, Kansas!. 


Lycosa erratica Hentz, 1842. 
id (Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, p. 388.) ; 
Female.—Sides of cephalothorax blackish brown, less commonly paler; 

a reddish yellow or reddish brown median band, narrowest behind, 
which widens distinctly at posterior end of pars cephalica and becomes 
as wide as third eye row, from which point it contracts to a narrow 
stripe or line which continues forward to the first eye row; along each 
lateral margin a light band similarly colored to the median one, the 
‘lateral bands bisected by a dark line at least anteriorly; the median 
pale band clothed with light gray or brownish-white pubescence which 
between the eyes becomes yellowish, the lateral bands similarly clothed ; 
sides of cephalothorax clothed with similar hair intermixed with much 
black which is most abundant along each side of the median band, but 
becomes more and more sparse below toward the margins. Chelicere 
dark reddish brown, clothed with short yellowish pubescence and with 
intermixed longer black bristles, a fringe of long dark gray hair along 
the margin of furrow. Labium and endites reddish brown. Sternum 
blackish, with usually a paler median stripe; clothed with grayish 
brown and more scattered blackish hairs. Legs and palpi brown 
covered with a short brownish gray pubescence with the usual longer 
blackish hairs intermixed; all femora with dark cross-bands or annula- 
tions which are present also at the ends and in the middle of the tarsi 


252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


and metatarsi and at the middle of the patelle of the posterior pairs, 
but which are not present on these joints of the anterior pairs; the 
dark annuli on the femora mostly incomplete below; the anterior and 
posterior face of each femur commonly with a longitudinal black line 
or stripe. Abdomen with a wide pale band over the dorsum, narrowing 
usually to a point at the spinnerets; within the pale band at base a dark, 
black-edged, lanceolate mark which extends to or often much beyond 
the middle, ending usually in a forked apex and followed behind usually 
by a triangular mark and several dark cross-lines; at other times the 
basal stripe ends acutely; less commonly it is entirely absent; sides of 
dorsum laterad of light band dark brown enclosing a series of large 
angular black spots; sides above brown becoming lighter below, usually 
marked with numerous small black spots; venter whitish or light yellow, 
without spots, but in the great majority of cases marked by a-black 
U-shaped stripe, each arm of which has its end behind a lung-slit, the 
bent middle part being at the spinnerets, the arm of the U-shaped 
band often connected by a cross-band behind the genital furrow; 
sometimes the venter is entirely pale without any markings. Epigy- 
num reddish brown. Spinnerets smoky brown to black. 

Face moderate in height,.the cheliceree about one and three-fourths 
times as long; sides convex and moderately divergent below. Anterior 
row of eyes moderately procurved, shorter than the second by twice the 
diameter of a lateral eye; anterior median eyes their radius apart, 
closer to the smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes their diameter 
from eyes of second row, a little farther from margin of clypeus; eyes of 
second row their diameter apart, not much farther from the three- 
fourths as large eyes of the third row; eyes of third row twice as far from 
each other as from eyes of second row; cephalothorax rather less than 
five times the length of the cephalothorax. Chelicere armed as usual, 
the third tooth of lower margin of furrow a little reduced. Labium 
much longer than wide (16 : 12.5); basal excavation of usual length; 
sides evenly convexly curved from excavations to anterior angles; 
front margin truncate. Legs long, the distal joints slender, especially 
so the posterior metatarsi ; tibia + patella IV longer than cephalothorax 
which is longer than tibia + patella I; anterior tibie with spines as 
usual; scopule of tarsi as usual, those of anterior pairs extending also 
upon metatarsi except at base ; patella I] armed within, 

Ends of transverse arms of guide of epigynum almost always char- 
acteristically excavated on anterior side of ends (Pl. XVII, fig. 3). 

Total length, 14mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.4 mm.; width, 
4 mm. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 


Length of leg I, 14.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 5 mm.; met., 2.9 mm. 
Length of leg I, 13.9 min. 

Length of leg III, 13.2 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 19.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.9 mm.; met., 4.9mm. 
Male.—Coloration as in female but rather brighter. 

For structure of palpal organ see P]. XVII, fig. 4. 


Syn.—1844. Lycosa sagittata Hentz. 
1846. Lycosa propinqua Blackwall, 1846 (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 


XVII, pp. 31, 32). 
1875. Lycosa erratica Hentz, Sp. U.S. (Burgess), p. 29, Pl: 3, fig. 8. 
1876. Tarentula lepida Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 631, Pl. 7, 
g. 15. 
1877. Tarentula scalaris, Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, No. 2, 
0 


1885. Lycosa communis Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 489. 

1890. Lycosa erratica, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 561. 

—. Lycosa communis, Marx, loc. cit. 

——. ILycosa communis, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42, p. 426. 

1891. Lycosa erratica, Banks, Ent. News, 2, p. 86. 

1892. Lycosa communis, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, Bi 160. 

——. Lycosa communis, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 64. 

——. Lycosa communis, Fox, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, p. 269. 

1895. Lycosa erratica, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 3, p. 91. 

——. Lycosaerratica, Banks, Ent. News, 6, p. 205. 

1898. Lycosa erratica, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2, p. 331. 

1900. Lycosa erratica, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 538. 

1902. Lycosa communis, Emerton, Common Sp. of U.S., p.75, figs. 181, 182. 

——. ILyeosa lepida, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 562, Pl. 29, 
figs. 26, 27. 

1904. Lycosa lepida, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 287. 

Type locality.—Massachusetts and Alabama. 

Known localities.—Massachusetts !, Connecticut, Rhode Island !, New 
Hampshire!, New York!, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, District of 
Columbia!, Alabama, Louisiana!, Texas, Georgia!, North Carolina}, 
Ohio, Illinois, lowa!, Kansas!, Colorado!, Arizona!, Utah!, Montana. 

I do not think there is room for doubt that the species above de- 
scribed is the real erratica of Hentz, when one considers the abdominal 
markings shown in his figure, in connection with his comments on 
habits and the localities where he found it common. 

Hentz says concerning this species that it “was always found 
wandering and never in holes;... . it was often seen, generally 
running in the grass.”” This is a very common and widely distributed 
species, found under stones and logs in the woods and especially in 
grassy meadows. It is subject to much variation in size, though its 


characteristic markings are rarely missed. 
Lyoosa scutulata Hentz, 1842. 


(Journ. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., IV, p. 390.) 
Female.—Cephalothorax with a dark chocolate-colored band each 
17 


254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


side of the middle line which is widest behind and narrowing forward 
is prolonged over the eyes of the corresponding side to the front margin 
of the clypeus, and in young specimens continues down the chelicerze of 
the same side to near its distal end; these bands are covered with a 
blackish pubescence with intermixed lighter yellowish hairs; between 
these dark bands is a narrower yellowish-brown median band which is 
much constricted between the last two rows of eyes, but expands again 
upon the face before reaching the margin of clypeus, this band clothed 
with yellowish-gray pubescence, clear yellow in front; the sides of 
cephalothorax below dark bands colored and clothed similarly to 
median band with below a chocolate-colored submarginal line. Cheli- 
cere reddish brown covered with yellowish or grayish-yellow pubescence 
at the distal end, within along the femora a fringe of longer hair of 
somewhat rusty tinge. Labiwm reddish brown, clothed with a grayish 
or tawny pubescence with intermixed longer, stiffer black hair. Ster- 
num, endites and coxe of legs beneath light brown. Legs and palpi 
light brown, the tarsi and metatarsi mostly darker, as also the tibize 
at distal ends; the femora with some rather faint longitudinal darker 
lines clothed with tawny pubescence with intermixed hair of blackish 
color, the longer ones of the latter pale on distal halves. Abdomen 
with a broad blackish median band extending the entire length nar- 
rowed from near middle towards each end, this band covered with 
intermixed dark brown and blackish pubescence, the band indentated 
with a brownish-yellow notch on each side in front of middle and 
behind either with a series of similar indentations of yellow or enclosing 
corresponding pairs of submarginal spots; each side of median band a 
narrow brownish band appearing yellow because covered by a dense 
coat of yellowish pubescence; sides with tegument brown, sheathed 
with lines of blackish-brown and yellowish pubescence above, paler 
yellow with black spots below. Tegument of venter brown, densely 
clothed with yellow pubescence and with small spots of black pubes- 
cence, mostly arranged over one or two pairs of darker lines converging 
toward the spinnerets. Spinnerets rather dark brown. Epigynum 
blackish. 

Smaller specimens are paler, and the venter may be without spots 
and unmarked except for faint indications of the posteriorly converging 
lines, 

Cephalothorax highest at third row of eyes, dorsal line in profile a 
little depressed at front of median groove. Face high, two-thirds as 
high as chelicerw are long, in profile slightly convex and protrudes a 
little above. Anterior row of eyes procurved, shorter than the second 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 — 


by twice their diameter; eyes subequal in size and nearly equidistant, 
being separated from each other by a space rather less than their 
radius; anterior lateral eyes more than their diameter from the front 
margin of clypeus, closer to the eyes of second row; eyes of second row 
large, less than their diameter apart; eyes of third row two-thirds as 
large as those of the second, nearly twice as far from each other as 
from eyes of second row; cephalothorax five times as long as quad- 
rangle of posterior eyes. Margins of furrow of the chelicere armed 
as usual, the third tooth of the lower margin a little reduced. Labium 
much longer than wide (19 : 16); basal excavation one-third the total 
length or rather longer; sides below straight and subparallel to 
middle, then straight and converging to angles in front; front margin 
very gently convex laterally and indented at middle. Legs long and 
slender; the posterior tarsi slender and nearly as long as tibia + 
patella; all tarsi densely scopulate, the scopule clearly divided on 
posterior pairs by a narrow median setose band, on the anterior pairs 
the scopulie extend also upon the metatarsi entirely to the base and 
even upon the tibiz distally. 

Yor structure of epigynum see Pl. XVII, fig. 9. 

Total length, 21.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 10 mm.; width, 
7.6 mm. 

Length of leg I, 32.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 10.8 mm.; met., 7.8 mm. 

Length of leg II, 28.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 21.7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 38.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 12.2 mm.; met., 11.8 mm. 

Male.—Front pair of legs dark reddish brown to black, excepting 
tarsus and proximal end of femur, above which are lighter; other legs 
light brown. Anterior half of median dorsal stripe of abdomen 
black and distinctly darker than posterior half. Venter gray, immacu- 
late. Chelicere brown with yellow pubescence. 

Patella I and II armed in front and behind. 

For structure of palpus see P]. X VITI, fig. 1. 

Total length, 11 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6 mm.; width, 
4.7 mm. 

Length of leg I, 21.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.2 mm.; met., 5.6 mm. 

Length of leg II, 20.5mm. , 

Length of leg I, 17.8 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 25.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.7 mm.; met., 8.1 mm. 


Syn.—1875. Lycosa scutulata, 
1875. Lycosa scutulata, 
1890. Lycosa scutulata Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., XII, p. 563. 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


1890. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 427. 

1892. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892, 
p. 66. 

——. Lycosa scutulata Marx, Hentz, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Tit’ p91 

1895. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, J. N.Y. Ent. Soc. , Vol Ii p. 91. 

-. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, Ent. News, IV, p. 205 

1897. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, Proc. Ent. Soc. W big Vol. IV, p. 189. 

1898. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, Proc. Col. Acad. Sei., 3d ser., Zool., 
Vol. I, p. 268. 

Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., Vol. II, pp. 329, 
330, 346. 

1900. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 538. 

1902. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Emerton, Common Sp. of U.S., p. +6, 

——. Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 
p. 553. 

1904. Lycosa scutulata Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 289. 


Type location.—Alabama. 

Known localities.—Alabama, North Carolinal, Georgia!, Florida, 
Louisiana!, Mississippi, Texas, Connecticut, New York!, Pennsylvania, 
New Jersey, District of Columbia, Ohio, Indiana!, Illinois, Iowa], 
Kansas!. 

Hentz remarks as follows concerning Lycosa scutulata after his 
original description: ‘‘This common and very distinct species attains 
a very large stature. It is most commonly found wandering in quest 
i ae The cocoon is very large, spherical and whitish, 
containing from 150 to 200 eggs, which hatch before the cocoon is 
opened. The yellow spots on the abdomen seem to be wanting in the 
young” (Sp. U.S., p. 32). 


Lycosa punctulata Hentz, 1842. 
(J. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., 4, p. 390.) 

Cephalothoraz light brown, with each side of the middle a blackish- 
brown stripe which runs forward over eyes of the corresponding side 
and reaches the front margin of the clypeus as a much narrower line, 
also on each side a very narrow marginal and a wider submarginal 
blackish line; the median light band is narrower than the dark bands 
enclosing it; between the eyes of the third and second row it is nar- 
rowed to a line but widens again above eyes of first row; the dark 
bands of cephalothorax are clothed with dark somewhat smoky-brown 
pubescence, the light regions covered with a grayish-brown pubes- 
cence about the eyes are longer. Chelicere black, clothed with short 
light yellowish pubescence and some mostly very long blackish bristles; 
at the distal end within along the furrow a fringe of long yellow or 
rusty yellow hairs. Labium and endites dark reddish brown; light 
distally. Sternum black, clothed with grayish-brown pubescence. 
Core dark reddish brown. Legs elsewhere brown; the distal ends of 


) 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 


the tibiz and metatarsi of the last legs usually darker, legs otherwise 


without markings; covered with a very stout pale pubescence and with 


longer straight blackish bristles which are denser than in scutulata; 
the longer bristles appear paler distally as in scutulata. Tegument in 
general brown, blackish brown along a wide median band extending the 
entire length of the abdomen, the band widest in middle, covered by 
intermixed” black and deep brown pubescence with longer black 
bristles; margin of middle black band smooth, not broken by indenta- 
tions or enclosed lighter spots; the black pubescence more dense at 
borders of its median band, the brown over its middle; each side of mid- 
dle band agrayish-brown stripe; exterior to gray stripes the sides are 
colored with brown and grayish brown intermingled in spots and 
streaks, the brown often solid at the antero-lateral angles; sides below 
and the venter gray with very small spots of black, the venter with a 
variable number of larger black spots, sometimes also with one or 
more continuous dark patches. Epigynum dark reddish brown to 
black. Spinnerets brown. 

Cephalothorax narrow, highest behind second row of eyes; sides 
rather weakly rounded, high, with the sides steep. Face high, rather 
more than two-thirds as high as the chelicerw are long, the sides steep 
and but moderately convex. Anterior row of eyes moderately 
strongly procurved, shorter than second row by about twice the 
diameter of an anterior eye; anterior median eyes their radius apart, 
farther from the slightly smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes 
searcely their diameter from the front margin of the clypeus, much 
farther from the eyes of the second row; eyes of the second row less than 
their diameter apart; eyes of third row about two-thirds as large as 
those of the second; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fifth as long as 
cephalothorax. Chelicere armed as usual. 

Legs long and moderately slender, the last tarsi slender but not pro- 
portionately long; all femora conspicuously flattened laterally, each 
of the two posterior ones on each side concavated behind and bent 
conspicuously backward, the two anterior ones concavated in front 
side and bent forward; anterior tibie and metatarsi armed beneath as 
usual, all tarsi densely scopulate beneath, the posterior ones clearly 
bisected by a narrow median setose band; the anterior metatarsi also 
scopulate for most of the entire distance to their bases, but the posterior 
metatarsi not at all scopulate. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XVIII, fig. 2. 

Total length, 16.4mm. Length of cephalothorax, 7 mm.; width, 
5 mm. 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg I, 20 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.4 mm.; met., 4mm. 
Length of leg I, 17.9 mm. 
Length of leg III, 16.6 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 22.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.6 mm.; met., 6.6 mm. 
Male.—Chelicere black, covered, but not densely, with black pubes- 
cence; fringe along furrow pale rufous. Legs yellowish or pale brown, 
the joints beyond patella of anterior pairs darker, reddish brown; 
distal ends of tibia and metatarsus of leg IV darker blackish. The 
hair of middle stripe of dorsum of abdomen, except black margins, is 
rufous or nearly so, the light stripes bounding it are made by golden- 
yellow hair. Venter with a wide median black band, which is widest 
at its anterior end where it spreads out back of lung-slits. 
Patella I and I armed both in front and behind. 
For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XVIII, fig. 3. 
Total length, 15 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 7.3 mm.; width, 
5.5 mm. 
Length of leg I, 23.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 8.4mm.; met., 5 mm. 
Length of leg II, 21.9 mm. 
Length of leg III, 18.6 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 29 mm.; tib. + pat., 9 mm.; met., 9 mm. 
Syn.—1842. Lycosa punctulata Hentz, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 390. 
1875. Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Spiders of U.S., p. 31, Pl. 3, figs. 16, 17. 
1885. Lycosa punctulata, Emerton, Trans. Conn. Ac., IV, p. 490. 
1890. Lycosa punctulata, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 563. 
Non.-Syn. Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila. 
1892. iycosa punctulata, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
——. Lycosa punctulata, Hentz, Fox, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, p. 269. 
——. Lycosa punctulata, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., II, p. 160. 
1895. Lycosa punctulata, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 3, 0; 91, 
1900. Lycosa punctulata, Banks, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., pa 


1902. Lycosa punctulata, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 552. 
1904. Lycosa punctulata, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 288. 


Type location.—Pennsyl vania. 

Known localities. —Pennsylvania, North Carolina!, Georgia!, Alabama, 
Florida, Louisiana!, Mississippi!, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode 
Island !, Indiana!, Ohio. 


Lyoosa frondicola Emerton, 1885. 
(Trans. Conn, Acad. Sci., 6, p. 484, Pl. 46, figs. 3 to 3b.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax dark brown above, lighter toward 
margin; a median light brown band which is widest just behind the 
eye area, where it is wider than the third row; from there it very 
gradually narrows caudally and anteriorly passes broadly between the 
eyes of the third row to those of the second; the median band in life 


"oe | 


 ——— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 


densely clothed with light gray pubescence; sides of cephalothorax 
clothed with mixed black and gray pubescence, the gray predominating, 
increasing in abundance from above below and finally forming a narrow 
marginal light gray stripe in which the hair is unmixed with any 
black. Chelicere black, clothed over basal portion with light brown 
pubescence, distally with black. Labium and endites dark reddish or 
blackish brown, lighter at tips. Sternwm and core of legs beneath 
dark reddish-brown to black, the cox somewhat paler basally; 
clothed with black hair. Legs brown or reddish brown with some 
dark annulations on the femora, which may be indistinct and which are 
commonly incomplete above and below; the patella, tibia and meta- 
tarsi of the posterior pairs of legs also normally annulate with dark, 
the patella showing one ring, the tibiz two and the metatarsi three; 
the anterior legs not marked beyond the femora; legs densely clothed 
with gray pubescence, longer black hairs sparse. Abdomen above 
grayish brown, the pubescence being mixed gray and brown, the gray 
sometimes arranged over entire dorsum in minute spots and streaks; 
black pubescence over two angular spots close together in front of 
middle, these spots forming the angular lateral portion of an else- 
where faint basal lanceolate outline which bifurcates at its posterior 
end; a number of less distinct dark transverse chevron-lines behind; 
a black band or spot crossing over each antero-lateral angle caudally, 
with pubescence of same color, this band dissolving in the gray and 
brown pubescence behind; sides of abdomen light brown, densely 
covered with gray and brown pubescence, these sometimes uniformly 
mingled but more commonly intermixed in numerous small spots and 
streaks; venter with a wide median band of black back of spinnerets, 
the edges of which are uneven, this band frequently occupying the 
entire venter; at times the dark band is entirely absent. Epigynum 
reddish brown. Spinnerets brown. 

Face low and wide, in height less than half the length of the chelicere, 
sides rounded and strongly slanting. Dorsal line of cephalothorax 
highest between third eye row and dorsal groove, being convex between 
eyes and the posterior declivity. 

Anterior row of eyes but slightly procurved, nearly or quite as wide 
as the second; anterior median eyes their radius apart, closer to the 
somewhat smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes one and one-half 
times their diameter from the front margin of clypeus, less than their 
diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row considerably 
less than their diameter apart; eyes of third row more than twice as far 
from each other as from eyes of second row; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes a little more than one-sixth as long as the cephalothorax. 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Chelicere massive; margins of furrow armed as usual. Labium a 
little longer than wide (16 :15); basal excavation as usual; attenu- 
ated anteriorly, the sides below well rounded convexly, straight above; 
front margin incurved or concave for its entire length. Legs strong, 
moderately slender distally; tibia + patella 1V evidently shorter than 
the cephalothorax, the metatarsus a little longer than or nearly of the 
same length as the width of the cephalothorax; tarsi and metatarsi I 
and II scopulate beneath, tarsi ILI and IV as usual; spines of anterior 
tibiz as usual; patella Il armed anteriorly. 


Side ridges and furrows of the epigynum are of the usual form; the 
guide is of the inversely T-shaped form, the septal piece is enlarged or 
widened at its middle, being thus more or less fusiform, being narrow 
adjacent to the transverse arms; transverse piece as long as or a little 
longer than the median, its arms passing well out laterally behind the 
lateral tubercles and being scarcely confined at the ends; guide plates 
along front of tranverse arms narrow, even more so upon posterior end 
of septum where they fade out (Pl. XVIII, fig. 4). 

Total length, 13 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6.5 mm.; width, 
4.7 mm. + 

Length of leg I, 14.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.3 mm.; met., 3.1 mm. 

Length of leg I1, 13.9 mm. 

Length of leg III, 12.6 mm.” 

Length of leg IV, 18.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.8 mm.; met., 5mm. 


Male.—Cephalothoraz in color nearly as in the female. Legs lighter. 
Abdomen with the black bands over the antero-lateral angles more 
distinctly continuing caudally as a dark band along sides of dorsum, 
this band behind frequently breaking up into oblique lines and spots; 
abdomen otherwise as in the female. 

Patella I and II armed both in front and behind. 

Apical portion of tarsus of palpus evidently shorter than the 
bulb, acute; auricle large and broad, the terminal part of embolus 
lying in it clearly exposed; tenaculum at base horizontal and rather 
stout, then bent forward rather abruptly and becoming very slender. 
(Pl. XVIII, fig. 5.) 

Total length, 10 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.2 mm.; width, 
4mm. 

Length of leg I, 14.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.9 mm.; met., 3.2 mm, 

Length of leg II, 12.6 mm. 

Length of leg IL, 11.5 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 15.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 5 mm.; met., 4.8 mm. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 


Syn.—1877. Tarentula modesta Thorell, Bull. U. 8. G. 8. Terr., 3, No. 2, p. 
520 (name preoccupied if modesta Keys.). 
1885. Lycosa nigroventris Emerton, Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 488, Pl. 47, 
figs. 5 to 5b. 
1890. Tarentula pudens Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 564. 
—~—. Lycosa frondicola, Marx, ibid., p. 561. 
—. Lycosa frondicola, Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,42, p. 426. 
1892. Lycosa frondicola, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, p. 160. 
——. Lycosa frondicola, Fox, op. cit., p. 269. 
——. Lycosa frondicola, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 64. 
1894. Lycosa modesta, Banks, J. N. Y. E. Soc., 2, p. 50. 
1895. Lycosa modesta, Banks, Ann. N. Y. Ac. Sci., 8, p. 429. 
——. Lycosa frondicola, Banks, J.N. Y. Ent. Soc., 3, p. 91. 
1902. Lycosa frondicola, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 561, 
Pl. 30, figs. 28, 29. 
1904. Trochosa jrondicola, Montgomery, ibid., p. 306. 

Type locality. —Massachusetts. 

Known loca!ities.—Massachusetts!, New Hampshire!, Connecticut, 
Rhode Island!, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, District of 
Columbia!, Ohio, Indiana, Lllinois, lowa!, Kansas!, Montana!, Utah!, 
Colorado!, Arizona!. 

From a study of specimens from various places in the West, | am 
convinced that the species described by Thorell from Colorado as 
Tarentula modesta is the same as the Eastern L. frondicola, and Thorell’s 
name would have to be used except that it is preoccupied by Keyser- 
ling’s species. In 1890 Marx proposed the name pudens to take the 
place of modesta; but as the species had been described by Emerton in 
1885 as frondicola, the latter name must stand. A study of the male 
specimen upon which L. nigroventrisawas based convinces me that it 
is the same as frondicola. 

L. frondicola is a widely distributed species, common especially in 
the central, northern and mountainous parts of the United States. It 
is found most frequently in and at the edges of woods, among fallen 
leaves and sticks. Specimens from the dryer parts of the West, as 
with various other species, show a tendency to lose the dark coloration, 
especially that of the venter. Some specimens have the venter entirely 


pale. 


Lycosa pratensis lmerton, 1885. 
(Trans. Conn. Acad., VI, p. 483, Pl. XLVI, figs. 4, 4a, 4b.) 

Female.—A wide median light band, widest between third eye row 
and dorsal groove, and from there narrowing backward to end of 
cephalothorax, commonly constricted or indented at groove, also 
narrowing and passing forward between eyes of third row and reaching 
those of second row. Tegument of middle band light reddish brown 
clothe! with yellowish or brownish-gray pubescence, usually two dark 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


longitudinal lines in wide part in front of dorsal groove; on each side, 
at a distance above margin greater than its own width, a narrow light 
band colored like the median one; elsewhere the tegument deep brown, 
clothed mostly with dark to blackish-brown pubescence, with grayish 
intermixed. Chelicere dark reddish brown with grayish-brown pubes- 
cence. Labium and endites dark brown, inclined to be lighter at tips. 
Sternum reddish brown, sparsely clothed with a few short hairs of light 
color and more numerous long bristles of black. Coze of legs beneath 
brown, grayish-yellow pubescence much more abundant than on ster- 
num. Legs brown, darker distally, at least femora with rather faint 
darker rings, which on the two anterior pairs are most distinct on the 
meso-caudal aspect and on the two posterior pairs on the meso-cephalic 
aspect; clothed with shorter grayish-yellow pubescence and longer 
blackish or blackish-brown hair. Abdomen in general color reddish 
brown, lighter beneath; above with a complicated pattern of black 
lines, in part as follows: at base a lanceolate outline, giving off on each 
side near apical third a line running caudo-laterally to dark area at 
sides, its tip at middle touching apex of a chevron-mark which is 
followed caudally by a number of similar marks; each chevron-mark 
commonly double or paired, 7.e., consisting of two parallel chevrons 
separated by a light line, except sometimes at ends; on each side of 
chevrons irregular darker spots and blotches. The tegument of the 
sides with spots of black, but that of venter unmarked. The pubes- 
cence of the abdomen is yellowish-gray and brown in life, or in dry 
specimens, the pubescence largely eoncealing the complicated markings 
of the tegument and so arranged as to produce above two rows of 
light spots more or less connected by transverse light lines. Sides with 
light and dark pubescence, more or less in streaks and spots, but venter 
without markings. Spinneretsbrown. Epigynum dark reddish brown. 

Face low, less than half the length of the chelicers (1 : 2.4), sides 
convex, widely slanting, about as wide at base as length of chelicera, 
high and narrow; in profile dorsal line rather strongly convex. An- 
terior part of head rounded, the space between third and second rows 
of eyes sloping rather strongly; the first row of eyes projecting forward 
so as to be seen clearly from above. 

Front row of eyes straight or slightly recurved, slightly longer than the 
second ; anterior median eyes their radius apart, closer to the but little 
smaller side eyes; anterior lateral eyes about their diameter from the 
front margin of clypeus, closer to eyes of second row; eyes of second 
row not more than two-thirds their diameter apart; eyes of third row 
scarcely smaller than of second, their diameter from latter, more than 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 


twice as far from each other; quadrangle of posterior eyes about one- 
fifth as long as the cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of furrow of the chelicere armed with three equidistant 
conical teeth, these equal in size, the third no smaller than the first. 
The upper margin with three teeth, the middle, as usual, much largest, 
the first and third about equal, both usually contiguous with base of 
second, or the third slightly removed. 

Legs short and moderately slender; tibia + patella of fourth legs 
shorter than the cephalothorax; metatarsus of fourth legs much 
shorter than tibia + patella; anterior tarsi slightly curved, others 
straight; two anterior pair of femora slightly bent forward, last pair 
slightly bent backward; first and second tarsi scopulate; third and 
fourth tarsi not truly scopulate, subdensely setulose; tibiae and meta- 
tarsi of first and second legs armed beneath as usual, patella of these 
legs unarmed. 

Epigynum as figured (Pl. XX1, fig. 3). 

Total length, 13 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.1 mm.; width, 
3.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.9 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.1 mm.; met., 2.1 mm, 

Length of leg I1, 10.6 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9.2 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 14 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.8 mm.; met., 3.3 mm. 


Syn.—1890. Lycosa pratensis; Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12. 

1892. Lycosa pratensis, Banks, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 44, p. 64. 

1894. Lycosa pratensis Emerton, Trans. Conn, Acad. Sci., IX, p. 422, 
PI. III, fig. 1V. 

1895. Lycosa pratensis Emerton, Banks, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., III, p. 91. 

1902. Lycosa pratensis Emerton, Common Sp. U.S., p. 69, figs. 168, 169, 170. 

1904. Trochosa pratensis, Montgomery, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 303. 


Type locality.—Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Hampshire. 

Known localities.—Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Hampshire!, 
New York!, Long Island!, Canada (mountains near Lagan, Lake of 
Woods, Gaspé, Anticosti, Byron I., Port Hawkesbury). 

According to Emerton, in New England “this is the most com- 
mon species, under stones and under leaves in winter.’’ Also: ‘This 
does not seem to be a very active spider, and is commonly found under 
stones.”’ 

Its habits in New York I have found similar. 


Lyoosa kochii (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Tarentula, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 636, Pl. 7, fig. 18.) 
Female,—Cephalothorazx with a pale stripe as wide as third eye row, 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


becoming abruptly a little narrower near posterior end of pars cephalica 
and then gradually narrowing posteriorly. Tegument of median 
stripe reddish brown, but quadrangle of posterior eyes often black; 
median stripe clothed with gray-brown pubescence. Sides of cephalo- 
thorax darker above and becoming lighter below; clothed with gray- 
brown pubescence, like that of dorsal stripe, mixed with dark blackish 
pubescence, the brown hair becoming gradually more abundant from 
above below but forming no distinct marginal bands. Chelicere dark 
red-brown with short light brown pubescence basally and darker longer 
hairs on distal part. Endites reddish brown, light at tips. Labiwm 
darker, blackish, also lighter distally. Sternwm dark brown, marked 
by a faint paler median line, clothed with brownish-gray pubescence and 
longer black bristles. Coxe of legs beneath a little lighter than 
sternum. Legs clear brown, entirely unmarked or, more rarely, with 
indistinct annular markings on femora. /Palpi similarly colored. 
Abdomen with brown-gray, brown and black hair; venter pale, immacu- 
late; sides above finely streaked and spotted with the darker pubescence 
among the paler. Anterior face of abdomen with a black transverse 
band extending over each antero-lateral angle. At base a lanceolate 
outline, sometimes absent, which behind gives off a number of lines on 
each caudo-laterally, and is followed behind by a series of chevron- 
formed lines; in most on each side of dorsum a row of dark angular 
marks in which the ends of the chevron-lines terminate. Spinnerets 
brown, densely pubescent. Epigynum dark reddish brown. 

Cephalothorax highest at posterior eyes, moderately low behind, a. 
little concavated at dorsal groove. Jace in height less than half the 
length of the chelicere, its sides convex and widely slanting. 

Anterior row of eyes as long as second, gently procurved; anterior 
median eyes more than their radius apart, about half as far from the 
smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes about their diameter from 
front margin of clypeus, farther from eyes of second row. Eyes of 
second row separated by three-fourths their diameter or a little more. 
Eyes of the third row once and a half again as far from each other as 
from the eyes of the second row. Quadrangle of posterior eyes about 
one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere armed with two equal stout teeth, 
the upper margin with three as usual. Labium as wide as long; basal 
excavation less than one-third the total length (1: 3.6); rather strongly 
attenuated in front with sides above straight or slightly concave below 
angles; anterior margin indented at middle but sides a little convex, 

Tibia + patella of fourth legs shorter than the cephalothorax; tarsi I 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 


and II and metatarsi of same legs except at base scopulate; tarsi of 
third and fourth legs clothed beneath with bristles. Patell of first and 
second legs unarmed. 

Epigynum as figured (Pl. XX1, fig. 5). 

Total length, 11.4 mm,; length of cephalothorax, 4.5 mm.; width, 
3.4 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.9 mm.; met., 2.1 mm. 

Length of leg II, 10.5 mm. 

Length of leg II, 10.2 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 14.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.8 mm.; met., 4 mm. 

Male.—Colored like Panes but lighter; femora of leas lighter and 
clearer brown, tibia and more distal joints darker, reddish brown. 

Patella of second legs with a spine in front. 

Tibia and patella of palpus of same length and thickness, together 
about equalling the length of the tarsus. For structure of palpal 
organ see P]. X XI, fig. 4. 

Total length, 9.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.2 mm.; width, 
3.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.9mm.; met., 2.4 mm. 

Length of leg II, 9.6 mm. 

Length of leg II, 8.8 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 11 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.9mm.; met., 2.6 mm. 

Type locality.—‘ North America.” 

Known localities.—Colorado!, Utah!, Oregon, Arizona!, California!. 


Lycosa gulosa Walckenaer, 1837. 
(Ins. Apt., 1, p. 338.) 

Female.—Cephalothoraz dark reddish brown crossed by blackish 
radiating lines; a wide median light stripe which is constricted between 
thoracic groove and third eye row and again behind the groove, widest 
in front of the first constriction, extending to the second eye row in 
front; the median light brown band clothed with light gray pubescence ; 
on each side a supramarginal irregular edged band of same color and 
pubescence as the median one; cephalothorax except on light stripes 
clothed with dark brown pubescence. Chelicere black, paler distally, 
clothed for most of length with yellowish pubescence, distally with 
longer dark brown hairs; the fringe along furrow rust colored. Labium 
and endites deep brown, paler at tips. Sternum deep reddish brown 
or, more rarely, black, clothed with short grayish-brown and longer 
dark brown pubescence. Coxe of legs beneath brown to reddish- 
brown, lighter than sternum. Legs reddish brown, all joints except 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


the tarsi with black annulations which are usually more distinct 
proximally and deeper above on femora than ventrally; clothed with 
brown hair which is also the color of the scopule. Abdomen above 
grayish-brown, the pubescence consisting of gray and brown inter- 
mixed; at base a dark, deeper margined, sublanceolate stripe ending 
obtusely or bifurcating at the middle, but this basal mark frequently 
inconspicuous and sometimes absent; posterior portion of dorsum 
rarely with some dark chevron-shaped cross-lines; a black spot over 
each antero-lateral angle which is usually followed caudad by a row of 
dark angular spots and marks along the sides; sides and venter yellowish 
or grayish brown, the pubescence, as on dorsum, being light and dark 
often intermixed in fine spots and streaks; the tegument of venter often 
showing two pairs of dark lines or stripes converging toward the 
spinnerets; entire animal darkening with age, the venter then showing 
usually a broad dark brown to black band over its length from genital 
furrow to the spinnerets. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum dark red- 
dish-brown to black. 

Face about half as high as the length of the chelicere, sides rounded 
and slanting; width at base less than the length of the chelicere. 
Dorsal line of cephalothorax highest at third eye row, somewhat con- 
cavated at median furrow. 

Anterior row of eyes considerably shorter than the second (by twice 
the diameter of a lateral eye or more), moderately procurved ; anterior 
median eyes less than their radius apart; anterior lateral eyes about 
two-thirds as large as the median, a little less than their diameter from 
eyes of second row and a little more than their diameter from front 
margin of clypeus; eyes of second row large, about three-fifths their 
diameter apart; eyes of third row but little smaller than those of secona 
(ad. 5 :6), more than twice as far from each other as from eyes of second 
row; quadrangle of posterior eyes between one-fifth and one-sixth the 
length of the cephalothorax. 

Chelicere with furrows armed as usual. Labiwm nearly as wide as 
long, not much attenuated; front margin concavated. Legs with 
tibia + patella IV of same length as cephalothorax or a very little 
longer; metatarsus IV longer than the cephalothorax is wide; anterior 
tibia and patella armed as usual ; tarsi and metatarsi I and II seopulate; 
tarsi III and IV as usual. 

Epigynum broadly ovate with posterior end widely truncate; side 
ridges relatively very thick; septal piece of guide in front of enlarged 
posterior end with sides parallel or nearly so, the femur at its side 
narrow and not much differing in width from anterior end back to the 
caudal enlargement of guide (Pl. XXI, fig. 7). 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 


Total length, 14 mm. Length of aiecgimeinabee 7.7 mm.; width, 
6 mm. 

Length of leg I, 19.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.4 mm.; met., 4.1 mm. 

Length of leg II, 19.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 18.6 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 24.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.8 mm.; met., 6.7 mm. 

Male.—Colored nearly as in the female. Legs dark brown or black- 
ish distally, showing mostly no rings or marks except on femora. 
Palpi reddish yellow with ends of joints dark and some dark marks on 
femora. 

Patella of palpus as long as the tibia, these two joints together of 
about the same length as the tarsus; terminal portion of palpus a 
little shorter than the bulb. 

Embolus bending outward and somewhat distally from base, resting 
upon the lectus only across the auricle, the greater part of its length 
being supported only by its much elongated basal flap (P]. X.X1J, fig. 6). 

Total length, 11.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.5 mm.; width, 
4.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 19.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.1 mm.; met., 4.6 mm. 

Length of leg II, 18.5 mm. 

Length of leg III, 17.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 22.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 7 mm.; met., 6.7 mm. 

Syn.—1876. Tarentula pulchra Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 628, 
Pl. 7, figs. 13, 14. 
1885. ’ Lycosa kochii Emerton (nec Keyserling), Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, 
p. 485, Pl. 46, figs. 6 to 6c. 
8 ycosa kochii Stone, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42, p. 426. 
Lycosa kochii Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2, p. 160 
Lycosa kochii Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. $ Bye. p. 64. 


1890 

1892 

1902. Lycosa kochii Emerton, Common Sp. i Ss. p. 74, figs. 179, 180. 

ce a a Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 566, 

1904. 
Pl. 


uy acre ae (Keys.),Chamberlin, Canad. Ent., p. 147. 
xv Te a mi Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. ‘Sci. Phila. , p. 279, 
» 7 
Puchagicedl Momigumicy, Pic head. Was. Bel. Pills... 206, 

Type locality.—‘ North America.”’ 

Known localities.—Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island!, New 
Hampshire!, New York!, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, District of 
Columbia!, Virginia North Carolina!, Alabama!, Mississippi!, Texas!, 
Kansas!, Indiana, Utah! 

Types in collection of Dr. Koch. 

A strongly marked and widely distributed species which, as might 
be expected, is subject to some variations in size and coloration. The 


268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


epigynum and the peculiar palpus of the male are constant in essential 
features and at once reveal the species beneath more superficial differ- 
ences. The pattern’of the markings on the legs, the cephalothorax 
and of the dorsum of abdomen remain pretty nearly the same always 
except as to depth and distinctness of the colors. The venter of the 
abdomen becomes dark or even black with age, the entire animal also 
then taking on a darker color. 


Lycosa modesta (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Tarentula, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, p. 626, Pl. VIT, figs. 11, 12.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax with a light median band as wide as space 
between eyes of third row; sides of median band nearly straight or 
slightly curved convexly, converging gradually caudally, in front reach- 
ing eyes of second row but there commonly darker; median band with 
tegument light reddish brown, darker between eyes, clothed with brown- 
gray pubescence; on each side a narrow marginal and a narrow supra- 
marginal line of gray pubescence like that upon middle band, the two 
marginal lines oftenindistinctly separated. Sides of cephalothorax deep 
brown or nearly black, clothed with mixed dark brown and brownish- 
gray pubescence, the gray arranged in radiating streaks, more abundant 
below. Chelicere dark red-brown, lighter distally, clothed with dark 
brown hairs except below and along furrow, where they are lighter and 
clearer. Labium and endites dark brown, light at tips. Sternum 
shining reddish black or deep brown, sparsely provided with dark 
hairs about borders. Coxe beneath dark brown, paler at bases. 
Legs brown, darker distally, especially the tibia and mMetatarsus, 
the tarsus being lighter on anterior pairs; annuli above, which are more 
obscure beneath, clothed with shorter gray and more sparse longer and 
stiffer hairs. Scopule grizzly brown. Abdomen having the tegument 
brown mottled with light and dark; a black lanceolate outline at base 
which on each side posteriorly gives off a number of lines caudo- 
laterally, the basal mark sometimes absent; lanceolate mark followed 
behind by a series of black transverse chevron-lines; in most on each 
side of the dorsum behind a row of white spots in which the ends of 
the dark chevron-lines terminate, these spots formed of bunches of 
white hair; a black mark over each antero-lateral angle; sides 
brown with darker mottlings and streaks and spots of gray or whitish 
hair. Venter black with some light spots at sides. Pubescence of 
abdomen is light gray or white and a darker color, dark smoky gray to 
black, the latter found unmixed on venter, the former predominat- 
ing above. Spinnerets brown, Epigynum reddish brown and figured. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 


Cephalothorax moderately high and steep sided, relatively wide in 
front. In profile line of dorsum highest behind third eye row, con- 
cavated at front of dorsal furrow. Face low, in height hardly half the 
length of the chelicere. Face at base about wide as length of cheli- 
cere, sides more than usually widely slanting, more convex below. 

Anterior row of eyes a little shorter than the second, procurved; 
anterior median about their radius apart, twice as large in diameter as 
the lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes nearly their diameter from the 
front margin of the clypeus, more than their diameter from eyes of 
second row; anterior median eyes less than half their diameter from 
eyes of second row and nearly as close to front margin of clypeus; eyes 
of second row scarcely more than half their diameter apart, two-thirds 
their diameter from eyes of third row which are two-thirds or a little 
more as large; eyes of third row twice as far from each other as from 
eyes of second row. Cephalothorax 5.5 times as long as the quad- 
rangle of posterior eyes. 


Legs short, the fourth pair less than three times the length of the 
cephalothorax; tibia + patella IV shorter than the cephalothorax; 
metatarsus IV shorter than tibia + patella; tarsi and metatarsi I and 
II scopulate, the scopule not dense; tarsi III and IV with very thin 
scopulz at sides, the ventral surface mostly occupied by a broad band 
of long set; tibia + metatarsus I and II armed as usual beneath; 
patella I and If unarmed. 

Total length, 11.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.9 mm.; width, 
3.7.mm. 

Length of leg, 1, 9.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.7 mm.; met., 1.8 mm. 

Length of leg II, 9.3 mm. 

Length of leg I11, 9.1 mm. ' 

Length of leg LV, 12.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 4 mm.; met., 3.5 mm. 

Male.—Cephalothorax relatively narrower in front than in female 
and more depressed. Patella l and Il unarmed. Tibia + patella IV 
shorter than cephalothorax. 

Patella as long as tibia, the latter thick distally. Femur laterally 
compressed above with 1, 1, 3 spines. 

Total length, 8.4 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.6 mm.; width, 
3.4 mm. 

Length of leg I, 11.9 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.3 mm.; met., 2.7 mm. 

Length of leg Il, 10.2 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 10 mm. 


Length of leg [V, 13.4 mm.; tib. + pat.,4.4mm.; met., 2.7 mm, 
18 


270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Syn.—1890. Tarentula modesta, Marx, P. U.S. N. M., p. 564. 

1902. Lycosa sepulchralis Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 543, 
Pl. XXIX, fig. 7. 

1903. Lycosa sepulchralis Montgomery, ibid., p. 645, Pl. 29, fig. 7. 

1904. Trochosa sepulchralis, Montgomery, tbid., p. 307. 


Type locality. Maryland (Baltimore). 2 
Habitat.—Maryland, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania!, Texas!. 


Lycosa pictilis Emerton, 1885. 
(Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 485, Pl. 46, figs. 5 to 5b.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax with a median grayish band (of pubescence) 
which, beginning at the second eye row, passes between the eyes of 
third row and then abruptly bulges on each side, being much wider 
than eye area midway between eyes and dorsal groove, then narrowing 
to dorsal groove where it is about same width as eye area; parallel 
sided to posterior declivity and then narrowing down the declivity; the 
median band, while chiefly of gray hair, has intermixed brown hair 
which is more abundant anteriorly between eyes; in wide area back of 
eyes an intramarginal line on each side is formed of brown hair, these 
lines being parallel to the sides and merging together in the brown 
between the eves. Sides of cephalothorax chocolate brown, clothed 
with brown pubescence; a narrow marginal and a similar supramarginal 
line of grayish hair on each side. Chelicere reddish black. Labiwm 
with gray pubescence. Sternum blackish brown. Coxe of legs 
beneath paler brown like other joints of legs. Legs dark brown; 
femora lighter beneath on basal half, apically on most femora two 
interrupted light rings and a few light, transverse marks above else- 
where. Tibia with several light rings, which on the anterior pair may 
be confluent beneath; other joints unmarked. Abdomen beneath at 
sides dusky brown, having a blackish-brown tegument covered with 
brown hair, rather darker on sides above; a black spot on each antero- 
lateral angle which encloses a light spot, the latter nearly breaking 
through lower margin of spot; mesally from the black spot is a large 
light spot on each side; along the inner posterior margin of each of 
these orange spots being a short oblique black line, the two lines not 
meeting in the middle; posteriorly is a series of median black 
chevron-marks, the first divided or nearly so at middle; at the outer 
end of each of the chevrons is a light spot enclosed by black, the 
light spots thus forming a lateral series on each side; in front of 
each half of each chevron is a light colored spot; these spots in front 
of the posterior chevrons confluent. The series of light spots on 
each side in life covered with grayish or gray pubescence; the large 


1 


| 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 


light spots in front covered with orange-colored or with rusty-brown 
hair and connected at middle with gray hair; light transverse marks in 
front of posterior chevrons covered with gray hair; middle of dorsum 
in front covered with mostly gray and with fewer brown hairs. Epigy- 
num and spinnerets black-brown. Legs over the light spots with 
partly gray pubescence; pubescence elsewhere brown. 

Median dorsal line of cephalothorax straight, not depressed at dorsal 
furrow. Sides of face convex and widely slanting. 

Anterior row of eyes procurved, but little shorter than the second 
row; anterior lateral eyes their diameter or a little farther from front 
margin of the clypeus, a little farther from eyes of second row; anterior 
median eyes less than their diameter apart (four-sevenths), closer to 
the smaller lateral eyes (1 : 1.7); eyes of second row fully their diam- 
eter apart; anterior median eves about their diameter from eyes of 
second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes as wide in front as long, 
about one-fifth as long as the cephalothorax. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XLX, fig. 8. 

Total length, 11.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5 mm.; width, 
3.6 mm. 

Length of leg I, 13.1 mm.; tib. + pat.,4mm.; met., 2.3 mm. 

Length of leg II, 11 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 10.5 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 14.9mm.; tib. + pat., 4.6 mm.; met., 4.1 mm. 

Male.—Coloration of cephalothorax and legs nearly as in female. 
Abdomen with nearly same markings but black spot over front angles 
circular, not enclosing a light spot; venter with gray pubescence; gray 
pubescence of dorsum much more abundant than in female, the rusty 
colored pubescence largely replaced by it. 

Tarsus of palpus some (11 :13) shorter than the tibia + patella; 
patella and tibia of about same thickness, the former slightly longer; 
tibia but slightly thickened distally; tarsus clearly wider than tibia 
(5 : 4). 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XIX, fig. 6. 

Total length, 9.3 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.3 mm.; width, 
3.9 mm. 

Length of leg I, 13.4 mm.; tib. + pat.,4.5mm.; met., 3.3 mm. 

Length of leg II, 12.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 12.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 16.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 5 mm.; met., 4.7 mm. 


Syn.—Lycosa pictilis, Montgomery, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 287, Pl. 
xvi’ figs. 7,8. 


272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Locality.— New Hampshire!. 

“This very distinct species is abundant among the moss and low 
shrubs on the upper part of Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, and the 
neighboring mountains.” 

The descriptions above are based upon the type specimens. 


Lycosa fumosa Emerton, 1894. 
(Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 9, p. 421, Pl. 3, figs. 1, 1a.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax nearly black, of a reddish tinge. Chelicere 
the same color as cephalothorax. Labium and endies lighter in 
color than cephalothorax, pale distally. Sternwm similar to cephalo- 
thorax but lighter. Coa of legs beneath brown, clearly paler than 
sternum. Legs a little lighter and more reddish than cephalothorax, 
the femora slightly darker than other joints, all joints unmarked 
or the femora with a few faint light spots. Palpi like legs. Cephalo- 
thorax, sternum and legs clothed with gray-brown pubescence, being 
probably bleached in the alcohol. Abdomen entirely black, slightly 
paler beneath especially in front of lung-slits, clothed with brown 
pubescence; pubescence of entire body and legs rather dense. 

Cephalothorax comparatively low, angularly depressed in profile at 
dorsal groove. Face one-half as high as the length of the chelicere. 
Anterior row of eyes of the same length as the second or very nearly so, 
nearly straight, the center of lateral eyes being but slightly lower; 
anterior median eyes slightly smaller than the lateral; the tubercles of 
the lateral eyes increase their apparent size; anterior median eyes 
their full diameter apart, same distance from the lateral eyes, more 
than their diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eves more 
than their diameter from eyes of second row (nearly one and one-third), 
closer, but little more than diameter, from front margin of clypeus; 
eyes of second row not fully their diameter apart; eyes of third row 
three-fourths as large as those of second; quadrangle of posterior 
eyes a little wider in front than long (11.5 : 10) unusually wide behind, 
being there nearly twice as wide as long (19 : 10), the pars cephalica 
being wider than usual and the third eyes set well out laterally; the 
quadrangle of posterior eyes between one-fifth and one-sixth as long as 
the cephalothorax (about 1: 5.6). 

Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere with three stout teeth, 
the third being a little stouter than the others; the first two with 
posterior face more curved than the anterior and so appearing bent 
forward; upper margin with three teeth, the first minute, the middle 
stout and acute as usual, the third as long as median but more slender. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 


Legs with the anterior tibize armed beneath with three pair of spines, 
these short as usual, the apical pair reduced; anterior patella armed 
behind ; tibize II armed in front and behind; tibia + patella IV a little 
longer than cephalothorax, shorter than tibia + patella I. 

Total length, 16 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 7 mm.; width, 
5.8 mm. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XIX, fig. 2. 

Length of leg I, 21.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 8.2 mm.; met., 5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 21.6 mm. 

Length of leg III, 18.9 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 23.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 8 mm.; met., 7 mm. 

Male.—Cephalothorax, chelicere and_ sternum blackish. Labium, 
endites and coxe of legs beneath dark brown, as in female. Pubes- . 
cence throughout brown, dense. 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XIX, fig. 3. 

Total length, 11 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6 mm.; width, 
5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 23.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 8 mm.; met., 6.8 mm. 

Length of leg I1, 2.3 mm. 

Length of leg III, 21.6 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 24.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.7 mm.; met., 7.7 mm. 

Locality.—Canada!. 

The description above was taken from the types. 


Lycosa beanii Emerton, 1894. 
(Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 19, p. 421, Pl. 3, figs. 2 to 2b.) 


Female.—Sides of cephalothorax and eye region blackish brown; 
back of eyes a lighter reddish brown median stripe as wide as the 
eye area; the median stripe narrowing distinctly to posterior declivity, 
constricted in front of dorsal groove, widening out again at posterior 
margin. No light colored lateral stripes. Chelicere blackish or black- 
ish brown. Labium and endites reddish brown. Sternum deep brown, 
faintly paler along middle. Coxe of legs beneath distinctly lighter than 
sternum, brown. Legs brown, paler than sides of cephalothorax, entirely 
unmarked below but femora above and on sides, especially on posterior 
pairs, with rather indistinct closely arranged dark and light transverse 
markings. Abdomen brown down middle, blackish brown across front 
declivity and in a band passing over each antero-lateral angle and 
down the side of dorsum. A dark basal lanceolate mark evident 
reaching the middle of dorsum behind. Posteriorly a series of dark 
angular bars crossing from side to side, leaving light colored chevrons 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


between, farther forward, at and just behind the middle, the sides of 
the dark lateral bands simply dentate, the teeth not connected across 
middle. Sides becoming lighter from above below, the lower portion 
and the venter rather light brown, the venter appearing to have been 
somewhat darker down its middle behind lung-slits in life. Spinnerets 
brown. Epigynum dark reddish brown. 

Cephalothorax highest as usual at third eye only slightly descending 
posteriorly ; the dorsal line nearly horizontal, a little depressed at dorsal 
groove. Face with sides sloping moderately, in height about half the 
length of the cheliceree. Anterior row of eyes clearly shorter than the 
second, procurved; diameter of anterior median eyes is to diameter of 
eye of second row as 1 : 2.2; anterior lateral eyes once and a half their 
- diameter from margin of clypeus, a little closer to eyes of second row; 
anterior median eyes their diameter from eyes of second row, and 
one-half their diameter apart, scarcely closer to lateral eyes (which are 
scarcely smaller); eyes of second row a little more than three-fourths 
their diameter apart; posterior quadrangle of same length and breadth, 
wider behind than in front in ratio of nearly 9.25 : 7, and about one- 
fifth as long as cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere with two stout and 
equal teeth; upper margin of the furrow with three teeth, the first of 
these is low but wide and bluntly rounded, the second as usual much 
largest, conical and acute, the third of intermediate size, shaped like 
the second. 

Tarsi of legs not curved, all straight; first two pairs of femora bent 
forward; third femora nearly straight, scarcely bent backward ; fourth 
femora a little bent backward. Scopule distributed about as usual 
but rather sparse, divided by setose band on all tarsi!. 

Epigynum 1 mm. wide and about same length (7.e., shorter than 
any of cox, the third of which is 1.6 mm. long) (Pl. XIX, fig. 5). 

Total length, 12 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.3 mm.; width, 
3.8mm. 

Length of leg 1, 11.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 6.4 mm.; met., 2.4mm. 

Length of leg 11, 10.9 mm. 

Length of leg IL], 10.4 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 14.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.2 mm.; met., 4.2 mm. 

Male.—Coloration very nearly the same asinfemale. Legs not at all 
marked, the first and second femora darker than posterior ones, first 
tibia also darker. Palpi darker than in the female, the tarsi a little 
darker than other joints. Inner margins of dark lateral bands of 
dorsum dentate and serrate, but not with any connecting angular or 
chevron-shaped marks across middle. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 


For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XIX, fig. 4. 

Total length, 8.8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.5 mm.; width, 
3.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 10.4 mm.; tib..+ pat., 3.7 mm.; met., 2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 9.8 mm. 

Length of leg III, 9.6 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 12.8 mm.; tib. + pat.,4mm.; met., 3.6 mm. 

Locality.—Canada!. 

The descriptions above are from the types. 


Lycosa albohastata Emerton, 1894. 
(Tr. Conn, Acad. Sci., 9, p. 423, Pl. 3, figs. 3 to 3b.) 

Male.—Cephalothorax with a wide median band of reddish-brown 
color extending to clypeus anteriorly ; in front this band is as wide as the 
clypeus and wider than the eye area, narrowing gradually and con- 
stantly backward to a point at posterior margin, the sides nearly 
straight; this band appears to have heen clothed in life with light gray 
pubescence. Sides of cephalothorax dark brown, presenting a reddish- 
brown background covered with radiating blackish lines which are more 
or less confluent above and below. Chelicere reddish brown. Labium 
and endites brown, paler distally. Sternum black or very nearly so. 
Coxe beneath brown. Legs brown of orange hue; all joints except 
tarsi with black annuli, these annuli incomplete beneath except on 
femora where they are most distinct. Abdomen with a light basal 
mark, the sides of which are nearly parallel to its middle, then narrowed 
to a truncate point at middle of abdomen; this basal mark is densely 
clothed with white hairs and is margined at sides and behind by black, 
mostly broken into irregularly elongated spots, from the sides of this 
black extend somewhat broken lines of black more or less obliquely 
outward and backward, the last two lines extending from the angles of 
the truncate apex of basal mark; behind in the middle is a series of 
transverse black lines, and along each side a number of black dots; 
on each side of dorsum behind a row of light spots clothed with whitish 
hairs; the background of abdomen above orange-brown; sides of abdo- 
men orange-brown mottled with numerous irregular black dots and 
marks; venter with clear orange-brown, darkened in front of lung-slits 
and along a narrow border laterally and posteriorly. Palpi with the 
femora black, not distinctly ringed, the patella and tibia orange, the 
tarsus darker, blackish. Pubescence on entire body except where 
stated otherwise orange-brown. 

Face as compared with chelicer low and relatively wide, the length 


276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


of the chelicere being about two and one-half times as great as the 
height of the face; sides sloping and rounded as usual. Anterior row of 
eyes slightly procurved, nearly as long as the second; anterior median 
eyes three-fourths their diameter apart; anterior lateral eyes three- 
fourths as large as the median, closer to the median than the latter are 
to each other (2 :3); anterior Jateral eyes their diameter from front 
margin of clypeus and the same distance from eyes of second row; 
anterior median eyes scarcely more than one-half their diameter from 
eyes of second row; eyes of second row slightly more than twice as large 
in diameter as the anterior median eyes (9 : 4); quadrangle of posterior 
eyes as wide in front as long; wider behind than in front in ratio of 
6.3 : 4.6; between one-fourth and one-fifth as long as cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere with three teeth which are 
stout and conical, the third a little reduced ; upper margin with three 
teeth as usual, the first minute. Labiwm of usual shape, slightly 
curved for entire width. Legs with tibia + patella IV of same length 
as the cephalothorax; metatarsus distinctly longer than the width of 
the cephalothorax; both the posterior and the anterior tarsi with the 
scopule divided by a median setose band, the anterior metatarsi with 
only sparse scopular hairs. 

Tibia of palpus of same length as patella and of same thickness 
proximally, the tibia widening moderately distally; tibia and patella 
together a little longer than the tarsus. 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XIX, fig. 1. 

Total length, 6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.8 mm.; met., 2mm. 

Length of leg I], 7.7 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 7.3 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 9.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3mm.; met., 2.7 mm. 

F’emale.—Coloration of the female is nearly same throughout as male. 
Eye arrangement and general structure as for the male, Legs with 
tibia + patella shorter than the length of the cephalothorax; meta- 
tarsus LV very little longer than cephalothorax is wide. 

The epigynum of specimen studied (type) is not entirely adult. 

Total length, 7.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.7 mm.; width, 
2.8 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 8mm.; tib. + pat.,2.9mm.; met., 1.8 mm. 

Length of leg 11, 7.9 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 7 mm, 

Length of leg IV, 11.1 mm.;tib. + pat., 3.2 mm.; met., 2.9mm. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 


Locality. Laggan, Canada!. 

The description above was taken from the types. Two males from 
the valley near Laggan and young females from the neighboring 
mountains 6,000 to 7,000 feet high. 


Lycosa quinaria Emerton, 1894. 
(Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 9, p. 422, Pl. 3, figs. 5, 5a.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax dark reddish brown without markings. 
Chelicere reddish black. Labium and endites colored like cephalothorax, 
the endites scarcely paler distally, the labium not palerdistally. Sternum 
like cephalothorax. Coxe beneath lighter than sternum. Legs red- 
dish brown, paler beneath, unmarked except for a few fine and incon- 
spicuous longitudinal black lines, which are most distinct on femora, 
on each of which there is one on the dorsal surface. Abdomen dark 
brownish or gray, faintly paler along the middle, with a series of incon- 
spicuous black marks each side. Epigynum reddish brown. Spinnerets 
concolorous with abdomen. 

Cephalothorax shaped about as usual. Face with sides rounded and 
widely sloping, in height about half the length of the chelicere. 

Anterior row of eyes well procurved, a line passing through the center 
of the median eyes being tangent to the posterior margins of the lateral 
eyes ; anterior median eyes less than their diameter apart (five-sevenths) 
some closer to the subequal lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, a little farther from eyes of 
second row; anterior median eyes their diameter from eyes of second 
row; eyes of second row four-fifths their diameter apart; quadrangle of 
posterior eyes a little wider in front than long (9.75: 6.75) ; between one- 
fifth and one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax (nearly 5.5 : 1). 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with three teeth equal in size or, if 
any different, the third largest, moderately stout and acute ; upper 
margin with three teeth of usual proportions. 

Legs stout; tarsi all straight, not at all curved ; third femora straight; 
fourth femora a little bent backward, not excavated behind ; second and 
first femora bent forward and their anterior sides moderately exca- 
vated near middle; tarsi and metatarsi of legs I and II scopulate; tarsi 
of legs III and IV divided by a median setose band as usual. 

Total length, 10 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.2 mm.; width, 
4 mm. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XIX, fig. 7. 

Length of leg I, 12 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.4 mm.; met., 2.6 mm. 

Length of leg 11, 11.6 mm, 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg III, 11.4 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 15.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.9 mm.; met., 4.6 mm. 

Locality.—Canada (Alberta) !. 

The types are two females collected by J. B. Tyrrell in 1886, and from 
these the description above was made. 


Lycosa rubicunda (Keys.), 1876. 

Female.—Cephalothorax with a light brown median band which 
expands anteriorly so as to enclose the eye area, than which it is much 
wider anteriorly; reaching front margin of eclypeus; behind eyes it 
narrows rapidly, running almost to a point at dorsal groove, here 
usually sending out a narrow branch on each side and behind continu- 
ing as a narrow line to end of cephalothorax. Pubescence of median 
band light or yellowish brown, rather sparse. Sides of cephalothorax 
dark reddish brown, pubescence sparse; a marginal light band each 
side, of same color and pubescence as median band. Sometimes 
uniform in color, without distinct markings. Cephalothorax appearing 
polished even when not rubbed because of sparseness of pubescence. 
Chelicere dark reddish brown clothed with moderately long brown 
pubescence. Labium and endites brown, light distally. Sternum and 
coxe of legs beneath brown. Legs brown, paler beneath, usually with 
dark annuli which are obscure or absent beneath but distinct above. 
Abdomen with yellowish-brown and black pubescence; at base a lanceo- 
late outline reaching to middle, from each side giving off latero-caudally 
a series of dark lines and followed behind by a series of chevron-marks; 
sides of dorsum with numerous dark dots and dashes; venter grayish 
brown with some dark spots and a narrow dark median line extending 
from spinnerets forward and widening in front to enclose the epigynum 
and sometimes also widening about spinnerets. Spinnerets yellowish. 
Epigynum reddish brown. 

Cephalothorax high, with the sides steep; rather narrow, the sides 
behind not strongly bulging. Pars cephalica long; in profile line of 
dorsum conspicuously arched, rounded in front, the highest point 
behind eyes of third row. Face low, in height considerably less than 
half the length of the chelicerw ; sides of face convex, widely slanting. 

l'irst eye row clearly longer than second, slightly recurved ; anterior 
median eyes less than their radius apart, half as far from the smaller 
lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes their diameter from front margin of 
clypeus, less than their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of 
second row about half their diameter apart, a little farther from the 
but little smaller eyes of third row, which are fully four times as far 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 


from each other; third row twice the diameter of one of its eyes, wider 
than second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes much wider than long; 
cephalothorax six and a half times the length of the quadrangle of 
posterior eyes. 

Teeth of margins of furrow of chelicer@ as usual. 

Legs short and moderately stout, the fourth pair less than three times 
the length of cephalothorax; tibia + patella of fourth legs shorter than 
cephalothorax, metatarsus of fourth legs clearly shorter than tibia + 
patella; tarsi I and II and distal part of metatarsi I and II scopulate, 
scopule not dense. Tarsi III and LV with sparse scopular hairs laterally 
elsewhere clothed with long bristles. 

Tibi and metatarsi I and II armed beneath as usual, the spines 
rather small and slender. Patelle I and II each armed in front with a 
single spine. d 

Epigynum as figured (Pl. XIX, fig. 9). 

Total length, 9.6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 4.5 mm.; width, 
3.3 mm, 

Length of leg I, 9.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.6 mm.; met., 1.9 mm. 

Length of leg LU, 9.4 mm. 

Length of leg LI, 8.8 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 12.1 mm.; tib. + pat.,4mm.; met., 3.2 mm. 


¢ 


Syn.—1885. Lycosa polita Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 454, 
Pl. 46, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c. 

1890. Lycosa polita, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 563. 

——. Trochosa rubicunda, Marx, ibid., p. 564. 

1892. Lycosa polita, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 66. 

——. Lycosa polita, Marx, Proc. Ent. See. W., 2, p. 160. 

——. Lycosa polita, Fox Proc. Ent. Soc. W. 2, p. 267. 

1893. Lycosa rubicunda Keyserling, Banks, J.N.Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 125. 

1894. Lycosa polita Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., 9, p. 422. 

1902. Lycosa polita Emerton, Common Spiders of U.3S., p. 70, fig. 171. 

1904. Trochosa rubicunda, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 
307, Pl. XIX, fig. 30. 


Type locality.—Eastern Massachusetts; Albany, New York; New 
Haven, Connecticut. 

Known localities. —Massachusetts, Connecticut!, Rhode Island !, New 
York!, Indiana, District of Columbia. 


“ Under stones in summer and under leaves in winter. Eggs in June 
and July.” 


Lycosa avara (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Sub Trochosa, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 661, Pl. VITI, figs. 38, 39.) 
Female.—Cephalothorax with a light median band widest between 
third eyes and dorsal groove where it is as wide as third eye row; 


280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


somewhat abruptly contracted at front of groove and then gradually 
narrowing to posterior end of cephalothorax, reaching second eye row 
in front; tegument of median band light brown clothed with yellow or 
brown-gray pubescence; on each side a narrow marginal and a wider 
supramarginal band of same color and pubescence as the median one; 
sides of cephalothorax elsewhere with dark reddish brown tegument, the 
pubescence over which is mixed light brown and blackish. Region about 
eyes usually blackish. Chelicere dark red-brown, the lateral condyles 
red, the claw also reddish. Labium and endites dark reddish brown, 
paler at tips. Sternum lighter reddish brown, with shorter brown gray 
pubescence and longer black bristles. Coxe of legs beneath brown. 
Legs brown with indistinct darker annuli, clothed with shorter and more 
dense gray pubescence and longer dark brown or blackish bristles. Tegu- 
ment of abdomen above reddish brown, lighter beneath; pubescence 
above intermixed gray and brown and with black forming a mostly 


obscure lanceolate outline at base and scattered spots; sides and venter ~ 


also with small darker streaks and spots in the pubescence; pubescence 
beneath lighter than above. Spinnerets brown. Epigynum reddish 
brown. 

Sides of face convex, slanting outward, a little less than half as high 
as the chelicerz are long, at base nearly as wide as length of chelicere; 
in profile line of dorsum highest at third eyes, convex between third 
eyes and posterior declivity. 

Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved, scarcely shorter than the 
second ; anterior median eyes less than their radius apart, as far from 
the smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes not fully one-half their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus and about their diameter from 
eyes of second row; eyes of second row, considerably less than their 
diameter apart, scarcely farther from eyes of third row, which as 
usual are more than twice as far from each other; eyes of third row 
smaller than those of second nearly in ratio of 2.5 :3. Quadrangle of 
posterior eyes one-fifth the length of cephalothorax, 

Three equal and equidistant conical teeth along lower margin of 
furrow of chelicere; upper margin of furrow with three teeth as usual, 
the first and third nearly equal, the third more removed from second. 

Legs slender; tibia + patella IV shorter than cephalothorax; meta- 
tarsus LV scarcely shorter than tibia + patella; posterior femora (IV) 
bent backward, second anterior pair of femora a little curved forward; 
tarsi I and II a little curved, tarsi III and IV with scopule divided by 
median setose bands; both tarsi and metatarsi I and II seopulate for 
entire length; tibiz# and metatarsi I and If armed as usual; patella I 
and Il not armed, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 


For epigynum see Pl. XX, fig. 2. 
Total length, 13 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5 mm.; width, 
3.7 mm. 
Length of leg I, 10.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.9 mm.; met., 2.1 mm. 
Length of leg IT, 10.4 mm. 
Length of leg III, 10.1 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 13.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.1 mm.; met., 4 mm. 
Male.—For structure of palpus see Pl. XX, figs. 1, 3. 
Total length, 8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.9 mm.; width, 
3 mm. 
Length of leg I, 10.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.9 mm.; met., 2.3 mm. 
Length of leg IT, 10.2 mm. 
Length of leg III, 9.9 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 11.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.3 mm.; met., 2.3 mm. 
Syn.—1892. Lycosa rufiventris Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 65, 
PI. 3, fig. 35. 
1895. Lycosa rufiventris Banks, J. N. Y. E. Soc., 3, p. 91. 
1903. Lycosa avara, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. ‘Nat. Sci. Phila. , p. 650, Pl. 


XXIX, fig. 2. 
1904. Trochosa avara, Montgomery, ibid., p. 304, Pl. XX, fig. 42. 


Known localities. —Massachusetts, New York!, Texas!, Kansas!, lowa!. 
Var. gosiuta, new. 

Females from Utah thus far seen differ a little from the type form in 
the shape of theepigynum. The blunt process at distal end of guide in 
avara proper is absent in this variety, and the lateral ends of the trans- 
verse arms extend forward beyond the middle of the fovee (PI. 
XX, fig. 4). 

Locality.—Utah!. 


Lycosa cineroa (Fab.), 1793. 
(Sub Araneus, Ent. Syst., II, p. 423.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax with the tegument marked with a broad 
median band which is wider than the eye area and covers clypeus in 
front; this band constricted back of eye area and again, more strongly, 
at posterior limit of pars cephalica, back of which its edges are irregu- 
lar or toothed, and widening triangularly down the posterior declivity, 
across the lower border of which it is united with the broad lateral bands 
of the same color; the pale lateral bands extending forward only to the 
pars cephalica, with upper margin toothed ; except for these light bands 
the cephalothorax is dark chocolate-brown; in life the cephalothorax 
is densely covered with white and gray hair intermixed in spots and 
streaks, radiating more or less from the dorsum laterally, Chelicere 


> 
282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


black, clothed with gray or grayish-brown hair. Legs with clear brown 
tegument which is itself faintly annulate, the clothing of white hair 
making the annulation much more distinct. The abdomen having on 
dorsum a median gray band which is margined on each side anteriorly 
with a black stripe, continued posteriorly by a row of black dots which 
in life are ocellate with central patches of white hair; the median light 
band enclosing anteriorly a hastate outline which is open anteriorly and 
is bifureate behind; sides of abdomen white spotted with black; venter 
white in life, but the tegument denuded of hair commonly shows a 
smoky band from genital furrow to spinnerets. Spinnerets brown. 
Coxe and sternum brown, the latter dusky marginally. Labium 
brownish black. Endites brown. The general color effect of this 
species in life is that of a dusky-white body marked with small spots 
and streaks of gray and black. 

Cephalothorax highest at middle of pars cephalica some distance back 
of third eye row. The third eyes upon a plane strongly sloped antero- 
ventrally, the face more strongly slanting. First eye row of about same 
length as the second. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XX, fig. 6. | 

Total length, 11.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6.2 mm.; width, | 
4.8mm. 

Length of leg I, 13.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.8 mm.; met., 3 mm. 

Length of leg II, 12.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 12 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 17 mm.; tib. + pat., 5.5 mm.; met., 4.2 mm. 

Male.—Coloration as in female or nearly so. For structure of palpal 
organ see Pl. XX, fig. 5. A specimen gave the following measure- 
ments: 

Total length, 9.8 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5.1 mm.; width, 
4 mm. 

Length of leg I, 12.5 mm.; tib. + pat.,4mm.; met., 3mm, 

Length of leg II, 11.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 11 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 14.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 4.8 mm.; met., 4mm. 


Syn.—1831. Lycosa lynx Hahn, Die Arachn., IT, p. 13, fig. 194. 

1841. Lycosa maritima Hentz. 

1848. Lycosa halodroma C, Koch, Die Arachn., Me i 196, figs. 410, 411. 

——, Arctosa cinerea ©. Koch, ibid., XIV, p. 123, fig. 1358. 

——, Arctosa lynx C. Koch, ibid., p, 133, fig. 1364. 

1875. Lycosa maritima Hentz, Spiders U.5., ed. Burgess. 

1885. Lycosa cinerea, Emerton, New England Lycos., Tr. Conn, Acad, Sei., 
VI, p. 488, Pl. 47, fig. 3. 

1889. Trochosa cinerea Marx, Proc. U.S, N. M., p. 564. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 


1902. Lycosa cinerea Emerton, Common Sp. U.S. 

——. Lycosa cinerea Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 555, Pl. 
XXIX, figs. 17, 18. 

1904. Trochosa cinerea, Montgomery, ibid., p. 305, Pl. XX, fig. 43. 


Type locality.—Europe. 

Known localities. —Massachusetts, Connecticut, Indiana, New Jersey, 
New York (Long Island !), South Carolina, Utah!, Arizona, New Mexico, 
Texas. 

A common form along the Atlantic seashore. Its color of dirty 
white finely marked with streaks and spots of gray and black harmon- 
izes with that of the sand over which it runs. 


Lycosa floridiana (Banks). 
(Sub Trochosa, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. XXIII, p. 72.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax with a broad median yellow stripe wider 
than the eye area in front, and narrowing gradually caudally; eye 
region black, the clypeus either entirely black or paler across margin; 
sides of cephalothorax brown. Chelicere yellow to dark brown. 
Labium black. Endites brown. Sternum and core of legs beneath 
light brown or yellow. Legs light brown or yellow proximally, with 
a tendency to become darker, smoky or blackish, distally. Abdomen 
pale mesally above from anterior end to spinnerets, a faint lanceolate 
outline in basal part; a black spot over each antero-lateral angle, 
followed or not with a number of other dark spots so as to form a 
dark border each side of dorsum; venter and lower portion of sides 
immaculate. 

Face low, strongly slanting outward, evenly convexly rounded 
laterally. 

First row of eyes a little shorter than the second, weakly procurved, 
anterior median eyes larger than the lateral, considerably closer to the 
lateral than to each other. 

Epigynum wider than long; septum wide anteriorly, evenly arched 
ventrally; fovese oval, obliquely and well caudally placed, suggesting 
an approach to the Allocosa type. 

Total length, 7 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.2 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 6.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.6 mm.; tarsus, 1 mm, 

Length of leg I, 6.4 mm. 

Length of leg 111, 6.2 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 7.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 3mm.; tarsus, 1.2 mm, 

Locality.—Vlorida. 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


The genus ALLOCOSA Banks, 1900. 
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 537.) 


Cephalothorax glabrous or nearly so to sparsely pubescent. Anterior 
tibiz armed beneath with three pairs of spines, of which the third pair 
is apical in position and all of which are moderate to minute in size, 
either armed or unarmed laterally. Anterior row of eyes straight to a 
little procurved, from longer to shorter than the second row; anterior 
median eyes larger than the lateral, more or less; clypeus narrow, at 
most as wide as the diameter of an anterior lateral eye; eyes of second 
row of moderate size, much less than their diameter apart; quadrangle 
of posterior eyes trapeziform, wider behind than in front. Labium 
longer than wide, well attenuated anteriorly; basal excavation short, 
about one-fourth the total length. Spinnerets very short, anterior and 
posterior pairs subequal in length. Epigynum simple, presenting no 
true guide, or but weakly furrowed, the spermatheca opening free 
posteriorly. Bulb of male palpus bearing a scopus which is exterior 
in position. 

1842. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part. junerea), J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, p. 228- 
1875. Lycosa Hentz (ad. part. junerea), Sp. U.S., p. 24. 
ng Lycosa Keyserling (ad. part. rugosa), Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien. pp. 610- 


1888. ? Tricca Simon, Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., p. 250. 
1890. Lycosa Marx (ad. part. funerea and rugosa), Proc. U.S. N. M., p. 12. 


1890. Pardosa Stone (ad. part. nigra), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42, 


. 432. 
1394. Trochosa, Banks (ad. part. parva), J. N. Y. E. Soc., p. 52. 
1898. Jycosa Simon (ad. part.), Hist. Nat. Araign., 2. 
——. Aulonia(?) Banks, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., p. 273. 
1904. Allocosa Banks, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 113. 


Cephalothorax arched convexly behind, strongly attenuated anteriorly ; 
pars cephalica narrow and inclined anteriorly, rather low; face with 
sides convex and sloping outward from above below; posterior eyes 
seen from above well removed from sides of pars cephalica. General 
appearance of cephalothorax much like that of a Drassid. In the 
known species the cephalothorax is entirely without distinct pale 
stripes, or with a median paler band weakly contrasting. 

Chelicere rather weak ; lower margin of furrow armed with three 
teeth, the superior with two. Legs short; posterior tarsi simply setose, 
and the anterior either entirely setose or with sparse lines of scopular 
hairs at the sides, 

Excepting as to curvature of the anterior row of eyes, this genus is 
much like most species of Simon’s old genus Tricca, now withdrawn 
by its author into Lycosa. It has the same form of cephalothorax 


im Ps at 
ss 
=H, 


—<«_« 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 


and shows the same tendency toward excessive reduction of the spines 
of the anterior legs, these spines in some species of T’ricca being entirely 
absent from the tibisz (cf. degesta, infra). In Tricca the anterior row 
of eyes is always more or less recurved, while in Allocosa it is at most 
straight. This difference may prove not to hold good. It may 
become impossible ultimately to maintain this group separate from 
Lycosa, the American species of which it closely approaches through 
the T'rochosa group. 


Key To Species or ALLOCOSA. 


1. All joints of legs except femora clear yellow, without any darker 
annulations or markings except at ends of tibie LV, 

rugosa (Keys.). 

Legs beyond femora more or less distinctly annulate with dark, 2, 

2. Anterior row of eyes longer than the second; anterior median eyes 

not more than one-fifth their diameter apart; anterior tibie 

armed neither in front nor behind, and the ventral spines minute, 

- degesta Chamb. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than the second; anterior median 

eyes their radius or nearly so apart; anterior tibiw armed in 

front and behind and the ventral spines longer, . 3. 

3. Femora of first legs solid black above, a sub-basal brown band on 

the others, . . funerea (Hentz). 

Femora of first legs not solid black, marked with three black 

rings,. . 4. 

4. Virst pair of ventral spines of anterior tibie reaching the bases of the 

median pair, the basal spines in length equalling the diameter of 

the joint; upper margin of furrow of chelicera with three teeth, 

parva (Bks.). 

First pair of ventral spines of anterior tibis not reaching bases 

of median pair; and none of the spines in length equalling the 

diameter of the pant wee margin of furrow of chelicera with 

two teeth, .. : BL intn Malin os « ¢@pagdla, Bp. Th. 


Allocosa rugosa (Keyserling), 1876. 
(Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 624, PI. 7, figs. 9, 10.) 

Female.—Cephalothorax shining black with obscure brown lines 
radiating from above; sometimes with a brownish luster; clypeus a 
little paler, brownish. Chelicere black. Labium, endites and core 
of legs beneath brown. Sternum brownish black. Legs with all 
femora black, all other joints yellow or pale brown, except the posterior 
tibim which have a dark ring at each end. Abdomen with front 
declivity and the sides blackish with some minute lighter dots; dorsum 
obscure brown, black lines outlining a lanceolate mark at base which is 


continued behind as a fine black median line with a row of black dots 
19 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


on each side of it; outside these more median marks is on each side a 
straight row of black spots which are in part confluent; sides of dorsum 
with obscure irregular dark markings; venter brown. MSpinnerets 
and epigynum brown. 

Chelicere one and one-third times as long as the face is high; sides of 
face convex and bulging outward below. Cephalothorax with its dorsal 
line in profile convex, not much descending posteriorly and not con- 
cavated at middle. 

Anterior row of eyes shorter than the second, distinctly procurved ; 
anterior median eyes, oval and diverging, their radius apart, hardly 
half so far from the lateral eyes which are a little smaller, about half 
their diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes less than 
their diameter (about two-thirds) from front margin of clypeus, a little 
farther from eyes of second row; eyes of second row comparatively 
low on face, a little more than half their diameter apart; cephalothorax 
about 4.5 times as long as the quadrangle of posterior eyes. 

Epigynum nearly as in the next species (funerea), but the median 
part or lobe more convex. 

Total length, 5.6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.6 mm.; width, 
1.9 mm. 

Length of leg 1, 5.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.9mm.; met., 1.2 mm. 

Length of leg II, 4.9 mm. 

Length of leg III, 4.9mm. 

Length of leg IV, 7.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.4mm.; met., 2.3 mm 

Male.—Coloration as in female excepting palpi which are entirely 
black. 

Patella of palpi as long as or a little longer than the tibia which 
thickens distally and, seen from above, is some thicker than the pre- 
ceding joint; tarsus relatively narrow; not much broader than the 
tibia, its apical part bent ventrad. For palpal organ see Pl. XXIII, 
fig. 3. 

Total length, 4.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.4 mm.; width, 
1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 5.2 mm.; tib. + pat.,2mm.; met., 1 mm, 

Length of leg I, 4.7 mm. 

Length of leg IL, 4.5 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 7.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.7 mm.; met., 2mm. 

Syn.—1890. Pardosa nigra Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. 42, p. 
432, Pl. XV, figs. 4, 4a. 

Non. syn.—1891. Lycosa funerea Banks, Ent. News. 

Syn.—1902. Lycosa nigra, Montgomery, op. cit., p. 538, Pl. 29, fig. 1. 


1904. Lycosa nigra, Montgomery, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 285, Pl. 
. XX, figs. 40,41. __ 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 287 


Type locality.—Maryland (Baltimore). 
Known localities—Maryland, Pennsylvania, District of Columbia!. 


Allocosa funerea (Hentz), 1842. 
(Sub Lycosa, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, p. 393.) 

Female.—Cephalothoraz shining reddish black becoming a little paler 
above, the marginal lines deep black; clypeus pale. Chelicere deep 
reddish brown. Labiuwm and endites brown. Sternum dark brown, 
blackish at borders. Core of legs yellowish brown. Legs with ground 
color brown of reddish tinge; femora of first pair of legs black, the 
succeeding femora similar but pale beneath and with the black divided 
above the proximal end by a brownish cross-band, this annulus becom- 
ing more distinction the posterior legs, and the extreme distal end of 
all femora pale; all tibia with a subbasal and a subapical ring of black; 
metatarsi less distinctly annulate, there being a median annulus, often 
more or less diffused, and on posterior pairs also a subbasal and a sub- 
apical band. Abdomen appearing black above and at sides, minutely 
dotted with yellow; the dorsum in front paler, reddish yellow, the paler 
area enclosing a lanceolate black-margined outline, and followed 
behind by a row of light spots with black dots at center on each side, 
these being connected in pairs by black angular cross-lines the angles of 
which are directed backward ; opposed to the black cross-lines is a 
series of light chevron-lines with angles forward; venter pale brown, 
immaculate or sometimes with a few short transverse marks along each 
side. 

Form of cephalothoraz and face much as in rugosa. 

Anterior row of eyes a little shorter than the second, gently procurved ; 
anterior median eyes their radius or a little more apart, closer to the 
lateral eyes which are but slightly smaller, less than their radius from 
eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes less than their diameter from 
eyes of second row; eyes of second row their radius apart, rather less 
than more; quadrangle of posterior eyes as wide in front as long, the 
cephalothorax 5.5 times longer; eyes of third row unusually small. 
Labium longer than wide (5.3 : 4.8); basal excavation one-fourth total 
length ; sides slightly convex, strongly converging distally ; front margin 
convexly rounded, more rarely straight. 

For spines of anterior tibis see Pl. X, fig. 3. 

The epigynum nearly identical in form with that of A. degesta (PI. 
XXIII, fig. 5). 


Total length, 5.2mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.7 mm.; width, 
2mm, 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg 1,6 mm.; tib. + pat.,2mm.; met., 1.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 5.7 mm. 

Length of leg III, 5.3 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 8.25 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.56 mm.; met., 2.4mm. 
Syn.—1875. Lycosa jfunerea Hentz, J. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, p. 393. 
1890. Lycosa funerea, Marx, Proc. U.S.N. M., 'o 
1897. Lycosa funerea, Banks, Proc. Ent. Soc. W. 


1902. Lycosa sublata Montgomery, Proc. Acad. al. Sci. Phila., 539. 
1904. Trochosa sublata, Montgomery, ibid., p. 308. ; 


Type locality. Alabama. 

Known localities.—Alabama, Georgia!, Louisiana!. 

“This species abounds on the ground. It has the habits of a Her- 
pyllus, and runs with great rapidity ” (Hentz). 


Allocosa degesta Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Can. Entomologist, p. 287.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax shining black of reddish luster. Chelicere 
the same. Labium and endites brown. Legs nearly as in funerea, but 
light marks on femora more obscure and less contrast on other joints 
between the light and dark rings. Sternum reddish brown, dark 
about margins, lighter, more yellowish, over middle area. Abdomen 
above nearly as in funerea; venter yellow with a few faint dark dots at 
sides. Spinnerets yellow. Epigynum brown, weakly reddish at 
borders. 

Chelicere nearly twice as long as the face is high. Anterior row of 
eyes a little longer than the second, nearly straight, anterior median 
eyes much larger than the lateral (at least 3 : 2), at most one-fifth their 
diameter apart, still closer to the lateral eyes, not fully one-third their 
diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes not fully their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, some closer to eyes of second 
row; anterior median eyes three-fourths as large as those of second 
row (Pl. X, fig. 2); eyes of second row about their radius apart; 
quadrangle of posterior eyes as wide in front as long, only one-sixth as 
long as cephalothorax. Spines of anterior tibie greatly reduced, 
minute, none at all on either anterior or posterior side of joint (Pl. 
X, fig. 1). 

Epigynum nearly the same as that of funerea (Pl. XXIII, fig. 5). 

Total length, 6.6 mm, Length of cephalothorax, 3.2 mm.; width, 
2.25 mm, 

Length of leg I, 7.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.5 mm.; met., 1.6 mm, 

Length of leg [1, 6.3 mm. . 


) 
] 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 


Length of leg IIT, 6.3 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 9.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 2.8 mm. 
Syn.—1904. ?Trochosa noctuabunda, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., p. 301. 
Locality.—Louisiana. 
One mature and one immature female collected at Baton Rouge by 
Mr. B. H. Guilbeaux. ; 


Allocosa parva (Banks), 1894. 
(Sub Trochosa, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., I, p. 52.) 

Male.—Cephalothorax with a wide paler median band, anteriorly 
wider than eye area; eye region blackish; sides deep brown to shining 
black; a row of indistinct dots on each side; the paler band clothed 
with sparse gray pubescence, especially anteriorly; dark parts with 
sparse gray and brown hairs intermixed ; tending to be glabrous except 
about eyes and face. Chelicere reddish brown. Labiwm and endites 
brown. Sternum blackish, brown at middle and along sides clothed 
with gray pubescence and long blackish bristles. Coxe of legs beneath 
yellow. Legs yellow with distinct black rings on all joints except tarsi. 
Abdomen above grayish or yellowish gray, being clothed with light 
gray and some yellow hair; dorsum at base with a black lanceolate 
outline and behind with a number of black chevron-shaped marks 
and also laterally with some dark spots; venter gray, immaculate. 
Spinnerets brown. Palpi brown, not ringed, the tarsi darker than 
other joints. 

Cephalothorax wide behind and much narrowed anteriorly, being 
only about one-half as wide across eyes as behind. Face with sides 
convex and slanting, in height one-half the length of the chelicerx; 
in profile dorsal line is seen to be highest near third eye row, and 
gently convex between eyes and posterior ceclivity. 

Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved, as long as the second row; 
anterior median eyes clearly larger than the lateral, more than their 
radius apart, close to lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes their diameter 
from front margin of clypeus and from eyes of second row ; eyes of second 
row not large, nearly their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes 
one-fifth the length of cephalothorax. 

Tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second pairs of legs scopulate as 
usual ; tarsi of the third and fourth pairs setose, not at all scopulate; 
patella of second legs armed in front with a single spine; tibia + patella 
of fourth legs a little shorter than cephalothorax, longer than meta- 
tarsi of fourth leg; patella of third leg of about the same length as the 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


tibia; metatarsus of first leg longer than tibia of first; femur of fourth 
leg about same length as width of cephalothorax. 

Patella of palpus clearly longer than the tibia; tarsus not fully as 
long as the tibia + patella. 

For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XX, fig. 7. 

Total length, 6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.1 mm. 

Length of leg I, 6.5 mm.; tib. + pat.,2.1mm.; met., 1.4mm. 

Length of leg II, 5.8 mm. 

Length of leg IT, 6.1 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 8.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.8 mm.; met., 2.3 mm. 

Female.—Coloration similar to that of male. 

Epigynum of general type of that of funerea, but epigynal plate 
more elongate and more strongly narrowed at posterior end; with 
posterior margin concave or indented mesally, not bowed caudally. 

Total length, 8.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.4 mm.; width, 
2.7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 9.7 mm. ; tib. + pat., 3.1 mm. ; met., 2.8mm. 


1895. Trochosa parva Banks, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII, p. 430. 
1901. Trochosa parva, Banks, Proc. Acad. oar Sci. Phila. oh ’ 587. 
1902. Trochosa parva, Banks, Proc. U.S. N.M., p. 217 

Type locality.—Colorado. 

Known localities.—Colorado!, Arizona, New Mexico!, Utah!. 


Allocosa evagata sp. nov. 


Female.—Cephalothorax blackish brown; rather paler above; on 
each side a marginal line of clear black; in front of dorsal furrow a 
faint polygonak figure outlined in black, with an angle in middle of 
front margin produced toward eye region as a line and a similar one on 
each side produced obliquely along side of pars cephalica; the cephalo- 
thorax rather paler in front of this figure than elsewhere; color deeper 
about eyes. Chelicere reddish brown, an indistinct blackish mark 
across middle which mesally continues obliquely upward on inner 
face. Legs yellow with distinct dark rings of which there are three on 
the femora, the apical one being about twice as broad as the others; 
these rings incomplete above but continuous laterally and ventrally. 
The second and third rings on femora LV are confluent along the antero- 
dorsal side. The tibia each with two dark rings, of which at least the 
distal one is interrupted above. The metatarsi with three indistinet 
rings. Labium, endites, coxa and sternum yellow, the labium and 
sternum dusky. Front part of dorsum of abdomen obscure reddish 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 


yellow, this area embracing some small, ill-defined dark dots. Pos- 
teriorly are pairs of ocellate light spots which are united transversely 
by inverse chevron-lines, between which are indicated pale chevron- 
lines with the apices directed forward. The dorsum elsewhere and the 
sides covered with a dense netivork of black over the obscure yellow 
background, i.e., appearing black marked with numerous small dots 
of yellow. Venter yellow with some short transverse marks of dark 
color toward the sides. Epigynum reddish yellow. Spinnerets yellow. 

First row of eyes evidently shorter than the second. Anterior 
median eyes larger than the lateral (4 : 3), at most their radius apart, 
half as far from the lateral eyes. Anterior lateral eyes a little less than 
their diameter from front margin of clypeus, two-thirds their diameter 
from* eyes of second row. Eyes of second row two-thirds their diam- 
eter apart. Dorsal eye area of same length as the width in front 
which is but little less than that behind, the area being subquadrate. 
Dorsal eye area one-fourth as long as the cephalothorax. 

Legs of but moderate length. Tibia + patella IV shorter than the 
cephalothorax, longer than the metatarsus. Metatarsus IV some 
longer than tibia + patella of leg I. Spines of anterior tibie rather 
short, slender and prone. None of the tarsi truly scopulate, sparsely 
clothed with bristles of ordinary form. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with three teeth as in Lycosa, 
the teeth conical and well spaced, the median one being largest. The 
upper margin with but two teeth which are stout and conical, the first 
being larger than the second and also larger than those of the lower 
margin which are of about same size as the second one above. 

Labium attenuated anteriorly, its front margin concave. 

For structure of epigynum see Pl, XXIII, fig. 4. 

Total length, 5.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.8 mm.; width, 
2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 6.1 mm.; tib. + pat.,2mm.; met., 1.3 mm. 

Length of leg II, 5.8 mm. 

Length of leg ILI, 5.8 mm. 

Length of leg [V, 7.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.6 mm.; met., 2.2 mm. 


Syn.—1898. Aulonia(?) funerea Banks, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., p. 273. 


Locality. —Baja California. 

Described from a specimen loaned by California Academy of Sciences 
and bearing label by Banks of Awlonia(?) funerea Htz, 

While not yet reported actually from within our borders, the form 
will doubtless be found to occur in the Southwest and is therefore 
included. 


992 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[May, 


(?)Allocosa exalbida L. Becker, 1881. 
(Loc. sup. cit., figs. 3, 3a, 3b.) 

Only figures were published. A pale species about 11 mm. long, 
with very long legs. The figure of the eyes would seem certainly to 
prove this species not to be a Lycosa. The epigynum is not that either 
of Lycosa or a Pardosa, being like that of some Piratas and much like 
that of Allocosa (funerea). 

The eyes also resemble those of this latter genus, but this form is 
placed here with much doubt. 

Locality.—New Orleans. 


The genus SOSIPPUS E. Simon, 1888. 
(Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., p. 205.) . 


Entire body densely clothed with rather long pubescence. Anterior 
tibie armed beneath with three pairs of spines which are basal, median 
or submedian, and apical in position respectively; these spines long 
and apically slender and aculeate, much longer than the diameter 
of the joint (Pl. XI, fig. 4). Anterior eyes well separated, equi- 
distant or very nearly so; the lateral ones on protruding tubercles, 
as large as or (as in ours) larger than the median; the anterior row 
longer than the second (Pl. XI, fig. 2); clypeus as wide as the 
diameter of an anterior lateral eye; eyes of second row considerably 
less than their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes trapeziform, 
distinctly broader behind than in front. Chelicere armed below with 
four stout conical teeth. Labiwm longer than wide, the basal excava- 
tion (in ours) one-third the total length. Posterior spinnerets dis- 
tinctly and considerably longer than the anterior, the second joint 
of the former being long and conical (Pl. XI, fig. 5). Epigynum 
with a guide which in the known species is subclavately enlarged dis- 
tally (Pl. XXIII, fig. 2). Alveolar area of male palpus compara- 
tively small; a simple (in ours) process from basal lobe present in an 
exterior position, extending distally and free except at base; no pit or 
fold at base of process (Pl. XXIII, fig. 1). 


Syn.—1898. Sosippus Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2, p. 326. 
1902. Sosippus Cambridge, Boil. Cent. Amer., pp. 315-332. 
1903. Comstock, Classif. of N. A. Spiders. 


Cephalothorax long and rather low, the pars cephalica not elevated. 
Face rounded forward to the front eye row, the clypeus from above 
below more or less retro-oblique, its sides convex and slanting out. ard 
(Pl. XI, fig. 4). Quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fifth as long as 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 


the cephalothorax. Chelicere long and robust, the upper margin armed 
as usual with three teeth of which the median one is much stoutest; 
in the armature of the lower margin of the furrow with four stout teeth 
the genus resembles Dolomedes; the statement made by Simon that the 
two middle teeth of the lower margin are longer than the others does 
not hold for S. floridanus, in which the fourth tooth is distinctly long- 
est; in immature specimens sometimes but three teeth are present on 
the lower margin. Legs with the tarsi and metatarsi densely and 
widely scopulate for their entire lengths from base to apex, the scopulze 
long; the scopul of the posterior pairs divided by a median narrow 
line of bristles; distal joints of legs with long aculeate bristles. 

Spiders of large size, in general appearance similar to Lycosa. In 
the character of the mouth parts they suggest some of the Pisauride. 
In the structure of the spinnerets and in the color markings of the 
abdomen and especially in habits they show close affinities with the 
Agelenide. ‘The habits of the species of this genus so far as observed 
are very similar to those of Hippasa and Porrima, the two most closely 
related genera. ‘The three genera are all composed of species which are 
sedentary in habit, building large webs of fine silk with a central funnel- 
shaped tubular retreat, precisely as do the Agelenas and other Agelenide. 
In rushing out to seize their entangled prey they run upon the lower 
surface of the web. Like other Lycoside, however, they suspend their 
cocoons to the spinnerets where they are maintained constantly, never 
depositing them upon the web. They do not desert their webs during 
the cocooning season. According to Cambridge, the movements of a 
Sosippus which he observed upon the Amazon were exceedingly quick, 
like those of Agelena. 

Sosippus is known only from the Americas, having been found in 
Florida, Lower California, Mexico, Central America and Brazil. But 
one species occurs within our limits. 


Sosippus floridanus Simon. 


Female.—Cephalothorax deep reddish brown or reddish black with- 
out distinct light markings in the tegument; behind the eye region a 
median stripe of yellow hair and on each side a wider marginal band of 
white hair intermixed anteriorly with some of yellow color, these 
marginal bands extending forward to the clypeus but not joining across 
it; pubescence elsewhere dark. Chelicere shining black sparsely 
clothed above with blackish hair and densely clothed below with gray- 
ish-brown hair of which there is a fringe along the furrow. Labium 
and endites rather dark reddish brown, paler distally. Sternum red- 


294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


dish-brown, the core of legs a little paler and less reddish, clothed 
with cinereous hair intermixed with longer brown bristles. Legs 
fuscous, varied with some reddish-brown lines and marks, the femora 
darker than the other joints clothed with brown and cinereous 
pubescence. Abdomen blackish above, the venter brown; on each 
side of dorsum a row of spots of white hair and the median part of 
dorsum behind crossed by narrow white lines similarly formed by 
pubescence; outer part of dorsum and sides densely covered with 
minute spots and streaks of white hair; venter densely clothed with 
brown and cinereous hair, two darker lines converging from the epigy- 
num backward and uniting before attaining the spinnerets, these lines 
being covered with the dark hair unmixed. 

Face with the sides convex and widely slanting, in height only about 
half as great as the length of the chelicere. 

Anterior row of eyes clearly longer than the second, rather strongly 
procurved ; anterior median eyes some less than their diameter apart, and 
less than their diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes a 
little larger than the median, their tubercles prominent, their diameter 
from front margin of clypeus, fully one and one-third their diameter from 
eves of second row; eyes of second row large, two-thirds their diameter 
apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes half again as wide behind as in front, 
a little more than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax (4.8 : 1). 
Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with the teeth nearly equidistant, 
the fourth evidently largest. Labium but slightly longer than broad 
(13 : 12.8); basal excavation one-third length of labium; sides below 
hardly converging, but above strongly rounding and converging; 
front margin very slightly widely concavate to straight (Pl. XI, 
fig. 1). Legs with tibia armed as described under the genus, the two 
basal pairs long and slender, apically bristle-like, the apical pair stout 
and abruptly pointed (Pl. XI, fig. 4); tarsi, metatarsi and distal 
part of tibiw I and II densely scopulate, the posterior ones differing as 
usual, For spinnerets see Pl. XI, fig. 5. 

For the structure of the epigynum see Pl. XXIII, fig. 2. 

Total length, 14.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 7 mm.; width, 
5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 17.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 6.1 mm.; met., 4mm. 

Length of leg II, 16 mm. 

Length of leg II, 15.5 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 22.9 mm.; tib. + pat.,7mm,; met., 6.2 mm, 

Male.—Coloration as in the female, or a little lighter; palpus clothed 
with fulvo-cinereous pubescence. 


\f 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 295 


Tibia of palpus longer than the patella, the tarsus nearly equalling 
the combined length of the two preceding joints; tarsus much wider 
than the tibia (3 :2). For structure of the palpal organ see PI. 
XXIII, fig. 1. 

Total length, 11.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 6 mm.; width, 
4.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 18:5 mm.; tib. + pat., 6.3 mm.; met., 4mm. 

Length of leg II, 18 mm. 

Length of leg III, 17.8 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 23.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 7.1 mm.; met., 7 mm. 

Locality.—Florida!. 

The female described above is one of the type specimens. 


The genus TRABEA Simon, 1876. 
(Arachn. Fr., 3, p. 356.) 


Anterior tibiz and metatarsi armed beneath with very long spines 
which are much longer than the diameter of the joint; of these spines 
there are on the tibi# three or four pairs (Pl. XII, fig. 2). An- 
terior eyes in a very strongly procurved row which is shorter than the 
second; anterior median eyes much closer to each other than to the 
lateral which are but little or sometimes not at all smaller; clypeus 
narrow, the anterior lateral eyes being separated from its front margin 
by their diameter or but little more, always farther from the eyes of 
second row ; eyes of second row at upper exterior angles of face, strongly 
convex and protruding, less than their diameter apart; eyes of third 
row likewise strongly convex, divergent, facing outward and backward, 
quadrangle of posterior eyes but little wider behind than in front. 
Labium wide, attenuated anteriorly, the basal excavation short. 
Posterior spinnerets (at least in ours) evidently longer than the anterior, 
the second joint distinct though not long. Epigynum with a guide; 
in ours, strongly chitinized only on each side about the spermathecal 
openings, elsewhere less dense, clothed with hair as tegument elsewhere. 
Male palpus bearing a scopus in a median position; basal spur extremely 
large, much longer than the erect branch (in ours). 

Syn.—1885. Aulonia Emerton (A. aurantiaca), Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 
1898. Trabea Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2, p. 349. 
1903. Trabea Comstock, Classification of North American Spiders. 

Pars cephalica long, but little inclined anteriorly. Sides of face 
straight and vertical or nearly so; face protruding above over its basal 
portion (Pl. XII, fig. 1). Quadrangle of posterior eyes relatively 


296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


long. Posterior eyes seen from above touching or protruding beyond 
the lateral margins of pars cephalica (Pl. XI, fig. 8). Chelicere 
with the lower margin armed either with two or with three teeth, the 
upper with three. Legs rather long; tarsi either very sparsely scopu- 
late on anterior pairs or the scopule quite absent. 

Spiders of small size, readily distinguished by the extreme convexity 
of the eyes of the second and third rows and by the strongly procurved 
first row with its median eyes closer to each other than to the lateral. 
The very long straight spines of the anterior legs form a prominent 
feature. The quadrangle of posterior eyes is relatively much longer 
than in any other known North American Lycoside. 


Trabea aurantiaca (Emerton), 1885. 
(Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 499, Pl. 49, figs. 6 to 6b.) 


Female.—Sides of cephalothorax black or blackish brown; a bright 
yellow supramarginal band on each side extending forward to the 
clypeus and touching the inferior edges of eyes of second and third 
rows; a yellow median band nearly as wide as third eye row just 
behind the latter, extending broadly between the third eyes nearly to 
those of second row, posteriorly rapidly narrowing to a point at the 
dorsal groove over which it is obscure or absent, becoming again 
visible on the posterior declivity on which it begins above at a point 
and widens clavately downward to the posterior margin; eyes sur- | 
rounded by black; clypeus yellow. Chelicere smoky brown or blackish 
above, yellowish distally. Labiwm and endites brown, often dusky, 
pale distally. Sternwm and core of legs yellow to brown. Legs with 
background yellow; femur I black; femur II like I, but with the black 
more or less broken by yellow, especially so above; the posterior femora 
more largely yellow, the black marks often faint; patella dark or 
black distally; tibise with a basal and an apical dark ring, and the 
metatarsi more or less darkened at proximal end; the markings of all 
these joints becoming more indistinct or disappearing on the posterior 
pairs, the last pair being often clear bright yellow. Abdomen orange- 
brown, the sides marked by a series of parallel black bars which pass 
obliquely downward and caudad, the most anterior of which on each 
side bends forward across the corresponding antero-lateral angle; these 
black bars connected at upper ends on each side by narrow angular 
lines with angles directed mesad ; these angles, excepting the first, are 
connected into pairs by black chevron-lines across dorsum; anterior 
area of dorsum showing more indistinctly a lanceolate figure outlined 
by a fine black line; venter unmarked except for a narrow inwardly 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 


bending dark line each side of middle, the two of which are united by a 
cross-bar just at base of spinnerets. Spinnerets dusky orange. Epigy- 
num reddish brown about spermathecal openings, elsewhere concolor- 
ous with the venter. 

Pars cephalica long and high, highest anteriorly and visibly descend- 
ing caudad to the pars thoracica. Chelicere a little longer than height 
of jace. Anterior row of eyes as described for genus; anterior median 
eyes two-thirds their diameter apart, fully their diameter from the 
lateral eyes which are about two-thirds as large, their diameter from 
eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes their diameter or some less 
from front margin of clypeus, one and one-half times their diameter 
from eyes of second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-third or more 
the length of the cephalothorax (Pl. NI, fig. 8). Lower margin of 
the furrow of cheliccre armed with two stout conical teeth which are 
subequal; upper margin with three teeth of usual character. Labium 
clearly wider than long (5 : 4); the basal excavation little or not at all 
more than one-fifth the total length; sides strongly converging anter- 
iorly ; front margin truncate or slightly convexly rounded. Legs hav- 
ing tarsi bent or curved down at distal end but not at base as in male; 
tarsi sparsely setose and scopule entirely absent. Posterior spinnerets 
widely separated; distinctly longer than the anterior, but in alcohol 
often bent toward each other and then inconspicuous; the second 
joint distinct but short, bluntly pointed. 

For form of epigynum see Pl. XII, fig. 2. 

Total length, 3.4 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.6 mm.; width, 
1 mm. 

Length of leg 1,4 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.4mm.; met., .95 mm. 

Length of leg I, 3.8 mm. 

Length of leg III, 3.8 mm. 

Length of leg LV, 5.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.7 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 

Male.—Lighter than female, markings of legs (excepting the anterior 
femora) and of abdomen less distinct or absent. Palpi black; the 
tip of tarsus yellow, in life clothed, like legs, with white hair 

All tarsi of legs distinctly curved downward distally, the anterior 
ones strongly so, those of the third and fourth pairs also bent at 
proximal end, Palpus with the sides of tibie parallel, not at all 
enlarged distally; tibia longer than patella by one-fourth its length; 
tarsus of about same length as tibia + patella, much wider than the 
tibia (4 : 2.5). 

Yor palpal organ (drawn out from alveolus) see Pl. XII, fig. 3. 

Total length, 2.6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.5 mm.; width, 
1mm. | 


298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg I, 3.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.3 mm.; met., 9mm. 

Length of leg I, 3.4 mm. 

Length of leg I11, 3.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 4.8 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.5 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 
Syn.—1890. Aulonia aurantiaca, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12. 
1892. Aulonia aurantiaca, Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., 2. 
1892. Aulonia aurantiaca, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 73. 
1898. Trabea aurantiaca, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., 2. 

Type locality.—Massachusetts and Connecticut. 

Known localities.—Massachusetts!, Connecticut, New York, District 

of Columbia!. 


The genus SOSILAUS Simon, 1898. 
(Hist. Nat. d. Araign., Vol. 2, p. 350.) 

“Cephalothorax convex behind, in front long slanting and attenu- 
ated, the face rather narrow, oblique and obtuse. Four anterior 
eyes subcontiguous, in a gently recurved row, the median at least 
twice as large as the lateral. Eyes of the second row moderate, approx- 
imate, occupying a transverse space much narrower than the anterior 
eye row (Pl. XII, figs. 5, 6). Cheliceree rather weak, the inferior 
margin of the furrow tridentate. Labium longer than wide, attenuated 
and obtuse. Legs rather long; the metatarsi and tarsi slender and 


long, not scopulate; anterior tibize armed beneath with 5-5 prone 


spines and the metatarsi with 3-3 similar ones, there being smaller 
lateral spines” (Simon). 

In the character of cephalothorax and eyes this genus is very similar 
to Tricca and similarly much suggests Allocosa, from which it differs 
most conspicuously in the armature of the anterior tibie. The 
posterior eyes are situated upon a very oblique plane. The eyes of the 
second row are relatively small. 

But one species of this genus is known and that by a single specimen 
(S. spinger E. 5.). 


Syn.—1903. Sosilaus Comstock, Classification of North American Spiders, 


Sosilaus spiniger Simon, 1898. 
(Hist. Nat. Araign., 2, p. 350.) 


“Length of male 3.7 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufous, smooth 
and subglabrous, a narrow marginal fuscous line and the pars thoracica 
marked irregularly with short radiating stripes. Abdomen fusco- 
testaceous, paler in front and below. Legs lurid, tarsi infuseated. 
Palpi lurid, the tarsus infuscated, sides parallel, setose with long 


a 


— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 


bristles below; tibia a little longer than the patella; terete, gently 
curved; tarsus shorter than the tibia with patella, narrowly ovate, 
acuminate; bulb simple.” 

Locality.—Louisiana. 

I have not found in collections from Louisiana and neighboring 
States any specimens referable to this species, which remains known 
only from M. Simon’s diagnosis and comments. 


The genus PIRATA Sundevall, 1833. 
(Subgenus sub Lycosa, Consp. Arachn. p. 24.) 


Body clothed sparsely with short hairs, in life never cloaking and con- 
cealing the tegument as is commonly the case in Pardosa and Lycosa., 
Anterior tibixe in the female armed beneath with two pairs of spines, 
respectively basal and submedian in position, never with an apical 
pair; these spines very long and overlapping, much longer than the 
diameter of the article; rarely with three pairs beneath, the third pair 
midway between the median pair and the distal end of the joint; tibie 
in the male with the long spines as in the female, but in addition 
with an apical pair (Pl. X, fig. 7). Anterior row of eyes as long as 
or but little shorter than the second, a little procurved or straight, 
the eyes subequal or with the median a little larger than the lateral ; 
clypeus rather narrow, the anterior lateral eyes separated from its 
front margin at most by their diameter, a little farther from eves of 
second row; eyes of the second row large, less than their diameter 
apart; dorsal eye area trapeziform, wider behind than in front. 
Labium longer than wide, attenuated anteriorly in varying degrees; 
basal excavation short, nearly always but one-fourth or less the length 
of the labium, only rarely longer. Posterior spinnerets much longer 
than the anterior, their second joint distinct and conical. Epigynum 
presenting no true guide, usually consisting behind of two strongly 
chitinized lobes or tubercles upon which are the openings of the 
spermatheca. Bulb of male palpus with no true scopal fold or one 
but slightly indicated ; conductor as a conspicuous erect apophysis or 
process, in a mostly medio-apical position, and its principal branch 
reaching to or extending beyond the front margin of the alveolus; a 
basal spur or branch of considerable size always present on conductor; 
the embolus small, short, nearly concealed usually; lunate plate very 
large, one-third as long as the bulb. 


Syn.—1848. Lycosa subgen. Potamia C. Koch, Die Arachn., 14, p. 98. 
1876. Pirata Simon, Arachn. Fr. 

1876. Pirata Keyserling, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 26, p. 610. 

1885. Pirata Emerton, ‘Trans, Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 492. 


300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


1890. Pirata Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 564. 

1898. Jyycosa Simon (ad. part), Hist. Nat. Araign., 2, p. 345. 
1902. Pirata Montg., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 536. 

1903. Lycosa Comstock (ad. part.), Class. N. A. Spiders, p. 51. 
1904. Pirata Chamberlin, Can. Ent., p. 177. 

1904. Aulonia, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 265. 


Cephalothorax moderately low; the pars cephalica not elevated being 
nearly level with the dorsal line of the pars thoracica, in front broadly 
obtusely rounded, the sides rounded and considerably sloping. Face 
mostly low, much shorter than the length of the chelicere, trapeziform, 
the sides in most convexly rounded and widely sloping, rarely sub- 
straight and very steep or nearly vertical, the eyes of second row more 
or less distant from its upper exterior angles. Except in the few 
species with the sides of the face very steep, the posterior eyes when 
viewed from above are removed from the lateral margins of the pars 
cephalica by more than their diameter as is the case in Lycosa 
(Pl. X, fig. 5). Quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth, or usually 
less, the length of the cephalothorax, rarely longer. Chelicere robust, 
the lower margin with three teeth similar to those of Lycosa, but with 
the third often conspicuously reduced as in Pardosa; upper margin 
with three teeth of the usual character; fringe of hair of upper margin 
more sparse than in Lycosa; posterior line with long but sparse hairs. 
Legs robust; tarsi in most cases simply setose on all pairs, very rarely 
with the anterior ones with thin lateral scopular lines as in Pardosa, 
the bristles, however, being often serried (Pl. X, fig. 7); tibia + 
patella of leg 1V sometimes longer than, at others shorter than, the 
cephalothorax, longer than the metatarsus or more rarely of the same 
length. The cephalothorax always presents a median pale stripe, 
which begins on the posterior declivity as a narrow line and then con- 
tinuously widens to the third eye row, there more abruptly widening, 
passing below the posterior eyes of each side and attaining the clypeus; 
the eyes are mostly upon black; the median stripe encloses in its anterior 
half a bifurcate or V-shaped dark mark, the undivided median part 
being at the anterior end of the dorsal furrow and sending an arm 
forward to the inner margin of the third eye on each side (Pl. X, 
fig. 5); marginal light stripes may or may not be present; many species 
are marked on the abdomen with lines and spots of bright white hair. 

The Piratas are spiders of small or of medium size. The males are in 
most cases as large as or larger than the females. 

In habits they are much like the Pisauride. They occur in damp 
meadows or more especially at the margins of streams, ponds and 
other bodies of water, upon which they run with great ease. Many 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 


forms in case of danger dive readily beneath the surface of the water 
and hide under stones, leaves, etc., at the bottom. The cocoon is 
carried about attached to the spinnerets, though when the females are 
at rest it is commonly held in the chelicere. The cocoons are clear 
white in color and spherical in shape, marked at the equator bya seam 
less strong than that on the cocoons of Pardosa. The female con- 
structs a temporary retreat under stones and other suitable places, 
spinning a small irregular web of very delicate texture. The greater 
length of the superior spinnerets would seem to be associated with 
this web-spinning habit. 


Key TO SPECIES OF PIRATA. 


1. Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere armed with but two 


"ah pale lie «pad, ae area 

Lower margin of furrow armed with three teeth, 7) ae eee 

2. Cephalothorax less than 2 mm. long, . . . . . minutus Em. 

Cephalothorax 3 mm. or more long,. . .  marzi Stone. 

3. Cephalothorax with no submarginal light stripes, . montanus Em. 

Cephalothorax with submarginal light stripes, . . ve * 

4. Cephalothorax less than 2 mm. long, or at most not longer, : : 
Cephalothorax much more than 2mm. long, . 

5. All joints of legs except tarsi distinctly ringed with black (iemale) 

aspirans Chamb. 

Femora dark at distal ends, other joints of legs light, not at all 

marked withdark, . . ~ — humicolus Mtg. 

6. Cephalothorax in life or when dry showing on each side a marginal 

stripe of bright white hair, ...... . 7 

Cephalothorax showing no such stripe, . . ., tnsularis Em. 


7. A black marginal stripe below each pale lateral stripe, 
piratica utahensis, new var. 
No such black marginal line, . . . . . . febriculosa (Beck.). 


The key above does not include prodigiosa Keys. or bilobatus Tullg. 


Pirata minutus Emerton, 1885. 
(Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 493, Pl. 48, figs. 10-10c.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax dark brown to gray-brown; a yellow 
median stripe of more or less greenish hue which begins caudally 
as a narrow line, but expands continuously forward to the eye region, 
continuing as a narrow stripe on each side below eyes to the clypeus as 
usual; within the median light band are two dark lines or narrow 
stripes extending backward from eyes of third row and uniting together 
into one line at the dorsal groove, forming thus the typical V-shaped 
mark; a marginal light stripe on each side with uneven upper border, 

20 


302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


not extending forward beyond third eye row; in life a marginal line of 
white hair much narrower than light stripe of the tegument with 
which it is coextensive in length. Chelicere black-brown, yellow 
distally ; subsparsely clothed with rather long light gray hairs. Labium 
and endites dark brown, paler distally. Sternum deep brown to 
blackish, in most cases with a yellow median line and a number of 
yellow spots along each lateral margin; clothed with comparatively 
long light gray hairs. Coxe of legs beneath yellow. Legs light brown 
or yellow, all joints excepting the tarsi annulate with black; the femora 


have usually a submedian ring and a broader ring at distal end, the 


latter sometimes partially divided by light; the tibizs and metatarsi 
have a wide annulus at each end, leaving especially on the tibie a 
relatively narrow yellow ring at the middle; tibia sometimes entirely 
black. Abdomen above black, sometimes with and sometimes without 
narrow lanceolate yellow mark at base; dorsum clothed with sparse 
light brown or grayish hair, with a series of five or six spots of white 
hair along each side for the entire length, and posteriorly with narrow 
cross-lines of similar white hair, these lines sometimes indistinct; sides 
a little paler than the dorsum, with some streaks and dots of white 
pubescence; venter dark gray, more densely clothed with hair than the 
sides and dorsum, the hair being gray. Epigynum reddish brown, 
usually nearly or quite concealed by long gray hairs. Spinnerets dark 
brown. 

Face but little more than two-thirds as high as the chelicere are 
long, sides substraight and nearly vertical as in Pardosa, 

Anterior row of eyes nearly as long as the second, more strongly pro- 
curved than is usual in this genus; anterior median eyes about their 
radius apart, a little larger than the lateral; anterior lateral eyes rather 
less than their diameter from front margin of clypeus, farther from 
eyes of the second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fourth the 
length of the cephalothorax. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with but two teeth which are 
relatively long and slender, the second one a little smaller than the 
first, the latter evidently representing the second of the three typically 
present in the Lycosida, 

Legs with tibia + patella of the fourth pair a little longer than the 
cephalothorax, which is of the same length as the metatarsus of the 
same legs; tibiz of first legs armed ventrally with a basal and a sub- 
median pair of spines which are very long, overlapping as usual, 

For structure of epigynum see Pl. XXII, fig. 7. 

Total length, 3.3 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.8 mm.; width, 
1.3 mm. 


_—— 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 


Length of leg I, 4.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.6 mm.; met., 1 mm. 

Length of leg II, 4.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 3.8 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 6.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 2mm.;met., 1.8 mm. 

Male.—Femora of first two pairs of legs black, others dusky yellow; 
all other joints clear yellow, without indications of any dark marks; 
palpi entirely black, except the patella which often are paler above; 
coloration otherwise nearly as in female, but in general darker. 

Tibia of palpus considerably longer than patella, and narrower 
than tarsus; main process of apophysis of conductor with its upper 
half bent outward at right angles to lower half at or a little in front 
of front margin of alveolus; basal spur ending apically in an acute 
point (Pl. XXI, fig. 9). 

Total length, 2.9 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.6 mm.; width, 
Imm. Length of leg I, 4.4 mm. 


Syn.—1890. Pirata minuta Em., Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, 
p. 72. 
— Pirata exigua Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. tae , 44 ae 2, Pl. 1, fig. 48. 
1890. Pirata minuta Em. , Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 564 
Non-syn.—1892. Pirata minuta Em., Fox, Proc. Ent. Soc. W. 
Syn.—1898. Pirata minutus Em. , Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., II, p. 335. 
Type locality.—Massachusetts and Connecticut. 
Known localities.— Massachusetts !, Connecticut, New York (Ithaca!). 
I have found females of this species with egg-sacs fairly common in 
certain damp meadows about Ithaca, New York, late in the summer. 
A few were taken at the margins of ponds. The male above described, 
from Massachusetts, was kindly loaned me by Mr. J. H. Emerton. 


Pirata aspirans Chamberlin, 1904. 
(Can. Ent., Vol. XXXVI, p. 286.) 


Female.—Sides of cephalothorax dark brown crossed by radiating 
lines of black; a pale median band beginning at posterior margin 
narrows to caudal end of thoracic furrow, then widens gradually to 
eyes of third row where it more or less abruptly widens and encloses the 
eye area, below which on each side it attains the clypeus as usual; 
within the median pale band a median line at front of furrow bifureates, 
sending a branch to eyes of each side as usual; eyes surrounded by 
black; clypeus yellow; a marginal band of yellow on each side, limited 
below by a line of black, these side stripes extending forward only to 
opposite the third eyes. Chelicere reddish yellow, smoky over middle 
region and with branching lines of black over basal area, Labium 
yellow. Endites yellow above, and darker, dusky-brown below, 


304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Sternum and core of legs beneath immaculate yellow. Legs yellow; 
all joints except the tarsi more or less distinctly banded with black 
rings; these dark rings on femora of first legs confluent and also semi- 
confluent on other joints; femora with four rings, of which the apical 
one may be indistinct. Dorsum of abdomen black, at sides minutely 
punctate with yellow; at base a lanceolate yellow mark, on each side of 
which just behind middle is a small ovate yellow spot with black dot at 


center, and each side of apex a larger triangular yellow spot; behind is a ~ 
series of yellow transverse bowed or chevron-shaped transverse marks - 


which become successively shorter caudad, the last few being diamond 
shaped and contiguous by their apices; sides of abdomen above like 
sides of dorsum, but below becoming more and more yellow, the black 
being first reduced to spots and then quite disappearing at venter; 
venter yellow, dusky in front of the genital furrow and also with a 
dusky interrupted median band extending back from epigynum two- 
thirds the distance to the spinnerets, and on each side of venter a 
narrow irregularly edged black line which does not extend all the way to 
the spinnerets behind. Spinnerets yellow. Epigynum reddish yellow. 

Sides of face of moderate steepness; face a little more than half as 
high as the chelicere are long. Seen in profile, the dorsal line of the 
cephalothorax is straight and horizontal or nearly so between the eyes 
and the posterior declivity, the pars cephalica not being elevated at all 
above the pars thoracica. Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with 
three teeth, of which the middle one is much stoutest and longest, the 
first one clearly the smallest; the upper margin with three teeth of the 
usual proportions. Labium slightly longer than broad (5 :4.8), 
four and five-tenths times longer than its basal excavation strongly 
converging anteriorly; anterior margin indented mesally with its side 
parts convexly rounded. Legs with tibia + patella of the fourth pair 
much longer than the cephalothorax, which is of the same length as the 
tibia + patella of the first pair; spines of anterior tibie very long, 
those of the first pair to or a little beyond the middle of the joint. 

Anterior row of eyes but slightly procurved, shorter than the second ; 
anterior median eyes about two-thirds their diameter apart, closer to 
the lateral eyes which are two-thirds as large, hardly two-thirds their 
diameter from eyes of second row; anterior lateral eyes three-fourths 
their diameter from front margin of clypeus, their diameter or slightly 
more from eyes of second row; eyes of second row two-thirds their 
diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes slightly wider in front 
than long, longer behind than in front in ratio of 9 :7 (nearly), one- 
fourth as long as the cephalothorax. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 


Epigynum with the lateral tubercles widely rounded behind, being 
mesally shallowly angularly excavate (Pl. XXII, fig. 6). 

Total length, 4 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.9 mm.; width, 
1.4 mm. 
Length of leg I, 5.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 1.9 mm.; met., 1.2 mm. 
Length of leg I, 5.1 mm. 
Length of leg III, 4.7 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 7.3 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.3 mm.; met., 2mm, 
Male.—For structure of palpal organ see Pl. XXII, fig. 5. 


Syn.—1890. Pirata minuta Fox (at least ad. part.), Proc. Ent. Soc. W. 


Locality.—Washington, D. C.!. 


Pirata humicolus Montgomery, 1902. 
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 575, Pl. 30, figs. 40, 41.) 

Female.—Sides of the cephalothorax brown to black with lighter 
radiating lines; a yellow median band widening from behind, where it is 
a mere line, forward and enclosing the usual dark bifurcate mark in its 
front half; on each side a yellow supramarginal stripe which does not 
extend upon the pars cephalica and which is limited below by a black 
marginal line; in life there is a marginal line of white hair. Chelicere, 
labium and endites dark reddish brown. Sternum dark brown, paler 
along middle and darker at lateral margins. Legs brown, often of green- 
ish hue, the core beneath paler, yellow. Palpi like the legs, paler at the 
base. Dorsum of abdomen brown of greenish tinge; a basal lanceolate 
median stripe; two rows of light spots clothed with white pubescence 
on each side of the basal stripes and extending to the spinnerets 
behind, the outer line often evidently only caudally, the spots of the 
inner lines largest anteriorly connected by some thin cross-lines of white 
hair; sides of abdomen yellowish brown tinged with green; venter 
clear yellow, sometimes a few small black dots in front of spinnerets. 
Epigynum reddish brown. Spinnerets yellow. 

Chelicere one and one-third times the height of the face, the sides 
of which are subvertical as in Pardosa, Anterior row of eyes a little 
shorter than the second, a little procurved; eyes of second row nearly 
their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fifth as long as 
the cephalothorax. Lower margin of the furrow of the chelicere armed 
below with three teeth. 

Total length,4 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.8 mm. 

Length of leg I, 4.8 mm. 

Length of leg IL, 4.3 mm. 


306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg II, 4.2 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 6.1 mm. 

Male.—Coloration darker than in the female. Cephalothorax nearly 
black. Abdomen nearly as in female but the venter darker, Chelicere 
black. Legs yellow except the femora of the first two pairs which are 
black. Femur of palpi black, the other joints paler. 

Total length, 2.9mm. Length of cephalothorax, 1.7 mm. 

Ber ras. Pirata humicolus Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 
p. , 


1904. Aulonia humicola, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 265, 
Pl. XX, fig. 33. 


Locality.—Pennsylvania. 
Known localities—Pennsylvania!, New Jersey. 


Pirata montanus Emerton, 1885. 
(Tr. Conn. Acad. Sci., p. 493, Pl. 48, fig. 9.) 

' Female.—Sides of cephalothorax deep brown or blackish with no 
lighter marginal stripes ; a yellow or reddish-yellow median stripe 
beginning at the clypeus enclosing the dorsal eyes and then narrowing 
caudad, ending as a pointed line on the posterior declivity; median 
band enclosing in front of dorsal groove a dark stripe which bifurcates, 
sending one of its branches forward to and along the inner margins of 
the eyes of each side; eyes enclosed with black; in life on each side a 
marginal line of white hair. Chelicere dark brown, paler distally, 
the tips of claws reddish. Labium and endites brown, lighter distally 
as usual. Sternwm brown, a dark line or row of dark spots on each 
side, the two converging caudad. Legs yellow, without markings ex- 
cepting sometimes faint annuli on femora. Abdomen above black; a 
reddish-brown median lanceolate stripe at base extending to middle; 
each side of apex of this stripe a reddish spot and behind a number of 
chevron-shaped transverse marks; all these marks may be indistinet 
and sometimes the basal stripe alone is distinguishable; in life there is 
on each side a series of about six spots of light yellow hair; sides 
colored like the dorsum but in life more densely pubescent; a short 
line of yellow hair passing back across each antero-lateral angle, the 
sides elsewhere being clothed with black hairs with more scattered ones 
of yellow; venter brown, clothed with yellowish gray pubescence. 
Spinnerets brown, Epigynum reddish black. 

Sides of face steep, but evidently diverging outward below. 

First row of eyes nearly as long as the second, alittle procurved ; anterior 
median eyes more than half their diameter apart (nearly three-fourths), 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 


nearly the same distance from the smaller lateral eyes (about 3 : 4); 
anterior lateral eyes their diameter or rather a little less from the front 
margin of clypeus, more than their diameter from eyes of second row; 
eyes of second row less than their diameter apart; quadrangle of pos- 
terior eyes more than one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax (1 : 4.5). 

Lower margin of the furrow of chelicere with three teeth, of which 
the middle one is usually a little Jongest. 

Legs with tibia + patella IV longer than the cephalothorax, which 
latter is longer than tibia + patella I; anterior tibia: beneath with 
three pairs of very long overlapping spines, the third pair being between 
the middle pair and the distal end of the joint and truly ventral in 
position (Pl. X, fig. 9); patella II armed in front. 

Epigynum with the posterior margin nearly straight; not excavated 
mesally; the bulbs of the spermathece contiguous mesally. (PI. XXII, 
fig. 9.) 

Total length, 2.4mm. Length of cephalothorax, 5 mm. 

Length of leg I, 6.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.2 mm.; met., 1.5 mm. 

Length of leg II, 6.2 mm. 

Length of leg III, 6.1 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 9.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 2.8 mm. 

Syn.—1890. Pirata elegans Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42. 

——  Pirata montanus, Marx, Proc. U.§. N. M., 12, p. 564. 

1892. Pirata agilis Banks (ad. part), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44, p. 72, 
iso2. ee dees atonte., op cit., p. 581, Pl. XXX, fig. 36. 

—— ?Pirata nigromaculatus Montg., tbid., p. 579, Pl. 30, figs. 44, 45. 

1904. Pirata elegans, Montgomery, tbid., p. 310. 

——. ?Pirata nigromaculatus, ibid., p. 310. 

Type locality.—New Hampshire (White Mountains) and New York 
(Adirondack Mountains at Long Lake). 

Known localities.—New York!, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Utah !. 


Pirata marxi Stone, 1890. 
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 42.) 

Female.—Sides of cephalothorax in fresh specimens obscure brown to 
gray-black, crossed by many radiating lines of black; a yellow median 
band of the typical form enclosing the usual bifureate mark in front of 
the dorsal groove, the mark coalescing on each side just in front of the 
groove with the dark area of the sides; there is thus between the arms 
of the V-mark a narrow median yellow stripe or line which extends 
forward to the second eye row, and on each side of pars cephalica also a 
narrow line which extends forward beneath the eyes to the clypeus, but 
which is disconnected with the median stripe behind; on each side a 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


supramarginal yellow stripe with uneven upper margin, and limited 
below by a black marginal line; no marginal stripe of white hair. 
Chelicere reddish brown. LEndites brown, pale distally, the labiwm 
in most darker, dusky-brown to blackish. Sternum brown, Coxe 
of legs beneath yellow. Legs clear yellow, darker distally, entirely 
without dark rings or markings. Abdomen yellow with markings in 
black as follows: at base above a lanceolate outline; along each side of 
dorsum a wavy or zigzag stripe, the two converging to spinnerets, 
each united with lanceolate basal mark at its base and again at its 
middle; the outwardly directed angles of these dark stripes often more 
or less extended down the sides as narrow lines; along the median line 
of dorsum behind several short black marks, sides of abdomen antero- 
ventrally with a dark area composed of a close network of black lines, 
and postero-dorsally with a number of isolated dark areas formed of 
similar reticulations, leaving thus in most a clear yellow stripe of 
varying width curving from the dorso-anterior angle obliquely down- 
ward and backward between the two darkened areas described ; a row of 
spots of yellow hair on each side of dorsum behind; venter with some 
scattered minute black dots, a few usually just behind the epigynum 
and more numerous ones in front of spinnerets, the latter usually form- 
ing two short lines close together which may extend forward to middle 
or even to the spots behind epigynum, sides and venter clothed with 
yellow hair. Spinnerets yellow. Epigynum pale brown, reddish 
marginally, darker caudad. 

Face rather low and wide, sides well rounded and slanting. Cephalo- 
thorax high; highest at third eye row, from there convexly rounded to 
the dorsal groove; posterior declivity steep. 

Anterior row of eyes as wide as the second, nearly straight, the centers 
of the lateral eyes being but little’ lower than those of the median; 
anterior median eyes a little larger than the lateral, scarcely one-third 
their diameter apart, their radius from eyes of second row; anterior 
lateral eyes four-fifths their diameter from front margin of elypeus, the 
same distance from eyes of second row; eyes of second row less than 
their radius apart (2:5); quadrangle of posterior eyes less than one- 
fifth as long as cephalothorax (1:5.5), wider in front than long, very 
wide behind, being wider than in front in ratio of 8.4:5.6. 

Lower margin of furrow of chelicere with but two teeth. Labium 
longer than wide, the basal excavation longer than is common; front 
margin substraight, or butslightly convex. Legs with the tibia + patella 
of the fourth pair longer than the cephalothorax; the corresponding 
joints of the first pair slightly shorter than the cephalothorax; anterior 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 


tibiee armed below with two pairs of spines in the usual position, 
shorter than usual in this genus, those of the first pair not over- 
lapping the bases of the second, to which they usually do not fully 
extend ; all tarsi subsparsely setose. 

The epigynum is a large quadrangular area which is somewhat wider 
in front than behind, the lateral margins being substraight and a little 
converging caudad; the posterior border is angularly excavated at the 
middle and the spermatheca open on each side caudad directly into the 
excavation, their terminal portions often showing darkly through the 
chitinous wall. (Pl. XXII, fig. 8.) 

Total length, 7.2mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.2 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.7 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.1 mm.; met., 2mm 

Length of leg II, 8.1 mm. 

Length of leg III, 7.9 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.5 mm.; met., 3 mm. 

Male.—Coloration as in the female. 

Tibia of the palpus longer than the patella, of the same thick- 
ness (seen from above); tarsus much broader than the tibia. 
Principal branch of apophysis of conductor long, curving outward 
above; basal branch relatively large; base of apophysis farther caudad 
than usual. (Pl. XXJ, fig. 8.) 

Total length, 5.6 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3 mm.; width, 
2.3 mm. 

Length of leg I, 8.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.1 mm.; met., 2.1 mm. 

Length of leg II, 7.9 mm. 

Length of leg III, 7.3 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 10.4 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.2 mm.; met., 3 mm. 

Syn.—1885. Pirata piratica Emerton (non Cl.), Tr. C. Acad. Sci., 6, p. 492, 
Pl. 48, figs. 7 to 7b. 

1890. Pirata piratica Marx, Proc. U.S. N.M., 12, p. 564. 

1891. Pirata piratica Marx, Proc. Ent. Soc. W., p. 161. 

1892, Pirata piratica Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 44. 

1902. Pirata piratica Emerton, Com. Sp. U.5., p. 84, figs. 208, 209. 

1902, Pirata marzxi, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 582, Pl. 
XXX, fig. 47. 

1904. Pirata marzi, Montgomery, tbid., p. 309, Pl. XIX, fig. 27. 

T ype locality. —Pennsylvania (York County). 

Known localities.—Massachusetts !, Connecticut, Rhode Island!, New 
York!, District of Columbia. 


Pirata insularis Emerton, 1885. 
(Tr. Conn, Acad. Sci., 6, p. 492, Pl. 48, figs. 8, Sa.) 
Female.— Sides of cephalothorax brown crossed by radiating lines of 


310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


black; a median reddish-yellow band of the usual form enclosing the 

’-shaped mark in front; on each side also a yellowish supramarginal 
stripe with uneven upper edge and limited below by a narrow dark 
marginal stripe, this stripe not extending forward beyond the cervical 
furrow ; cephalothorax with sparse, short dark hairs, no marginal lines 
of white pubescence. Chelicere reddish yellow, clothed sparsely with 
light grav hair. Labium and endites reddish yellow, paler distally. 
Sternum and core of legs beneath reddish yellow, sparsely provided 
with mostly stiff blackish hairs, the former often blackish along sides 
and pale mesally. Legs brownish yellow, all joints excepting the tarsi 
with more or less distinct dark annulations, or these sometimes very 
indistinct on or absent from the metatarsi. Abdomen above blackish; 
at base above a yellow lanceolate median stripe extending caudally to 
the middle; each side of the apex of the lanceolate stripe is a yellow 
spot and behind is a number of transverse yellow marks, each of which 
has in most cases the shape of an open angle with the apex directed 
forward, but more rarely the marks are nearly straight; each side of the 
median markings of the dorsum above described is in life a series of 
white spots formed of bunches of white hair, the dorsum elsewhere 
being sparsely clothed with short yellowish hairs and more scattered 
long dark bristles; a narrow yellow stripe or row of yellow spots passing 
over each antero-lateral angle caudally, breaking up over the side into 
more scattered yellow dashes; this yellow stripe on front of sides often 
partly masked by white hair, but this hair never forming a very distinct 
or extensive line or stripe; venter pale yellow to grayish, a darker 
median line behind epigynum, hair of entire venter yellow. Spin- 
nerets light brown. 

Seen in profile the dorsal line of the cephalothoraz is nearly horizontal, 
notched at dorsal groove. The chelicerse about one and one-fourth times 
the height of the face. 

First row of eyes nearly as long as the second, nearly straight; 
anterior median eyes less than their radius apart, closer to the evi- 
dently smaller lateral eyes; anterior lateral eyes less than their 
diameter from front margin of clypeus, some more than their diameter 
from eyes of second row; quadrangle of posterior eyes one-fifth as long 
as the cephalothorax. 

Labium \onger than wide (7 : 6); basal excavation a little more than 
one-fourth as long as the labium; sides below straight and but slightly 
converging, more strongly converging and more rounded above; front 
margin substraight, being very slightly bowed forward. Legs with the 
tibia + patella of the fourth pair clearly longer than the cephalothorax, 


———— ee CCU 


— F- = 


i —<—-— » 


’ 
J 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 


the corresponding joints of the first legs being also a little longer; 
anterior tibize armed beneath as usual; patella of leg I unarmed, that 
of leg II with a spine in front; tarsi setose. 

Epigynum presenting two more or less divergent tubercles caudad, 
upon the ventral face of which the spermatheca open; these tubercles, 
at first angular, may become more rounded with age. (Pl. XXII, 
fig. 4.) 

Total length, 6.5 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.1 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. ; 

Length of leg I, 9.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 2.2 mm 

Length of leg II, 8.4 mm. 

Length of leg III, 7.7 mm. 

Length of leg IV, 11.6 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.7 mm.; met., 3.6 mm. 

Mole,—Coloration nearly as in female except that the femora and 
tibi# are indistinctly annulate and the other joints clear yellow; the 
palpi are brown of reddish tinge. 

For structure of palpus see Pl. XXII, fig. 3. 

Total length, 4.5mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.2 mm. 


Syn.—1890. Pirata insularis, Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 564. 
1892. Pirata insularis, Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 44, p. 71. 
1902. Pirata liber Montgomery, op. cit., p. 578, Pl. 30, figs. 42, 43. 
1904. Pirata liber, ibid., p. 311. 


Type locality.—Long Lake, Adirondack Mountains, New York. 

Known localities.—Rhode Island !, New York!, Pennsylvania!. 

This is a common species which is subject to considerable variation, 
both in some of its structural characters and, more noticeably, in depth 
of coloration. In some the annulations are very deep and distinct and 
the body parts are correspondingly dark, while in others the annula- 
tions may be very indistinct. 


Pirata febriculosa (Beck), 1881. 
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 25, Pl. 3, figs. 2, 2a.) : 
Female.—Sides of cephalothorax dark brown to blackish of usually 
greenish tinge; a reddish yellow median band narrow caudally and 
widening anteriorly to the eye region, where it expands and passes below 
the eyes of each side and attains the clypeus; in front of dorsal furrow 
a median black line which bifureates sending a branch forward to inner 
side of third eye of each side in the usual manner; on each side a 
moderately wide yellow or reddish-yellow marginal band which 
extends forward as far as the cervical furrow; clypeus yellow; eye 
region black; along each lateral margin in life a distinct line of white 


312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


hair much narrower than the light band in tegument; the sides of the 
cephalothorax are sparsely clothed with short black hairs. Chelicere 
yellowish brown, distally reddish yellow, clothed subsparsely with 
long light gray hair. Labiuwm pale brown, lighter distally. Sternum 
and coxe of legs beneath yellow, clothed sparsely with blackish hairs. 
Legs greenish yellow, more reddish distally, sometimes without evident 
markings, but in the great majority with faint dark annulations show- 
ing most distinctly on the femora and tibiz of the posterior pairs; these 
annuli usually broken above. Abdomen above black or blackish 
brown; at base is a narrow lanceolate reddish-vellow stripe which ends 
at middle and is margined with a line of black, outside and parallel with 
the black edge being in life a line of white hair, the two white lines 
meeting at a truncate angle on posterior portion of dorsum, these lines 
sometimes each reduced to a row of spots or less commonly entirely 
absent; a narrow stripe of white hair passing caudad over each antero- 
lateral angle and spreading out usually in streaks over the upper part 
of side and connecting behind with the white of opposite side above spin- 
nerets ; lower portion of sides brown and, like most of dorsum, clothed 
with brown hair; venter brown to gray, paler in front of genital fur- 
row. Tubercles of epigynum reddish. Spinnerets pale brown. 

Face a little more than half as high as the length of the chelicerzx. 

Anterior row of eyes nearly as long as second, slightly procurved; 
anterior median eyes their radius apart; much closer to the lateral eyes; 
anterior lateral eyes considerably smaller than the median, their 
diameter or nearly so from the front margin of clypeus, more than 
their diameter from eyes of second row; eyes of second row consider- 
ably less than their diameter apart; quadrangle of posterior eyes less 
than one-fifth as long as the cephalothorax (1 : 5.5). 

Chelicere armed as usual. Labium longer than wider (10.5 : 10) ; basal 
excavation short, scarcely more than one-fifth as long as labium; lower 
part of sides nearly straight, only slightly converging, but for upper third 
more strongly rounded and converging; front margin truncate. Legs 
with the tibia + patella of the fourth pair longer than the cephalo- 
thorax; the corresponding joints of the first pair shorter than the 
cephalothorax; tarsi of first two pairs of legs scopulate laterally, those 
of the posterior pairs simply setose; anterior tibix below with the usual 
basal and submedian pairs of legs which are long, the first well over- 
lapping the second ; patelli of first legs unarmed, those of second with a 
spine on anterior face. 

Epigynum presenting behind two angular tubercles, the inner or 
mesal faces of which are nearly parallel and are more than usually 


a eS ee | 


oe 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 


close together leaving the excavation between them narrow; their 
outer faces clearly more strongly diverging than the inner. (PI. 
XXII, fig. 2.) 
Total length, 7.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.3 mm.; width, 
2.6 mm. 
Length of leg I, 8.5 mm.; tib. + pat., 3 mm.; met., 2mm. 
Length of leg II, 7.6 mm. 
Length of leg III, 7.3 mm. 
Length of leg IV, 11.2 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.6 mm.; met., 3.2 mm. 
Male.—For structure of palpal organ see PI. XXII, fiz, i‘? 
re oe Lycosa wacondana Scheffer, The Industrialist, Kansas, p. 13, 
1904. 'Pirata sedentarius, Montgomery, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 312. 
Type locality.—Kansas. 
Known localities —New York!, Kansas!, lowa!, Texas!. 
Apparently this species is close to L. piratica, The palpal organs are 
similar, but in febriculosa the superior horn of the apophysis is at once 
seen to be longer and straighter and more outwardly directed. 


Pirata piratica (Clerck) var. utahensis, new. 

Male.—Palpal organ agreeing in detail with that of the European 
species or nearly so. 

Cephalothoraz with the median pale stripe and dark V-shaped 
enclosure as usual, the arms of the latter parallel anteriorly back to 
posterior third, then converging to a point. Laterial pale stripes 
reaching pars cephalica, each bordered below with a dark marginal 
stripe. A marginal line of bright white hair showing in life or in dry 
specimen as in febriculosa and piratica of type form. Femora of all 
legs with dark annuli, these most distinct on second and third pairs, 
showing clearly on the ventral surface of the latter; other joints 
unmarked, distal ones some darker. Sternum and core beneath pale. 
Abdomen black above, the usual pale mark at base; a white stripe of 
hair over each antero-lateral angle; a narrower line of white hair each 
side of basal mark, followed behind by a row of white spots similarly 
formed; venter pale, with three narrow stripes of brown converging 
caudally. 

Length, 6.2mm. Length of cephalothorax, 3.4 mm.; width, 2.6 mm. 

Locality.—Utah |. 

Likely to be found throughout the Pacific States. 

Pirata prodigiosa Keyserling, 1876. 
(Verh, z. b. Ges, Wien, 26, p. 669, PI. 8, fig. 44.) 
Female.—Cephalothorax brown with a narrow black line along each 


314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


lateral margin, above which is an uneven edged, wavy yellow stripe; 
a similarly colored median hand, which beginning narrow behind 
widens cephalad, is constricted a little behind the eyes and then again 
widens to enclose the eyes as usual, embracing in its anterior half two 
dark elongate marks which beginning at the two posterior eyes con- 
verge and unite at the front end of the median furrow; eyes enclosed in 
black. Chelicere reddish yellow. Labiwm brownish yellow with paler 
tip. Sternum blackish with a yellow median stripe and on each side 
three similarly colored elongate spots. Legs yellow, a little darker 
distally, with faint indications of light rings. Palpi yellow, distal 
joints brown. Abdomen above dark gray; anteriorly with a yellow 
stripe, near this two small spots, and behind this and extending to the 
spinnerets a number of paired successively smaller and smaller spots of 
the same yellow color; sides marked with small streaks and dots of 
yellow; venter smoky white with three brown longitudinal stripes and 
several similarly colored{streaks at the sides of these. Epigynum clear 
reddish brown. Spinnerets brownish yellow. In a second specimen 
the sternum has two dark, indistinct, parallel longitudinal lines over its 
middle region. 

Cephalothorax shorter than the tibia + patella of the fourth pair of 
legs, as wide as the metatarsus of the same legs, not highly arched, the 
entire back apparently of similar height, toward the lateral margins 
flat and toward the nearly straight caudal margin rather steeply slop- 
ing; cephalic furrows indistinct, the head in front low and sloping flatly 
at the sides. 

Anterior row of eyes straight, somewhat shorter than the second, 
separated from the latter and from the margin of the clypeus by not 
fully the diameter of one of the somewhat larger median eyes; eyes 
of the second row nearly their diameter apart, more than this from 
the two-thirds as large eyes of the third, distinctly wider row; entire 
eye area wider behind than infront. Chelicerae somewhat enlarged in 
front, not entirely twice as wide as the labium, which is somewhat 
longer than wide and is anteriorly somewhat excavated. Sternum 
somewhat longer than broad, moderately arched and clothed with a 
few black bristles. Legs moderately slender, the fourth pair somewhat 
more than three and one-half times as long as the cephalothorax and 
about twice the length of its tarsus longer than the first; tibia + patella 
IV somewhat longer than metatarsus which is longer than the femur; 
principal claws of tarsi with 6-7 teeth, the middle one with none; only 
a thin scopula on tarsi of the two first pairs, none on the posterior; 
spines of femur I above 1, 1, 1, within 1, without none, of patella 1 


— SS 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 


none, of tibia I below 2, 2, 2, within 1; spines of second legs the same 
as for I. Posterior spinnerets twice as long as the anterior and dis- 
tinctly two-jointed; the middle pair very slender but as long as the 
anterior. 

Total length, 6.2 mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.8 mm.; width, 
2.2 mm. 

Length of leg I, 7.9 mm.; tib. + pat., 2.8 mm.; met., 1.7 mm. 

Length of leg I1, 7.3 mm. 

Length of leg III, 6.8 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 10.1 mm.; tib. + pat., 3.3 mm.; met., 3mm. 


Syn.—1890. Pirata prodigiosa Marx, Proc. U.S. N. M., 12, p. 64. 


Locality.—Illinois (Peoria). 
Types in collection of Dr. Koch. 


Pirata bilobata (Tullgren), 1901. 
(Bih. till sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., B. 27, Abd. 4, No. 1, p. 22, Plate, fig. 12.) 


Female.—Cephalothorax light brown, clothed with short dark 
adpressed hairs and strewed with long dark upturned bristly hairs; the 
pars cephalica with three lighter bands and at the margins of pars 
thoracica a broad light band. Chelicere light brown and strewed with 
long bristly hairs. Endites yellow and clothed by long bristly hairs. 
Sternum light brown, clothed by long black bristly hairs. Legs pale 
brown. Abdomen above dark brown with a lighter middle band and 
three pairs of very small white spots; the venter light yellowish brown. 
Epigynum dark corneous. 

Cephalothorax with a long and distinct central furrow on pars 
thoracica; in length a little shorter than the length of tibia and patella 
and the breadth shorter than the length of tibia of the fourth pair of 
legs. Front row of eyes distinctly procurved ; the intervals about equal ; 
the central eyes nearly twice as large as the lateral eyes; the interspace 
between the central eyes and the margin of the clypeus as long as the 
diameter of the eyes; eyes of the middle row separated from each other 
by an interspace about as broad as their diameter and separated from 
the central anterior eyes by an interspace about as long as the diameter 
of these eyes; the distance from the posterior eyes a little longer 
than the diameter of the middle eyes. Chelicere about twice as long as 
the face, tapering at the apex. Endites about twice as long as labium. 

The epigynum bilobate, the lobes rounded. 

Total length, 3.8mm. Length of cephalothorax, 2.5 mm.; width, 
1.8 mm, 


316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Length of leg I, 6.8 mm. 

Length of leg 1V, 8.6 mm. 

Locality.—Florida. *Two adult females from Lake Leonore in Orange 
County. 

Although this species was described as a Pardosa, it seems very clear 
from the structure of the epigynum, as shown in the figure accompany- 
ing the original description, taken in connection with several points 
in the description, that it is a Pirata. The statement that the pars 


cephalica is marked with “three lighter bands” indicates the presence . 


of the peculiar Pirata marking of the cephalothorax. 


EXPLANATION OF Piates VIII-XXIII. 


Puate VIII.—GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENUS PARDOSA. 


Fig. 1.—Right chelicera of P. sternalis. 

Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of the cephalothorax of P. lapidicina. 

Fig. 3.—Right chelicera of P. atra, 

Fig. 4.—Labium of P. lapidicina. 

Fig. 5.—Face of same. 

Fig. 6.—Labium of P. emertoni. 

Fig. 7.—Ventral view of tarsus of first leg of P. sternalis. 

Fig. 8.—Labium of P. atra. 

Fig. 9.—Tibia of first leg of P. sternalis seen from behind and slightly below. 


Puate I1X.—GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENUS Lycosa. 
Fig. 1.—Right chelicera of L. gulosa. 
Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of cephalothorax of L. helluo. 
Vig. 3.—Right chelicera of L. kochii. 
Fig. 4.—Tibia of first leg of same viewed from behind and a little below. 
Fig. 5.—Face of L. helluo. 
Fig. 6.—Tarsus of fourth leg of same seen from the side. 
Fig. 7.—Side view of tarsus of first leg of L. helluo showing seopula. 
Fig. 8.—Labium of L. erratica. 
Vig. 9.—Labium of L. aspersa. 


Piate X.—GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENERA ALLOCOSA AND PrraTA. 
Fig. 1.—Tibia of first leg of A. degesta viewed from the side and a little below. 
Fig. 2.—F ace of same. 
Fig. 3.—Tibia of first leg of A. funerea seen from the side and a little below. 
Fig. 4.—Labium of same. 
Fig. 5.—Dorsal view of cephalothorax of P. montanus, 
Fig. 6.—Labium of same. 
Fig. 7.—Tibia of first leg of same viewed from the side and a little below, 
Fig. 8. Spinnerets of same viewed from the side, 
Fig. 9.—Tarsus of first leg of P. montanus viewed from the side. 


Pirate XI.—GeNERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENERA SOSIPPUS AND TRABBA. 
Fig. 1.—Labium of S. floridanus. 
Fig. 2.—Face of same. 
Fig. 3.—Right chelicera of same. 
Fig. 4.—Tibia of first leg of same viewed from in front and a little below. 
Vig. A pe of same, 
a arsus and part of metatarsus of first leg of same viewed from the 
side. 
Fig. 7.—Right chelicera of 7. aurantiard. 


d.. 
Fig. 8.—Dorsal view of cephalothorax.6f 7’. aurantiaca, 
Fig. 9.—Labium of 7’, aurantiaca, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 


Puiate XII.—GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENUS TRABEA (continued) 
AND SOsILAUs. 

Fig. 1.—Face of T. aurantiaca. 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of 7’. aurantiaca. 
Fig. 3.—Male palpal organ of 7’. awrantiaca drawn out from the alveolus. 
Fig. 4.—Tibia of rst leg of T. awrantiaca viewed from the side and below. 
Fig. 5.—Dorsal view of front part of pars cephalica of S. spiniger. 
Fig. 6.—Face of S. spiniger. 


Prate XIII.—Coputatory ORGANS OF SPECIES OF PARDOSA. 
Fig. 1.—Epigynum of P. sazatilis, 
Fig. 2.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of P. milvina. 
Fig. 4.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 5.—Epigynum of P. sternalis. 
Fig. 6.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 7.—Epigynum of P. banksi. 
Fig. 8 —Epigynum of P. atra. 
Fig. 9.—Epigynum of P. pauzilla. 
Pirate XIV.—CopvuLatory ORGANS OF SPECIES OF PARDOSA (CONTINUED), 
Fig. 1.—Epigynum of Pardosa emertoni. 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of P. sternalis, immature ( P=. coloradensis Bks.). 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of P. xerampelina. 
Fig. 4.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 5.—Epigynum of P. californica, 
Fig. 6.—Epigynum of P. grenlandica, 
Fig. 7.—Epigynum of P. lapidicina. 
Fig. 8.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 9.—Epigynum of P. moesta, 


Fig. 1.—Epigynum of P. modica, typical form. 
Fig. 2.—Palpus of id., typical form (after Emerton). 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of P. modica var. brunnea. 
Fig. 4.—Palpus of same. 
| Fig. 5.—Epigynum of P. mackenziana. 
| Fig. 6.—Palpus of same, front view (after Emerton). 
| Fig. 7.—/d., side view (after Emerton). 
| Fig. 8.—Epigynum of P. distincta (after Emerton). 
Fig. 9.—Palpus of same (after Emerton), 
Pirate XVI.—Tue Genus Scurzocosa. 
Fig. 1.—Epigynum of S. ocreata, - 
Fig. 2.—Palpus of S. saltatrix. 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of S. bilineata, 
Fig. 4.—Epigynum of S. saltatriz. 
Fig. 5.—Palpus of S. ocreata. 


Piate XVII.—Copuratory OrGANs oF Species or Lycosa. 
Fig. 1.—Epigynum of L. helluo. 
Fig. 2.—Palpus of same, 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of L. erratica, 
Fig. 4.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 5.—Epigynum of L, riparia, 
Fig. 6.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 7.—Epigynum of L. aspersa, 
Fig. 8.—Palpus of same. 
Fig. 9.—Epigynum of L, scutulata, 


Pirate XVITI.—Corvutatory OrGans or Species oF Lycosa (CONTINUED), 
Fig. 1.—Palpus of L. scutulata, 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of L. punctulata, 
21 


318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, 


Fig. 3.—Palpus of same. 

Fig. 4.—Epigynum of L. frondicola. 
Fig. 5.—Palpus of same. 

Fig. 6.—Epigynum of L. coloradensis. 
Fig. 7.—Palpus of same. 

Fig. 8.—Epigynum of L. lenta. 

Fig. 9.—Palpus of same. 


Pirate XIX.—Copu.Latory ORGANS OF SPEcIES OF LycosA (CONTINUED). 


Fig. Ree of L. albohastata (type). 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of L. fumosa (type). 
Fig. 3.—Palpus of same (type). 

Fig. 4.—Palpus of L. beani (type). 

Fig. UE hey of same (type). 
Vig. 6.—Palpus of L. pictilis (type). 
Fig. 7.—Epigynum of L. quinaria (type). 
Fig. 8 —Epigynum of L. pictilis (type). 
Fig. 9.—Epigynum of L. rubicunda. 


Piate XX.—CopuLatory OrGANs OF Species oF Lycosa (CONTINUED). 


Fig. 1—Palpus of L. avara, side view. 

Fig. 2.—Epigynum of same. 

Fig. 3.—Palpus of same, ventral view. 

Fig. 4.—Epigynum of L. avara var. gosiuta, 
Fig. 5—Palpus of L. cinerea. 

Fig. 6.—Epigynum of same. 

Fig. 7.—Palpus of Allocosa parva. 

Fig. 8—Epigynum of L. fatifera. 

Fig. 9.—Epigynum of L. arenicola. 


Pirate XXI.—CorvuLatory OrGANS OF Sprecres_ or Lycosa (CONTINUED) AND 
oF Species oF Prrava. * 

Fig. 1—Epigynum of L. carolinensis. 
Fig. 2.—Palpus of same. 4 
Fig. 3.—Epigynum of L. pratensis, 
Fig. 4.—Palpus of L. kochiti. 
Fig. 5.—Epigynum of same. 
Fig. 6.—Palpus of L. gulosa. 
Fig. 7.—Epigynum of same. 
Fig. 8.—Palpus of P. marzi. 
Fig. 9.—Palpus of P. minutus. 


Pirate XXII.—CopuLatory OrGANS OF Spectres OF Prrata (CONTINUED). 


Fig. 1.—Palpus of P. febriculosa. 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of same. 

Fig. 3.—Palpus of P. insularis. 

Fig. 4.—Epigynum of same. 

Fig. 5.—Palpus of P. aspirans. 

Fig. 6.—Epigynum of same. 

Fig. 7.—Epigynum of P. minutus. 
Fig. 8.—Epigynum of P. marzi. 
Fig. 9.—Epigynum of P. montanus. 


Pirate XXIII.—Corpvutatory OrGans or SPECIES OF Sosippus AND ALLOCOSA. 


Fig. 1.—Palpus of S. floridanus. 
Fig. 2.—Epigynum of same, 
Fig. 3.—Palpus of A. rugosa. 
— 4.—Epigynum of A. evagata, 
.—Epigynum of A. degesta (that of funerea similar). 
be oe . XX, fig. 7.) 


F 


1908.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 


DESCRIPTION OF TRACHYPTERUS SELENIRIS, A NEW SPECIES OF RIBBON- 
FISH FROM MONTEREY BAY, CALIFORNIA. 


BY JOHN OTTERBEIN SNYDER. 


Early in June of last year a large Ribbon-fish was found almost 
stranded on the beach at Monterey, California. It was secured by Mr. 
Frederick A. Woodworth, of Pacific Grove, and through his kindly 
interest sent to Stanford University for identification. Its close 
resemblance to Trachypterus ishikawe' of Japan was at once apparent, 
but a detailed examination was impossible at that time on account of 
the decayed condition of the specimen, the delicate silvery skin leaving 
the body at a touch of the finger, and the muscles almost parting from 
the bones. After a long immersion in a mixture of strong alcohol and 
formalin, it may now be handled without further injury. 

When the Monterey specimen is compared with the type of Trachyp- 
terus ishikawe, certain differences appear which indicate that we have 
to deal with two distinct species, one of which, being unknown, is here 
described as Trachypterus seleniris. The latter differs from 7’. ishika- 
we, the most nearly allied form, in having a more slender body, a 
smaller head, a smaller eye, and a weaker armature of the body. The 
chief differences may be tabulated thus: 


T.. seleniris. T. ishikawe. 
NMI SINII 56 gcc sinaiiadndeor atts ideee ov resocituinasaoyd 1520 1650 
a an cst shea tetancrerematiniircucice 94 times. 82 times. 
Depth near middle of bOdY .............ccscceeeseersseseneees 11 - 7 © 
pth at beginning of posterior third...................... jr 14 “ 
ie Lawaph passin rinses srdumnsirsvansbosebaxetheassit 32 25 & 
IDIOM oss sesdeoneidsacecsatesgusucts ovsasbaanigipia¥ ons 25 ~ 22 . 


Trachypterus seleniris n. sp. 

Head, 94 in the length; depth, 9}; eye, 34 in head; dorsal rays, 168; 
pectoral, 9. 

Length of head greater than its depth, about equal to depth of body 
in region of pectoral; snout 3 in head; width of interorbital space 2 in 
diameter of eye ; lower jaw projecting slightly beyond the upper ; 


' Trach ishikaw@ Jordan and Snyder, Journal of the College of Science, 
Imperial University, Tokyo, Vol. XV, Pt. 2, A 310, Pl. XVIUI, fig. 10; Smithsonian 
Miscellaneous Collections, 45, p. 240, Pl. LXITI, 


320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


process of maxillary extending to a vertical through posterior border of 
eye; maxillary with a leaf-like flap a fourth of its length longer than 
diameter of eye, and with branched striations radiating from its point 
of attachment; opercular bones conspicuously striated. Teeth weak; 
loosely attached ones on vomer, a row of 4 on maxillary, and 4 on each 
side of symphysis of lower Jaw, the posterior of which is 2 times the 
length of the anterior. Gill-rakers on first arch 5 + 10, provided with 
tooth-like setze on the inner side; filaments of pseudobranchiz equal in 
length to those of gills. 

Origin of dorsal above upper edge of gill-opening, the rays highest 
near beginning of posterior third of body where they are about 1} 
times the diameter of eye; anterior rays not separated from the pos- 
terior ones nor lengthened. Length of pectoral slightly more than 
diameter of orbit. Ventral fins absent, or possibly represented by a 
mere filament, the place of insertion indicated by a spot on the breast 
below base of pectoral, where the skin, colored and sculptured, looks 
much like a pair of folded fins. Caudal projecting upwards; short 
fragmentary filaments present; several small spines projecting down- 
wards and backwards from the broadened end of the caudal peduncle. 

Head naked; scales of body in the form of minute pads or plates 
containing a varying amount of bony matter; those on median ventral 
surface pointed, hard and white like enamel, covering a narrow ridge 
and lying in a single row near extremity of tail; among those on dorsal — 
part of body, some are enlarged and arranged in vertical rows parallel 
with the interneurals. Lateral line with small, quill-like tubes; 
beginning at upper edge of gill-opening, bending rather abruptly 
downwards and extending along body somewhat below the median 
line; not armed at any point. 

Color bright silvery. 

Type No, 13,080 Stanford University collection. 

Called seleniris on account of a fancied resemblance of the long, 
flat, silvery body to the colorless lunar rainbow. 


—_— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 


SOME POLYCHZETOUS ANNELIDS OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC COAST 
OF NORTH AMERICA. 


BY J. PERCY MOORE. 


This paper is a final report embodying the results of a study of all of 
the Polychxta submitted to me by the U. 8. Bureau of Fisheries from 
the collections made by the steamer Albatross during the summer of 
1903. From June 19 to August 24 of that year, while in the service of 
a special Commission appointed by the President to investigate the | 
salmon fisheries of Alaska, the Albatross cruised northward along the 
coast from Port Townsend and Vancouver on the south, through part 
of the labyrinth of straits and passages which separate the islands of 
southeastern Alaska, as far as Shelekof Strait on the north and west, 
occupying meanwhile 112 dredging stations and a number of addi- 
tional hydrographic and towing stations. Some little shore collecting 
was also conducted. 

During the cruise the vessel was under the command of the late 
Lieut. Franklin Swift, U.S.N., to whose skill in handling her must 
be largely credited the large number of successful hauls made with 
trawl and dredge. The extent of the collection and the generally 
excellent preservation of the annelids similarly attest the energy and 
ability which Prof. Harold Heath devoted to collecting the inverte- 
brates, placed under his immediate charge. 

In all 107 species of Polychxta are represented. Of this number 41 
species are considered to be previously undescribed. The descriptions 
of only two of these, however, appear for the first time in this paper, the 
remaining 39 having been published, with the courteous approval of 
the Commissioner, Hon. George M. Bowers, in these Proceedings for 1905, 
pp. 525-569, 846-860, and for 1906, pp. 217-260, together with plates 
illustrating important diagnostic features. 

Supplementing the results of the study of the Albatross collections 
are added some notes on a few polychztes in the collection of this 
Academy, gathered by Dr. Benjamin Sharp at Icy Cape' and Unalaska, 


! The northernmost point of that name. 


322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Alaska; by Mr. A. E. MecIlhenny at Point Barrow, Alaska, and by Mr. 
George Dawson at Admiralty Inlet, Washington. From this source 
are added 7 species not otherwise represented, 2 of them having been 
described as new in these Proceedings for 1906, pp. 352-355. The 
total number of species considered is, therefore, 114. 

After deducting the 43 new species, the 71 remaining may be classi- 
fied from the point of view of geographical distribution as follows: 16, 
so far as known, are confined to the region under consideration, having 
been reported from some part of it, but not elsewhere, by previous © 
writers ; 12 occur to the southward along the coast of California, though 
most of them have already been recorded from Puget Sound or the 
Gulf of Georgia by Johnson and others; 8 have been described as 
occurring off the coast of Japan, and probably all of the latter have, 
as several are known to have, a wide distribution throughout the 
North Pacific; 4 are scattering; and the remaining 31 are well-known 
inhabitants of northern Europe, Greenland and the Arctic regions 
generally. Many of the latter are established cireumpolar forms and 
have been already reported by Marenzeller or Wiren as belonging to the 
fauna of Bering Sea, or by others as occurring in the North Pacific. 

In not a few cases it is evident that the individuals referred to such 
species differ in certain respects from their European representatives. 
In a few species like Terebellides stremit individuals of almost every 
colony present certain characteristic differences. In the belief that the 
future will show that such wide-ranging species split up into many 
geographical subspecies just as land animals do, and that such sub- 
species cannot be satisfactorily discriminated until our knowledge of 
the distribution and variation of annelids shall have been very greatly 
augmented, it has been thought best to merely mention such differ- 
ences, without giving to them nomenclatorial importance. 

In this report it has been thought sufficient to the purpose to record 

only the general location of the stations, together with the depth of 
water and the character of the bottom. The full data relating to each 
station, including its exact location, have been carefully compiled by 
Mr. Henry C. Fassett and published in the Report of the U. S, Fish 
Commission for 1903, pp. 123 to 138. 
« Except in the two or three cases where it is stated otherwise, all 
types have been forwarded to the U. 8. National Museum. Cotypes, 
whenever such exist, are deposited at the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia. The references given under each species are either 
to its original description or to later accounts furnished with good 
figures and synonymies. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 323 


SYLLID ZA. 
Syllis armillaris (Miller) Malmgren. 
Nereis armillaris Miller, Zoologize danice prodromus, 1776, p. 217. 
_ armillaris, Malmgren, Annulata Polycheta, 1867, p. "$5, Tab. VII, fig. 


its borealis Malmgren, ibid p.'42, Tab. VI, fig. 42. 
Trp armillaris, xanga Sa Ann. K. K. Naturh. Hofmuseums,V (1890), 


Two aa and immature examples 11 mm. long agree well with the 
descriptions cited above and bear out fully Marenzeller’s conclusions 
concerning the synonymy of the species and confirm his record of its 
occurrence in Bering Sea. One specimen is beautifully marked with 
dainty transverse lines of dark brown or black pigment; there being 
two lines across each segment as far as XV and beyond that point one 
line to the middle of the body. The accessory tooth at the tip of the 
sete, which was overlooked by Malmgren, is almost always present. 
The median tentacle has 15 joints, the paired tentacles 11 to 14 joints, 
the dorsal and ventral peristomial cirri 15 and 10 respectively, the first 
dorsal cirrus (somite I1) 18 joints, the middle dorsal cirri 9 to 14 joints, 
with the greatest diameter at the 4th or 5th, and the caudal cirri 14 
joints. In one specimen the gizzard extends from somite XIII to 
XXII, ; 

Stations 4261, Dundas Bay, Icy Strait, Alaska, July 24, 84-10 
fathoms, green mud and rocks; 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 
Alaska, 74-80 fathoms, gray mud. 


Syllis alternata new species. 

The type and largest example (from Station 4228) is 30 mm. long 
with 160 segments, the posterior 28 of which are filled with eggs» 
without, however, exhibiting any sign of stolonization. Other examples 
are from 16 to 20 mm. long with from 116 to 125 segments. The form 
is slender and the diameter nearly uniform, the body slightly widened 
to about XX, strongly arched above and flattened below. The seg- 
ments are all sharply defined and very short, usually 6 to 8 times as 
wide as long. 

The prostomium (a) is about 14 times as wide as long, as shown in 
the figure of a cotype, but may be partly concealed beneath a fold of 
the peristomium. Slight anterior and posterior contractions give 
the effect of prominently bulging sides. The palpi are about twice the 
length of the prostomium, project prominently straight forward and 
are narrow distally. Of the two pairs of small reddish-brown eyes, the 
anterior are larger, decidedly farther apart and crescentic or bean- 
shaped as seen from above. In the type specimen the two pairs of 
eyes are closer together but not larger than in the smaller specimens, 


324 -PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


All of the appendages are strongly moniliform. The tentacles are 
rather stout but gently tapered. The median arises between the eyes, 
is nearly twice the length of prostomium and palpi and consists of 22 to 
30 joints. The lateral tentacles arise from the antero-lateral face of 
the prostomium, are 14 times as long as the latter plus the palps and 
consist of about 20 joints. The peristomial cirti are quite similar in 
form, the dorsal consisting of about 20 to 25 joints and equalling the 
median tentacle and the ventral consisting of 15 joints and equalling 


— 


b, parapodium X, X 32 
32; d, a moderately long-bladed seta from the dorsal 
part of parapodium X, x 600; e, a short-bladed seta from the ventral part 
of the same, * 600; /, ends of two acicula, « 600. 


Syllis alternata—a, cephali¢ region from above, X 24; 
¢, parapodium LI, 


the lateral tentacle in length. The first dorsal cirrus is very long, 
especially on the type, in which it has about 35 joints. 

The parapodia (b and c) are rather stout and short, blunt and broadly 
rounded distally. Ventral cirri are slender, unjointed, little tapered 
and reach beyond the end of the neuropodium. The dorsal cirri, on 
the other hand, are all very strongly moniliform and gently tapered 
throughout. They are longest and nearly uniform on the anterior 15 
segments, on which they nearly equal the diameter of the body. 
Farther back they are alternately long and short, but never equal to 
the anterior ones. Krom about 25 and 18 respectively in this region 
the number of joints becomes reduced at the caudal end quite rapidly 


EO 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 


until on the last but one remains. In the several specimens the 
caudal cirri have from 16 to 25 joints. 

No notopodial aciculum is present, but there are usually 3 neuropodials 
({) with knobbed ends of various forms. The neuropodial setz usually 
number about 10, disposed in 3’or 4 ranks. They are colorless, homo- 
geneous, and rather milky vitreous in appearance. The rather stout 
stems have 4 or 5 minute teeth on the convexity of the enlarged ends 
(d and e) which are strongly oblique and possess a well-developed socket. 
The appended blades of the dorsalmost setze (d) are quite long, some 
of those of the anterior segments exceeding by } the one figured. The 
ventral and posterior ones are shorter (e), and some of the shortest are 
claw-like and little exceed the obliquity of the end of the shaft in 
length. The end is strongly hooked, the accessory tooth well developed, 
and the marginal fringe very fine. 

In one specimen the protruded proboscis is a short and nearly 
cylindrical cup bearing 10 prominent soft marginal papille. In 
another the gizzard lies in somites [IX to XXI, in still another in XIX 
to XXXVII. The cuticle of this species is noticeably thick. No trace 
whatever of color remains. 

_ Station 4228 (type), vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern 
Alaska, 41-134 fathoms, gravel and sponges; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, 
Behm Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4261, Dundas Bay, Icy 
Strait, Alaska, 84-10 fathoms, gray mud and rocks. 

Syllis (Chetosyllis) quaternaria Moore. 
Syllis quaternaria Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 352-354 
(text fig.). 

This epitokous form of the type for which Malmgren established his 
genus Chatosyllis is probably a true Sillis, though it cannot be corre- 
lated with any known non-sexual form. The type and about a score 
of other specimens are No. 1091 of the Academy’s collection. They 
were taken by A. E. MelIlhenny at the “surface in a lead four miles 
from shore”’ at Point Barrow, Alaska. 

Pionosyllis magnifica Moore. 

Pionosyllis magnifica Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 223-225, 
Pl. X, figs. 9-11. 

This large and handsome syllid is represented by two specimens, one 
(the type) coming from Station 4219, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port 
Townsend, Washington, 16-26 fathoms, green mud, sand and broken 
shells; the other from Station 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales 
Island, southeastern Alaska, 50-54 fathoms, green mud. 

Pionosyllis gigantea new species. 

Three fragments of the anterior end, the largest comprising but 40 


326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


segments, represent a species much larger than P. magnifica, from 
which it is distinguished by numerous characters. The type, consist- 
ing of 40 segments, is 16 mm. long, 4 mm. in width of body and 7 mm. 
between the tips of the sete. The prostomium is nearly quadrate 
but slightly wider anteriorly, where the angles are rounded; it is quite 
deeply cut into two lobes by a median cleft posteriorly. The palpi are 
broad, flattened, broadly rounded at the ends and slightly exceed the 
prostomium in length; at the base they are coalesced but diverge widely 
and curve ventrad distally. The eves of both pairs are reddish brown, 
small and round, the anterior very little larger than the posterior and 
directly in front of them or but little farther apart. The dorsal 
cephalic appendages are imperfect on all of the specimens, but are 
evidently slender, tapering, smooth and flagelliform. The middle 
tentacle is apparently about 34 times and the lateral tentacles about 
twice the length of the prostomium and palpi. The former arises 


b Qa 


Pionosyllis gigantea—a, parapodium XXV, without sete, X 24; b, parapodium L, 
without set, X 24; c¢, a seta with blade of average length, from XXV, X 360. 


from the center of the prostomium, the latter from the anterior lateral 
margins, The very short, slightly flaring proboscis bears 9 or 10 
marginal papill and apparently is unprovided with a strongly cuticular 
region, 

The peristomium is extremely short above, where it is represented 
chiefly by a fold of integument which conceals the posterior lobes of 
the prostomium, At the sides it is better developed and ventrally is 
crowded forward with the next two segments beneath the prostomium, 
Its tentacular cirri are similar to the prostomial appendages, the dorsal 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 


about 5 times the length of the head and the ventral only about twice 
that length. Remaining somites are very short anteriorly, but from 
the twentieth onward are only 6 or 7 times as wide as long. Dorsally 
they are strongly arched, ventrally flattened. The intersegmental 
furrows are well marked, perhaps exaggerated by contraction of the 
longitudinal muscles. 

All of the parapodia (a and b) are prominent and spring from the 
lowest level of the sides of the body. Notopodia are entirely wanting, 
even the acicula appearing to be absent. The neuropodia, on the other 
hand, are stout, those at the anterior end being nearly truncated, 
while the more posterior ones are bevelled from the dorsal or acicular 
angle. All, however, possess slender and prominent presetal papille 
at this angle. Ventral cirri are remarkably large and swollen on the 
anterior parapodia and end bluntly, but farther back they become 
reduced in size and more slender and an annular constriction may 
separate the pointed end as a separate piece. 

The most striking characteristic of the species is the great length 
of the anterior dorsal cirri which form a tangled mass at the sides of 
the body; they are so easily detached that few of them remain. 
They arise from rather stout but short cirrophores (a) which are not 
sharply distinguished from the sides of the somites. The styles are 
smooth, tapering and very slender toward the end, like whiplashes. 
On one of the smaller specimens, which has 29 segments measuring 8 
mm. long, and a maximum body width of 3 mm., the dorsal cirrus of 
somite IV measures no less than 14mm. long. The cirri are alternately 
longer and shorter, and after about the first ten those borne on the 
even numbered somites are regularly 2 to 2} times the body width, 
while those on the odd numbered somites little exceed the body width. 

Neuropodia are supported by 5 or 6 acicula which taper gradually 
almost to the end, where they are slightly curved and end abruptly in 
short conical points. The sete (c) project rather prominently in usu- 
ally 5 subacicular ranks of 3 or 4 each. In any one parapodium they 
are remarkably uniform in length of blade, ete., but the blades become 
gradually shorter and wider and the shafts stouter from before back- 
wards. The shaft (c) exhibits but a slight distal enlargement, but is 
conspicuously and very unequally bifid, the larger and longer process 
ending quite acutely and being provided along the front with 4 or 5 
obscure teeth. The blades or appendages are rather long, strongly 
hooked and bifid at the end, and especially noteworthy for the coarse- 
ness of their marginal serrations. 

With the exception of the prostomium and the dorsal cirri these 


328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June. 


annelids are much pigmented both above and below with chocolate 
brown. 

Stations 4199, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 68-107 fathoms, soft green mud and voleanic sand ; 4228 
(type), vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 41-134 
fathoms, gravel and sponges; 4300, off Shakan, Sumner Strait, south- 
eastern Alaska, 185-218 fathoms, rocks and mud. 


Trypanosyllis gemmipara Johnson. 


Trypanosyllis gemmipara Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXTX, 1901, 
pp. 405, 406. 


This species is represented in the collection by two specimens. As 
one of them permits the verification of Johnson’s very interesting dis- 
covery of collateral budding in this genus, it is unfortunate that the 
preservation is altogether too imperfect to enable me to describe the 
conditions fully. The buds are all quite young and occur in several 
close tufts arranged in a transverse row about 35 segments anterior 
to the anus, and all on the ventral surface, where the integuments are 
split open at their place of origin. Collateral budding of a type 
similar to that described by Johnson in 7. gemmipara and T. nigens 
has recently been found by Izuka in a Japanese species, 7’. misakiensis, 
also. 

Taken only at Station 4197, Gulf of Georgia, Halibut Bank, 31-90 
fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand. 


PHYLLODOCIDZ. 
Phyllodoce citrina Malmgren. 
Phyllodoce citrina Malmgren, Ofvers, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 95, 

Two poorly preserved specimens which agree closely with the deserip- 
tions of this species were taken at Afognak Island. The eyes are much 
larger than shown in Malmgren’s figures and both specimens are filled 
with eggs. Marenzeller reports this species from Bering Sea. 

Stations 4271, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 114-20 fathoms, hard 
gray sand and rocks; 4272, the same, 12-17 fathoms, sticky mud. 
Phyllodoce mucosa Oersted. 

Phyllodoce mucosa, Oersted, Ann, Dan, Consp., p. 31. 

A single much relaxed specimen of this species, 75 mm. long, inelud- 
ing the protruded proboscis, closely resembles the figures and deserip- 
tions. of this species, but possesses a greater number of sete than is 
usually attributed to it. 

This example is No. 281, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., collected by 
Dr. Benjamin Sharp at ley Cape, Alaska. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 


Eulalia longicornuta Moore. 
Eulalia longicornuta Moore, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 222, 223, 
Fi. X fie. 7, 8. 

Two specimens found among serpulid tubes taken at the Quarantine 
Station dock near Port Townsend, Washington, on June 27,1903. The 
type is filled with eggs. In both the color has faded to a nearly uniform 
olive with brown striations on the dorsal cirri. 

Eulalia quadrioculata Moore. 


Eulalia quadrioculata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 220, 221, 
P}. X, figs. 4-6. : 


The two specimens, one of them a female filled with large eggs, 
were taken at Quarantine Rock, Port Townsend, Washington, on June 
27, 1903. 

Notophyllum imbricatum Moore. 


Notophyllum imbricatum Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 217- 
219, Pl. X, figs. 1-3. 


The type comes from Station 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 74-80 
fathoms, gray mud; the cotype from Station 4269, Afognak Bay, 14-19 
fathoms, hard gray sand and rocks. 


POLYNOID Zi. 
Hololepida magna Moore. 
Hololepida magna Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 541-544, 
oy EX, figs. 24-29. 

A single example of this very large and remarkable species was taken 
at Station 4247 (not 4198 as erroneously recorded in the original 
description), Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, southeastern Alaska, 
95-114 fathoms, green mud, fine sand and broken shells. 

It was taken from the interior of a large vase-shaped sponge, and 
according to the label the color during life was ‘‘creamy white chang- 
ing to pinkish along dorsal surface.’’ Dr. Heath tells me that on the 
living worm the elytra were very easily detached and not coherent as 
after preservation; though of gelatinous consistency they were very 
brittle. 

Halosydna pulchra (Johnson). 
Polynoé pulchra Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad, Sei. (3), I, (1897), p. 177. 

Single specimens of this interesting species were taken at several 
Alaskan localities. A few notopodial sets usually occur on most of the 
parapodia, The specimens vary much in color, some being colorless, 
others with the elytra more or less completely speckled with brown, and 
one, found living commensally on a holothurian, is recorded on the 
label as having been poppy red on the dorsal surface, lighter beneath. 


330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


The cephalic appendages may possess a filamentous distal part. An 
incomplete example filled with eggs, and taken at Station 4215, has 
the median tentacle twice as long as the lateral and is referred doubt- 
fully to this species. 

Stations 4219, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Townsend, Wash- 
ington, 16 fathoms, soft green mud, from starfish ; 4222, same region, 
39 fathoms, gray sand and broken shells, from holothurian (Stichopus 
calijornica) ; 4223, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, 
soft green mud, young; 4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 12-17 
fathoms, sticky mud, one very beautiful specimen and one smaller and 
colorless one, both from the ten-armed starfish (Solaster decemradiata). 


Halosydna lordi Baird. 
Halosydna lordi Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, VIII, (1865), p. 190. 


A single imperfect specimen without elytra represents this species. 
In the same bottle is an arm of a starfish (Luidia columbie Gray), upon 
which it was presumably commensal. Nanaimo Bay, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 12 fathoms, on fish line. 


Halosydna insignis Baird. 
Halosydna insignis Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, VIII, (1865), p. 188. 


Johnson in his paper on the Polycheta of Puget Sound has already 
noted the occurrence of this species as far north as Kadiak Island. 
Johnson also describes in the Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. for 1897 some most 
interesting variations in relation to habitat. 

Of the several specimens in this collection scarcely two are alike in 
color, and they also differ in the extent to which the back is covered by 
the elytra, the tuberculation of the elytra and the shape of the end of 
the dorsal cirri—whether abruptly terminating in a short filament or 
not. None of the specimens is recorded as commensal. 

Union Bay, Vancouver Island, B. C.; Port Townsend, Washington, 
at Quarantine Dock; Stations 4209, Admiralty Inlet, Port Townsend, 
Washington, 24-25 fathoms, rocks, coarse sand and shells; 4253, 
Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131-188 fathoms, rocks and broken shells. 


Lepidonotus robustus Moore. 
Lepidonotus robustus Moore, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 544-546, 
XXXVI, figs. 32%35 
The only known specimen of this noteworthy species was takenfrom 
the shell of a hermit crab at Station 4291, Shelikof Strait, 48 to 65 
fathoms, bottom of blue mud, sand and gravel. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 


Lepidonotus c#loris Moore. 


Lepidonotus celoris Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 412-414, 
1. XXIII, fig. 12. 


This species, originally described from specimens dredged off the 
coast of Japan, proves to be one of the most abundant and generally 
distributed species of Polychzeta throughout the region covered by these 
explorations. It represents in the North Pacific the widely spread 
L. squamatus of the Atlantic, but is quite distinct from that species. 
The detached submarginal tuft of cilia that is so conspicuous and 
constant a feature on the elytra of the latter species is quite absent in 
the former, in which, also, the marginal flask-shaped sense organs are 
very much fewer and smaller. The outer surface of the elytra is less 
hairy and bears more numerous and rather smoother papillie. Much 
variation is evident in the size, number, arrangement and sculpturing 
of the papillz and in the color of the elytra, some specimens being 
nearly black, others reddish brown, and still others orange or yellow. 
The neuropodial sete are quite distinct from those of L. squamatus, 
being more slender, less strongly hooked, more extensively ctenate and 
in a greater number of rows. 

All of these differences are most apparent in the adults, especially 
when individuals of equal size are compared. The young of L. celoris 
much more closely resemble the Atlantic species, especially in the 
greater hairiness of the elytra, and it seems not improbable that the 
small specimens of L. squamatus recorded by Johnson from Puget Sound 
and California and by Marenzeller from Japan may be of this species. 
It is also not improbable that intermediate forms may be found to con- 
nect the two in the Arctic regions, in which case L. celoris would 
become a well-marked subspecies. 

Represented in the collections by a greater number of individuals 
than any other species, Lepidonotus caloris was found at many points 
between Vancouver and Kadiak Islands, at depths ranging from 18 to 
313 fathoms and on most kinds of bottom, though naturally most often 
on mud, It was most abundant on muddy bottoms in the Gulf of 
Georgia, on a gravelly bottom with sponges at Station 4228, near 
Naha Bay in the Behm Canal, and on a bottom of rock and broken 
shells at Station 4253 in Stephens Passage, Alaska. 

The stations at which Lepidonotus caloris was taken are 4192, 4193, 
4197, 4198, 4227, 4228, 4234, 4235, 4239, 4245, 4253, 4258 and 4274, 
Polynoe tuta Grube. 


Polynoé tuta Grube, Arch. f. Naturges., XXT, 1855, Bd. I, p. 82. 
Harmothoé tyta Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXLX (1901), pp. 394, 6, 


Of the three examples of this species in the collection, the one from 


332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Fort Rupert agrees exactly with the description given by Johnson; the 
other two have the cephalic appendages and the dorsal cirri longer and 
more slender, the eyes farther back, and the neuropodial sete more 
slender. All of them exhibit marked asymmetry in the arrangement 
of the elytra. 

Fort Rupert, shore of Union Bay, Vancouver Island, B. C., and Sta- 
tions 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, green 
mud and fine sand; 4197, same locality, 31-99 fathoms, sticky green 
mud and fine sand. 


Polynoe fragilis (Baird) Johnson. 


Lepidonotus fragilis Baird, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lon., 1863, p. 108. 
Polynoé fragilis, Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad., Vol. I, Zoology, pp. 179-181. 


Three complete examples from. near Port Townsend alone represent 
this most interesting commensalistic species. The margins of the 
elvtra are frequently more complexly folded than is indicated by 
Johnson. Dr. Heath’s label states that the color in life is “entire 
surface of body light yellow, the elytra allowing the color of the body 
to show through.” It is stated that the specimens were taken from 
Asterias sp. The resemblance of these worms to the arms of the star- 
fish is most remarkable and is a subject well worth careful and detailed 
study by someone on the ground. 

Station 4222, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Townsend, Washing- 
ton, 39 fathoms, gray sand and broken shells. . 


Hermadion truncata Moore. 
Harmathoé truncata Moore, Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 272-274, 
Pl. XIV, figs. 21-28. 

This species was originally described from the anterior end of a 
specimen in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia, at that time supposed to have been collected in Green- 
land, but now believed to have been taken by Dr. Benjamin Sharp at 
Icy Cape, Alaska. It is well represented in this collection from the 
more southern stations. The completeness of some of the examples 
permits the addition of the following notes to the original description. 
A length of 80 mm. is attained, the posterior region of the body being 
slender and tapering. There are 63 segments with 15 pairs of elytra, 
borne on segments II, IV, V, VII, IX, XI, XIII, XV, XVII, XIX, 
XXI, XXII, XXVI, XXIX and XXXII, and leaving the posterior 
part of the body unprotected except by the bristling sete. The 
cephalic peaks are rudimentary, being coalesced with the bases of the 
lateral tentacles, and the anterior eyes are farther forward than in the 
type. The style of the median tentacle is slender, about twice the 


—— = —ua~é- == —-~ 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 


length of the prostomium and has a scarcely perceptible subterminal 
enlargement. The lateral tentacles are very short, the short, conical 
styles with their terminal filaments scarcely exceeding the ceratophores. 
The extended palpi taper regularly to the end, are slender and 7-8 times 
the prostomial length. Anterior’elytra are circular, the others broadly 
elliptical, with weak attachment laterad of the center. Their texture 
is soft and flexible, the surface smooth and punctate and entirely 
lacking cilia or papillze of any sort, but with the margin slightly thick- 
ened and upturned. The inner half is brown, the outer white in agree- 
ment with the color of the body. Dorsal cirri are rather stout with 
prominent cirrophores and the styles reach beyond the tips of the 
parapodia. They taper regularly to a subterminal enlargement, beyond 
which is a short filament. Posterior cirri are longer and more slender 
and the anal cirri are stouter and very long, equalling the last 9 somites, 
Usually but one anal cirrus is fully developed. A broad rich brown 
stripe marks the dorsum, being more or less broken in the middle of the 
body and spreading over the entire back posteriorly where a median 
white line sometimes divides it. Dorsal cephalic appendages and 
dorsal cirri chiefly brown with subterminal and terminal white rings 
All other parts, including entire venter, white. 

Stations 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms,- 
green mud and fine sand; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky 
green mud and fine sand; 4199, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort 
Rupert, Vancouver Island, B. C., 68-107 fathoms, sticky green mud 
and voleanic sand; 4208, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Townsend, 
Washington, 83-99 fathoms, rocky ; 4216, same region, 79-101 fathoms, 
rocky ; 4227, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, Alaska, 62-65 fathoms, 
dark green mud and fine sand. 


Eunoe depressa Moore. 
Eunoé depressa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 536-538, Pls. 
XXXIV, figs. 17, 18; XXXV, figs. 19, 20. 

Besides a fragment labelled Union Bay, B. C., 6-22-’03, this species 
is represented by specimens from Stations 4261 (type), Dundas Bay, 
Iey Strait, 84-10 fathoms, green mud and rocks; 4270, Afognak Bay, 
Afognak Island, Alaska, 14-19 fathoms, hard gray sand and rock. The 
latter is labelled ‘“ Hermit crab, messmate,’’ and ae of the papille 
on the elytra bear 2 or 3 spines. 

I also refer provisionally to this species under the name of var. 
mammillata a specimen which may represent a distinct but related 
species. It measures 20 mm, long and has a form similar to but some- 
what less broad and depressed than typical depressa. The palpi are 

22 


334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


barely twice the length of the prostomium, but the other cephalic 
appendages are longer and much more slender than in the typical 
form. The median tentacle is about 3} times and the lateral tentacles 
nearly 1} times the length of the prostomium. The cirrophores of 
the dorsal cirri reach to the end of the notopodia and the slender styles 
possess long filiform tips which reach to the tips of the longest seta. 
The elytra are thinner and more membranous and their shape more 
ovate-reniform. They also have larger, firmer, and more mammiliform 
papille. But the chief distinction is a strong fringe of cilia along the - 
outer margin of each of the elytra. The general color is reddish 
brown and the elytra bluish pearl with the larger papille orange brown. 
The label states that this specimen was taken from the branchial 
chamber of an 11l-pound crab. Station 4276, Alitak Bay, Kadiak 
Island, Alaska, 22-25 fathoms, fine sand and mud. 
Harmothoe imbricata (Linn.) Malmgren. 


Harmothoé imbricata, McIntosh, Monograph of British Annelids, Part II, 1900, 
pp. 314-327. 


All of the specimens of this ubiquitous species, which is already well 
known from the North Pacific, are of small size, the largest being 30 
mm. long and most of them much smaller. They present the usual 
color varieties seen in Atlantic Coast specimens, some being more or less 
strongly mottled, others having a median light or dark brown band of 
greater or less breadth. The marginal papille on the elytra may be 
numerous or nearly absent. The two specimens from Kilisut Harbor 
have the smooth tips of the notopodial set longer than usual. 

Kilisut Harbor, near Port Townsend, Washington; and Stations 4269, 
Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, 144-19 fathoms, hard gray sand 
and rocks; 4271, same region, 114-20 fathoms, hard gray sand and 
rocks ; 4275, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, Alaska, 35-36 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand ; 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 74-80 
fathoms, gray mud. 

Harmothoe hirsuta Johnson. 


Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson, Proc, Cal, Acad. Sci., (3), I (Zoology), pp, 182, 
183. 


Three examples referred to this species indicate that it is subject to 
considerable variation. The examination of an extensive series of the 
Harmothoés from this region will be necessary to establish the exact 
status of these variants. 

Stations 4205, Admiralty Inlet, Port Townsend, Alaska, 15-26 
fathoms, rocks and shells, a single specimen which agrees with John- 
son’s description and figures accurately except that the elytra, although 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 


bearing large papille, lack distinct marginal areas ; 4260, Dundas Bay, 
Icy Strait, 84-21 fathoms, coarse sand and rocks, one similar to the 
last but more distinctly colored; 4259, same region, 21-78 fathoms, 
gray sand, broken shells and rocks, a small example with well-marked 
marginal areas on the elytra but few large papillse and with the inter- 
sections of the ridges between the areas sometimes produced into large, 
coarse cilia. 


Lagisca multisetosa Moore. 


Lagisca multisetosa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 267-269, 
Pl. XIV, figs. 29-36. 


This is another species which was originally incorrectly attributed to 
Greenland, the type locality being almost certainly Icy Cape, Alaska. 
Like Hermadion truncata it is rather plentiful in the collections from 
the Gulf of Georgia to Behm Canal, being represented, mostly by frag- 
mentary specimens, in the collections from the following: 

Stations 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand; 4194, same region, 111-170 fathoms, soft 
green mud; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and 
fine sand; 4199, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 68-107 fathoms, soft green mud and volcanic sand ; 4223, 
Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud ; 
4228, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 41-134 
fathoms, gravel and sponges. 

The species appears to be especially common at the last enumerated 
station and several fragments taken here depart quite widely from the 
typical form in the character of the elytra. These are designated as 
variety papillata, characterized as follows: The elytra bear more num- 
erous, larger and differently shaped soft papillae and very much fewer 
and smaller hard conical papillw; and instead of the numerous long 
cilia on the exposed surface and near the outer margin of the elytra of 
the typical form, these bear only a few very much shorter cilia with 
thickened ends. 


Lagisca rarispina (Sars) Malmgren. 
Lagisca rarispina (Sars) Malmgren, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 
65. 


Occurring quite plentifully in the collections from the more northerly 
points in the Alaskan Gulf, where it apparently largely replaces L. 
mullisetosa, this species is represented by two varieties which are, 
however, connected by intermediates and apparently occur indis- 
criminately together at the same stations. 

The difference is in the presence or absence of the soft marginal 


336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


papilla on the elytra. On some examples these are very numerous, 
especially on anterior elytra, and have exactly the elongated form and 
the arrangement exhibited by typical representatives of the species 
from Greenland and other North Atlantic localities. Others have 
perfectly smooth elytra, altogether lacking these appendages. Be- 
tween these two extreme categories, into which most of the specimens 
fall, are some individuals intermediate in either the number or size of the 
appendages or in both. Some have the papillz very short and present 
on many elytra and others very few papill of normal or reduced size. © 
One bears a single papille on one elytron and another half a dozen 
papill distributed among three elytra. 

Stations 4193, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, green mud and 
fine sand ; 4198, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 157-230 fathoms, 
soft green mud; 4219, Admiralty Inlet, Port Townsend, Washington, 
16-26 fathoms, green mud, sand, broken shells; 4225, Boca de Quadra, 
southeastern Alaska, 149-181 fathoms, dark green mud—a single 
example from each of these stations; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm 
Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 
131-188 fathoms, rocks and broken shells; 4258, vicinity of Funter 
Bay, Lynn Canal, 300-313 fathoms, mud—plentiful at the last two 
stations ; 4263, Dundas Bay, Icy Strait, 64—9 fathoms, coarse sand and 
rocks ; 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 74-80 fathoms, gray mud. 
Antinoe macrolepida Moore. 

Antinoé macrolepida Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 538-641, 
Pl. XXXV, figs. 21-23. 

Antinoé macrolepida is plentiful at the more northerly stations, but 
occurs as far south as the Gulf of Georgia. It is represented in the 
collections from the following stations: 4192, off Nanaimo, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 89-97 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4193, 
Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, green mud and 
fine sand; 4194, same region, 111-170 fathoms, soft green mud; 4230, 
vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 108-240 
fathoms, rocky; 4236, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 147-205 
fathoms, rocks and coarse sand; 4237, same region, 194-198 fathoms, 
green mud; 4264 (type and several other specimens), off Freshwater 
Bay, Chatham Strait, 282-293 fathoms, green mud; 4299, off Shakan, 
Sumner Strait, southeastern Alaska, 153-218 fathoms, sand and rocks, 
Gattyana amondseni (Malmgren). 

Nychia amondseni Malmgren, Annulata Polycheta, ete., 1867, pp. 5 and 6, 

Three specimens taken at northern stations agree very closely with 
Malmgren’s description and figures of this species. The neuropodial 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 


Sete are rather more slender and the bifid papillz on the elytra rather 
more deeply cleft. 

Stations 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131-188 fathoms, rocks and 
broken shells; 4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 12-17 fathoms, 
sticky mud; 4274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, 35-36 fathoms, green 
mud and fine sand. 

Gattyana ciliata Moore. 


Gattyana ciliata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 263-266, PI. 
XIII, figs. 14-19. 


The type (No. 28, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) was taken at Icy Cape, 
and a single example in this collection comes from Station 4289, 
Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 74-80 fathoms, gray mud. 


Gattyana cirrosa (Pallas) McIntosh. 


Gattyana cirrosa McIntosh, Monograph of British Annelids, Part II, (1900), 
pp. 285-291. 


The only example taken is from Station 4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak 
Island, 12-17 fathoms, sticky mud. 


Gattyana senta Moore. 


Gattyana senta Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 259-263, PI. 
XII, figs. 1-13. 


This species, the type of which came from Icy Cape and is in the 
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, appears to be quite 
plentiful on the muddy bottoms of the Gulf of Georgia and equally so 
on a gravelly bottom at Station 4228 in Behm Canal. Most of the 
examples have lost most of the elytra and are otherwise mutilated, but 
one specimen permits the description of the posterior elytra which were 
lacking on the type. They are nearly circular in outline and of smaller 
size and softer texture than the anterior elytra, but the most striking 
difference is in the very great length of the terminal branches of the 
dendritic spines of the posterior margin, the number of forkings of 
which is, however, less than on anterior scales, 

Stations 4191, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C., 
54-89 fathoms, fine dark sand, mud and rocks; 4193, Halibut Bank, 
Gulf of Georgia, 18-23 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4197, same 
locality, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand; 4198, same 
locality, 157-230 fathoms, soft green mud ; 4228, vicinity of Naha Bay, 
Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 41-134 fathoms, gravel and sponge. 
Melwnis loveni Malmgren. 

Melanis Loveni Malmgren, Ofvers. Kong. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, pp. 78, 79. 

Three examples collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp at ley Cape, 
Alaska, are in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy, No, 279. 


338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


SIGALEONIDZ. 


Pholoe minuta (Fabricius) Oersted. 
Pholoé minuta (Fabricius), McIntosh, Monograph of British Annelids, Part 
II, (1900), pp. 437-442. 


A perfect example nearly an inch in length was taken at Station 4272, 
at Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, in 12-17 fathoms, on a bottom 
of sticky mud; and a few fragments of a very small individiual prob- 
ably of this species from a bottle containing a Halosydna insignis from 
Port Townsend, Washington. 

Peisidice aspera Johnson. 
Peisidice aspera Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (3), (Zool.), Vol. I, pp. 184, 185. 

Single examples of this curious little polychete occur at three rather 
widely separated stations. The elytra are very stiff and rigid, appar- 
ently due to a hard brownish secretion which is deposited in layers, thus 
giving the appearance of concentric lines of growth. Sand grains adhere 
to and become imbedded in this substance, especially along the ridge of 
the scale. This same secretion renders the body brittle, but no sand 
grains are borne on this region of these specimens. The hairs of the 
marginal fringes are very unequal, the longest being as much as 4 
of the long diameter of the scale. Many of the elytra are marked with 
dark brown central spots. 

Stations 4228, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern 
Alaska, 41-134 fathoms, gravel and sponge; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, 
130-193 fathoms, gray mud ; 4253, Stephens Passage, 131-188 fathoms, 
rock and broken shells. 


APHRODITIDZ. 
Aphrodita japonica Marenzeller. 
Aphrodita japonica Marenzeller, Denks. K. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, XLI, 
(1879), pp. 111, 112. 

From the Gulf of Georgia to the head of Behm Canal this species is 
common and especially so wherever muddy bottoms occur. These 
specimens differ in no respect from those taken in the Albatross dredg- 
ings off the coast of Japanin 1900. The neuropodial sete are unusually 
prominent and slender and when young their tips are incased in a 
densely hairy sheath, which later wears away, leaving the point 
smooth. The notopodial sete are completely imbedded in the felt and 
are seldom visible. They are slender, soft, curved, pale brown, rough- 
ened toward the end and have the tip hooked. Generally the color is 
very dark—almost black—and the felt is dull, probably the result of 
staining by some constituent of the mud in which they live. The palpi 
are white. The specimens vary in length from 14 to 80 mm, 


| 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 


Stations 4194, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 111-170 
fathoms, soft green mud; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky 
green mud and fine sand; 4198, same region, 157-230 fathoms, soft 
green mud; 4224, Bocade Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 156-166 
fathoms, dark green mud; 4225; same region, 149-181 fathoms, dark 
green mud; 4230, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern 
Alaska, 108-240 fathoms, rocky; 4231, same region, 82-113 fathoms, 
green mud and fragments of slate; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm 
Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4236, same region, 147-205 
fathoms, rock and coarse sand; 4237, same region, 192-198 fathoms, 
green mud ; 4238, same region, 229-231 fathoms, mud and rocks. 
Aphrodita negligens Moore. 

Aphrodita negligens Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 526-529, 
Pl. XXXIV, figs. 1, 2; XXXV, fig. 31. 

A single large example 60 mm. long, agreeing exactly with the type, 
was taken at Station 4205, off Port Townsend, Washington, in 15-26 
fathoms, on a bottom of rock and shells. The body cavity is filled 
with egg-strings. 

Aphrodita parva Moore. 


A phrodita pa a Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 529-532, Pl. 
XXXIV, figs. 3- 


This small and very f dintice species is known only from two speci- 
mens taken at Station 4194, in the Gulf of Georgia, in 111 to 170 
fathoms, on a bottom of soft green mud. 


EUPHROSYNIDZS. 
Euphrosyne bicirrata Moore. 
Euphrosyne bicirrata Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 532-534, 
1. XXXIV, figs. 8-12. 

This species, which belongs to the group including EL. borealis 
Oersted and L. longisetosa Horst, was taken from the Gulf of Georgia 
to Behm Canal, in depths ranging from 18 to 188 fathoms. It occurs 
in the collections from the following stations: 4193 (type), Halibut 
Bank, Gulf of Georgia, 18-23 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 
4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand; 
4228, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 41-134 
fathoms, gravel and sponge; 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131-188 
fathoms, rock and broken shells. 
ea hortensis Moore. 


rosyne hortensis Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 534-536, 
XXXIV , figs. 13-16. 


Much less common than the last, this species was taken at Stations 


340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 12-17 fathoms, sticky mud; and 
4274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, 35-41 fathoms, green mud and fine 
sand, The latter is the type locality. 


Euphrosyne arctica Johnson. 
Euphrosyne arctica Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (3), Zoology, Vol. I, p. 159. 

A small individual 10 mm. long is believed to represent this species, 
the original description of which was based upon a probably imperfect 
and much contracted specimen. There are, however, some points of 
difference between the two specimens, as the following brief descrip- 
tion indicates. 

The form is strongly depressed, about equally rounded anteriorly and 
posteriorly, the somites numbering 21, strongly marked and well 
developed throughout. The subanal lobes or cirri are large, thick and 
fleshy. The dorsal smooth field is about + the entire width and not 
subdivided into areas. A black spot or group of spots occurs on the 
posterior part of each segment behind the second gill. 

The caruncle is short and broad, reaching from the anterior margin of 
II to the posterior margin of IV, and consists entirely of a rather high, 
thick crest, little free behind. The median tentacle equals the caruncle 
in length and the stout basal article, which furnishes 2 of its length, 
nearly equals the caruncle in thickness. The terminal piece is fila- 
mentous. The dorsal eyes are very large, elongated and black. The 
ventral eyes are coalesced and the ventral paired tentacles minute. 

The dorsal cirri are very long, much exceeding the length of the 
caruncle, slender and tapered. The median cirrus arises between the 
second and third gills and, like the ventral cirrus, is stouter than the 
dorsal cirrus and equally long. Five pairs of gills oceur on the middle 
region. They are arbusculate and spreading, with some 30 or more 
slender, lanceolate terminal twigs formed by as many as 5 or 6 irregular 
dichotomous divisions. The setz agree exactly with Johnson’s figures. 

Station 4234, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, Alaska, 45 fathoms, 
gray mud and rocks. 


ALCIOPIDZE. 


Callizona angelini (Kinberg) Apstein. 
Callizona Angelini ( Kinberg) Apstein, Die Alciopiden und Tomopteriden der 
Plankton Expedition, Kiel, 1900, pp. 18, 19. 

The addition of this species to the list of Alaskan polychaetes becomes 
possible through the study of the contents of salmon stomachs sub- 
mitted by Dr. H. M. Smith. The salmon were taken at Yes Bay, 
Alaska, on July 27 and 28, 1905, and contained a large number of 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 


remains. Many of the worms were already completely disintegrated, 
but the anterior ends of some were sufficiently intact to remove any 
reasonable doubt of the correctness of this identification. The only 
respect in which they differ from the published descriptions is in the 
presence of as many as 4 stout Sete in the first parapodium (somite 
IV). A noteworthy characteristic of the species is the considerable 
length of the cirriform appendage of the parapodia. 

Anteriorly the dorsum is a diluted chocolate brown, the surface of 
the eye cups, the prostomium and a transverse band across each 
segment being still darker. A brown spot at the base of each dorsal 
cirrus appears to continue for the entire length of the body. The 
large numbers in which these worms occur in the salmon stomachs and 
the evidences that they were filled with sperm and ova indicates that 
at sexual maturity they must swim in great shoals at the surface. 

Originally described by Kinberg from the China Sea, this species has 
since been twice taken in the Atlantic Ocean, but until now has not 
been reported from the Pacific. 


HESIONIDZ5. 


Podarke pugettensis Johnson. 


Podarke pugettensis Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXITX, 1901, pp- 
397, 398. 


This species was taken only in the region of the type locality and 
probably does not extend much farther northward. 

Nanaimo Bay, Vancouver Island, B. C., taken from a starfish (T'uidia) 
brought up on a fish line; Quarantine Rock, near Port Townsend, 
Washington; Station 4218, Admiralty Inlet, near Port Townsend, 
Washington, 16 fathoms, soft green mud, on starfish (T'uidia). 


NEPHTHYDID/5. 
Nephthys coca (Fabricius) Oersted. 
Nephthys ceca, Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, 1868, pp. 588-617. 

The presence of this circumpolar species throughout a great extent 
of both sides of the North Pacific is already well known. Typical 
examples occur in the collections from the following stations: 4230, 
vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 108-240 
fathoms, rocky; 4236, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 147-205 
fathoms, rocks and coarse sand ; 4240, junction of Clarence Strait and 
Behm Canal, 248-256 fathoms, coral. 

Nephthys ciliata (Miller) Rathke. 
Nephthys ciliata, Malmgren, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1865, p. 104. 

Whether or not Wiren was correct in considering this and the pre- 


342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


ceding to be variants of the same species, the considerable amount of 
material which I have examined exhibits no evidence of intergrada- 
tion and the two forms are therefore listed separately. It is noteworthy 
that they were taken on bottoms of quite different character. 

Stations 4194, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, 111-170 fathoms, 
soft green mud; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud 
and fine sand ; 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, southeastern 
Alaska, 50-54 fathoms, green mud; 4258, vicinity of Funter Bay, 
Lynn Canal, 300-313 fathoms, mud; 4286, Chinak Bay, Alaska, 57-63 
fathoms, green mud and rock. 

Nephthys malmgreni Theel. 


Nephthys longisetosa Malmgren, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 106; non 
Oersted. 


Nephthys malmgreni Theel, Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1879, No. 3, p. 26. 
Although recorded at various points in the North Atlantic and Arctic 
Oceans this species has not previously been taken in the Pacific. It 
occurs in the collections from the vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 
only, at Stations 4236, 147-205 fathoms, rock and coarse sand, and 
4238, 229-231 fathoms, rocks and mud. 
Nephthys assimilis Malmgren. 
Nephthys assimilis Malmgren, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 105. 
No representatives of NV. assimilis occur among the material dredged 


by the Albatross, but the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences 


of Philadelphia contains several examples which agree exactly with the 
descriptions given by Malmgren and Theel, and which were collected 
by Dr. Benjamin Sharp in 5 fathoms at Iey Cape, Alaska. 


NEREID A. 
Nereis pelagica Linnwus. 
Nereis pelagica Linn:eus, Sys. Nat., Ed. X, p. 654. 

Although quite common and represented from nearly the entire 
region covered by these collections, the individuals are of smaller size 
than occur on the Atlantic side of the continent. 

Stations 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand ; 4209, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Town- 
send, Washington; 4247, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, south- 
eastern Alaska, 89-114 fathoms, green mud, fine sand and broken 
shells; 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131-188 fathoms, rocks and 
broken shells; 4274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, 35-41 fathoms, green 
mud and fine sand, At Port McArthur, on August 23, two small 
heteronereids were taken at the surface. Also collection of Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., several collected at Unalaska by Dr. Sharp. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 


Nereis procera Ehlers. 
Nereis procera Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, 1868, p. 557. 

This little known species is represented by a single incomplete 
specimen taken at the type locality in the Gulf of Georgia. Station 
4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, 18-23 fathoms, green mud and 
fine sand. 


Nereis paucidentata Moore. 
Nereis paucidentata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., si pp. 430, 431, 
Pl. XXIV, figs. 28-30. 

Originally described from specimens dredged in Bering Sea, the 
present collections show that this species is rather widely distributed 
along the northern portions of the east side of the Pacific also. At the 
same time they permit of the verification of the characters originally 
attributed to the species. Several specimens with the probosces pro- 
truded exhibit paragnaths exactly like those of the type, except that 
groups III and IV vary somewhat, being provided with 3 to 5 denticles 
arranged in various patterns. One had 5 teeth arranged in a perfect 
quincunx. The basal ring of one specimen bears 4 cones at VII. 

Stations 4198, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 157-230 fathoms, 
soft green mud ; 4228, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern 
Alaska, 41-134 fathoms, gravel and sponge; 4239, junction of Clarence 
Strait and Behm Canal, 206-248 fathoms, coarse sand and rocks, one 
specimen from this station is a large female bursting with eggs, 80 mm. 
long and having 120 segments; 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131- 
188 fathoms, rocks and broken shells; 4300, off Shakan, Sumner Strait, 
southeastern Alaska, 185-218 fathoms, rock and mud. 

Nereis cyclurus Harrington. 
Nereis cyclurus Harrington, Trans, N. Y. Acad. Sci., XVI, 1897, p. 214. 

This remarkable and interesting species should probably be separated 
generically from the above. In only one case is it stated that the 
specimens were taken from a hermit crab (2. upagurus armatus), in the 
shell of which this annelid usually lives as a commensal. The finding 
of a male heteronereis is of interest, especially as it was taken on the 
shell of a hermit crab. After an elaborate study of this species Har- 
rington records his failure to find a male, and states his belief that males 
are strictly pelagic in habit. 

Stations 4201, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 138-145 fathoms, soft green mud, sand and broken shells, 
a small specimen, “ general color bright pink, in delicate tube composed 
of mucus attached to sponge’”’; 4218, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port 
Townsend, Washington, 16 fathoms, soft green mud, 1 ordinary form 


344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


and 1 heteronereis (male) from shell of hermit crab; 4220, same region 
16-31 fathoms, green mud, sand and broken shells. 


Nereis (Alitta) vexillosa Grube. 
Nereis vevillosa Grube in Middendorff, Reise in Siberiens, etc., IT, 1851, p. 4. 
Nereis verillosa, Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, p. 399. 

On the Pacific this species represents the Nereis limbata, so abundant 
along much of the Atlantic coast of North America. It, however, 
reaches a larger size. As but little shore collecting was done it is not 
represented in the collection from many points. ° 

Tavlor Bay, Gabriola Island, Gulf of Georgia; Quarantine Rock, 
Port Townsend, and the beach near Shakan, Sumner Strait, south- 
eastern Alaska; collection Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Admiralty Inlet, 
Puget Sound, Washington, by George Dawson. 


Nereis (Alitta) virens Sars. 
Nereis virens, Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XTX, p. 398. 


I have not given very close attention to the specific likeness or dis- 
tinction of the Atlantic N. virens and the Pacific N. brandti, but so far 
as comparisons have been made they appear to confirm Johnson’s view 
that the two are identical. Being chiefly a shore lover like'the last it is 
not well represented in this collection. 

Taylor Bay, Gabriola Island, B. C., 11 specimens varying from 9 to 
18 inches long. Many are in regeneration posteriorly and the number 
of segments appear to exceed the average attained by Atlantic speci- 
mens. Union Bay, Alaska, a splended example unfortunately incom- 
plete, but which in life must have exceeded 2 feet inlength. The ten- 
tacular cirri are very short and thick. Also one in the Academy of 
Natural Sciences, collected by George Dawson at Admiralty Inlet, 
Washington. 


Platynereis agassizi (Whlers). 
Nereis agassizi Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, 1868, p. 542. 


It seems probable that the Japanese specimens referred to N 
dumerilii by Marenzeller belong to this closely related but perfectly 
distinet species. A small heteronereid resembling that of the Atlantic 
P. megalops was taken at Quarantine Rock, near Port Townsend, on 
June 27. 

Kilisut Harbor and Quarantine Rock, near Port Townsend, Wash- 
ington. Stations 4219, Admiralty Inlet, near Port Townsend, Wash- 
ington, 16-26 fathoms, green mud, sand and broken shells; 4223, Boca 
de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud, 


—— rll 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 


EUNICIDA. 
Eunice kobiensis McIntosh. 
Eunice kobiensis McIntosh, Challenger Reports, Zool., Vol. XII, pp. 278-280. 

Several specimens of Eunice exhibiting considerable variation inter 
se, but presenting a mean very Close to this species originally taken off 
the coast of Japan, were collected in Alaskan waters. The largest 
individual is 90 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, being therefore larger than 
those described by McIntosh. The maximum number of branchial 
pinne exhibited by different specimens varies from 5 to’8 according to 
the size, and the gills begin on V or VI and end ‘at from XLV to LVIII. 
The characters of the setz and acicula are very constant and differ in 
no respect from those assigned to Eunice kobiensis. On the other 
hand the jaws vary considerably and the large paired plates may 
exhibit a number of teeth either greater or less than is shown in 
MeIntosh’s figure. The cephalic appendages generally average shorter 
and the peristomium longer than on the Japanese specimens, and the 
ventral cirri are larger than is usual in this genus. 

Stations 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 
130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4253, Stephens Passage, Alaska, 131-188 
fathoms, rock and broken shells; 4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 
12-17 fathoms, sticky mud; 4274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, 35-41 
fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak Island, 
74-80 fathoms, gray mud. The last recorded specimen is stated to 
have come from a “tube 11 inches long, formed of small stones and 
attached to a slab of slate.” 


ONUPHID 2. 
Nothria iridescens Johnson. 
Nothria iridescens Johnson, Proc, Bos, Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX, p. 408. 

This species was originally described by Johnson from a single 
specimen lacking the caudal end which was dredged by Prof. Herd- 
man at Victoria, B.C. It proves to be abundant on muddy bottoms 
in the Gulf of Georgia and much less common northward to Prince of 
Wales Island, southeastern Alaska. The presence of a posterior end 
permits the completion of Johnson’s description. After gradual 
reduction in length the branchiw are totally wanting from the last 30 
somites. The pygidium is provided with a thickened cireumanal welt, 
from the ventral side of which arise 4 cirri in a close tuft. The 2 
median are about 4 longer than the lateral pair and correspondingly 
stouter. Besides hooded crochets (of which Johnson’s figure shows 
one foreshortened) and capillary sets, posterior segments contain a 


346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


tuft of the usual expanded pectinate sete. All three kinds continue 
to the last setigerous segment. 

A large number of tubes differ from the one described by Johnson. 
They are 5 to 6 inches long and about 4 mm. in diameter, composed of a 
tough, membranous, mucoid lining covered with a thick coating of 
silt, often arranged in two distinct layers of quite different composition. 

Stations 4192, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C., 
89-97 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of 
Georgia, 18-23 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4194, same region, 
111-170 fathoms, soft green mud, a great many tubes; 4197, same 
region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green nud and fine sand; 4198, same 
region, 157-230 fathoms, soft green mud; 4223, Boca de Quadra, 
southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud; 4244, Kasaan 
Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 50-54 fathoms, green mud; 42 6, same 
region, 101-123 fathoms, gray-green mud, coarse sand and shells. 


Nothria geophiliformis Moore. 
Nothria geophiliformis Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 445- 
448. 


A single example from Station 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales 
Island, 50--54 fathoms, green mud. 


LUMBRINERIDZ. 


Lumbrineris heteropoda Marenzeller. 


Lumbriconereis heteropoda Marenzeller, Denks. Kaiserl. Akad. Wissensch. 
Wien, 1879, Abth. 2, pp. 138, 139. 


A species of Lumbrineris widely and generally distributed over the 
field covered by these explorations is assigned with much hesitation as 
above. The variability of the jaws and the form of the prostomium 
in species of this genus, taken with the fact that the exact region from 
which the parapodia described or figured for many species have been 
selected is often not indicated, renders identification of representatives 
of this genus very difficult. The smaller examples resemble L. hetero- 
poda in eyery respect, but the larger ones have the prostomium shorter 
and more broadly rounded; the jaws vary in respect to the form and 
number of teeth on the individual plates and probably in a greater 
divergence of the lobes of the posterior patapodia. The presence of a 
tuft of very long slender winged seta in the lower part of the supra- 
acicular tuft of the middle parapodia of some specimens is also a note- 
worthy character which may indicate specific separation from L, 
heteropoda. One fine example from Station 4251 is 380 mm. long, 7 
mm. wide, and has 355 segments. It is filled with nearly mature eggs. 


| 
j 
‘ 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 


Stations 4201, Queen Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver 
Island, B. C., 138-145 fathoms, soft green mud, sand and broken shells, 
4227, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 62-65 
fathoms, dark green mud and fine sand; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, 
Behm Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud ; 4236, same region, 147-205 
fathoms, rocks and coarse sand ; 4237, same region, 192-198 fathoms, 
green mud ; 4240, junction of Clarence Strait and Behm Canal, 248-256 
fathoms, coral ; 4241, same region, 245-238 fathoms, green mud ; 
4251,-Stephens’ Passage, Alaska, 198 fathoms, rocky; 4252, same 
region, 198-201 fathoms, gray mud; 4274, Alitak Bay, Kadiak Island, 
35-41 fathoms, green mud and fine sand. Also a doubtful specimen 
in the Academy of Natural Sciences, collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp 
at Iey Cape, Alaska. 


Ninoe simpla Moore. 
Ninoé simpla Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 547-549, Pl. 
XXXV, fig. 30; XXXVI, figs. 39-44. 

This very distinct species resembles N. nigripes Vorrill in general 
appearance, but differs widely from that and other species in having 
the gills simple instead of palmate and in the presence of a small 
median tubercle on the prostomium. 

It was taken at Stations 4235, 4236 and 4238, in the vicinity of Yes 
Bay, Behm Canal, Alaska, in 130-231 fathoms, on muddy bottoms. 


STAURONEREID Z&. 


Stauronereis annulatus Moore. 
Stauronereis annulatus Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 225-227, 
Pl. X, figs. 12, 13; XI, figs. 18-22. 
Taken only at Quarantine Rock, Port Townsend, Washington, June 
27, 1903. 


GLYCERIDZ3. 
Glycera nana Johnson. , 
Glycera nana Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, p. 411. 


Although most of the specimens of this species were taken not far 
from the type locality in Puget Sound, two were found on the Alaskan 
beaches, 

Stations 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-25 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathoms, sticky 
green mud and fine sand; 4223, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 
48-57 fathoms, soft green mud; also beach at Port Ellis and near 
Shakan, Sumner Strait, southeastern Alaska. 


348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Glycera tesselata Grube. 
Glycera tesselata Grube, Arch. f. Naturges., 1863, I, p. 41. 

Two small and one large specimens (the latter a fragment measur- 
ing 5 mm. across) of this genus are believed to belong to this species, 
which has not hitherto been recorded at attaining so great a size. 

Station 4197, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 31-90 fathoms, 
sticky green mud and fine sand. 


GONIADIDZ. 


Glycinde wireni Arwidsson. 
Glycinde wireni Arwidsson, Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1899, No. 11, pp. 53, 
54. 


This species, taken during the voyage of the Vega at various points in 
the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea, ranges as far south as the Gulf of 
Georgia. 

Stations 4192, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C., 
89-97 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4194, Gulf of Georgia, Hali- 
but Bank, 111-170 fathoms, sticky green mud; 4197, same region, 
31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand ; 4223, Boca de Quadra, 
southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud; 4231, vicinity 
of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 82-113 fathoms, 
green mud and slate fragments ; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 
130-193 fathoms, gray mud. The last specimen is a ripe male, dis- 
tended with sperm. 


Goniada annulata Moore. 
Goniada annulata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 549-553, Pl. 
XXXVI, figs. 45-48. 

Most of the specimens are mature and have the posterior region 
distended with eggs orsperm. There is a distinct tendency to increase 
in size in correspondence with the location of the station from south 
northward. The species is quite common from Halibut Bank, in the 
Gulf of Georgia, northward to Chatham Strait. Stations 4197, Halibut 
Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and 
fine sand; 4198, same region, 157-230 fathoms, soft green mud; 4235, 
vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4237, 
same region, 192-198 fathoms, green mud; 4238, same region, 229-231 
fathoms, mud and rocks; 4258, vicinity of Funter Bay, Lynn Canal, 
300-313 fathoms, mud; 4264, off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 
282-293 fathoms, green mud. 


AMPHARETIDZ. 


Ampharete arctioa Malmgren. 
Ampharete arctica Malmgren, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh,, 1865, p. 364. 


Wiren has already recorded this species from Bering Sea. Other- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 


wise it is unknown from the Pacific region. Except that their paleoli 
have more produced points than Malmgren figures, these specimens 
agree exactly with his account. A portion of a tube is 6.5 mm. in 
diameter, with a lumen of 4 mm. and very fragile walls of fine silt. 

Stations 4225, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 149-181 
fathoms, dark green mud; 4258, vicinity of Funter Bay, Lynn Canal, 
300-313 fathoms, mud. 


Amphicteis alaskensis Moore. 


Sie aR alaskensis Moore, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 846-849, 
XLIV, figs. 1-4. 


Taken at Stations 4274, Alitak Bay, at a depth of 35-41 fathoms 
on a bottom of green mud with some fine sand, and 4223, Boca de 
Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud. 


Amphicteis glabra Moore. 


i &IRY glabra Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 849-851, 
XLIV, figs. 5-8. 


A small portion of a tube is peculiarly elastic and springy and is 
covered with a layer of brownish flocculent sediment. 

Station 4227, Behm Canal, in the vicinity of Naha Bay, 62 fathoms, 
bottom of dark green mud and fine sand. 


Amphicteis scaphobranchiata Moore. 


Amphicteis scaphobranchiata na Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 
255-257, Pl. XII, figs. 54-61 


Taken at the type locality sae. Station 4201, off Fort Rupert, 
Vancouver, in Queen Charlotte Sound, 138-145 fathoms, soft green 
mud, sand and broken shells. 


Melinna denticulata Moore. 


Melinna denticulata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 859, Pl. 
XLIV, figs. 9 and 10. 
Melinna cristata Moore, id., pp. 851-853. 


The original description of this species was inadvertently placed 
under the name of M, cristata, which, as is well known, has already 
been employed by Sars. The name denticulata was, however, correctly 
used in the description of the figures on page 857. 

The type and only specimen was taken at Station 4258, in the 
vicinity of Funter Bay, Lynn Canal, on a bottom of mud, 300-313 
fathoms. 

Melinna oristata (Sars) Malmgren. 
Melinna cristata Malmgren, Ofvers. Kgl.-Vet. Akad, Foérh., 1865, p. 371. 

Two well-preserved specimens in their thick-walled mud_ tubes 
represent this species, ‘They were both dredged at Boca de Quadra, 

23 


350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


southeastern Alaska, at Stations 4224 and 4225, 149-188 fathoms, 
dark green mud, 


Samytha bioculata Moore. 


Samytha bioculata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 253-255, 
Pl. XLIV, figs. 11-13. 


The upper, thickened portion of the mud tube is strengthened by 
large numbers of siliceous sponge spicules. 

Two specimens were taken at Station 4197, Gulf of Georgia, 31-90 
fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand. 


TEREBELLID A, 
Amphitrite robusta Johnson. 
Amphitrite robusta Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XTX, pp. 425, 426. 

This species appears to be quite abundant in the Gulf of Georgia and 
as far north as Naha Bay, Behm Canal. It reaches a larger size than 
is indicated by Johnson, sometimes exceeding 140 mm. in length and 
18 mm. in diameter, the greatest number of segments being 83. The 
divisions of the branchizw are often longer than figured by Johnson, 
whose figure of the uncinus also is somewhat foreshortened. The 
number of setigerous somites is constantly 17, as stated by Johnson. 
Some of the specimens bear short cirri or papillae beneath the sete of 
some of the anterior segments. This is probably a secondary sex 
character, but this could not be ascertained with certainty. 

Stations 4193, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., 18-23 fathoms, 
green mud and fine sand; 4194, same region, 111-170 fathoms, soft 
green mud; 4197, same region, 31-90 fathomis, sticky green mud and 
fine sand; 4198, 157-280 fathoms, soft green mud; 4228, vicinity of 
Naha Bay Behm Canal, 41-134 fathoms, gravel and sponge. 

Amphitrite radiata nom. nov. 


Amphitrite palmata Moore, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 858, 859, 
Pl. XLIV, figs. 19-22; not A. palmata Malmgren, 1865. 


Stations 4227, Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 62-65 fathoms, dark green 
mud and fine sand ; 4245 (type locality), Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales 
Island, 95-98 fathoms, dark green mud with fragments of shell, rock 
and sand; 4253, Stephens Passage, 131-188 fathoms, rock and broken 
shells. 

Lanice heterobranchia Johnson. 
Lanice heterobranchia Johnson, Proc, Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XTX, p. 427. 

The original description is based upon a single specimen which was 
stated to have no eyes. All of several specimens in the present collec- 
tion possess very numerous deep brown eyes arranged in a compact 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 


narrow band on each side, with a dorsal interval equal to the inter- 
branchial space and a longer ventral interval. These eyes are ordi- 
narily concealed by the inrolled margin of the prostomial fold. The 
inequality of the gills seems to be a constant character and the number 
of setigerous segments is 17, as stated by Johnson. Part of a tube is 
covered with small pebbles, sea-urchin spines, bits of eel grass, ete. 

None of the specimens was found near the type locality in Puget 
Sound, but all in Alaskan waters at the following stations: 4228, 
vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern Alaska, 41-134 
fathoms, gravel and sponge; 4259, Dundas Bay, Icy Strait, 21-78 
fathoms, gray sand, broken shell and rock; 4283 Chignik Bay, 30-41 
fathoms, black sand and brown sponge; 4289, Uyak Bay, Kadiak 
Island, 74-80 fathoms, gray mud. 
Pista cristata (Miller) Malmgren. 

Pista cristata Malmgren, Ofvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, pp. 382, 383. 

The single example of Pista referred to this species agrees with those 
dredged by the Albatross off the coast of Japan, and differs from P. 
cristata as described by European authors in having the upper free 
angle of the lateral subbranchial membrane of [IV much more produced 
and prominent, quite equalling that of III. Otherwise they agree, so 
far as can be ascertained, in all features. The handles of the uncini on 
V are longer than the others, but there is no other difference. 

Station 4225, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 149-181 
fathoms, dark green mud. 
?Pista fasciata (Grube) Marenzeller. 


Pista fasciata Marenzeller, Denks. Kais. Akad. Wissensch., 1885, Abth. 2, 
pp. 202-204. 


Concerning the reference of the fine species of Pista found at several 
stations in southeastern Alaska to the above named, I am in much 
doubt. Grube’s description of Terebella fasciata is not sufficiently 
precise for certain determination, but the excellent accounts and 
figures given by Marenzeller and McIntosh seem to me to refer to 
different species. In any event the figure of the branchie given by 
the latter would not answer for these specimens, as the terminal twigs 
are much more spreading and uneven. About 3 or 4 main branches 
spring from the trunk, and these immediately branch and rebranch 
asymmetrically § or 10 times, the main stem being always recognizable, 
but bending at each point of branching and tapering continuously to 
the end. Usually 3 gills are well developed, and 1 is either very 
small and entirely without branches or may be altogether wanting. 
Which are well developed appears to be quite accidental. They may 


352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


be the two of a pair, or the two of one side, or the left of one and right of 
the other pair. 

All of the specimens exhibit the great flaring wings so well shown in 
McIntosh’s figure, and there is a distinct postbranchial fold across the 
dorsum of lV, The cirri above and behind the sete bundles of VI and 
VII are well developed. In respect to most of their characters the 
uncini resemble McIntosh’s figure closer than those given by Maren- 
zeller, but the former fails to show the guard. 

Although none of the specimens is complete, upwards of 100 seg- 
ments are present, and even incomplete examples measure 160 mm. 
long and 6 mm. wide across the thorax, being therefore much larger 
than Marenzeller’s specimen. The tube has a thick wall composed of 
fine silt. The one from Station 4246 is filled with eggs. 

Stations 4225, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 149-181 
fathoms, dark green mud; 4229, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 
198-256 fathoms, soft gray mud; 4230, same region, 108-240 fathoms, 
rocky; 4237, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 192-198 fathoms, 
green mud; 4246, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 101-123 
fathoms, gray-green mud, coarse sand and shells. 

Lena nuda Moore. 


Lena nuda Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 855, 856, Pl. 
XLIV, figs. 14, 15. 


Known only from the type specimen, a female filled with eggs and 
preserved in a soft mucous tube coated with a thin layer of foreign 
materials. It was taken at Station 4279, Kadiak Island, 29 fathoms, 
dark gray mud. 

Thelepus hamatus Moore. 


Thelepus hamatus Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 856-858, 
Pl. XLIV, figs. 16-18. 


The type comes from Station 4235, Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 130-193 
fathoms, green mud, and a second poorly preserved specimen from 
Station 4227, Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 62-65 fathoms, dark green mud 
and fine sand. 


Atacama conifera Moore. 


Atacama conifera Moore, Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 853-855, 
Pl. XLIV, figs. 11-13 


Type from Station 4194, Gulf of Georgia, 111-170 fathoms, bottom 
of soft green mud. A second specimen comes from an unknown 
station. 


Terebellides stra@mi Sars. 
Terebellides stramii Sars, Beskrivelser og lagthagelser, etc., 1835, p. 48. 


The proper discrimination of the species of Terebellides is still a 


ae 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 


desideratum. While in their more obvious characters the species are 
very constant, in respect to others they vary greatly. The repre- 
sentatives of the genus found in this collection are in most respects 
indistinguishable from the widely distributed 7’. stramii as described by 
European writers. On the other hand the transitional sete of somite 
VIII and the abdominal uncini present slight but quite obvious differ- 
ences at nearly every station. It seems probable that this species as 
usually recognized includes a large number of subspecies. 

The bent set of VIII vary in the length and shape of the bent limb. 
The uncini usually have 5 teeth in the series above and surrounding the 
beak ; surmounting these is a second row of 3 smaller teeth, and crown- 
ing all a single still smaller median tooth. The latter varies in size and 
in distinctness from the median tooth of the row below, with which it is 
more or less coalesced; it may even be wanting entirely. The most 
distinct form occurs on a large example from Station 4247, in which 
all of the abdominal uncini examined have the median teeth of the 
second and third rows completely coalesced and that of the first 
row altogether absent, leaving a gap. The result is that the beak and 
one nearly equally large tooth occupy the middle line and a large tooth 
flanked by a smaller one lies on each side of the gap. Most of the 
specimens are filled with eggs or sperm. 

Stations 4223, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, 
soft green mud; 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 50-54 
fathoms, green mud ; 4247, same region, 89-114 fathoms, green mud, 
fine sand, broken shells; 4281, Chignik Bay, 42-43 fathoms, green mud. 


Polycirrus sp. 
An undetermined species of Polycirrus was taken at Kilisut Harbor. 


AMPHICTENID 45. 
Pectinaria auricoma (Miller). 
Amphictene auricoma Malmgren, Ofvers. Kongl. Vet:-Akad. Férh., 1866, pp. 
357, 358. 

All of the Amphictenide in the collection belong to one species which 
is clearly distinct from any of those hitherto recorded in the Pacific. 
While closely resembling P. auricoma in nearly every respect, there are 
some points of distinction between these and European examples 
which may require their eventual specific or subspecific separation, 
The margin of the cephalic membrane is more obscurely and much 
more irregularly dentate; the uncini usually have 5 large teeth, and the 
series of fine teeth on the inferior process is not continued on to the 
upper part of the process beneath the lower large tooth; the scapha 


354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


hooks are never as completely circular at the end as figured for Euro- 
pean specimens. The paleoli are always 12. In the smaller specimens 
they have rather long slender tips which wear away, leaving the ends 
blunt or, in the ease of the lateral ones, somewhat pointed. 

Stations 4192, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver, B. C., 89-97 
fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm 
Canal, southeastern Alaska, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud ; 4244, Kasaan 
Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 50-54 fathoms, green mud ; 4286, Chignilk 
Bay, 57-63 fathoms, green mud and rocks. 


CAPITELLIDZ. 


Notomastus giganteus Moore. 
Notomastus giganteus Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 227, 228, 
Pl. X, figs. 24, 25. 

The type locality is Station 4264, off Freshwater Bay, in Chatham 
Strait, 282-293 fathoms, green mud; a larger but incomplete cotype 
was taken at Station 4197, Gulf of Georgia, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green 
mud and fine sand. 


OPHELIIDZ. 


Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke. 


Ammotrypane aulogaster Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Cs. Leop.-Car. Nat. 
Cur., (1843), XX, pp. 188-190. 


A single individual 27 mm. long and consisting of 49 segments was 
taken at Station 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 130-193 
fathoms, gray mud. 

Ammotrypane brevis Moore. 


Ammotrypane brevis Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 354, 
355, text fig. 


The single example on which this species is based is distinguished 
from the preceding by having the prostomium somewhat depressed 
dorso-ventrally instead of compressed laterally, by the small number 
(29) of setigerous somites, and by having the large spoon-shaped anal 
lobe represented by a slender process only. The type, a female filled 
with eggs, is No. 284 of the collection of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, and was collected by Dr. Benjamin Sharp at 
Icy Cape, Alaska. 

Travisia forbesii Johnston. 
Travisia forbesii Johnston, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1V, (1840), p. 373. 

Already recorded from Bering Sea by both Wiren and Marenzeller, 
this species would be expected to occur on the coast of Alaska. While — 
none were taken by the Albatross naturalists, there are six specimens in — 


q 
. 
r 
} 
U 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 


the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, taken by Dr. Sharp 
at Icey Cape. They vary from 25 to 40 mm. in length and one has the 
posterior end regenerating. This species is easily distinguished from 
the next by having smooth sete, whereas in 7’. pupa they are hispid 
and also somewhat stouter. 

Travisia pupa Moore. 


Travisia pupa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 228-231, Pl. 
XI, fig. 23. 


This is an abundant worm, conspicuous from its large size and wide- 
spread on muddy bottoms. Specimens were taken at the following 
stations : 4192, Gulf of Georgia, 18-23 fathoms, green mud and 
fine sand; 4194, Gulf of Georgia (type locality), 111-170 fathoms, 
soft green mud; 4197, Gulf of Georgia, 31-90 fathoms, sticky green 
mud and fine sand ; 4230, Behm Canal, 108-240 fathoms, rocky; 
4235, Behm Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4237, Behm Canal, 
192 fathoms, green mud; 4246 Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 
101-123 fathoms, gray and green mud, coarse sand and shells. 


MALDANIDA. 
Maldane sarsi Malmgren. 
Maldane Sarsi Malmgren, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 188. 

McIntosh and the writer have already recorded this species as occur- 
ring in the Pacifie off Japan and Wiren in Bering Sea. The posterior 
capillary setze have the hairs arranged not in opposite pairs, but 
spirally. 

Stations 4224, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 156-166 
fathoms, dark green mud; 4264, off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 
282-293 fathoms, green mud ; 4286, Chignik Bay, 57-63 fathoms, green 
mud and rocks. The specimen last listed is a piece of the posterior end, 
including the pygidium, of a very large individual 3 mm. in diameter. 
Maldane similis Moore. 


Maldane similis Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 233-236, Pl. 
XI, figs. 26-30. 


The type and one other specimen were taken at Station 4264, off 
Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 282-293 fathoms, green mud. 
Maldanella robusta Moore. 

Maldanella robusta Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, 236-239, Pl, 
XI, figs. 31, 32. 

Specimens of M. robusta were taken at Stations 4197, Gulf of Georgia, 
31-90 fathoms, sticky green mud and fine sand; 4230, Behm Canal, 
108-240 fathoms, rocky battom; and 4246 (type locality), 101-123 
fathoms, green mud with coarse sand and shell fragments. 


356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


Lumbriclymene pacifica Moore. 


Lumbriclymene pacifica Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 246-248, 
Pl. XII, figs. 40-42. 


Two complete worms and a fragment, together with four or five tubes, 
were taken at Station 4264, off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Strait, 282- 
293 fathoms, green mud; and a caudal end at Station 4199, Queen 
Charlotte Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver, B. C., 68-107 fathoms, 
soft green mud and volcanic sand. 


Clymenella tentaculata Moore. 


Cl lla tentaculata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 239-242, Pl. 
XI, figs. 33-35. 


Known only from two fragments taken at Station 4264, off Fresh- 
water Bay, Chatham Strait, July 25, 282-293 fathoms, green mud. 


Nicomache carinata Moore. 
Nicomache carinata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 242-246, 
Pls. XI, figs. 36-39; XII, figs. 43, 44. 

Fragments of this species occur in the collections from the Gulf of 
Georgia, Station 4197, 31-100 fathoms, sticky green mud and fine 
sand ; and Station 4198, 157-230 fathoms, soft green mud. The 
type locality is Station 4227, in the vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 
62-65 fathoms, dark green mud and fine sand. 


SCALIBREGMIDZ. 


Scalibregma inflatum Rathke. 


Scalibregma inflatum Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Ces. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur., 
XX, (1843), p. 184. 


Two specimens, each about 32 mm. long and having 57 segments, 
seem to be quite typical in every respect. 

Stations 4223, Boca de Quadra, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud, and 
4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, 12-17 fathoms, sticky 
mud, 


CHLORH AMID Zi. 
Trophonia papillata Johnson. 
Trophonia papillata Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, p. 416. 


Silt has adhered to the bases of the cutaneous papille to such an 
extent that they appear mammilliform, and until they were examined 
under the microscope it was supposed that an entirely new species was 
in hand. 

Stations 4192, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C., 
89-97 fathoms, green mud and fine sand ; 4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak 
Island, Alaska, 12-17 fathoms, sticky mud. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 


Brada villosa (Rathke) Malmgren. 
Siphonostoma villosum Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Cees. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur., 
(1843), p. 218. 

No good figures of the sete of this species have been found and the 
identification is based on the characters of the papilla, tentacles, etc. 
Most of the specimens have the head extended. The number of seg- 
ments is usually about 30, thus exceeding the number shown in Rathke’s 
figure. The surface is coated with mucous, which becomes hard and to 
which sand grains adhere, producing a gritty surface, especially on the 
bases of the papillae. Marenzeller records the occurrence of this species 
in Bering Sea. i 

Stations 4223, Boca de Quadra, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud; 
4272, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, 12-17 fathoms, sticky mud. 


Brada pilosa Moore. 
Brada pilosa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 231-233, Pl. X, 
figs. 14-17. 

This is a rather common species northward. Examples occur in 
the collections from Stations 4194, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, 
111-170 fathoms; 4198, same region, 157-230 fathoms, soft green mud ; 
4251 (type locality), Stephens Passage, 198 fathoms, rocky bottom ; 
4235, Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 130-193 fathoms, gray mud; 4252, 
Stephens Passage, 198-201 fathoms, gray mud, and 4258, Lynn Canal, 
300-313 fathoms, mud. 


STERNASPIDZE. 


Sternaspis scutata (Kanzani) Otto. 
Sternaspis scutata, Marenzeller, Ann. K. K. Nat. Hofmuseums Wien, V, 
(1890), p. 6. 

These specimens agree exactly with those taken by the Albatross off 
Japan. Compared with typical examples of the species from the 
Mediterranean, they appear to have both the cephalic and caudal sete 
more slender, and the shorter set of the latter region much less hairy. 
This appears to be due to the hairs having been rubbed off, but may 
possibly be a normal and constant difference. The form of the caudal 
plate and branchial area agrees with Marenzeller’s figures. 

Stations 4235, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, Alaska, 130-193 
fathoms, gray mud; 4236, same region, 147-205 fathoms, rocks and 
coarse sand; 4251,-Stephens Passage, 198 fathoms, rocks; 4252, same 
region, 198-201 fathoms, gray mud; 4255, Taiya Inlet, Lynn Canal, 
247-259 fathoms, rocky. 


358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


?Sternaspis fossor Stimpson. 


? Sternaspis fossor, Marenzeller, Ann. K. 1K. Hofmuseums Wien, V, (1890), 
pp. 5-8. 


As Johnson remarks, the Siernaspis from the neighborhood of Van- 
couver Island agrees in all respects with specimens from the Atlantic 
Coast. Stimpson’s S. affinis from Puget Sound is with little doubt to 
be considered a synonym. It is noticeable that the lateral angles of 
the shield plate become more prominent on examples from the more 
southern stations. As represented in this collection this species 
attains a considerably larger size than the last, some of the specimens 
being 25 mm. long and 9 mm. in diameter. 

Stations 4192, Gulf of Georgia, off Nanaimo, Vancouver, B. C., 
89-97 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4194, Halibut Bank, Gulf of 
Georgia, 111-170 fathoms, soft green mud; 4201, Queen Charlotte 
Sound, off Fort Rupert, Vancouver Island, B. C., 138-145 fathoms, 
soft green mud, sand, broken shells; 4218, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity 
of Port Townsend, Washington, 16 fathoms, soft green mud; 4223, 
Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska, 48-57 fathoms, soft green mud; 
4233, vicinity of Yes Bay, Behm Canal, 39-45 fathoms, soft gray mud 
and rocks; 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 50-54 fathoms, 
green mud; 4247, same region, 89-114 fathoms, green mud, sand and 
broken shells. 

HERMELLID ZS. 
Sabellaria cementarium Moore. 
Sabellaria cementarium Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 248- 
253, Pl. XII, figs. 45-51. 

This fine species is probably rather common and may possibly be 
identical with S. californica ¥ewkes, though the description of the latter 
fails in several respects to apply to this species. This point 1 hope to 
clear up later. The tubes, formed of agglutinated sand grains, are 
remarkable for their strength and hardness, and are found singly or in 
small clumps attached to stones. 

Specimens were taken at the following stations : 4220 (type), 
Admiralty Inlet, near Port Townsend, Washington, 16-31 fathoms, 
green mud, sand and broken shells; 4247, Prince of Wales Island, 89- 
114 fathoms, green mud with sand and broken shells; 4274, Kadiak 
Island, 35-41 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; 4288, Uyak Bay, 
Kadiak Island, 67-69 fathoms, gray mud. 

SABELLIDJZ5. 
Sabella formosa Bush. 


Sabella formosa Bush, Tubicolous Annelids from the Pacific Ocean, Harri- 
man Alaska Expedition Reports, 1905, pp. 196, 197. 


These examples agree well with Miss Bush’s description, but differ 


—<—<——_"  '-. ~-— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 


in having 7, 8 and 9 setigerous thoracic somites respectively. Only one 
is well preserved and this has nearly the entire branchis wine brown, 
deepest on the radioles and marked with white blotches. The body 
is 41 mm., the branchie 30 mm. long, the former much contracted, the 
latter extended. ; 

Station 4198, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, 157-230 fathoms, soft 
green mud. 


Sabella elegans Bush. 


Sabella elegans Bush, Tubicolous Annelids from the Pacific Ocean, Harriman 
Alaska Expedition Reports, 1905, pp. 194, 195. 


A fine individual 50 mm. long with 19 pairs of branchie has 4 rows 
of very regular, deep purplish brown spots which occupy the radioles 
and extend more faintly on to the pinn:e of each branchia. A second 
smaller one has but 3 sets of spots, and a third still smaller one has them 
irregularly arranged. 

Stations 4227, vicinity of Naha Bay, Behm Canal, southeastern 
Alaska, 62-65 fathoms, dark green mud and fine sand; 4260, Dundas 
Bay, Icy Strait, 8}-21 fathoms, coarse sand and rocks. 


Pseudopotamilla anoculata Moore. 


Pseudopotamilla anoculata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1905, pp. eee 
568, Pl. XX XVII, figs. 28-33. 


Known from the type only, taken at Station 4230 in the vicinity of 
Naha Bay, Behm Canal, 108-240 fathoms, rocky bottom. 


Pseudopotamilla splendida Moore. 
Pseudopotamilla s splendida Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 564-566, 
I 


1, XXXVII, figs. 23-27. 
Two specimens were taken at Station 4245, Kasaan Bay, Prince of 
Wales Island, June 1!, 1903, 95-98 fathoms, dark green mud and sand 
mixed with shell and rock fragments. 


Pseudopotamilla intermedia Moore. 
Pseudopotamilla intermedia Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 
562-564, Pl. XXXVI, figs. 15-32 
The type only is known; originally recorded erroneously as coming 
from Station 4267, but really from Station 4269, Afognak Bay, Afog- 
nak Island, 14-19 fathoms, hard gray sand and rocks. 
Pseudopotamilla reniformis (Leuckart) Bush. 
Potamilla renijormis Malmgren, Ofvers, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Pérh., 1867, p. 114. 
Two specimens are each about 35 mm. long with 16 pairs 
of branchie 6 mm. long. Doth have 10 setigerous thoracic 
segments. The branchiw are colorless except for a brownish zone 


covering the basal 4, in which all of the eyes, never more than 1 or 2 on 


360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


each radiole, are aggregated. Several regenerating radioles bear no 
eyes. The dorsal branchial wing is well developed and there is a slight 
ventral inflection of the branchial base. The collar has well developed 
dorsal lobes near the median line, separated by a pair of very deep wide 
notches from the lateral lobes, which rise abruptly above the collar 
sete. There is a little pigment on the dorsum of segments II to IV. 
The tube is rather soft and flexible and covered with rather coarse sand 
grains, 

Stations 4269, Afognak Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, 144-19 
fathoms, hard gray sand and rocks; 4271, same region, 114-20 fathoms, 
hard gray sand and rock. 

Pseudopotamilla brevibranchiata Moore. 


Pseudopotamilla brevibranchiata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 
pp. 555-559, Pl. XX XVII, figs. 1-7. 


Type and cotype taken at Station 4247, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales 
Island, 95-114 fathoms, mixed mud, sand and broken shells. 


Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore. 


Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, 559-562, 
Pl. XX XVII, fig. 8-14. 


This species occurs at the following stations: 4202, off Fort Rupert, 
Vancouver Island, 25-36 fathoms, gray sand; 4261, Jey Strait, 10 
fathoms, mud and rock; 4269 and 4270, 14-19 fathoms, hard sand and 
rock. The largest specimens, among them the type, are yielded Oty the 
last station listed. 


Pseudopotamilla debilis Bush. 


Pseudopotamilla debilis Bush, Tubicolous Annelids of the Pacific Ocean, 
Harriman Alaska Expedition Reports, 1905, p. 204. 


A single specimen lacking the posterior part represents this species. 
There are 16 pairs of gills 14 mm. long. Eyes appear to be totally 
wanting and the gills are marked by a pale brown zone near the base 
and another about midway of theirlength. The collar is remarkable for 
its prominent dorsal lobes. The tube is long, slender, flexible, and 
sparsely covered with sand grains and an occasional small pebble. 

Station 4197, Gulf of Georgia, Halibut Bank, 31-90 fathoms, sticky 
green mud and fine sand. 


Chone gracilis Moore. 


Chone gracilis Moore, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 257-259, Pl. 
XII, figs. 62-66 


Known through the type, which comes from Station 4274, Alitak 
Bay, Kadiak Island, 35-41 fathoms, green mud and fine sand; and a 
smaller specimen taken at Station 4253, Stephens Passage, 131-188 
fathoms, rocks and broken shells. 


Pre £ 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 


SERPULIDZE. 
Apomatus geniculata Moore. 
Protula geniculata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 168, 169, Pls. 
XI, figs. 17, 18; XII, fig. 38. 
A small complete specimen bears 18 pairs of gills, the left dorsal- 
most one of which is enlarged and flattened and 
supports only two or three barbs. In the bottle, 
which contains no other specimens, is a detached 
operculum which exactly fits the modified radiole 
and without doubt belongs to this annelid, placing 
it therefore inthe genus Apomatus. The opercu- 
lum has the form shown in the figure, being 
broadly obovate or egg-shaped and quite smooth, 
soft and membranous. In all other respects the 
specimen agrees with the type. Some fragments 


of tubes indicate that two are sometimes coherent Apomatus geniculata— 


, re The operculum and 
Bide by side. ; ; part of its stalk in 
Station 4197, Halibut Bank, Gulf of Georgia, outline, X about 25. 


31-90 fathoms, soft green mud and fine sand. 


Serpula columbiana Johnson. 
Serpula columbiana Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXTX, pp. 432, 433. 

Johnson describes the operculum as having about 100 ribs and 
marginal denticulations. In these specimens the number is always 
much greater and varies from 140 to 160. Miss Bush also has noted a 
larger number on her specimens. The functional operculum is devel- 
oped sometimes on the right, sometimes on the left side. The accessory 
operculum is simply clavate. Varying with the size of the specimen 
the branchie number from 36 to 55 pairs. The sets of the collar have 
from 2 to 4 large, blunt teeth at the base of the long, slender, curved 
tip, and the uncini are usually 5- or 6-toothed. Tubes forming a 
large mass coherent side by side are much thinner and more fragile than 
tubes found singly. 

Port Townsend, on the dock at the Quarantine Station, also Station 
4205, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Townsend, Washington, 15-26 
fathoms, rock and shells, 

Crucigera formosa Bush. 
Crucigera formosa Bush, Tubicolous Annelids of the Pacific Ocean, Harri- 
man Alaska Expedition Reports, 1905, pp. 233, 234. 

This species seems very doubtfully distinct from C. zygophora (John- 
son). The operculum is usually 26- or 27-rayed, but one specimen has 
29 and another 32 rays. The tubes are thick and solid and generally 


362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


much coiled and coherent in clumps. One isolated tube is much coiled 
at the attached base, with an erect free end. 

Stations 4209, Admiralty Inlet, vicinity of Port Townsend, Wash- 
ington, 24-25 fathoms, rocks, coarse sand and shells; 4261, Dundas 
Bay, Icy Strait, Alaska, 83-10 fathoms, green mud and rocks; 4263, 
same region, 64-9 fathoms, coarse sand and rocks; 4271, Afognak Bay, 
Afognak Island, 114 to 20 fathoms, hard gray sand and rock; 4283, 
Chignik Bay, 30-41 fathoms, black sand and brown sponge. Empty 
tubes, apparently of this species, were found at Stations 4202, 4204 and 
4289. 


Hyalopomatopsis occidentalis Bush. 
Hyalopomatopsis occidentalis Bush, Tubicolous Annelids of the Tribes 
Sabellides and Serpulides from the Pacific Ocean, Harriman Alaska Expedi- 
tion Reports, 1905, p. 229. 


One was found attached to a tube of Serpula columbiana from Sta- 
tion 4205, and another to a tube of Crucigera formosa from Station 


4283. ° 


Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson. 
Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson, Bush, Tubicolous Annelids of the Tribes 
Sabellides and Serpulides from the Pacific Ocean, Harriman Alaska 
Expedition Reports, 1905, p. 241. 


Found on tubes of Crucigera jormosa at Stations 4271 and 4289. 
Spirorbis spirillum Linn. 

Spirorbis spirillum Linn., Bush, id., p. 243. 

Numerous specimens attached to a piece of giant kelp from Station 
4262, Dundas Bay, Icy Strait, 9 fathoms, coarse sand and rocks; also 
a number in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia (No. 1090), collected by Mr. E. A. McIlhenny at Point 
Barrow, Alaska. 

Spirorbis tridentata Levinsen. 


Spirorbis granulata var. tridentata Levinsen, Viden. Medd. Naturh. Foren., 
Kopenhaven, 1882, p. 350; not S. tridentata Bush. 


The tubes of this very characteristic species agree so closely with 
Levinsen’s figure that I refer them thereto, in preference to giving a new 
name founded upon the peculiarities of the worm, though it may be 
that the animal which occupies the tubes figured by Levinsen will prove 
to be quite different. 

The figures of the tubes given by Levinsen would serve equally well 
for these. They are close, sinistral, discoid coils without any true 
central opening, the first coils being in contact in the center. As the 
tubes grow older the outer turns tend to overlap and pile upon the 
inner, leaving a deep central depression bounded by nearly vertical 


| 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 


sides. At the same time the tube, which is perfectly smooth in the 
early stages, becomes roughened by growth lines, and its walls become 
very thick, solid and stony, and are ornamented by three thick and 
stout ridges rounded on the free side and covering most of the outer 
surface of the shell. Here and there the depressions between them are 
crossed by transverse spurs and rods. At the aperture of the tube 
these ridges project as three very strong and prominent teeth. Fully 
developed tubes are usually 3.5 mm. in diameter and composed of 4 
to 44 turns. The carine begin at the end of the third turn and Levin- 
sen’s figure very accurately represents one in a half-grown condition. 
in which the ridged whorl is just beginning to turn in upon the inner 
coils. One more turn, with the ridge characters exaggerated, would 


Spirorbis tridentatus—a, an operculum in side view, filled with embryos and 
showing the imperfect four-tiered calcareous plug, x 24; b, one of the calcare- 
ous plates detached and seen from the inner surface, * 24; ¢, a collar seta, 
the fin at the base may be somewhat too long, * 600; d, the two sets of an 
abdominal bundle, * 600. 


result in a condition exactly like my full-grown tubes, in which the 
inner coils are completely concealed from above and the exposed parts 
bear massive ridges, Where free to grow without restraint the tubes 
are strictly discoid and the lower surface of all of the coils is in intimate 
contact with the alga to which they are attached, but when the indi- 
viduals are crowded the coils are heaped up in various irregular and 
often angulated forms. 

In general form the operculum (a) agrees well with that of S. granu- 
latus, being a slender cone containing a broad pouch filled with embryos 
and tapering regularly into a long but rather stout stalk. The cal- 


364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 


careous part, however, is remarkable, being built up of 3 or even 4 (a) 
calcareous disks of complex form (6). Each has a somewhat grooved 
rim with thin projecting flanges whose margins appear to be entire 
when perfect, but are usually jagged as a result of wear. It is very 
seldom that more than the basal disk and the one next beyond are 
found entire. An\excentric opening prolonged into a tube on the 
proximal side perforates each disk obliquely dorsal to the center and 
accommodates the siphuncular ligament, binding all together. The 
number of branchiz is about 11, but could not be definitely ascertained, 
owing to their being so closely matted together. 

There are 3 thoracic and about 24 setigerous abdominal segments, 
the latter region being very short. The winged collar sete have the 
form shown at c, the basal fin being very long, uniformly serrated and _ 
overlapping the base of the blade without an interval. The blade is 
very finely serrated, long, acute, and tapering. The remaining thoracic 
setz are partly limbate capillary and partly serrate and sickle-shaped. 
Each fascicle of abdominal setz contains but two, one being a minute 
aciculum with the end bent, the other having a broadly expanded end 
much like those of S. spirillum (d). Nothing distinctive can be detected 
about the uncinial plates. 

The type is No. 80, collection Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- 
delphia, and was taken along with several cotypes at Dutch Harbor, 
Unalaska, by Dr. Benjamin Sharp. Attached to a tough alga frond. 


——— 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 365 


AN ORTHOPTEROLOGICAL RECONNOISSANCE OF THE SOUTHWESTERN 
UNITED STATES. PARTI: ARIZONA. 


BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. 


During the summer of 1907 Orthopterological field work was carried 
on by the authors at a number of stations extending from El Paso, 
Texas, and Albuquerque, New Mexico, to southern and north-central 
California, the material and notes secured being very extensive and of 
great value. In this paper we present the results of our work in 
Arizona, giving first an idea of the environment of the various locali- 
ties visited. 

A trip to the little known Baboquivari range in southern Pima 
County was interrupted and of necessity abandoned on account of the 
flooded condition of the country to be traversed. Much good material, 
however, was taken before our party was compelled to return to 
Tucson. 

Mr. Otho Poling, the well-known Lepidopterist of Quincy, Illinois, 
accompanied us through southern Arizona and assisted in collecting 
much of the material, while all secured in northern Arizona was taken 
by the junior author. The number of specimens examined was nine 
hundred and seventy-three, while the species numbered sixty-three. 

Several specimens collected at Nogales and Grand Canyon by Dr. 
P. P. Calvert in 1906 and a small series taken in or near the Huachuca 
Mountains by Mr. H. A. Kaeber in the summer of 1907 have also been 
studied and inserted in this paper, but these are not included in the 
count of species and specimens, 

The types of all the new forms are in the Hebard Collection. 

Tucson, Pima County, Arizona,—Elevation about 2,400 feet. July 
23 and 26. The immediate vicinity of Tucson is a nearly level desert 
plain, extending from the Santa Catalina to the Tucson Mountains, 
drained by the Santa Cruz River and other less constant and smaller 
streams and washes. A considerable portion of this plain is covered 
with stretches of greasewood (Covillea tridentata) and scattered growths 
of various cacti. In the vicinity of the water courses and washes 
mesquite (Prosopis sp.) is the predominating vegetation, attaining a 
height of twenty feet or more in favorable localities, especially along 
the Santa Cruz River. The most successful collecting was found in 
and about a vacant lot on the edge of the city, in the central part of 
which was a small pool of water, the outlet of a city drain. About 

24 


366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


this pool were high cat-tails and other thick growths of plants, in which 
situation Orthopters were found to be very plentiful, and likewise among 
a nearby dense thicket of wild sunflowers and bushes. In these situa- 
tions the following species were taken: Paratettizx toltecus, Syrbula 
jusco-vittata, Scyllina calida, Encoptolophus texensis, Trepidulus 
rosaceus, Conozoa carinata, Anconia integra, Schistocerca vaga, Afoloplus 
tenuipennis, Melanoplus brownii, M. atlanis and G2canthus quadripunc- 
tatus. In the irrigated fields near the river some specimens were found, 
although by no means as many as might have been expected in a 
locality apparently so favorable. On the typical desert greasewood 
plain forms peculiar to a like environment, such as Heliastus aridus, 
Ligurotettiz kunzei, Derotmema laticinctum and Psoloessa terana, were 
taken. In the city at night about the arc lights thousands of Gryllids 
swarmed and could be easily captured in great numbers. 

Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, Pima County, Arizona.— 
Altitude about 3,000 feet. July 25. The old Sonora trail after leaving 
Tucson winds around the southeast base of the rather low Tucson 
Mountains, then turns sharply and crosses the range by following up 
an arroyo or torrent bed and traversing a very low pass in a shallow 
canyon with sloping sides. The canyon is very rough and much of the 
rock exposure is dull reddish in color. The vegetation is composed in 
large part of desert foothill types, the most noticeable of which are 
numerous sahuaro (Cereus giganteus), palo verde (Cercidium torrey-— 
anum), cholla (Opuntia sp.) and the peculiar Koeberlinia spinosa. 
Orthoptera were few in number, but the species found were of very 
great interest and differed noticeably from those of the surrounding 
plains. These included a new mantis Yersinia sophronica, a new 
Truxalid Horesidotes papagensis, Ageneotettix australis, Aulocara 
rujum, Arphia teporata and Phrynotettix magnus. The majority of 
the specimens taken showed considerable adaptation of their coloring 
to the reddish exposures. 

Sahuaro Slope, Southwest Side of the Tucson Mountains, Pima County, 
Arizona.—July 25. After crossing the Tucson range the Sonora trail 
descends the extensive and gentle southwestern slope of the mountains 
through a numerous growth of sahuaro or giant cactus (Cereus gi- 
ganteus), with attendant greasewood (Covillea tridentata) bushes grow- 
ing thickly and often to a height of over six feet. Many other plants 
flourish, the intervening ground between them being usually quite 
bare, as is often the case in this desert country. On the grease- 
wood in this situation Ligurotettiz was very plentiful and its faint 
stridulation was to be heard on every side. Most of the collecting 
was done at an elevation of about 2,500 feet. 


nl ad bee ———e— rc rts— rt 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 


Near Sonora Road, Southwest of the Tucson Mountains, Pima County, 
Arizona.—July 25. Several miles from the Tucson Mountains col- 
lecting was carried on for a short time in a grassy area with occasional 
bunches of rabbit-weed. In this locality Orthoptera were found to be 
far more plentiful than on the surrounding more truly desert plain. 
Among the species taken were Psoloessa texana, Encoptolophus sub- 
gracilis, Tomonotus aztecus, Trepidulus rosaceus, Trepidulus melleolus, 
Derotmema laticinctum and Hesperotettix festivus. 

Roeble’s Ranch, near Coyote Springs, Pima County, Arizona.—July 24 
and 25. This locality is in the lower level of a plain stretching from 
the Tucson to the Comobabi range, near a large arroyo known as Roeble’s 
Wash. It is in a uniform mesquite and rabbit-weed region, with no 
striking difference in conditions for a number of miles to the northeast. 
Two specimens of Trepidulus melleolus were the most interesting 
forms taken. 

Yuma, Yuma County, Arizona.—Elevation about 150 feet. July 27 
and 28. To the east of Yuma the desert stretches, broken by occa- 
sional low volcanic hills, where it is too hot for even the greasewood 
to thrive and desert Orthoptera are almost wholly absent. Along the 
Colorado River, however, is a wide strip of willows, and back of these 
ground heavily overgrown with arrow-wood (Pluchea sericea) and 
other reeds where collecting was more productive. These, although 
so near the river, were nevertheless parched with the heat. To the 
east along the Gila River a great expanse of high weeds was found, 
but so dry that many fell to pieces when touched and insect life was 
extremely scarce. In the irrigated tract below Yuma Orphulella 
compta was very abundant. In the town at night Gryllide and thou- 
sands of beetles and other insects swarmed around the are lights. All 
of these Gryllids flew rapidly about, and would have been difficult to 
capture had they not come to the light dazed and confused. 

Williams, Coconino County, Arizona.—Altitude, 6,748 feet. Sep- 
tember 13. The little collecting done here was accomplished near the 
station in a field of short weeds and grass, and also near the pine 
“glades”’ as they may be called. The whole country about Williams 
is on nearly the same plane but gently rolling. Over this area pines 
were thickly scattered, underneath which was practically no under- 
brush but very green grasses, this vegetation imparting to the whole 
country a park-like appearance. In the vacant field, where the weeds 
were more abundant than elsewhere, Orthoptera were found more 
plentiful than we had expected to find them at this elevation. 

Anita, Coconino County, Arizona,—Altitude about 6,500 feet. Sep- 
tember 11. At this small station, between Williams and the Grand 


368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Canyon, but very little time was allowed for collecting. It is in the 
midst of the pine ‘‘glades,’’ and, no town being located there, the few 
specimens taken are typical of the park-like country on the top of 
the Coconino plateau. The country was in general the same as that 
outside the town of Williams. 

Grand Canyon oj the Colorado, Coconino County, Arizona. Rim of 
the Canyon at Bright Angel and Vicinity.—Elevation, 6,800-7,000 feet. 
September 11. Back from the edge of the canyon the country is rolling 
and covered with a forest of pines, under which in most places there is 
practically no vegetation or soil on the sheet of rock forming the top 
layer of the plateau. 

In this country collecting was almost utterly without result, but 
along the edge of the canyon, and for a short distance back from it, 
better results were obtained. An area to the southeast of the hotel 
was also found where there was some low vegetation under the pines 
and in this situation Ageneotettix curtipennis and Amphitornus nanus 
were taken. . 

The Bright Angel Trail.—Altitudes, 6,866-2,436 feet. September 12. 
For some distance on this trail the collecting proved to be much as at 
the edge of the canyon, but farther down at about 5,850 feet the canyon 
side became more open, a few junipers appeared and the open places 
were filled with thickets and grasses. It was here (5,800-4,900 feet 
elevation) that Melanoplus canonicus and Syrbula modesta were not 
uncommon, but more or less difficult to capture owing to the extreme 
steepness of the location. Farther down (elevation 4,350-3,900 feet) 
in the grassy valley above the Indian Garden Spring, it was surprising 
to note that, in spite of the difference of three thousand feet in elevation 
and the more grassy country, practically the same forms as those 
occurring at the top of the canyon were found. In the garden of the 
Indian Spring House one Paratettix toltecus was taken. Diligent 
search failed to disclose more than two specimens of Orthoptera on the 
wide canyon mesa (3,700-3,800 feet) which was covered with a sage 
and occasional patches of prickly pear. The J'rimerotropis vinculata 
was among sage, while the Paropomala perpallida was captured on the 
very brink of the canyon precipice (elevation 3,750 feet) in a scant 
bunch of a sort of wire-grass. 


BLATTIDZS. 
PERIPLANETA Burmeister. 
Periplaneta americana (Linnwus). 
A female of this species was taken at Tucson, July 23, and a male at 
Yuma, July 27, attracted to light in both cases, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 


This widely distributed species has previously been recorded from 
Arizona at Yuma, Nogales, Florence and Phoenix. 


HOMCOGAMIA Burmeister. 
Homeogamia erratica Rehn. 


A single male of this species was attracted to light at Yuma, July 27. 
MANTIDZ 


YERSINIA Saussure. 
Yersinia sophronica' n. sp. ; 


Type: 2 ; Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, Pima County, 
Arizona, altitude 3,000 feet. July 25, 1907. Collected by Hebard 
and Rehn. 

This very peculiar species differs from Y. solitaria Scudder from the 
eastern slope and foothills of the Rocky Mountains, western Nebraska 
and southeastern Arizona in the smaller size, the more compressed 
head with strongly acute mammiform eyes which are hardly at all 
divergent and in the shorter cephalic limbs. In the form of the head 
and eyes this species suggests the structure found in the African and 
Indian genera Episcopus and Parepiscopus. 

Size small; form very slender;surface smooth. Head strongly com- 
pressed ; occiputstrongly concave, rounded ; 
interantennal region with a pair of median 
parallel longitudinal carinze which termi- 
nate dorsad in short sharp points before 
reaching the dorsal line of the head; 
antenn filiform, not quite equal to the 
pronotum in length; eyes very elongate, 
not divergent, subparallel, strongly pro- 
duced mammiform. Pronotum rather 
short, subequal in width without any 
marked supra-coxal dilation, the width 
contained nearly three times in the 
length; cephalic margin rounded, caudal 
margin truncate; median carina distinct 
throughout, but very delicate on the collar. 
Mesonotum and metanotum little ex- 
panded, with distinct median carina, no 
vestiges of tegmina or wings. Abdomen 
subfusiform, a finely marked median Fig. 1.—Yersinia sophronica 
carina present throughout its length, n.sp. Dorsal view of type. 
distal third quite narrow; supra-anal plate (x 5.) 
trigonal ; subgenital plate rounded with a median incision dividing itinto 


1 Yudpovixn, discreet. 


370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


two lobes; cerci damaged. Cephalic cox about two-thirds the length 
of the pronotum and not extending caudad of the same; cephalic 
femora slightly longer than the cox, quite robust, external margin 
armed with six short irregularly placed spines, internal margin with 
eleven spines, the majority of alternating sizes, largest 

{ discoidal spines quite robust; cephalic tibie very 
slightly less than half the length of the femora, armed 

on the external margin with eight spines, internal 
margin with about seven spines, terminal claw large; 
cephalic metatarsi about as long as the tibie, slender, 
remaining tarsal joints about equal to the metatarsi 
Fig. 2.—Yersinia in length. Median limbs rather short, femora very 
sophronica n.sp. slightly expanded proximad. Caudal limbs mod- 

Front view of : : 

head. (x 10.) erately slender; femora reaching to the apex of the 

fifth abdominal segment, distinctly but slightly in- 
flated in the proximal two-thirds; tibize equal to the femora in length, 
very slender; caudal tarsi short. 

General color cinnamon-rufous, darkened on the dorsum of the 
head and the median area of the pronotum ; median line of the abdomen 
vandyke brown. Face burnt umber except antennz and mouth parts 
which are pale ochraceous. . Apex of abdomen washed with broccoli 
brown, the tips of the terminal plates ochraceous. Limbs ochraceous, 
tending to ochraceous-rufous on the median and caudal femora and 
dorsal edge of cephalic femora. 


Measurements. 
Lengthof body,. . . . . w * &  «) » om) oe 
Lengthofipronotum, .. . .§.°. « «|. 5 3) 
Lengthofcephalicfemur, . .. . . . |. » =» » 
Lengthofcaudalfemur, . .. . : i'« 4° . = 3S 


The unique type was found running actively about among the stones 
of a bare hillside. 


LITANEUTRIA Saussure. 
Litaneutria skinneri Rebn. 

A male specimen from the Grand Canyon, altitude 7,000 feet, Septem- 
ber 11, 1907, belongs to this species, while another male, not quite 
mature, from Tucson, July 26, is referred to it with some little doubt, 
The Grand Canyon male has the tegmina slightly shorter than the 
typical individuals of that sex, while the blackish tegminal maculation 
of the type is absent. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 


PSEUDOSERMYLE Caudell. 
Pseudosermyle truncata Caudell. 


Two male specimens of this species taken at Palmerlee, Huachuca 
Mountains, Cochise County, July 9 and 16, by Mr. H. Kaeber have been 
examined. The species is now known to range from the Grand Canyon 
region south at least to the southern boundary of the Territory and west 
to southern California. The localities from which it has been recorded 
are Dos Cabezos, Bright Angel, San Bernardino Ranch and the Hua- 
chuca and Santa Rita Mountains. 


ACRIDIDZ. 
PARATETTIX Bolivar. 
Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). 

At Tucson two females of this species were taken on July 26, and a 
single female was collected by Hebard at 3876 feet elevation on the 
Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, September 12. These individuals 
were taken on damp ground near water. All three specimens have 
the apex of the pronotum failing to reach the tips of the caudal 
femora. 

MERMIRIA Stal. 
Mermiria texana Bruner. 

A female specimen of this species taken at Palmerlee, Huachuca 

Mountains, Cochise County, July 6, by Mr. H. Kaeber has been examined. 


PAROPOMALA Scudder. 
Paropomala acris n. sp. 

Type: oc’ ; Railroad Pass, Cochise County, Arizona, altitude 4,386 
feet. July 23,1907. (Hebard and Rehn.) 

This species differs from the previously known species of the genus 
in the following particulars: from cylindrica and calamus in the much 
shorter subgenital plate and longer tegmina; from pallida in the 
slenderer form and more acute fastigium; from dissimilis and virgata 
in the more produced head, the more acute fastigium and the more 
elliptical eyes. 

Size rather small; form elongate, very slender. Head with the 
dorsum slightly longer than the dorsum of the pronotum, occiput 
hardly elevated, very slightly arched, fastigium and interocular region 
horizontal; interocular region slightly narrower than the greatest 
width of the fastigium; fastigium longer than broad, distinctly acute- 
angulate in shape with the immediate apex well rounded, surface of the 
fastigium with a circular impression covering about two-thirds the 
circumference of a circle; eye elongate-ovate; angle of face considerably 
retreating, the interantennal region with the angle less acute and 


372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July 


Fig. 3.—Paropomala acris n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 4.) 


joining the fastigium in a distinctly but not greatly acute angle, 
frontal costa narrow, gradually and slightly but rather irregularly 
expanding caudad, strongly sulcate from the fastigial angle to the 
clypeus; lateral foveole broad linear, slightly arcuate, distinctly 
impressed ; antenns exceeding the head and pronotum by about the 
length of the fastigium, distinctly ensiform, tips very slender. Pro- 
notum very slightly constricted mesad, the caudal width of the disk 
contained about twice in the length; cephalic margin of the disk 
irregularly arcuate, caudal margin of the disk regularly arcuate; 
median carina distinct throughout its length, 
not high; prozona nearly half again as long as 
the metazona, metazona deeply punctate, lateral 
lobes distinctly longer than deep, ventral margin 
nearly straight, cephalic margin straight oblique, 
metazona of the lateral lobes punctate. Tegmina 
exceeding the tips of the caudal femora by very 
slightly more than the length of the fastigium 
and falling very little short of the tip of the sub- 
genital plate, in shape very narrow with the apex 
narrowly rounded. Prosternum with a low blunt 
process. Interspace between the mesosternal 
lobes very narrow and apparently divided mesad 
by the lobes which are subcontiguous at that 
Fig. 4.—Paropomala point; metasternal lobes contiguous. Supra-anal 

acris n. 8p. Dorsal plate acute-trigonal, arched transversely, slightly — 

oe ate of head. fattened dorsad; cerci simple, styliform, very 

slightly arcuate ventrad, reaching nearly to the 

apex of the supra-anal plate; subgenital plate moderately compressed 


= 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 


acute-angulate in outline when viewed from the side, apex well rounded, 
the dorsum of the plate with a median longitudinal lamellate carina. 
Cephalic and median limbs very short. Caudal femora half again as 
long as the head and pronotum together, compressed, moderately 
slender; tibie very slightly shorter than the femora, armed on the 
external margin with fourteen spines. 

General color dorsad and ventrad salmon, a chalk-white bar on each 
side extending from the caudal and ventral margin of the eye over the 
entire genx, ventral half of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, pleura 
and lateral face of the caudalfemora. This white baris bordered dorsad 
by one of chocolate which is very narrow at the eye but gradually 
expands to the middle of the pronotum, whence it as gradually contracts 
until it is lost dorsad of the articulation of the caudal limbs. Another 
narrow whitish line is present on each side of the head and prozona be- 
tween the chocolate bar and the general color and a pair of lunate 
bars of vinaceous-rufous are present on the occiput. Eyes tawny olive; 
antenne and face raw umber. Tegmina buff, humeral vein seal brown. 


Measurements. 
ES at BNE SOE Sy i SA ne | Gee 1 
a SS me 9 a gt a ea ee i 
Length of tegmen, . oe oe oe Ve ye 
Length of caudal femur, 704% wet th pe Hie 5? HORS 


The type is the only specimen of the species tamined and was taken 
on the desert summit of the Pass, among mesquite bushes and dry grass. 
Paropomala perpallida n. sp. 

Type: &; near Bright Angel Trail, elevation 3,750 feet, Grand 
Canyon of the Colorado, Coconino County, Arizona. September 12, 
1907. Collected by M. Hebard. 

This species is closely related to P. pallida Bruner from the Salton 
Basin, California and southwestern Arizona, differing in the consider- 
ably smaller size. 

Size small; form moderately slender (for the genus). Head very 
slightly longer than the dorsum of the pronotum; occiput and inter- 
ocular region regularly but not strongly arcuate from the pronotum 
to about the middle of the fastigium; interocular region very slightly 
narrower than the greatest fastigial width; fastigium slightly longer than 
broad, lateral margins acute-angulate but with the apex very broadly 
rounded, impressed pattern on the disk of the fastigium semicircular; 
face very considerably retreating, interantennal region with the angle 
much less acute and very narrowly rounding into the fastigium, 
frontal costa subequal in width to below the median ocellus whence it 


374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Fig. 5.—Paropomala perpallida n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 5.) 


regularly but not greatly expands to the clypeal suture, sulcate through- 
out its length; eyes narrow-ovate, moderately prominent when viewed 
from the dorsum; lateral foveole sublanceolate, slightly arcuate, deeply 
impressed; antennze about three times the length of the pronotum, 
slightly depressed and expanded proximad, tips very slender. Pro- 
notum with the caudal width of the disk contained slightly less than 
twice in the length of the disk; cephalic margin of the disk subtruncate, 
caudal margin arcuate with the median portion some- 
f what flattened; median carina distinct but low, 
rf 
/ 
j 


the metazona, the latter on the dorsum and lateral 


f prozona slightly more than half again the length of 
i lobes thickly but shallowly punctate; lateral lobes 


i slightly longer than deep, ventral and cephalic mar- 
f gins obliquely sublinear. Tegmina reaching to the 
[ apex of the subgenital plate, narrow, apex truncato- 
fs rotundate. Mesosternal lobes separated by a very 


narrow space; metasternal lobes attingent. Sub- 
genital plate slightly compressed, apex very slightly 
rostrate. Cephalic and median limbs very short, 
Caudal femora failing to reach the tips of the tegmina 
: by more than half the length of the pronotum, mod- 
Vig. 6. — Paropo- a 7 

mala perpallida erately slender, compressed; caudal tibia slightly 


n.sp Dorsal shorter than the femora, external margin armed with 
outline of head. |, . , 
(X 5.) thirteen spines. 


General color cream-buff with a barely appreciable 
greenish tinge. Dark lateral bars vandyke brown, gradually expanding 


_ 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 


on the head, continued over the lateral lobes and pleura, suffusing 
the base of the costal field of the tegmina and coloring the proximal half 
of the discoidal and humeral veins of the same and the dorsal half of 
the proximal abdominal segments. White lateral bars as in P. acris, 
but not present on the caudal femora. Eyes clay color marbled with 
bistre; face and mouth parts sprinkled with small spots of brown; 
antenne tawny, darker proximad. Caudal femora of the general 
color with the dorsal half of the lateral face pale vinaceous bordered 
ventrad by a line of dots of brownish. 


Measurements. 
RE Ty ew ca be a 
eres SN ee 
eT et Po eel BA A RR 
Length of caudalfemur, . . . . iy re. Sie 


The type specimen is the only one examined re the authors. It 
was taken on the extreme edge of the canyon plateau and was found 
clinging to a wisp of dry grass, the only vegetation along the extreme 
edge of the plateau above the trail. 


SYRBULA Stal. 
Syrbula fuscovittata Thomas. 

At Tucson on July 26 two males and three females of this species 
were taken from high weeds growing in damp soil surrounding a pool. 
An immature female was also taken in Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson 
Mountains, July 25. 

One of the males is in a condition similar to that of the specimen of 
the same sex recorded by Rehn.? Two of the females are in the green 
phase and the other in the brown phase, with, however, much very 
pale green on the face and sides of the head, lateral lobes of the pro- 
notum, tegmina and caudal femora. The males are smaller than the 
average of a series of eight from the Huachuca Mountains. 


Syrbula modesta Bruner. 


This rather diminutive species was taken at elevations ranging from 
4,900 to 5,800 feet in the Grand Canyon, three males and two females 
being included in the series. Apparently this species has two color 
phases, as all the specimens seen are in a brown phase of coloration, 
while Bruner’s original description shows that his specimens had green 
or greenish the predominating color. 


Proc, Acad, Nat, Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 32. 


376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July 


As far as known this species is found only in the Grand Canyon 
region. The males of this form, instead of flying straight from one 
place to another, rise usually very swiftly in a curve which, on account 
of their size and coloration, makes them very hard to follow. The 
females rely almost altogether on their powerful saltatorial ability. 
Often in alighting the males would select the terminal twigs of a juniper 
as resting places. In distribution it appeared to be very local. 


BOOTETTIX Bruner. 
Bootettix argentatus Bruner. 

This very interesting species was taken at several localities and 
always on its favorite shrub, the greasewood (Covillea tridentata), 
At Yuma on July 27 it was found to be numerous and seven males 
were taken; an immature individual was collected at Sentinel, July 27, 
An adult male and an immature specimen were taken on the 
Sahuaro slope southwest of the Tucson Mountains, July 25. 

All the specimens collected lack decided spots on the sutural margin 
of the tegmina, and even traces are present in only one individual. 


AMPHITORNUS MeNeill. 
Amphitornus nanus n. sp. 

Type: oc ;Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Coconino County, Arizona, 
altitude 7,000 feet, in conifer forest. September 11, 1907. Collected 
by Morgan Hebard. : 

Closely related to A. ornatus MeNeill, but differing in the very small 
size (length of body 14.5 mm.) and the shorter tegmina which hardly 
surpass the tips of the caudal femora. : 

Size quite small; form as usual in the genus. Head very slightly 
shorter than the dorsum of the pronotum, occiput and interocular 
region regularly but slightly ascending to the fastigium; interocular 
region but little narrower than the greatest fastigial width; fastigium 
slightly acute-angulate, the immediate apex narrowly rounded, 
median carina distinct on occiput, interocular region and fastigium, 
very low except on the fastigium; face considerably retreating, inter- 
antennal region rounding to the subrectangulate junction with the 
fastigium ; frontal costa moderately broad and subequal to a very short 
distance ventrad of the ocellus, considerably broader and subequal 
thence to the clypeal suture, for its entire length depressed within its 
margins and punctate; eyes subacute-ovate, hardly prominent when — 
viewed from the dorsum; lateral foveole distinet, impressed eaudad ; 
antenng about equal to the head and pronotum in length, rather 
robust, slightly depressed proximad, tips bluntly acuminate. Pro- 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 


notum with the disk about half again as long as the greatest caudal 
width of the same; cephalic margin of the disk subtruncate, caudal 
margin very obtuse-angulate; median carina moderately elevated, 
accessory carine distinct and parallel with but weaker than the median 
one; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep. Tegmina exceeding the 
abdomen by slightly less than the length of the eye and very slightly 
surpassing the tips of the caudal femora; apices of tegmina rounded; 
intercalary vein absent. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes 
subquadrate, but little narrower than one of the lobes; metasternal 
lobes subattingent caudad. Subgenital plate blunt, somewhat 
compressed dorsad. Caudal femora slightly more than three times 
the length of the pronotum, of medium build ; caudal tibiz considerably 


Fig. 7.—Amphitornus nanus n. sp. Lateral view of type. (x 5.) 


shorter than the femora, armed on the lateral margin with eleven to 
twelve spines. 

General colors vandyke brown, seal brown and pinkish white. A 
narrow line of white extends from the caudal margin of the eye obliquely 
ventro-caudad to the pronotal margin, thence transversely across the 
lateral lobe, curving somewhat ventrad at the caudal margin. An- 
other whitish line extends from the base of each antenna as a narrow 
line bordering the ventro-cephalic and ventral border of the eye, 
broadening and extending diagonally across the gena to the ventro- 
caudal angle of the same, reappearing again as a moderately wide 
white ventral border to the lateral lobe, separated from the one dorsad 
of it by a wider bar of seal brown, and vanishing dorsad of the insertion 
of the median limbs. Head with the dorsal surface, sides and face 
seal brown, aside from the white bars mentioned above and a bar of 


378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


mars brown extending from the dorso-caudal margin of the eye to the 
caudal margin of the pronotum, margining the disk on the latter; eyes 
and antenne walnut brown. Pronotum with the disk seal brown, 
except for the area between the supplementary carine which is choco- 
late.* Tegmina vandyke brown, seal brown proximad in the region of 
the humeral and discoidal veins; area between the mediastine and 
humeral veins proximad with a bar of whitish. Venter and abdomen 
naples yellow, stippled on the sides and apex of the abdomen with 
brownish. Cephalic and median limbs thickly sprinkled with walnut 
brown on a paler ground. Caudal femora with the dorsal half with 
ecru drab as a base color, ventral half straw yellow, genicular region 
seal brown, bar at a third the length from the tips seal brown, distinct 
and solid dorsad, weak ventrad; dorsal face with the proximal half 
washed with seal brown and the dorsai half of the lateral face 
clouded with one extensive proximal maculation and a smaller median 
one. Caudal tibie glaucous blue, blackish at the genicular region and 
pale between this and the glaucous portion, spines with their distal 
halves black. 


Measurements. 
Length of body,... «ss 9. LA ee’ i 
Length of pronottm, . . +... . # s . | 
Length of tegmen, «5 « oh 2% so) 2 
Length of caudal femur, i) «pos 2s Jo 


The unique type was found on ground devoid of vegetation but 
covered with needles in the dense pifion and juniper forest. No other 
Orthoptera were noticed in this locality. 


ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. 
Orphulella compta Scudder. 

This species was exceedingly abundant at Yuma, on irrigated ground 
along the Colorado River south of the town. On July 28 a series of 
twenty-six males, sixteen females and two nymphs was taken. 

Of this series about half is in the green phase, while the remainder is 
divided between a full brown phase and one possessing both green and 
brown in its make-up—a mixed phase. Only one, a female, shows 
any tendency toward purplish on the tegmina, and in this case it is not 
strongly marked. ‘There is a considerable amount of variation in size 
in both sexes, and also in the form of the angle and depth and extent 
of the excavation of the festigium. — 


* This bar is very faintly indicated on the head. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 


The records of this species show its main range to be over the lower 
part of the Colorado Valley and adjacent Salton Basin, while the occur- 
rence of it at San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise County, in southeastern 
Arizona, in all probability, is due to the species following up the Yaqui 
Valley from the Gulf of California section of Mexico. 


HORESIDOTES Scudder. 
Horesidotes papagensis n. sp. 

Type: 2; Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, Pima County, 
Arizona, altitude about 3,000 feet. July 25, 1907. Hebard and 
Rehn. 

Closely allied to H. cinereus Scudder, with topotypes of which it has 
been compared, but differing in the somewhat smaller size, blunter 
fastigium, greater interspace between the eyes, less apparent lateral 
foveole, quite distinct and continuous intercalary vein and more 


Fig. 8.—Horesidotes papagensis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (x 4.) 


robust and inflated and proportionately somewhat shorter caudal 
femora. 

Size moderate; form distinctly compressed. Head slightly shorter 
than the dorsal length of the pronotum, ascending on the occiput to the 
vertex which is interocular, fastigium well rounded into the facial out- 
line; interocular region subequal to the width of the fastigium, the 
occiput and interocular region with a weak median and pair of closely 
placed supplementary carinw; fastigium slightly broader than long, 


380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


slightly acute-angulate with the apex blunt, surface but slightly de- 
pressed in the form of a crescent; lateral foveole entirely visible from 
the dorsum, sublinear, slightly arcuate, not deeply impressed; face 
moderately retreating; frontal costa regularly expanding ventrad, 
suleate and impressed for a distance ventrad of the ocellus, punctate 
dorsad ; eyes somewhat acute-ovate, not very prominent when viewed 
from the dorsum; antennz about as long as the head and pronotum, 
depressed and slightly expanded proximad. Pronotum somewhat 
constricted mesad ; cephalic margin of disk slightly 
arcuate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate; median 
carina distinct and well elevated, severed by the 
transverse sulcus slightly caudad of the middle, 
lateral carine slightly less elevated than the 
median, arcuate convergent on the cephalic third 
of the disk, at a third the length from the cephalic 
margin they are separated by a space but little 
more than half that separating them at the cephalic 
margin, from which point of greatest proximity 
they diverge in straight line to the caudal margin 
where they are slightly more distant than cephalad ; 
lateral lobes as deep as long, ventral margin 
obtuse-angulate. Tegmina exceeding the apex 
of the abdomen by about the dorsal length of the 
head, narrow, tips rounded; intercalary vein dis- 
Fig. 9.— Horesidotes tinct and continuous, at least distad; lobe on the 

ea wothecd costal margin small. Interspace between the 

and pronotum. mesosternal lobes subquadrate, narrower than 

(X 4.) the width of one of the lobes; metasternal lobes 
subcontiguous caudad. Cephalic and median limbs of medium build. 
Caudal femora three times the length of the pronotum, rather robust; 
caudal tibie slightly shorter than the femora, armed on the external 
margin with ten spines, internal spurs subequal. 

General dorsal color prout’s brown, obscurely sprinkled and mottled 
with vandyke brown; general ventral color ochraceous-buff becoming 
very pale yellowish on the abdomen. Head with the face and ventral 
half of gen# ochraceous-buff sprinkled with vandyke brown, mouth- 
parts rufous; eyes clay color mottled with vandyke brown; antennze 
rufous becoming olive-buff distad. Pronotum with the disk slightly 
paler than the dorsal half of the lateral lobes, line between dorsal and 
ventral color slightly below the middle of the lateral lobes, sinuate, 
sharply defined; an isolated bar of the ventral color is present dorsad 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 


of the insertion of the caudal limbs. Tegmina of the dorsal color. 
Cephalic and median limbs tawny, obscurely and imperfectly annulate 
and marbled with darker. Caudal femora vinaceous-cinnamon, 
marbled and washed with vandyke brown; caudal tibie very pale 
glaucous, becoming ochraceous proximad, entirely overlaid with fine 
purplish-red mottlings, spines and spurs with their apical halves black. 


Measurements. 
ee SR sh | 
DEE TROnORNOTtIS «eae il wk. fw 8 a 
DCRR Wane et Bo... RT 
OG PUR tl 2 hy Ald 


The male specimen from Yuma County, Arizona, recorded by the 
senior author‘ as Horesidotes cinereus? is seen on re-examination and 
comparison with the recently acquired material to be nearer papagensis, 
to which we tentatively refer it. 

The type of papagensis was taken among leaves under bushes on the 
canyon bottom, and showed no inclination to leave the ground. 


SCYLLINA Stal. 
Scyllina calida Bruner. 

One female specimen of this species was taken at Tucson, July 26, in 
short grass growing about the end of a drain. Its movements were 
quite awkward. 

The previous records of this species in the United States are from 
San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise County, and Baboquivari Mountains, 


Pima County, Arizona. 


PSOLOESSA Scudder. 
Psoloessa texana Scudder. 

The series of specimens of the genus Psoloessa taken in Arizona in the 
summer of 1907 numbers one hundred and six. After considerable 
study of this and other material, the authors are under the necessity of 
considering the four nominal species of this genus (texana, ferruginea, 
maculipennis and buddiana) as one, for which they select the name 
terana as it has page priority over ferruginea and maculipennis, 
buddiana being of much later date. 

To some this may appear unwarranted as characters, such as the 
angle of the face, proportions of the lateral foveole of the head and the 
width of the fastigium, as well as the color pattern, have been used in 


‘ Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 563. 
25 


382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


keys to separate the “‘species.’’ To present the reasons for creating 
the synonymy clearly, it would be best to explain the methods used in 
reaching the conclusions. The original descriptions of /ferruginea, 
maculipennis, terana and buddiana were tabulated in parallel columns, 
and from the mass of material specimens which agreed as nearly as 
possible with these descriptions were selected. The condensed diagnos- 
tic characters of the four “species”’ are as follows: 

Typical buddiana. Whole dorsum uniform pale pinkish brown. 
Lateral bars solid and well marked. Caudal femora with but a faint 
indication of the dorsal bar at the terminal third. 

Typical ferruginea. Whole dorsum ochraceous with the usual mark- 
ings on the dorsum of the metazona. Lateral bars broken. Caudal 
femora with distinct bar at the terminal third. 

Typical maculipennis. Dorsum of the closed tegmina and pronotum 
sprinkled with blackish quadrate or subquadrate spots. Lateral bar 
with the remains less sharply defined than in ferruginea. 

Typical terana. Dorsum suffused with blackish. Tegmina black- 
ish with the veins dark. Caudal femora with the dorsum. of the 
genicular portion black. 

The number of specimens of the total of one hundred and six which 
appeared to be typical of these forms were: buddiana, three; ferru- 
ginea, ten; maculipennis, nine; terana, three, while eighty-one or over 
seventy-five per cent. were typical of none. Of this remaining series 
twelve share characters of buddiana, jerruginea and maculipennis, sixty- 
six characters of ferruginea and maculipennis and three characters of 
maculipennis and texana, 

When compared with three Shovel Mount, Texas, females the Ari- 
zona females differ uniformly in the narrower fastigium, which is 
usually more deeply excavated or at least appears to be so. When 
the Arizona series of both sexes is examined there is seen to be con- 
siderable variation in both sexes in the width of the fastigium, irrespec- 
tive of locality or color phase, and in the degree of constriction of the 
lateral carine of the pronotum. Careful examination of the selected 
typical females fails to show any difference in the facial angle, and the 
shape of the lateral foveole is of such variability that no reliance can be 
placed on this character. The long type of foveole, supposed to be 
peculiar to the terana form, can be duplicated in specimens picked 
haphazard from the series of the other three types, and moreover the 
dark tezana has as much variability in the few specimens available of 
the form as one needs to convince them of the variability of this char- 
acter. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 


From this evidence there appears but one conclusion to be drawn, and 
that is to consider the different types forms of one species, as the 
presence of a seventy-five per cent. intermediate series leaves open to 
us only this solution or the most arbitrary allotment of this ‘‘mixed’’ 
body. The latter course has nothing in its favor, as the definition of the 
“species” would be a practical impossibility. 

The localities represented in the series at hand are Tucson, July 26, 
four o’, twelve 2 ; Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, July 25, 
one @ ; near Sonora Road, southwest of Tucson Mountains, July 25, 
seven GC’, five 2 ; Roeble’s Ranch near Coyote Springs, July 24 and 
25, twenty-eight o’, forty-eight 2. Typical buddiana was taken at 
Tucson, near Sonora Road and Roeble’s Ranch, jerruginea at Tucson and 
Roeble’s Ranch, maculipennis at Tucson and Roeble’s Ranch and 
texana at Tucson and near Sonora Road. 

This insect appears to be the most difficult to capture of almost any 
of the desert species encountered, this being due to its remarkable 
protective coloration and to its great swiftness in springing into the air 
and taking flight. It was by all odds the most plentiful and widely 
distributed desert species collected. 


AGENEOTETTIX McNeill. 
Ageneotettix australis Bruner. 
An adult male of this species was taken in Sonora Road Canyon, 
July 25, and an immature female at Roeble’s Ranch, the same date. 
The mature specimen was captured on the rocky canyon side. 


Ageneotettix ourtipennis Bruner. 

A female specimen from Bright Angel, altitude 7,000 feet, Septem- 
ber 11, is referred to this species. The tegmina are very short, not 
more than one-third the length of the abdomen, and the caudal tibie 
have the proximal third ochraceous clouded and sprinkled with 
fuscous. The original locality for this species was simply ‘‘Southern 
Colorado,” and in consequence this is the first definite record for the 
species, 

The specimen was found on stony ground, among low plants in a 
forest of pifion and juniper, where Amphitornus nanus was the only 
other species of Orthoptera seen. 


AULOCARA Scudder. 
Aulocara rufum Scudder. 
A single male of this species was taken in Sonora Road Canyon, 
Tucson Mountains, July 25. 


384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


LIGUROTETTIX MeNeill. 
Ligurotettix kunzei Caudell. 

This extremely interesting and peculiar species is represented by a 
series of forty-five specimens taken at Tucson, July 26 (three o’, two 
2), Sonora Road near Tucson Mountains, July 25 (twelve <, five 
adult 2, one immature 2 ), Roeble’s Ranch, July 24 and 25 (eight o, 
one adult 2, one immature 2), Sentinel, Maricopa County, July 27 
(one o), and Yuma, July 27 (three G’, eight 2). 

The Yuma specimens are as large as Tucson individuals and do not 
seem to approach the smaller Californian L. coquilletti. In size the 
whole series is fairly uniform, some slight individual variation being 
noticed in both sexes. Average specimens from the localities repre- 
sented in the collection measure as follows: 


of 
Length of Length of Length of 
body. tegmina. caudal femora. 
Tucson,. . 228) ae 16.8 mm. 9.7 mm. 
Near Sonora Road, a> ig © ee ae 16:2 * 9°. m 
Roeble’s Ranch, . . . 16.5 “ aa 9: ee 
pea: a a ee is2° 9545) 
an. Ea ee be ibs 10.2.4 
so) 
Tueson,. . .~ —t2 ae 22.4 mm. 12.5 mm. 
Near Sonora Road, he ee yA A a 12: 
Roeble’s Ranch, . . . 22 “* 20.8 “ ity = 
f° Se Dg SS) re ot Ea 128% 


In color there is a considerable amount of variation, all, however, in 
conformity with the subdued color pattern of the insect. The most 
peculiar variation is in the presence of blackish brown on the cephalic 
half or more of the lateral lobes of the prongtum, and also on the pleura 
accompanied by a suffusion of the gene. In its complete form this 
phase is present in but one female from Yuma, in which the contrast 


with the pale dorsum and caudal portion of the lateral lobes is very 


striking, although suggested more or less strongly by a few, chiefly 
males, from Tucson, Sonora Road and Roeble’s Ranch. There is a 
considerable amount of variation in the sprinkling and lining of the 


dorsum of the pronotum and head and the tegmina with blackish brown, 


this being, however, more noticeable in the females than in the males. 
The Yuma specimens as a series and the Sentinel individual are paler 
and more ashy than those from the vicinity of Tucson and the Papago 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 


country, which may possibly be due to the increased aridity and 
greater sunlight of southwestern Arizona when compared with the 

eson region. The usual position of specimens on the main branches 
of Covillea would allow reflected light to play a very important part in 
color bleaching. , 

At Roeble’s Ranch and along the Sonora Road this species was 
found chiefly on mesquite, where the insects clung tightly to the 
twigs and trusted so far to their protective coloration that those taken 
were cautiously approached with the hands and suddenly seized. If 
not captured they sprang with agility to some other part of the bush 
and often escaped completely. They stridulated frequently, a faint 
sikk, sikk, sik-sik-sik, At Yuma the species was found on greasewood 
(Covillea) and was extremely active and wary in spite of the frightful 
heat. 


ARPHIA Stal. 
Arphia teporata Scudder. 

Three males and a female taken on rocky desert hillside in Sonora 
Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, July 25, belong to this species. They 
are more thickly speckled and variegated with dark brown than a series 
from Alamogordo, New Mexico, and all are faintly washed with reddish 
brown. 


ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudder. 
Encoptolophus texensis Bruner. 

At Tucson along the Santa Cruz River on irrigated land this species 
was found July 26 in moderate numbers. Eight males and six females 
were taken, three of the females being in a green phase of coloration, 
as previously noted in a Phoenix specimen,’ the green being on the head, 
pronotum, dorsal face of caudal femora and to a certain extent on the 
pleura, while another of the same sex is weakly greenish on the same 
areas. The series exhibits an appreciable amount of variation in size, 
particularly in the male sex. 


Encoptolophus subgracilis Caudell. 

A single female with rather short tegmina and wings, taken July 25 in 
mesquite and rabbit-weed surroundings near the Sonora Road south- 
west of the Tucson Mountains, is apparently referable to this species, 
The wings, however, are faintly yellowish proximad, in this respect 
resembling texensis. The measurements of this specimen are as follows: 


* Proc, Acad, Nat, Sci. Phila,, 1907, p. 76. 


386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Tength of body, <6. 96.050 Ta ae > 


Length of pronotum,:.. ©. .«. ». 4a pelle eee eee 
Length of tegmen,... «5 «0s. 20e) 8 ee eee 
Length of caudalfemur, . . . <4 & » «Ss ae 


HIPPISCUS Saussure. 
Hippiscus corallipes (Haldeman). 
A single female of this species, taken at the east base of the Huachuca 
Mountains, July 6, by H. A. Kaeber, has been examined. The species 
has previously been recorded from that range by the senior author.® 


DISSOSTEIRA Scudder. 
Dissosteira carolina (Linnzus). 
Three males and two females of this widely distributed species were 
taken at Williams, September 13, while a single female was taken 
September 11 at Bright Angel, Grand Canyon, elevation of 6,850 feet. 


TOMONOTUS Saussure. 
Tomonotus ferruginosus Bruner. 

A pair of this species from Palmerlee, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise 
County, Arizona, taken July 5 and 15 by H. Kaeber, has been examined. 
The range of this form includes localities from Southern California to 
Fort Grant and the Huachuca Mountains, southeastern Arizona, and 
from Phoenix, Arizona, to Uruapan, Michoacan, Mexico. 

Tomonotus aztecus (Saussure). 

A series of seven males and two females of this species were taken 
July 25 near the Sonora Road, southwest of the Tucson Mountains, on a 
flat covered with very low weeds with many bare spaces between. A 
single male was also taken the same day at Roeble’s Ranch. 


METATOR MeNeill. 
Metator pardalinum (Saussure). 

A single female of this species, taken at Williams, September 13, is 
the first Arizona record of the genus and species. The specimen has 
the disk of the wings scarlet and is inseparable from Colorado in- 
dividuals. It was taken in an open place thickly overgrown with 
rabbit-weed and other equally low vegetation. 


MESTOBREGMA Scudder. 
Mestobregma obliterata Bruner. 
A series of six males and ten females was taken at Williams, Septem- 
ber 13. There is considerable variation in the length of the tegmina 


* Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 36, 


7 | 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 


and wings in the females, while the same is true of the caudal femora. 
The disk of the wings is lemon yellow in all the specimens and the 
transverse bar is not distinctly marked. The caudal margin of the 
disk and lateral lobes of the pronotum are distinctly colored with 
yellowish in a few specimens, while the angle of the tegmina is lined 
with the same in three specimens and with whitish in two others. 

This species was found in the same situation as Metator pardalinum. 


TREPIDULUS McNeill. 
Trepidulus rosaceus (Scudder). 

This very interesting species is represented by a series of twenty-nine 
males and twelve females. The localities at which it was taken are 
Tucson, July 26 (10 &,9 2); near Sonora Road, July 25 (15 &,2 2); 
Roeble’s Ranch, July 25 (3 &, 2 2), and Yuma, July 28 (1 @). In 
size the series exhibits an appreciable amount of variation, while the 
coloration shows all conditions of ashy washes and blackish speckling 
and blotching, particularly on the dorsal aspect of the closed tegmina, 
while the base color ranges in spots from ochre to seal brown. The 
pale ventral portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is, however, 
sharply defined in every individual, and the two dorsal blotches on the 
caudal femora are distinct in all but one female specimen. Attention 
should be called to the fact that the Yuma individual is uniformly 
more grayish than specimens from the Tucson region, the maculations 
being sub-obsolete. 

This species was found in the same restricted locality along the 
Sonora Road as T’omonotus aztecus and Trepidulus melleolus, where it 
was moderately plentiful; at Yuma the single specimen encountered 
was taken on a broad flat of high weeds which had been completely 
dried by the extreme heat. It was found common among desert growth 
at Tucson, on the outskirts of the Mexican section of the town. 


Trepidulus melleolus (Scudder). 

Two males from the vicinity of the Sonora Road, July 25, and two 
males and a female from Roeble’s Ranch, July 25, represent this 
interesting species. It appears from the material in hand, five males 
and two females, that there is a great amount of individual variation 
in size in both sexes; the two females before us, one from Roeble’s 
Ranch, the other from San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise County, having 
a considerable difference in size. The coloration is fairly constant in 
character, 

This species enjoys a range from northeastern New Mexico (La 
Trementina) to Pima County, Arizona. 


388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


This striking form was taken on the desert plain in the two above 
localities where it was extremely scarce. 


DEROTMEMA Scudder. 
Derotmema laticinctum Scudder. 

On the desert plains of the Papago country this species was collected 
in numbers, a series of seventy-one males and thirty-three females being 
before us. It was usually found on exposed areas of adobe soil and asso- 
ciated with Psoloessa terana. Theseriesis distributed as follows: Tucson, 
July 26, twenty-seven males, eleven females (one immature) ; Sahuaro 
slope, southwestern side of Tucson Mountains, July 24, one male; near 
Sonora Road, southwest of Tucson Mountains, July 25, eighteen males, 
fifteen females (two immature); Roeble’s Ranch, July 24 and 25, 
twenty-five males (one immature), seven females (two immature). 

This series is quite variable in the depth of coloration and in the 
character of the maculations on the anal area of the tegmina. Some 
specimens have three or four comparatively large blotches on this 
portion of the tegmina, while others have the same region more or less 
thickly sprinkled with small quadrate blotches. The fuscous bar on 
the wing varies in intensity and considerably in extent. One speci- 
men from Tucson has the bar very weak and of little extent. 

Thespecimens from the Baboquivari Mountains previously recorded by 
the senior author as Derotmema delicatulum,’ prove on second examina- 
tion and comparison with typical specimens of delicatulum to be this 
species. The range of the species is now known to extend from the 
west slope of the Organ Mountains of central southern New Mexico 
to Phoenix, Maricopa County, and the Baboquivari region, Pima County, 
Arizona. 


Derotmema delicatulum Scudder. 

This rather remarkable species is represented by four specimens, 
two of each sex, taken at Sentinel, Maricopa County, July 27. The 
very prominent eyes, very pale, in fact almost colorless, disk of the 
wing and much reduced but conspicuous and well-defined transverse 
blotch on the wing are sufficient to enable one to readily recognize the 
species. The coloration is very pale, with the darker pattern well 
defined and comparatively regular. 

The habitat of this form is the Mohave and Yuma deserts, ranging 
from the western edge of the Mohave at Mohave and Lancaster, Califor- 
nia, to at least Sentinel, Maricopa County, Arizona. The specimens 


? Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 72. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 


listed above were collected during a train stop in a most arid and 
desolate location. 
Derotmema haydeni (Thomas). 

A series of five males and four females was taken at Williams, Sep- 
tember 13 (two o', two 2 ), and Anita, September 11 (two <’, three & ). 
The disk of the wing is red in five specimens and yellow in four, regard- 
less of locality. The series from Williams is more blackish than usual 
in the species, while the Anita individuals are quite reddish. The 
species has previously been recorded from Flagstaff. 

At Anita the species was common on reddish soil in an open field, 
while at Williams it was taken in an open place heavily overgrown 
with low vegetation. 

CONOZOA Saussure. 
Conozoa carinata Rehn. 

A series of five males and one female taken at Tucson, July 26, repre- 
sent this species. These specimens are somewhat paler than the types, 
while the males have the fastigium very slightly narrower than in the 
female type. The female specimen has the metazona of the pronotum 
abnormally humped, probably as the result of an injury. 

This species is now known to range from the Huachuca Mountains to 
the Baboquivari range, north to Tucson. 

Conozoa sulcifrons (Scudder). 

At Yuma this species was taken in numbers on July 26 and 27, a 
series of twenty-one males and twenty-three females being secured. 
When compared with a series from Grand Junction, Colorado, the 
Yuma specimens are seen to average considerably larger. The Yuma 
series is as a whole more warm brown in color, with the dorsal aspect 
of the head, pronotum and anal field of the tegmina paler and more 
uniform. 

The specimens from Florence and Phcenix, Arizona, referred to C. 
acuminata with a query by the senior author* belong to this species. In 
size they are slightly smaller than Yuma individuals of the same sex. 

This was the most plentiful species found on the dry earth of the 
river bed and along its banks. Although an active flyer no great 
difficulty was experienced in capturing specimens. 

TRIMEROTROPIS Stil. 
Trimerotropis fascicula McNeill. 

A single female of this species was collected at light at Nogales, 

August 13, 1906, by Dr. Calvert. 


— SS — | 


* Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 567. 


390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


The specimens recorded by Snow® from Oak Creek Canyon and 
Humphreys Peak, Coconino County, Arizona, as this species prove, 
on examination of individuals forwarded by Prof. Snow, to be T. 
alliciens Scudder. The two forms, however, are very closely related. 
Trimerotropis modesta Bruner. 

A female of this form taken on the rim of the Grand Canyon, near 
Bright Angel, September 11, and a male taken at Williams, September 
13, are in the collection. The specific validity of this form appears to 
be rather questionable, as its relationship to 7’. citrina is so close that 
it may be nothing more than a race of that species. 


Trimerotropis strenua McNeill. 

Two specimens of this species were taken at Tucson, July 26, at light. 
When compared with Salt Lake Valley specimens they are seen to be 
inseparable. Snow has recorded this species from San Bernardino 
Ranch, Cochise County, Arizona. 

Trimerotropis inconspioua Bruner. 

Three males of this species taken at Bright Angel, Grand Canyon, 
6,880 feet to 7,000 feet, are before us. Two were taken July 29 to 
August 2, 1906, by Calvert, and one on September 11, 1907, by Hebard. 
Two specimens are identical in coloration with the tegminal bars decid- 
edly blackish and strongly contrasting with the pale ochraceous base 
color, while the other specimen is decidedly reddish, both bars and 
base color. 

This species was described by Bruner from material taken at a 
number of localities in the Grand River region of western Colorado, 
this being the first record of the species from any locality outside of 
that State. 

The specimen taken on September 11 was the only individual of the 
Species noticed and was captured in the forest of pifion and juniper. 
Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder. 

This wide ranging species is represented by eighty-three specimens 
taken as follows: Tucson, July 26, 27 co’, 18 2 ; Sonora Road Canyon, 
July 25, 4 co; Sonora Road near Tucson Mountains, July 25, 2 9; 
Roeble’s Ranch, July 24 and 25, 13 o&, 4 9 ; Nogales, August 13 (at 
light, Calvert), 1 @ ; Yuma, July 28, 1 &; Williams, September 13, 1d’; 
Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, elevation 3,000-7,000 feet, July 29- 
August 2 (Calvert), September 11 and 12 (Hebard),3 7,9 9. 

The specimens of the series present a considerable amount of varia- 


* Trans. Kansas Acad, Sci., XX, pt. 2, p. 37. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 


tion in size and the usual modifications of width and characters of 
tegminal bars, as well as differences in the general light base color. As 
the variability of this species is almost endless, it is hardly necessary to 
call attention to any types except one which is suffused with ochraceous- 
rufous, represented by all the Sonora Road Canyon specimens and 
faintly approached by one from Tucson, and a very dull type, repre- 
sented by several from Bright Angel rim (7,000 feet) and the single 
individual from Williams. Other specimens, however, from the rim 
of the Grand Canyon at Bright Angel are of normal contrast, and one is 
extremely contrasted with quite pale base color. 

Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner. ‘ 

A series of sixteen males and seven females of this species was taken 
at elevations ranging from 3,800 to 7,000 feet on and in the vicinity of 
the Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, September 11 and 12. The 
majority of the specimens are strongly washed with reddish, the greater 
portion of these reddish specimens being from elevations not exceeding 
5,000 feet, this being evidently due to a protective color modification 
influenced by the reddish exposure of that portion of the canyon walls. 
A few individuals possess a more strongly contrasted coloration; the 
pale color being unsuffused and the bar groups darker. These speci- 
mens are from 5,000 and 7,000 feet. On comparing this series with 
that in the Academy collection I find that specimens from the northern 
portion of Arizona, south at least as far as Prescott, have the disk of 
the wings campanula blue in color, while individuals from the ranges 
of southeastern Arizona (Huachucas, etc.) have the same area 
glaucous blue. The difference is quite noticeable when the two types 
are compared. This species makes at will a clatter similar to that of 
Circotettix verruculatus. Especially when alarmed its flight is 
extremely swift and erratic. It was not plentiful along the canyon 
edge, but lower on the Bright Angel Trail it was found almost every- 
where, most plentiful, however, about bare places near precipices. 


CIRCOTETTIX Scudder. 
Circotettix undulatus (Thomas). 

A series of seven males and nine females taken near the rim of the 
Grand Canyon at Bright Angel represents this species. Two males 
and three females were taken July 29 to August 2, 1906, by Calvert, and 
the remainder September 11, 1907, by Hebard. 

The sexes are of practically the same size, and the amount of indi- 
vidual variation of the same character is slight in a series of thirty-six 
specimens before us. The general color varies from a decidedly 
blackish type to one distinctly dull reddish brown in general tone. 


392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


The previous Arizona records of this species were from Oak Creek 
Canyon and base of Humphrey’s Peak, Coconino County. 

This form was not uncommon in the open yellow pine groves near 
the hotel, while in other places it was very scarce. Individuals of this 
species seem to be unable to fly without clattering. In the afternoons 
it was not on the wing. 


HADROTETTIX Scudder. 
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say). 
A single male of this species, collected by H. A. Kaeber, July 6, 1907, 
on the plains at the mouth of Ramsay Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 
has been examined. 


ANCONIA Scudder. 
Anconia integra Scudder. 

At both Tucson and Yuma this species was encountered, five males 
and two females having been taken at the former locality on July 26 
and twenty males and two females at the latter on July 27 and 28. In 
size there is an appreciable amount of variation in the male sex, the 
four females being quite uniform. All the females and four of the 
Tucson males are green; all the Yuma males and one Tucson male 
are hoary white or pale ochraceous more or less thickly overlaid with 
maculations of olive. Several of the brownish specimens are very pale 
and but faintly maculate, while five are strongly marked, having the 
pronotal decussate markings pronounced. The other brownish males 
are more or less intermediate between the two extreme types. 

Tucson is the most eastern record for this species, the previously 
published Arizona records being from Phoenix and Bill William’s Fork. 

At Tucson this species was taken among high weeds both in damp 
and dry locations. They were very wary and alert and when missed 
flew for some considerable distance. A preference to alighting on 
the ground when pursued rather than on weeds and bushes was ob- 
served, though invariably first discovered among vegetation. At Yuma 
it was found on the greasewood covered sand flats. 


HELIASTUS Saussure. 
Heliastus aridus (Bruner). 

This extremely variable species is represented by specimens taken at 
Tucson (July 26, 3 2), Sonora Road Canyon (July 25, 2 #7, 1 9, 
1 nymph), Sonora Road near Tucson Mountains (July 25,12) and 
Roeble’s Ranch (July 24,1 c',1 2). There is a great diversity in the 
size of the Tucson females, while the coloration is of the usual vari- 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 


ability. The three individuals from the Sonora Road Canyon are 
distinctly suffused with reddish, the males very strongly so, while the 
Tucson and Roeble’s Ranch specimens have hoary white their most 
conspicuous color tone. The Sonora Road specimen has as its general 
tint the peculiar blue gray often seen in this species. 

This form was found to be a typical desert species, not noticed any- 
where in numbers. 


PHRYNOTETTIX Uhler. 
Phrynotettix magnus (Thomas). 

A pair of this species taken July 6 by H. A. Kaeber at Palmerlee and 
an immature male taken in Sonora Road Canyon, Tucson Mountains, 
July 25, have been examined. 

The Palmerlee male is labelled ‘‘Found under manure.” The 
Sonora Road Canyon specimen was found on a rocky hillside. 


SCHISTOCERCA Stal. 
Schistocerca vaga (Scudder). 

At Tucson four males and two females of this species were collected 
July 26. One female is quite dark in color with strongly contrasted 
pattern; the other of the same sex shows little contrast and is pale 
dull brownish. The specimens were found among wild sunflowers and 
other high plants. In this situation individuals were taken with far 
greater ease than others previously seen on the desert. 


Schistocerca venusta Scudder. 

A male and two females taken at Yuma, July 27 and 28, and a male 
taken at Winslow, Navajo County, September 13, represent this 
species. The Winslow specimen is more olive and less greenish than 
the Yuma individuals. 

At Yuma a few specimens were seen in the dry stand of arrow-wood 
on the banks of the Gila River. The species was very plentiful at 
Winslow, in tall weeds about a water tank. 


CONALCZEA Scudder. 
Conalowa huachucana Rehn. 
A female of this species, collected at Palmerlee July 6 by Kaeber, has 
been examined. 


HESPEROTETTIX Scudder. 
Hesperotettix festivus Scudder. 
A series of twenty-two males, twelve females and one nymph 
represents this species. The localities are: Tucson, July 26,1 4,1 92; 
Sahuaro slope, southwest of Tucson Mountains, July 24, 1 o'; Sonora 


394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Road near Tucson Mountains, July 25, 13 &, 9 2, 1 nymph; Roeble’s 
Ranch, July 25,1 2 ; Williams, September 13, 1,1 9. 

In size but little variation is noticeable; the tegmina of the two 
Williams specimens, however, do not exceed the tips of the caudal 
femora. Five specimens from Sonora Road are decidedly brownish, 
one strongly so, while all the others are shades of green, in a few cases 
with a faint bluish tinge to the tegmina. Reddish pregenicular 
annuli are indicated more or less strongly on the caudal femora of all 
but three specimens, which latter are either in or approach the brown- 
ish phase. The pale medio-longitudinal line on the pronotum is nar- 
rower in the Williams specimens than in a number of individuals from 
southern Arizona. 

This insect was one of the few species which was invariably found 
on or near rabbit-weed. In the rabbit-weed tracts a number of speci- 
mens were often found in one small clump of the weed. Relying on 
its protective coloration the insect often sought shelter in the center of 
the clump, but when frightened out of its retreat flew very swiftly 
on almost all occasions to another bunch of the same plant. 


ZEOLOPLUS Scudder. 
Zoloplus tenuipennis Scudder. 

At Tucson this species was found in weeds growing along an irrigat- 
ing ditch and a series of six males and three females was taken on July 
26, while at Yuma a single male was collected on July 27. While 
agreeing with the original description in all essential points the Tucson 
individuals are decidedly larger than the type. The extremes of the 
series measure as follows: 


of 2 
Length of body,. . . . . 17 -18.3mm. 17 -19.3mm. 
Length of pronotum, . . . 4 -45 “ 4-49 “ 
Length oftegmen, . . . . 155-19 “ 15.5-17.2 “ 
Length ofcaudalfemur, . . 9.5-10.2 “ 9.8-11.2 “ 


In color there is an appreciable amount of variation in the depth of 
the bars and maculations, the specimens with the base color dull ochre 
having the pattern more marked, while those with the same more 
yellowish have the pattern weaker. The pink of the proximal two- 
thirds of the caudal tibiz varies greatly in depth of color, being very 
delicate shell pink in some specimens and solferino in others with inter- 
mediates of various shades. 

This species was described from Fort Grant, Graham County, Ari- 
zona, and has since been recorded from Bill William’s Fork, western 
Arizona, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 


A single female in the Academy Collection was taken at Phoenix 
(October 4, 1900; Kunzé). 

Zoloplus arizonensis Scudder. 

In the vicinity of Yuma this species was not uncommon, a series of 
seven males, fifteen females and one nymph being taken July 27 and 28. 
Among the high dry weeds on the flood plain of the Gila River fourteen 
specimens were taken and a number of others seen; one specimen was 
captured on the summit of a desert hill, one in cultivated alfalfa and 
seven were taken at night under arc lights. 

There is a perceptible amount of variation in size, the length of the 
tegmina being quite variable; no specimens, however, having these 
members shorter than the type measurements, while the greater 
majority have them much longer. The remarks made under Afoloplus 
tenuipennis regarding color variation apply as well to this species, 
though the paler specimens have the tegmina distinctly light grayish, 
while in one specimen the pale color on the head and pronotum is 
almost whitish. 


This species has been recorded from Fort Whipple, Yavapai County, 
Arizona, and the Mohave Desert. 


MELANOPLUS Stal. 
Melanoplus flabellifer Scudder. 

A series of six males and seven females of this species was taken at 
Williams, September 13. All are typical of flabellifer, showing little or 
no tendency toward occidentalis or cuneatus. The coloration is quite 
dark, the pattern much subdued. There is some variation in the 
depth of the glaucous color of the caudal tibie. This is the first 
record of the species from Arizona. 

All of these specimens were taken in a field of low vegetation. The 
insects were inactive as the dew was yet on the ground. The condi- 
tion of a number of the specimens shows that their season was well 
advanced, 

Melanoplus herbaceus flavescens Scudder. 

Two males of this form were taken at Yuma on July 28, one on 
cultivated ground, the other on desert growth. 

The only previous record of this form from Arizona was from Bill 
William’s Fork, Mohave-Yuma County, specimens from Phoenix being 
intermediate between herbaceus and flavescens. ‘ 

Melanoplus brownii Caudell. 

This species was abundant locally at Tucson, where a series of 

twelve males and nineteen females were taken on July 26. In size 


396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


there is an appreciable amount of individual variation, the extremes 
of the series measuring as follows: 


of of 2 2 
Length of body,. . . 186mm. 215mm. 24.2mm. 28.4mm., 
Length of tegmen, . . 18 “ aD > 24,2 “ 
Length of caudalfemur,. 10.8 “ 1225 “ 122“ 16a 


The coloration is quite uniform, only a few specimens being more 
richly colored than the others, the caudal femora, however, being 
some shade of glaucous in all the series instead of “‘yellowish brown” 
as originally described. 

The female specimen recorded by Rehn as M. canonicus? from 
Florence, Arizona,’° and those of the same sex from the Huachuca range 
recorded by him as M. flavidus™ are referable to this species. The 
absence of accompanying males was responsible for the erroneous 
identifications. The Florence individual has since been compared 
with the types of brownii. 

The range of this species now extends from Yuma up the Gila Valley 
to Phoenix and Florence, southward to Tucson, the Baboquivari and 
Huachuca Mountains. 

The species was found at Tucson, frequenting high weeds near water 
and cultivated areas. 

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). 

A male and two females represent this widely distributed species, the 
localities being Williams, September 13 (<'), Tucson, July 26 (2), and 
Sonora Road near Tucson Mountains, July 25 (92 ). These specimens are 
distinctly larger than eastern individuals of the species, a fact previously 
noted by Rehn” in regard to Florence and Phoenix, Arizona, repre- 
sentatives. The Sonora Road specimen has the coloration strongly 
contrasted. 


Melanoplus aridus (Scudder). 

A very interesting series of this species was taken at localities in 
northern Arizona, a region from which it was previously not reported. 
Nine specimens from Williams, September 13, five males, four females, 
average about equal in size to individuals from Florence, Arizona, and 
are distinctly smaller than Scudder’s measurements. Three males 
and one female taken at Anita, September 11, show a further reduc- 
tion in size, while% series of fourteen males and eleven females from 


19 Proc, Acad, Nat, Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 572. 
" Thid., 1907, p. 54. 
18 Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci, Phila., 1907, p. 78. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 


the rim of the Grand Canyon at Bright Angel, September 11, are very 
decidedly smaller than Scudder’s measurements, some specimens 
being hardly more than half the size given by him. The senior author 
recently called attention” to the size variability of this species, citing 
Huachuca Mountain individuals larger than the original measure- 
ments. 

The coloration of the Grand Canyon series shows little yellowish, 
having grays and gray-browns predominating, while the Anita and Wil- 
liams specimens are somewhat brighter, though by no means as strik- 
ingly colored as Florence, Arizona, individuals. The yellow of the 
ventral surface is pure in some specimens and much soiled and washed 
with red brown in others. 

At Williams and Anita this species was extremely common in the 
grassy open glades of the pine forest, while at Grand Canyon it was the 
most abundant species of Orthoptera and was found everywhere in the 
undergrowth of the heavier pine woods. It was noted to be a very 
swift jumper, but a series was easily taken on account of its abundance. 
Melanoplus femur-nigrum Scudder. 

This little known species is represented by a series of two males and 
three females taken September 11 at the rim of the Grand Canyon at 
Bright Angel. Here it was taken on an open hillside heavily over- 
grown with a plant resembling rabbit-weed. 

The only previous record of this species is the original one from 
San Francisco Mountains, July 30, but its range is more extensive as 
witnessed by a female in the Academy Collection labelled ‘ Albu- 
querque, N. Mex., July 13, Oslar.” It is quite probable that this 
specimen was taken in the mountains near Albuquerque, as it is hardly 
likely to occur in the distinctly Sonoran vicinity of the city. 

Melanoplus femur-rubrum (DeGeer). 

A male of this species was taken at Winslow, Navajo County, 4,848 
feet elevation, September 13. 

Melanoplus canonicus Scudder. 

A series of two males and seven females, taken September 12 along 
or near the Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, represent this species. 
These specimens were taken at altitudes ranging from 4,850 to 6,800 
feet, one female alone being from above an elevation of 5,800 feet. 
The species was found only in scattered growths of pifion and juniper, 
exhibiting a preference for the latter tree. Specimens were found 
on the ground, in bushes and clinging to the twigs of juniper. 


8 Proc, Acad, Nat, Sci, Phila., 1907, p. 51. 
26 


398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


In size there is considerable variation in the series, all being smaller 
than Seudder’s original measurements. The extremes of the series in 
hand are as follows: 


So oh 2 2 
Length of body,. . . 17 mm. 20.2mm." 22.5mm. 27 mm. 
Length of tegmen, . . 15 “ 138°". Seer 18.2 “ 
Length of caudal femur, 10.5 “ 9.87% LL 13473 


The distal portion of the furcula varies in the two males, being rather 
slender in one and comparatively thick in the other. 

The majority of the specimens are strongly overcast with brownish, 
sometimes with a decided olivaceous tinge, only one specimen being 
‘‘luteo-testaceous”’ as originally described. 

In addition to the original record from the Grand Canyon, this 
species has been recorded from Bill William’s Fork by Rehn and from 
Tucson by Snow. 


DACTYLOTUM Charpentier. 
Dactylotum variegatum Scudder. 
A male and two females of this species, taken July 6 on the plains at 
the east base of the Huachuca Mountains by H. Kaeber, have been 
examined, 


TETTIGONIDA. 
ARETHZA Stal. 
Arethea sellata Rehn. 
A male of this species, taken at Palmerlee, Huachuca Mountains, July 
15, by H. A. Kaeber, has been examined. 


SCUDDERIA Stal. 
Scudderia furcifera Scudder. 


This species is represented by a male taken at Palmerlee, Huachuca 
Mountains, July 6, by H. A. Kaeber. 


MICROCENTRUM" Scudder, 
Microcentrum rhombifolia’ (Saussure). 
A single female of this species was taken at light at Nogales, August 
13, 1906, by Calvert. 


Abnormally distended. 

Kirby (Synon. Catal. Orth., Il, pp. 455, 480) has transferred this generic 
name to the genus usually known as Stilpnochlora Stil, and in its place for 
Microcentrum of authors uses Orophus Saussure, 1859. For the type of the latter 
he selects retinervis Burmeister (salicifolia Saussure), disregarding the fact that 
Rehn (Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 808, March, 1906) some months 
previously had selected mezicanus as the type of Orophus. In selecting a type 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 


GRYLLIDZ. 
NEMOBIUS Serville. 
Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder. 
| This species was taken at light at Tucson (July 23, 1 2) and Yuma 
(July 27 and 28, 3 2) and was decidedly scarce wherever it was 
encountered. The Tucson specimen is appreciably larger than the 
Yuma individuals. 


GRYLLUS Linneus. 
Gryllus personatus Uhler. 


At Tucson this species came to light in great numbers the evenings 
of July 23 and 26, a series of twenty males and eighteen females being 
collected. 

Size as usual exhibits a considerable range of variation, while several 
males are of a strongly megacephalic type. 

As the proportions of the caudal femora and ovipositors and the 
measurements of the tegmina may prove of use to future workers, they 
are tabled below. 


Proportions of caudal femur and ovipositor in eighteen females from 


Tucson, 

Ovipositor. 
—-- = = = | —— 
Caudal 12 | 12.8; 12.6 | 18 | 18.2) 18.5 | 18.8] 14 | 14.5] 15 
Semur. | mm mm.) mm. | mm. | mm. mm. mm. Mmm. mm. ! mm. 

7a Re WE eal Se a | 7 
10.7 mm Se | RT (A Rae Me ol eiapis Woh cate ciaval aan oBielettede SS eSErer 
be ai Baa BER ES 7 Gh Re eos eee Bes as ei ees 
Vs a ine 4 | 1 i RS eae TS MR, 15 ee eee: Db tae 
Sag es Ee penenhth abeawiea ried @s <a0aly caamelss vad Suge eee. See 
eee icin ag ciel’ oe ws leetee i) ee a pit) Ee cee eee Hovde ale 
RE a a ag 1 ie a a Si Fe aS a eee b cdecd 
ST Sap Gk SE Ca Fe eee Me. ay | | a ee 
alan Pr pee Pibdicelolat a watte kk oc]. wen Kian ky Ss ee foie 
13 7 AO | cirvimaeliscakalalwartes slice wud oe eee! Se ere ne i, 2 
| | 


for Microcentrum Scudder, Kirby has been confused by the synonymy of the 
species and selected Steirodon thoracicus Serville as the type, which was not 
included in Microcentrum by Scudder; the latter’s Microcentrum thoracicum 
having been proposed independently, not being the same as thoracicus Serville or 
thorocica Burmeister. This is shown by Kirby in his arrangement of the syn- 
onymy; but in selecting his type he has overlooked it. In consequence it is 
necessary to select as the t of Microcentrum a species originally included in 
the genus and affiliatum Scudder (= rhombifolia Saussure) is so selected, This 
is in accordance with Article 30 of the Revised International Code of Nomen- 
clature. 

This name must be used in place of laurifolium of authors; laurifolium of 
Linnwus, as shown by Kirby (Synon. Catal. Orth., I, p. 456), being a Stilpno- 
chlora, 


400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[July, 


Measurements of caudal jemur, tegmen and ovipositor. 


Females (eighteen specimens). 


Caudal jemur. Tegmen. Ovipositor. 
10.7 mm. (2) 13° mm. (8) 12 mm.(1) 
ll ae 132.077 02} 12.2. 11) 
11:3) f®) 13.b <7 2X4) 12.555 @) 
1LS USE Bes Pegs) ss Se 
13.7 - 14,2: *.* (2) 43.27 °° (GB) 
12 eee 14.5.“ ()- 13.5 “  () 
12.2“: (4) 14.8 “ (1) 13.8. “*. * (2) 
125. “Ab 14°. 8 oe 
13 ne, 12 14.5 
16° ™ oe 


Males (twenty specimens). 


Caudal femur. Tegmen. 
10.5 mm. (1) 12 mm. (1) 
HI 12.3 “ (2) 
5 Bei bt 12.0 fs ho 
5 hh. £8) LWA te @ be 
tb7 °°" 16) is “ 2) 
iy te) Ag.) SE) 
12.2. Ch) 13.5 “ (4) 
12.5 “ (2) 13.8 “ (5) 
oR Baie €. 9) id) oS 
13.8 “* (2) LG) os tee 
15.3 “ (1) 


The entire series of thirty-eight specimens is macropterous. 

There is considerable variation in the depth of the coloration, some 
individuals having the head so much suffused with blackish that the 
usual pale occipital lines are not visible. 


Gryllus armatus Seudder. 


This species came to light abundantly at Yuma on the evenings of 
July 27 and 28, a series of nine males and forty-five females being 
collected. A pair were also taken at Tucson, July 26, under the same 
conditions. All the specimens collected are macropterous. ; 

To assist future workers in this difficult genus measurements taken 
from the Yuma series are here given. 


1908. ] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


Length of ovipositor. 


401 


11.6 mm. (1) 
SS oD 
1 ae oe 
To.) ae 
2.6" ~tS) 
2360 ©. C2) 
8, 848) 
io **. 46) 
te Rl 4 
13.6“ (4) 
tae. te) 
ra oe tay 
14.4 " (2) 
Broken in one 

specimen. 


14 
mm. 


13.6 12.8 
mm. mm, 


ee ele ewe leew anloeee 


re 


ee ee) 


ee 


Pere 


mm, mm, 


eee eee 
eeeeleeee 
eee ewer 
eee ewer 
eeee eter 


eee twee 


Length of tegmen. Length of caudal femur. 

10 orm s(h):* 9.6 mm. (1) 

iia a i. Pee eg 9] 

L3G fe) 107. **.'. (3) 

31.3 49) been. (2) 

17.“ (8) OD **1"(7) 

i222 “ (8) 10.8 “ (2) 

124 “ (5) Fit tho) 

126 “ (6) 11.2 “ (8) 

12.8 “ (5) 1A) 16} 

Sere (7) 13.6. ta) 

tao *~ (8) 10.3) = te) 

13.4 “ (4) 12 ste) 

13.6 “ (6) 122 

i368. . (8) 

rats £1) 
Proportions of caudal jemur and ovipositor in forty-five Yuma females. 

Ovipositor 

PR ' Lt al 
Caudal\11.611.8) 12 |12.2/12.4/12.6/12.8) 13 |t3.2 13.4 
Semur. mm, mm, mm. mm, mm, mm, min, mm. mm. mm. 

| 

S22 2o a ee 
i § le’ Se ie Ape Ce or 
A EG SS are a ee L fee. or ST; 
OU? ot el eS ee 1 hes ocdetl > eaten 
10.6“ oa chaeaeeas x a A a 1 | dials 
10.8 “* TF oh: 0 es) Ps a ashes ek pas 
ck | 1 1 ee 5} 8 Ta 
os Lg SESE Ras bea! Oa ee ieee] ok ae 
Da AG Rg Fae Se a aa Lod 2 
nee peter chivictads liso sste's n0 re eer 
be bed RA BPP a ee 1 ae ee 
SORE RU ge hacia lec vv) sceslseelaescln cat inwere 

| 


While the head is blackish in all the specimens, the pronotum is 


frequently quite reddish, in some individuals entirely so, which latter 
type is connected with that having the pronotum solid blackish by a 
considerable number of intermediates. 

It was astonishing to note the numbers in which this species came to 
the are lights, hundreds of them running about on the ground beneath 
the lights or flying swiftly around in circles, 


MIOGRYLLUS Saussure. 


Miogryllus pictus Scudder. 
At Yuma on the evenings of July 27 and 28 this species frequented the 
vicinity of the electric lights in considerable numbers. A series of 


402 === +° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


fourteen males and sixteen adult and one immature female was taken. 
There is an appreciable but not very great variation in the size of 
individuals of this species, while the coloration varies only in the 
suffusion of the pronotal markings; some specimens having them 
distinct and others having them clouded with a wash of the darker 
color. The males without exception have the pronotum dark and 
the pattern not apparent. 

This species was more agile than Gryllus armatus, with which it was 
associated. 


(2CANTHUS Serville. 
Ccanthus niveus (DeGeer). 

A single male of this species was taken near Bright Angel Trail, 
Grand Canyon, at an elevation of about 4,900 feet, September 12. 
It was taken from a weed resembling rabbit-weed in the pijion zone. 
canthus nigricornis Walker. 

A single male from the rim of the Grand Canyon at Bright Angel, 
September 11, is referred tentatively to this species. The antennal 
markings are not as complex as usual in the species, but the propor- 
tions and general coloration are nearly typical. The individual was 
captured stridulating at night on the species of weed referred to under 
CE. niveus. 

Cocanthus quadripunctatus Beutenmiiller. 

Four specimens taken at Tucson, July 23-26, are referred to this 
species, one male, a female, attracted to light, and two immature 
individuals, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 


NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF COLORADO MAMMALS, WITH A DESCRIPTION 
OF A NEW SPECIES OF BAT (EPTESICUS PALLIDUS) FROM BOULDER. 


BY ROBERT T. YOUNG. 


In the following article I propose (1) to discuss briefly the distribu- 
tion of the mammals of the mountains of northern central Colorado 
in their relation to the life zones of that region; (2) to point out the 
apparent movement of some species relative to their centers of dispersal 
and to give a few facts regarding the little known distribution of 
certain forms in this State, and (3) to describe a new species of bat 
from Boulder. . 

(1) Distribution of mammals relative to the life zones of northern 
central Colorado. 

In two recent papers by Ramaley” and myself* the life zones of the 
Rocky Mountains in this region, as determined by the flora, have been 
mapped out. Does the mammalian fauna of the mountains show the 
same zonation as does the flora? 

The zones as outlined by Ramaley are as follows: 

. Plains Zone, below 5,800 feet. 

. Foothill Zone, from 5,800 to 8,000 feet. 

. Montane Zone, from 8,000 to 10,000 feet. 

. Sub-alpine Zone, from 10,000 to 11,500 feet. 

5. Alpine Zone, from 11,500 to 14,000 feet. 

The first of these not being a mountain zone may be omitted from 
our discussion. The last four correspond to the zones which I, in 
accordance with the terminology of Merriam‘ and others, have specified 
as Transition 1,650-2,400 m., Canadian 2,400-2,850 m., Hudsonian 
2,850-3 300 m. and Alpine’ 3,300-3,450 m.° 


Bm CO hoe 


‘ Where the records for any species number very few, I have usually omitted 
such species from this part of my discussion. 

? Plant Zones in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Science, N. S., Vol. XXVI, 
pp. 642-3, 

* Forest Formations of Boulder County, Colorado, Bot. Gaz., Vol. XLIV, pp. 
321-52. 

‘Life Zones and Crop Zones of the United States, Bull. 10, U 8. Biological 
Survey. 

* Merriam applies the term Arctic-Alpine to this zone. 

* Ramaley’s terminology, as applied to this particular region, is perhaps more 
desirable than that of Merriam; but for pu of comparison with other regions, 
and for the sake of uniformity, I much prefer the latter, 


404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


While it is well known that an absolute delimitation of zonal areas in 
mountain regions is impossible, whether plants or animals are chosen as 
characteristics, still the zones as outlined above are fairly well defined 
by their plant inhabitants. 

Of the mountain mammals of northern Colorado many range widely 
from timber line to the plains, and, with a few exceptions, there are 
none whose range is closely coincident with any one of the zones men- 
tioned above. These exceptions are the following: Sciwrus aberti 
concolor, Citellus variegatus grammurus, Citellus elegans, Cynomys 
leucurus, Peromyscus truei nasutus, Neotoma jallax, and Spilogale tenuis 
in the Transition zone; and Lepus americanus bairdi, Ochotona saxatilis 
and Phenacomys preblei in the Hudsonian zone. 

The Canadian zone possesses no characteristic mammals. Species 
ranging through both Hudsonian and Canadian zones, but mainly 
restricted to them, are the following: Evotomys gapperi galei, Microtus 
nanus, Gulo luscus, Mustela americana, Putorius streatori leptus and 
Putorius arizonensis. 

Boreal species which include the Transition zone within their range 
are as follows: Cervus canadensis, Ovis canadensis, Sciurus fremontt, 
Eutamias amenus operarius, Eutamias minimus consobrinus,’ Callo- 
spermophilus lateralis, Marmota flaviventer, Neotoma orolestes, Microtus 
mordax, Thomomys fossor, Thomomys clusius fuscus, Zapus princeps, 
Erethizon epixanthus, Sylvilagus pinetis Felis hippolestes, Lynx winta, 
Ursus americanus, Sorex obscurus, Sorex personatus, and Neosorex 
palustris navigator. Vulpes macrourus should probably be included in 
this list, but as to its altitudinal limits I have no definite information. 
Sonoran species extending into the Transition zone are the following: 
Odocoileus macrourus, Antilocapra americana, Mephitis mesomelas 
varians and Putorius longicauda. 

Of general distribution through both Sonoran and Boreal regions may 
be mentioned the following species: Odocoileus hemionus, Bison bison,® 
Eutamias quadrivittatus, Citellus tridecemlineatus pallidus, Castor cana- 
densis fondator, Peromyscus nebracensis, Peromyscus rufinus, Microtus 
pennsylvanicus modestus, Lepus campestris, Lepus townsendi, Canis sp.,"® 
Taxidea taxus, Lutreola lutreocephala energumenos and Putorius nigripes. 
Both the wild cat and timber wolf ought probably to be included under 


7 Extends into the Sonoran. 

* Also Sonoran to some extent. I have taken it 12 km. east of Boulder on the 
hot barren plains. 

* Now practically extinct. 


'° The distribution of the different forms of coyotes through the mountains is 
not yet known. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 


this last heading. I have omitted them, however, because I have no 
information as to the species of each, and but little as to their distribu- 
tion. 

Thus we find the Alpine zone with no characteristic mammals, the 
Hudsonian with three, the’Canadian with none and the Transition with 
seven, while there are six Boreal species (Cervus occidentalis, Eutamais 
m. consobrinus, Thomomys clusius fuscus, Thomomys fossor, Sylvilagus 
pinetis and Neosorex palustris navigator) and one Sonoran-Boreal form 
(Eutamias quadrivittatus) which probably do not ‘extend much above 
the Canadian zone, and six which seldom if ever extend below it. In 
addition to the seven species characteristic of the Transition zone, we 
find this zone forming the lower limit of eighteen Boreal species and 
the upper limit of four Sonoran forms. 

While the Alpine zone possesses many characteristic plants, on the 
mammalian side it is characterized chiefly by the paucity of its fauna, 
possessing not a single characteristic species. The Hudsonian and 
Canadian zones have most of their mammals in common, while of the 
three species characteristic of the former zone, Ochotona sazxatilis" in- 
vades the latter to some extent, while on the other hand it occurs in 
the Alpine zone in suitable places. 

These facts bring out very clearly, I believe, the distinctness of 
Boreal and Sonoran regions in northern Colorado, as based on the 
distribution of the mammals in this territory. The Transition zone 
is, as its name implies, a meeting ground of these two great regions, 
common to, and yet distinct from each. They show further the inti- 
mate relation between Hudsonian and Canadian zones. Using the 
mammals only as a criterion, I hardly believe we should be justified in 
separating these zones from each other; their characteristics are rela- 
tively much fewer than among the plants. 

(2) The movement of some species relative to their centers of dis- 
persal and notes on the little known distribution of certain forms. 

The occurrence of a species outside its proper habitat does not 
necessarily prove a migration on the part of that species from such 
habitat. It may, on the contrary, mean that the species formerly 
had a more widespread distribution than at present, becoming second- 
arily restricted to its present habitat, with the exception of a few strag- 
glers remaining in the territory formerly occupied by it. This is a 
question which cannot, in most cases, be bottled with our present lack 


" Warren, E. R.: The Mammals of oneal Colorado College Publications, 
Science Series, No. 46, p. 254, mentions the coney ‘as occurring as low as 2,834 m. 
near Crested Butte, 


406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July, 


of data regarding the former abundance of the species in the region in 
question. Where, however, a typical plains form, as Putorius nigripes 
or Citellus tridecemlineatus pallidus, is found in the higher mountains, 
I believe we are justified in concluding that they have migrated 
outside of their proper habitat. 


Sciurus ludovicianus. 

This species is now quite common in the neighborhood of Greeley, 
where I understand it has been introduced from Omaha. It is also 
present in Denver. 


Citellus tridecemlineatus pallidus. 

The presence of this spermophile at Divide,” altitude 3,000 m., and 
elsewhere in the mountains," indicates a westward and upward move- 
ment of this species from its center in the Great Plains, probably de- 
pendent upon the presence of its physical habitat, the grass-sage- 
brush plains in some parts of the mountains, rather than upon 
temperature. 


Peromyscus nebracensis. 

This is another plains form of Upper Sonoran and Transition zones 
which appears to be invading the mountains, judging by its occurrence 
at an altitude of 3,508 m.™ and elsewhere through the mountains. 


Phenacomys preblei. 

The only record hitherto of this species is that given by Merriam™® 
from Long’s Peak. I have taken a single specimen on North Boulder 
Creek at about 2,900 m. altitude. This is the only specimen I have 
secured in spite of careful trapping in several places. 


Spilogale tenuis. 
I have taken a few of this species at Boulder, hitherto known only 
from Arkins and Estes Park. 


Putorius nigripes. 

The occurrence of the black-footed ferret at an altitude of 3,124 m.” 
indicates a probable migration on its part from its habitat on the plains 
into the mountains. 


? Fide Warren (op. cit., p. 242). 

* Bailey, V: The Prairie Ground Squirrels of the Mississippi Valley, Bull. 4, 
U.S. Biol. Survey, gives its western limits as approximately Twin Lakes. 

Fide Warren (op. cit., p. 245). 

“ Merriam, C. H.; Phenacomys preblei, a New Vole from the Mountains of 
Colorado, Proc. Biol, Soc, Wash., Vol. XI, p. 45. 

* Fide Warren (op. cit., p. 264). 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 


Putorius longicauda. 
This weasel invades the mountains also to some extent, as I have 
observed it in Boulder Canyon several miles above its mouth. 


Sorex personatus. 

The occurrence of this shrew in the Rocky Mountains as far 
south as Colorado extends considerably southward in these mountains 
the range of this northern and eastern form. Its presence in the 
meadows about Boulder brings this Boreal species down to the edge of 
the Upper Sonoran zone. 


Sorex personatus haydeni. 

Warren” records a specimen of this shrew taken by him at Lake 
Moraine and identified by Merriam. Inasmuch as haydeni is a North 
Dakota plains form its occurrence in the Hudsonian zone on Pike’s 
Peak is certainly interesting. Have we here a marked case of migra- 
tion, a case of polygenesis, or is haydeni, as Elliott'® believes, asynonym 
for personatus? 

Sorex vagrans dobsoni. 

This is another interesting record given by Warren’® and based on 
an identification by Merriam. InN. A. Fauna, No. 10, p. 68, the latter 
gives the distribution of this shrew as parts of Idaho, Montana, Wyo- 
ming and Utah. He says further in the same place: “The interrela- 
tions of dobsoni and obscurus are intricate and perplexing. The two 
animals resemble one another very closely, but no intergrades have 
been found, and each has, so far as known, an independent distri- 
bution.” This record extends the range of dobsont considerably 
southward, making it coincident, at this point at least, with that of 
obscurus. 

Sorex obsocurus. 

Merriam” gives the distribution of this species as “Restricted to 
Boreal Zone.’’ Specimens collected by me at Boulder extend its range 
through the Transition zone. 


Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens. 

I have a specimen taken in Boulder Canyon at an approximate 
altitude of 2,300 m., which shows an occasional invasion of the Transi- 
tion zone by this supposedly Sonoran species. 


10 

ad relist 5G. G.: A Synopsis of the Mammals of North America and the Adja- 
cent Seas, Field Columbian Museum, Zool. Ser., II, 1901, p. 367. 

"Op. cit. , p. 266. 

a Op. cit., p. 72. 


408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Myotis lucifugus longicrus. 

The only Colorado record of this bat which I have found is one 
by Miller* for Grand Junction. Ihave taken it at Steamboat Springs, 
and have a badly mutilated skin from Eldora which is probably one of 
this species. 

Myotis evotis. 

The only Colorado record I have seen is one by Miller” from Loveland. 
I have a specimen taken in the Yellow Jacket Mountains 21 km. east 
of Steamboat Springs at an approximate altitude of 2,140 m. — 

(3) Description of a new species of bat from Boulder. 

Eptesicus pallidus sp. n. 

Type No. 142,526 2 ad., collection of U. S. Nat. Mus. Collected 
by R. T. Young at Boulder, Colorado, July 22, 1903. 

Distribution.— Known from type locality only. 

Diagnosis.—Skull identical with that of Eptesicus fuscus, Size 
largest of American species of the genus. (Average total length of 
four specimens, all females, 124.)* 

Color palest of American species of the genus, distinctly lighter than 
that of E. fuscus. 

Color.—Above brownish ashy, the basal half of hairs fuscous; 


below pale silvery gray, the basal half of hairs fuscous, with a narrow — 


transition zone of brownish ashy between the inner and outer parts. 
Dorsally and ventrally along the line of attachment, and on the surfaces 
of the membranes, the basal fuscous zone of the hairs disappears. 
Measurements of Type.—Total length, 127; tail, 50; hind foot, 12. 
Skull, occipito-nasal length, 19; interorbital constriction, 4; zygomatic 
breadth, 13; upper tooth row, 8.5; palato-basi-occipital length, 15; 
mandible (from condyle to symphysis), 14; lower tooth row, 9. 
Measurements (average of four females).—Total length, 124; tail, 
49; hind foot, 12.% Average of two females in alcohol: Ear from 
crown, 13.5; tibia, 20.5; forearm, 49; thumb, 8; longest “finger,” 80.5; 
width of ear, 11.5; tragus (from posterior angle), 8. Skull (average of 
three specimens),” 18.5, 4, 12.5,27 8, 14.5, 13.5, 9. 
Remarks.—While conclusions based on so small a number of speci- 
mens as I possess are necessarily uncertain, still I believe that, since 
* Miller, G. 8., Jr.: Revision of the North American Bats of the Family Vesper- 


tilionide#, N. A. Fauna, 13, p. 65. 
2 Op. cit., p. 80. 
™ All measurements in mm. 
* Average of five specimens including one male. 
* From tip to base of phalanges not including carpus. 
* Measurements given in same order as those of the type. 
7 Average of two specimens. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 


specimens of Eptesicus fuscus from this region** have the color and size 
typical of the species, the new form must be considered as a distinct 
species and not merely a geographical race of fuscus. 

The probable origin of this species is a matter of some interest. 
Occurring in the same territory and occupying the same habitat as 
its near relative fuscus, neither the geographic isolation nor selection 
theory seem to offer a satisfactory explanation. Neither the mutation 
nor orthogenesis theory finds any difficulty in these facts. Moreover we 
have here an apparent exception to Jordan’s law of geminate species. 

Further information as to the distribution of this species is very 
desirable.” 

In conclusion I wish to thank the authorities of the Field Museum, 
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and the U.S. National 
Museum for the identification of much of my material; and the latter 
institution especially for its loan of valuable material. 


28 Loveland, fide Miller, op. cit., p. 98. A single skin without skull in my own 
collection from Boulder Canyon, approximate altitude 2,300 m., has the typical 
brown color of EF. juscus. 

* Miller, op. cit., p. 99, says of fuscus: “Very pallid specimens are occasionally 
taken in the Southwestern United States, but the number of skins available for 
comparison is so small that it is impossible to determine the status of the form 
which these aberrant individuals represent.’ It is possible that these specimens 
are representatives of my new form, but not having seen them I cannot say. 


— 


. 
410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 
SOME EFFECTS OF ENVIRONMENT ON THE GROWTH OF LYMNEA 
COLUMELLA Say,.! 
BY HAROLD SELLERS COLTON. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. ; 
PAGE . 
Te) Tanto rota ont oisese iin seg dcokn kG eh ie ces eee oS cee 410 
TU: Hiissbra Cals cscsivsselissscvihocsnangs sends taseask seeaects avon OR RU ee 411 
TID, Materidle 30. <o6c.55s. pecccsioeit cere stsnies on We eee 412 | 
Nattiral Sishorys. «25.1280. 0 Ss ch scorns tterpeaee a 413 ’ 
Desorption OF LI wir bs. siete -inise saoissonsoysbncpncdanecconadvarinansoltcnvest obs cakeatnnaa 414 
TV. Methods. 5 oocciisa ice Rs ee ee e e 415 
PreCarrta Gag 6s oocc5 sss secsses ceases haspseeoce aden sees ese chee cee 416 
Measurements. ..<.....0secsceciccec veonevesatndcsbdoge teen seusnnssnscoceiesetsessvixtee eee 417 : 
Description: of Tables... a. scoctssissend. donde ancrseveidebishasdtasaatolectonsagyakeeteennnaa 418 
Analysis of Experimenta... 22.0. sceschjeretcsnnsensenssyie enczestersenisiconss ieee 418 | 
v. a poor ie On. Growth of Lig matin. aac cninszc yess sce -vesensennsevssessenghten ree 420 
. Mood: Water Plantae ich Aicc cscctecceecs. onteesacsos see er ee 420 © 
Effect of Bedimentt: 2. tcop2i oA ecl bees neekscs eceseele ce 423 
Boffo: Of Bee CO oaoaiscits scceepsnceck ceavenasucaseccnacskcaseassbes bt ossecde ee 425 
Other Effects of the Water Plants. ...::..........s0cs.scs.sssecsdessecovecvnueseoany 425 
D Aeration cice 5s c0cccccscuvwancteseasecocisd scoters sy cfs cstv sound Leena Hee 425 
De Varigny’s THexperimientt 0... 2i.---.seceoveyseneeapatvess desnshsaneep ies ae 426 
Willen’ a Wie erdan eons cscs cons -ns0- oncviredanssernicgreverine fee 426 
Effect of Surface Aeration: ...-.2..0.0.5.;....00-c.cocveastecesecaesevne see 426 
Effect of Artificial Aeration. .........:<..0:<.+:00+.ssssess0scvesessesses0ase sen 428 
3. Composition of the Water.......-.<..+::ss:secccsessessvenasssarsnusieaworngi ee 430 
Effect of Accumulation of Excreted Matter.......0.....ccccccccccecerseeeeees 430 
Wiftect of Shell Sail ta... ccc. cocoecsscsassccsdovalenkcssse cooegetdusseteuasteaee area tena 434 
Effect of Number of Individuals...i:,........00:0.s0s:sucsostenesesseves eae 434 
WTO ins cnc consvepiscnsvvacdeorensdtaeesbuesuaviaoue senate eae 435 
Bo, Tai cinvvusissenvsassde cones cei nsiduvdvne ores stieo tniientvndaaieees otha eoateben ee emaaten ana 437 
Gs PCR oo oe isccvuseevcncovconsaxesvavsssvyoeseintedussodesncoyoubsienedartencaeeecee ote 438 
DW OMATIID is oy sss sacssis sive cenvicsdensdoeiavivaas op osaisoaaventivhesigea¥acabateds CET 440 
Si pg OF ComelitiOng se... cicesisecunsscusessoorovasnast condones utente a 441 
erimoente On Tadpoles i000 siscosssysnsassossccveadibieescesxxnsohshnnenaene 441 
vi. pict of of sof lixtocnal Conditions on the number of eggs laid... 443 
1 POCTAEIAG, onus 5s00) eauvinsvasvecenesSdvuchetvavedsebasbwuckthsies tales bron ck a tnete nanan 443 
2. Number OL Tinh Wich ied) 5 oc. cscs cies sashceevysanccssucedinssespnns seven he tena tan ane 444 
3. MAGNA, jv cscocuvsvversersoseesesonssSancedacesabosiedubes deivpopeen eikis seein A eel ee 444 
4, Other Effects ancl Observations: ...:00:.0..c:ccsrssrecsess1s050s8009 0 445 
VIE. Samamasy and Conclusions, ....c:iccsoscsscoieocsecercassisstnyconrstasseoessaeeumancoan ann 446 
VIII. Literature................ sb pbeosust’besueebbasoectaadovediepudmeee vetovseihaitwius ahah] Von ie: prnnnn 4AT 


I. INTRODUCTION. 


It is a widely recognized fact that animals raised in confinement 
differ in various ways from those in the wild state. The differences 


' The writer takes great eiinnt in thanking Dr. J. Percy Moore and Dr. E, G. 
Conklin in particular for many helpful suggestions and criticisms in carrying out 
the work. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 411 


that are most easily observed are those of relative rate of growth and 
of relative fertility. Although naturalists for many years have 
recorded cases of this sort, few have undertaken an experimental study 
of the factors concerned. 

External conditions modifying one structure of an organism have 
usually been found to be correlated with similar modifications in other 
organs, yet few correlations between dissimilar physiological processes 
have ever been observed, although most naturalists hold them to be 
present. 

In studying the effect of confinement on organisms, nearly all 
investigators have chosen the Pond Snail as an animal admirably 
adapted to their purpose. Perhaps it is largely due to the abundance, 
to the hardiness, to the rapidity of growth and above all to the extreme 
sensibility of Pond Snails to any slight change in environment that 
they have been so universally chosen. 


Il. Histroricau. 


Jebez Hogg (’54) discovered that Lymnea confined in small aquaria 
were much smaller than their brothers of the same egg case raised in a 
large one. The latter were full grown and had produced young which 
were as large as the former at the end of six months. Hogg attempted 
to explain this phenomenon by saying that the snail had the power of 
‘adapting itself to the necessities of its existence.” 

Carl Semper (’79) did not consider this as an explanation. He be- 
lieved that there was a definite factor that would cause dwarfing. This 
led him to perform a series of experiments with various sized containers. 
The conclusion that he arrived at was as follows: that there was a 
chemical in the water (he had the water analyzed, but nothing was 
discovered) that stimulates growth without actually contributing to 
it, but yet is essential, “like oil to a steam engine.”’ 

The next investigator to enter this field was E. Yung (’78,’85). He 
proceeded to raise tadpoles from the egg in various sized and shaped 
containers. He found that those with the greatest area exposed to the 
air held the largest tadpoles after a certain length of time. The 
obvious conclusion was that the dwarfing was caused by lack of 
aeration. 

Stimulated by the experiments of Semper and Yung, De Varigny (’94) 
made an attempt to solve the problem by returning to Lymnawa, After 
a hundred or more very careful experiments, he did not dare venture 
any very definite conclusion, but thought that the dwarfing of these 
Pond Snails was caused by lack of exercise. 


412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Both Semper and De Varigny, on @ priori grounds, assumed that the 
manner of respiration in the fresh water pulmonates was entirely per- 
formed by the so-called lung. This caused them to overlook the 
factor of the acration of the water. 

Willem (’96) called attention to this fact and conducted a series of 
experiments with this particular end in view. Various authors had 
already noticed that Lymnea in deep lakes never came to the surface, 
and that under certain conditions they could be made to visit the 
surface very seldom. Acting on these suggestions, he performed his 
experiments by running a stream of air bubbles through the water, 
using De Varigny’s experiments as a basis. By this means he was able 
to explain all of De Varigny’s results as due to the simple factor of 
aeration of the water. 

Parallel to the experiments of De Varigny (’94) and Willem (’96), 
Vernon (’95) experimented at Naples on the growth of Echinoderm 
larve. His conclusions were that dwarfing in confined spaces was due 
to the concentration of excretory secretions in the medium. Aeration 
seemed not to be a factor in the growth of Echinoderm larvee, except 
for the fact that «ration would tend to oxidize the waste products of 
metabolism. 

Warren (’00), as a result of experiments with Daphnia in confined 
spaces, reported that the individuals were dwarfed by the accumulation 
of their own excretory secretions. This was specific and did not 
affect the growth and abundance of other crustaceans. 

It will be seen that five factors have been advanced to explain 
dwarfing in confined spaces. These are lack of oxygen, presence of 
secretions, lack of exercise, presence of unknown chemical, and the 
adaption to the necessities of existence. 

In commenting on these explanations Davenport (’99) writes, 
“There is, however, much reason for believing that Hogg’s conclusion 
is the one which with our fuller knowledge we can hardly improve 
upon.” In the mind of the author Hogg’s explanation is not an expla- 
nation but astatement of the fact that confined spaces do affect growth. 
It does not help us to understand how and why animals adapt them- 
selves to their surroundings. 


Ill. MarTerra.s. 


After a few preliminary experiments with Lymnaea, Physa and 
Planorbis, it was soon found that the former was by far the best form 
for experiments in the laboratory. There are several reasons for 
this. Lymnea is abundant in the ponds and streams about Philadel- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 


phia. It is not quite as abundant, perhaps, as is Physa; yet, except 
when the ponds are frozen in the winter, is easily procured. A fact 
of the greatest importance is that eggs are laid throughout the winter, 
and that these eggs ordinarily develop with slight mortality. The 
Lymnea on which the following experiments were performed was 
identified by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry as Lymnea columella Say. This is the 
most common Lymnea in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. The 
specimens were procured in certain ponds in Fairmount Park, in a 
stream near Bryn Mawr, and in the Vivarium of the University of 
Pennsylvania; the latter had come from an unknown source. 

The number of eggs laid at one time by Lymnea columella may vary 
between one egg and ninety. The egg is, as in the case of other Basiom- 
matophora, imbedded in an albuminous food material, all of which is 
enclosed by a membrane. This membrane is in turn imbedded in a 
slimy jelly in which lie the other eggs, laid at the same time. This 
slimy jelly is again surrounded by an outer layer of jelly, which is 
quite tough when compared to that matrix which holds the eggs. This 
tough jelly is thick on the free side, but thin where it cements the eggs 
to the substratum. In the act of hatching the young snail, which 
crawls around inside of the membrane, finds its way into the soft jelly 
mass. After spending a day or two eating this substance, it finally 
ruptures the wall of tough jelly and escapes. In this jelly mass the 
eggs are usually placed in three rows. Although the number of eggs 
may vary greatly, yet in the winter time the average number is about 
twenty. When adult snails, as soon as the ice is off the ponds in the 
spring, are brought into the laboratory, they lay the largest number 
of eggs in a capsule. This fact will be discussed later. 

To shed some light on the behavior of the snail after hatching, an egg 
case containing four young was placed in a dish of water and the posi- 
tions of the snails after hatching plotted at intervals of five minutes 
for a period of forty-four hours. From the data gathered in this 
manner the following generalizations were made :— 

1. Although on hatching the lung contained no air, yet 95 minutes, 
50 minutes, 110 minutes and 60 minutes respectively were consumed 
by the different snails in reaching the surface of the water. One snail 
captured an air bubble before it left the egg case. 

2. The movements of snails, previous to their reaching the surface, 
were more or less at random, and they paid very little attention to the 
direction of the diffused light in which the experiment was started. 
However, on first reaching the edge of the dish they, in every case, 


crawled up to the surface. The snail that captured the air bubble 
27 


414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


wandered for 110 minutes after leaving the capsule and then reached 
the surface by a different method. Letting go from its substratum 
this snail floated up and proceeded to crawl on the surface film, precisely 
like an adult snail. 

3. In this experiment the snails without exception rested at night. 
The lack of activity may be due to slightly cooler water, yet the dish 
was kept in a warm room all of the time. Although these snails had no 
experience of the oustide world, yet they acted, as far as this expetinaa 
indicates, exactly as adults. 

Walter (’06) has given us the most complete account of the bionomics 
of Lymnea. Using his work as a basis it is necessary to call to mind 
certain activities of the animal. Lymnea has four methods of loco- 
motion, which may be roughly described as gliding, hunching, dangling 
and dropping. The last two methods are rare and it is not necessary to 
consider them in this place. The first method is the most common. 
It consists in the cilia of the foot beating on a path of mucus secreted by 
the animal and attached to the substratum. When the snail is out of 
water, when its supply of mucus is inadequate and when certain stimuli 
are applied the snail resorts to the hunching method, which consists of 
muscular movements of the foot which bring the snail forward. This 
is something like the movements of a measuring worm. Whatever 
method the snail uses it is attached to some substratum, whether it be 
the sides of the aquarium or the surface film of the water, or suspended 
by a string of mucus from the surface film or anchored by a string of 
mucus from the bottom. In these ways the snail can browse on 
water plants, on the sides of the aquarium, and gather the alge floating 
on the surface (Plankton fishing of Brockmeier, ’98) ; but cannot gather 
any amount of food suspended in the water. 

We have seen by the experiments of Hogg, Semper and De Varigny 
that certain external conditions will inhibit growth in Lymnea. It is 
interesting to know just what structural differences exist between the 
full-grown snail, the dwarf and a normal growing snail the size of the 
dwarf. Hogg (’54) noticed that the dwarfed snail had many charac- 
teristics of the newly hatched individual. 

A comparison of the structure of a dwarf with a young snail of equal 
size that was being raised under favorable conditions, and a comparison 
of the structure of a dwarf with a snail of the same age that had spent 
its growing period under favorable conditions and therefore much 
larger, will show certain relations. These relations are as follows: 

1. Of snails the same size but not the same age the number of whorls 
of the shell are the same. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 


2. The same relation holds true with regard to the arrangement of 
the viscera, 7.e., lobes of the liver, stomach and intestines. 

3. Cytologically, however, the tissues of the young snail are quite 
different from the older ones. As an instance of this the liver of the 
young snail contains large cells laden with yolk, all of which has been 
completely absorbed in the dwarf. 

In a pond near Geneva Brot? found that Lymnea had a malformation 
on the columella that seemed to be correlated with the presence of 
Hydra viridis. If a snail be long dwarfed and later be put under favor- 
able conditions, the shell is often strangely distorted. The pond near 
Geneva may have nearly dried up and suddenly filled up again. All the 
snails in the pond would be under unfavorable conditions and dwarfed. 
The pond filling up would offer ideal conditions and the snails would 
grow. 

Dr. Pilsbry informed the writer that he has noted cases of this sort. 

A question of great interest is, will a dwarf put under favorable con- 
ditions “grow up”? In Lymnaea many experiments seem to show 
that a dwarf does not cease to grow, but rather ceases to grow fast. 
If, however, the snail is put under favorable conditions it starts at once 
to grow faster and may “‘grow, up.”” However, they seem ‘‘delicate”’ 
and it is with difficulty that they are raised. 

In this section the writer has attempted to outline some of the points 
that have certain bearings on the experiments to come. 


IV. Meruops. 


In the brief review of the experiments of various authors that has 
been given, certain controllable factors were shown that would affect 
in certain ways the growth of animals. Every author on a priori 
grounds has assumed that (1) food supply will influence growth. It 
was found by Hogg (’54) and by Semper (’74) that (2) the volume of 
water affected growth. Semper showed that (3) temperature also 
was a factor that could not be neglected, and that (4) the number of 
individuals reacted in some manner on one another. Willem (96) 
proved that (5) aeration of the water affected the growth of Lymnaa, 
even as Yung (’79) had previously observed for tadpoles. De Varigny 
considered that a large (6) area on which a snail could crawl was bene- 
ficial to growth. The effect of (7) light was recognized by Higgen- 
bottom ('50) and by Yung (80). Vernon (’95~—’99) completed this 
list by adding to it a factor, (8) the chemical composition of the water. 


? Cited from the Camb. Nat. Hist., Mollusks, p. 88. 


416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


There are eight variable factors that have been considered to affect 
the growth processes of aquatic animals. Each factor, however, is not 
of equal weight, but should be held in mind and controlled, if possible, 
in an experimental study. Using the topics named above as a basis for 
study, the general plan of the experiments that follow in the subsequent 
section will be to keep every other factor constant and vary one alone. 

Precautions—The experiments were carried out principally in 
battery jars. The size used in the majority of the experiments was 
4 inches in diameter by 5 inches high. Other vessels used were 5 x 6 
battery jars, 8 x 10 battery jars and 12-inch dishes. 

In order to save repetition we will consider here the methods em- 
ployed in every case. Where this order has been deviated from, it 
will be mentioned in its place. 

(1) Before each experiment the jars were washed out and wiped 
clean. In the later experiments the jars were washed with oxidizing 
solution (potassium bichromate in concentrated sulphuric acid) as an 
extra precaution. 

(2) The water used in the experiments was taken from a large 
aquarium in the University Vivarium which contained fish. This was 
done to introduce alge, etc., without the danger of adding young snails 
with it. Pa - 

(3) In any one experiment the jars used were similar, the water 
was taken from the same source, and the same amount of water was 
used unless stated otherwise. These conditions being fulfilled, the 
composition of the water, the alge for food, and the temperature must 
vary in the same way. 

(4) In a given experiment the jars were placed near together and 
care was taken so that each received an equal amount of light. 

(5) Over each was placed a glass plate to prevent evaporation and 
the escape of the snails. This latter apparently suicidal behavior, as 
described by Walter, was found often occurring. In many of the 
cases that have come under observation, this was caused by the vapor 
condensing on the glass sides of the jar above the water. Up this wet 
glass the snail crawls, until temperature changes occur that dry the 
glass. The snail is then dried and killed. Other cases are not so easy 
to explain. - 

(6) Just before an egg case was ready to hatch, with a section lifterit 
was carefully removed from its substratum and isolated in a jar of 
water. If the eggs are freshly laid it is usually fatal to the embryos } 
to remove them. In some of the earlier experiments, after the young 
snail has broken through the egg membrane, the jelly mass was divided __ 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 


up so that each piece contained an equal number of snails and placed at 
once under the conditions of the experiment. As there was less 
mortality by letting the young snails escape from the case normally, 
they were not placed under the conditions of the experiment until a day 
after they escaped from the ege case. 

(7) In those jars in which I have placed water plant I have tried to 
add pieces of water plant of equal length and foliage. 

(8) Where sediment was needed approximately the same amount 
was added to each jar. . 

Measurements.—To measure growth several methods have been 
used. It is possible to 
measure volume, weight, 
a lineal dimension of some 
part, or the number of 
successively arising homo- 
dynamous structures. In 
the case of the pond snail 
the lineal dimension of the 
length of the shell at once 
suggests itself. To meas- Ap 
ure this the following ap- S 
paratus was afranged. A 
is a compound microscope 
with about a 7-inch work- 
ing distance magnifying 
the object about three 
times (fig. 1). Ojisasnail 
on a thin glass slide that 
was placed over a piece of 
paper ruled in millimeters. 
The snail was placed with 
the aperture flat on the 
glass and the shell would 
be projected on the ruled 
lines. Millimeters were 
then read off on the 
paper and tenths estimated. This is sufficiently accurate where the 
work is purely qualitative. A Vernier caliper could not be used on 
account of the delicacy of the shell. 

In some cases the weight is given. This is not always satisfactory, 
As growth is a three dimensional phenomenon weight more nearly 


S 
S 
SS 
Ss 
~ 


Fia. 1. 


418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


represents growth. However, the writer found that the snails, large 
and small, are mathematically similar. That is, the weights are pro- 
portional to the cubes of the length. 

In determining the average weight all the snails from a given experi- 
ment were placed on a microscopic slide of known weight and all excess 
water wiped away with a clean handkerchief or with lens paper. They 
were then let dry for three or four minutes and weighed. Dividing the 
weight found for the snails by the number gives the average. 

Tables.—The results of experiments are placed in tabular form. 
Each experiment consists of two parts; the second member of the pair 
is in every case the control or the condition most nearly normal. The 
variable factor precedes it. 

A detailed description of the vertical columns of the tables bec now 
be considered. Cf. tables, pp. 421 et seq. 

Column 1.—The serial number of the experiment. 

Column 2.—The number of days the experiment was carried on. 

Column 3.—The number of snails placed in a jar at the beginning of 
the experiment. 

Column 4.—The number of snails alive at the time the measure- 
ments were taken. 

Column 5.—The condition that varied in each pair of experiments. 

Column 6.—Certain constant conditions. These constants are in 
some cases interesting to know. In this column certain abbrevia- 
tions are used. W P equals Water Plant, 7.e., Myriophyllum, Cera- 
tophyllum, Elodea or Spirogyra. N indicates no water plant. ce. 
equals cubic centimeters present in each jar. 

Column 7.—Average size. If the number is expressed in ten thou- 
sandths, grams are to be implied; if expressed in units and tenths, 
millimeters. 

Column 8.—The differences between pairs are placed opposite the 
largest number of the pair. 

Column 9.—The quantity in this column is the per cent. of the differ- 
ence to the largest average of the pair. To be able to compare the per 
cent. difference of the weights with those of lengths the following 
formula was used, being based on the fact that the snails are similar. 

a and b are two members of a pair expressed in grams and a > b, 
Since the shells are similar mathematically, then 


ha 100 (Wa — Pb) 
— 7. x % - Or X %= 100 —_+.---———- 


Analysis of Experiments.—To bring the mass of experiments into a 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 


form in which they may be more easily considered, a subsidiary table 
has been compiled from the primary ones. This table consists of four 
columns (p. 420a). 

Column 1 contains the number of the primary table for reference. 

Column 2 gives the number of experiments in the primary tables that 
are favorable to the presence of a factor. 

Column 3 gives the number of experiments in the primary tables that 
are favorable to the absence of a factor. 

Column 4 shows the number of experiments that are indeterminate. 
To determine whether an experiment is indeterminate or not certain 
rules are followed: 

1. If there has been a large mortality among the snails which were 
the larger at the end of the experiment the difference was considered 
indeterminate. The fact that they were the larger could be explained 
by the fact that they were the fewer. If, however, the opposite 
was true, 7.e., the mortality was among the smaller snails, then the 
probability is that they are fewer because the conditions have been the 
more severe. 

2. An experiment has been considered indeterminate if there was a 
large mortality on both sides of the experiment, notwithstanding the 
fact that the remaining numbers are nearly equal. The reason for 
this is the probability that an uncontrolled factor has been acting. 

3. When a known factor has acted on one portion of the experiment 
and not on the other, the difference has been considered indeterminate. 

4. Those experiments where the difference is under 10 per cent. of 
the greatest average has been believed to be indeterminate. This 
purely arbitrary criterion has been devised to allow for two uncon- 
trollable errors—individual variation and errors in measurement. The 
obvious way to correct these errors would be to make use of large num- 
bers of individuals in single experiments. As the number of eggs in a 
case is small, and when the snails are crowded the mortality is large, 
it has been found impossible to deal with large numbers. A limi of 
error must be made that will be large enough to cover most unknown 
errors (see next page). 


420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, 


SECONDARY TABLE. 


For description see page 419. 


; | I 
nde- 
Table terminate. 
1.) Wolod ener anes. 2 exp. Absence of Ree se 4 exp. 4 exp 
If. | Myriophyllum..... RPE OS 1 ee 4 °° y ie 
III. | Sediment.......... 5B ed ea a ee ee Se a ee 5 ks 
LY."| Weetee bases cs: -ce. a | eed 0“ 1“ 
V>) FINE RISE veo sa mB ="*6) Jar ane slides dae ee 2 aes 
vi: abet eet eee 1. “ .) Battery jane. So0% Bes 6-2 
VII. | Air bubbles........ Oss | ADSeNCEOl.. oes we 2 
VIII. | (See Special Table,p.431) 
IX. | Excretions conc. .. 1° ‘ e SO oh rape te Ay K€ 0: % 
Ne dilute.. 5 ‘ ee Ce cae ae OS Qe 
X. (See Special Table. ) 
RIL Wambert. 5.6 den, «a0 Dis zs ahs ee Boe 0..-4 
XII. Shell salts (see Special 
Table). 
XUI. Temperature (see Special 
Table, p. 419). | 
ie. 4 OME eos ck aes ee Oexp: | Warm:..0.4..0.07 pt oe i 
0. ee aoe O:.. | Lights eietere cts 5 ee 
XVI. | Large area ........ 2 ** “| Small grea . 7.2.3. a Q 
XVII. | Large volume ..... 8 ‘* |Small volume... 0 ‘“ a te 
XVIII. Alternate heat and 
fl. (SOIR cechanceaeas ra eh eee ( 
XIX. Alternate light and 
ot. eae ee Oo!) Daght wick: abaaee aye Es 
XX. Alternate starving 
| and feeding...... 0. **' | With foodi- 2.2. pants &* 


V. EXPERIMENTS. 


1. Effect of Food.—Various authors (Semper, Ullyet,* Cockerall,* 
Walter, etc.) have shown that Lymnea will eat animal as well as vege- 
table food. However, the latter furnishes the normal diet. This con- 
sists of diatomes, desmids, unicellular and filamentous alge, the leaves 
of water plants, and dead leaves of trees. If a snail after hatching is 
placed in a clean battery jar with 500 cc. of clear pond water that 
snail will grow, the necessary amount of food being supplied by the 
microscopic alge introduced with the water which will increase faster _ 
than thesnailcaneatup. If the temperature is favorable, in the course — 
of two months the snail will reach 7 mm. or 8 mm. in altitude and _ 
become sexually mature. The fact that the supply of food keeps 3 
ahead of the demand is interesting and led to a series of experiments: . 


* Boiled water from a jar in which a snail had been raised. 
* Cited from Walter (’06). 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 


with Myriophyllum and Elodea, to see the effect of these water plants 
and to discover whether or not their presence is beneficial. A priori 
one would consider that the effect of these larger water plants as 
Elodea or Myriophyllum would be beneficial. My experiments seemed 
in indicate that their effect was the opposite. I at once started a great 
number of experiments in this line. Some experiments, as can be seen 
in Table I and Table II, went decidedly one way and some went 
decidedly the other. The results were chaotic and no generalizations 
were possible. 

A study of the gross anatomy of Lymnea reveals the fact that the 
anterior portion of the stomach is highly muscular. This muscular 
sac was originally described by Martin Lister® and compared to the 
stomach of a mullet. Cuvier (’17) more happily compared it to the 
gizzard of a granivorous bird. It was compared much later by the 
geologist Whitfield (’82), independently of Cuvier, to the gizzard of a 
fowl. Whitfield showed that this organ like the gizzard is normally 
filled with sand in Lymnea megasoma. 


TaBLe I—Errect or ELopra. 


No. | No. 


| | None. | .0039 — — 
} - 


Ex Days. beg. | end. Variable. | Constant. Size. Dif. el 
( ) 
2A; 52 | 4 3 Elodea. — 500 ce. 39 | _ — 
B ee None. | 4.0 | 8 16% 
3A | 52 4] 2 Elodea.  —_- 500 ce. 1O | — -— 
B 4; 2 None. ) ; 1.6 | .6 37% 
4A 52 4 4 Elodea. 500 ee. 45 | — — 
B | 4 1 | None. | 5.0 | .5 10% 
5A | 54 | 6 5 Elodea. _ 500 ce. .0032} — — 
B 6 4 None. ) -0220 .0188) 50% 
6A 54 6 4 Elodea. | 500cc. | .0005 — -- 
B / 6 + None. 0010 .0005| 20% 
7A 54 | 6 5 Elodea,. 500 ce. | .0010,  — — 
B | 6 5 None. _ 0012 .0002 5% 
8A | 6 6 Elodea. | 500cc.  .0010) — — 
B | Ag 5 None. | 0032) .0022| 32% 
9A 6 5 Elodea. 500 ce. = «.0010 0005, = 20% 
B ye 2 None. 0005 — _- 
LOA 6 3 Elodea. 500 ee. .0016 .0008; 23% 
B | 6 3 None. 0008 — — 
1LA 57 | 6 6  Elodea. 500 ce. 0052 — — 
B | 6 6 | None. .0077' .0025| 12% 
194 | G7,+)' 6 5 | Elodea. | 500cce. | .0039 — -- 
B ) 6 6 


* Cited by Cuvier ('17), 


422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Tas_Le II—Errect or MyRIOPHYLLUM. 


Ex. | Days. ~ i win Variable. | Constant. Av. Size.| Dif. bib 
| | 
13A | 28 2 2 Myrio 200 cc 5.0 — pei! 
B s 2 None 5.2 2 | 3.8% 
14A 50 2 2 Myrio 400 ee 9.0 — _ 

B | 2 2 None 9.5 5 5. 
15A 27 1 1 Myrio - 500 ee 4.4 9 20% 
B 1 1 None 3.5 — — 
16A | 27 1 1 Myrio 500 ce 6.5 1.5 | 28% 
Bo 1 1 None. 5.0 a — 
17A | 48 6 | 6 | Myrio. 460 ce rf — — 

B 6 6 None. 4.3 6 | 14% 
18A | 48 6 6 Myrio 680 ce 5 — _ 
B 6 5 None SS: 1 3% 
19A | 48 6 6 Myrio 1.3 — <= 
B 6 6 None. 2.2 9 41% 
20A | 69 7 9 Myrio 400 ce 3.4 6 18% 
B vf 3 None. 2.8 —_ ae 
21A | 69 7 3 Myrio 680 ec 5.65 2.0 36% 
B Ff 4 None 3.5 _ — 
224A | 28 2 2 Myrio 466 ce 4.4 1.2} 27% 
B 2 2 None Bee — 
23A | 28 2 1 Myrio 680 cc 4.1 —- _— 
B 2 2 None i pe 1.0 20% 
24A | 29 2 1 Myrio 2000 ce pe | — =e 
B 2 2 None 2.4 7 | 28% 
25A | 29 2 1 Myrio 2000 ce 6.5 _ _— 
B 2 1°| None | 6.5 _ — 
122A | 37 3 2 Myrio 500 ee 4.9 3.2 67% 
B 3 2 None | Ee — -- 
193A | 38 4 3 Myrio — 500 ec 3.9 2.0 51% 
B 4 4 Alge. 1.9 — _- 
194A | 38 4 4 Myrio. 500 ce 5.9 3.8 68% 
B 4 4 Alge. ae — _ 
195A | 38 4 3 Myrio 500 ce 8.0 4.6 57% 
B 4 4 ge, 3.4 — — 


Effect of Sediment.—The gizzard of Lymnea columella, like the latter, 
is usually filled with fine sand. However, in dissecting a number of 
individuals of Lymnca columella that had been raised in clean battery 
jars [found no sign of sand. In a few individuals I found some grains, — 
when a diligent search of the jar failed to reveal any more. It seems — 
that this individual had in its crop the only grains of sediment that the 
jar contained, 


1908.] 
| No. No. | . 
Ex. Days | Beg. | Bad. | Variable 
$$ jj] 
S5A 2 2 = Sediment 
B 2 2 | None. 
S6A | 2 1 Sediment 
B 2 2 / None. 
87A AS eae Sediment 
B 2 1 None. 
SSA 2 eZ Sediment 
B 2 2 | None. 
894A 2 2 | Sediment 
LB 2 2 | None. 
90A 1 1 = Sediment. 
B 1 1 = None. 
118A 60 3 1 Sediment. 
B 3 3 None. 
119A 60 Zid ba, eal Sediment. 
B 2 2 | None, 
120A 60 2 2 | Sediment. 
B ! 2 2 None. 
121A _ 60 2 2 Sediment. 
2 2 None. 
124A 43 4 4 Sediment. 
B 4 4 None. 
125A 43 4 4 Sediment. 
LB 4 4 None. 
126A 51 4 4 Sand. 

B 4 4 None. 
127A 51 4 4 Sediment. 
B 4 4 None. 

128A 37 3 | 2 Myrio. 
B 3 | 3 | Myrio 
| (washed), 
129A 47 4 | 4 | Ignited 
sediment. 
BD 4 4 None. 
130A 47 4 4 Sand, 
B | 4 4 None, 
131A ) 77 3 3 | Sediment. 
BO 3 3 | None, 
132A | 77 3 | 3 | Sand. 
3 3 / None. 

133A 77 3 2 | Gravel. 

B 3 3 None, 
123A | 38 4 4 | Sediment. 

B | 4 4 None. 
196A | 38 | 4 | 4 | Sediment. 

B 4 3 = None. 

i 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


425 


TaBLeE I[J—EFrrect OF SEDIMENT. 


Wil ents Per 
Size Dif. cent 
5:1] 1.9) RG 
C2 |) are ee 
PS an ee a 
4.4 3! 6% 
5.0} .5| 10% 
4.5 = — 
SG leet hoe 
4.6 | 1.0 | 22% 
6.5 | 4.1 | 638% 
2.4; — | — 
6.5 | 4.4| 67% 
eee, 
8.0| 4.4 | 55% 
36) = |~— 
7.9| 5.7 72% 
= Pi —- |j- 
7.4] 2.0| 27% 
5.4), — -= 
8.1/| 3.1] 38% 
5.0) -- | — 
18; — | — 
1.9 D1 B% 
2.3) 1.0 | 43% 
135 — | — 
yy oe ee 
2.6/— _— 
21 — -- 
2.6| .5| 19% 
9.0| 3.7| 41% 
oy ene a 
2. ee 
2.9 9| 31% 
3.5 .6| 17% 
Cs ie piesa 
ES — — 
3.5 Lie 51% 
4.7 io 23% 
3.5 — — 
6.0 | 2.5| 41% 
3.5) — — 
2.1 8) 14% 
.G a “= 
5.9| 2.0| 84% 
3.9 —- oo 


424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Another point of importance in these experiments was the fact that 
in no cases was the water plant attacked when sediment was not 
present. On the other hand, in jars with sediment present the normal 
thing was to have the leaves of the water plant cut to pieces. 

To determine whether the presence or absence of sediment would 
affect the growth processes of the snail a number of experiments were 
undertaken. The sediment used in Experiments 85, 86, 87 and 88, 
was mud from the pond in the Botanic Gardens. This was washed 
and that which settled in from 1 to 5 minutes kept for experimental 
purposes. Because this mud would probably introduce food into the 
jars, soil from the garden bed was taken, boiled and that which settled 
in from 1 to 5 minutes used in Experiments 89 and 90. In Experi- 
ments 118-121 the sediment was boiled in concentrated nitric acid, 
evaporated to dryness, and ignited. This would surely destroy all 
organic matter; yet the results of these experiments continued to show 
the benefit of the sediment. Quartz sand and quartz pebbles washed 
with nitric acid gave beneficial results also. If the Myriophyllum was 
washed in running water the snails did not grow as large as if it was 
used with the particles of sediment still clinging to the leaves. 

In conclusion it seems probable that (1) the muscular gizzard filled 
with sand is necessary to break up the plant cells that have been torn 
off by the radula. (2) The absence of sand seems to have the effect 
of causing the snails not to rasp off cells from the tissues of water plant. 
(3) If there is enough small alge present, Myriophyllum will have little 
or no effect on the growth. (4) An examination of the stomach of 
small snails under 5 mm. shows that such plant tissue as Myriophyllum 
is not eaten. With snails 5 to 12 mm., however, great gashes are torn in 
the leaves, and the stomach is filled with the crushed cells. (5) The 
discordant results of Tables I and II are no doubt due to the presence 
or absence of sediment. . 

Faeces.—The amount of feces produced by Lymnea is enormous and 
Walter (’06) reports that Lymnea elodes forms cylinders of fecal mat- 
ter fourteen times its own length every twenty-four hours. This 
collects at the bottom of the aquaria in great tangled masses. 

De Varigny (’94) investigated the effect of this material on the 
growing snail. The result of his experiments was the stunting of the 
snails in the jar with the fecal masses. In repeating these experi- 
ments of De Varigny the writer gathered feces from a jar in which a 
snail had been living for a month or two. This matter in some cases 
was washed in a filter and in others by decanting. This washed 
material was added to jars of snails. The result indicated in Table IV 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 


was the opposite from that found by De Varigny. However, the 
latter did not wash the fecal material, and so introduced into the 
water a large amount of soluble excreted material that he himself found 
so harmful to the growing snail. 


TasBLe LV—EFrrect or F-£ces. 


Ex. hae daa Boe. me | Variable. Constant. , | Fad | Dif. peed 
454} 40 | 1 1 | Feces. / N. 3.0| 1.2] 40% 
B ee ey eet Me 1.8 | —- > — 
4GA | 60 | 8 8 Feces. N. 2-6) = _ 

B ae. 6 | None. |} 4.0] .4 10% 
47A | 54 5 4 | Feces. N. | 7.0| 4.0| 59% 
| 5 3 | None. 3.0) — | — 


‘ Rathay’s (’98) observations on Helix hortensis and Young’s (’S88) 
observations on Helix pomatia and on Arion show that these pulmonates 
eat a great mass of food, very little of which appears to be assimilated 
or even digested. 

Observations of the fecal matter of Lymnewa shows the same thing 
true for these pond snails. Although the writer did not perform 
any special tests on the cells found in feces, as did Rathay (’98), vet 
the appearance of the Pleurococcus and desmids in those masses was so 
nearly normal that there is very little doubt that there was any 
change. 

Other Effects of Water Plants. —Warren (’00) discovered that Daphnia 
in a vessel filled with Vallisneria became less and less productive. If, 
however, the bulk of the water plant was removed, the crustaceans soon 
regained their normal number. As green light was found to be unfavor- 
able to the fertility of Daphnia, Warren concluded that the mass of 
green plant caused the light to be green and the Daphnia infertile in 
consequence, 

It can be imagined from what has been said that the effect of water 
plant on the physiological processes of organisms is not simple and it is 
not easy at once to discover just how it acts. 

2. Aeration.—This section should be treated under the head of the 
composition of the water, but as Semper, De Varigny, Willem and 
Walter have each considered it separately, it was thought best to 
follow them and make it an independent topic. 

On a priori grounds Semper (’79) and De Varigny (’94) both decided 
that the only means of respiration in Lymnaea was by the specially 


426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July, 


differentiated so-called lung; therefore these mollusks must come to the 
surface forair. However, the observations of v. Siebold® (59), Pauly® — 
(’77), Forel (’69, ’74, 04), Andre® (’01), Walker (’00) and the experi- 
ments of Willem (’96) show that the respiration of the animal is in a 
large part carried on by the outer surface of the body. 

De Varigny’s Experiment.—De Varigny noticed that dishes with the 
largest area contained the largest snails. This at once suggested aera- 
tion. To determine whether this was the true explanation, he half 
immersed a small glass cylinder with the bottom covered with muslin 
in a large vessel of water. To insure the mixture of the water in both 
vessels, he lifted the small vessel out of the large one daily and allowed 
it to empty and fill, when he replaced it again. In each vessel he 
introduced a snail of equal size and age; and at the end of the experi- 
ment the one that had a large place in which to roam was the larger. 
As the water in both compartments was in communication, the amount 
of oxygen in both vessels must be identical. Therefore, the snail 
having the greatest area to roam about, on his exercise theory, became 
the larger. 

Willem’s Experiment.—Semper (’79) found that to carry air bubbles 
through a vessel containing young snails created such a disturbance 
that the small snails were washed from their substratum. Willem 
(96) devised an apparatus for conducting air bubbles through a liquid 
without disturbing the water. It consisted of a glass tube (fig. 2) (a) 
immersed in the jar to be experimented on. Below the surface was 
blown a hole (0). Tube (c), turned upon the end, conducted bubbles 
of air into tube (a). The bubbles escaped into the water and travelled 
up tube (a), the water carried up by the bubble escaping by the hole 
(0), and the air bubble continued up the tube and escaped. 

Willem repeated the experiment of De Varigny, but introduced his 
aerating apparatus into the small jar (fig. 3). The water, kept con- 
stantly interchanging in the large and small vessel, caused the snails 
to be of equal size. 

Vernon (’03) explained the results of this experiment not by lack of 
aeration, but by the increase of excretory products which did not pass 
freely through the muslin. 

Surface Aeration.—The experiments undertaken by the writer are 
considered under two heads—surface aeration and artificial aeration. 
The effect of surface aeration was determined by the use of flat dishes 
and a battery jar for control. To make the inside area of the jar equal 
to the inside area of tie dish, so as to have equal areas inside the jar 


* Cited from Walter ('06). 


» 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 


| 


< 
a | 
ee Se = 
Sess == SS 
— a eo ses SS 
= SS — = = = 
= Se = E =| SS 
Se | 2a 
ees = 2) ee = SS 
=e ees = =: =o = 
SS = = | = : =|:5S= 
=== == = 3 =< 
== — : Ht = 
== =: =| = : =) S= 
== EE i =i soo 
=== Eo = 2.) === 
~~ e 5 J: = 
—— — << 
—— =) —4 


| 


Fig. 2. (After Willem.) Fig. 3. (After Willem.) 


for algze to grow upon and for the snail to “exercise”’ upon, a structure 
of microscopic slides of calculated area was introduced. Table V gives 
the results of these experiments. These results are seen to have little 


r “ id a) 
Taste V—Fuat Dish AND JAR AREA INCREASED BY SLIDES. 


a a | No. | No. | os i Per 
Ex. | Days. | Beg. | End. | Variable. Constant. | gig Dif.| cent. 
294 4S 6 6 | Large sur. area.|N. 500 ce. 2.2 ie -- 
B bio 5 | Small sur. area. | 3.2 | 1.0 30% 
30A |, 48 6 6 | Large sur.area.|\W. P. 500 cc.) 1.3); —| — 
B Be 6 | Small sur, area, 3.9 | 1.6; 40% 
31A 23 | 2 2 | Largesur. area. W. P. 500 cc. 4.6 l 2% 
B 2eg 1 Small sur, area. | 4.5) — — 
32A | 28 | 2 2 | Large sur. area.|W. P. 500 cc., 3.6) —| — 
BY that. 2 | Small sur. area. oS, 1.4, 28% 
MA! 58 | 2 2 | Large sur.area.|N.500 cc. | 5.7 | 1.0) 18% 
B 2 2 ~~ Sinall sur. area, 1.7) — os 
95A 58 2 2 Large sur. area. N, 500 ce. 6.5 | 2.1; 32% 
B i Zi 2 | Small sur, area, 4.4) — — 
96 51 / ‘ 3 | Large sur. area.) N. 500 ce. 4.2);— a 
B | , 2 3 = Small sur. area. 45 | 3 6% 
97A | 35 | 2 1 | Large sur. area. N. 500 cc, 7.2 | 3.0) 41% 
B | 2 2 | Small sur. area. 4.2 


428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Fic. 4. 


significance. In some, however, no slides were used (Table VI). 
Out of seven experiments but one difference was significant, and that 
one indicated that the larger surface was beneficial. 

However, these experiments seem to indicate that the effect of sur- 
face aeration is not very striking, yet increased aeration by the surface 
of the water no doubt is of slight advantage to the growth of the snail. 

Artificial Aeration.—In a number of experiments streams of air 
bubbles were conducted through jars of water. The apparatus used 
was a modification of that of Willem (’96) (see fig. 4). In Experiments — 
37-43 (Table VII) the air was passed through night and day, in the 
remaining experiments for but eight hours aday. The results confirm — 
Willem’s conclusion that cuticular respiration is a large factor in the 
growth of Lymnaea, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 


TaBLe VI—Fuat DisH AND Batrery JAR. 


/ No. | No. . Av. .e| Per 
Ex [ars Beg. | End. | ’ Variable. | Constant. Size if. peal 
334 | 28 2 2  Largesur.area. W. P.500 ce.) 4.6, .2 4% 
BL 2 2 | Small sur. area. | | 44 ee 
34A | 28 2 2 | Largesur.area.|\W.P.500cc. | 3.6 }—| — 
B | 2 1 | Small sur. area.  ) & Probl R286 
98A 58 2 2 Large sur. area.|N. 500 ce. 5.7 | 1.2); 21% 
BL 2 2 Small sur. area. 4.6|/—|; — 
99A 5S 2 2 | Large sur. area.|N. 500 cc. 6.5 |—|} — 
B 2 1 | Small sur. area. 8.0/1.5 18% 
100A = 54 4 4 | Large sur. area.) N. 500 ce. 3.9);/—|j; — 
B 4 3 | Small sur. area. 4.2 3, 7% 
101A! 51 3 3 | Large sur. area. N. 500 ce. 4:2)". 4% 
B 3 3 | Small sur. area. 4.0'>— — 
102A | 35 2 | 1 Large sur. area.|N. 500 ec. 7.2 |2.5| 34% 
B 2 | 2 | Small sur. area. | 4.7);—/| — 
Tasie VIJ—ArtiriciaL AERATION. 
| | / | 
| No. | No. j , | Av | Per 
Ex. ‘Days. Beg. | End. Variable. Constant. | gig | Dif-.| cent 
37A | 27 1 1 Air bubbles. |N. 500 ce. 3.8] 1.0 | 26% 
B | 1 1 None. PS 2.8 oa — 
38A | 42 1 1 | Air bubbles. |W. P. 500 cc.| 8.8 | 2.4 | 27% 
B Ries 1 | None. . x 6.4) — — 
moa) 42 | 1 1 Air bubbles. \W. P. 500 cc. 8.2 2 2% 
B pee 1 | None. lg 8.0; — _— 
40A | 42 1 1 | Airbubbles. N. 500 ce. | 7.0| 2.5 | 36% 
B 1 1 None. ” | 4.5) — + 
41A 52 1 1 = <Airbubbles. W. P. 750 ce. 6.2 2.2 36% 
B 1 1 None. | 4. — ~~ 
424 | 52 15 = Airbubbles. W. P. 750 ce.) 2. -- — 
B 14 None. ss 2.8 8 | 29% 
134A | 26 4 4 Air bubbles. W. P. 500 ec.) 4.9) — | — 
B 4 4 None. big | 5.9 1.0} 17% 
135A 26 4 3 ~=Airbubbles. W. P. 500 ce.) 3.1 2} 6% 
B 4 2 = ~None. + | 2.0); — _ 
197A 4 |. 4 | Air bubbles. |W. P. 500 ce. | te 
4 4 None. ) Md | 7.0 1,2 17% 
198A 4 4  Airbubbles. W.P.500cce.| 6.8 | 3. | 44% 
B 4 4 None. r: 3.8); — 


; —_—___ __—_—_—_ ——— — 


Walter’s (’06) experiments show that Lymnea will live in boiled 
water, but come to the surface more often. If imprisoned below the 


surface of aerated water they die. 
28 


_ 


430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, 


In consideration of the above the writer believes the following 
statement of Willem not altogether supported by the facts. Willem 
(’96) writes, p. 567: ‘Ces expériences, . . . ., prouvent que chez les 
Basommatophores la respiration cutanée est plus importante que la 
respiration pulmonaire et qu’a elle seule, elle peut suffire 4 la vie de 
ces animaux.” 

3. The Composition of the Water.—The present study considers those 
conditions alone in which the composition of the water might affect 
the growth of pond snails under natural conditions. 

Effect of Accumulation of Excreted Matter.—De Varigny (’94) grew 
snails in water in which a snail had been living for months, with the 
result that the snails were dwarfed. Vernon (’95) performed similar 
experiments with Echinoderm larve with the same result. The writer 
has conducted experiments of this sort on Lymnaea. Table LX expresses 
the results of eight experiments. These results are as follows: (1) 
That weak solutions of the waste products of metabolism are of benefit 
to the snail. (2) That concentrated solutions are harmful. (3) In 
Experiments 136 and 199 the water was aerated so the factor of the 
aeration of the water would be constant. In Experiment 143 the 
water was boiled, yet in these two cases the results were similar. Later 
the experiments of Table X were repeated with different dilutions of 
urea with similar results. As these were similar to those found by 
Vernon (’95), who used also uric acid on Echinoderm larve, it was not 
thought necessary to continue the experiments further. 

Analyses of the water. A year before Vernon’s (’99) paper was 
called to the attention of the writer, a series of analyses were made 
of the water in a number of jars. Although not nearly so extensive 
as those of Vernon, yet the results were nearly parallel. 

By the methods of water analysis (Clowes and Coleman, ’03), the 
water in the jars of several experiments was analyzed for chlorides, 
nitrates and particularly for free and for albuminoid ammonia. The 
free ammonia consists largely of the inorganic salts of ammonia. 
Albuminoid ammonia on the other hand is made up of organic com- 
pounds from which the ammonia radicle is not detached by boiling 
with sodium carbonate. 

Experiments 200 and 201, Table VIII, were conducted in the follow- 
ing manner: Six jars with 500 ce. of water, which was analyzed 
before the experiment, were taken. Two were used without water 
plant or snail as control. The other jars contained snails and water 
plant as follows: one without water plant but with one full-grown 
snail, one without water plant but with five snails, one with water 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 


TaBe VIII. 
Experiment 200. 
Water at end of | Water at end of 
Analysis | Water beginning | Water atend of — experiment. experiment. 
f riment. 
for Grams in 1000 oc. | Grants in 1000 ce. | 9728 in 1000 ce. | Grams in 1000 oe. 
Free NH, | 0003 -0012 0120 0300 
Alb. NH, 0020 -0010 0012 0080 
Calcium..... .0100 .0090 .0090 .0100 
Chloride .... .0080 .0018 .0018 .0020 
Experiment 201. 
Water at end of | Water at end of 
i W Water at end of 
a4 — pb pn meng experi cont ee eee Guat ta taps. 
Grams in 1000 cc. | Grams in 1000 cc. | “Myriophyllum. gr > op 
Free NH -0008 -0012 00025 No trace 
Alb. NH, .0020 -0010 00018 
Calcium..... .0100 0080 -01000 -0100 
Chloride .... .0080 .0016 .00160 .0020 
Experiment 202. 
: : Free NAsy. Alb. NH,. 

Bize of Snail. Grms. per 1000 ce. Grms. per 1000 cc. 
Control, no snail present. -025 018 ‘ 
2.8 mm. 015 025 
10 mm. 075 030 
11.5 mm. 075 025 
15.5 mm. 155 030 


plant and no snail, and one with water plant together with two snails. 
After ten days the water was analyzed. The following facts seem to be 
illustrated by these experiments: (1) Calcium and chlorides in the 
water do not seem to be affected by the excretions of the snail. (2) 
In the jar that contained no snails yet contained Myriophyllum nearly 
all the free ammonia was taken up by the water plant. This is a 
phenomenon well known to botanists (Sachs, ’75; Bessy, ’92). 
Vernon (’99) found that the presence of Ulva decreased the free 
ammonia, but increased the albuminoid ammonia. 


432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


TaBLe [X—Errect or EXCRETIONS. 


IN > Av. 
Ex Days A vas Variable. | Constant. Sine Dif. fit 
ay es ee bhi a a, een ly. 
/ water, water a 
142A 40 1 | 1 300 ce. , | N. 100 ce.pond w.| -1.8 | — | — 
B 1 | 1 |200cc. + 100 ce. 2.7|/—} — 
C 1 | 1 [100:cc. + 200 cc. . 2.4;/—) — 
D 1 1 300 ee. 1.5 | — —_— 
Boiled Boiled 
pond wat. old wat. 
143A 9| 6 |500cc. + Occ. + 100 cc. pond w.| 2.6 | — | — 
B 9| 8 |450 cc. + 50 ce. ie 3.4);— | — 
C 9 9 400 ce. + 100 ce. s 3.1;)/—)| — 
D 9| 7 '200cc. + 300 cc. a 3.3;—| — 
EB 9/9) 0 +500ce. ee 3.3 | — 
144A 44 4 | 3 Dilute old water. | 300 ce. 3.4] 1.3] 40% 
B 4 3 Control. 300 ee. 2.1);/—]} — 
145A. 44 4 | 2 Dilute old water. | 300 cc. 3.6 | 1.6) 44% 
B 4 | 2 Control. | 300ce. 2.0;—| —— 
146A, 26 | 4) 2 Old water. | 500 cc. 2.9 | LAr 
B 4 4 Control. | 500 ec, 5.9 | 8.0) 50% 
200A! 4 4 Old water. 500cc.W.P. ° |3.8{/—]| — 
4 4 Control. 500 ee. 7.0 | 3.2] 46% 
136A 26 4 | 3 Old water. |W. P. 500 ce, 3.1)/—|)— 
B 4. 4 Control. | Aerated. 4.9|1.8| 36% 
199A| 26 | 4| 4 Diluteoldwater. | W.P.500cc. |6.8| 1.0) 14% 
B 4, 4 ‘taxes | Aerated. §.8|};—|— 
) 
TaBLe X—Errect or UREA. 
Ex | Days bee ln Variable. | Constant. | Av. size. 
137A | 22 | 1 | D No. urea. =: 600 ee. Dead, 
B | 1 1 sooo N. urea. i 2.0 
C | 1 1 asco N. urea. S 2.6 
D | 1 1 reo N. urea, ss 2.5 
E ; 1 1 B00 N. urea, iS 2.8 
F 1; D | ato N. urea. - Dead. 
Ft. Re i Gale ie | hy N. urea. 500 ce. 2.8 
B | 1 a. ‘ontrol. 3.5 
190A 1S! hdd) el ee 500 ce. 3.8 
B | byes Ga) ee | ‘ontrol. 5.0 
140A 37 4 3 Control. 500 ee. 1.7 
B | 4 4 1080 N, urea, : 1.9 
Cc i 4 3 3O0 N. urea, o 1.5 
D 4 0 rho Ni urea. | vd Dead. 


———— —CEF_-joeNonNon-mn--—-eIO ee ee 


1908. ]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 


TaBLE XI—EFrrect or NUMBERS. 


| No. | No. ‘ Av. , Per 
Ex Days beg. | ea Variable. Constant. Sien..|, Dum ienit 
; | aval tchs Ji. © ae ee eee ee 
60A 52 1 1 | The number.|W. P. | 4. | 1.2} 30% 
Bo 7 pias ee ee EB ee | 
61A | 52 1 i! The number. W. P. oF 5 16% 
B he Eh ay -2.7| — | = 
62A 52 1 1 | Thenumber. W. P. 6.2 | 4.2] 70% 
B | 17 14 oy T 2: — _ 
203A © 40 32 lina jar. |W. P.500cc.; 7.9) — _ 
B | — 40 26 2 in a jar 4 7.2, — _ 
C 40 38 3ina jar. | “id 6.1 — — 
D | 40 16 4 in a jar si §.2| — —_ 
E | | 20 14 | 20in a Jar “ 3.2); — _ 
F | 20 17 | 20ina jar. | 9 2.7 | _ — 


Experiment 202 shows but one fact, 7.e., that the amount of excre- 
tion is roughly proportional to the size of the snail. 


TasLe XII—Errect or SHELL SALTs. 


Control. 

Powdered CaCQ,. 
Powdered CaSO, . 
Powdered Ca,(PQ,),. 


| Control. 


W. P. 500 ce, ' 


56 86 


CaCQy. 
CaSO,. 
Ca,(PO,),. 
Control. 
Sediment. 
CaSO,. 
CaCO,. 
Control. N. clean jar. 
Sediment. 
CaCO, 
CaCQy. 
Control. N. Started 
Sediment. with 3 weeks 
Crushed shells. growth of algw. 
Control. W. P. 
Sediment. 
Crushed shells, 


43 | N. clean jar. 


S 
De Date Vater OQ 


Wek DOS UDUIS OND 


5 
a> 
% 


pe ee BESS SE HS NNN QOS 
oOo sek eee WOR OE NAO Coos 


Daw SNK ON N RK KNORR RK OAM Www 


Sito BHO 


434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Ejject of Shell Salts—If it were possible to measure some other 
physiological process of the snail than growth, another method might 
be instituted to attack the study of the effect of environment. As it 
is possible to measure the activity of a certain tissue in the pond snail 
by the amount of its secretions, a series of experiments were con- 
ducted. The tissue referred to is the mantle which secretes the shell. 
With this in mind a few experiments with calcium carbonate, calcium 
sulphate, and calcium phosphate. Snails that had been raised in 
saturated solutions of these salts, which are but slightly soluble in 
water, were measured; the results are expressed in Table XII. The 
salts were supplied as the pure chemical or as ground-up Lymnea shell. 
The results show that calcium sulphate is most beneficial and that the 
presence of shell salts are favorable to snail growth. Experiments 
55-56 did not consider that the sediment of the ground mineral might 
introduce another factor. Experiments 201-204 consider this factor. 
The fact that each chemical seems to favor a separate flora introduces 
another factor which makes these experiments most unsatisfactory. 

Number of Individuals.—Semper (’74) and De Varigny (’94) both 
reported that in two similar jars, one containing one snail and one 
containing many, the single one grew the larger in every case. This 
fact was one of Semper’s strongest arguments in favor of the presence 
of an unknown chemical. De Varigny could not explain this result 
on his exercise theory, so he advanced a psychological theory based on 
the fact that two snails might annoy each other. He writes: “Mais 
que peut étre cette influence morale dans le monde des Lymnées? Le 
probléme est embarrassant, et je n’ose décide si la présence de deux 
Lymnées géne ou ne géne pas le pérégrinations de la troisiéme, ete.” 
(p. 187). 

The result of the experiments reported in Table VI of the present 
work confirm the results of the authors who have investigated this 
factor. Discarding both Semper’s and De Varigny’s explanation, we 
must turn to a consideration of those of the later authors. Willem 
(96) explained the result as due to aeration, but it seems rather that 
Vernon’s (’03) explanation is more nearly true. Vernon considers 
that the toxic influence of accumulations of the waste products of 
metabolism is the cause of the dwarfing, yet increased aeration will 
insure more rapid oxidation of those waste products and so remove 
their harmfulness. 

From what has been said it will be seen that the chemical composi- 
tion of the water is a very important factor in the rate of growth of 
Lymnea. The composition of the water may exert a toxic or a bene- 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 


ficial effect on the growing snail. This has been explained in the case 
of effect of numbers in various ways, but most reasonably by lack of 
aeration and of composition of the water. It is probable that those 
two factors work together. 

4. Temperature.—Semper (’79) reported that snails chilled were 
retarded in growth and that growth ceased at 13°C. Walter (’06) 
found that they became more active in warm water than in cold water. 
The experiments of Walter (’06) were repeated in the following way: 
Four large snails 9 mm. and four small snails 1.5 mm. were placed in a 
glass dish with about 20 cc. of water. Under the dish a piece of cross- 
section paper was laid, and on another piece of cross-section paper the 
position of each snail was plotted every five minutes for a period of 
three hours. 

For the first hour the dish was in a cold room and the temperature 
fell from 124° to 64° C. The dish was then packed around with ice 
for half an hour until the temperature fell from 64° to 34° C. The 
dish was then placed in a warm room for one hour, the temperature 
rising from 34° to 17°C. For the next twenty minutes it was placed 
near a radiator, and the last ten minutes the dish was placed above the 
radiator, the temperature rising from 17° to 26°C. Fig. 5 shows how 
the snails were affected. tt represents the temperature curve; the 
heavy black line the distance in millimeters that the small snails 
travelled in periods of five minutes; the dotted line indicates the 
same thing for the large snails. 

TaB_e XIII. 


| Speed. 


Tenpentwr.. 60 eee Remarks. 
Large Snails. Small Snails 
/ 
124°- 84° Increase, Increase, In cold room. 
84°- 64° Decrease. Decrease. ae, a8 as 
64°- 84° Increase. Constant. Packed with snow, 
34°-10 Decrease. Sl. decrease. In warm rooms. 
10° -17° Increase, Increase, ty me as 
17° ~22° os ie Near radiator. 
92° ~33° Decrease. Decrease. ws “ 
28° -25° . Increase. Increase, On radiator, 


: 


The average speed for the small snails closely follows that for the 
large ones. The table shows several things: (1) that cold applied 


436 "PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


rather suddenly stimulates the snail to become active so as to escape 
from the cold. The same reaction is noticed when heat above the 
optimum is applied. (2) When the water continued cold the activities 
decreased. 


Fic. 5.—Temperature and velocity curve of large and small Lymnza. [Linet t 
represents temperature in centigrade during three hours. Dotted line rep- 
resents distance traveled in m.m. in five-minute intervals by the large 
snails. The solid line shows the same thing for the small ones.] 


The experiments on growth conducted by Semper did not take into 
account the effect of cold on the water plant. To eliminate this 
factor the writer alternated the jars with the water plant from the 
warm to the cold at stated intervals, but transferred the snails from 
one jar to the other, so that certain snails remained in the warm and 
certain snails remained in the cold all the time, yet the jars that con- 
tained them were the same, and therefore the amount and condition of 
the food was similar, 

The manner that cold acts on the growth of Lymnea may be twofold. 
Cold, as is so well known, retards the rate of chemical combinations and 
so retards physiological processes. As growth is a physiological 
process it is retarded, and as the activities of the animal are physio- 
logical processes they are also retarded. Growth depends largely on the 
presence of food, yet the food of Lymnea is acquired only through 
constant motion, so it might easily become dwarfed, with abundance of 
food about it, if conditions should make the snail sluggish. In Lymnea 
we have seen that both these factors may be at work, reduced physio- 
logical processes acting directly on growth, or reduced activities may 
actually cause dwarfing by lack of food. 


—EEE———— 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 


TABLE XI V—ErFrrect or HEAT AND COLD. 


Ex | Days habe Led Variable. Constant. | Size | Dif. par 
26A 52 | 4 4 Warm. -N. 500 ee. .0055 .0047, 49% 
B 4 2 |Cold. 0008 — | — 
274A 52 4 3 Warm. W.P. 500 cc. .0035 .0030 45% 
B 1,  @ 2 (|Cold. “00055 — —_— 
28A «61 10 8 (Warm. |W. P. 500 cc.| .0079| — —S) 
B 10 10 Cold. | 0080 .O0001 0% 
91A 62) | <2 2 |Warm. N. 500 ce. 4.5 2.9 64% 
B | 2 2 Refrigerator. 16 | — -- 
92A | 52 2 2 | Warm. 'N.500ce. 5.6 (3.9 70% 
B 2 2 |Refrigerator. | an _ 
93A 45 1 1 |Warm. N. 500 ce. 8.2 6.0 73% 
B 1 1 | Refrigerator. 2.2 | — _ 
147A 48 2 2 Warm. ‘N.500cce. 6.5 (3.5 54% 
BL | 2 2 Cold. 3.0 | — | — 
148A 48 2 2 |Warm. N. 500 ec. 5.2 2.6 50% 
B 2 2 Cold. | 2.6 — — 
205A 42 3 2 Warm. |W. P. 750 cc. 4.8 1.2 25% 
B 3 2 |Cold. 3.6 —_— _ 
206A 42 4 4 (Warm. W. P. 750 cc. |7.2 4.9 68% 
B 4 3 Cold. 2.3 | — — 
207A | 44 5 | 4 |Warm. \W.P.750cc.7.6 4.6 60% 
B 5 | 3 Cold. | 30 | — | — 
208A | 44 5 4 \|Warm, 'W.P.750cce.8.0 (5.4 67% 
B | 5 | 3 (Cold. 2.6 fenned a 


5. Light.—Beginning with Higgenbottom (’50), various writers have 
conducted experiments on the effect of light on the growth of animals. 
The work of these authors, including Yung (’78, ’80 and ’92), Vernon 
(95), Warren (’00) and Beelard (’58), deals largely with the effect of 
colored light on the development of different animals. The present 
work considers the effect of light and darkness alone. Although 
experiments were attempted with colored lights, yet the many diffieul- 
ties in the shape of uncontrollable factors made the results so unreliable 
that space will not be taken in discussing them. Even in the experi- 
ments on light and darkness the factor of food was with difficulty con- 
trolled. It was only by resorting to similar means as in the experi- 
ments on temperature that this factor was controlled at all. However, 
this did not remove all the uncontrolled factors present. There was 
also the chance of there being a different temperature of the water 
between the two jars; this difference at times amounting to 2° C. 


438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Although the experiments of Walter (’06) and some of the writers 
seem to indicate that Lymnea is slightly negatively phototactic, yet 
darkness is prejudicial to growth (Table XV). 


TasBLeE X V—EFrect or LIGHT AND DARK. 


Ex Days “ies | me | Variable. Constant. Size. | Dif. fk 
57A | 54 6 4 | Light. |N.500ce 4.9| 3.2 | 65% 
Bo 6 | 4 | Dark. “ 17 | ote 
58A| 54 | 6 5 | Light W.P.500 cc.) 3.0/1.8 60% 
B 6 4 | Dark Be ee —_ _ 
59A| 42 | 5 | 5 | Light. |W. P.500cc.) 8.5/2.1 | 25% 
B | 5 | 5 | Dark p vce | 6.4] — | — 
103A! 47 | 4 | 3 | Light. IN. 750ce 3.0! 1.8 | 60% 
B AY ey | Dark 1,2 |. 5 ee 
104A 045 en ee. Light N. 750 ec 2.5 | 1.0 40% 
B BY urd Dar | 1.5.1 => a 
105A | 45 | 5 | 3 Light. N. 750 ce 2.5] .8 | Bay 
B | ee Se Dar bit} saa =a 


This factor of light is of less importance than the other external 
conditions affecting growth, and is one that the snail can directly 
control to some extent through its behavior, and is also one that can 
be easily regulated in the laboratory. It is almost impossible to 
devise experiments on the effect of light on animals whose food con- 
sists of green plants, and experiments so conducted can have little 
significance. 

6. Area.—According to De Varigny’s exercise theory, dwarfing of 
Lymmea was caused by too little area for the snail to crawl upon. To 
test the truth of this hypothesis, structures of various shapes were 
constructed out of microscopic slides and introduced into one of two 
similar jars containing snails. As some of the structures were cemented 
with sealing wax, sealing wax was added to the other jar of the experi- 
ment, so that there was no difference between the jars, except the fact 
that one had a larger surface exposed on which the snail could crawl 
than did the other. The results (Table XVI) were contrary to what 
might have been expected from De Varigny’s hypothesis. It can 
hardly be that the slides hindered the snails from wandering around; 
on the contrary the great area exposed would form a surface on which 
much more alge would grow. 


1908.] _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 


TaBLE XVI. 
| 
Ex. | Days. ‘bee, end, Variable. Constant. | Size. (Dif Rais 3 
| | / | 
65A | 28 1; 1| Area = 1258q.c. | N.200cc. 2,)/—|— 
B 1} 1| Area= 40sq.c. | 4.3 | 2.3] 53% 
66A | 28 1| 1j| Area = 1258q.c. | N. 200 ce. | 4. |—| — 
B | 1 1) Area= 40sq.c. “| 62 | 9.0). 88% 
67A | 48 1/ 1] Area =165sq.c.| N.400cc. | 9. | —| — 
BL 1 1| Area= 80sq.c. | 9.5| .5| 5% 
68A 48 1|; 1] Area = 165sq.c. | N.400cc. | 9. |—| — 
B 1/ 1]| Area= 80sq.c. | 9.5] .5| 5% 
69A 48 6 5] Area =455sq.c. | N.500ce,. |§ 3.2, —| — 
B | 6| 6| Area = 285sq.c. | 4.3 | 1.1) 25% 
70A | 48 | 6| 6| Area =455sq.c. | W.P.500ce. 3.9 | 2) 5% 
B 6| 6] Area = 285sq.c. WG tas — 
7iA |} 28 | 2| 1] Area = 455sq.c. | W.P.500cc,, 4.5) .1) 2% 
B 2 2] Area = 285sq.c. | 4.4)/—| — 
72A | 28 2| 2]! Area = 455sq.c. | W.P.500cc.| 5. .9| 18% 
B 2; 1] Arta = 285sq.c. 4.1) — | — 
73A 69 7 | 7 | Area = large. N. 3.3)—| — 
B 7 7| Area = small. 4.6 1.3 30% 
744A | 69 717 Area = large. WP. 2.8|;—| — 
B 7 6 | Area = small. 4.1/1.3) 31% 
75A | 29 2), 1) Area = large. Ww. PL eh ore Wear 
B | 2' 1)! Area = small. i AF 7| 15% 
106A 58 2) Area = 3l4sq.c. | N.500cc. | 4.7| .2; 4% 
B 2| 2| Area = 42sq.c. | 4.5)/—| — 
107A | 58 2| 2) Area = 1448q.c. | N.500cc. | 4.4) — | — 
BY 2; 1| Area= 42sq.c. | 8. | 3.6) 45% 
| 108A | 51 | 3| 8| Area=1448q.c. | N.500cc. | 4.5| 4, 8% 
Bo | 8) 3] Areas 428q.c. ae st a 
109A | 50 | 2 2) Area large. N. 500 ce. 20;—/; — 
B | 2 2] Areasmall. 4.6 | 2.6 56% 
110A} 50 | 3! 3] Arealarge. N. 500 ec. 2.8|;—|; — 
B | 3| 1] Areasmall. 5.0 | 2.2) 44% 
111A | 35 | 2/| 2| Arealarge. N. 500 ee. 4.2|};—|— 
B 2| 2{ Areasmall. 4.7 .5) 10% 
112A) 35 | 2/| 2| Arealarge. N. 500 ce. 1.7/—| "— 
BL 2 2 | Areasmall. 2.9 | a 41% 


This experiment suggests some results reported by Dandino (’04) 
on the effect of toxic solutions on germinating peas and corn. in 
toxic solutions (dilute acids) the addition of quartz sand (washed in 
HCl and distilled water) was 32 times as toxic as that without the 
sand. The author explains this fact as the result of surface action. 
In the present work experiments with quarte sand and even with 
pebbles caused an increase in the rate of growth. This is an effect 


440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


opposite to that found by Dandino, yet it throws very little light on the 
bad effects caused by the presence of microscopic slides. 

As De Varigny used flat dishes in contrast to spherical flasks, his 
cases of dwarfing by rearing in a small area can be referred with very 
little doubt to lack of aeration. 

7. Volume.—Before the preceding series of experiments were com- 
pleted, so before the bad effect of the presence of microscopic slides 
was known in experiments with volume, the inside area of the two 
similar jars was made equal by a structure of slides of calculated area. 
The amount of water in the two jars was not the same, the smaller 
volume of water containing the structure of slides. Experiments with- 
out the structure were later tried, but all the experiments led to the 
same result (Table XVII): the snails in the smaller volume were the 
smaller. 


TaBLeE X VII—EFFEcT oF VOLUME. 


ee 
Ex. |Days.| Ro | NG | Variable. | cone | Size. | Dit | come, 
| 

76A | 57 6 ' 6 Volume small, | N. 3.2); — |) — 

B 6.1.6 Volume large. 4.3 L.1 | 2a 
TIA | 57 eo eae Volume small. WOES Lee —-\— 

B al a Volume large. 3.7 4} 17% 
78A = =653 1 , 1 | Volume small, 5.0 —- |i 

B oe ae | Volume large. | | 6.5 | 1.5 | 238% 
79A | 42 | 1 | 1 | Volume small. | 6.2 | — fie 

3 ii. Sage eee | Volume large. 7.0 1.8 ; 26% 
80A 42 a ee Volume small, 6.0 —_— — 

B 1 | 1 | Volume large. 6.0 — — 
S1A_ 69 7 | 3 ) Volumesmall. | N. 22 - 

B 7:7. = Volume large. 3.5 7 | 20% 
82A | 69 a Volumesmall. | W.P. | 3.4 | — — 

B re edimae Volume large. 6.5 | 2.1 | 383 
113A 58 2 2 | 220ce. N. | 30} — |] — 

B 2 2 | 600 ce. | 4.5 | 1.5 | 338% 
114A 58 2 1 | 220 cc. 1 oN, | 3.8) — =s 

B 2 1 | 500 ce. 8.0 | 4.2| 52% 
115A 51 3 3 | 220 ee. N, 3.2, — | — 

B 3 3 500 ee. ) re As | 9 22% 
116A | 50 3 3 | 220 ce. | N° | Sie) ae 

B 3 2 500 ce. | 4.6 | 1.8 | 40% 
LI7A 35 | 2 2 220 cc. 17| — — 

B Le 2 500 ce, 4.7 | 3.0] 68% 


Dandino, referred to above, found that in toxic solutions, 7.e., weak 
acids, the radicles of peas and corn grew longer in a small volume than 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 


in alarger volume. This could be explained by assuming that there is 
but a definite amount of toxin present to act on the seed. With the 
snail, however, the case is reversed. The toxin, which we have shown 
in the preceding sections.to be present, is ever being increased in 
quantity by the secretions of the animal. In the case of the seedling the 
solution becomes weaker and weaker. 

Pearl and Dunbar (’05) found that Paramecium in small vessels were 
dwarfed. This is due most likely to the accumulation of excreted 
matter. In fact almost every case of this kind among aquatic animals 
can be so explained. 

8. Alternation of Conditions.—In connection with some of the experi- 
ments on heat and cold, a jar was moved from the warm to the cold, and 
vice versa, at two weekly intervals for a period of two months, with 
the very striking result that the alternated snails were larger at the 
end of that time than those kept in the warm all of the time. This 
result was accomplished notwithstanding the fact that, when in the 
cold, the water in the alternate jars was sometimes frozen. This 
experiment led to a series of experiments in the same line, and although 
many were as striking as the first, yet the larger snails were those, as a 
general rule, that had been in the warm room all the time. This con- 
trol in the warm room was every two weeks transferred to a jar from the 
cold conditions, while at the same time the jar in which they had been 
living was placed in the cold and snails that had lived in the cold all the 
time added. This process of changing the snails was performed every 
two weeks or every week. The interval of alternation is given in the 
tables. See Tables VIII-XX. Not only were alternate conditions 
of heat and cold considered, but also alternating conditions of starving 
and feeding and light and dark. The latter experiments are not of 
particular interest, as the alternated snails are purely intermediate 
in size between those under favorable and those under unfavorable 
conditions. The starving and feeding experiments, however, closely 
approximated those of heat and cold. Some were larger and some 
were smaller than the control. These results must mean that the 
change from an unfavorable to a favorable condition causes the snail to 
grow faster than if it were continually in the favorable condition. 

9. Experiments on Tadpoles.—As Yung (’85) performed some experi- 
ments on the effect of external conditions on tadpoles, arriving at the 
same conclusion as did Willem (’96), 7.e., that dwarfing was caused by 
lack of aeration, the writer, using the methods described in the preced- 
ing pages, repeated these experiments with tadpoles of Rana in the 
spring of 1907. 


442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


TasBLe XVITI—ALTerNaTE HEAT AND CoLp. 


Ex | Days an hide Variable. Constant. | Size. | Dif. par 
149A | 52 A | Ate. 2 weeks: |. 600 bei! -O110 .0055 23% 
B 4 | 4 | Warm. 0055, — | = 
150A | 52 4 4 Alt. 2 weeks.|W. P.500 ce. | .0078 .0043 23% 
B 4 3 Warm. -0035, — — 
151A | 61 10 10 Alt. 2 weeks.) W. P. 500 ce. | .0086 .0024, 10% 

BE 10 7 Warm. | .0062) — 
152A | 52 2 2 | Alt. 1 week. |N. 500 ce. 4.4 | — — 
B 2 2 | Warm. 4.5 fe | 02% 
153A | 52 2 2 | Alt.1week. |N.500ce. (4.9 | — | — 
B 2 | 2. |. Warm: 3.6 nid 12% 
154A 45 1 | 1 | Alt.iweek. |N.500cc. (6.0 | — | — 
B 1 1 | Warm. 8.5 {2.5 29% 
155A | 42 8 5 Alt. l week. |W. P.750 cc. |5.0 _— — | 
B 8 | 7 | Warm. 5-9 9 15% 
156A | 42 | 8 4 | Alt. 2weeks. W.P.750ce. 5.6 — ; ; 
B 8 4. Warm. 6.5 9 14% 
157A 42 9 § | Alt. 2 weeks.) W. P. 750 cc. |3.5 A 11% 
B | ee 8 | Warm. 3.1 _ — 
158A | 48 | 2 2 | Alt. 1 week. |N. 500 cc. 3.0 _— 7 
B = 2 | Warm. 6.5 |3.5 54% 
159A 48 |} 2 | 2 | Alt. 1 week. |N. 500 cc. 3.1 _— — 
B 2 | 2 | Warm. 5:2. (24 40% 
209A 42 | 3] 38 Alt. 1 week. |W. P. 750 ce. ‘(10.2 5.8 57% 
B | 3&3 | 2 | Warm. 4.4 _ a 
210A | 42 | 4 | 4 | Alt. 2 weeks.|W. P.750 cc. |6.3 os | _ 
B | 4 4 | Warm. 7.2 9 12% 
SA 44 UW Vb 5 | Alt. 2 weeks.) W. P. 750 ce. (6.1 — _ 
B | 5 5 Alt. 2 weeks. 4.2 _ — 
C 5 4 | Heat. | 7.6 |2.5 34% 
212A 44 5 5 | Alt. l week. W.P.750 cc. 6.6 —- — 
B ee eek: | Alt 1 week. ies _- 
C 5 | 4 | Heat. 8.0 1.4 18% 
| ! ! 
TaBLe XIX—ALTERNATE LIGHT AND DarRK. 
No. | No. , | : Per 
Ex ‘Days beg. | berry | Variable. Constant, | Size. | Dif. oant 
IS2A | 54 6 | 5 Alternate. (N.500 ce. | 1.7) — — 
B eee | 4 Light. 4.9| 3.2) 65% 
183A | 54 6 | 5 | Alternate. |W. P.500cc.| 1.7; — _ 
B | 6 5 Light. 3.0 | 1.3 | 438% 
184A | 47 4 | 2 | Alternate. [N.750 cc. 14/ — — 
B | | 4 | 38 | Light. 3.0! 1.6] 58% 
ISSA | 45 | 5 2 | Alternate. |N.750 ce 19); — — 
B 5 3 | Light. / 2.5 .6 | 24% 
186A | 45 | 5 5 | Alternate. |N.750 ce 1s| —| = 
B 5 3 _ Light. ) 2.5 -7 | 28% 


1) 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 


TABLE X X—ALTERNATE STARVING AND FEEDING. 


Ex ‘Days. fon end, Variable. | Constant. Size. | Dif. aed 
i / 
Te | 
160A | 52 | 2| 2] Alt. 1 week. | N.500.e, 4.7| .2| 4% 
B | | 2] 21] Control. | 4.5) — _ 
161A 59 | 2; 2| Alt. 1 week. N. 500 ce. 5.8 | 1 2% 
B | 2| 21 Control. \- 5.7) — _ 
187A | .38 5) Ae ) Alt. 2 weeks. N. 500 ce. | 2.6); — 
B 5 4. Control. 3.3 By i 21% 
188A | 38 | 2 1 Alt. 2 weeks. N. 500 ec. 3.8}; — = 
BL 2{ 1) Control. 4.0 2 5% 
189A 34 | 3! 2) Alt2 weeks. N. 500 ee. VEY i Bee eg (ea 
B | 3] 3! Control. 5.0| 2.3 | 46% 
190A | 34 | 3| 3| Alt.2weeks.| N.500cc. | 2.8) — | — 
B 3) 3) Control. 4.3| 1.5 | 35% 
191A 31 4 3 | Alt. 2 weeks. W.P.500cec.| 3.3); — | — 
B| _ 4/ 4! Control. 4.2] .9 | 21% 
192A 31 | 4)| 4) Alt. 2 weeks. W.P. 500 ce.) 2.9; — | — ° 
BL _ 4) 4) Control. 6.4) 3.5 55% 


The results—which may be classed as follows: effect of artificial aera- 
tion, of surface aeration, of volume, of number of individuals—were 
exactly the same as those found for Lymnea. 


VI. Errect or ExTerRNAL CONDITIONS ON THE NUMBER OF Eaas LAID. 


To supplement the experiments on the effect of external conditions on 
growth, and to observe the effect .of external conditions on some 
physiological process rather different from growth, the following series 
of experiments was arranged. When adult Lymnaea is brought into 
the warm laboratory in the late winter or early spring it lays an im- 
mense number of fertile eggs. This fact was made the basis of some 
experiments. Snails gathered at such a time were placed under 
various conditions and the number of eggs laid during a given time 
recorded, Conditions that one would not consider to have any effect 
whatever on fertility were quite effective in their results. 

1. Sediment.—As we have seen on p. 424, the presence of sediment 
is beneficial to snail growth, yet the presence of sediment is also of 
advantage in increasing the fertility of the snail. 

Four adult snails were isolated in four jars with a small amount of 
sediment, and four jars were similarly treated without the sediment. 
At the end of some days the eggs in each jar were counted. See Table 
XX. 


444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


TABLE XX], 
Ex. No begin. | No. end. Variable. | No. of eggs laid. 

Aiea po i 1 Sediment. 39 
By unentetas 1 1 - 48 
MS anes oat 1 1 ef 13 
Dy cian tame 1 1 s 62 

| — 162 
Binvcecnkace 1 1 None. 10 
Bee eee: 1 1 “ 15 
Lee eee 1 1 | a | 15 
ee ce 1 1 ns 18 

| — 58 


The total of 162 in favor of the sediment is quite striking, against the 
total of 58 eggs without sediment, yet the small number of snails in the 
experiment must not be overlooked. As the writer did not have a 
chance to repeat this experiment its value is only suggestive. 

2. Number of Individuals.—In each of seven jars with Ceratophyllum 
was placed a single snail. In seven other jars similarly arranged were 
placed two snails each. In ten days the seven snails in seven jars 
laid 1,149 eggs. The fourteen snails in seven jars laid 1,277 eggs. 

The result of this experiment is similar to the growth experiment. 
In other words two snails in a jar together do not lay twice as 
many eggs as a single individual, but each snail lays only half as many 
eggs as when it is alone in the jar. Thus again is illustrated the bad 
effect of the presence of the waste products of metabolism in the water. 

3. Effect of Light.—In each of twelve similar jars one snail was 
placed and Ceratophyllum was added to each jar. Six jars were placed 


TABLE XXII. 
a —— _ —_— ST 
In Light. In Dark, 
: Fh OE & ae | Pee tees rr ih = 
Size of snail | He Gi sae ‘aid in 8 oe. | Size of snail. MO tie wine’ ays. 
/ ee SS = Pye, 
| | 
7 ' 117 | 4 61 
6 173 8 114 
7 184 || 4 5Y 
5 wo > ae 
6 186 | 4 | 155 
1 .. =, 80004 8 22 | 415 


1908. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 


in diffused daylight and six in the dark. During the daytime the jar 
in the light had the temperature about two degrees higher than those 
in the dark. As the snails were of slightly different sizes, all the 
jars were placed in a row with the snails in series from the largest to 
the smallest. Every other jar was then put in the dark. The experi- 
ment ran 8 days. In the following table the number of egg capsules 
laid and the total number of eggs per individual is indicated. One 
snail died in the dark and one died in the light. Both are left out of 
account in the table. 

It will be seen that those in the light laid nearly twice as many eggs 
as in the dark. 

5. Other Effects and Observations.—Snails brought into the labora- 
tory from the ponds lay at first a great number of eggs in a single egg 
case, and the masses laid subsequently contain fewer and fewer eggs. 
(See Table XXIII.) Placing two individuals together does not have an 


effect of revivifying the fertility of the snail, but has the opposite 
effect. 


TABLE XXIII. 


4) 3 fae Case. 
Experi- = E _3 +4 ee © a Dl ne : i 
meut. a J | ; | ; ; 
% & Ist 2d 8d 4th/5th 6th/7th Sth 9th 10th) 11th) 12th 13th) 14th 
es) Sl eee ee oe ee 

ee 10 26 28 20 29 81/16/25 19. | 
cy a 83 38/16/25 33) 9) 1) 
he iv. 85 | 88 20) / 
he: 43/39\15| 5| | | 
Pirie... 89 | 88 | 25/25|18/12/10) 7 23 | 
eee 48 84 28 26/16/17 | ) 
| ae 87/36/19) 8/17) | | 
a 1 11,40 16,12) 8) 5 | ' 
a 52 36/16 15 18 19 | 20 12/14) 17] 8 
PA 40 16 8 8| 6| | 
iy ieee §2/29/19, 11) 9 | 
ede 29/27/19/18/18| 9] 5| 5| | ) 
ae 88 | 87/21/22/13/12| 9 9, 9| 14! 7 | 15| 8 | 16 
Be ehes 42/18/11) 8/16/14) 9 5/10) | 
a 5/19/15) 9/12) | 


Table showing the number of eggs in successively laid egg cases after the snail 
is brought into a warm room from out of doors in the winter time. 


The last eggs laid by these snails are sometimes quite abnormal. 
Sometimes the eggs are fused, sometimes there is a capsule or a num- 
ber of small capsules without a single egg. 

29 


446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Some snails prefer to lay their eggs on the water plant, others always 
lay their eggs on the glass jar, while still others show no preference at 
all. 


VII. SUMMARY OF THE CONCLUSIONS. 


1. The effect of Myriophyllum and of Elodea on the growth of Lym- 
nea is quite complex. That it is not a simple factor that is being dealt 
with is indicated by the inconstancy of the results of the experiments. 
Notwithstanding the fact that one factor has been isolated, yet it is 
probable that there are other factors besides. This determined factor 
is the presence or absence of sand in the so-called ‘‘gizzard.” In the 
latter case plant tissue, although ingested cannot be assimilated, so 
that the snail is smaller because it actually lacks food. On the other 
hand it is possible that the products of plant metabolism may have a 
harmful effect on the growing snail. : 

2. The accumulations of feecal matter of Lymnea, instead of having 
the harmful effect on growth as described by De Varigny (’94), when 
washed and filtered, have a beneficial effect. These tangled masses 
of unassimilated food form a great harbor for alge, and so increase the 
food supply of the snail. 

3. The “original planting” of the aquarium, 7.e., alge accidentally 
introduced with the water, causes great variation in the size of the 
snails. 

4. Experiments on artificial aeration confirm the conclusions of Yung 
and Willem; yet experiments on surface aeration do not seem so clear. 

5. Vernon reported that Echinoderm larve raised in solutions in 
which other larve had been raised were dwarfed. De Varigny found 
the same thing true for Lymnea. Experiments on Lymnea columella 
confirm the results of the two authors referred to. Weak solutions 
were found beneficial and concentrated solutions harmful. Experi- 
ments using urea gave the same result. Why dilute solutions of 
excreted matter and urea are beneficial and concentrated solutions are 
harmful may be explained in the following way. The presence of the 
excretions which contain plant food may cause more alg, snail food, 
to grow; on the other hand the solutions are harmful to snail growth. 
In dilute solutions, however, the quantity of toxic substance may be 
so little harmful that an increase of food will overbalance the harmful 
effect. However, this explanation is not very satisfactory as the 
Echinoderm larva experimented on by Vernon had no mouth and so 
did not eat. 

6. As Semper and De Varigny showed, the number of individuals in 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 


a jar affect the rate of growth. The cause is probably due to increased 
secretions and perhaps to diminished aeration. 

7. Calcium salts in the water seem on the whole beneficial to growth 
—calcium sulphate particularly so. 

8. Growth of Lymnea is inhibited by cold, as Semper reported. This 
factor may act in two ways—directly on the physiological processes of 
the animal and indirectly through the inability to procure food, the 
snail becoming too sluggish to search for it. ; 

9. Area. The cause that De Varigny advanced to explain dwarfing 
was lack of exercise on the part of the snail. The greater the place to 
crawl, the greater the snail. However, when aeration was kept con- 
stant, which De Varigny failed to do, the results were not significant. 

10. Volume. That the volume of the medium affects the growth of 
Lymnea is certain. Willem explains the fact on the ground of aeration. 
The author accepts this view, but considers that the more concentrated 
excretions in smaller volumes must play an equal part. 

11. Alternate Conditions. Snails under unfavorable conditions 
when placed under favorable ones grow faster than if they were con- 
tinuously in favorable conditions. It would seem that the change 
from unfavorable to favorable conditions of life acts as a stimulant for 
growth. However, this does not always mean that it surpasses the 
control size. It rarely does that. 

12. Not only does the environment affect growth, but it affects the 
number of eggs laid in a given time. This fact is very important, 
because it shows that the environment probably affects all the physio- 
logical processes and not one alone. 

13. This study reveals the fact that confinement influences the 
growth of aquatic animals in three ways—through the amount of food, 
through the amount of oxygen and through the accumulations of the 
waste products of metabolism. The phenomenon is not a simple one 
and each factor plays its own part. 


LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 


Bessey, C. FE. 1892. Botany, 7th edition. 

Brockmeren, H. 1898. Siisswasserschnecken als Planktonfischer. Forch-Ber. 
Biol. Sta. Plon., Th. VI, p. 165. 

Crowes, F., and Coteman, J.B. 1903. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, p. 323. 

Cooke, A. H. 1895, Cambridge Natural History, Mollusks, pp. 94-95, 

Cuvier. 1817. Mémoire sur le Limnée et le Planorhe. 

Danpino, J. B. 1904. Relation of Mass Action and Physical Affinity to 
Toxicity, with Incidental Discussions as to how far Electrolytic Dissociation 
may be Involved. Am, Jour. Sci., Vol. XVII, 4th series, p. 437. 

Davenport, C. B. 1899. Experimental Morphology, Vol. II, pp. 473-478. 


448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 


Foret. 1874. Materiaux pour servir A l’étude de la faune profonde du lac 
Léman. Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat., t. XII, p. 72. 
1904. La Léman, p. 103. 

Hyarr, A. 1880. Changes in the Shell of Lymnaea megasoma produced by 
Confinement. Am. Nat., Vol. XIV, p. 51. 

Hoae, J. 1854. Observations on the Development and Growth of the Water 
Snail Lymneus stagnalis. Quar. Jour. Mic. Sci., Vol. II, p. 91. ‘ 

Moqurn-Tanpon. 1855. Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluvia- 
tiles de France, Paris, t. 1, p. 81. Se J 

Peart, R., and DunBar, F. J. Some Results of a Study of Variation in Para 
mecium, Mich. Acad. of Sci., 7th Ann. Rep. ; E 

Raraay, E. 1898. Ueber den Frass von Helix hortensis auf Baumrinden. Zeit 
f. Pfanzenkr., Bd. VIII, p. 129. 

Sacus, J. 1875. A Text-book of Botany, Oxford, Eng. trans., p. 621. 

SempPer, C. 1874. Ueber die Wachsthums-Bedingungen des Lymn:eus stag- 

nalis. Arb. Zool.-Zoot. Inst., Wurzburg, Bd. I, pp. 138-167. 

. 1879. Animal Life. International Scientific Series, pp. 160-167. 

Srerki, V. 1895. Food of the Limnzidx, Nautilus, Vol. V, p. 94. 

pe Varicny, H. 1892. Experimental Evolution. Nature Series, pp. 79-88. 

~———. 1894. Recherches sur le nanisme expérimental. Contribution a l'étude 
de Vinfluence du milieu sur les organismes. Jour. Anat. et Phys., Paris, 
t. XXX, pp. 147-188. , 

——. 1895. Note sur le period de croissance chez Lymnza stagnalis. Bull. 
Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, t. I, pp. 131-132. ‘ 

Vernon, H. M. 1895. Effects of Environment on the Development of Echi- 
noderm Larvie. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Vol. CLXXXVI, pp. 577- 
632. 

——. 1899. The Relations between Animal and Vegetable Life. Mitth. aus 
der Zool. Sta. zu Neapel, Bd. XIII, p. 334. 

——. 1903. Variation in Animals and Plants. Int. Nat. Sci. Series. 

Watrer, H. E. 1906. Behavior of the Pond Snail Lymnzeus elodes. Cold 
Spring Harbor Monographs, VI. ; 

Warren. 1900. Changes in Environment of Daphnia. Quar. Jour. of Mic. 
Scei., Vol. XLIII, p. 212. 

Wairrretp. 1882. Description of Lymnza megasoma Say, with an Account of 
Changes produced in the Offspring by Unfavorable Conditions of Life. Bull. 
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol I, p. 29. 

Wuem, V. 1896. Observations sur la respiration cutanée des Lymnées et 
son influence sur leur croissance. Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sci. Brussels, 
t. XXXII, p. 566. 

Yuna, E. 1878. Contributions A Vhistoire de l’influence des milieux physiques 
sur les étres vivants. Arch. Zool. Exper. et Gen., t. MP 251-282. 

——. 1880. De l’influence des lumieres colorées sur le developpement des 
animaux, Mitth. a. d. Zool. Stat. zu Neapel, Bd. IJ, pp. 233--237. 

———. 1885. De Vinfluence des variations du milieu physico-chemique sur le 
developpement des animaux. Arch, des Sci. Phys. et Nat., t. XTV, pp. 
502-522. 

——. 1888. Contributions A Vhistoire physiologique de lescargot (Helix 
pomatia). Mem. Cour., t. XLIX, p. 119. 

——. 1892, Comp. Rend., CXV, pp. 620, 621, October 24, 


1908.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 


THE DIRECTIVE INFLUENCE OF LIGHT ON THE GROWTH OF FOREST PLANTS. 


BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D. 


It is a well-known fact that light exercises a directive influence upon 
plants. This directive influence is called heliotropism, or photo- 
tropism. When a plant is grown in the window of a room, so that it 
is unequally illuminated, that is, more powerfully through the window, 
its leaves and even its stem are turned toward the incident rays of 
light. This is known as positive heliotropism. If the common English 
ivy, Hedera helix, be grown in pots by a north window, so as to 
emphasize better the difference in light intensities, in about four 
weeks it will be apparent that the growing sprouts are bending toward 
the inner part of the room, away from the stronger light. This reaction 
is negative heliotropism. 

The growth of forest plants is largely a question of light relationship. 
Foresters recognize this fact and group trees into those intolerant of 
the shade and those that are tolerant. The herbaceous plants, like- 
wise, are influenced by the light which filters through the crown of 
leaves above. The herbaceous spring flora of the forest requires more 
light than the relatively few plants which flower in the autumn require, 
when the trees are covered with foliage. These facts, although they 
can be proved experimentally, are not always demonstrable to the 
uninitiated. One of the best illustrations that the writer has seen 
is the directive influence of light upon the leaves, or fronds, of the hay- 
scented fern, Dicksonia pilosiuscula (= Dennstadtia punctilobula), 
which is widely distributed on open hillsides from New Brunswick and 
Ontario to Indiana and Minnesota, south to Alabama and Tennessee, 
ascending to 1680 m. in Virginia. The stipes of this fern are pale 
green and chaffless, covered with fine hairs, and the leaves (10 dm. 
long, 12-20 em. wide) are ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, fre- 
quently long attenuate, usually tri-pinnatifid, thin and delicate in 
the woods, tougher, more inrolled and more erect in the sun; rachis and 
under surface of blades glandular pubescent. The observations 
which the writer wishes to record on the directive influence of light 
upon the position of the fronds were made at Pocono Pines, Monroe 
County, Pennsylvania, where this fern is one of the most abundant 
species. As the photograph will show (Pl. XXIV), the upper surfaces 


450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, 


of the leaves are turned toward the light, if the illumination is one- 
sided. If the illumination is from all sides of the fern clump, then 
there is no particular direction in which the leaf-blades face. The 
one-sided illumination is obtained when the ferns grow along the 
edge of the woods, composed in the Pocono region of white pines, 
white birches, black spruces, beeches and maples, which on account of 
their dense crown cut off much of the light from behind and above, 
so that such woods can be called appropriately dark woods. The 
photograph shows how all the leaves of a single patch are turned out- 
ward toward the open field adjoining the woods, in obedience to the 
directive influence of the light, so that the leaves stand, row after row, 
all facing in one direction. 

The second and more striking example of the directive influence of 
light is illustrated by the hobble-hush, Viburnum lantanoides (= V. 
alnijolium), a shrub which ranges from New Brunswick to North Caro- 
lina, western New York and Michigan, but which does not occur in the 
woods near the City of Philadelphia. In the dark pine woods on the 
Pocono plateau this shrub is extremely abundant, and where the 
woods are the densest, not only are all of the branches and the leaves 
directed by the incident rays of light, but they show permanent 
structural changes which are induced by the directive light influence. 
It is known that light has a most notable influence in the determina- 
tion of the external form of a large number of plants. The develop- 
ment of certain tissues or organs on one side of the axis of a shoot, 
and their suppression on other parts of the plant body, may be regu- 
lated experimentally by means of the character of the illumination. 
This development of tissues on one side of the axis is illustrated finely 
in the branches of adult forest-grown specimens of the hobble-bush. 
If we examine young shrubs of this plant, illustrated in Pl. XXV, 
fig. 7, we see that the branching system follows the method of a dicha- 
sium. ‘The leaves in such young bushes stand perfectly horizontal, 
so as to receive the incident rays of light on the upper surface of the 
blade, and so as to present their profile to the observer standing in 
front of the plant. As fig. 6 shows, they arrange themselves, when 
viewed from above, in the pattern of a leaf mosaic, so that none of the 
leaves overshadow the others. Such plants merely show the directive 
influence of the light on the leaves, without showing any characteristic 
growth differences. The same influence of light is manifested in the 
stoloniferous branches which strike root, and which give the common 
names hobble-bush or trip-toe to the plant (fig. 8). These plagio- 
tropous shoots are only formed in the shade. The diminished light 


; ATURA ; PHILADELPHIA. 
1908 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAD 451 


can be better used by such branches, to which the moist soil offers at 
the same time an opportuntity to root. Such plagiotropous stolons 
with elongated internodes show, however, orthotropous branches, 
and we, therefore, have on the same shrub branches which react 
differently to the light, some that are stoloniferous and plagiotropic, 
others that are leaf-bearing and orthotropic. After a time, however, 
the bushes assume a different habit by a suppression of parts, so that 
the older stems show two horizontally directed branches (plagiotropic), 
which separate from the common stem in a dichotomous manner. 
Now if we examine figs. 1 and 2 of Pl. X XV, we see that all of the lateral 
spurs that are formed from such a plagiotropic branch are placed on the 
upper side (orthotropous), where their leaves receive to the best advan- 
tage the light which filters down through the leafy canopy above. 
Each segment of such a branch represents a sympodium, where there 
are a series of phytons placed one after the other in serial order. By 
this method of sympodial branching, each new branch with the sup- 
pression of a bud on the other side and torsion of the axis, terminates 
in a leafy extremity, and the elongation of the branch according to 
this arrangement depends on a lateral bud (fig.3). In this case clearly, 
as all of the leaves are directed dorsiventrally by light relationship, 
the permanent branching system is determined largely by the influence 
which the light has had in producing a one-sided growth of the lateral 
dichotomous branches of the adult plants. The fruit stands vertically 
above the broad, cordate leaves, as shown in figs. 4 and 5. Attention 
might be directed in closing to the color change which takes place in 
the leaves with the approach.of autumn. The leaves become bronzed 
to a greater or less extent. Sometimes the bronze is in the form of 
blotches. In other leaves one side is bronzed, the other side is green, 
and in many examples the whole leaf rapidly bronzes. What induces 
the bronzing of one side of the leaf first, while the other side remains 
of a bright green color? Is it a light reaction? The photograph in 
Pl. XXIV was taken by Mrs. Harshberger; the drawings reproduced 
in Pl. XXV were made from rough drawings and data furnished Mr, 
Louis Schmidt by the writer. 


452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August, 


A COMPARISON OF THE LAND-SNAIL FAUNA OF KOREA WITH THE FAUNAS 
OF JAPAN AND CHINA. 


BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. 


The compilation of a list of Korean land mollusks gives occasion for 
a comparison of that fauna with the faunas of China and Japan. In 
the list of Korean land snails published by Dr. O. von Moellendorff in 
1887, some 26 species are catalogued; of this number, 7 are stated to 
be common to Japan, 3 to China, and 2 (omitting the doubtful Helix 
ciliosa) to both countries. 

The fruitful researches conducted by Mr. Y. Hirase have increased 
the roll of known Korean forms to 58. This number is no doubt a 
mere fragment of the total fauna; yet it is enough to show the domi- 
nance of Japanese over Chinese forms in Korea. This preponderance 
can only be explained by the theory that the submergence of the 
straits between Kyushu and Korea is a geologically recent event. 
From the large proportion of Japanese species existing in Korea, this 
submergence may probably have taken place not earlier than the 
Pliocene. 

Twenty-one Japanese species occur in Korea and Quelpart. Seven 
Chinese species occur in Korea and Quelpart. Four of these species 
are common to Japan and China. The great preponderance of char- 
acteristically Japanese over Chinese species is thus evident. Thirty- 
two species and subspecies, out of a total of fifty-eight, are peculiar 
to Korea including Quelpart. 

So much for the numerical relations of the species. The faunas may 
also be compared qualitatively. All of the genera and subgenera of 
the Korean fauna occur in Japan. In the Clausiliide all the species 
of Quelpart and Korea belong to Euphedusa, a group of minor import- 
ance in Japan, but extending farther north on the Asiatic mainland 
than any other group of Clausilie. The genus Ganesella, well repre- 
sented in Japan, seems to be absent in Korea, unless the species 
described as Helix (Satsuma) gradata proves to belong to Ganesella, 
which seems improbable. The absence of Ganesella and of Clausiliide, 
other than Euphedusa, are the most conspicuous discrepancies between 


* Jahrbiicher d, Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschajt, XIV, 1887, pp. 9-22. 


ee i aaa ae 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 


the faunz of Quelpart and Tsushima. By the prevalence of Hemi- 
phedusa, Ganesella and Plectotropis, Tsushima is wholly Japanese in 
its snail fauna, while Quelpart is as unequivocally Korean. The 
political boundaries of Japan and Korea coincide therefore with the 
faunal limits. The largely deforested condition of Quelpart and Korea 
is probably responsible for its rather poor land shell fauna. 

In the following table, the “Korea” column is compiled from Dr. 
von Moellendorff’s paper and the collections of Mr. Hirase, deter- 
mined by the author. The column “Korean Archipelago” contains 
a few species reported with that indefinite locality by Pfeiffer and A- 
Adams. The “Quelpart” column contains species collected by Mr. 
Kuroda, part of them identified by the writer, the others quoted from 
Mr. Kuroda’s list.?_ The “Matsushima” (Dagelet Island) species were 
recorded by Arthur Adams, who visited that island when surgeon on 
board H. M. S. “Actzon.” In the column of “Remarks” sundry 
notes on the affinities of the species find place. 


? The Conchological Magozine, Tl, June, 1908, pp. 25-29. 


i —————— ™ -_ 


2 AL ; ; “AYO ASNT ATJOYA you ore SUOTwOYNUAPT St 
Ey Wo1y 41 poytodet surepy “y “O10 podoAoostper seq you sey ynq “BUTYL WOIy paquasep SEA Dsorp (s1 begs aoe er. 
s 
ra 


Pee ee eee eee ee er errr ers 


“ppiiioy ‘g esousder ayy 07 poe AYuepug,) — 


qua psoonsia0 
‘DynurnNe *Z ASouRdE ay} JO sotoedsqns y 


‘under jo nynwiu “Wy 04 ASOT) 


TAS ae 


PPT PL ETAT Det Tit ee 


~ 
* * 
“yredyang | waxne [x lee [x | [lee | le | | tl de | 


"2890090 "Hy ASOUTYD 943.0 O80TQ] Sa | — | ge | — | | |erreeesesreeeeeterereeseresseeenne Y pue -y sypyuaio ” 


Penne tenet enews ernest eeerteseeereenes Nd susospindind 


Ijq DuMppogars po, 
Here. feo: ae 
OPER REE e eee eee e ee ee ee ee teen eeeeen ee SIld uUosnvUL pu oyywhy 
APOE Eee eee e tween eee eeen ee nensn® AOg v{ns opypowdng 
H pue ‘g vuayyn -d 
Sep eeSeccckayubsenesabausebede [pery snypxod purypurwopd 
[eee eee e ween nee en eres H pus Efe ppt oe oP 
chap eoeedcteaatodbs am eessaet H I wvpouny sna 
ciate x pes <7 sem eda ae 
anes se weenenscceséveqoacceaens SIV snzopnuvd uno snjophg 
“astiyy pus Aaqsiiq asuenloyo “f vwodondyg 


Senne teen dente n ena nseseseeeeseeeee SV 1s70p,y4ay ‘snsoydopah 


‘Aj Boo] osoueder ATUO oy st BUITYSNSy, 


"BSOULIO JO sraNUIU SNjOD/iD Jo SA!Wedsqns Yy 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


‘una uodnl “gy asourdep ayy Jo solodsqns y 
‘ 


PTPEIEPV tlt let TIVO tae 
A 


“BolOST | | |e | [uwnu law lane | law [weve | | 


Je let i leweee [1 


“*BUITYSNSP VY 
puv yredjen?y Furpnyput ‘wasoy jo sewmedg 


“eutyy | 


*SYIBULOY, 


uval0y 


| Codejadippay 


454 
Bul 


455 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1908.] 


| 
| 
| 


|rrsseeenserssscseseassnneens yulay wnsafynpou wniyohsvg 
Geen es estar a Big SIld rasDiry sdopqosy 
[rsreteseesecssantensesessnenernanenennensens SIld povuod vl ofijysa A 
|oreeersesseenseversarenensess eens yuyy pypsshrusn 7 lg 
) Ooo eeererecesesseverseeneseccersoseeesees 2PH uopoyd hiss vy, any 


“DUL}WOPOIp *F ASoUTYD OY} OF poyepayy 


‘puobhijquo “gq esoundup ayy Jo satedsqng 


[tte nee eneeeee ener eneeeeeeweeennee H pue 7 puvetoo a 
Oo eee aceescvencccasresesesseee H pue —_ pvumuvsn{ a 


Ce eeeeneerecrrereencessssceseesseeest® apny pyopnuaso pypayey 
A ee eereeesecenrecceeeserece H pus “a pid un} purysh20sn Jy 


‘pearbickgs H pus “ei sisuapipd jan 
wicadeutonrestvaxeas H pur ‘gq vpalasqns shunpyooppjag 
ee ee ee H pues “d pavo pouugd 


‘ee Cee rma tas por id stuiofian fe 


“BULIYSNS], pu SpuRISsy OOYPOO'T aq} OsTy 


- 


$$$ | 


‘ApRooT osounder AyUO ayy st BuATYSNS 


“pnpyone ‘sg asounder ayy 04 280])| 


PS eo merce ETL] 


ee ee ee nn H pus | pumuvsn{ “ 
‘snjnov *) asautyy ay} jo Aqouwa) — — — | — | — ong te H puw g stsuvedyowp 
"SNpNID *D aSaUuTYy UOULUTOD ayy JO SoLedsqns y 
‘waloy UT pay tuept Apaatisod yo“ 

“mnynanp spadQ pwaids A[apLA oy} JO WO] ¥ 


UCPC ECI COC Cr eter tre rr rere rrr r ere Tt TT) SIld (g):9pnay a 


Coe eoeenseesteeesevecesetecsseccets cusses av AY wnaupavl 0 


) Aiindquabuastendesyscalibacsacesedaaul BPI P7P O45 i 
Radekwntives H pun ‘gq sisuailpmy asoovp vp ney 


UPN Mc a gf 
pete TL be Pier st Ot Wl hd baeel eee Eat 


Pies] | fol AR Gis leas [5 
eee lennne | | fw la | [wwe lw [een nne | | 


p*liee lle tite le tee Pd de Pd | lee 


/ 
. 


———<x«x 


456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct., 


OcToBER 6. 
Mr. FRANK J. KEELEY in the Chair. 


Twelve persons present. 


The Secretaries, Librarian and Curators reported on the work accom- 
plished during the summer vacation. 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the fol- 
lowing titles had been presented for publication since the last meeting: 


“Description of Trachypterus seleniris, a New Species of Ribbon 
Fish from Monterey Bay, California,’ by John Otterbein Snyder 
(May 30). 

“Some Polychetous Annelids from the Northern Pacific Coast of 
North America,” by J. Percy Moore (June 16). 

“An Orthopterological Reconnaissance of the Southwestern United 
States: Part II, Arizona,” by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard 
(June 26). 

“Notes on the Distribution of Colorado Mammals, with a Deserip- 
tion of a New Species of Bat (Eptesicus pallidus),” by Robert T. 
Young (July 16). 

“Some Effects of Environment on the Growth of Lymnza columella 
Say,” by Harold Sellers Colton (July 25). 

“The Directive Influence of Light on the Growth of Forest Plants,” 
by John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. (August 9). 

“A Comparison of the Land-Snail Fauna of Korea with the Faunas 
of Japan and China,” by Henry A. Pilsbry (September 5). 

“The Composition and Ecological Relations of the Odonate Fauna 
of Mexico and Central America,’”’ by Philip P. Calvert (September 17). 


The deaths of the following members were announced: Samuel 
G. Rosengarten, May 15, 1908; Stephen Greene, May 21, 1908; Benja- 
min Bullock, March 4, 1908; Elizabeth 8. Bladen, August 19, 1908; 
Jacob F. Holt, August 3, 1908, and William G. Freedly, October 3, 
1908. 

In announcing the death of Witu1AM 8. Vaux, JR., which occurred 
July 23, 1908, the Secretary remarked that it inflicted a loss of which 
the Academy is immediately conscious. He was born April 1, 
1872, and continued the traditions of his family by manifesting an 
active interest in the work and well-being of the Academy. He con- 
tributed to the Proceedings, in conjunction with his brother, important 


1908. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 


reports on glacier movements in the Canadian Rockies. He served 
as Curator since January, 1905, and gave special attention, valuable 
because of his ability as an architect, to the plans for the alteration and 
extension of the premises made possible by the recent appropriation 
of $150,000 by the Legislature of Pennsylvania. His singularly 
engaging personality and amiable disposition endeared him to his 
associates, and the Academy deeply sympathizes with the loss his 
family has sustained in his untimely death. 

The deaths of the following Correspondents were also announced : 
Spiridione Brusina, May 21, 1908, and Gustav Mayer, July 14, 1908. 


OcTOBER 20. 
Artuur Erwin Brown, 8c.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Eighteen persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper entitled 
“A Review of the Genus Piaya Lesson,’’ by Witmer Stone (October 14). 


Recent Additions to Our Knowledge of the Flora of Southern New 
Jersey.—Mr. WitMerR STONE based his remarks on the work of the 
Philadelphia Botanical Club, especially during the past few years. 

Taking Dr. Britton’s Catalogue of the Flora of New Jersey, published 
in 1889, he stated that twenty-six phewnerogams and pteridophytes 
had been added by the Club since that date, exclusive of the numerous 
subdivisions that have been made of older species or closely allied 
species not recognized as distinct by Dr. Britton. Of the latter he 
had listed fifty-five not in Dr. Britton’s Catalogue and doubtless there 
are others. Introduced or naturalized plants were not considered in 
either enumeration. The twenty-six species were as follows, the 
nomenclature following Britton’s Manual: 

Ophioglossum arenarium.—Originally discovered by Mrs. E. G. 
Britton, July 3, 1897, at Holly Beach, and later exterminated by a 
building operation. This species was rediscovered during the present 
year by Mr. Joseph Crawford at Longport, and by Mr. Bayard Long 
at Spray Beach. 

Dryopteris simulata,—Discovered several years ago at Clementon 
by Mr. Stewardson Brown; later found at Sicklerville, Cedar Brook, 
Double Trouble, and Forked River. 

Isoetes dodgei.—Collected at Fish House, on the Delaware, by Mr. 
W. A. Poyser. 

Alisma tenellum.—Discovered in August, 1907, on the border of a 
pond a short distance above Delanco by Messrs. Brown, Van Pelt 
and Stone. In the same pond grew Scirpus torreyi, new to the State, 


458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


and Eleocharis robbinsii, which had not before been found out of the 
pine barrens, while on the swampy margin occurred Eleocharis melano- 
carpa, a species not before detected by the Club. It was found to be 
rooting at the tips of the leaves like LE. rostellata. The occurrence 
of so many new or rare species in one spot was remarkable. 

Manisuris rugosa.—Discovered in southwestern Cape May County, 
by Mr. O. H. Brown, August, 1908. 

Paspalum glabratum.—Found in September, 1891, at Cape May 
by several members of the Club; since discovered at Cold Spring. 

Panicum condensum Nash.—Collected at Piermont, September 1,1902, 
by the speaker, and by Mr. $8.8. Van Pelt at Holly Beach; since found 
at Cold Spring (=‘ Brachiaria digitarioides’ Stone, Torreya, 1907, p. 39). 

Chetochloa magna.—Collected near Cape May Point in August, 1891, 
by the speaker. 

Saccolepis gibba.—Found on the shores of Lily Lake, Cape May 
Point, by Mr. C. 8. Williamson, September, 1905. 

Aristida lanosa.—F ound at Medford, N. J., by Messrs. W. Stone and 
S. Brown, September 15, 1901. 

Sporobolus longifolius.—Discovered September, 1908, at Cape May 
by Mr. O. H. Brown. 

Gymnopogon brevijolius.—Found by Mr. C. D. Lippincott at Swedes- 
boro, September 2, 1894, and later at Cape May, by Mr. O. H. Brown. 

Agrostis coarctata.—Discovered by the late U. C. Smith at Anglesea, 
July 4, 1907. 

Cyperus pseudovegetus.—Found by Mr. C. D. Lippincott at Riddle- 
ton, September 16, 1894, and still plentiful at the same spot. 

Eleocharis interstincta.—Discovered by the late Dr. J. B. Brinton at 
Repaupo, July 15, 1892. 

Eleocharis ochreata.—Found at Cape May Point, September, 1905, 
by Mr. 8. 8. Van Pelt. 

Scirpus torreyi.—Detected by the speaker at Delanco as stated above. 

Rynchospora oligantha.—¥ ound at Speedwell, in the heart of the pine 
barrens, by Mr. 8. 8. Van Pelt, July, 1906. 

Rynchospora rariflora.—Discovered by the speaker west of Bennett, 
Cape May County, August 4, 1907. 

Juncus setaceus.—First ‘collected by Mr. Joseph Crawford in Cape 
May County, July 15, 1892, and later found to be rather plentiful in 
that section. 

Gymnandeniopsis nivea.—Found by Mr. Bayard Long near Bennett, 
Cape May County, July 24, 1907. It was later found to be plentiful 
over a limited area. 

Quercus michauxi.—Found by Messrs. Stewardson Brown and 
Edward Harris at Moorestown, October, 1902. 

Rumex hastatulus.—Discovered at Longport by Messrs. Joseph 
Crawford and Stewardson Brown, June 23, 1907. 

Bradburya virginica.—Discovered by the late J. B. Brinton, M.D., 
at Holly Beach, July 24, 1892. m. 

Boltonia asteroides.—Yound by Mr. Long growing with Gymnan- 
deniopsis nivea; known before from New Jersey only as an introduced 
species. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 


Senecio crawfordii.—Originally discovered at Tullytown, Pa., this 
species has recently been found at several points on the New Jersey 
side of the river. 

Among rare species marked in Dr. Britton’s Catalogue as not recently 
collected several have been rediscovered : 

Triglochin maritima was found at Point Pleasant by Mr. Stewardson 
Brown, July 22, 1902. 

Tofieldia racemosa, collected by Mr. C. F. Saunders between Atsion 
and Tuckerton on July 4, 1899, and later found in abundance at several 
places near Speedwell and at High Bridge by the speaker. 

Lileopsis lineata.—Perhaps the most interesting discovery of the 
present year was the finding by Mr. Van Pelt and the speaker of this 
obscure little plant about a mile below Palermo, where a fresh spring 
bubbles up out of the salt marsh, making a hard sandy bottom which 
was literally covered with Lileopsis. The plant has been unknown 
from the State since its discovery by Thomas Nuttall, nearly one 
hundred years ago, “in a salt marsh near Egg Harbor.” As the 
present spot is only a few miles from the shore of Egg Harbor it is 
quite possible that it is Nuttall’s original locality 


The following was ordered to be printed: 


460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


THE COMPOSITION AND ECOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA 
OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 


BY PHILIP P. CALVERT. 


CONTENTS. 


General Conditions determining Odonate Distribution. 
The Chief Odonatological Features of Mexico and Central America. 
Relations of the Mexican-Central American Odonate Fauna to those of other 


Areas. 
Distribution of the Odonata within limited portions of Mexico and Central 


America. 
Relations of the Odonate Fauna of Mexico and Central America to Temperature, 
Rainfall, Vegetation Areas and Altitude. 


The preparation of an extended account! of the Odonata of Mexico 
and Central America has induced me to study the relations of these 
insects to various factors of their environment, with the results here 
set forth. The facts on which this study is based, in so far as the 
Odonata are concerned, are contained in the Biologia volume, to 
which reference must be made for further details. Since the comple- 
tion of that work, I have received, through the kindness of Mr. H. T. 
Van Ostrand, specimens of Enallagma prevarum, Oploneschna armata 
and Sympetrum illotum virgulum, taken at or near Real del Monte, 
Hidalgo, Mexico, which add to our knowledge of the distribution of 
these three species as given in the Biologia. The first and third are 
labelled as having been captured at 9,000 feet elevation, or the highest 
altitude yet recorded for Odonata in Mexico or Central America. 
These additional data are included in the following pages. 


GENERAL CONDITIONS DETERMINING ODONATE DISTRIBUTION. 


The actual distribution of the Odonata is determined by the con- 
ditions under which their aquatic larve are able to exist. The dis- 
tribution of the larve, so far as the present region is concerned, is almost 
entirely unknown. Our present information refers to the appearance 
of the imagos in certain localities, and the summary herewith presented 


' Odonata, by P. P. Calvert, forming pp. 17-420 and Introduction, pp. v-xxx 
of volume Neuroplera of the Biologia Centrali Americana, edited by F. D, God- 
man. London, 1901-1908. 4to. 9 plates, 1 map. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 


rests on the unproven assumption that the adults do not wander 
far from the waters in which they have passed their earlier stages or 
in which their offspring are capable of surviving. This assumption 
is one of the weaknesses in the following attempted generalizations; 
another is the real scantiness of our knowledge of the distribution of 
even the winged individuals. How scanty this is may be seen by a 
glance over the list of localities in Honduras, Nicaragua, etc., in Table 
A and in the columns for these countries in Table B of the Introduction 
to the Biologia volume quoted and a study of Tables 6-8 of the 
present paper. 

It must be distinctly understood, therefore, that all which follows 
is subject to future correction in these two important particulars. 
In spite of these disadvantages, however, some generalization has 
been deliberately attempted, in the belief that by so doing progress in 
investigation will be hastened much more than if no such summary 
were ventured. 


THe Curer OpoNATOLOGICAL FEATURES OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL 
AMERICA. 


These are: the practical absence of the subfamily Corduline,’? some 
species of which have been recorded from corresponding latitudes in 
the Old World. 

Absence of the following genera, conspicuous or well developed 
in other parts of America: (a) in Northern America,* Ophiogomphus, 
Gomphus, Dromogomphus, Octogomphus, Celithemis, Leucorhinia; (b) 
in South America, Lais, Thore, Euthore, Microstigma, Telagrion, 
Leptagrion, Diastatops, Potamothemis; (c) in the West Indies, 
Scapanea., 

The small number of genera, seven out of seventy-one, which are 
restricted to this area. They are Pseudostigma, Thaumatoneura, 
Paraphlebia, Hesperagrion, Anisagrion, Oploneschna and Pseudoleon. 
Three of these (/Hesperagrion, Oploneschna, Pseudoleon) embrace only 
one species each. Oploneschna and Pseudoleon should be good fliers 
and, therefore, one would not expect their limited distribution. 

The unity of the district, in that only one genus (/Hesperagrion) is 
restricted to Mexico north of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, none to the 


2 pees poe out by Carpenter, Scient. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (n. s.), 
VIII, p. 450 (1897). 
“% hroughout this memoir, as in the Biologia volume on Odonata, by ‘‘ North- 
ern America” is meant all north of central California, Arizona, New Mexico, 
Texas and (east of this last) of the 30th parallel of north latitude. 


30 


462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


area between the latter and the Isthmus of Nicaragua and only one 
(Thaumatoneura) to the Costa Rican-Panaman section. 

The predominant Calopterygine genus is Heterina with 17 species out 
of 23 for the subfamily. Several species (H, americana, tricolor, 
titia, macropus, capitalis) show a marked tendency to reduction in size 
of the pterostigma in some of the western portions of their ranges, 
but the geographical areas in which this reduction is strongly marked 
for one species (e.g., macropus in Guatemala) are not necessarily 
those in which it is displayed by another (e.g., americana), Amphip- 
teryx is interesting as presenting some features intermediate between 
those of this subfamily and the Agrionine. Only one Old World 
genus (Calopteryx) is represented and its existence here rests on a 
single specimen. 

Lestine. Six of the 7 species belong to the cosmopolitan Lestes. 

Agrionine, Of 24 genera, 3 only (Argia, Enallagma, Ischnura) 
have been recorded from the Old World. Five of the 7 endemic 
Odonate genera belong here. Of the 112 species, 48 belong to Argia; 
next follow Protoneura with 7 species and Telebasis with 6. Six 
species (of 3 genera) are of the exclusively Neotropical Pseudostig- 
matina, including some of the linearly largest known Odonata of the 
world. 


Gomphine. None of the genera are extra-American. Erpetogom- 
phus is the predominant genus of the subfamily in the northern part 
of our district, Epigomphus in the southern. 

Cordulegasterine. The single genus of our area, Cordulegaster, 
is Holarctic. 


Aishnine. Three (Anaz, A’shna, Gynacantha) of the six genera 
are also found in the Old World, but none of the species extends thither. 
One of the seven endemic genera belongs here (Oploneschna), A’shna 
has the largest number of species. 

Corduline. ‘The single record for this subfamily, from near the 
northern limit of our district, is of the Holarctic and Palxotropical 
Macromia, 


Libelluline. Of 28 genera, one (Pseudoleon) is endemic, five (Libel- 
lula, Tholymis, Tramea, Pantala, Sympetrum) are regarded as also 
occurring in the Old World. The only Odonate species common to 
our area and to the Old World—Pantala flavescens (and Sympetrum 
corruptum?)—are of this subfamily. Predominant genera are Libel- 
lula, Micrathyria, Orthemis, Erythrodiplax, Brechmorhoga, Tramea, 
Perithemis and Erythemis. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 


RELATIONS OF THE MeExIcAN-CENTRAL AMERICAN ODONATE FAUNA 
TO THOSE OF OTHER AREAS. 


The study of the species of Odonata found over large parts of Mexico 
has shown that, to the northward, many of them occupy also con- 
siderable portions of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California 
(in the last named possibly to San Francisco), although their north- 
ern boundary line has not been determined in any of these States.‘ 
Therefore, all species, subspecies or varieties found in Mexico and 
Central America and which may extend also into these four States of 
the United States, but not beyond them, nor into the West Indies 
nor South America, have been considered as endemic. With this 
explanation, which applies to all the tables in this paper, the general 
relations of the Odonate fauna may be learned from an inspection of 
Table 1. 

A further analysis of the relations of the fauna is given in Table 2, 
wherein, passing from north to south and, in Mexico, from plateau 
to lowlands, the decrease in the northern element and the increase in 
the southern element is clearly shown. Even on the Mexican plateau, 
excluding its highest portion,’ as the most northern and most elevated 
section of the present faunal district, the southern element, measured 
by the number of the ‘‘exclusively South American” species, is almost 
as strong as the northern, represented by the ‘exclusively Northern 
American”’ species*’—a striking fact when the narrow land connection 
with South America is contrasted with the very much wider union with 
the United States, and the geological history of the plateau is borne 
in mind, It is of further interest to note that while 15 exclusively 
Northern American species are found on the plateau, 14 Northern 
American species are found in Mexico exclusive of the plateau, the 
corresponding figures for the exclusively South American species 
being 14 and 50. These differences are in agreement with Gadow’s 


‘The existing data for about 40 Mexican species would seem to show that 
their northern boundary line may correspond with the upper limit of the Upper 
Sonoran of Merriam (Map in Bull. 10, U. 8, Dept. Agric., Div. Biol. Surv., 1898) 
in California, Arizona and New Mexico; but not east of the last named, as in 
Texas these species are not yet known as far north as the upper limit of Mer- 
riam’s Lower Sonoran. 

* The Distrito Federal embraces much of the highest portion of the Mexican 

lateau, having an elevation of 7200-8000 ft. or 2200-2450 m., and has been 

fairly well examined as regards its Odonate fauna, which numbers 21 species, 
ete, Outside of Mexico and Central America, 6 of the 21 occur ppg hy | in 
Northern America and 2 of the 21 exclusively in South America, so that here 
the southern element is weak. 

* Contrast on this feature Bates, Biol. Centr. Amer. Coleop., I, pt. 1, p. vi, 
and W. Horn, Deut. ent. Zeitachr., 1897, pp. 161-2. 


[Oct., 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


464 


‘BYVUOPH 9} OY] Sjoosur Burky APoatjow jo 7VY} YIM UOsLIVdUIOD UT 4SotoJUT BUIOS JO ST asejUeoIed sty, “(tA “d ‘Ty 
‘savy “wawy-juag ‘Jorg ‘weuIpoH) Jequinu sfoyA oy} Jo %Gp 0} JueTBanbe oie UOolsed SIyy JO Spltq Jo sewWeds ofuepue eyy ; 


pues uso 


6'ES |P'SS ell G86 |0'F lez ie TIzG 
o2 |st jee joe jet ' L {ST 
ce lg lez ler lo |o | ‘ 
0 0 0 0 0 ° 0 0 
8 I 9 if I 0 ) a 
0 0 lor SOS, 10-16 =D 0 
I IG 0 I 0 0 0 [ 
st (8 le s py |G G 14 
1 jo lz |o (ae (i a 
L |e r a) en ee ee 
‘dds “ues ag ee ‘dds “ues dds (ues 
remy (98 | sour | SUT 
we A aoa 4 a 
| 


-YION AT 
-OAISN]O X OT 


o 


‘dds |"uas dds pus dds ues 


7 1 a — 


zz |s6 |.ers'6 001 001 

te | ener i i 
e lo lor z or 1 +6 So 

oT Rt lo ff Ft 

le it le ft lez i 

o |t' @ fo &£ | 

a a 0 &8z s 

b 0 08 |g an ix 

0 jo f p ee 

2 |t itt jo lez + 


| 


“M 
pue ule 
|-GION Ay 
-OAISN]O X HT 


cury ule 


-YWon Ay] 


|-@AIsn]o X 


“oury “JUo) PUB OOIXY]Y UBY] WOU MoSTO BoLtoury UT WOTNGLYSICT 


| 
a ‘oruepugy | “SpezOT, 


| 


a ae S[B}O], ay} Jo seseyUeosed yuayeamnby 


S[PIO], 


wUyN qr] 


‘ aici a ak ads ago oom tact” “see eee Bulypnpsoy 


aurysay 


cragersnonggeseenieta star Oe tone er Ove Oa a eee 


(‘SoneuvaA pu sawedsqns ‘sotoeds sepnpur ,,"ddg,,) 


[Ata GE pans one's Sex csune as nboiaaetons dae Ae. Oneness aeuryduor 
“RBulMoOUsy 


ue BUST 


~=~gnua Agaydopey 


“SaTPUBqnes 


‘VOIUANY ‘IVULNAD GNV OOIXG]Y 4O VLVNOG( AHL JO SAITINVAEOAg Ad NOLLOULSI(— |] ITV, 


465 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1908.] 


"(NOs pu’ YILOU YIOG UdyB} Uaeq OALY YOIYA asoy} say} puNoy ATTengow asoy} Oy Furppw Aq peureyqo 
‘uoysonb ut sveae oy} ut oj3a ‘soteds puv Baidu’ jo SJoquINU a[quqodd oY) dso SeTqe} FULMOTIOJ ay} PUB STYy UI ( ) Seseyyueed OWT, 


(¢9) (81) (ze) (oz) (g) Ww (9) (1) l(c) SNS FO0e14. 42 (ee) S Lote (Oop Ge) ea ee BOR] BISOL) 
zie |tinie |o |t |irse I a ie /1or | | 
(19) (91) \(ze)| o@ | oO |Z io) | et \(e) |2 | 10 ke we Os); s | FI | 0 (Cos (ee) Po “‘BlBUIOZUNT) 
6h | ST | 9% | ¢ f 0 a be be GE een 
| | 
og | zt | te |oz (6) |t |9 |st |e {2 |e |o |@\9 |sF]e BIg) T \(te) | Zo |" a1quL Ut se) corxony 
| 8 : | 61Z 
Og | er (tg) | 0c 6) | t [9 | st} s |S | |O pT] Ss | HS | Is) T lotz) | 1g 0 reese ree 
| O€ 8 aa Bd jo AAISNPXe OOFKe]K 
’ 
PLT Seat | tee |) Oe] St Te IZ | S10 Sti) |aeet tate te 1-8 Sj Por (dew uo wAKoys 
| sk) neoyeid = UbOrxeyy 
eee Pea Be a hls eet foe de) 
| ‘ued ‘dds |-ues “dds |-ueS "dds ued |;dds ‘ued ‘ie ‘ues ‘dds “ual ‘dds |"uas | “dds | “ued 


# wees | | 
‘soury * ‘sorpuy =| -seury * “pur * 
‘Joury = |puw 5 Ae “sorpu sso Dae p xe ue p oe os ‘ury U9 = | °901198Ip 
Wnog AT ysom Ap 389M AT loury -g -qaon A, |-quion Ay [UMON AT “s0ury “O *pournu 


~OATSNYO X OT |-garenjo x op|-OATS M19 X | ‘7 i9y 440 N -OAIsSNyO xX GY )-OAISNo X GOAN] XT )~"XOW OY} = gare oy “s[BqjOL, “Boly 
: | a rs etry ° ul OrMepUT 


~OAISN]O X 


‘OUTY “JWOD PUB OOIXeyY UBY] oWYAMOSTe BoLlOUTyY UT UONNGUySIy 


CT 9quy, urse = ,,-ddg,,) 


“VOINANY TVULNG) GNV OOIXa]Y 40 SLUVG NIVLYUGS) dO VIVNOG() AHL AO NOLLOUIMISIC]—"Z WAVE 


466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


results for Reptiles and Batrachia: “The plateau seems to be a much 
more effective barrier to the southerners than is the descent into the 
hot lowlands to the northern creatures.’’® 

The West Indies lie within the same parallels of latitude as do Mexico 
and Central America. The total number of species of Odonata found 
in those islands is about 91;° 56 of these, or 61.5%, also occur in our 
present district. The niimber of species common to both is likely 
to be increased by future explorations, especially as the Odonate 
fauna of Yucatan and British Honduras, the continental areas lying 
nearest to the West Indies, is very imperfectly known. But, making 
use of the present figures, it is rather surprising that only 61.5% of 
the West Indian Odonata are found in Mexico and Central America, 
seeing that the prevalent winds on the east coast of the mainland are 
easterly (7.e., northeast, east and southeast).'° With such insects 
as the Odonata one might expect the winds to play an important part 
as means of dispersal." The West Indian species not yet found in 
Mexico or Central America include a number of fair-sized and prob- 
ably fair-flying species, e.g., Aphylla producta, Progomphus integer 
and serenus, Dythemis rufinervis, Scapanea jrontalis, Macrothemis 
celeno, Celithemis eponina, ete. 

The extent to which species common to the West Indies are found 
in some parts of Mexico and Central America is shown in Table 3. 

The Endemic Genera and Species are summarized in Table 4, p. 468. 

Of the genera listed in Table 4 as occurring in both Northern and 
South America, Heterina, Argia, Progomphus, Erythrodiplax, and per- 
haps Dythemis, are represented by a greater number of species in South 
America than in Northern America, and these genera are entirely, 


® Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, II, p. 239. 

*Hagen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, XI 289-294 (1867); XVIII, pp. 
20-96 (1875). Uhler, l.c., XI, pp. 295-298 (1867). Kolbe, Archiv f. Naturges., 
LIV, I, pp. 153-178 (1888). Kirby, Ann. and Mag. Nat. ’ Hist., (6) xiv) PP: 
261-269 (1894). Carpenter, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, II, pp. 259-263 (1896). 
Calvert, Biol. Cent. Amer. Neurop. Introd., Table B (1908 ). 

See the charts of froveing winds accompanying Buchan’s Challenger 
Report on Atmospheric Circulation, and the data given in Table VII of the 
Appendix thereto, apr ie, 170, for Matamoras and Cordova, Mex., and Belize; 
also the data for rida, ( ‘ampeche and Jalapa by Moreno y Anda and Gomez 
in El Clima de la Republica Mexicana, Afio I (for 1895) and I seed a Mexico 
City, Secretaria de Fomento, 1899 and 1900. Cf. also Sapper, Mittelameri- 
kanische Reisen und Studien, Braunschweig, 1902, p. 297. The , Challenge data 
for Blewfields, Nicar., l.c., p. 171, represent the prevailing wind as northwest 
which has little bearing on the question of the relations of the continental and 
West Indian Odonata. 

"On the other hand wen erg states that of the 550 species and subspecies 
of birds recorded from the West Indies, 303, or 55%, are endemic. Bull, Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 318, 1892. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 


TABLE 3.—THE RELATIVE STRENGTH OF THE WEST INDIAN AND SOUTH AMERICAN 
ELEMENTS IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA OF 
Mexico AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 


Number of species, en 
) 


Number of species, etc., found also (outside o 
Area of species, found also in the West Mexicoand Cent. Amer. 
’ ete. Indies, and their per- exclusively in S. Amer., 


centage equivalents. and their percentage 


equivalents. 


’ 
/ 
/ 
| 


i / 
Mexican plateau....... 81 | 23 = 28.4% 


14 = 17.38% 
Mexico (asinTable5) 219 (221); 49 (50) = 22.4(22.6)) 50 = 22.8 (22.6) 
Yucatan and British 
Honduras................. 35? | 18? = 51.4 8 = 228 
Guatemala and Hon- ) 
duras................-., 161 (186); 41 (50) = 25.5 (26.9)| 49 (61) = 30.4 (32.8) 


Costa Rica... 101 (165), 19 (45) = 18.8 (27-3), 37 (65) = 36.6 (39.4) 


; (The parentheses have the same meaning as in Table 2, q. v.) 


or almost entirely (Argia), confined to the Americas. Lestes, Enal- 
lagma, Ischnura, A?shna, Libellula and Sympetrum are almost or quite 
cosmopolitan, but are more abundant in the northern than in the 
southern hemisphere. — 

Of the seven endemic genera, Pseudostigma, Thaumatoneura and 
Paraphlebia are South American in their affinities; the other four 
are not so clear. 

Adding together the 9 species of these three genera, the 56 endemic 
species of genera also occurring in South America but not in Northern 
America (Table 4), and the 70 non-endemic species found elsewhere 
exclusively in South America (Table 1), we have a total of 135 species, 
or 46% of the fauna, as being of distinctly southern relationships. 
Similarly, adding the 12 endemic species of genera also occurring in 
Northern America, but not in South America (Table 4), to the 21 
non-endemic species found elsewhere exclusively in Northern America 
(Table 1) we have a total of 33 species, or 11% of the fauna, as being 
of distinctly northern affiliations. 

In the endemic as well as in the non-endemic species, therefore, 
the South American element” is much the strongest in Mexico and 
Central America as a whole. 


2 While the expression “South American element” has been used in these 
pages to designate those species found at the present time in South America 
also, there seems to be no evidence to decide whether such Odonata, or their 
ancestors, entered Mexico and Central America from the south, or whether 
South America received them from the former countries. Probably only further 
discoveries of fossil Odonata will settle this question. 


[Oct., 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


468 


‘dds gg ‘ua 0z “uad CT ‘dds y¢ “usd [] dds z] “uate dds g] “uod » | dds [#1 ‘speioy, 
It” Mayy| ccreceetceeeeeseeeeesesseeneeeee ooseencencnnseseececennaarenecsnnanadeccensuunssseersesnansseenssonsonsesesssvsssersassnnricarssnnnusunsenees |sonunsnesnnnansnssennnnsnnnneseene 
i hes aa aol Ce pe toe fn. ieee Ek Resin 
I Ceveencesawenecens, vpryduney, -“eyrqduney, jf ovdbeeenense “unajod unas PE ODES ESOS C RHEE ORCC ORDO OOF eC CEC OTE eELDSOcece Odes sanondesecesenecacesancse Wine gece ee 
¢ “BBoLOUTYooIg, BAOYOUIIPIIG, ee “srumayy Ay ROCeTVRETEERSL EHEC COCO SOCe ree OC EEE eh se lr engces eee s0s66o8nseesesdeseccebleenapebedasedhseubbabnhbousnccsentce 
EAS ch es UCN) E "OEIpRN ages fea pee arintse 
Ye pmretees wey POO TY RUAY POLO - PPO | eee ee earn '° “-uoajopnasg: or ; * BuynypPeqry 
ra Sei he Set ee ha dees See ee “RIULOLONN he aurnpsop 
Va aaa eM Es he Ehawonrd tne eiek es otaed Fane ae ae gee a “wuypsaruoldy ¢ srosreneeeenenes SOUTTOTUISGET 
Pree Te OIOSUIOCSEC TIT Vice TTT TTT eeTee ea eT eTeT Try Terre errirrereeiierer ere peat com esa oe aor eee io ° “BULIAISBFaN ploy 
G ~snjdunosiday ee OER eP ET ete SEA An Ped VANE alata sa uiea Kad Gv eye s hOTSo an pea deen ween sine tha berece kee jrtseneaecensecnsncasanenensgnanens ) a6 6Ghs Onn Weakudduaietnentinesnaaine 
I eovevosece --snydtrosoue<) OPPO Omen e ees renee see eesee Ee COeD HORSES CEEessesr eS EDOSEEOOT SOOT EENTOOSES | Ses EbaD OEE EES eESEDEEEEOEE Ee eeeSEOEt Seneeenereesees seen sebansseusSeessis Seccseueseseneseeseceeceseeesescesss 
8 ° “soaproydurory spond) oo sn ud u1os0d7 6° areas 0 Oeaeessecceecccesesecereepeneescocs = wurydurory 
Pe “BANOUO} OL ee ee as ee | RT ee ee rey in Pent ay ee Me Se RCS ee 
qo Soe eae BANOUOIN “BENGTOGAT| eesti esresieescerensnertspoccrsennngptadnptnnerneoane s aondinescsh atsbgannescivaseaseaie [seeeeesseeeersnttenernennentnogtns 
Ae SO Med | OR ae [renner tC ch oe ee ae Raunt 
I eccccccces Sametoabie in ORO creo ee rreneesenercaceeneecasecencenlecccd secasde senccessocerdvesesbocsese eoenccesecces Dercvccccccccccsescoce FeO ie ene Oe ee aie ee ae 
| Seeaeonetenonesh siseqojdo] ‘siseqoqdory PPh Sree tre hala hs species carte nenet jinsestasnansensueorenenensnsspnangpalsenensnanesssnetenanenuascantncduens 
G reesceeapenanceneen™ EIBOISIO T, “sIseqo]ay, PTTTTIVITITTI TTL PTETITIFITIIITTTL ITT Titi irri te p Ps uousustuy ee eeserecesscccesveseessseceseéceses 
I PTTSTTTELTTrTTi Banouod py “RANUUPOST POOR Cee eee eee OEE EEE EOOEOEEEEREES eeseessseseseeeeese ee eedocccescceses I . ““"uoUseiedse Cee ere rasesereesdccssrosesscosserses 
g vee TOUBBI949 “BULA BRUT [ “RAMUS Chee ee reeeeereseseseesseseseeseeees c . ~wiqoTydeieg eeaereeeesestecsesesesecesescesecces 
¢ eeeeeee, BIuaDO[tY “RiDty I PTeTTTTT Tt eu eUG COO Oe ee eee reneeresssneeessesesesee® Z ~~ BINIUOPBUINVY T wThritririrriiiiitt tT Tt 
r tence cece “LOI SBAOSLo ‘LOISBIOSWI 9g" Prvyy “eIBIy | TITITIVITI TLL TTT Titre ra eonecese BUS Qsopnasg os" wuMousy 
SAR, 555 ARR heres ihe ESR | soqsortle ee : “UN se] 
a R107) euuayopy|y wuLaryo Hy <ahunandaeer anal Widen aeblerteneees ) ERI Fy VES ae pe Ree we wurscuaydopep 
‘woLoUry ‘ua : “RoLIoUTy YN, “woLlo ynog ) ! 2 P 
“YHON jou 4nq “tgnog were] VR pue UW1oy}ION Hod jou nq. Yussya20N a a Leds shunt ihee 
‘snued youo Ut 7 ee pwnd puw <[rueyqns 
“o7@ ‘sopeds orurapua Jo sequinu ory) YEA ‘Buojeq ' “990 ‘s ‘soweds orurepue ony YOIYA 07 VssuET Jo VONNqUISKT, 


“VUGNGY) A “OLa ‘sa1oadg OINGGNG GHL dO NOILAGIULSIC]—f ATAVY, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 


Arranging the subfamilies in the order of their percentages of endemic 
species, the series obtained is Cordulegasterine (two species only) 
100%, Gomphine 85.7%, Agrionine 72.2%, Calopterygine 47.8%, 
Lestine 42.8%, Libelluline 16%, shnine 13%. The Cordulegas- 
tering, many Gomphinz, most Libelluline and “shnine have well- 
developed powers of flight. Perhaps the great majority of the other 
three subfamilies are feebly-flying insects, yet some of their species ap- 
pearing in the present faunal district are very widely distributed, e.g., 
Enallagma civile, Ischnura ramburi, Anomalagrion hastatum. It is 
consequently impossible to account for the relative endemicity of the 
subfamilies by such general considerations. 

If the relative endemicity of these groups is not always inversely 
proportional to the powers of flight, as these figures seem to indicate, 
and if nearly 40% of the West Indian Odonata are not to be found 
in Mexico and Central America in spite of favoring winds, the expla- 
nation of the present distribution of this group of insects may perhaps 
be found in the past distribution of land and water" in these regions. 


DISTRIBUTION OF THE QODONATA WITHIN LIMITED PORTIONS OF 
Mexico AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 


Table 2 and the remarks on the fauna of the Mexican plateau 
(page 463) have already illustrated this topic to some degree. Table 
5 gives the number of endemic species and of those common to the 
three countries whose Odonate fauna is best known. 

Accepting the areas of Mexico (exclusive of Campeche, Yucatan and 
Baja California), of Guatemala and of Costa Rica as approximately 
655,000," 63,000," and 21,000 square miles (1,700,000, 164,000 and 
54,000 square kilometres) respectively, it follows that, in proportion 
to its area, Costa Rica is much the richest country of the three, both 
in its total number of species and its number of endemic species. 

Tables 6-8 give the number of species and the number of localities 
at which they were collected in each of the States or Departments of 


% Compare the geological data embodied in the sketch maps of Gadow (Proc. 
Zool. Soc, London, 1905, UL, PP: 235-6); also the discussions in the papers of 
Chapman (Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist,, IV, pp. 318, 326-9, 1892) on birds, 
Simpson (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII, pp. 428, 438, 447, 1894) on land and 
liming mollusks, and Ortman (Proc, Amer. Philos. Soc., XLI, pp. 309, 341, 
347) on fresh-water decapods, of the West Indies. 

' Romero, Geographical and Statistical Notes on Mexico, p. 91, New York, 
1898. 

Century Dictionary, Vol. IX, New York, 1906, Dr. Sapper gives the approxi- 
mate area of Guatemala as only 110,000 square kilometres, Mittelamerikanische 
Reisen u. Studien, p. 424. 


[Oct., 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


470 


\(19) rel(ost) ror (e920 


*Z a[QBL, Ul SB o10y Zuruvoul ourvs oy} 2AvY Sesoq}UeIEd 94} puL ,,"ddg,, 


! 
(GOL)iOT (1Z3)61Z |Z9 (arnt (8g) ge (6I1)Z2 (¥9)8e (SEI)PZT \(49)9¢ ST |O ii lo ute t 
| |---| | 
: 
(ZL) 98 aad 21, (92) 89 9% (#8)E8 (92 leo PE (GZ) Z1 (29) FE = (8S) LT (89) €¢ tz 0 ° I ° . 0 
0 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 10 ° 0 ° iw 0 
(91) 2 (#)€ (81) eI ¢ (0%)6I |¢ (91)9 | (he (ST) 2 2 (2) 15 5 i "4 0 0 zs 0 
/ 
T \! I |! G I IT I T I I T 10 ° 0 ° iI 0 
(6) 9 (g)e | (6)sZ (Q)F 1a j¢ (Fs | (g)e | (HE (g)€ | (9) (Q)% |€ ° 0 ® ‘st 0 
/ 
(66) 88 (1%) €1\(Z9) 19 0% FL |6t |(28) £2 (81) oF (z0e)1¢ (21) o1 (er) €F St 6 ° re | P 45 ly 
(he 2| We G 9 a (g)T o | (23 a | (hs a 0 0 0 P (° 0 
(G1) OL ($)% \(Z9L)FT iP et |€ | S| (8)z 4 ($)% Or s ° iF k tT 0 
ee SO SOO SO a. 2, [ae ok: So eo ee i ee ae ey 
‘dds *uoz “dds “ued “dds ‘ues |) “dds ued “dds uo “dds ‘ued ‘dds ‘vos dds | "ued pom “vos 
=| Ie = eens oe 
aus oe SON ALO PUNIEND. AED PAW MORE] "WMD pUEON -U-D | “BND | ae 
ul s[Rq0], 0} uoWMIOg 0} pozo12}seyy 


*VOIY VLSOD (9) GNV ‘SVUNANO]] NUGLSUMHLUON ANGULXA ANV WIVNGLVOD (9) 'VINNOAI 
“IV UAMOTT ANV NVLVOOX ‘AHOUdNVO AO AAISOIOXG ‘OOIXay{ (P) NI SAITINVAHOS AM VIVNOGO GHL JO NOMOAGRIISK[—'¢ Wav], 


471 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1908.] 


(‘aava yo ‘ddsqns “dds gg ‘oorxeyy Jo sadoys oytoug puv oNuLTYy 0} WoUTUIO)) 


2 ie ae Be Pe dia I sO ee 
LOT CP / seeeeeeeeonene (suonvoydnp hs 6F PPPPTITTTITITITTTTTTI TTT) suoneo Oz ie z ‘(suonvoydnp oil 
——|—— Sunonpop J9qjye) 818}, ——|\—— -ydnp Suyonpep 1048 ‘sa983g ee [Bajuag 105 speyoy, —— gon td sone) 1, 
atlg fee unyeong | cepsirdel avecarsembearaeiietraaanabre era rvvsgepnesni arenes treaprarrns one tcemt el Zz a a t 
¢ I ayvodure,) sseneneeleveeeeee | eeeeereeesseusereseeeesesenesseeesesesees igh sb tages: ee eee eee bP 9 Prrrtitr ttt “RIEXRE) 
isles oo eer a oaseqn °°" M sgdete|aanboneuchidesaverdsastnensayyptxe venting Bos tienes Base races ‘og 9 | castueiphdgtsialomaiagia ~-SoPIOW 
SIT |e | “ANI BIA 6 yy [eaetenteattwrsretestnnenane BqGend 1% ial “TeOpey OUMNSIGIIZ (06 [Cn o1a4i0nt) 
siapersloren cits nen Qo fro eeppOxELLl |e [eee RRO hae iis Bem 
weeeeeee ‘wlan egmabie’ pives omy ones AeA | I ig ah rage ihe saat 882 42) 4 | Ze pr ‘ae ae “UBOROI TY I I CPRPOSR RO 
teepeene [eae has Tage las a omaha | I IS SEO carp 1 Z |rerereeseeeese- OABNIBUBNE) z9 8 lene enesnenennensnneenanananens fc 
PPUvererareeTisrT Miri Tri titties ST b SAseapaehe BORO. stv ‘S6 I pornos sa uaTTeoseng y Zs iZ ee eee aL 
eg lg [eeeete sedyneurey.9 |g. pee SBIdIwOVT, CT po foeeeogammE eg ig fest ~popwuty 
9% ' eee eee “uo0—d'T OAODN: Zo ° | Ree een ee ee eee eee striae ° OE a. 5 i ) Pere reret “BI0u0g 
) | 
ple ele 9 Fl See ee ES 
213 7 |3 313 3 | 3 | 
a | & ‘ang e | & awig g | & | ‘ang a | & ang 
2 18 1B :: | 
‘adog (useysegy) OUP Yy “nweyB[g [BUD ‘adoyg (u10780 44) 9gYbHeg 


(*7xe} 0Y} UT UONBUETdxe 99g) 


‘daLOaTION AUIM ATHL HOTHM LY SALLITVOO'T 
aHL JO ANY ‘OOIxay{ dO “OLG ‘SHLVIG AHL WOUd AaaNOOaY “OLA ‘SaIOddg 40 UTAWAN—Y ATAVE 


472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Mexico, Guatemala and Costa Rica, respectively. In each table the 
States or Departments are arranged in vertical columns corresponding 
to their position on the Atlantic or Pacific slopes, and in the case of 
Mexico also on the Central Plateau. In each vertical column the 
names stand in order from north to south, and the States or Depart- 
ments whose names are on the same horizontal line, in reading across 
these tables, are, in part at least, in the same latitude. These three 
tables exhibit the scantiness of our knowledge, however, rather than 
actual differences in the faunas."® 

TABLE 7.—NUMBER OF SPECIES, ETC., OF ODONATA RECORDED FROM THE 

DEPARTMENTS OF GUATEMALA, AND OF THE LOCALITIES AT 
WHICH THEY WERE COLLECTED. 
(See explanation in the text.) 


Pacific (Western) Slope. | Atlantic (Eastern) Slope. 
Spe- .  Spe- 
Department. Locali- cies, Department. res lex 
| etc. | ‘ etc. 
| \Alta Vera Paz..........:0.0. | 14 46 - 
Hi alli Sapcrs anad sven cotencctes 9 64 
SNS BURG os cissnsccvesscacseres ee 1 |Baja Vera Paz... sas ska) | 51 
Quezaltenango.................. Af SB] TA WOR DR Rc. avin ogee 40 
Retalhwlewt, ....5..:iveescsesceses 3 22 |Guatemala........scece-n , 3 16 
Suchitepequez.................... 1 UG. WAM A i sco ritasat cee vere ‘ 1 13 
BOLO stessrcncennerare : | 2 | 
Sacatepequez.................0. ee = | ae 
PUANA UI Sct ores axtaceyekiet ae 15 
FIO. odcinek Guess a 5 
SIRE TROGIR: 5 wnacsens censenas eunes 1 2 
Totals (after patentee) — Totals (after deducting 
pies cages . 20 68 duplications).................. on8) nel 35 13 139 


Common to Atlantic and Pacific slopes 56 species, ete. Subtracting 56 from 
68 + 139 gives 151 species from definite localities in Guatemala, or 10 less than 
the total (161) credited to that country in Tables 2 and 5. For these ten species 
definite localities are not known and hence they could not be included in Table 7. 
A similar difference exists between Tables 8, 5 and 2. 


18 The State of v era Onis, lying exclusively on the Atlantic slope, extending 
through 54 degrees (17°- 92°'+) of latitude and 18,000 ft. (5,487 m.) of altitude 
and having an area of 29,210 square miles (75, 654 square kilometres), has Lis 
species of Odonata. The State of New Jersey, U. 5S. A., also bordering the 
Atlantic, reaching from 39° to 41° 15’ N. and to 1800 ft. (550 m.) in elevation, 
and with an area of 7,815 square miles (20,241 square kilometres) possesses 111 
species of Odonata. Both areas have been examined by a number of collectors 
of these insects, and the results do not seem to favor the general belief in the 
richness of tropical countries in Odonata, At least 9 species are common to the - 
two areas: Hetarina americana, Argia translata, Ischnura ramburi, Anomala- 
grion hastatum, Anax junius, A. "longi pes, Libellula auripennis (probably), Pan- 
tala flavescens, ‘Sym petrum corruplum, As far as I am aware no data have been 
published showing a richer Odonate fauna in a limited period of time than that 
of the vicinity of Kent, Ohio, where Messrs. Osburn and Hine took 57 species 
between June 17 and 24 (Ohio State University Naturalist, I, pp. 13-15, 1900), 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 


TABLE 8.—NUMBER OF SPECIES, ETC., OF ODONATA RECORDED FROM THE 
DEPARTMENTS OF Costa RIcA, AND OF THE LOCALITIES 
AT WHICH THEY WERE COLLECTED. 
(See the explanation in the text.) 


, 


Localities. | 


) 
Department. ——_-—__—_— Species, etc. 
_ Pacific slope ‘Atlantic slope 
PMR COSEG: «2.055. cdcctawoncua cues? 1 ais hea / 9 
TRON cc cant on encs ined nuot votanpee tpi etiarcd mies 3 1 33 
oe Ne ae ay 3 46 
ES Ee ee ore ee, CS ae 6 46 
MOE ON OG oo canis wes aohineatee sass 9 (Oe 29 
Totals (after deducting duplications) 21 ) 10 ) 101 
Total number of species, etc., Pacific slope.....................::sescsecessssesesssseassecsseseseneees 67 
Total number of species, etc., Atlantic SIOpe................:.::s0scsseseessssessssesssssaseesesseceas 59 
Total number of species, etc., common to Pacific and Atlantic slopes................. 28 


Although writers on other groups in the Biologia have distinguished 
between a ‘‘North” and a “‘South Mexico,” the division line being near 
the Tropic of Cancer, the data at hand for the Odonata do not seem 
to indicate any such distinction. 


RELATIONS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA TO TEMPERATURE.” 


In Plate X XVI we have given a map of the distribution of mean an- 
nual temperatures in Mexico and Central America.'* The topography, 
presenting a high paramesial axis running northwest and southeast 
through the greater part of the district, has brought about the exist- 
ence of parallel zones of temperature, decreasing in mean annual 
intensity from each coast line to the axis. As a result the temperatures 
are not distributed latitudinally, but a high cool tract extends far 


Tt is not intended that the remarks here made on the relations of Odonate 
distribution to temperature, rainfall and other environmental factors are to be 
interpreted as showing the limits which these factors set to the distribution of 
the insects in question. Our knowledge of the areas occupied by the latter is 
still too imperfect to permit this. We may be said to know where many species 
occur, but not where they do not occur. 

"Mr. C. H. T. Townsend, in his papers ‘On the Biogeography of Mexico, 
Texas,” etc. (Trans. Texas Acad. Boe Vols. I and II, 1895 and 1897), has 
laid great emphasis on the difference between apparent and sensible tempera- 
tures, as obtained from dry and wet bulb thermometers respectively, holding 
that only sensible temperatures can be used in biogeographical work (4.é., I, 
pp. 89-90; II, pp. 65-67). As very few wet bulb readings exist for our dis- 
trict, our data are those of his “‘apparent’’ temperatures only. I am indebted 
to Dr. C. C. Adams for calling my attention to these two papers, which seem 
to have been omitted from the “Zoological Record,” 


474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


to the south of Mexico, thence continued as a chain of “islands” in 
the midst of lower and hotter lands. Considering the zones of mean 
annual temperature in order, from the hottest to the coldest: 

Zone I (more than 30°C. = 86° F.) is doubtful, as stated in the 
explanation of the map; no species of Odonata are known to be 
restricted to the area supposed to constitute it. 

Zone II (30°-25° C., 86°-77° F.) is continuous on the Atlantic, and 
also on the Pacific slope, for the entire length of its extent, from about 
20° north latitude on the eastern, or 25° north on the western, coast 
of Mexico to South America. The Atlantic and Pacific belts of this 
zone are connected at the Nicaraguan lakes and at the Isthmus of 
Panama. This zone therefore offers a pathway for the extension, 
northward or southward, of species which find in it temperature con- 
ditions similar to those which prevail over large areas of South Amer- 
ica.’® It actually possesses a larger number (91) of species also found 
in South America than any other zone, although Zone III has 90 
such species. Zones II and III have respectively 48 and 47 species 
also found in the West Indies, larger numbers than for the other zones. 
Peculiarities of Zone II are Perilestes (Costa Rica), Argiallagma (Guate- 
mala), Telebasis 4 species, Metaleptobasis, Neoneura, Protoneura 5 
species, Nephepeltia and Rhodopygia, all genera found in South America 
and the West Indies. Yucatan, Campeche and most of British 
Honduras lie within this zone, and these three have no endemic species. 

Zone III (25°-20° C., 77°-68° F.), the Mexican Tierra Caliente of 
Hann,”° extends continuously southward from the Gulf States on the 
east, and from Arizona and California on the west, to southern Nica- 
ragua, where it is interrupted by Zone II. The Atlantic and Pacific 
belts are confluent from the southern part of the State of Puebla to 
the western part of Chiapas, and again for the southern part of Hon- 
duras and most of Nicaragua. After its interruption in southern 
Nicaragua, this zone reappears in northwestern Costa Rica and extends 
almost to the Isthmus of Panama. Zones III and IV possess an equal 
number (27) of species also found in Northern America, a larger num- 
ber than for the other zones. Characteristic for this zone are Philo- 
genia (not north of Costa Rica), Palemnema, Progomphus 3 species, 
Epigomphus 4 species, genera chiefly South American in their dis- 
tribution. 


* The distribution of the Odonata by temperature zones in South America 
should also be considered here, but even the first steps in investigating the South 
American Odonata from this point of view have yet to be taken. 

© Handbuch der Klimatologie, 2te Aufgabe, Bd. II, p. 285, Stuttgart, 1897. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 


Zone IV (20°-15° C., 68°-59° F.), the Mexican Tierra Templada of 
Hann, embracing a large part of the United States, nowhere touches 
the coasts in Mexico or Central America, as Zones II and III do, but 
occupies a central position. It consists in these countries of a Mexican 
portion, of rather greater area than that of the central plateau, and 
reaching to southern Puebla; a mostly elongated and narrow strip in 
Guerrero and Oaxaca, some of the western parts of Chiapas, Guatemala 
and Honduras, with an arm into western Salvador; a number of small 
scattered areas in Honduras and a larger one in northern Nicaragua; 
finally, an elongated strip in Costa Rica and Panama. Representatives 
of Zone LV are Cordulegaster godmani, Aishna dugesi, Plathemis subornata, 
Libellula comanche, foliata, nodisticta and luctuosa, members of chiefly 
northern, or (4?shna) cosmopolitan, genera. 

Zone V (15°-10° C., 59°-50° F.), the Mexican Tierra Fria of Hann, 
occurs in scattered areas in Sonora, Chihuahua, Durango, Zacatecas, 
and one of greater extent in the States of Hidalgo, Puebla, Tlascala 
and Mexico; in western Guatemala and on some of the peaks of Costa 
Rica. No Odonata are peculiar to this zone. 

Zone VI (less than 10° C. = 50° F.) occurs only on the higher peaks 
of Mexico, Guatemala and Costa Rica; no Odonata have been reported 
as yet at or above the elevations corresponding to its lower limit in 
these countries. 

Zones 11, IV, V and VI may be compared to continents or islands, 
lying within a sea of Zone II, and each enclosed by a girdle of zones 
of lower numbers than itself. 

Table 9 gives the distribution of the Odonata within these zones. 

From Table 9 it results that the number of species confined to one 
zone only is 104, extending through two zones 99, extending through 
three zones 71, and through four zones 8, Of all the zones, III con- 
tains the greatest number of species, subspecies and varieties, viz.: 
222 as compared with 165 in II, 143 in IV, and 10 in V; it is also the 
richest in zonal endemic species, viz.: 46, as compared with 40 in II 
and 18 in LV; and the richest in endemic Mexican and Central Ameri- 
can forms, viz.: 106, as compared with 60 in LV, 56 in II, 4 in V, and 
3in I. 

The species, ete., which, outside of Mexico and Central America, 
are found exclusively in Northern America appear in the tempera- 
ture zones of our district in the following numbers: LV 15, IIT 13, 
11 5,V4. As our map (Plate X XVI) shows, zones IV and III are con- 
tinuous from the United States into Mexico, so that they offer a 
pathway for the extension of species whose living conditions are 


Se fe feeefeelor olan | 
S ee I nenereeereee|setererenees I seeeeeeeeeelereeseenees 4 
Sg ok ee Rikttinties = 

at ot 2 

S. 

Jp rstrreeyrrrereesceesfosrsesssceeafesssessnssenty fa Posessosssnnabesnnnnsnnonafossnsnnnsonafessnensansnafennanen =: 

, 5 

: 

satakand aspaxdtrn sop iachaaeha IRL oaths ABTA poo maa neice ee 2 

| 2 
a5 : 
P Pee eeeee See eenseneee weneeeseeees I se eeeeeeeees ead 

5 | ulayIION r=] 
5 IZ ¢ I I G Z Zz I <cccntes | sapncees tay U1 YWoN e 

d Ss 

g 9¢ L Fie namae racear Z Zz 9z Cl gfe Bw Puy 38944 z = 3. 
rie peepee II L- OF QZ Py ae oe Hey wnog | B 3 
a ge 2 i I 9 3 IT € ae wags: wy Uywon ) & 
= lhl poo r og 0 pees OL 1 og foo a eee onmopug 
: & €6z IL 1 G LP p F9 o¢ np. i | shdgenocenthanescp sarsuaate [PIO], 
6 36 foo 1 I Il I ce zz ZI [esssseepm serrate mse esene eUyNyPqy 
4 1 Me aS ae aa EU a a cet BR ial cane ack Cocca chat bannato ake tf Sa Goa ae ade presenta rotten wun poy 
a are. ew nee We RS tent g feces anamyegy 
a) Pa NG i) 5 ee cael Re ates eager ps ranonat St 
& 8 [2 L £ I a ene BUTYL UIOD) 
oO oaitip opens I 0% e 02 rl SI pen [svaseensenemeanannese anaes wumousy 
¥ Jo passtessfpaesecasenes I LT | econniesies I a e_ [iezerrnntenefa ninningind eo naabsvalicedovtevenyfneenoratigg: | (Selene ahasegas yresenees ReetentedeaMictonnsee se. 2. Buysse] 
a I | nas deupensns|vesseav ones ii frettpernass ¢ G € Katee aca ar, wus caaqydopep 
ae aie 7 Gale ae el ee $b 2 ee ee an ee i karla tae ee 
ei Eas] A-AI er ATHY A-TI | AF II | Tithe | ARSE 2TIHs HI-I) A | AT | i | Il ) I 
ea 5 5 | oe ar A =e - a ae nae -" | 2S a? “SOTPHUTB ne 
a =| souoz OF WOTIUIO,) QUOT 0} PoPLUysSeyy 
2 ——— Se a aes ae ~ — — 
+ (‘Sornouva puv sowedsqns ‘soleds jo osoy} ore spesouNU o1quay ey) 


“(LANNY ‘Id ‘G8 ‘Jo) Sanoz auaLvuddNay, Ad VOIUAWY IVULNAD ANV OOIXG]Y 40 VLVNOGQ FHL AO NOLLANTULSIGG——"§ WIV 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 


those of these zones. The Northern American species found in zones 
II and V are, in all cases, also found in III or IV, and hence can con- 
ceivably have descended or ascended from one or the other of the 
latter two. 

Considering all the Mexican and Central American species, etc., 
occurring also (a) in South America, or (b) exclusively in South America 
and the West Indies, or (c) exclusively in South America, the order 
(according to the number of species) of the temperature zones in which 
they appear is always the same, viz.: II, III, IV, I, V, the numbers 
of species being respectively: (a) 91, 90, 60, 4, 1; (b) 29, 29, 18, 0, 0; 
(c) 52, 51, 33, 4, 0. Zone Il as a pathway for the extension of the 
“South American element” has already been considered on page 474. 

Some Anomalies in the Zonal Distribution.—Since Zone II is the only 
zone continuously extending northward from South America, it is of 
importance to notice, as Table 9 shows, that of the 70 Mexican and 
Central American forms occurring elsewhere exclusively in South 
America, 16, or 23%, have not been detected in zone II in our faunal 
region. 

Of the 131 species, etc., common to Mexico, Guatemala and Costa 
Rica, the great majority have been found in zone II at some point 
(and hence presumably occur in it at other points), although they 
may also inhabit other zones, but there are 28 exceptions. 

Sixteen of the species, etc., of zones III and LV of Costa Rica are 
not found farther north, but 17 other species of the same zones and 
country do so extend, although the Costa Rican areas of these zones 
are discontinuous, 

In spite of the isolation of zone IV in Guatemala, no species of 
Odonata are known to be restricted thereto, and species found there 
and not known to occur in any other zone than LV, such as Cordule- 
gaster godmani and Libellula joliata, are also found in Mexico and in 
Costa Rica. 

Sixty-two and 27 species, etc., of zones higher than II found in Mexico 
and Guatemala are not and are, respectively, found farther south, a 
discontinuity of zones III-V existing south of Guatemala. 

Nine and 4 species, ete., of zones IV—V (but not lower) found in 
Mexico are not and are, respectively, found farther south, 

Some conceivable explanations of these anomalies (suggested for 
future investigation) are: incompleteness of data on the present dis- 
tribution; that temperature does not limit the inhabitable area of 
the species concerned, or that, limiting it, the species found in dis- 
continuous parts of the same zone may at times, past or present, 

31 


4 
| 


478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


have made their way from one separated area to another by their 
own powers of flight, perhaps aided by favorable winds; that zones 
III and IV may have been more continuous throughout the length of 
Mexico and Central America in Tertiary times, when higher elevations 
with consequent cooler temperatures prevailed over areas now low 
and hot, as a result of previous greater volcanic activity or orogenic 
revolution,” some of which latter causes have been invoked by bot- 
anists” to account for the distribution of the plants of this district. 

That temperature is not the only factor in determining the dis- 
tribution of the Odonata is shown by the fact that each of the zones 
Il-IV, even when continuous over large areas, contains species of 
quite limited habitat within that zone. Such are Perilestes fragilis, 
Argia wilsoni, gaumeri, popoluca, and cupraurea, Argiallagma minu- 
tum and species of Protoneura in zone IL; Heterina rudis, Argia per- 
cellulata, calida, barretti, rhoadst and pocomana and Palemnema desid- 
erata in zone III; Heterina tolteca and Argia herberti in zone IV. 


RELATIONS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA TO RAINFALL. 


The existence of pools, lakes, or watercourses of sufficient con- 
stancy for the development of the aquatic larve of the Odonata is 
dependent on the water supply (ultimately traceable to the precipi- 
tation) and on the factors which tend to prevent its loss by evapora- 
tion or by sinking into the soil. These latter factors probably include 
frequency of winds and of clouds, sheltering vegetation and the rela- 
tive porosity of the soil and underlying rocks. The supply and con- 
servation of the water of a given area have not only the direct effects 
of furnishing the necessary living medium for the Odonate larve, but 
also, in a more indirect manner, must influence the supply of food for 
both larve and adults through the existence of vegetation and through 
it of herbivorous insects and other animals. ’ 

The influence of these environmental conditions on the Odonate 
fauna has not yet been thoroughly investigated even in those parts of 
the earth for which the physical data have been accumulated. For 
Mexico and Central America, where the collection of these data has 
been very limited (except at a few well-known localities), it is hardly 
possible at this time to attempt to correlate the facts of Odonate 
distribution even with those of precipitation. The existing measure- 


” Hill, Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool., XXXIV, pp. 205-207, ete., 1899. 
™ Most recently by Bray, Science for Noy. 9, 1900, pp. 709-716, and Botan. 
Gazette, XX VI, pp. 121-152, 1898, with citations from previous writers. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 


ments of rainfall show a much greater annual variation™® than in the 
case of temperature, and a much longer series of observations is, 
therefore, needed to determine the approximate average rainfall than 
to ascertain the approximate mean annual temperature. Since such 
series exist for very few places* and the rainfall differs so much at 
nearby localities (as the data gathered by the authors quoted 
show), the endeavor to correlate the occurrence of certain species of 
Odonata with rainfall differences appears to be premature,” although 
it may be that precipitation has a more important influence on the dis- 
tribution of these insects than has temperature.” The annual varia- 
tion in rainfall, however, may bring about an annual variation in the 
local Odonate fauna—a possibility which suggests that a proper under- 
standing of the insect fauna may be obtainable only from the same 
methods of accumulation of data as are practised by the meteorologists. 

Mr. E. B. Williamson, as a result of his observations made while 
collecting in Guatemala, has suggested in correspondence that “The 
species [of Odonata] occurring at any location during the dry season 
are those species of widest distribution, or, in other words, local species 
are to be found in the height of the season.”” In testing this sugges- 
tion, the difficulty at once arises that we have no complete records of 
the Odonata occurring both in the wet and dry seasons at the same 
locality. An absolute essential for the study,of this and other problems 
connected with the seasonal distribution of these insects in our district 
is a series of continuous observations for at least twelve consecutive 
months in the same limited area. Under the present conditions the 
best that can be done is to compare wet season captures at one point 
with dry season collections at the nearest similar station. Thus 


® Escobar, Memor. Soc. Cien. “ Antonio Alzate,”” XX, 1903 (see his figures for 
Mazatlan, e.g.,l.c.,p.29). Harrington, Bull, Philos, Soc, Washington, XIII, pp. 6, 
- 19, 1895, Sapper, Meteorol. Zeitschr., 1892-1906, A still more recent review 
of the distribution of rainfall in Central America is contained in Dr. Alfred 
Merz’s “‘ Beitrige zur Klimatologie und Hydrographie Mittelamerikas” (Mittheil. 
Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig, 1906; 96 pp., 4 Beilagen; 1907, especially 

. 9-23). An extended discussion of Dr, Merz’s work is given in Meteorol, 

eitschr., XXV, pp. 326 et seq., July, 1908. 

* These localities are mostly at the higher elevations, in the larger centres of 
human poperatan, while the majority of the species of Odonata are found at 
lower levels. 

% See a note by Mr. Champion (Biol. Cent.-Amer. Neur., p. 53) and one by 
Mr. C. H. T. Townsend (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, XX, p. 289, 1897) on the 
seasonal appearance of certain Odonata and Diptera, respectively, in our dis- 
trict. 

* Mr. I’. M. Chapman has some interesting remarks on the influence of tem- 

rature, independent of humidity, on the distribution of birds at Las Vigas and 

alapa, Vera Crus, Mexico (Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., X, pp. 17 and 36). 


480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Oct., 


have a mean annual temperature of 25°-20° C. and a yearly rainfall 
of more than 3000 mm.,”’ the former, however, at an altitude of 335 
metres as against 720 for Zapote. They have yielded respectively 
26 dry season species and 17 wet season species; each has 6 endemic 
species (7.e., restricted to Mexico and Central America), one of which, 
with 7 non-endemie species, is found at both localities. 

The single locality in all Mexico and Central America which has 
furnished the greatest number of species of Odonata is Atoyac, in 
Vera Cruz—68. At least 59 of these were taken in April and May (the 
specimens of the other 9 are undated), and of these 59,17 are endemic 
in Mexico and Central America. If we may judge from the rainfall 
figures published for the nearest point, Cordoba,’ April and May, while 
not a part of the wet season in its stricter sense, may have a precipi- 
tation of 29-101 mm. and 77-233 mm. respectively, the total for the 
year being 2600-3200 mm. On investigating the seasonal records 
for the 17 endemic species at other localities, it appears that they are 
by no means always confined to one limited portion of the year. 

Gualan, Guatemala, lies in the rainfall zone of less than 1000 m.”® 
The only rainfall records from anywhere in the vicinity appear to be 
those of Teculutan, Department of Zacapa, the monthly figures for 
1902, from January to December respectively, being 1,0, 1, 95, 70, 361, 
?, 38, 83, 164, 17 and 2 mm.*° Mr. Williamson collected 39 species at 
Gualan in January, 1905, 7 of which are restricted to Mexico and 
Central America. At Los Amates, lying in the rainfall zone of 1000- 
2000 mm., in the same month and the following February, 35 species 
were obtained, 6 being endemic in our district. At Puerto Barrics, 
whose measured precipitation for three years, 1894-6, is 3096 mm., 
with no month below 50 mm. ,*' 33 species were procured in December, 
1904, and February and March, 1905, 7 of these being confined to 
Mexico and Central America. Gualan has a well-marked dry season, 
which is much less distinct at Los Amates and absolutely, but not 
relatively, absent at Puerto Barrios. Of the endemic species, three 
taken at Gualan (Argia lezpi, A. pipila, Pseudoleon superbus), three 
at Los Amates (Neoneura amelia, Protoneura remissa, Orthemis biolleyi), 
and four at Puerto Barrios (/Tela@rina miniata, Argia gaumeri, Neo- 
neura paya, Protoneura amatoria) were not taken at either of the other 


a 


77 Sapper, Petermann's Mittheil., XLII, map, 1897. 

* For 1861-3, Nieto, Bolet, Soc, Geog. Estadist. Mex. (1), X, pp. 484 et seq., 1864. 

2* Sapper, l.c., 1897. 

**Lottermoser, Meteorol, Zeitschr., XXTI1, pp. 237, ete., 1906, 

"Sapper, Petermanns Mittheil., XLII, pp. 117 et seg., 1897; Meteorol, Zeit- 
schr., viv. p. 235, 1897, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 


two localities. Of the remaining endemic species taken at Gualan, 
two (Argia frequentula, Telebasis digiticollis) were taken also at both 
the other places, one (Telebasis salva) also at Los Amates, one (Argia 
indicatrix) also at Puerto Barrios. 

Some other data are presented in Table 10 (see pp. 482, 483). 

To illustrate the seasonal distribution more fully, the following 
lists of the species taken at three different localities are appended ; 
the number before each specific name is the same as that employed 
in the list of species, Table B, of the Introduction, Biol. Cent.-Amer. 
Neurop.; names printed in heavy face type in this and other lists are 
those of species endemic in Mexico and Central America. 


Distrito Feperat, Mexico. No. 3. Hetewrina vulnerata, 25. Lestes alacer, 53. 
Hyponeura funcki, 101. Argia agrioides nahuana, 108. Enallagma civile, 109. 

. prevarum, 123. Ischnura ramburi and 124. var. credula, 125. 1. denticollis, 
126. J. demorsa, 160. Erpetogomphus crotalinus, 171. Cordulegaster diadema, 
175. Anazx junius, 179. Ashna multicolor, 204. Libellula nodisticta, 221. Orthemis 
ferruginea, 267. Tramea cophysa, 280. Sympetrum illotum virgulum, 281. S. 
corruptum, 286. Erythemis simplicicollis collocata, 293. Pachydiplax longipennis. 

April, 179; May, 25, 109, 125, 175, 179, 221, 280, 281, 286, 293; June, 53, 
108, 109, 123, 124, 125, 126, 160, 179, 280, 281, 286, 293; July, 25, 101, 109, 123, 
124, 125, 204, 267, 280, 281, 286, 293; August, 281, 286, 293; September, 3, 25, 
101, 108, 109, 125, 126, 179, 280, 281, 293; October, 3, 25, 109, 124, 125, 171, 
280; November, 280; December, 281. 

CUERNAVACA, MoreLos, Mexico. 3. Hela@rina vulnerata, 4. H. americana, 
24. Archilestes grandis, 25, Lestes alacer, 43. Paraphlebia hyalina, 52. Hyponeura 
lugens, 53. H. juncki, 78. Argia a@nea, 84. A. lacrymans, 85. A. tonto, 86. A. 
fissa, 88. A. tarascana, 92. A. extranea, 93. A. vivida, 94. A. vivida plana, 103. 
Hesperagrion heterodoxum, 107. Anisagrion lais, 119. Telebasis salva, 125. 
Ischnura denticollis, 127. Anomalagrion hastatum, 157. Erpetogomphus elaps, 
159. E. cophias, 160. E. crotalinus, 162. E. sipedon, 171. Cordulegaster diadema, 
178. A’shna cornigera, 179. A2. multicolor, 181. AZ. williamsoniana, 183. 4. 
luteipennis, 194. Oplonaschna armata, 202. Libellula saturata, 203. L. s. crocei= 
pennis, 206. Pseudoleon superbus, 221. Orthemis ferruginea, 239. Erythrodiplax 
connata var. b’ and 241, var. d’; 251. Brechmorhoga tepeaca, 253. B. pertinax, 
261. Paltothemis lineatipes, 272. Tramea onusta, 275. Perithemis domitia intensa, 
280. Sympetrum illotum virgulum, 281. S. corruptum. 

January: Nos. 4, 24, 92,93; May: 3, 4, 52, 78, 86 92 94, 107, 119, 202; June: 
3, 24, 84, 92, 94, 103, 107, 159, 160, 178, 183, 202, 206, 221, 239, 261; July: 3, 
24, 53, 92, 93, 127, 157, 159, 162, 181, 202, 203, 221, 253; August: 4, 24, 85, 88, 
157; September: 3, 24, 103, 107, 119, 127, 160, 179, 275, 281; October: 3, 4, 
24, 25, 84, 86, 88, 92, 93, 103, 107, 119, 127, 160, 171, 194, 202, 221, 239, 241, 251, 
272, 280; November: 171. 

San Jost, Costa Rica. No. 2. Hetawrina cruentata, 24, Archilestes grandis 
67. Argia oculata, 86. A. fissa, 92. A, extranea, 104, Anisagrion allopterum and 
105. var.? rubicundum, 113. Acanthagrion gracile, 157. Erpetogomphus elaps, 
183. Alshna luteipennis, 203. Libellula saturata croceipennis, 221. Orthemis 
ferruginea, 237. Grubrodiplas connata var. e, 248. Brechmorhoga vivax, 254. 
B.rapax, 261. Paltothemis lineatipes, 273. Pantala flavescens, 280. Sympetrum 
illotum virgulum. 

March: 203, 221, 248, 254, 273; May: 2, 67, 86, 92, 104, 105, 113, 157, 280; 
July: 24, 104; August: 24, 92, 183, 203, 221, 237, 261; September: 2; October: 
2, 248. 


From Table 10 and these three lists it is evident that the obser- 
vations for different months in the same locality are quite unequal 


[Oct., 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


482 


6 TOFT 2°21 9 PG eZSIT ‘eg 
—] |_|) —_——_—_ 


oben seonnee a L ee elt Fen tae 
GIL |9I iT I Z'st - TST 
rue 99 g rez FOG. IT 
Seer (SLT pees zoe |9'0z.— 10 
8806 6ST & 6 9'8IS \F'0Z IF 
PEOL IO6I_ IT & BOLT G06 |€ 
L661 SSI see neeweeeeeleeeetererees L822 L002 G 
opez lee Tepe 662 GZ |Z | . 
LOS eR jacana dail bi o'F6 ET fp Tho Leeetterrecersenss rae aa garcia (CCT) (#92) | caveneectese sannenanssdasoanpirect mcinemns Suw 
sae ak eae Me Sa a Ma ail ig GN LS Ss 
8h 6ZT | G CTL” ian ws wenn Pete eee ee (ZST) (8'F@) |¢ og [nn qore py 
reo raat jiaeeeooveser|emencesensen LLt CAD A | Roe dno KSCRaclatecdrounnes Inwastaweeree| SUcnsaacents]ecdecooosape eoeesssoeees (#22) (182) Z OF eseneses Aawnaqay 
Up OP secevveseevelasccsevovecel ¢° GST ore eeecveses t peeenseneserfeccscecccoce| sorsccsscevelssscconnenes (ZZ8) (6°61) Or ce euprececes Arenuve 
uur | “Qo | | ULL Oo | unt | ae | | suru | "Do | | 

4 eee | keene ix Fy 2) 4 | i ae ae Fs Zz) 3 
—o — } bye ne mb mh i=" n= =e i" = ees = -¥ 2&3 
BEB | SUE EERE Be Sue | BoB Bike Re Pee B Bins ge bse Ske BiEE ge 
T (“gz loag’| ge | “he | "he lode’| ge | ob) § lege! fe isu | uae lgags| Fe 

Ba ibeaa| - ag | 98 ieee! ! Sag) B ISeRo| *E | BS ifs30! : 
ga | ag Pees! 08 | ae | pe Pees] of | ce| ¥ ifeec| a8 | 229 | Bee PERS) 28 | cum 
"ge| ge beed| °% | S2| S2 eeag| P! | ste) 2 eg] 2 | ee | FE Reg] °F | oe 

be] Be leeee| | Be | SERRA! 2 | Boe] 5 EPA) 2 [EEF | 5 |RRRE| 2 | Pom 

; | ) ; | 

‘oorxoyy ‘zn vio A ‘edurer “PO ‘SOLO ‘BOVARUIONS ‘oorxeyy ‘orday, ‘orday, | ‘oorxeyy ‘oosequy, ‘vduay, 


“NOSIUVINOX UO AAAdGV S'TIVANIVY GNV 
SOUALVUGdINAT, HIM ‘SHINOW GALLQOGUSNOY) GIUAT, NVHL GUON NOd AALOATION) NAGH GAVE ASHL 
HOIWM NI SALLITVOO'T GNOS LY HINO HOV NT NUMWL VIVNOG() 40 SALLEIUV A ONY Saloddsday ‘sarogdag 40 USEWON——OL BTV E 


483 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


1908. ] 


so[qey Z puv sodvd 7] jo Arwuruns B ,,"OOIKaY IP [VAQUAD OOLIQ[OIOI}ZaW_ OUOPAIOSGC),, OY} WOL ‘OOLKaTY “WOUISIG Jes9peg 
ayy 10} S061 ‘I ‘DY VIS0) “boay-onsiy “WYSuT UNO WOIJ aiv ‘BOR, BISON ‘ysof UY JO} BP CYT, “OOGL PUY GEST ‘Oorxeyy 

pupnixcayy voygqnday v] ap DUN) Iq ‘ZeWOL) puv Bpuy A OUDBIOW Woy a1 BQBZLY) 410] VYEp a “OOK OP [EIzWAD) 
OITOUTVY-OOBQOLOAZOPY OLOJPBAIOSGG) OY JO JOJoIL ‘“BUBIYSKY ‘q Jenuvyy Wo Joyeg Jo ssoupury oy} ory) YQ0q ‘zenbuuy 
-vdB]ey op Pepnly Bl ep Oolsg[O10a, ayy sie seage™ OY} JO IONIC “ZO[VSUOD “W “H Joye 07 PUv BOBATUIENY) op OLIOZwAIOSqG 9Y3 


‘day ‘jsipojsy “boa ‘v0g ‘jajog ‘seXoyy wor ‘FART ‘Og PUNE OF ‘EzST ‘T A[NE Woy BOvATUIEND 40; ‘EOGT ‘I-OF “dd ‘XX . ‘ely 
. ‘ 


ge es el ee ee ee Lae be. 2a rim 
<a: Ge TI BEDE ors I DR EE RCE TO oa ew os er 
SCT FAT SRE REMI RE FAO ATS 7 sss ap ussite Ase kaaaetaellcs eat ocaniSertes srrehacen openers teanoe 8 = DARED JON 
oF OE feeereees I 62 QIQT —_|eereeeeeeessesse eseensennennens o'6I O'FI > el ~~ gaquiadag 
el C'eT I I CT 61 taper c= COS BRT ferrets teteeseseseeefeeesene soquiaaoN 
oF SEI ; L ‘ozeO'GT 1 z FOZ GR ttettretttetessfeseneeeneeeens [soeeeeneetes 1aqoo 
F60T Tor a Il “are S61 eee ee ee eeeeeenes I Sen ee en eeenenene 9 0% eee I seesceses saquieaydag 
"CSI 9'9L seen eeeeeneeees g "102 L6L Peter teen eeeeeee LZ Aen nee Rene eeeee 8'0z SAREE EEE EOE Ee RRO EH ETRE ER OEE ED Eee eee eee ee ee ~ysniny 
601 6°91 Fr ral “LZ S61 I 7S TE pesraconoheccer 6°0Z Wares: loan fsa Ame 
9901 |9°ZI ¢ el ‘ez Iog.) fees [Ssseeaneeense|snneeneneenn Gig estes 9 |-sosecosennscsses “aun 
LS TSI ¢ OL “Oks 0% p 6 Sennen eee eeneeee 6 Zo Tene eee e en eeee dleheeeieheheidehded tebbdteitetaeeaieaenlente nt 
LOL 2'21 One e eee neene I 9 OF 0G PRR Ree eee ee eee eee EE eet eee Cee Ee enue ee ee eee Pr 0% [creer eeeeeesnees eneeeereereernes seesenennesan enue nem ju vy 
VIL 6ST beeeccccecysuscslevenenssrecvees foun S61 I ¢ a OL I " REIL \ nde ore qoavyK 
r9 Let Poreeeeeeeerrrrey ) Annee eeeteeeeeee st ¢ 61 FR ee ee eee eeeee wee eteeeeneneeee Oe eereeeeeeenens is eT rere Reet ene ee ee eee eeeeeneenene Areniqeg 
Lp U21 Pee eeeerereesren | sereeeeessesvees SII SSI Senate eee en erate aneetseeseeeenes | eeeeeceeeseseoes IS RI seestececesesere / see etereseceeres eS Avenue 
“ura 345 “ura "Oo wu | Oe ) 
| Sa Sa 2 ES OS Ee ES a EM, 
2 x _Z eS = ay eae ae ames ae oe. oe 
Pap | FE | EERE | ge | gee | SSE | BERB | ge | GE | cE | EaRE | $e 
23 @s |ors5 | fs 7 "gs loess | Be | = | Be | ogee | $- 
Ba Bs 5339 , = Sv 3B S80 ~§ 3 = 5 S882 | *& : 
“3 a ae & gale Oi / eRe 2 53 Ze a 28 “our, 
me wo | pS: es “4h. ~3 | bo” es “8. | $§ pS-3 | PF Jo 
se | Se liked | “* | ge | 2 |Eked | “* | ge | gE | eed pony 
73 Ta | BeP@ Ro }- Ff fa | SRPe 2 | $F | 33 ak } & 
‘OOIXeY{ ‘[R1epa,y OFLYSICT _ “BORT BISOD ‘9sof Bg ‘gsor Ug | ‘Oorxayy ‘znig wis, ‘eqezug 
i 


484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


and fall far short of giving a complete picture of the Odonate fauna. 
It is also clear, especially from the Cuernavaca list, where the same 
species appear at frequent intervals throughout the year, that a num- 
ber of different, perhaps overlapping, broods must exist, as there is no 
reason for supposing that the life of an individual imago is prolonged 
for many months. | 

Rainfall and Odonata on the Atlantic and Pacific Slopes.—Various 
authors® have remarked the greater abundance of species of animals, 
including insects, on the Atlantic than on the Pacific slope of Mexico 
and much of Central America. Sumichrast (l.c., p. 5) has attrib- 
uted the relative poverty of the Pacific slope of Tehuantepec and 
adjoining areas in birds to ‘the extreme dryness of the soil; to the 
scarcity of vegetation and of insect life; and to the duration of the 
winds from the northeast and southwest which there prevail with great 
violence.”” Harrington® has concluded that for Central America, 
‘‘The rainfall is greater on the Atlantic than on the Pacific side as two 
or three to one.” Table 11 gives the distribution of the Odonata 
on these sides and on the Mexican plateau for the whole of our district, 
from which it appears that the total number of Atlantic slope species 
is 235 against 181 for the Pacific, a proportion of nearly 4to 3. Tables 
6-8 (pages 471-473) give the proportions for Mexico, Guatemala and 
Costa Rica respectively as, approximately, 4 to 3, 4 to 2, 4 to 44. 

Neither the rainfall nor the Odonate fauna can be summarized so 
briefly, however, as local conditions may cause both of these to vary. 
Not only the map of Puga,“ but also the publications of Sapper® and 
of Lottermoser® show as heavy a rainfall on parts of the Pacific slope 
of Mexico and Guatemala as on the Atlantic side. The Odonate 
fauna of Altamira and Tampico, in Tamaulipas, numbers 40 species- 
that of Tepic 42; for Jalapa, Vera Cruz, we know 24 species, for Guada; 
lajara 50; for the vicinity of the city of Vera Cruz, including Medellin, 


* Sumichrast, quoted by Lawrence (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 4, 1876) for 
birds of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Godman (Biol. Cent. Amer. Lepid. Rhopal., 
I, p. vi, 1901) for Lepidoptera Rhopalocera generally “to perhaps as far south as 
Costa Rica.”” V. Martens (Biol. Cent. Amer, Land and Freshw, Moll., p. xxvii) 
for this group to the same distance; he correlates the greater abundance of 
species with the greater area of the Atlantic slope of Mexico, Guatemala, Hon- 
duras and Nicaragua. Champion (Zntom. News, XVIII, p. 33, 1907) for insects 
of Guatemala. 

» Bull, Philos, Soc., Washington, XIII, p. 7, 1895. 

*“Distribucion de las Liluvias en la Republica Mexicana,”” Mem, Soc. Cien., 
‘Antonio Alzate,”’ XVI, 1901. 

* Petermann'’s Mitth., XLIII, pp. 117 et seg. and map, 1897; Das Nérdliche 
Mittelamerika, PP. 182-3; Mittelamerikanische Reisen u. Studien, pp. 299-300. 

*” Meteorol, Zeitechr., XXIII, pp. 237 et seq., 1906. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 


TasLe 11.—DiIstTrIBpuTION OF THE SPECIES, ETC., OF ODONATA OF MEXICO 
AND CENTRAL AMERICA BY SLOPES AND (IN MExXIco) 
THE CENTRAL PLATEAU. 
(A = Atlantic, P = Pacific, slope;3? C = Central Mexican plateau.) 


[Hexant Restricted to Common to 


' distri- } ,@ 
Subfamily. | bution] ——_____ —_—_____—___—_| 3 
un- : eS 
‘known) A C P |AC/|AP/CPIACP 
| aur 
Calopterygin#®.............. L del 38 a) Ot 3. | ee 
Oe RE eats et) MEN FC 3/ 0 1 OF Ft TPs 7 
PAGTIONIVED: ee cdesecdensccoeess a 39 0 14 2 a2} 8) TG ef2 
Gomphine iat 2? oi.% rf re eee ee 
CY Re LE! ORCA CRIPRIIES \Ciee lee ae © Rann eee 2 
Ashnin® ..........0.0-. 4 oO as a GA a ee S| Se i | | 5| 23 
ec ee cee Re are oe eee, Pe ee We oben. ae WP 1 
EPMA. ssserasserprolemntoocona | 17| 2 ae 39 | 4| 24| 97 
11 | 87| 4 | 30] 10| 84] 13] 54| 293 
) 
Endemic species, ete...... 1 59 | 1 | 22 | 2; 30 | 10; 13) 141 
Occur also in Northern | 
(oe UAE eae rae. | 3 2 3 1 6; 6 2 14 37 
Occur alsoinS. Amer... 3 22; 0 8 3|\ 48 oe | 30 115 
Occur alsoin W. Indies. 2 | 11 | 0 1 3 | 1 1/ 19| 56 
: 


11 species are now recorded, for Acapulco 19. In Pacific Guatemala 
the highest number recorded for one locality is 26 at Santa Lucia, 
which is exceeded at various stations on the Atlantic slope, but this 
latter has received much more attention from the collectors whose 
material is accessible. 

Generally we may conclude that the hot moist areas of Mexico and 
Central America are tenanted by the greatest number of forms of 
Odonata, present information pointing to the richest areas as lying 
in temperature zone III and the higher parts of zone II, on the Atlantic 
slope, from the centre of the State of Vera Cruz southward, these 
areas having a heavy annual rainfall. 

In this connection may be mentioned the suggestion of a possible 


” The terms “Atlantic” and “ Pacific slopes” are here used in the wide sense 
as embracing: (a) in Mexico all the descending lands from the outlines of the 
plateau, as shown on our map (Plate XXV1), to the Gulf of Mexico on the one side 
and to the Pacific Ocean and Gulf of California on the other; (b) in Mexico 
south of the plateau and in Central America, as corresponding to the Atlantic 
and Pacific drainage areas respectively. 


486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


correlation between paleness of wing-veins and dryness of climate,** 
which seems to receive some support from Argia mesta*®® and Enal- 
lagma civile;*® but, on the other hand, appears to be negatived by 
specimens of Hnallagma prevarum from many of the same localities 
which furnish FZ. civile.“ 

Whatever of a more exact character we learn in the future of the 
dependence of these insects on climatic conditions, we must conceive 
of the latter as operating in a manner which may be compared to the 
beating of the waves upon a shore. A higher temperature and a 
more copious rainfall, together or singly, advance upward to a greater 
elevation or northward to a higher latitude, making possible the exist- 
ence of certain species in the larval state where they were previously 
unknown. The next year, or after several years, these favorable con- 
ditions retreat down the mountain slopes or southward along the 
coastal plains, and the species whose existence they permitted dis- 
appear from certain localities for a longer or shorter period of time 
until the necessary conditions are again established.” To demon- 
strate the correctness of this view such continuous observations at a 
number of stations as were mentioned above (page 479) are essential. 


RELATIONS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA TO VEGETATION AREAS. 


Dr. Charles C. Adams, whose recent researches have been directed 
chiefly to the detection of the relations of faune to their physiographic 
surroundings, has suggested to me to endeavor to correlate the dis- 
tribution of these insects with that of vegetation areas, the latter to 
serve as indices of the general physical features of the country. In 
this attempt I have employed Dr. Karl Sapper’s vegetation maps of 
Central America,® locating the various places at which the Odonata 
have been collected in his zones and tabulating the distribution of 
the species accordingly. The results, save in a few instances to be 
mentioned shortly, have been unsatisfactory, as the great majority 
of species appear in several columns of the tabulation. Thus of 133 


** Biol. Cent.-Amer. Neurop., p. 235. 

ed | Oe p. 361. 

” L.c., pp. 110, 380. 

“ L.c., p- 380. , 

“Some remarks by Mr. 8. E. Meek (Publicat. Field Columb. Mus. Chicago, 
V, pp. xxvi-xxvii, 1904), on the effects on the fish fauna of fluctuations in bodies 
of water on the northern part of the Mexican plateau, may also be applied to 
Odonate larve. 

“In Das Nordliche Mittelamerika (map dated 1895), 1897, and Mittelameri- 
kanische Reisen und Studien (map dated 1900), 1902. There is also a larger 
scale map for Guatemala only, dated 1894, in Petermann’s Mittheil., Ergan- 
zungsband XXIV, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 487 


species so tabulated, six (Heterina cruentata, Argia fissa, A. extranea, 
Acanthagrion gracile, Ischnura ramburi var. credula, Perithemis domitia 
iris) occur in all of the four zones in which these insects have been 
collected, viz. (names as given in Sapper’s, 1895, map for Guatemala): 
1. Savannas and stretches of primeval forest alternating (wet), 2. 
Tropical and subtropical rainy forests, 3. Oak and pine forests of the 
hot and temperate climates, 4. Grass- and bush-steppes and dry 
forests. Twenty-four species (Heterina tricolor, H..macropus, Argia 
pulla, A. indicatrix, A. enea, Enallagma cecum nove-hispania, 
Telebasis salva, Leptobasis vacillans, Uracis imbuta, Orthemis ferru- 
ginea, O. levis, Erythrodiplax funerea, EF. umbrata, E. ochracea, 
E. connata var. d, Dythemis velox, D. cannacrioides, Brechmorhoga 
precoxr, B. inequiunguis, Macrothemis pseudimitans, Paltothemis 
lineatipes, Sympetrum illotum virgulum, Lrythemis verbenata, 
Lepthemis vesiculosa) appear in three zones. More than thirty species 
(including such endemic forms as Cora marina, Heteragrion tri- 
cellulare, Argia frequentula, Telebasis digiticollis, Neoneura 
amelia, Erpetogomphus viperinus, Brechmorhoga pertinax) are 
common to zones 2 and 4, but not to others. 

This does not necessarily mean that a correlation of Odonate species 
with vegetation formations does not exist. It may be that slight 
local differences of too small an area to be shown on the maps employed, 
or that our data based solely on the imagos, not on the larve, are 
responsible for its apparent absence.“ 

The few instances, above referred to, in which some correlation 
seems to exist are those of certain Odonata occurring in the tropical 
and subtropical rainy forest areas, as the species of Protoneura, Para- 
phlebia, Argiallagma, Ephidatia and Nephepeltia, and, less certainly, 
of other genera of the legions Podagrion and Protoneura. From 
the notes of collectors which have been quoted under the respective 
species it would also appear that members of the legion Pseudostigma 
are dwellers in forests,“ although not necessarily wet forests. 


“ Those disposed to make further researches as to the existence of such cor- 
relations will doubtless find assistance in Sefor Jose Ramirez’ ‘‘La Vegetacion 
de Mexico” (Anales, Ministerio de Fomento, Repub. Mex., XI, pp. 227-489, 
1898). His botanico-geographical regions, however, are not shown on any 
of the maps accompanying his memoir. 

® Biol. Cent.-Amer. Neurop., pp. 53, 56, 353. Cf. also Selys, Mem. Couron. 
Acad, Sci. Belg., XX XVIII, p. 9, footnote, 1886, 

“With the clearing of these forests, now apparently in progress (cf. Belt, 
Naturalist in Nicaragua, pp. 185-6; Sapper, Mittelamerikanische Reis. u. Stud., 
pp. 308-9), we must probably expect the disappearance of these Odonata. 


488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. 


RELATIONS OF THE ODONATE FAUNA TO ALTITUDE. 


Table 9, page 476, in connection with the map (Plate XX VI), may be 
used as indicating not only temperature zones, but also the elevated 
or non-elevated character of the country in which Odonata have been 
found, the higher zone numbers corresponding to higher altitudes. 
Zone II in Central America and in Mexico south of 20° N. Lat. (25° 
N. Lat. on the Pacific side) embraces all the low coast lands. The 
highest point on the Atlantic slope of Mexico to which it attains 
appears to be Actopan,‘” in Vera Cruz (311 m.**), whence it descends 
to sea-level south of Tuxpan, while on the Pacific slope it reaches 487 
m. at the city of Colima*® and sea-level north of Culiacan. Its upper 
limit in Central America is about 270 m. 

North of zone II the coasts of Mexico fall in zone III, which, 
with the higher parts of zone II, includes everywhere the gradually 
ascending slopes of the central plateaus and mountain ranges to an 
elevation of about 1,160 m. in Central America, 1,560 m. at Oaxaca 
City, 1,000 m. at Mirador, Vera Cruz, 700 m. in Nuevo Leon and higher 
than this last in Sonora. 

In zones IV and V the larger rivers arise, to descend (except in some 
parts of northern Mexico) through zones III and II to the sea. Zone 
IV extends to an elevation of 2,050 m. in Central America, 2,200 m. 
in the southern part of the Mexican plateau, but to not above 1,200- 
1,300 m. in places in New Mexico. 

The only species which appear to be exclusively confined to the 
actual sea-coast are A’shna brevifrons, Erythrodiplax berenice neva 
and Tramea longicauda var. Libellula auripennis is chiefly a sea-coast 
species, but in Mexico, as in the United States, has been found elsewhere. 
A larger number (16)°° of forms are not known to descend below the 
lower limits of zone IV and are, in our district, markedly highland 
species. Such are Hetzrina tolteca, H. maxima, Cora skinneri, 
Lestes henshawi, Argia terira, herberti, chelata and tonto, Pro- 
gomphus obscurus borealis, Cordulegaster godmani, A=shna dugesi, 
Plathemis subornata, Libellula comanche, foliata, nodisticta and luctuosa. 
The remaining 274 forms have an intermediate or a more varied habitat, 


*’ Moreno y Anda and Gomez, El Clima de la Republ. Mex., Ano II, p. 136. 

** Revista Soc, Cien., “ Antonio Alzate,”’ XXIIL. pp. 31, 32, 1905. 

“Hann, Hdb, d. Klimatologie, Ite Aufgabe, I, p. 286. 

“ The apparent discrepancy between this figure (16) and that to be obtained 
(19) from Table 9, page 476, is due to the fact that the three other species or 
varieties, Anax longipes and Erythrodiplax connata a’ and c’, while as yet found 
only in zone IV in Mexico and Central America, have been taken at lower levels 
in South America or in the West Indies. 


‘ 
5 
. 
L 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 


in some cases restricted apparently to a single locality (Hetzrina 
rudis), in others having a wide range of elevation, as from the sea- 
coast to the central plateau (Anomalagrion hastatum, Ceratura capreola). 
Where the same species of Jschnura has been found at quite different 
altitudes, a slight increase in body size and in the number of post- 
cubitals has heen detected in specimens from the higher stations.*! 

In concluding this discussion of the relations of the Odonata to vari- 
ous factors of their environment, lists of the forms recorded from a 
few localities of decidedly different physical character are appended. 
See also the lists given for the Distrito Federal, Cuernavaca and San 
José on page 481. 


Guzman, Chihuahua (desert of Northern Mexican plateau, mean annual 
temperature probably near 18° C. or 64 F.; altitude 1,341 metres or 4,400 feet), 
all the following species were seen or taken Aug. 6 and 7, 1906: Argia moesta, 
Enallagma civile, Ischnura ramburi var. credula, Anax (junius?), Plathemis 
subornata, Orthemis ferruginea, Tramea sp., Pantala flavescens, Sympetrum cor- 
ruptum, Erythemis simplicicollis or its subspecies collocata. 

MAzaTLAN (Pacific sea-coast, mean annual temp. 1880-1902, 24.9° C. or 76.8° 
F.; mean ann. rainfall 1880-1901, 806 mm. or 32.25 inches): Mecistogaster 
ornatus, Argia pulla, Enallagma cecum nove-hispanie, Leptobasis vacillans, 
Ischnura ramburi and var. credula, Pseudoleon superbus, Orthemis ferruginea, 
Erythrodiplax funerea, Brechmorhoga postlobata, Macrothemis inacuta, Miathyria 
marcella, Tramea longicauda var., T. onusta, Pantala flavescens, P. hymenea, 
Perithemis domitia intensa, Cannacria batesii, Erythemis verbenata, Lepthemis 
vesiculosa, 

Aroyac, Vera Cruz (moist Atlantic slope of Mexico, cf. page 480, antea; mean 
ann. temp. probably about 22.7° C, or 72.9° F.; alt. 400 m. or 1,314 ft.): Heterina 
cruentata, H.titia, H. macropus, H. infecta, Cora marina, Archilestes grandis, Lestes 
tenuatus, Megaloprepus cerulatus, Pseudostigma aberrans, Mecistogaster ornatus 
and modestus, Heteragrion chrysops, Hiponeura funcki, Argia percellulata, trans- 
lata, frequentula, ulmeca, oculafa, Cuprea, a@nea, fissa and extranea, Anisagrion 
lais, Enallagma cecum nove-hispanie, Acanthagrion gracile, Leptobasis vacillans, 
Palamnema paulina and angelina, Protoneura aurantiaca, Gomphoides suasa, 
Erpetogomphus viperinus and ophibolus, Cyanogomphus (?) tumens, ’shna 
cornigera, virens and perrensi, Gynacantha trifida and tibiata, Libellula herculea, 
Pseudoleon superbus, Tholymis citrina, Micrathyria didyma, dissocians and ocellata, 
Orthemis jerruginea and levis, Cannaphila vibex, Anatya guttata, Erythrodiplax 
funerea, umbrata, ochracea, connata vars. d and e, Dythemis velox, Brechmorhoga 
vivax, precox, pertinax, and inequiunguis, Macrothemis pseudimitans and hemi- 
chlora, Miathyria simplex, Tauriphila azteca, Perithemis domitia iris and d. mooma, 
Erythemis peruviana, attala and verbenata, Lepthemis vesiculosa. 

Puerto Barrios (Atlantic coast of Guatemala, see page 480; mean ann. temp. 
for 1896, 26.8° C, or 80.3° F.): Hetewrina tricolor, titia and miniata, Heteragrion 
chrysops, Argia translata, gaumeri, frequentula and indicatrix, Acanthagrion 
gracile, Telebasis digiticollis, Anomalagrion hastatum, Ceratura capreola, Neoneura 
paya, Protoneura amatoria, LE phidatia longipes cubensis, Uracis imbuta, Micra- 
thyria debilis and eximia, Nephepeltia phryne, Anatya normalis, Erythrodiplax 
umbrata, ochracea, connata vars. c, d, e, Dythemis velox, Macrothemis pad, pac 
Tauriphila argo, Tramea insularis, Pantala flavescens, Perithemis domitia iris, 
Erythemis verbenata, Lepthemis vesiculosa. 

San Geronimo (dry, elevated central Guatemala; mean ann. temp. probably 
20°-21° C. or 68°-69.8° F.; mean ann. rainfall less than 1,000 mm. or 40 inches; 
alt, 900 m. or 2,950 ft.): Hetarina cruentata, capitalis and rudis, Amphipteryx 


* Biol. Centr.-Amer. Neurop., pp. 387-389. 


490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


agrioides, Cora marina, Archilestes grandis, Heteragrion tricellulare, Hyponeura 
funcki, Argia jissa, Acanthagrion gracile, Telebasis salva, Anomalagrion hastatum, 
Progomphus pygmeus, Erpetogomphus viperinus and elaps, Anax amazili, #shna 
multicolor and luteipennis, Gynacantha septima, Orthemis ferruginea, Cannaphila 
vibex, Erythrodiplax funerea, wmbrata and connata var. d, Dythemis velox and 
maya, Brechmorhoga pertinax, rapax and inequiunguis, Macrothemis pseudi- 
mitans, Paltothemis lineatipes, Tramea abdominalis, Pantala flavescens, Lepthemis 
vesiculosa. 

Cacui, Costa Rica (moist Atlantic slope; mean ann. temp. probably about 
20.6° C,. or 69° F.; mean ann. rainfall 1902-04, 2,200 mm. or 86.78 inches; alt. 
1,020 m. or 3,345 ft.): Hetewrina cruentata, macropus, capitalis and majuscula, 
Archilestes grandis, Megaloprepus cerulatus, Mecistogaster modestus, Hetera- 
grion chrysops and erythrogastrum, Argia frequentula, rogersi, jissa, variabilis, 
and extranea, Anisagrion allopterum and var. rubicundum, Enallagma cecum 
nove-hispanie, Epigomphus tumefactus and subobtusus, Anax amazili, Aishna 
luteipennis, Gynacantha trifida, Libellula herculea, Orthemis ferruginea, Cannaphila 
vibex, Erythrodiplax funerea and connata var. d, Brechmorhoga vivax, 
pertinax and rapax, Paltothemis lineatipes, Pantala flavescens. 

Surusres, Costa Rica (Pacific slope, drier; mean ann. temp. probably about 
25° C. or 77° F.; alt. about 250 m. or 820 ft.): Hetzrina fuscoguttata, 
cruentata and macropus, Mecistogaster ornatus, Heteragrion erythrogastrum, 
Perilestes fragilis, Argia translata, tezpi, pulla, frequentula, adamsi, diffcilis 
cupraurea and enea, Acanthagrion gracile, Ceratura capreola, Uracis imbuta and 
fastigiata, Orthemis ferruginea, Erythrodiplax funerea and connata vars. c 
and e, Dythemis velox, Brechmorhoga vivax, Macrothemis hemichlora, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Map showing the distribution of actual mean temperatures in Mexico and 
Central America. 

This map was especially prepared by the writer for the Biologia Centrali- 
Americana, volume Neuroptera. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. F. D. Godman, 
editor of that work, for permission to reproduce it here. It is based on data 
from the following sources: 

‘or the United States: Prof. A. J. Henry’s ‘‘The Climatology of the United 
States” (Bulletin Q, U. S. Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C., 1906, 4to). 

For Mexico: 1. Amap, 97x 71.5 cm., in the library of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, inscribed merely ‘‘Carta Climatologica. Sebastian 
Reyes. P. I. Senties. A, Donamette Imp. Escala de 1: 3,000,000. Gravée 
chez Monrocq fr. Paris.”” Thanks to the Secretaria de Estado y del Despacho 
de Fomento Colonizacion e Industria of Mexico, I am informed, under date of 
July 30, 1907, ‘‘que dicha Carta fué publicada en 1889 por disposicion de esta 
Secretaria, haciendo los trabajos relativos los Sres. Pedro J. Senties, que era 
Director de la Escuela Nacional de Agricultura y Comisionado de México en la 
Exposicion de Paris del mismo afio y Sebastian Reyes que fué Profesor del 
Plantel antes mencionado.”” This map was reproduced without alteration, but 
on a reduced scale (1 : 6,000,000), in Tome XI, Anales del Ministerio de Fomento 
de la Repiiblica Mexicana, Mexico, 1898. 

2. A map entitled ‘‘ Reparticion de la Temperatura en la Republica Mexicana”’ 
for the ‘‘Afio Meteorolégico de 1902,” published as Plancha 16, Boletin Mensuel, 
Observatorio Meteorolégico-M agnetico Central de México, Noviembre, 1902. Sefior 
Don Manuel E, Pastrana, Director of the Observatorio, has kindly informed 
me (Sept. 6, 1907) that the maps for later years have not been published. 

3. A number of temperature data for 70 stations in the State of Vera Cruz 
and 49 in other parts of Mexico, gathered from all accessible sources and pub- 
lished by the writer in the Monthly Weather Review, Vol. XXXVI, No. 4, pages 
93-97, Washington, D. C., April, 1908. Issued June 16, 1908. 

4, The topography of the country as given in the map issued by the Bureau 
of American Republics, Washington, D.C., 1900. The limits of the central plateau 
are taken from the map published in the Boletin Mensuel, Observat. Meteor.-Mag. 
Cent. Mex. for July, 1901. 


3 
6 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 


It should be added that the existence of zone I, with a mean annual tempera- 
ture of more than 30° C., rests solely on the authority of the map of Senties 
and Reyes, that it is doubted by Sefior Pastrana, and that I have not succeeded 
in finding any records of temperature observations in the valley of the Rio de 
las Balsas for a period of more than two months. 

For Central America, the temperature records quoted in the paper in the 
Monthly Weather Review, above mentioned, indicate that in Guatemala and Costa 
Rica the annual isotherms of 25°, 20°, 15°, 10° and 5° C. are situated approxi- 
mately at elevations of 270, 1,160, 2,050, 2,950 and 3,840 metres respectively. 
The present map, so far as Central America is concerned, has been made from 
the topographical maps of Dr. Sapper (Petermann’s Mittheilungen, L, 1904, and 
one XXVII and II, 1899 and 1905; and Mittelamerikan- 
ische Reisen und Studien, Braunschweig, 1902) and of the Bureau of American 
Republics for Guatemala (1902), Nicaragua (1903) and Costa Rica (1903), by 
using these equivalents. 


492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


A REVIEW OF THE GENUS PIAYA Lesson. 


BY WITMER STONE. 


While rearranging the Cuckoos in the collection of the Academy 
of Natural Sciences my attention was attracted to the type specimen 
of Piaya macroura Gambel. The apparent omission of this species 
from Dr. Bowdler Sharpe’s Hand List of Birds led me to make a critical 
study of the genus, the results of which are embodied in the present 
paper. 

I am under obligations to the United States National Museum 
through Dr. Charles W. Richmond, and to the American Museum of 
Natural History through Mr. Frank M. Chapman, for the loan of large 
series of specimens of the genus, without which my investigation would 
not have been possible. The material loaned by these institutions, 
together with that in the Academy’s Museum, numbers 259 specimens 
distributed as follows: Mexico, 64; Central America, 59; Panama, 13; 
Colombia, 26; Venezuela, 18; Ecuador, 8; Brazil, 32; Guiana, 6; 
Bolivia, 2; Peru, 4; Paraguay, 2; Trinidad, 8. 

The genus Piaya includes two very well-marked species, P. melano- 
gastra and P. rutilus, and a number of allied geographic races which 
have generally been combined under the name P. cayana. 

The first two offer but few difficulties, and it is the cayana group that 
has caused confusion in the nomenclature of the genus. The forms 
of Piaya cayana may be roughly divided into three groups according 
to the color of the upper surface. In group (1) it is bright ferruginous ;! 
(2) bay inclining to chestnut; (3) walnut brown tinged with chestnut. 
Beginning at the northern part of the range of the genus, we have in 
western Mexico a large form of the ferruginous group (mexicana), 
while in eastern Mexico, extending throughout Central America and 
Panama, is a totally different form of the chestnut-backed group 
(mehleri). The individuals are quite uniform over this large area, 
with the exception of the size of the bill, which is smaller in Mexican 
and Yucatan birds than in those from Nicaragua and Costa Rica. 

In the Cauca river valley of Colombia is a slightly different form 
(cauce), in which the flanks as well as the crissum are black, this 


' All colors are based on Ridgway’s nomenclature of colors, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 


color encroaching farther upon the gray abdomen than in any other 
form. In northeastern Colombia (Santa Marta to Bogota) and the 
western portion of Venezuela is a light bird of the ‘“ferruginous”’ 
group (columbiana), practically identical with the form of western 
Mexico except for its much larger bill. Farther east, from the Orinoco 
valley throughout Guiana, is another of the chestnut-backed forms 
(cayana), similar to that from Central America, while to the southwest 
is still another (nigricrissa), ranging over eastern Colombia through 
Ecuador and Peru. Both of these differ from the Central American 
bird in dimensions and in the almost total lack of brown on the under 
surface and the tail which is uniform black, while the Guiana form 
differs further in having gray under-tail coverts instead of dull black. 
On the island of Trinidad is a diminutive ferruginous-backed bird 
(insulana), otherwise similar to the Central American form. In 
southern Brazil, from Bahia and Matto Grosso, is a larger very pale bird 
(pallescens) of the ferruginous type. 

In Paraguay, and doubtless in parts of Argentina and southern Brazil, 
occurs the largest form of all (macroura), with a different coloration 
from any of the more northern races, the back being walnut brown 
tinged with chestnut. In Bolivia and southern Peru is a smaller race 
of this same style of bird (boliviana), differing further in its gray instead 
of black under-tail coverts. 

Three of the races of Piaya cayana seem to have been described by 
early non-binomial authors. Hernandez’s Quapactotl being in all 
probability the east Mexican bird, while Brisson’s Cuculus cayenensis 
is undoubtedly the form from Cayenne and Azara’s Tingazu the very 
large dark bird of Paraguay. 

Linnzus established Brisson’s bird in binomial nomenclature as 
Coccyzus cayanus and Gmelin gave the name Coccyzus ridibundus 
to the Quapactotl of Hernandez, quoting the original more or less 
indefinite description, as was done also by Ray, Buffon and Latham, 
the last of whom designated it as the Laughing Bird. Later Stephens 
inadvertently changed Gmelin’s name to rubicundus, but added nothing 
to the original diagnosis. This—viz.: ‘‘C. fulvus, gula, jugulo, et 
pectore cinereis, abdomine, femoribus et tectricibus caude inferioribus 
nigris. L.16ins. Tail half the length of the body. Hab., Nova Hispana”’ 
—seems not clearly identifiable, although it is added to the synonymy 
of Piaya cayana by Capt. Shelly without question in Vol. XLX of the 
British Museum Catalogue of Birds, where all these forms are lumped 
under the above name. 


Vieillot, in 1817, gave the name macrocercus collectively to the 
32 


494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


P. cayana of Linnzeus and allied forms, several of which were described 
but not named. 

Swainson, 1827, named the light-colored western Mexican bird 
mexicana, and 1837 modified Linnzeus’ name cayanus into cayennensis, — 
which was the form in which it had been used by Brisson. 

Gambel, 1849, described the large Paraguay bird as Piaya macroura, 
but erroneously credited his specimen to Surinam, as pointed out by 
Cabanis (Mus. Hein., IV, p. 87). Dr. J. A. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist., V, p. 137, 1893) correctly states that Gambel regarded P. 
cayana L. and P. mexicana as identical, but his description of macroura 
could never apply to cayana as Dr. Allen claims. Gambel states that 
the crissum is black and the length of tail is 15 inches, while P. cayana 
has a gray crissum and a tail only 9.50 inches in length (Dr. Allen’s 
measurement)! 

Bonaparte, 1850, also describes the large Paraguay bird as P. circe 
from a specimen erroneously recorded as from Colombia (error in local- 
ity also pointed out by Cabanis, /.c.) and describes as new another 
bird, P. mehleri, from Bogota. This name has caused much trouble to 
subsequent authors. For a time it was used for the small form occur- 
ring from southeastern Colombia to Ecuador and Peru. Then Dr. 
Sclater examined the type in the Paris Museum and stated (P. Z. S., 
1860, p. 285) that it was identical with the east Mexican and Central 
American bird, claiming that the type locality must have been wrong. 
Subsequently Dr. Allen and also Mr. Hartert (Nov. Zool., V, 499) have 
used the name again for the Ecuador bird, and it so stands in Sharpe’s 
Hand List. 

The examination of the type ought to settle a question of this kind, 
and I can see no reason why Dr. Sclater’s statement should be ignored. 

Cabanis’ review of the genus (us. Hein., IV, p.82, 1862) is a remark- 
ably accurate piece of work. He describes as new the well-marked 
forms pallescens, guianensis and columbianus, and clearly diagnoses 
as distinct mexicanus Swainson, macrourus Gambel, nigricrissa Sclater, 
cayana Linn. and mehleri Bon. His new species mesurus, however, 
seems not separable from his columbianus. 

In Dr. J. A. Allen’s brief review of the genus (Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist., V, p. 136, 1893) he falls into several errors, largely through 
lack of material, having no specimens of the light colored bird of 
northern Colombia and Venezuela, nor of the very large dark form from 
Paraguay. 

He ignored Cabanis’ exlpanation of the true nature of Gambel’s 
macroura, making it a synonym of cayana in spite of the discrepancies 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 


in size and color; and then identified the macroura of Cabanis with his 
new race cabanisi, a pale bird differing only slightly in measurements 
from pallescens Cab., from which it does not seem separable. 

As a matter of fact macroura and “cabanisi” differ more in color than 
do mexicana and mehleri, which Dr, Allen regarded as the most distinct 
of any of the races. 

Dr. Allen used Bonaparte’s name mehleri for the Ecuador bird, 
apparently overlooking Sclater’s statement, but he rightly surmised 
that the Bolivian birds were separable, though he allied them to the 
Ecuador form instead of to macroura, to which they are closely related. 
P. circe Bon., correctly referred to macroura by Cabanis, is doubtfully 
referred to mehleri by Dr. Allen. 

Hellmayr (Nov. Zool., XIII, p. 43) describes as new the Trinidad 
bird, calling it insulana, and gives a good résumé of the several forms 
recognized by him. He here distinguishes guianensis from cayana, 
although he later regards them as not separable; he also adopts 
Dr. Allen’s cabinisii for the big dark colored macroura, apparently 
overlooking the fact that Dr. Allen’s bird, which ‘‘differs little in color 
from pallescens,”’ could hardly have the “‘crissum black.” 

Von Thring (Revista Museo Paulista, 1904, p. 448) recognizes Allen’s 
error in writing P. macroura and P. cabanisi and again renames the 
former var. yuarania. 


Key to the Species and Subspecies. 


Plieum gray sharply contrasted with the rest of the upper parts, 
melanogastra., 
Pileum uniform with the upper parts or very nearly so. 

Size very small; wing 4.12 in.; throat cinnamon rufous, . minuta. 

Size medium or large, wing 5.50-6.80; throat vinaceous, 

ferruginous above. 
large, tail 11.30-12.70. 

tail strongly rufous below, black subterminal bands strongly 


defined 
eee ee cP ee 
bill small, . . mexicana, 
tail dull blackish brow n below, black subterminal bands not 
clearly defined, . jae ete a!  POTIE. 
small, tail 9. 30, v) te) be Vee LA ae at a a SO 
bay above. 

tail uniform dull black beneath, no trace of subterminal bands. 
i ee a 
erissum black, . . . .  nigrocrissa. 

tail below with rusty on the outer webs at least. 
thighs gray, tail 10.50-11, ..... . . .. mehleri, 


thighs black, tail 12,. «=... « s » 6 6 » ©. « COMED, 


496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


walnut brown above, tail uniform dull black beneath. 
tail 15.10, crissum black,. . 9. . : « .a= » «Cie 
tail 11.25, crissum gray, . .. . .. . . . » JO;7iame 


Piaya melanogastra ( Vieillot). 


Cuculus melanogaster Vieillot, Nov. Dict., VIII, p. 236, 1823 [‘Java,’ loc. 
err. = South America]. 

Piaya brachyptera Lesson, Traité, p. 140, 1831 [Cayenne]. 

Melias corallirhynchus Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 1 [Hab. ?]. 


Length of wing, 5.46 inches; tail, 8.85. 

Above ferruginous, tail and wings glossed with wine purple, entire 
pileum, nape and eye region ashy gray, rectrices with white tips and 
black subterminal bands, remiges with dusky tips, throat and breast 
cinnamon rufous, rest of under surface dull black; specimens examined 
from Cayenne; Demarara; Napo River, Ecuador; Amazonia. 

The nomenclature of this species is considered under P. rutila. 


Piaya rutila (lIlliger). 


Cuculus rutilus Illiger, Abhl. Berl. Akad. Wiss., 1812, p. 224 [Cayenne]. 
Coccyzus minutus Vieillot, Nov. Dict., VIII, p. 275, 1817 [Cayenne]. 
Macropus caixana Spix, Av. Bras., I, p. 54, 1824 [Brazil]. 

Coccycua monachus Lesson, Traité, 1831, p. 142 [Cayenne]. 


Length of wing, 4.12; tail, 6.15. 

Above ferruginous chestnut, tail and wings glossed with wine purple, 
rectrices with white tips and black subterminal bars, remiges dusky 
at their tips, throat, breast and cheeks cinnamon rufous, rest of under 
parts gray, tinged with buff on abdomen and flanks. 

Specimens examined from Panama, Colombia, Orinoco, Cayenne, 
headwaters Huallaga River, Guyaquil. 

This bird was first described by Brisson as Cuculus cayanensis minor, 
and is entered by Linneus and Gmelin as var. # under Cuculus 
cayanus. Gmelin also adds a description of a var. 7, which from its 
‘capite cinereo’ must be Piaya melanogaster. 

Illiger (1812) regarded these as sexes of the same species and gave 
them the name Cuculus rutilus, while Spix (1824) did the same thing, 
calling them Macropus caixana. The figure and description of his female 
(=melanogaster) is defective in that he does not give the abdomen as 
black; furthermore he showed by a query that he was not sure whether 
this was the same species as the smaller bird, therefore his name 
must unquestionably be restricted to the latter. Illiger’s name could 
be allotted to either bird, but as the smaller one, var. 2, stands first, and 
as it was not subsequently named minutus until after the name melano- 
gaster was proposed for var. 7, I think rutilus should be used for 
‘var. 2,’ currently known as Piaya minuta. 


,-_— - — 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 


Piaya cayana. 

Common characters. Above some shade of ferruginous, bay or 
walnut brown, rectrices and remiges with more or less wine purple gloss, 
tips of remiges dusky, rectrices tipped with white with a subterminal 
black bar above; central pair usually rusty beneath, others varying 
from rusty to black in the various races, the white tips always distinct, 
the subterminal band present or absent, lower surface of body pale 
gray, thighs sometimes and crissum always darker, throat and breast 
vinaceous cinnamon. 

The races vary in the color of the upper parts and of the lower side 
of the tail, as well as in the color of the crissum; the latter, however, is 
not always constant. There is also marked difference in size, and in 
the proportions of the bill. 

The extremes of coloration are seen in fresh specimens of P. colum- 
biana, nigricrissa and macroura, which on the upper surface are respec- 
tively ferruginous, bay and walnut brown of Ridgway’s Nomenclature 
of Colors. 

The relationship of the other forms, so far as the color of the upper 
parts is concerned, is shown below: 

c. columbiana, ferruginous. 

. mexicana, ferruginous. 

. pallescens, ferruginous, a trifle paler. 

. insulana, ferruginous, a trifle darker. 

. nigricrissa, bay. 

. mehleri, chestnut tinged with bay. 

. cayana, chestnut tinged with bay. 

. cauce, similar to the last but more ferruginous. 
. macroura, walnut brown. 

. boliviana, walnut brown. 


aoe e eee ee 
Oo ao naaaesars: 


ir) 


Piaya cayana cayana Linn. 


Cuculus cayanus Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., I, p. 170, 1766 Ng tres 

Coccyzus macrocercus Vieillot, Nov. Dict., VIII, p. 275, 1817 (Cayenne). 
Coccyzus cayanensis Swainson, Class. Bds., II, p. 323, 1837 Nester le 
Pyrrhocorax guianensis Cabanis and Heine, IV, p, 85, 1862 [British Guiana]. 


Length of wing, 5.65; tail, 11.10. 

Above chestnut strongly tinged with bay, grayer on the head, wings 
and tail glossed with wine purple, flanks smoke gray, crissum mouse 
gray, under side of rectrices dull black except for the white tips, no 
trace of subterminal bands. 

Some birds have the crissum paler than others. Mr. Hartert at one 
time (Nov. Zool., XIII, p. 43) regarded this as a distinctive charac- 
ter separating the bird of French Guiana from that ranging from 


498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


Dutch Guiana through the Orinoco valley (P. c. guanensis), but later 
(XIV, p. 35) he considers the difference not constant, in which opinion 
I heartily agree. 

Specimens examined from Guiana—Cayenne, Annai, Surinam; 
Venezuela—Maupa, Suapure, Lourde 1700 m. 


Piaya cayana columbiana (Cab.). 
Pyrrhocorax columbianus Cabanis, Jour. f. Orn., 1862, p. 170 [Cartagena, 
Colombia]. 
Pyrrhocorax mesurus Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., IV, 1862, p. 83 [Bogota]. 

Length of wing, 5.65; tail, 11.85; length of culmen, 33 mm.; height, 
12.5 mm. 

Above ferruginous, slightly paler on the head, tail and ends of wings, 
with a gloss of wine purple in certain lights, flanks and crissum as in 
cayana; under side of retrices rusty, more or less minutely flecked or 
watered with black on the inner webs, broad, well-defined subterminal 
black bands and white tips. 

This bird is indistinguishable from mexicana above, and differs below 
only in the greater amount of black shading on the rectrices ; the greatest 
difference is found in the much larger bill. Bogota specimens have a 
still greater amount of black on the under side of the rectrices. 

Specimens examined from Colombia—Santa Marta, Bonda, Bogota; 
Venezuela—Cumanacoa, E] Pilar, Valencia, Macuto, Santo Domingo, 
2,000 m. 


Piaya cayana insulana Hellmayr. 
Piaya cayana insulana Hellmayr, Nov. Zool., XIII, p. 40 [Trinidad]. 

Length of wing, 5.58; tail, 9.30. 

Above ferruginous with a slight chestnut tint, closer in color to 
columbianus and mexicanus than to cayana, tail rather darker with a 
purplish gloss, thighs and crissum asin cayana. Under side of rectrices 
dull black, the outermost one rusty on outer vane near the quill for 
two-thirds of its length, the others largely rusty on the outer vane 
except for a subterminal black area, some of them rusty, in certain 
lights at least, on parts of the inner web, which helps to bring out an 
obscure ill-defined subterminal band. 

Specimens examined from Trinidad. 


Piaya cayana mexicana (Swains.). 


Cuculus mexicanus Swainson, Philos. Mag., I, p. 440, 1827 [Tableland of 
Temascaltepec}, 


Length of wing, 5.90; tail, 12.65. Length of culmen, 30 mm.; 
height, 10 mm. 
Above ferruginous with wine purple reflections on the tail and ends 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 


of the wings, below like colombianus except that crissum is paler and 
the rectrices are uniform rusty brown or pale ferruginous, except for 
the subterminal black band and white tips; some of the feathers have 
the black flecking near the base, but it is not apparent unless the tail 
is fully spread. 

Specimens examined from Mexico—Esquinapa, Mazatlan, Juana- 
catlan, Barranca, Ibarra, Calete, Tupila River, Arroyo de Lemones. 


Piaya cayana mehleri (Bonap.). : 
Piaya mehleri Bonaparte, Conspet. Avium, I, p. 1106, 1850 [Santa Fé de 
Bogota—loc. err. fide Sclater, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 285 = Cent. Amer.]. 
Piaya thermophila Sclater, P. Z. 8., 1859, p. 368 [Mexico and Guatemala]. 
? Cuculus ridibundus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, p. 414, 1788 [New Spain]. 
? Cuculus rubicundus Stephens, Shaw’s Gen. Zool., IX, p. 109, 1815 [Mexico]. 

Length of wing, 5.80; tail, 10.90. 

Above like cayana, below darker, crissum dull black, thighs dark 
gray; under side of rectrices dull black, outermost feather usually 
uniform, the others with the outer vane more or less rusty, except for 
a subterminal black area. Mexican birds average less rusty than those 
from farther south. Occasional specimens have a slight watering of 
rusty on some of the inner webs; the subterminal band is never defined. 
The coloration of the tail below is practically intermediate between 
cayana and insulana. 

Mexican and Yucatan birds have the bill distinctly smaller than 
those from Nicaragua and Panama. Mexican birds average larger than 
those from the Central American countries and Yucatan specimens 
average smaller, but these differences do not seem sufficiently marked 
to deserve recognition in nomenclature. 

Specimens examined from Mezxico—San Tan, Jalapa, Tampico, 
Tehuantepec, Tabasco, Vera Cruz, Orizaba, Potrero, Yucatan; Guate- 
mala; Honduras—Ceiba, Truxillo, San Pedro Sula, Yaruca, Segovia 
River; Salvador; Nicaragua—Managua, Chinnudeza, Escondido; Costa 
Rica—San José, Guayabo, Pigres, Volcan de Irazu, Bonilla, Talamanca, 
San Domingo de San Mateo; Panama—Boco del Toro, Chiriqui David, 
Boquete. 


Piaya cayana cauce subsp. nov. 

Length of wing, 5.60; tail, 12. 

Above bay strongly tinged with chestnut or dull ferruginous, wings 
and tail with a wine purple gloss. Below similar to nigracrissa, but the 
thighs as well as the crissum are deep black and the lower part of the 
abdomen, so that this color encroaches upon the gray area more than in 
any other race; under side of rectrices almost exactly as in insulana, 


500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., 


the rusty tint being mainly restricted to the outer vanes of the feathers 
and the black subterminal bands scarcely perceptible. 

This race is the brightest of the ‘bay-backed’ series and approaches 
insulana, the dullest of the ‘ferruginous-backed’ series, in the color of 
the upper parts. 

Type No. 71,581, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Rio Cauca, Colombia, 
May 27, 1898. @. J.H. Batty. Wing, 5.55 ins.; tail, 12.10 ins. 
Piaya cayana nigricrissa (Sclater). ; 

a rile Sclater, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 285 and 297 [New Grenada and 
eruj. 

Length of wing, 5.45; tail, 10.20. 

Above bay with a strong wine purple gloss on wings and tail, thighs 
dark gray, crissum blacker, less sooty than in mehleri; under side of 
rectrices as in cayana, uniform dull black with the exception of the 
white tips. 

Specimens examined from Colombia—Bogota ; Ecuador—Napo River, 
Archidona, Guayaquil; Peru—headwaters of the Huallaga River, 
Pebas. 


Piaya cayana pallescens (Cab. and Heine). 
Pyrrhocorax pallescens Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., IV,"p. 86, 1862 [North 


Brazil]. 
Piaya cayana cabanisi Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., V, p. 136, 1893 


(Chapada, Matta Grosso, Brazil]. 


Length of wing, 5.95; tail, 11.75. 

Upper parts similar to columbiana but paler, the bright ferruginous 
modified by a tone of ochre; crissum and thighs paler than in colom- 
biana, and abdomen paler than in any other race, under side of rectrices 
nearly uniform rusty brown except for the white tips; the pale rusty 
tint usually pervades the whole dark area instead of forming definite 
patches, in some lights, however, the dusky subterminal bands are 
clearly discernible. 

I have studied Dr. Allen’s series of cabanist from Chapada, Matto 
Grosso, and cannot find sufficient difference between them and birds 
from more northern Brazilian localities to warrant separation from 
pallescens. YVive specimens of the latter give average length of wing 
5.90 and tail 11.30, while ten Matto Grosso birds give wing 6, tail 12. 
These differences are less than those shown by series of mehlert from 
different parts of its range and since, as Dr. Allen admits, there are 
practically no color differences, there seems to be no ground for recog- 
nizing cabanisi as distinct. 

Dr. Allen was misled by the general recognition accorded to the more 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 


southern macroura, to which he thought his bird must be referred, and 
which he thought required a new name. 

Specimens examined from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Corumba, Matto 
Grosso, Bahia, Para and Rio Janeiro. 

The Para specimen approaches cayana, while those from Rio Janeiro 
are darker, showing a possible tendency toward macroura. 


Piaya cayana macroura (Gambel). 


Piaya macroura Gambel, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p. 215 [‘Suri- 
nam’ loc. err. fide Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein. _IV,p. 87 = Paraguay). 

Piaya circe Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, I, p. 110, "1850 [‘Colombia,’ loc. 
err. fide Cabanis and Heine = Paragua y]. 

P. c. var. guaurania von Ihring, Rev. Mus. Paulista, 1904, 448 [S. Brazil]. 


Length of wing, 6.75; tail, 15.10. 

Above walnut brown sometimes tinged with burnt umber, wings 
tinged with chestnut and tail with bay, slightly glossed with wine 
purple, head distinctly gray; thighs dark gray, crissum nearly black; 
under side of rectrices dull black excepting the white tips, no trace of a 
subterminal band. 

Specimens examined from Paraguay; Brazil—Rio Grande do Sul. 
Piaya cayana boliviana subsp. nov. 

Length of wing, 5.85; tail, 11.50. 

Above walnut brown, wings and rump tinged with chestnut, tail 
tinged with bay, both glossed with wine purple; flanks dark gray, 
erissum slightly darker; under side of rectrices dull black with tips 
white, no trace of a subterminal band. 

This race is exactly like macroura except for the gray crissum and 
much smaller size. 

Type No. 30,850, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Yungas, Bolivia. Dr. 
H. H. Rusby. 6,000 ft. 1885. Wing, 5.90; tail, 11.60. 

Specimens examined from Bolivia—Yungas, La Paz; Peru—Inca 
Mine. 


502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


NOVEMBER 3. 
ArtTHuR Erwin Brown, Sce.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. 
< 


Twenty-five persons present. 
The Committee on the Hayden Memorial Award reported as follows: 


THe COMMITTEE ON THE HayDEN MrmorIAL GEOLOGICAL AWARD 
reports in favor of conferring the medal this year on John Mason 
Clarke, State Geologist of New York, in recognition of the value of 
his work in geology and especially of his memoir, Early Devonic His- 
tory of New York and Eastern North America. In the opinion of the 
Committee he ranks with the others who have received the recog- 
nition. 

(Signed) Henry FarrFreLD OSBORN, 
R. A. F. PENROSE, JR., 
Amos P. Brown, 
FREDERICK PRIME, 
SamueEL G. Dixon, 
Committee. 


JoHN Mason CLARKE was born at Canandaigua, N. Y., April 15, 
1857. His early education was received in the Canandaigua Academy, 
of which his father was principal. In 1877 he graduated from Amherst 
College and studied in the University of Géttingen from 1882 to 1884. 
For a period he taught at the Canandaigua Academy and the Utica 
Academy and in 1879 was instructor in geology at Amherst. From 
1880 to 1882 he was professor of geology and zoology at Smith College, 
and in 1885 lecturer on geology at the Massachusetts Agricultural 
College. In 1886 he was appointed assistant in paleontology under 
Prof. James Hall, State geologist of New York; in 1892 assistant State 
geologist and paleontologist; in 1898 State paleontologist; in 1904 
State geologist and paleontologist, director of the State Museum and 
the Science division of the Education department; in 1894 he was made 
professor of geology and mineralogy in the Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute. In 1908 the Iroquois Nation received him into their mem- 
bership as keeper of their historic archives with the ancient title of this 
office. His scientific publications, chiefly on geology and paleontology, 
and extending over a period of thirty years, are somewhat voluminous, 
and, though largely relating to the State of New York, include also 
parts of Canada, Maine, South America and Germany. His most com- 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 


prehensive treatises are The North American Devonian Crustacea (1888), 
Introduction to the Study of the Genera of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda 
(1892 and 1894), and The Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges (1898), all pub- 
lished in titular conjunction with James Hall; The Naples Fauna (1899 
and 1904), The Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America 
(1908). In addition to numerous other papers on problems in geology 
he has also written on ceramics. 

He received the degrees of A.M. and Ph.D. (honoris causa) from the 
University of Marburg in 1898; LL.D. from Amherst, 1902. 


NOVEMBER 17. 
The President, Dk. Samurt G. Drxon, in the Chair. 


Thirty-nine persons present. 


The Chair announced the death of Alfred Whelen, November 18, 1907; 
William Potts, July 29, 1908, members, and of William K. Brooks, a 
correspondent, November 12, 1908. 


In association with the Biological and Microscopical Section, Mr. 
CuHarLes S. Boyer made a communication on the synonymy and 
relationships of Surirella and described a new species of diatom from 
the miocene deposits of Barbadoes, for which he proposed the name 
Cymatopleura Shulzi. 


Dr. THomas $8. Stewart spoke of the bacillus of syphilis and sug- 
gested methods of staining. 


Mr. Frank J. Kerrey exhibited slides illustrating secondary 
crystallization of early limestone and showing the Brownian motion of 
smoke particles on dark-ground illumination. 


Dr. Henry A, Pinspry spoke of the geographical distribution of 
Strobilops. 


The following papers on the report of the Publication Committee 
were accepted for publication: 

“On the Cicindeline of Angola.” By F. Creighton Wellman, M.D., 
and Walther Horn, M.D. (September 26). 

“Remarks on Prof. Chamberlin’s Revision of North American 
Lycoside.”’ By Thomas H. Montgomery (October 27). 

Sydney L. Wright, Jr., was elected a member. 

The following were ordered to be printed: 


504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


Pe 
ON THE CICINDELINZ OF ANGOLA. 


BY F. CREIGHTON WELLMAN, M.D., F.E.S., AND WALTHER HORN, M.D. 


Very little has been known until now about the Cicindelinz of Angola. 
Most of the species described are represented by uniques or a few 
specimens, excepting, of course, those occurring in other parts of Africa. 
The discovery of the “typical”? Angolan forms is almost entirely con- 
nected with the names of four collectors, namely: Friedrich Wel- 
witsch, the distinguished Austrian botanist who collected for the 
Museum of Lisbon;.A. v. Hohmeyer and Dr. P. Pogge, whose collec- 
tions now belong to the Royal Zoological Museum of Berlin, and 
Major von Mechow, whose specimens are at present in the collection 
of Réné Oberthiir. These last were described by Quedenfeldt, Sr., 
Harold worked up the material for the Berlin Museum, and Putzeys 
published concerning the Portuguese collections. 

Beyond these only a few species, mostly based on single specimens 
and some without exact localities, have from time to time been sent 
to Europe, most of them described by one of the authors of the present 
paper (W. H.). 

While not less than six genera in thirty-five speciest are known 
from this so highly interesting part of Africa, yet this is the first time 
that large material with exact bionomical notes has become available 
—material which permits of a distinct advance in our knowledge of 
this interesting family. It seems, therefore, a suitable opportunity to 
present our notes on the habits and relations of the species occurring 
in Angola, and we have made the list complete by including the species 
reported by other observers as well as ourselves. One very peculiar 
and interesting new form is described. 

In taking up a faunistic study of this kind it is always interesting 
to note the general features of the climate, soil and flora of the region 
discussed, as these must always have a bearing on the habits and dis- 
tribution of its animal life. For the purposes of this paper our district 
may be divided into three regions: lowlands, mountainous slopes, and 


! Twenty species of these were taken in Angola by one of us (I, C. W,) during 
1906-08. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 


plateau. The first of these extends from the sea to a point 30 to 100 
miles inland, according to the configuration of the country, and its most 
typical plant may be said to be the cocoanut palm, which will grow 
wherever moisture enough’ is obtainable. The soil is over parts of 
this belt strongly calcareous, being of recent geological formation, 
abounding in various fossils such as ammonites and trilobites. Other 
parts are the result of silt being carried down by erosion of the older 
interior mountains. The rainfall in this part is very scanty, as the 
storms come from the east and are intercepted by the highlands and 
mountains, only the heaviest and most general rains for a small portion 
of the year reaching the lowlands to the west. The vegetation is in 
consequence sparse, consisting of a few shrubs and thorny or fleshy 
trees. The grass grows in little discrete clumps and dries up and almost 
disappears during the greater part of the year. In this region only 
five species of Cicindeline were encountered: Cicindela brevicollis 
intermedia Klug, C. melancholica F., C. nitidula Dej., C. cabinda Bat. 
and Eurymorpha cyanipes moufjleti Fairm., the last three of which 
occur on the seashore. 

The second region may be said to extend inland from the first region 
to a point marked by the limits of the occurrence of the baobab tree 
(Adansonia digitata). The basis of this is a vast primary system, 
consisting of various metamorphic rocks, chiefly granite and sandstone. 
The soil is a sandy loam alternating with red clays. Of course, there 
is a great mixture of soils in the lower levels and valleys of this region. 
Huge granite mountains and boulders abound. The vegetation is 
very dense in canons and valleys and along rivers;.and in the rainy 
season the grass is often long, coarse and dense, forming a sort of jungle. 
Many large trees (Anonacew, Anacardacee, Guttifere, etc.) abound 
in the jungles near streams. The most inland valleys of this region 
have a flora approaching that of the highland region yet to be described, 
and it was here that most of the species discussed in this paper were 
taken, our specimens including Cicindela Mechowi Qued., C. lutaria 
W. Horn, C. saraliensis Guér., C. wncivittata Qued., C. infuscata Qued., 
C. Putzeysi W. Horn, C. angusticollis Boh., C. villosa Putz., C. flavi- 
pes Putz., C. Wellmani W. Horn, C. reticostata n. sp., Odontochila 
erythropyga Putz., Cosmema Wellmani W. Horn, C. marginepunc- 
tata W. Horn, C. auropunctata Qued., ete. The climate of this region 
is intermediate between that of the foregoing and that of the region 
about to be described, being cooler and moister than the lowlands, 
without equalling in these respects the highlands, 

The third region is the high plateau forming the Bihé and parts of 


506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


the Bailundo and Andulo countries. This is part of the alpine region 
of Africa, and is to be classed with Abyssinia, Ruenzori and the Nyassa- 
Tanganyika highlands. The soils are about as in the middle region and 
the country is, geologically speaking, very old, being entirely under- 
laid with archaean metamorphic rocks. The grass is comparatively 
short and thickly set together, quite covering the ground. The bulk 
of the trees are Leguminos and are as a rule not large, forming what 
is known as “bush.” One of the Rosacee (Paranarium mobola) is 
the largest and most striking tree. Many Malvacee and Ampelide 
add to the smaller aspects of the landscape. The climate is moist and 
cool and is essentially subtropical and not tropical. The species found 


in the center of this last region are Cicindela suturalis Putz.,C. Mechowti ~ 


Qued., Ophryodera rujfomarginata Boh., and Mantichora congoensis” 
Pér. At the western border of this region, almost at a point where it 
joins the second region (vide supra) were taken several other species, 
namely: Cicindela angusticollis Boh., C. uncivittata Qued., C. infuscata 
Qued., C. Putzeysi W. Horn, C. flavipes Putz., C. villosa Putz. and 
Cosmema auropunctata Qued. 

Following is a list of all recorded species? from Angola, including 
our own material, much of which is here reported for the first time, 
together with our notes on the habits of the beetles and the description 
of a new species. 

CICINDELIN %. 
CICINDELINI. 
Odontochilina. 
1. Odontochila erythropyga Putz., Jorn. Sci. Lisb., 1880, p. 24. 
= variventris Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 245. 

Without exact locality (Welwitsch);.Malange (Mechow) ;.Ekekete 
Mountain, two hours south of Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). 
The specimens were taken in thin grass near a large swarm of Meloid 
beetles (Lytta amethystina) which at some distance they distinctly re- 
sembled. 

Cicindelina. 
2. Cicindela aulica Dej., Spec. V, 1831, p. 250. 

Without exact locality (Welwitsch). An intermediate form between 
the typical aulica and the subsp. polysita Guér. occurs in Loanda. 
3. Cicindela asperula Duf., Ann, Sc. Phys., VIII, 1821, p. 359, pl. 130, f. 1. 

Kuango (Mechow). 


7 All the material qalattes by Wellman i isin W. aaa s collection, where also 
all the other species are represented, except Cicindela leucopicta Qued. 


4 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 


4. Cicindela nitidula Dej., Spec. I, 1825, p. 120. 
f: ;Without exact locality (Welwitsch); Landana, Loango (U. More); 
Lobito Bay, April, 1908 (Wellman). Taken on the beach (that part 
which is kept more or less wet by the tides), and by its coloring the 
beetle is rendered inconspicuous as it sits on the sand, and is usually 
noticeable only when flying. 
5. Cicindela cabinda Bat., Cist. Ent. II, 1878, p. 331. 

Landana, Loango (U. More); Lobito Bay, April, 1908 (Wellman). 
Habits exactly like C. nitidula, with which it was found in company. 


6. Cicindela brevicollis clathrata® Dej., Spec. I, 1825, p. 115. 
Mossamedes. 
brevicollis neglecta‘ Dej., Spec. I, 1825, p. 114. 
Malange (Mechow); without exact locality (Welwitsch). There 


occurs near Mossamedes an intermediate form between this last and the 
var. damara Pér. 


brevicollis discoidalis Dej., Spec. I, 1825, p. 114. 
Kuango. 


brevicollis intermedia Klug, Monatschr. Berl. Acad., 1853, p. 245. 
Quanza (Homeyer), Loanda. 


7. Cicindela uncivittata® Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 242. 
Malange (Mechow);.north bank of Ekuiva River, November, 1907 
(Wellman). Found on the path, dark soil. 


exigua® Kolbe, Ent. Nachr., 1885, p. 50. 
South bank of Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman), clayey 
soil. 
8. Cicindela obtusidentata Putz., Jorn. Sci, Lisb., 1880, p, 22. 
Bocagei Chd. in litt., Cat, Coll. Cie., p. 28. 
Without exact locality (Welwitsch). 
9, Cicindela wellmani W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1907, p. 421. 
Chiyaka, November, 1906, and November, 1908 (Wellman). In 
paths or on other bare places, clayey soil, on which the coloring of the 
beetle makes it hard to see. Very ant-like in its movements. 


* Putzeys gave to this subspecies (and some specimens of the following) the 
wrong name Cicindela senegalensis, cf. Jorn. Sci. Lisb., 1880, p. 21. 

‘ Peiseve thought this to be Cicindela pudica Boh., ef. Jorn, Sci. Lisb., Le. 

* This is the blackish form. 


* This is the brownish form. 


508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


10. Cicindela mechowi’ Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 248, pl. 3, f. 3. 

Malange (Mechow), Huilla (Welwitsch), Kakonda, Duque de Bra- 
ganca, Bihé, Chiyaka, Ekuiva River (Wellman). Several forms 
occur, with and without white sutural stripe, both brownish and green. 
These beetles appeared to be very scarce until a large artificial bare 
place was prepared, when mechowi and several other species appeared 
in great numbers. The brownish form usually appears on clayey soil. 
When alive they have a strong verbena-like smell. They are strong 
flyers and very pugnacious. A specimen kept over night in a cage 
with some other beetles was found next morning chewing the thorax 
of a Meloid beetle (Eletica rufa F.). 


11. Cicindela grandis W. Horn, Ent. Nachr., 1897, p. 240. 
Without exact locality, one single 2. 


12. Cicindela prodotiformis W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 88; 1894, pl. 3, f. 7. 
Without exact locality, one single 2. 


13. Cieindela leucopicta Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1888, p. 157. 
Lunda kingdom (between Kuango and Loango), 1 2 (Mueller), 
10, LX, 1884, on open places of the savannas. / 


14. Cicindela interrupta Fabr., Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 225. 
graphica Bat., Cist. Ent., II, 1878, p. 330. 


Kuango (Mechow); without exact locality (Rogers); common. 


15. Cicindela saraliensis Guér., Rév. Zool., 1849, p. 80. 
flammulata Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 241, pl. 3, f. 1. 

This last is nothing but a form with more yellow spots on the elytra. 
Malange (Mechow); Chiyaka, Mt. Elende, November, 1906; Ekuiva 
River, November, 1907 (Wellman). Our specimens are the flammu- 
lata form, and were found on dark soil. The beetle does not fly, and 
is often found in the edge of woods near certain Cosmeme, but not with — 
them. On one occasion a living specimen was taken with an ant 
(Pheidole punctulata Mayr.) hanging to its leg. 

16. Cicindela angusticollis Boh., Ins. Caffr., I, 1848, p. 15. 

Mossamedes, Chiyaka, November, 1906; Ekuiva River, November, 
1907 (Wellman). Does not fly, a very rapid runner; common. 

17. Cicindela muata Har., Mittheil. Miinch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 99. 

Malange (Mechow); interior (possibly Congo Free State), without 
exact locality (Pogge). 


’ Cicindela lugubris Putz., Jorn. Sci. Lisb., 1880, p. 22, is the true C. mechowi. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 
18. Celie (Ophryodera) rufomarginata® bohemani Pér., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1888, 


Huilla. There also occur individuals with less broadly confluent 
pattern. 


rufomarginata poggei Har., Mittheil. Miinch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 99; Col. 
Hefte, 1879, p. 11, pl. 1, f. 1. 


Interior (perhaps Congo Free State) without exact locality (Pogge). 
rujomarginata distanti Heath, Entomol., 1905, p. 97. 


Duque de Braganga, Bihé, Kuango (Mechow), Lunda (Buchner), 
Chipeyo, November 18, 1906 (Wellman). Found on white sand. 
Flies rather heavily. 


rufomarginata richteri® W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 72; 1894, 
pl. 3, f. 9; 1906, pl. 1, f. 16. 


Malange (Mechow). 


19. Cicindela reticostata nov. spec. 

Cicindele quadricostate W. Horn @ affinis, differt statura 
minore; labro medio non producto, parte centrali dentes 3 
ferente a lobis lateralibus incisura majore separata; prothoracis 
parte media globosiore, lateribus ad _ strangulationem basalem 
magis curvatis (ita ut pars basalis distinctior appareat), disco 
sulcum basalem versus evidenter magis declivi, superficie s#qua- 
liter grosse sed irregularius rugata atraque; elytris fere parallelis, 
solummodo in medio levissime ampliatis, humeris latioribus quam 
in illa specie, apice (conjunctim) brevius rotundato, signatura nulla, 
sculptura xqualiter subtili, sed punctis reticularibus fere ubique variis 
in directionibus (aut transversaliter, aut longitudinaliter, aut oblique 
aut in lineis distincte curvatis) confluentibus: rugis hoe modo formatis 
non quam cetera sculptura grossioribus; “striis’? 2 vix elevatis basi 
incipientibus fere longitudinalibus (perparum suturam versus postice 
vergentibus) indistinctis in utroque elytro visibilibus (irregularius 
confluenter quam partibus adjacentibus sculptis), altera prope suturam 
ultra medium, altera in disco centrali fere ad medium ducta, postice 
sensim evanescentibus; 3° etiam leviore indistinctioreque in disco 
laterali ante medium omnino disparente solummodo visu obliquo 
percipienda; depressionibus (‘“‘sulcis,”” ut ita dicam) inter has 3 
“strias” (qua vix costule possunt nominari) et spatio juxtasuturali 


* Ophryodera gee! ae as recorded by Putzeys, consists of the subspecies 
bohemani and distanti, cf. 


33 


510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Noy., 


modo paullo dilatatis; palpis (articulo ultimo nigro) flavis; capite 
elytrisque nigricantibus opacis, vix hine inde perparum eenescentibus ; 
corpore subtus modice nitente nigricante;..genis anticis, meta-episternis 
cum parte adjacente metasterni, elytrorum epipleuris cyanescentibus ; 
pedibus, coxis, trochanteribus nigricantibus, hine inde perparum 
viridi aut sneo-variegatis; totis pectoris partibus (metasterni parte 
discoidali et postico-centrali nuda), abdominis et coxarum posticarum 
lateribus late modice dense breviter pilosis; fronte nuda, solummodo 
prope antennarum insertionem setis 2 ornatis, pronoto in specimine 
unico nudo (semper?); 2 primis antennarum articulis nudis, 3° et 4° 
supra breviter modice sparsim setosis. Long. 17 mm. (sine labro). 

A single o' from the Enyalanganja or great plains, 3 hours south of 
the Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). 

It is one of the most peculiar species of the whole genus, belonging 
to the interesting laeta-quadristriata group, reported only from the 
tropies of Africa. The labrum is black with a testaceous patch in the 
middle, the 3 middle teeth are just a little less prominent than the 
lateral tooth. Front and pronotum are roughly and deeply wrinkled. 
The sutural angle of the elytra is rectangular without a developed 
spine. All tarsi, as in Cicindela quadristriata, sulcated. The 1st, 3d 
and 4th articles of the antenne are on their upper part slightly carinate. 

The size, color and sculpture of this species, and especially its move- 
ments, lend it when alive the appearance of a Carabid. It did not 
attempt to fly when pursued, although it was in bright sunshine. 

20. Cicindela villosa Putz., Jorn. Sci. Lisb., 1880, p. 22. 
= semicuprea Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 244. 

Malange (Mechow); Huilla (Lobo d’Avila); Chipeyo, November, 
1906; Chiyaka, Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). Taken 
on dark soil, often in short grass. It has a good eryptic coloring and 
is hard to see. 

21. Cicindela flavipes Putz., Jorn. Sci. Lisb., 1880, p. 23. 
= nubifera Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p, 243, pl. 3, £. 2. 

Malange (Mechow); Duque de Braganga; Chipeyo, November, 1906; 
Chiyaka, Ekuiva River, Kasenya Mines, November, 1907 (Wellman). 
This species occurs almost entirely on feldspathic soil, against which 
its indistinct light-colored markings make it almost impossible to see, 
except when it is in motion. It was only taken once or twice on red 
or dark soil, but one could count on finding it in abundance as soon 
as a bit of whitish soil rich in kaolin was reached. 

22. Cicindela suturalis Putz., Jorn. Sci, Lisb., 1880, p. 25. 

Huilla (Lobo d’Avila), Bihé, December, 1906 (Wellman). Taken 

in short grass, after most Cicindelide had disappeared. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 


23. Cicindela Putzeysi W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1900, p. 207. 

Kakonda; Chiyaka, November, 1906; Ekuiva River, 1907 (Well- 
man). This reddish species almost always occurred on clayey soil, 
and usually together with C. mechowi (vide supra) In Chiyaka it 
was taken on the artificial bare place made for the purpose of attract- 
ing Cicindelide. A peculiar point noted is that this beetle jumps 
and flies like a small grasshopper which is always found with it. On 
one occasion a large Asilid fly was observed to catch a specimen of C. 
putzeysi. 

24. Cicindela infuscata Qued., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 245. 

Malange (Mechow); Chipeyo, November, 1906; Chiyaka, Ekuiva 
River, November, 1907 (Wellman). Three forms occur: coppery, 
green and blackish. It was noted that the coppery form occurred in 
the valleys on clayey soil, together with Cicindela mechowi and C. 
putzeysi, while the green form was taken on the mountain sides among 
moss, ete., in company with Odontochila erythropyga (vide supra). 
25. Cicindela melancholica Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 1798, p. 63. 

Malange (Mechow); Chincoxo, without exact locality (Welwitsch) ; 
Loanda (Hohmeyer); Benguella, edges of city, April, 1908 (Well- 
man). This species was taken on mud from partially dried-up pools; 
very common. In the same places (on the dry sand around the pools) 
occurred great numbers of a Carabid beetle (Graphipterus sp.). 

26. Cicindela vicina Dej., Spec. V, 1831, p. 244. 

Without exact locality (Welwitsch). 

27. Cicindela lutaria Guér., Rev. Mag. Zool., 1849, p. 118; Mag. Zool., 1845, pl. 161, figs. 5, 6. 

Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). This species was found 
at the edge of the river, in a place which had been previously over- 
flowed. The habits seem to be identical with those of Cicindela 
melancholica. 

28. Cicindela octoguttata Fabr., Mant., I,1787, p. 187. 
29. Eurymorpha oyanipes mouffleti Fairm., Ann Soe. Fr., 1856, p. 95. 

Cape Negro, Mossamedes. 


Dromicina. 

30. Dromica tricostata W. Horn, Ent. Nachr., 1897, p. 237. 

Without exact locality; a single 2. 
31. Dromica (Cosmema) auropunctata Qued., Berl, Ent. Zeitschr., 1883, p. 249, pl. 3, f. 4. 

Malange (Mechow); Chiyaka, Chipeyo, November, 1906 (Wellman). 
This species may be found in rather thick bush, and when pursued will 
hide under dry leaves like ants, which insects it greatly resembles in 
its movements. 


512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


32. Dromica (Cosmema) marginepunctata W. Horn, Notes Leyd. Mus., 1908, p. 32. 

Chiyaka, Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). Is even more 
shade-loving than the preceding (which is often found in the open) 
and occurs in enormous numbers in the bush. Its habits are like 
auropunctata. 

33. Dromica (Cosmema) wellmani W. Horn, Notes Leyd. Mus., 1908, p. 31. 

Ciyaka, Ekuiva River, November, 1907 (Wellman). Habits just 
like the preceding species, which it so closely resembles that it is impos- 
sible to distinguish them in the field and in company with which it 
usually occurs. 


MEGACEPHALINI. 


Megacephalina, 
34. Megacephala regalis Boh. Ins. Caffr., I, 1848, p. 2. 
Cuissange, 1 o'; near Impulu River, November, 1899, 1 &. Both 
of more elongate elytra than the typical form. 


MANTICHORINI. 


35. Mantichora congoensis Pér., Ann. Nat. Hist., 1888, p. 219. 
= Livingstonei Har., Col. Hefte, 16, 1879, p. 9. : 

Bihé; interior without exact locality, possibly Congo Free State 
(Pogge). 

In conclusion: there are still two species of Cicindela known in tropi- 
cal Africa, and very common to the north, east and south of Angola, which 
almost surely occurin Angola itself, although not yet found there, namely, 
Cicindela nilotica Dej. and C. dongalensis imperatrix Srnka. It is also 
probable that the common Cicindela regalis Dej., which is widespread 
in the regions to the north, east and southeast of the district here dis- 
cussed, will be one day reported from Angola. Cicindela cincta Fabr., 
the common species reported from the mouth of the Senegal to Bahr- 
al-Ghazal and the Kassai, may likewise touch the boundaries of Angola 
somewhere. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 


REMARKS ON PROF. CHAMBERLIN’S REVISION OF NORTH AMERICAN 
LYCOSIDE. 


BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR. 


In Part IL of Volume LX of the Proceedings oj the Academy of Nat- 
ural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1908, Prof. R. V. Chamberlin has a 
memoir entitled a ‘Revision of North American Spiders of the Family 
Lycoside.”’ This paper is one of decided importance in introducing 
generic characters based upon the structure of the copulatory organs, 
and in presenting detailed descriptions of the species. But it is only 
fair to my antecedent studies on the same group that I should make 
certain brief criticisms, lest later students might consider Prof. Cham- 
berlin’s paper as finally conclusive and authoritative. 

In my “Description of North American Aranes of the Families 
Lycosidee and Pisauride”’ (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904) I recog- 
nized among other valid species twenty that had been described and 
named by me, whereby I relegated to the synonymy certain few species 
that I had described as new in two preceding papers. Of these twenty 
species of which I am the author Prof. Chamberlin regards only two 
worthy of recognition under the names I had given them, to which 
treatment I would enter the following partial criticism: 

(1) Prof. Chamberlin fails to mention at all two of my species, 
Lycosa mcecooki and Trochosa contestata. 

(2) He places my T’rochosa noctuabunda as a questionable synonym 
of his Allocosa degesta; but if these species are identical my name 
should have the priority. 

(3) He makes my Lycosa antelucana a synonym of L. apicata Banks; 
but my description was published in March, and that of Banks not until 
June, 1904, hence the name antelucana has the priority. 

(4) He enters five of my species as synonyms of four of those of 
Hentz, by resuscitating Hentz’s Lycosa saltatriz, fativera, milvina and 
funerea. For each of the first two of these species Hentz gave a four- 
line description, for milvina a five-line, and for funerea only three lines, 
and his figures are lacking in all necessary details. In 1904 I had 
written: “‘At the present time it is practically impossible to identify 
most of the species of Walckenaer, Blackwall, Hentz and some others, 


514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 


because some of their species are so insufficiently described that a 
particular description applies equally well to a number of species.” 
Thus Prof. Chamberlin makes, it seems to me, and I take no unusual 
stand, a grave mistake in resuscitating these and certain other names 
of Hentz, for the descriptions are practically valueless, the figures in 
many cases of little more importance, and nothing but uncertainty is to 
be gained by replacing names based upon detailed descriptions with 
ones founded upon inadequate diagnoses unsupported by type speci- 
mens. Then Prof. Chamberlin places my Lycosa relucens and L. 
charonoides as synonyms’ of saltatrix Hentz, though these species of 
mine differ in important structural characters; and similarly he classes 
my Pardosa scita, that is clearly separable from P. nigropalpis Emerton, 
with the latter as synonyms of Lycosa milvina Hentz. 

(5) Prof. Chamberlin subjugates my Pardosa mercurialis to lap- 
diana Emerton, though these differ in proportion of the legs and in 
the genital armature. Then he places my Geolycosa texana under 
Lycosa carolinensis Hentz, though these exhibit a marked difference 
in the eyes of the anterior row. Further, he brings my Lycosa euepigy- 
nata, L. insopita and Trochosa purcelli all under Lycosa gulosa 
Walckenaer, though Walckenaer in his brief seven-line description states 
only the color and a few details concerning the eyes, and though I 
had shown that Lycosa insopita “comes closest to L. euepigynata, 
but differs from it in slightly shorter relative length of the legs, in 
greater relative width of the cephalothorax (in insopita less than one- 
quarter longer than broad, in euepigynata decidedly more than one- 
quarter), in the dark coloration of the venter, and in the structure of 
the genitalia. It differs also from L. purcelli, the epigynum of which 
is very similar, in the slightly greater relative length of the legs, in 
greater size, and markedly in the coloration.” 

(6) Prof. Chamberlin has also withdrawn Geolycosa mihi (of which 
Scaptocosa Banks is a synonym) into Lycosa Latreille. Yet Geolycosa 
differs markedly from any true Lycosa in the size and length of the first 
legs and in their possession of thick scopule. 

Had I the time to do so, I believe I could satisfactorily re-establish 
all of my species that Prof. Chamberlin has tried to disestablish. He 
has not seen any of the type specimens in my private collection, though 
1 would gladly have given him access to them had I known he was 
preparing a revision. His revision needs a considerable amount of 
emendation. What we should all of us do in such matters is not to 
work apart but in co-operation, and this is almost essential for progress 
in systematic studies. When the time has come for a taxonomic 


; 
‘ 
4 
: 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 515 


revision of any group, those who have contributed most to the subject 
should bring their collections together in one place, and there they 
should institute their comparisons conjointly. Istated in my memoir of 
1904: “This paper is by no means a comprehensive monograph, but 
is intended to be a help to’ the one who comes later with sufficient 
material at his disposal to make the monograph.’”’ The main defi- 
ciency in Prof. Chamberlin’s revision seems to have been insufficient 
type material. 


516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


. 


DECEMBER 1. 
ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Ninety-seven persons present. 


The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following 
titles had been presented for publication: 

“Synopsis of the Cyprinide of Pennsylvania.”’ By Henry W. 
Fowler (November 30). 

“On the Meloide of Angola.”’ By F. Creighton Wellman, M.D.- 
(December 1). 

“On a New Species of Diatom of the Genus Cymatopleura.”” By 
Charles 8. Boyer (December 1). 


Dr. F. Creighton Wellman made a communication on the natural 
history of West Africa. (No abstract.) 


DECEMBER 15, 
The President, Samuet G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair. 


Thirty-two persons present. 


The reception of papers under the following titles was announced 
by the Publication Committee: ’ 

“Notes on Polinices didyma, with Description of a new Australian 
Species.” By H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (December 5). 

“On the Teeth of Hawaiian Species of Helicina.”” By H. A. Pils- 
bry and C. Montague Cooke (December 5). 

“Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire, XII.”” By Henry A. Pilsbry 
(December 10). 

“New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire.” By H. A. Pilsbry 
and G. Hirase (December 11). 

The following were ordered to be printed: 


—————— ~~ — 


“= i ~- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 


A SYNOPSIS OF THE CYPRINIDEZ OF PENNSYLVANIA. 


BY HENRY W. FOWLER. 


Though my studies on our local fishes began in 1897 and have 
since continued, I have not paid especial attention to the Cyprinide 
till recently. The more or less complete collections made in that 
time, in the southeastern portion of the State at least, have made it 
possible for me to give some study to the individual variation of cer- 
tain characters in detail and to local distribution. The results 
are introduced in the present paper, together with notes and redescrip- 
tions of typical specimens of species described from within the pre- 
scribed limits. The examination of the mass of material, which in 
the cases of the common forms usually consists of large series of 
hundreds of specimens, has enabled me to present a fairly accurate 
summary. 

As so many of our western streams are polluted, or becoming so, 
the fish-fauna will probably soon be largely, if not wholly, exterminated, 
especially in the larger basins. I have found this condition to exist 
in a number of streams of lesser size. This is all the more unfortu- 
nate for our present purpose, as the greater variety of forms is found 
in these larger streams, or about them, the mountain-brooks usually 
being noteworthy for their paucity of species. 

The first complete account of our Cyprinidz was Cope’s elaborate 
memoir published many years ago.’ Though exhaustive so far as 
his material and observations would permit at the time, the work 
is very incomplete, besides being encumbered by various notes, descrip- 
tions and discussions more or less irrelevant. It is, however, of great 
value, not only in making known a number of new forms and as a 
contribution to systematic ichthyology, but in discussing the 
distribution and to some extent the habits of the various species. 
Previous to this work all the accounts or records of the Cyprinide 
of Pennsylvania were to be found in a few scattered papers. Later, in 
Cope’s account of the fish-fauna of the State,? a work intended more as 


? The Fishes of Pennsylvania, Rep. State Comm. Fish., 1879-80 (1881), pp. 59- 
145, figs. 1-44, 


518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


a semi-popular descriptive catalogue, the Cyprinide are again treated 
as a whole. Bean then gives’ a largely compiled account of the same 
nature, introducing also several hypothetical species. These latter 
I have placed in foot-notes in the present paper. The contribution 
by Evermann and Bollman‘ on the Monongahela fishes is especially 
valuable in furnishing us with an account of a basin which is now 
much polluted. Finally, in a recent paper,® I have mentioned a num- 
ber of localities where much of my own material was obtained, and 
thus mapped out the local distribution of some species. 

I have not recorded any examinations of the stomachs of some 
of the species, leaving the details to be incorporated in future work. 
Little attention is, therefore, given here to the food of the different 
forms. 

The introduced species, such as the carp and gold fish, are not treated 
in this paper. 

In explanation of the squamation formulas it may be said that the 
median lateral longitudinal count of scales is in the lateral line, when 
present, to the base of the caudal fin, and that the few on the latter 
to be added are signified by the interpolated plus mark. Above 
the lateral line the scales are counted obliquely down from the origin 
of the dorsal fin posteriorly, and below obliquely up from the origin 
of the anal fin forward. 

Acknowledgment is here made to those who have so kindly assisted 
me in securing material used in this work, their names being mentioned 
elsewhere in my local works. 

All of the specimens used in the preparation of this paper are now 
contained in the Academy’s collections. 

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). 

Head 34 to 44; depth 3% to 5; D. iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 8,1; A. iii, 
6, 1; scales 43 to 55 + 2 to 4, ee 3 or 3; usually 7 salt above 
l. iy occasionally 8; usually 6 scales below 1. i occasionally 7; 13 to 
16 scales transversely from dorsal in young with incomplete 1. L; 
18 to 25 predorsal scales; snout 2} to 3% in head; eye 3} to 64; maxil- 
lary 3 to 44; interorbital 2} to 34; teeth 4-4. Body stout, moderately 
compressed, predorsal gibbous in adult. Snout moderately convex. 
Scales crowded ce ined Color brownish, tinted olive or green 


{The Fishes of Pennsylvania, Rep. State Comm. Fish., 1889-91 (1892), pp. 
1-149 

‘Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Monongahela River, Ann. N. Y. 
Acad. Sci., 111, 1883-85 (1886), pp. 335-340 

* Records of ‘Pennsylvania Fis es, Am. Nat., XLI, 1907, pp. 5-21, 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519 


above. Scales somewhat mottled. Dusky vertical bar behind 
opercle. Dusky cross-bar on dorsal and anal, other fins bright red 
in spring-males, olive infemales. Nearly entire upper surface of spring- 
males tuberculous, and iris golden. Very variable, young differ in 
appearance from adults. Length 1% to 6} inches. Many examples 
from Beaver and Kiskiminitas Rivers, Port Allegany (McKean Co.), 
and Newcastle (Lawrence Co.). 

Found in the more quiet waters of our streams, frequently in small 
runs and the deeper pools. It feeds on the bottom, frequently asso- 
ciated with other small fishes, and is rather sluggish, though active if 
disturbed. I have not found it in the small colder mountain brooks. 
In the spring it ascends small brooks to spawn. I have found it some- 
times infested with a fungus, appearing as a white fluffy growth, 
in which cases the fish appears sickly or stupid. Not being very hardy 
it is of little use as bait. It reaches a length of 8 inches and is little 
valued as a pan fish. In our limits it is distributed only west of the 
Alleghanies. 

Chrosomus erythrogaster (Iafinesque). 

Head 34; depth 44; D. iii, 7, 1; A. ili, 7,1; scales about 88 + 4; 
28 scales transversely from dorsal to ventral origin; 40 predorsal 
scales; snout 3} in head; eye 3}; maxillary 32; interorbital 3. Body 
compressed, fusiform, deepest medianly. Head compressed, rather 
tapering. Eye rounded, about first third in head. Mouth moderate, 
oblique, terminal. Jaws about equal. Maxillary to eye. Rakers 
about 2 + 7 short stumps. L. |. short, scarcely beyond middle of 
pectoral. Dorsal origin about midway between front eye margin 
and caudal base. Anal little behind dorsal base. Caudal emarginate, 
lobes equal. Pectoral almost to ventral, latter inserted little before 
dorsal, reaches vent. Color olive-brown, often with blackish spots, 
and dusky dorsal line. Sides silvery between 2 black lateral bands, 
upper straight from upper opercle angle to caudal, sometimes broken 
up behind, and broader lower one curved down little to end in caudal 
black spot. Belly silvery. Length 1$ inches. Kiskiminitas River. 

This fish is only found west of the Alleghanies. It reaches 3 inches 
in length, and is a beautiful little minnow, the spring males having 
the sides between the black bands, belly and bases of the vertical 
fins scarlet, the other fins orange, and the body everywhere minutely 
tuberculate. The females are plainly colored, and usually with little 
if any red. It is said to be very hardy and therefore attractive in the 
aquarium, as well as desirable bait for bass and yellow perch. It is 
also said to occur in clear cold brooks formed about spring-heads, 


520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


be very active, and not very abundant anywhere. The above example, 
obtained by Cope, is the only one I have from our limits. 


Chrosomus erythrogaster eos (Cope). 


C. eos Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 523. Meshoppen Creek, 
Susquehanna Co. 


Head 3}; depth 44%; D. iii, 7, 1; A. ii, 7, 1; P. i, 15?; V. 1, 8; 
scales 80? + 5?; 24? scales transversely from dorsal to middle of belly; 
50? predorsal scales; head width 2 its length; head depth 13; mandible 
2%; first branched dorsal ray 12; anal ray 1%; upper caudal lobe 14; 
least depth of caudal peduncle 22; pectoral 14; ventral 1,4; snout 
4} in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 34; maxillary 32; inter- 
orbital 3. 

Body elongate, compressed, edges convex, profiles apparently 
about evenly fusiform, deepest midway in length. Caudal peduncle 
compressed, least depth about 14 its length. 

Head moderate, robust, compressed, above rather broadly convex, 
lower profile more inclined convexly. Snout surface broadly convex, 
length about % width. Eye large, circular, about first # in head. 
Mouth well inclined, oblique, gape curved, closed mandible slightly 
protruding. Maxillary narrow, mostly concealed by preorbital, 
exposed end almost to eye. Mouth moderately small, jaw edges rather 
blunt and not especially hard. Lips thin. Tongue thick, fleshy, 
rounded, scarcely free. Nostrils together on snout above, about last 
third its length, posterior larger, anterior with cutaneous rim. Inter- 
orbital broad, slightly evenly convex. Preorbital width about % its 
length, latter 14 in eye, lower margin convex. Lower posterior pre- 
opercle corner rather evenly convex. 

Gill-opening last % of head. Rakers reduced, short small fleshy 
points. Filaments about + of eye. Pseudobranchiz little shorter 
than filaments. Teeth 5-5, elongate, compressed, tips hooked, 
grinding-surfaces narrow. 

Scales small, cycloid, in nearly even horizontal series, considerably 
smaller along dorsal and ventral body edges. Scales on caudal base 
little reduced. L. 1. incomplete, on first few scales, curving down little 
below middle of side. Tubes simple, persisting to each scale edge. 

Dorsal origin about midway between hind eye margin and caudal 
base, first branched ray highest, last about ~ of first. Anal inserted 
about midway between pectoral medianly and caudal base just behind 
dorsal base, first branched ray highest, fin rounded like dorsal. Caudal 
emarginate, pointed lobes about equal. Pectoral pointed, upper rays 
longest, ¢ to ventral. Ventral inserted little before dorsal origin or 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 


about midway between front eye margin and caudal base, reaching 
vent close before anal. 

Color in alcohol faded dull or pale brownish, belly and below slightly 
silvery-white. Faint trace of dark streak from eye to caudal base, 
another from upper side of head back to upper caudal peduncle surface 
hardly evident, fading out behind though possibly joining lower? 
Fins all faded pale whitish. Iris leaden-white. 

Length about 2 inches (caudal slightly damaged). 

No. 22,116, A. N. S. P., cotype (type) of C. eos Cope. Meshoppen 
Creek, Susquehanna Co. (Cope). 

Also Nos. 22, 117 and 22, 118, same data, showing: Head 34; 
depth 4% to 44?; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 7, 1; scales 76 to 82 + 5; 26 scales 
transversely ; snout 34 to 4 in head; eye 3 to 32; maxillary 3} to 34; 
interorbital 34 to 34; teeth 5-5; length 1} to 143 inches. 

This fish is only known to me from the above examples, though 
Cope mentions 4, all of which were taken in September of 1861. Noth- 
ing is known of the species, aside from Cope’s short description. 
Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. 

Recorded by Cope. Occurs west of the Alleghanies. I have no 
examples. 

Hybognathus nuchalis argyritis (Girard). 
ie oa Fowler, Am, Nat., XLI, 1907, p. 8. Kiskiminitas R. (Not of 

Head 3} to 44; depth 4 to 44; D. ili, 7, 1; A. ili, 6, 1; scales 37 
to 42 + 2; 7 scales above |. |.; 4 or 5 scales below 1. 1.; 23 predorsal 
scales; snout 34 to 3% in head; eye 24 to 34; maxillary 34 to 3}; 
interorbital 2} to 3; teeth 4-4. Body moderately compressed, some- 
what fusiform. Head rather short. Snout broadly convex. Eye 
little elongate, rather large. Mouth rather wide. Maxillary to eye. 
Preorbital broad, width % its length. Rakers 2 + 7? short weak 
points. L. 1. median. Dorsal origin about midway between front 
nostril and caudal base. Anal behind dorsal base. Caudal apparently 
little emarginated. Pectoral about $ to ventral, latter inserted trifle 
before dorsal reaching # to vent. Color largely silvery. Length 14 
to 2 inches. Four examples from the Kiskiminitas R. (Cope). 

This fish is closely related to H. nuchalis, with which I recently 
confused it, but differs apparently in the much larger maxillary. 
It occurs west of the Alleghanies and is said to attain a length of 4 
inches. 

Hybognathus nuchalis regius (Girard). 
Head 4 to 44; depth 3} to 4}; D. ili, 7,1; A. ili, 7,1, rarely iii, 


522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


6, 1; scales 34 to 40, usually 36 to 39 + usually 2, occasionally 
3, rarely 1; 6 scales above 1. 1.; usually 4 scales, occasionally 5, below 
1. 1.; 14 to 18 predorsal scales; snout 34 to 4 in head; eye 3 to 4; 
maxillary 3} to 44; interorbital 2? to 3; teeth 4-4. Body compressed, 
somewhat slender. Head short, blunt. Snout blunt, broad, convex. 
Eye small. Mouth small. Maxillary not quite to eye. Preorbital 
moderate, width about 2 its length. Rakers 4 + 7? short weak points, 
tips sometimes bifureate. L. 1. median. Dorsal origin little nearer 
snout tip than caudal base. Caudal rather broad, forked, lobes pointed. 
Pectoral about 2 to ventral, latter inserted about opposite dorsal origin 
and % to anal. Color largely silvery, pale olive above. Fins pale. 
Iris silvery. Length 2; to 4? inches. Many examples from the 
Delaware R. at Holmesburg (Philadelphia Co.), Bristol and Hulmeville 
(Bucks Co.). 

This handsome fish is very abundant in the lower or tidal region of 
the Delaware and its larger tributaries. I have not yet found it in the 
Susquehanna. Though usually brilliant silvery-white in life, brassy- 
tinted individuals are often met with. It attains a larger size than 
‘any of the related forms, and is said to reach 9 inches in length. It 
may be of some use as a pan fish, frequently varying the luck of perch 
fishermen, as it readily takes the hook. It seems to prefer the still 
tidal waters of our open rivers and creeks, and is frequently found in 
shoals about sand bars, and in little bays or guts, frequently associated 
with killies or other small fishes. The sexes are alike, and without 
tubercles or brilliant variegated pigment. 


Pimephales promelas Rafinesque. 4 

Head 3%; depth 33; D. iii, 7, 1; A. iii, 7, 1; scales 42 + 2 (12 
tubes forming 1. 1., then skipping 3 scales, then tube, then skipping 2 
scales, and tube at caudal base); 9 scales above 1. 1.; 5 scales below 
]. 1.; 23 predorsal scales; snout 34 in head; eye 4; maxillary 43; 
interorbital 24; teeth 4-4. Body deep, well compressed, rather short. 
Head robust, convex. Snout broad. Eye circular. Mouth small, 
low. Maxillary to front nostril, oblique. Rakers 4 + 11 short weak 
points, some ends little bifurcated. Scales rather narrowly imbricated. 
Dorsal origin midway between front eye margin and caudal base, 
second simple ray detached from third. Anal little behind dorsal 
base. Caudal emarginate, equal lobes rounded. Pectoral % to ven- 
tral, latter little before dorsal and reaching vent. Color olive-brown, 
scale edges dusky. Head dusky-black, opercle edge creamy-brown. 
[ris gray-white. Dorsal gray, second simple ray pale, others medianly 
largely dusky-gray, anterior ones blackish. Caudal and pectoral 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523 


grayish. other fins whitish. Several large tubercles on muzzle. 
Length 2;% inches. One example from Port Allegany (McKean Co.) 
on June 2d, 1906 (Keim and Fowler). 

The above is the only example I have secured from our limits. 
This fish prefers sluggish brooks or pools and varies greatly with 
season, age or sex. The head is almost globular in adult males. It 
is interesting in the aquarium. It feeds on green alge and mud, and 
is sometimes met with in muddy pools. Only reaching a length of 
3 inches it is of no use as a pan fish. Found west of the Alleghanies. 


Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). 

Head 3{ to 43; depth 4 to 5; D. ii, 7,1; A. ili, 6, 1; scales 37 to 
45 + usually 2, seldom 3, rarely 1; usually 7 scales, sometimes 6, 
above 1. 1.; usually 4 or 5 scales, rarely 3, below 1. 1.; 20 to 30 pre- 
dorsal scales, usually 22 to 26; snout 3 to 3% in head; eye 24 to 44; 
interorbital 2 to 3; teeth 4-4. Body somewhat elongate, moderately 
compressed. Head robust, convex. Snout blunt, convex. Eye 
circular. Mouth small, low. Maxillary to hind nostril. Rakers 
about 4 + 7 short weak points. Scales narrowly imbricated. L. 1. 
complete in adult. Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal 
base, second simple ray detached from third. Anal behind dorsal 
base. Caudal forked, lobes rounded. Pectoral # to ventral, latter 
inserted about opposite dorsal origin and reaching first branched 
- anal ray base. Color olivaceous. Head blackish, gill-opening edged 
buff, in spring males, otherwise buff. Iris black and bronze. Pale 
dusky lateral diffuse band. Dorsal brownish, edge whitish, base black- 
ish. Caudal dull olive, other fins paler. Large tubercles on muzzle of 
spring males. Length 1,%, to 33; inches. Many examples: from 
the Kiskiminitas R.; Cole Grove and Port Allegany (McKean Co.); 
York Furnace (York Co.); Foxburg (Clarion Co.); Erie (Erie Co.). 

Closely resembling the preceding, especially when young, but dis- 
tinguished by its more inferior mouth, rather more slender body, and 
slightly protruding blunt snout. The 1. 1. is variable, though absent 
in the young of both species it soon appears in the present. It is found 
in most of our western streams, though extending into the Susquehanna 
and thus farther east than the last. I have not found it in the Dela- 
ware. It prefers quiet streams and pools, often when muddy, and 
associates with other small fishes. It is variable in color, spring males 
being strikingly colored, though otherwise both sexes are pale olive 
with a dark blackish lateral band ending in a black caudal spot. A 
good bait minnow, as it is active and tenacious, reaching 4 inches in 


length. 


524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque). 
Squalius hyalope Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 280. Cones- 
toga Creek, Lancaster Co. 

Head 3}; depth 44; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 7,1; scales 44 + 3; 7 scales 
above 1. 1.; 6 scales below 1. 1.; 20 predorsal scales; snout 34 in head; 
eye 34; maxillary 3; interorbital 22; pectoral 17; ventral 1{; least 
depth caudal peduncle 23; teeth 2, 5-4, 2. Body little elongate, 
compressed. Head large, rather conic, compressed. Snout convex, 
length about { its width, slightly protruding. Eye little ellipsoid, high, 
trifle anterior. Maxillary toeye. No barbel. Interorbital broad, nearly 
flat. Rakers 3 + 5 short weak obsolete denticles. Scales striate, pre- 
dorsal but little smaller. L. 1. complete, slightly decurved. Dorsal 
inserted nearer caudal base than snout tip. Anal inserted about mid- 
way between pectoral tip and caudal base. Pectoral about # to ventral, 
latter inserted about opposite dorsal] origin, reaches vent close before 
anal. Color in alcohol dull brownish, sides and below paler to whitish 
with silvery traces. Iris brassy. Length 34 inches. No. 4,882, A.N. 
S. P., cotype (type) of S. hyalope Cope. Conestoga Creek, Lancaster Co. 
(Stauffer). From Cope. Nos. 4,883 to 4,886, same data. 

Head 3} to 445; depth 3% to 5; D. ili, 7,1; A. iii, 7,1; scales 40 to 
49, usually 41 to 47 + 2 or 3; usually 8, occasionally 7, seldom 9, 
scales above |. 1].; usually 6 scales, frequently 5, rarely 4 or 7, below 
1. 1.; usually 21 predorsal scales, frequently 20 or 22, often 19 or 23, 
seldom 24, and rarely 18 or 25; snout 22 to 32 in head; eye 2% to 64; 
maxillary 24 to 34; teeth 2, 5-4, 2, occasionally 2, 4-4, 2, rarely 2, 
5-5, 2 or 2, 5-3, 2 or 1, 5-4, 2. Body robust, compressed. Head 
compressed, convex. Snout convex, about broad as long. Eye round, 
high. Mouth large, nearly horizontal. Mandible included. Jaws 
heavy. Maxillary nearly to eye, with short barbel above near end, 
latter absent in most young. Rakers 3 + 4 short weak denticles. 
Scales large, well exposed. Dorsal origin little nearer caudal base 
than snout tip. Anal behind dorsal base. Caudal forked. Pectoral 
about } to ventral, latter inserted little before dorsal, reaches about 
4 to anal. Color largely silvery-white below, bluish and olive on back. 
Spring males brilliant vermilion on sides of head and body, lower 
fins and dorsal base, iris orange and front of head tuberculate. Length 
1% to 15 inches. A very large series of all ages: from the Delaware 
R. basin at Kennett Square, Willistown Barrens, Crum Creek 2 miles 
east of White Horse, Ring’s Run (Chester Co.); Markam, near Wawa, 
Collar Brook (Delaware Co.); Holmesburg, Torresdale (Philadelphia 
Co.); Cornwells, near Langhorne (Bucks Co.); Delaware Water Gap 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525 


(Monroe Co.); Dingmann’s Ferry (Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin 
in the Conestoga Creek (Lancaster Co.); Emporium (Cameron Co.). 

This is the largest and gamiest member of the family in our limits. 
It occurs only east of the Alleghanies or in our Atlantic basin, seemingly 
more abundant in the Delaware than in the Susquehanna. It is a 
vigorous fish, reaching about 18 inches in length. It often occurs 
about rapids and falls, from which it has earned the name of fall fish. 
The large ones occur in the rivers or other large bodies of water, though 
small ones are mature when only a few inches long and found living 
in small brooks. It is a very variable species, especially as to age, sex 
or season. Small adults resemble the young of large adults, being 
silvery with a dark lateral stripe, the latter fading out with age. It 
is omnivorous, and is often abundant about mouths of sewers, with 
suckers. It will take most bait, also the fly, and may be taken by 
trolling. It is usually angled in the summer, though often bites well 
in the fall. One often sees Thoreau quoted that “the chub is a soft 
fish and tastes like brown paper salted,” which is not altogether true, 
as it is often a very acceptable pan fish and, perhaps not possessing 
the qualities of flavor of some of our other fishes, is not always to be 
compared to salted brown paper. It must be eaten when fresh and 
is then very good. It is said to spawn in the spring in quiet shallow 
places, accumulating large patches of gravel or pebbles, the so-called 
“nests.” 

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). 

Head 3} to 4; depth 34? to 5}?; D. iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 8, 1; A, 
iii, 7, I, rarely iii, 8,1; scales 49 to 61, usually 50 to 58 + 2 to 4, 
usually 3; 9 to 12 scales above 1. 1., usually 10, frequently 11, otherwise 
rarely; 5 to 8 scales below 1. 1., usually 6, frequently 7, otherwise rarely ; 
27 to 38 predorsal scales, usually 30 to 34; snout 3 to 3% in head; 
eye 3} to 74; maxillary 27 to 3}; teeth 2, 5-4, 2, occasionally 2, 44, 2, 
rarely 2, 6-6, 2 or 2, 5-5, 2 or 2, 3, 2-5, 2 or 2, 5-3, 4, 5 or 2, 5, 3-4, 
3, 2 or 3, 44, 2. Body robust forward, compressed. Head robust, 
broad, obtusely conic, heavy. Snout broad, convex, length ? its width. 
Eye round, rather high. Mouth broad, rather large, little inclined. 
Mandible included. Jaws heavy. Maxillary about to eye, with short 
barbel above near end, latter absent in young. Rakers 2 + 6 short 
weak points. Scales small, crowded and smaller anteriorly. Dorsal 
origin about midway between front pupil margin and caudal base. 
Anal behind dorsal base. Caudal forked. Pectoral about § to ventral, 
latter inserted little before dorsal and reaching about $ to anal. Color 


dusky-olive above. Dull diffuse band of same laterally, usually ending 
34 


526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


in blackish spot at caudal base, especially in young. Below silvery- 
white, rosy-red in spring males. Dusky bar behind opercle. Iris 
orange and yellow. Black spot at dorsal base in front margined 
orange-red. Dorsal and caudal pale olive, other fins with vermilion 
in spring males. Several large tubercles on snout and front of spring 
males. Length 12 to 8} inches. A very large series: from the Dela- 
ware R. basin in the Schuylkill R.; Cobb’s Creek, Collar Brook, Faw- 
kes Run, first brook above Whetstone Run (Delaware Co.); Phila- 
delphia: Susquehanna R. basin at Emporium (Cameron Co.); Muney 
(Lycoming Co.); Octoraro Creek at Nottingham (Chester Co.); near 
Ephrata, Denver and Swamp Bridge (Lancaster Co.): Genesee R. 
basin at Gold and Raymonds (Potter Co.): Youghiogheny R., Meadow 
Run (Fayette Co.): Kiskiminitas R. : Beaver R. : Allegheny R. basin 
at Warren (Warren Co.); Port Allegany (McKean Co.). 

This chub is found everywhere in our limits more or less abundantly, 
not only in the larger streams but very often in the small clear moun- 
tain brooks, where it often associates with Rhinichthys atronasus. 
It is very voracious, and will eagerly take a hook with most baits, or 
even a fly. Reaching a length of about 10 inches, it is said to be a 
fair pan fish. It is also used as bait. The young differ considerably 
from the adult in the blackish lateral band. I have found this fish 
especially abundant in cold rapid trout streams, such as those in the 
upper Allegheny valley. It is said to spawn in the spring or early 
summer, constructing the “nests” about riffles or coarse gravel bars. 
Leucisous vandoisulus Valenciennes. 

Head 32 to 4; depth 3} to 4; D. iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 8,1; A. il, 
8, 1, occasionally iii, 7,1; scales 44 to 52, usually about 48 + 2 or 3, 
usually 2; usually 10 seales, seldom 9 or 11, above 1. 1.; usually 6 
scales, frequently 5, below 1. 1.; 21 to 28, usually about 24, predorsal 
scales; snout 34 to 3% in head; eye 2{ to 34; maxillary 2 to 24; teeth 
2, 5-4, 2. Body compressed, deep. Head compressed. Snout 
convex. Eye round, high. Mouth large, well inclined, mandible 
protruding.’ Maxillary to pupil. Rakers 2 + 5 short denticles. 
Seales well exposed. L. 1. well decurved, complete. Dorsal origin 
midway between front eye margin and caudal base. Anal inserted 
below last dorsal ray. Caudal deeply forked, lobes pointed. Pee- 
toral reaching little beyond ventral, latter inserted well before. dorsal 
origin and reaches anal. Color olivaceous above, each scale margined 
dusky and sides finely punctate with dusky. Leaden streak from 
snout and shoulder back opposite ventral, bounded below on trunk 
by streak of bright orange-red. Below white. Dorsal and caudal 


| i 
; 
a 
q 
: 


= oe 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 


dull olivaceous, other fins pale. Iris brownish with golden ring. 
Head above minutely tubereculate. Young nearly plain-colored..and 
females usually without tubercles. Length 1} to 3;%; inches. Many 
examples from the Susquehanna R. basin in tributaries of the Octoraro 
Creek and the head-waters of the North East Creek, North East R. 
basin, near Nottingham (Chester Co.). 

This little minnow is found in small streams of clear water, usually 
about pools, and often associated with other small fishes. It is said 
to reach 5 inches in length. The males are very gatidy in spring dress, 
which some attain when half grown. It occurs only in our Atlantic 
basin and, though I found it in the lower Susquehanna valley, have not 
yet met with it in the Delaware, where, however, it has been recorded 
by Cope. 

Leuciscus elongatus (Kirtland). 

Head 34 to 4; depth 44 to 54; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 8,1, seldom iii, 
7, 1, rarely iii, 9,1; scales 60 to 75, usually about 60 to 69 + usually 
2, frequently 3, rarely 4; usually 13 scales, frequently 12, seldom 11, 
rarely 14, above I. 1.; usually 7 scales, frequently 8, below 1. 1.; 25 to 
38, usually 28 to 35, predorsal scales; snout 34 to 3} in head; eye 23 
to 44; maxillary 2;'; to 27; teeth 2, 5-4, 2, frequently 2,4-4,2. Body 
compressed, dcnaate: Head compressed, rather pointed. Snout 
convex. Eye round, high. Mouth large, well inclined, mandible pro- 
truding. Maxillary trifle beyond pupil front. Rakers about 2 + 5 
short points. Scales small, about uniform. L. 1. little decurved, 
complete in adult, incomplete or absent in young. Dorsal origin 
little nearer caudal base than snout tip. Anal little behind dorsal 
base. Caudal emarginate. Pectoral { to ventral, latter inserted 
little before dorsal origin and fin ¢ to anal. Color olivaceous above, 
scales mottled darker, Lateral band of blackish, first half bright 
red in spring males. Below silvery-white. Lower fins reddened in 
spring males. Dark median dorsal streak. Iris silvery, dark lateral 
band passing through. Length 1} to 3% inches. Many examples 
from the Allegheny R. basin at Cole Grove and Port Allegany (McKean 
Co.). 

Resembles the preceding. Found only in the clear mountain streams 
west of the Alleghanies, usually associated with other small fishes, 
Said to reach 5 inches and be a good bait minnow. 


Leucisous margarita (Cope). 


Clinostomus margarita Cope, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIII, 1869, 
p. 377, fig. (teeth), Pl. 13, fig. 1. The Conestoga, near Lancaster, 


Head 4; depth 4%; D. evidently iii,? 7, 1 (damaged); A. iii, ? 7? 


528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [Dec., 


(damaged); P. i, 10?; seales about 58 to caudal base; 1. 1. formed 
of about 35 distinct tubes anteriorly; 11 scales above 1. 1.; 7 scales 
below 1. 1.; 31 predorsal scales; head width 1{ its length; head depth 
at occiput 14; mandible about 24; dorsal base about 2; least depth 
caudal peduncle 24; snout 4 in head, measured from upper jaw tip; 
eye 34; interorbital 22; maxillary 375. 

Body moderately elongate, well compressed, edges rounded, deepest 
near dorsal origin and upper profile apparently more evenly: convex 
anteriorly than lower. Caudal compressed, rather deep, least depth 
about 12 its length. 

Head moderately small, robust, compressed, little broad above and 
becoming slightly constricted below. Profiles similarly inclined, 
upper little more convex anteriorly than lower. Snout convex, 
length about ? its width. Eye circular, large, high, placed about first 
%in head. Mouth small, well inclined, gape nearly straight in profile. 
Mandible protruding, rather shallowly convex, rami well elevated 
inside mouth. Maxillary mostly concealed, robust, well inclined, end 
past eye front, not quite to pupil. Jaw edges firm. Lips thin, evi- 
dently little developed. Tongue rather thick, fleshy, not free. Nos- 
trils lateral on snout above, near eye, anterior with cutaneous margin, 
posterior larger, in crescent. Interorbital rather broadly convex. 
Preorbital large, trapezoidal, width about # its length, latter about 
14 in eye. Other suborbitals narrow. Preopercle margin inclined 
forward, angle rather broadly convex. 

Gill-opening about to middle of head. Rakers 2 + 4? short weak 
points, about 4 in filaments, latter } of eye. Pseudobranchie rather 
large. Teeth 2, 5-4, 2, hooked, slender, compressed, without evident 
grinding surfaces. 

Scales rather small, adherent, mostly uniform, in series parallel 
with 1. 1. Predorsal scales small, little crowded. Breast scales still 
smaller. lL. 1. apparently complete, first slightly decurved, ascending 
median caudal peduncle side. Tubes simple, well exposed, though 
posterior rather indistinct. 

Dorsal origin about midway between front eye margin and caudal 
base, fin moderately high, first branched (damaged) rays longest. 
Anal origin about opposite last dorsal ray base or about midway 
between caudal base and depressed pectoral tip. Caudal damaged. 
Vent close before anal. 

Color in aleohol above dull brownish generally, sides and below 
pale or whitish with shining mercury tints. Sides uniform in color, 
and sprinkled all over with minute brownish dots or specks. Fins 
plain or pale brownish. Iris brassy. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 


Length 1} inches (caudal nearly absent). 

No. 5,320, A. N. 8. P., cotype of C. margarita Cope. A tributary 
of the Conestoga, near Lancaster (Cope). 

Also No. 5,321, same data. Though this example is larger it is 
broken in pieces and mostly macerated. As it agrees in having the 
last few tubes in the scales of the 1. 1. discontinued before the caudal 
base it was probably largely the basis of the original description. 

I only have the above material of Cope. He says it is bright crimson 
below during midsummer and that it was found in a stream inhabited 
by Rhinichthys and Semotilus. It has not yet been taken out of the 
Susquehanna basin in our limits. 

Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). 

Head 32 to 44; depth 24 to 44; D. iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 6,1 or iii, 8,1, 
once abnormally iii, 7-4; A. usually iii, 12,1 or ili, 13, 1, occasionally 
iii, 14, 1, rarely iii, 10, 1 or 11, i, or iii, 15, 1, once abnormally iii, 
8-2; scales usually 40 to 45, mostly 41 to 43, often 38, 39 or 46, seldom 
47, rarely 48 or 50 + usually 2 or 3, rarely 1 or 4; usually 11 scales, 
often 10, frequently 12, rarely 9 or 13, above 1. 1.; usually 4 scales, 
frequently 5, rarely 3, below 1. 1.; usually 15 scales, frequently 14 or 
16, rarely 17, transversely from dorsal origin, in young; usually 23, 
frequently 21 to 25, often 20, 27 or 28, seldom 29, and rarely 16, 17, 
18, 19 or 30, predorsal scales; snout 34 to 44 in head; eye 2} to 44; 
maxillary 3 to 44; interorbital 24 to 3; teeth 5-5, occasionally 5-4, 
rarely 4-5 or 7-5 or 6-5 or 5-5, 2 or 1, 4-4, 2. Body well compressed, 
postventral trenchant. Head compressed, upper profile slightly 
concave. Snout broadly convex, length 4 its width. Eye circular, 
Mouth small, oblique, mandible scarcely protruding. Maxillary not 
quite to eye. Rakers about 5 + 11 firm compressed points. Scales 
narrowly imbricated. LL. 1. greatly decurved, complete in adult, incom- 
plete in young. Dorsal origin midway between hind eye margin and 
caudal base. Anal trifle behind dorsal base. Caudal widely forked, 
lobes pointed. Pectoral ¢ to ventral, latter inserted well before dorsal, 
fin } to anal. Color bluish-olive above, whitish below. Sides often 
with bright deep bluish or golden reflections. Dorsal and caudal like 
back, lower fins yellowish-vermilion in spring males. Iris silvery. 
Length 12 to 5} inches. Very many examples: from the Delaware 
R. basin at Kennett Square, Ring’s Run and Willistown Barrens 
(Chester Co.) ; Chadd’s Ford, Hunter’s Run, Collingdale (Delaware Co.) ; 
Holmesburg, Bustleton (Philadelphia Co.); Cornwells, Hulmeville, 
near Langhorne, Neshaminy Falls, Bristol, Emilie, Tullytown, Scott’s 
Creek, Yardley (Bucks Co.); Hatboro (Montgomery Co.); Dingman’s 


530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Ferry (Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin, at York Furnace (York 
Co.); Nottingham (Chester Co.); near Denver and Witmer’s Mills 
(Lancaster Co.); Lopez (Sullivan Co.): Lake Erie at Erie (Erie Co.). 

This is one of our most abundant species. It occurs in all our waters 
and is sometimes found in large schools of thousands of individuals 
in the Delaware tide-water. It is especially characteristic of pools, 
ponds, cut-offs, in shallow or weedy places, and in still water. It 
readily takes the hook, and though sometimes reaching a foot in length 
is not considered much of a game fish. As a pan fish it is fair. It is 
not much in demand for bait as it is not very hardy, though its bright 
color is an advantage as a lure. Variation is quite noticeable, and in 
color often extremes of bluish and golden are found. It is very gre- 
garious, and the large schools of shiners one so often sees along the 
shores of our creeks and quiet streams are frequently made up of this 
fish, though it often associates with other species. The young are quite 
different in color from the adult, having a black lateral band, which 
disappears after they have grown several inches. 


Ceratichthys vigilax Baird and Girard. 


Known to me only from Evermann and Bollman’s record from the 
Monongahela River. 


Notropis bifrenatus (Cope). 

Head 34 to 44; depth 32 to 53; D. iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 6,1; A. iii, 
6, I, rarely iii, 7,1; scales usually 33, frequently 32 or 34, often 30, 31 
or 35, seldom 29 and rarely 36 + usually 2, often 3, seldom 1; usually 
11 scales transversely from dorsal origin to ventral, frequently 12, 
seldom 10, rarely 13; usually 6 seales above 1. 1., frequently 5; usually 
4 scales below 1. 1., rarely 5; usually 12, frequently 13, often 11 and 14, 
seldom 10, rarely 15, predorsal scales; snout 34 to 4} in head; eye 
24 to 3¢; maxillary 34 to 44; interorbital 2 to 3; teeth 4-4, rarely 4-3. 
Body rather compact, caudal peduncle little constricted. Head mode- 
rate. Muzzle obtuse. Eye circular, high. Mouth oblique. Jaws 
even. Rakers 2 + 5 weak points. Scales well exposed. L. 1. incom- 
plete, usually only of about 11 tubes anteriorly. Dorsal origin nearer 
snout tip than caudal base. Anal just behind dorsal base. Caudal 
long, forked, lobes rather pointed. Pectoral not to ventral. Ventral 
inserted about opposite dorsal origin and reaching trifle beyond anal. 
Color pale straw-brown, scales on back brown-edged. Shining black 
band with bluish tinge, from snout to caudal base, including mandible 
edge. Orange band above this on snout in spring males. Below 
silvery. Fins pale. Length 1,'y to 2y% inches. Many examples: from 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531 


Ring’s Run and Black Horse Run (Chester Co.) ; Collingdale (Delaware 
Co.); Holmesburg and Torresdale (Philadelphia Co.); Hatboro (Mont- 
gomery Co.) ; Cornwells, Hulmeville, Neshaminy Falls, Little Neshaminy 
Creek, Bristol, Emilie, near Langhorne, Scott’s Creek (Bucks Co.): 
Susquehanna R. at York Furnace (York Co.). 

This pretty little minnow may best be known from the other mem- 
bers of the genus by its incomplete lateral line. It closely resembles 
N. procne, but may be distinguished by this character. It is usually 
found in clear and rather still water, in schools of moderate size, and 
associated with other small fishes, such as killies and roach. They 
occur both in tide-water and above, in the small creeks and runs, and 
I have found them in the open rivers, though along shore. The sexes 
are colored alike, though during the spawning season, in May and June, 
the gravid females are much deeper-bodied. The young do not 
differ much from the adults. Altogether it is a weak little fish, but 
quite attractive, and said to be of use as bait. I have met with it 
only in the lower Delaware and Susquehanna basins. Cope’s types 
of this species (Hybopsis bifrenatus) seem to be lost. 

Notropis deliciosus (Girard). 

Recorded from the Monongahela R. as N. d. stramineus by Evermann 

and Bollman. I have not seen any examples. 


Notropis procne (Cope). 
Hybognathus procne Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 283. The 
Conestoga. 


Head 33; depth 4%; D. iii, 6, 1; A. iii, 6, 1; P. i, 13; V. 1, 7; 
scales 32 + 2; 5 scales above |. 1.; 4 scales below 1. 1.; 12 predorsal 
scales; head width 1% its length; head depth at occiput 17; snout 34; 
eye 24; maxillary 34; interorbital 2}; dorsal base 14; anal base 24; 
least depth caudal peduncle 2}; pectoral 14; ventral 14. 

Body elongate, well compressed, profiles similarly fusiform or upper 
only slightly more convex, deepest at dorsal origin, edges convexly 
round. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth about 2} its length. 

Head moderate, robust, wider than trunk, profiles about similar. 
Snout obtuse, convex, length 4 its width. Eye large, high, little longer 
than deep, center near first # in head. Mouth moderate, inferiorly 
terminal. Mandible slightly included, rather shallowly depressed, 
rami slightly elevated inside mouth. Lips thin. Premaxillaries 
protractile down. Maxillary very slightly beyond front eye margin. 
Jaw edges rather firm, trenchant. Tongue thick, fleshy, adnate. 
Nostrils large, together, on snout above near eye, crescentic posterior 
larger. Interorbital broad, flat. Preorbital width about 14 its length, 


532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


latter 14 in eye. Infraorbital broadest of other narrow suborbitals. 
Posterior preopercle margin nearly straight, but slightly inclined 
forward. 

Gill-opening to hind pupil margin, isthmus width at this point 24 
ineye. Rakers 2 + 4 short weak points, much shorter than filaments, 
latter 2 in eye. Pseudobranchie large, less than filaments. Isthmus 
rather broadly depressed. Teeth lost. 

Scales moderately large, series parallel with 1]. 1., mostly uniform 
except smaller ones on caudal base, with fine radiating strie. L. 1. 
continuous, first decurved slightly, then about midway along caudal 
peduncle side. Tubes simple, each about ? exposed scale. 

Dorsal origin midway between caudal base and snout tip, fin gradu- 
ated down from first branched ray (damaged) and longest? Caudal 
(damaged) emarginate, lobes equal? Pectoral % to ventral, upper 
rays longest. Ventral inserted little before dorsal origin, not quite to 
vent. Vent close to anal. 

Color in alcohol faded mostly dull or pale brownish, not darker above. 
Edges of back scales slightly darker than ground-color. Head above 
brownish, below paler or translucent, sides washed silvery-white. 
Entire side of body bright silvery-white with underlaid median lateral 
streak from shoulder to caudal base medianly. From snout tip, back 
over underlaid leaden streak, dull brown band, inconspicuous and 
narrower than vertical eye. Iris pale silvery, leaden lateral streak 
passing through. Fins pale or plain dull brownish. 

Length 14% inches (caudal damaged). 

No. 3,152, A. N.S. P., cotype (type) of H. procne Cope. Conestoga, 
tributary of the Susquehanna (Stauffer). Also Nos. 3,153 to 3,162, 
same data. 

Head 34 to 44; depth 3% to 54; D. iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 6, 1; A. iii, 
6, 1, rarely iii, 7, 1 or ili, 5,1; scales usually 33, frequently 32, often 
34, occasionally 35, seldom 31, rarely 36 + usually 2, occasionally 
3; usually 6 scales, occasionally 5, above 1. 1.; 4 scales below 1. 1; 
13 predorsal scales usually, often 12 or 14, seldom 15, rarely 16; 
snout 34 to 4 in head; eye 2$ to 34; maxillary 3 to 3}; interorbital 
2+ to 34; teeth 44, rarely 5-4. Body elongate, compressed, rather 
slender, caudal peduncle long, constricted. Head moderate. Muzzle 
short. Eye circular, little high. Mouth oblique. Jaws even. 
Rakers 2 + 5short weak points. Scales well exposed. L. 1. complete, 
little decurved at first. Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and 
caudal base. Anal inserted well behind dorsal base. Caudal long, 
forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral } to ventral, latter inserted little 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533 


before dorsal origin, reaches vent. Color above pale brownish. Dark 
lateral band overlaid with grayish. Median dark streak down back. 
Sides and below silvered. Fins pale brownish. Iris silvery, crossed 
by dark lateral band. Length 14? to 2}4 inches. Many examples, 
including the above cotypes: from the North East Creek headwaters 
near Nottingham (Chester Co.): Susquehanna R. basin in the Pequea 
Creek at Paradise and in the Cocalico Creek at Swamp Bridge, Witmer’s 
Mills and run near Blainsport (Lancaster Co.): Delaware R. basin in 
Darby Creek at Collingdale (Delaware Co.) ; Schuylkill R.; Holmesburg 
(Philadelphia Co.); Hulmeville, above Newtown, Neshaminy Falls 
(Bucks Co.); Abrams (Montgomery Co.). 

This species is closely related to N. bifrenatus, differing in the com- 
plete lateral line, even in young an inch long. It is found in clear 
streams or creeks, not too rapid, and usually about gravel bars, where 
it associates in shoals with other species. It prefers the more upland 
streams, and I have not yet found it in tide-water. The adult is 
a beautiful little fish, averaging about 24 inches in length. It is sub- 
ject to some variation. Though hardly brilliant in color, it is hand- 
some, in certain lights the dark lateral band gleaming violet, blue 
or greenish. It probably spawns in late spring and early summer. 
It is said to be excellent bait, and good in the aquarium. I have 
met with it only in the Susquehanna and Delaware basins. 


Notropis keimi sp.nov. Plate XXVII. 

N. cayuga Fowler, Am. Nat., XLI, 1906, p. 595. Allegheny R. above Port 
Allegany, McKean Co. (Not of Meek.) Fowler, /.c., XI, 1907, p. 10, 
copied. 

Head 34; depth 44; D. iii, 6, 1; A. ili, 7, 1; P. i, 11; V. i, 7; 
scales 37 + about 3; 5 scales above 1. 1.; 3 scales below 1. 1.; 15 pre- 
dorsal scales; head width 1{ its length; head depth as occiput 13; 
snout 34; eye 3%; maxillary 3; mandible 24; interorbital 34; first 
branched dorsal ray 1}; first branched anal ray 1#; least depth caudal 
peduncle 3y';; lower caudal lobe trifle longer than head, about space 
equal to pupil diameter; pectoral 1%; ventral 1}. 

Body elongate, slender, compressed, edges rather broadly convex, 
profiles similarly tapering from greatest depth at dorsal origin, Caudal 
peduncle slender, compressed, least depth 2} its length. 

Head rather large, elongate, compressed, rather flattened sides not 
convergent below, upper profile little more inclined than lower. 
Muzzle obtuse. Snout obtuse, surface and profile convex, length about 
3 its width. Eye large, close to upper profile, trifle before middle 
head length, rather ellipsoid or trifle longer than deep. Mouth inferior, 


534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


rather large, jaws about even. Maxillary large, rather exposed, to 
front eye margin, scarcely beyond. Premaxillaries protractile. Man- 
dible rather broad, depressed, rami well elevated inside mouth. Lips 
rather firm, little fleshy, rather narrow. No barbel. Jaw edges tough, 
rather firm, though not especially trenchant. Tongue small, thick, 
fleshy, not free in mouth. Nostrils large, together, superolateral on 
snout to upper front pupil margin, posterior exposed in crescent, much 
larger. Interorbital broad, flattened, scarcely elevated convexly over 
eye. Preorbital elongate, greatest width about % its length, latter 
1? in horizontal eye. Other suborbitals all narrow. Posterior pre- 
opercle margin straight, slightly inclined posteriorly. 

Gill-opening forward about opposite posterior preopercle margin. 
Rakers iii, 2 + 2 short weak blunt stumps, much shorter than fila- 
ments. Latter about half of horizontal eye. Pseudobranchiz large, 
little shorter than filaments. Isthmus broad, level, least width about 
14 in horizontal eye. Teeth 1, 44, 1, rather conic, hooked, with 
grinding surfaces. 

Seales large, cycloid, disposed in longitudinal series parallel with 
1. |., rather broadly exposed or coloration producing vertical rhombs, 
each with many very minute obsolete radiating strise, of about uniform 
size, and a few small ones crowded on caudal base. Small rounded 
adnate scaly flap in ventral axil, about 4 of fin. L. 1. continuous, 
little decurved anteriorly, and ascending behind dorsal midway along 
caudal peduncle side. ‘Tubes simple, each well exposed, or after first 
5 extending all way to each scale edge. 

Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base, graduated 
down from highest or first branched ray, depressed fin about $ to caudal 
base. Anal origin inserted just after dorsal base, graduated down 
from first branched or longest ray, fin base 14 its depressed length. 
Caudal long, deeply forked, lobes rather long, pointed, lower much 
longer. Pectoral rounded, uppermost rays longest, fin about 75 to 
ventral. Latter inserted trifle before dorsal origin, reaches anal. 
Vent close to anal. 

Color in aleohol faded but little from that described below, when 
fresh. 

Color when fresh rather clear dull olivaceous-brown above, margin 
of each scale dusky till low as 1. 1. at least, and producing a network 
of diamonds or rhombs in appearance. Head dusky-brown above, and 
this forming into a median dusky dorsal line. Side of body more or 
less silvered. Lower surface of head and body mostly translucent 
whitish. Iris bright silvery, slightly dusky above. Jaws pale or trans- 


1998.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 535 


lucent, upper slightly brownish. Costal region silvery, merging into 
plumbeous or grayish longitudinal streak along caudal peduncle side. 
Each scale of |. 1. with a number of dusky-brown points along tubes. 
Dorsal and caudal pale transparent grayish-dusky, other fins paler. 

Length 2;°; inches. 

Type, No. 31,126, A. N. 8. P. Tributary of the Allegheny River 
above (south of) Port Allegany, McKean pee August of 1904. 
T. D. Keim and H. W. Fowler. 

Head 3% to 3£; depth 44 to 5; D. usually iii, 6, 1, rarely iii, 7, 1; 
A. usually iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 6,1; scales 33 to 37, usually about 33 + 
2; scales above 1. ]. usually 6, rarely 5; scales below 1. 1. 4; predorsal 
scales usually 16, sometimes 15; snout 34 to 3} in head; eye 3 to 3y5; 
maxillary 3,'5 to 34; interorbital 2}? to 2{; teeth 1, 44, 1. Length 
1}; to 1}} inches. Tributary of the Allegheny R. at Cole Grove, 
McKean Co. July 23,1899. S. P. G. Lindsay and H. W. Fowler. 
Nos. 24,045 to 24,047, A. N.S. P., paratypes. 


This species seems to be most closely related to N. hudsonius, but 
differs in the larger and more slender caudal peduncle, different 
physiognomy, and coloration. It differs from N. deliciosus and N. 
boops in the same characters, besides others, such as the eye and fin 
rays. It differs from N. ariommus, N. scabriceps, N. jejunus and allied 
species, in the fewer pharyngeal teeth, and other characters in com- 
bination, when the proper extent of variation is allowed. It may, 
therefore, be considered a member of the subgenus Hudsonius. 


Only the type was obtained at Port Allegany. At the type locality 
the stream was of clear cold water, flowing rather rapidly over a shal- 
low place of considerable extent, and with a bottom of small stones 
and pebbles. The fish was rather shy, and though several others 
were seen at the same time, the one secured was rather difficult to 
capture. They all seemed to lurk about the banks, under large 
stones, or in the deeper places, and were quite agile in their movements. 
Cottus gracilis and Semotilus atromaculatus were found in the same 
places, the latter especially abundant. 

At Cole Grove several small examples were taken some years pre- 
viously. They were all found in pools, associated with Exoglossum 
maxillingua and Leuciscus elongatus. In coloration they did not seem 
to differ much from the type, their caudal lobes being about equal. 

(Named for my friend, Mr. Thomas D. Keim, who assisted me in 
procuring the type, besides many interesting local collections of fishes 
for the Academy.) 


536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., 


Notropis hudsonius (Clinton). 

Head 43; depth 43; D. iii, 7,1; A. ili, 7,1; scales 37 + 1; scales 
above 1. ]. 5; scales below 1. 1. 5; predorsal scales 15; snout 3} in head; 
eye 34; interorbital 34; teeth 2, 4-4, 1? Body compressed. Head 
small, compressed. Snout broadly convex, length ? its width. Eye 
high. Mouth large, well inclined. Maxillary to eye. Mandible 
included. Interorbital depressed. Rakers 3 + 5 short firm points. 
Scales well exposed. L. 1. almost straight, slightly decurved, complete. 
Dorsal origin about midway between posterior nostril and caudal base. 
Anal rather close behind dorsal base. Caudal forked, lobes pointed, 
equal. Pectoral + to ventral, latter inserted little before dorsal origin, 
? to anal. Color pale brownish above, below white. Broad silvery 
band along side. Black spot at caudal base. Iris silvery-white. 
Length 2} inches. Lake Erie at Erie (Erie Co.). 

This fish, closely related to the next, occurs only west of the Alle- 
ghanies. It is characterized chiefly by the ever present jet-black 
caudal spot. It is said to reach 10 inches in length, and not frequent 
small streams. Desirable as a bait minnow. 

Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard). 

Head 3% to 43; depth 33 to 5; D. iii, 7,1, rarely ili, 8,1; A. iii, 
7, 1, rarely ili, 8,1; scales usually 35 or 36, frequently 34 or 37, occa- 
sionally 33, 38 or 39, rarely 31, 40 or 42 + usually 2, rarely 1 or 3; 
usually 6 scales, seldom 5, rarely 7, above 1.1.; usually 5 scales, seldom 
4, rarely 6, below 1. 1.; usually 15, frequently 14, often 16, seldom 13, 
rarely 17 or 22, predorsal scales; snout 3 to 3$ in head; eye 2} to 33; 
maxillary 2? to 33; interorbital 2} to 3;45; teeth usually 1, 44, 1, 
frequently 2, 44, 2 or 2, 4-4, 1 or 1, 4-4, 2, rarely 0, 44, 1 or 2, 4-4, 
0 or 2, 4-3, 0 or 1, 4-4, 0 or 0, 4-4, 0. Body compressed, rather robust. 
Head rather broad, compressed. Snout convex, length ? its width. 
Eye little elongate, rounded. Mouth somewhat oblique. Jaws about 
even. Maxillary to hind nostril. Interorbital convex, middle flat- 
tened. Rakers 2 + 5 short weak points. Scales well exposed. L. 1. 
complete, little decurved, midway along caudal peduncle side. Dorsal 
inserted little nearer snout tip than caudal base. Anal inserted little 
behind dorsal base. Caudal forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral about 
# to ventral, latter inserted slightly before or opposite dorsal origin, 
reaches 4 to anal. Color pale olivaceous-brown largely. Seale edges 
on back dusted darker. Broad silvery-white lateral band from eye 
to caudal, margin above on trunk behind leaden. Caudal spot faint 
or absent. Iris silvery-white. Length 27, to 5} inches. Many 
examples: from the Delaware R. basin, in Black Horse Run and 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 


first tributary below Mill Run, Ring’s Run (Chester Co.) ; Holmesburg, 
Torresdale (Philadelphia Co.); Hulmeville, Neshaminy Falls, Bristol 
(Bucks Co.); Dingman’s Ferry (Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin, 
Pequea Creek at Paradise, Cocalico Creek near Denver and at Wit- 
mer’s Mills (Lancaster Co.). 

A very abundant minnow in the lower Delaware and Susquehanna 
basins. It is usually found in the larger creeks and rivers, and readily 
takes a hook. It is good as bait and though said to reach 8 inches in 
length, it is seldom that examples are met with over 4 or 5 inches, 
thus being too small as a rule to use as pan fish. I have never seen 
any over 6 inches. It is distinguished from the preceding chiefly 
by the very faint or pale caudal spot, though in the young it is always 
somewhat in evidence. Young examples also have the lateral line 
incomplete, only as a few tubes at the beginning of its course. It 
usually occurs in schools and while more a feature of open rivers, both 
at the head of tide and above, it does occur, contrary to the statements 
of some writers, in our smaller streams or runs. It is also subject to 
considerable variation in structure, though the coloration remains 
about the same throughout the season, there evidently being no gaudy 
nuptial-dress. 


_ Notropis whipplii (Girard), 


Head 3¢ to 44; depth 3} to 44; D. ‘iii, 7,1; A. iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 
8, 1; scales usually 38, sometimes 36, 37 or 39, rarely 35 + usually 2, 
frequently 3; usually 7 scales, frequently 6, above 1. 1.; usually 4 
scales, frequently 5 below 1. 1.; predorsal scales usually 17, frequently 
16, rarely 15, 18 or 19; snout 3 to 34 in head; eye 34 to 44%; maxillary 
3 to 3%; interorbital 24 to 2{; teeth 1, 4-4, 1. Body moderately 
slender, compressed, profiles similar. Head pointed, compressed. 
Snout convex, length } its width. Eye small, little longer than deep, 
rather high. Maxillary not quite to eye. Mouth moderate, inclined. 
Mandible included. Interorbital broadly convex. Rakers 3 + 8, 
slender, pointed, short. Scales narrowly imbricated. L. 1. complete, 
decurved, little low along caudal peduncle side. Dorsal origin trifle 
nearer front nostril than caudal base. Anal origin slightly behind 
dorsal base. Caudal well forked, slender lobes pointed, equal. Pee- 
toral about # to ventral, latter inserted well before dorsal, reaches 
vent. Color olivaceous on back, each scale dusky-edged. _ Iris silvery- 
white. Sides bluish silvery-white, below white. Satin-white ends 
to fins of spring males. Black spot on dorsal behind middle 
above, equals eye, variable, less conspicuous in female and young. 
Front and head minutely tuberculate in spring males. Length 2 


538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


to 34 inches. Many examples, from Kiskiminitas and Youghiogheny 
Rivers, and Erie (Erie Co.). 

Found in the clear waters of the Ohio valley and Lake Erie. It is 
a beautiful little fish, reaching 4 inches in length. At all times it is 
largely bluish-silvery in general color. A good bait minnow. It 
greatly resembles its eastern relative. 

Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard). 

Head 34 to 44; depth 34 to 43; D. ii, 7,1; A. usually iii, 8, 1, 
occasionally i, 7, 1, seldom iii, 9,1, rarely iii, 6,1; scales usually 
34, frequently 32 or 33, often 35, 31 or 30, occasionally 36, seldom 
37 or 39, rarely 38, 28 or 27 + usually 2, often 3; usually 6 scales, 
seldom 5 or 7, above 1. 1.; usually 4 scales, rarely 5, below 1. 1.; pre- 
dorsal scales usually 14 or 15, frequently 13 or 16, seldom 17, rarely 
12 or 11; snout 3 to 4 in head; eye 24 to 44; maxillary 22 to 44; inter- 
orbital 24 to 3; teeth 1, 44, 1. Body moderately slender, usually 
rather deep in adult males, compressed, profiles similar. Head 
pointed, compressed. Snout conic, about long as wide. Eye small, 
little longer than deep, rather high. Mouth moderate, inclined. 
Mandible included. Interorbital broadly convex. Rakers 2 + 7 
short points. Scales narrowly imbricated. L. 1. complete, decurved, 
low along caudal peduncle side. Dorsal origin midway between eye 
front and caudal base. Anal inserted just behind dorsal base. Caudal 
forked, lobes equal. Pectoral # to ventral, latter inserted trifle before 
dorsal origin, fin reaches anal. Color olivaceous on back, scale edges 
dusky. Iris silver-white. Sides bluish-white, below white, all silvery. 
Fins in spring males with satin-white borders. Black dorsal spot 
behind middle of fin above equals eye, variable, less evident in female 
and young. Head above, muzzle and predorsal region finely tuber- - 
culate in spring males. Length 14 to 3} inches. A very large series: 
from the Delaware R. basin at Kennett Square, Ring’s Run (Chester 
Co.); Brandywine Summit, Concordville, Markam, Collingdale (Dela- 
ware Co.); Barren Hill, Abrams (Montgomery Co.); Holmesburg, 
Torresdale (Philadelphia Co.); Cornwells, Hulmeville, Little Nesham- 
iny Creek, Neshaminy Falls, near Langhorne, Bristol, Emilie (Bucks 
Co.); Dingman’s Ferry (Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin at Para- 
dise, Conestoga Creek, Trout and Akron Runs at Ephrata, Cocalico 
Creek near Denver, Swamp Bridge, Witmer’s Mills and run near 
Blainsport (Lancaster Co.); York Furnace (York Co.). 

The silver fin is the most abundant of its genus in the Delaware, 
contrary to the impression of some writers. It prefers clear water, 
and usually the smaller streams and creeks, though often found in 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 


tide-water if not brackish. During the late spring and on through the 
early summer the males assume high coloration. Brilliant pigment 
of satin-white color is found about the ends of all their fins, the rays 
of which become somewhat enlarged or swollen, and thus earning for 
the fish the very appropriate name of silver fin. Tubercles of small 
size also appear On the upper surface of the body, though disappearing 
by late summer, along with the brilliant coloring. The females are 
but rarely tuberculous, and never so brilliant as the males. The 
young are not brilliantly colored, but are usually to be distinguished 
by their reticulated scale pattern being made up of narrowly imbri- 
cated scales, though the lateral line is complete. The silver fin some- 
times collects in large shoals of possibly a thousand or more individuals, 
and associates sometimes with other small fish. They are equally 
active throughout the year, in certain localities, and may sometimes 
be found under the ice. They will usually bite at a small worm or 
other bait on a small minnow-hook, though of no use as food on account 
of their small size, the largest I know of not exceeding 4 inches. They 
are good bait and live well in the aquarium. Only found in the Dela- 
ware and Susquehanna basins. Closely related to N. whipplii, and 
differing in the deeper body and larger scales. 

Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). 

Head 3} to 5; depth 3 to 44; D. usually iii, 7,1, rarely ii, 8, 1 or 
ili, 6, 1; A. usually iii, 8, 1, seldom iii, 9, 1, rarely ili, 7, 1; scales 
usually about 30, frequently 31, 32, 33, 34, 35 and 36, often 37 to 40 
and 27 to 29, rarely 25, 26, 41 or 44 + usually 3, frequently 2, rarely 4; 
scales above |. 1. usually 8, frequently 7, occasionally 9, rarely 6 or 7; 
scales below 1. 1. usually 5, seldom 4 or 6, rarely 7; predorsal scales 
usually 17 or 18, frequently 15, 16, 19 or 20, occasionally 14, sometimes 
21 or 22, seldom 23 to 25, rarely 12, 13, 26 or 27; snout 24 to 4 in head; 
eye 2} to 44; maxillary 2? to 4; interorbital 2 to 34; teeth 2, 4-4, 2 
usually, rarely 2, 44, 1. Body compressed, rather deep, predorsal 
swollen, form more elongate in young. Head compressed, heavy. 
Muzzle obtuse. Snout convex, length about ¢ its width. Eye small, 
large in young, circular, rather high. Mouth moderate, little inclined. 
Jaws about equal. Maxillary to eye in adult. Interorbital well 
convex. Rakers 2 + 8 short firm points. Predorsal scales usually 
small and crowded and narrowly imbricated, or elongated vertically, 
on costal region. L. 1. complete, well decurved, about midway along 
caudal peduncle side. Dorsal origin about midway between front 
nostril and caudal base. Anal origin trifle behind dorsal base. Caudal 
forked. Pectoral about ¢ to ventral. Ventral inserted little before 


540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


dorsal, reaches anal. Color above dark bluish-olive, scale edges and 
bases dusky. Sides and below silvery-white, tinged rosy in spring 
males. Golden streak along upper side or back, most conspicuous 
as seen from above when fish swims in the water. Dusky streak 
behind gill-opening. Dorsal dusky, other fins plain, all edged broadly 
bright vermilion in spring males. Red on fins pale or absent in females 
or young. Muzzle and head above in spring males tuberculous. 
Iris silvery, golden in spring males. Length 1,%; to 5,3; inches. Very 
many examples: from the Delaware R. basin at Kennett Square, 
Ring’s Run, Black Horse Run and first tributary below, Mill Run, 
Willistown Barrens (Chester Co.); Collar Brook, Whetstone Run, 
Langford’s Run, Trout Run, Lewis’s Run, Markam, Wawa (Delaware 
Co.); Schuylkill R.; Abrams (Montgomery Co.); Holmesburg, Bustle- 
ton, Torresdale (Philadelphia Co.); Cornwells, Hulmeville, Neshaminy 
Falls, Little Neshaminy Creek, Newtown, Bristol, near Langhorne 
(Bucks Co.); Dingman’s Ferry (Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin 
at Emporium (Cameron Co.); Muncy (Lycoming Co.); Carlisle (Cum- 
berland Co.); Paradise, near Denver, Swamp Bridge, Trout Run near 
Ephrata (Lancaster Co.); Meshoppen (Elk Co.): Port Allegany and 
Cole Grove (McKean Co.): Newcastle (Lawrence Co.): Kiskimi- 
nitas R. 

Like the silver fin this is a most abundant species. It often asso- 
ciates with this, its smaller relative, especially when young. The 
breeding-dress of the spring male is very gorgeous, and is much more 
brightly colored than that of the silver fin. The head above, and pre- 
dorsal region, are much more coarsely tuberculate, and the former, 
together with most of the fin-rays, becomes adipose-like or with a 
swollen appearance. The red fin has an interesting habit of resorting 
to clear shallows in the spawning season, which occurs about Phila- 
delphia from late April to early summer. Schools of probably several 
hundred of the brilliantly-colored males may be found, closely packed 
together as a mass of crimson and purple, in these places. The females 
did not seem to take part in these gatherings, or at least I was unable 
to identify any in the several schools captured. From this it appears 
that they precede the males to the spawning grounds. Sometimes 
the males are herded in clear riffles, but usually where there is a sandy 
or clear pebble bottom. The females, besides being paler in color, lack 
the tubercles usually. The young are without any red, though gener- 
ally with pale bluish or violet reflections on their sides, and only in 
the very young is the lateral line incomplete. The largest examples 
examined were 74 inches long, and I doubt if they seldom exceed 8 


| 


1908.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 


inches. The red fin is frequently found in rock pools about cascades, 
and seems perfectly at home in turbulent foamy water. They are 
frequently angled on a small hook, and though palatable as a pan fish 
are usually too small to be of any value. As bait they are excellent. 
It occurs usually in the smaller streams, being entirely distributed over 
our region. I have not yet taken it in tide-water. 

Notropis chalybeus (Cope).® 

Head 3% to 4; depth 3} to 43; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 
8, 1; scales usually 30, frequently 31, often 29, 32, 33, 34, 35, rarely 
28, 36 or 39 + usually 2, seldom 3, rarely 1; scales above 1. |. usually 
6, occasionally 7, rarely 5; scales below 1. 1. usually 4, seldom 3, rarely 
5; predorsal scales usually 15, frequently 14, 16 or 17, rarely 13 or 18; 
snout 3 to 44 in head; eye 24 to 34; maxillary 24 to 34; interorbital 
22 to 3; teeth 2, 4-4, 2. Body well compressed, heavy forward. 
Caudal peduncle slender. Head compressed. Snout convex, length 
} its width. Eye rounded, high. Mouth inclined, mandible slightly 
protruding. Maxillary to eye. Interorbital broadly convex. Rakers 
3 + 6 short slender points. Scales well exposed. Predorsal scales 
slightly smaller. L. 1. complete in adults, incomplete in young. 
Dorsal origin about midway between front nostril and caudal base. 
Anal inserted little behind dorsal base. Caudal forked. Pectoral 
§ to ventral, latter inserted trifle before dorsal origin, fin reaches vent. 
Color dark brown, scales dark-edged on back. Black lateral band from 
snout to caudal base, purple, blue or green in some lights, and ending 
in black caudal blotch. Just over this a light brownish streak and 
within none of scales dark-edged like back above. Below whitish. 
Length 14 to 2,*; inches. Many examples from the Delaware R. basin 
in Mill Creek at Bristol and the Neshaminy Creek at Neshaminy Falls 
(Bucks Co.). 

This is a very brilliant little fish in full breeding-dress, the lower 
surface of the body and pale area of brown adjoining the black lateral 
band being rich orange. This is only the case with the male, which is 
also covered with minute tubercles rather sparsely over the upper 
surface of the head, though much larger on preorbital and mandible. 
All of predorsal scales edged rather coarsely with corrugations or 
tubercles. The females lack the tubercles, and may easily be known 
at this time by their swollen abdomens, due to being gravid with ova. 
They all associate with other smal] fishes in rather still or quiet water, 
usually in large schools of several hundred individuals, and are largely 


* Cope includes N. scabriceps (Cope) from our limits, in western Pennsylvania, 
hypothetically 
Bh 


+ \ 
542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


preyed on by the common pike (sox americanus). When a school 
is found in such a place the individuals are invariably all headed in 
one direction, and moving as if by one impulse when disturbed. Some- 
times, however, they flash a little of their silvery sides as they move 
about. When greatly agitated they do not seem to swim far, but soon 
form into another school further on. Ihave only met with them in the 
lower Delaware valley. 


Notropis jejunus (Forbes). 


Recorded from the Monongahela by Evermann and Bollman, I 
have no material. 


Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque. 

Head 4} to 44; depth 5% to 54; D. iii, 7, 1; A. usually iii, 9, 1, 
occasionally iii, 10, 1; scales usually about 40, sometimes 38 or 34 + 
usually 2, sometimes 3; scales above 1. 1. usually 6, occasionally 7; 
scales below 1. 1. 4; predorsal scales 16 to 19; snout 34 to 3} in head; 
eye 3; maxillary 2;%, to 37; interorbital 24 to 34; teeth 2, 44, 2. 
Body compressed, elongate, slender. Head compressed, blunt: Snout 
conic, length fits width. Eyerounded. Mouth rather small, inclined, 
jaws about even. Maxillary not quite to eye. Interorbital evenly 
convex. Rakers 2 + 7 rather weak points. Scales rather narrowly 
imbricated along middle of side. L. 1. decurved, complete. Dorsal 
origin about midway between eye center and caudal base. Anal origin 
trifle behind dorsal base. Caudal forked. Pectoral ? to ventral. 
Ventral inserted well before dorsal. Color transparent greenish above. 
Dark streak down back medianly. Sides bright silvery-white. Spring 
males with rosy snout. Length 2} to 4 inches. Two examples from 
the Beaver R. and 2 from Lake Erie at Erie (Erie Co.). 

This handsome species is said to reach 6 inches in length. It occurs 
in rivers and lakes west of the Alleghanies, usually in schools, and in 
still water. 


Notropis rubrifrons (Cope). 


Alburnus rubrifrons Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 85. Kiski- 
minitas River. 


Head 34; depth 44; D. iii, 7, 1; A. iii, 8, 1; P. i, 18?; V. 1, 7; 
scales 36 + 3; scales above I. 1. 7; scales below 1. 1. 4; predorsal seales 
18; head width 2y'5 its length; head depth at occiput 14; mandible 24; 
depressed dorsal length 14; anal length 1%; least depth caudal peduncle 
2,°5; pectoral 14; ventral 1)%;; snout 34 in head from upper jaw tip; 
eye 3,'5; maxillary 2}; interorbital 375. 

Body elongate, compressed, deepest at ventral origin, profiles simi- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 543 


larly convex, edges rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, rather 
slender, least depth 24 its length. 

Head compressed, rather pointed, flattened sides rather convergent 
below, profiles similar, lower little more evenly and convexly inclined. 
Snout rather conic, surface convex, length about equals its width. 
Eye rounded, little high, near first # in head. Mouth moderate, little 
inclined, jaw edges rather firm. Premaxillaries protractile. Maxil- 
lary slender, to eye front. Lips rather thin. Mandible depressed, 
rami not elevated inside mouth. Tongue depressed, fleshy, not free. 
Nostrils together on side of snout, crescentic posterior larger. Inter- 
orbital broadly convex. Preorbital little ovoid, width about ? its 
length, latter 14 in eye. Preorbital width about equals pupil. Posterior 
preopercle margin nearly vertical. 

Gill-opening forward little before hind eye margin, not quite to pupil. 
Rakers about 2 + 6? short weak points, longest } of filaments, latter 
12 in eye. Pseudobranchiz large, little smaller than filaments. Isth- 
mus width at front 14 in pupil. 

Scales in series parallel with 1]. 1., all mostly broadly exposed, smaller 
on breast and preventral, each with several strie. Ventral axil with 
pointed sealy flap, 5 in depressed fin. L. 1. complete, decurved at 
greatest depth to lowest third. Tubes simple, each well over exposed 
scale not quite to edge. 

Dorsal origin midway between hind eye margin and caudal base, 
fin highest anteriorly, depressed 1} to caudal base. Anal origin just 
behind dorsal base, fin highest anteriorly, depressed 2 to caudal base. 
Caudal damaged. Pectoral rather long, upper rays longest, fin } 
to ventral. Ventral inserted little before dorsal, depressed ¢ to anal. 
Vent close before anal. 

Color in alcohol dull brownish generally, back but little darker than 
rest of general color. Sides and below silvery to whitish. Fins pale 
brownish. Iris silvery. 

Length 2} inches (caudal damaged). 

No. 4,035, A. N.S. P., cotype (type) of A. rubrijrons Cope. Kiski- 
minitas River (Cope). 

Also Nos. 4,036 to 4,039, same data, in poor preservation, showing : 
Head 4 to 44; depth 4} to 44; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 9, 1 or iii, 10, 1; 
scales 30 to 37 + 2; scales above |. 1. 6 or 7; seales below |. |. 4; pre- 
dorsal scales 17 to 20; snout 3,'5 to 34 in head; eye 3y'5 to 34; maxil- 
lary 24 to 2]; interorbital 2} to 3; teeth 2, 44, 2; length 2)%; to 24 
inches. 

Found in clear streams west of the Alleghanies. In life this fish is 


o44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


olivaceous in color, sides and lower surface silvery-white. Spring 
males have the forehead, side of head and dorsal base rosy-red, and the 
snout tuberculous. Along base of anal row of dark specks, and dark 
streak down middle of back. Said to reach 2? inches. 


Notropis photogenis (Cope). 


Squalius photogenis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 280. 
Youghiogheny River, Pennsylvania. 


Head 4; depth about 5 (emaciated); D. iii, 7, 1; A. iii, 8?; P. 
i, 12?; V. i, 7; seales about 30? (squamation injured) + 2; scales 


above |. |. 6; scales below 1. 1. 4; predorsal scales 16; head width 1,%5. 


its length; head depth at occiput 14; snout 34; eye 34; maxillary 34; 
interorbital 3; first branched dorsal ray 17; anal ray 14; least depth 
of caudal peduncle 3; upper caudal lobe 1; pectoral 14; ventral 14%. 

Body elongated, compressed, edges apparently rounded, profiles 
similar, deepest at dorsal origin. Caudal peduncle compressed, least 
depth 24 its length. 

Head compressed, flattened sides convergent below, profiles similar. 
Snout convex, length { its width. Eye large, little longer than deep, 
high, near first # in head. Mouth inclined, moderate, jaw edges firm. 
Premaxillaries protractile. Maxillary slender, to eye front. Man- 
dible depressed, rami well elevated inside mouth, symphysis slightly 
protruding in front when mouth closes. Lipsrather thin. Tongue 
fleshy, depressed, rather far back. Nostrils together on snout side 
above near eye, posterior larger. Interorbital broadly convex. Pre- 
orbital width about } its length, latter 14 in eye. Postorbital width 
equals pupil, other suborbitals narrow. 

Gill-opening forward to last third in head. Rakers 2 + 7 weak 
points, longest about 4 in filaments, latter 24 in eye. Pseudobranchie 
little shorter than filaments. Isthmus width about 1} in pupil, surface 
flattened. Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, hooked, with slight grinding-surface. 

Scales about uniform, in longitudinal series parallel with 1. 1., little 
smaller on breast. No evident axillary ventral scale. L. 1. continu- 
ous, well decurved, ascending rather low along caudal pedunele side. 
Tubes simple, well over scales, though not quite to margins. 

Dorsal origin midway between front nostril and caudal base, grad- 
uated down from first branched ray or longest, depressed # to caudal 
base. Anal origin trifle behind dorsal base, first branched ray highest 
depressed $ to caudal base. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes about 
equal. Pectoral } to ventral, upper rays longest. Ventral inserted 
little before dorsal, reaching anal? 

Color in alcohol plain pale brownish generally, of uniform tint. Iris 
with slight silvery tinge. 


ee eT 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 545 


Length 1{ inches. 

No. 22,280, A. N. 8S. P., cotype (type) of S. photogenis Cope. 
Youghiogheny River (Cope), Pa. 

Also No, 22,281, same data, showing: Head 34; depth 5; D. iii, 
7, 1; A. ili, 8?; seales 33? + 3?; scales above |. 1. 6; scales below 
1. 1. 4; predorsal scales 14?; snout 34 in head; eye 2?; maxillary 34; 
interorbital 3; length 144 inches. Both examples in poor preservation. 

Found in streams west of the Alleghanies and said to reach 3 inches 
in length. 


Notropis photogenis amenus (Abbott).’ 

Head 32 to 44; depth 4} to 53; D. usually iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 8, 1; 
A. usually iii, 10, 1, occasionally iii, 9, 1, rarely iii, 11, 1; scales 
usually about 38, though ranging from 31 to 40 + usually 2, frequently 
3, rarely 1; scales above 1. 1. usually 7, seldom 6 or 8; scales below 
]. 1. 4; predorsal seales usually 18 to 21, seldom 17, 22, 23 or 24; snout 
3 to 34 in head; eye 2} to 34; maxillary 24 to 34; interorbital 2? to 
3,5; teeth 2, 44, 2. Body compressed, slender. Head compressed. 
Snout convex, length {its width. Eye rounded, rather high. Mouth 
well inclined, moderate, mandible included evenly. Maxillary to eye. 
Interorbital broadly convex. Rakers 2 + 6 short weak points. 
Scales rather broadly exposed, crowded on predorsal region. L. 1. 
complete, decurved about lowest third. Dorsal origin midway between 
eye and caudal base. Anal origin below last dorsal ray base. Caudal 
long, deeply forked. Pectoral ? to ventral. Ventral inserted little 
before dorsal, fin ¢ to anal. Color translucent olive on back, sides and 
below silvery-white. Leaden streak along side sometimes, offsetting 
color of back and belly, extending from eye to caudal, where little 
darker. Iris silvery-white. Length 14 to 34inches. Many examples: 
from the Delaware R. basin at Holmesburg (Philadelphia Co.) ; Nesham- 
iny Falls, Hulmeville, Bristol, Emilie (Bucks Co.); Dingman’s Ferry 
(Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin at Paradise and Swamp Bridge 
near Denver (Lancaster Co.). 

Found only in the lower Delaware and Susquehanna basins by me. 
It was especially abundant in the Neshaminy Creek and also occurs 
rather frequently in the Delaware tide-water. It is a beautiful bright 
silvery little minnow, and is said to reach 3} inches. It seems to differ 
from N. photogenis chiefly in the smaller predorsal scales. I have 
usually found it associated with large schools of other minnows or 
small fishes. 


*Cope records N. umbratilis ardens (Cope) from west of the Alleghanies, 
evidently hypothetically, as no definite locality is mentioned. 


546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Ericymba buccata Cope.* 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 88. Kiskiminitas River. 

Head 34; depth 5; D. iii, 7,1; A. ili, 7,1; P.i, 14; V. i, 7; scales 
34 + 2; scales above |. 1. 5; scales below 1. 1. 4; predorsal scales 17; 
head width 2 in its length; head depth at occiput 1}; snout 3; eye 
34; maxillary 4; interorbital 34; first branched dorsal ray 14; anal ray 
1}; least depth caudal peduncle 2$; upper caudal lobe trifle over 1; 
pectoral 14; ventral 2. 

Body compressed, elongate, slender, back not elevated though upper 
profile little more convex than lower, deepest at dorsal origin, edges 
mostly rounded and only upper and lower caudal peduncle surfaces 
with traces of median low obsolete keel. Caudal peduncle rather long, 
compressed, least depth about 24 its length. 

Head elongate, moderately compressed, somewhat flattened sides 
slightly convergent above with lower surface slightly broader than 
upper, upper profile somewhat evenly convex, more inclined than 
straight lower one. Snout convex, slightly protruding, long as wide. 
Kye large, ellipsoid, near upper profile, center trifle before head center. 
Mouth small, inferior, scarcely inclined, obtuse edges not firm. Pre- 
maxillaries protractile down in front. Maxillary rather concealed, 
to front nostril. Lips fleshy. Mandible depressed, small, rami little 
elevated inside mouth. Tongue thick, fleshy, depressed, rather far 
back. Nostrils together, on snout side above, frenum last fourth in 
snout, anterior circular, posterior crescentic. Interorbital broad, 
slightly evenly convex. Preorbital about 14 in eye, width about 14. 
Other suborbitals all much narrower, postorbitals scarcely evident. 
Posterior margin of preopercle concave to curve posteriorly below. 
External conspicuous mucous chambers along each side of head below 
eye and along mandible surface below. Upper series about 7 cells and 
mandibular series about 9, on each side of head. 

Gill-opening forward to upper hind preopercle margin, about last 
third in head. Rakers 1 + 4 short firm robust processes, thick set, 
about 4 in filaments, latter 14 in eye. Pseudobranchie small, less 
than half of filaments. Least isthmus width 14 in eye, lower surface 
broadly depressed. Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, hooked strongly at tips, without 
grinding surfaces but edges entire. 

Scales in series parallel with 1. 1., mostly uniform except little smaller 
on breast and median dorsal and ventral body-edges, striz radiating, 
all rather broadly exposed. Caudal base scales not smaller than 


"Cope includes Phenacobius teretulus Cope as probably occurring in western 
Pennsylvania, thus purely hypothetical. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 


others. Ventral axil without scaly flap, though broad scaly flap 
between bases of fins, its hind edge free. L. 1. complete, only decurved 
at first till midway along body side and caudal peduncle. Tubes 
simple, well exposed over each scale nearly to edge. 

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and caudal base, 
third simple ray highest though first branched subequal, fin 2$ to 
caudal base. Anal origin trifle after dorsal base, third simple ray 
longest though first branched subequal, fin 2 to caudal base. Caudal 
deeply forked, lobes pointed, equal. Pectoral rather broad, upper rays 
longest, ;°; to ventral. Ventral inserted trifle before dorsal, broadly 
expanded, reaches vent close before anal. 

Color in aleohol dull brownish, lower surface scarcely paler, side 
of head and streak down middle of side of trunk dull leaden-silvery. 
Fins plain pale brownish. Iris dull brassy-brown. 

Length 2,7, inches. 

No. 6,003, A. N.S. P., cotype (type) of EB. buccata Cope. Kiskimini- 
tas River, western Pennsylvania (Cope). 

Also No. 6,004, same data, showing: Head 34; depth 4%; D. iii, 
7,1; A. ili, 7,1; seales 31 + 2; seales above 1.1.5; scales below ]. |. 4; 
predorsal scales 14; snout 3 in head; eye 3%; maxillary 33; interorbital 
34; third simple dorsal ray 14; anal ray 14; caudal 1; least depth 
caudal peduncle 3; pectoral 1%; ventral 14; teeth 1, 44, 1; length 
1} inches. 

Cope says “a narrow space from vent to opposite middle of pectorals 
scaleless,’”’ which is not true in the above examples. 

This little fish is said to reach 5 inches in length, and occurs in clear 
streams and ponds west of the Alleghanies. Its color is olivaceous 
above with silvery sides, and spring males are said to be without tuber- 
cles or bright colors. There is a dark line down the middle of the back 
and a streak of dusky dots along the side. 

Rhinichthys oataracte (Valenciennes). 

Head 34 to 4; depth 4 to 54; D. iii, 7,1; A. ili, 6,1; scales variable, 
41 to 68, mostly from 53 to 66 + usually 3, occasionally 4, rarely 2; 
scales above 1. 1. usually 13, frequently 12 or 14, often 15, sometimes 
11; seales below |. 1. usually 11, frequently 10, often 9, seldom 12, 
rarely 8; predorsal scales usually 27 to 31, occasionally 24 to 26 and 
32 to 35, rarely 22, 36 or 37; snout 2¢ to 3,5 in head; eye 34 to 54; 
maxillary 24 to 3}; interorbital 2} to 44; teeth 2, 4-4, 2. Body 
moderately slender, compressed, rather robust forward. Head elon- 
gate, rather conic, Snout long as broad, convex, protruding beyond 
mandible about 1 eye-diameter. Eye small in adult, large in young, 


548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


high, midway in head. Mouth small, broad. Maxillary to hind 
nostril, small barbel at end. Slightly convex interorbital broad. 
Rakers 2 + 5 robust firm short points. Scales smaller anteriorly 
on trunk, L. 1. complete, slightly decurved, nearly midway. Dorsal 
origin about midway between front nostril and caudal base. Anal 
inserted little behind dorsal base. Caudal forked, lobes about equal. 
Pectoral 4 to ventral, latter inserted little before dorsal, fin to vent. 
Color olivaceous above, sometimes nearly blackish with mottled 
appearance. No distinct dusky lateral shade in adult, more evident 
in young. Lowersurface whitish. Sometimes blackish opercle blotch. 
Lips, cheeks and lower fins in spring males rosy-red. Iris silvery. 
Spring males also with entire upper head, pectoral fin and trunk 
finely tuberculate, jaws smooth. Length 1}; to 375 inches. Many 
examples from the Delaware R. basin at Kennett Square, Mendenhall 
and Mill Run (Chester Co.), the Susquehanna R. basin at Paradise 
(Lancaster Co.) and Meadow Run in the Youghiogheny R. basin near 
Ohio Pyle (Fayette Co.). 

This dace occurs in clear swift streams, usually about rapids and 
deep pools, in all the upland waters of the State. It is said to reach 5 
inches in length and be good bait for bass, though rather difficult to 
secure. I have usually found it associated with R. atronasus, though 
it appears to be more active. 

Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). 

Head 3 to 44; depth 3% to 5%; D. iii, 7,1, rarely iii, 6, 1 or iii, 8, 1; 
A. usually iii, 6, 1, rarely ili, 7, 1; scales usually 50 to 60, varying 
frequently 43 to 49 and 61 to 64, rarely varying 39 to 42 and 65 to 67 + 
usually 3, occasionally 2 or 4; scales above 1. 1. usually 12, frequently 
11 or 13, seldom 10, rarely 14; scales below 1. 1. usually 8, frequently 9, 
seldom 7 or 10, rarely 11; predorsal scales usually 30 to 33, frequently 
28, 29 or 34 to 38, seldom 25 to 27, rarely 23 and 39 to 42; snout 24 
to 34 in head; eye 3 to 54; maxillary 3 to 4; interorbital 2$ to 3%; 
teeth 2, 4-4, 2 usually, rarely 2, 5-4, 2 or 2, 4, 1-4, 2 or 2, 4-3, 2 or 1, 
3-4, 2. Body compressed, moderately long. Head moderate, robust, 
broad. Snout convex, depressed, length { its width. Eye small in 
adult, large in young, circular, high, slightly anterior. Mouth small, 
inferior, snout projecting about 4 of eye beyond mandible. Maxillary 
little inclined, to front nostril, ending in short barbel. Interorbital 
broadly depressed. Rakers 3 + 4 short firm points. Scales small, 
well exposed. L. 1. complete in adult, absent in young. Dorsal origin 
midway between hind eye margin and caudal base. Anal origin just 
after dorsal base. Caudal forked, lobes rounded. Pectoral } to ven- 


} 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 


tral, latter inserted little before dorsal origin, fin to anal. Color very 
variable, usually olivaceous-brown above mottled with dusky. Black 
lateral band from snout to caudal, always pronounced in young. 
Below white. Lower fins whitish to pale yellowish. In spring males 
sometimes whole body blushed crimson or golden, lateral blackish 
band vermilion or orange, also lower fins. Later in season dark lateral 
band turns blackish. Spring males also with head above behind 
nostrils minutely tuberculate. Length 14 to 3} inches. Very many 
examples: from the Delaware R. basin at Kennett Square, Mendenhall, 
Black Horse Run, second tributary below latter, run near Stock Grange, 
Willistown Barrens (Chester Co.); Chadd’s Ford, Wawa, Whetstone 
Run, north branch of Langford’s Run, Lewis’s Run, Hunter’s Run, 
Collar Brook, Collingdale (Delaware Co.); Wissahickon Creek, Hol- 
mesburg, Torresdale (Philadelphia Co.); Abrams, Hatboro (Mont- 
gomery Co.); Cornwells, Neshaminy Falls, Little Neshaminy Creek, 
Newtown, near Langhorne, Tullytown (Bucks Co.); Dingman’s Ferry 
(Pike Co.): Susquehanna R. basin at Brooklyn (Potter Co.); Loyal- 
sock Creek near Lopez (Sullivan Co.); Octoraro Creek at Nottingham 
(Chester Co.); Paradise, Akron and Trout Runs near Ephrata, Witmer’s 
Mills and run near Blainsport (Lancaster Co.): Allegheny R., Port 
Allegany and Cole Grove (McKean Co.); Warren (Warren Co.); 
Youghiogheny R. and Meadow Run near Ohio Pyle (Fayette Co.); 
Beaver R.°; Kiskiminitas R.: Genesee R. at Gold and Raymonds 
(Potter Co.): Potomae R. basin in Cove Creek (Fulton Co.). 

This beautiful little fish is very abundant in most all clear swift 
cold brooks in the State, especially in the mountainous regions. It is 
variable in the extreme, and many quite striking varieties may be 
found, even in the same brook. The so-called brown-nosed dace, from 
our western streams, does not appear to differ in having a paler color 
and deeper body, so far as I have examined. In fact many western 
examples are very dark or dusky. The snout is also variable. The 
fish is often found greatly parasitized with tape-worms, the abdomen 
then being greatly swollen. It is said to be good as bait. It spawns 
in the late spring and early summer, though bright-colored examples 
are found throughout the latter season. 

Hybopsis dissimilis (Kirtland).’° 

Head 3% to 44; depth 5 to 6}; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 6,1; scales usually 

about 47, varying 32 to 50 + 3; scales above |. |. usually 6, rarely 7; 


* Recorded wrongly by me in Am, Nat., XLI, 1907, p. 11, as R. cataracte. 
© Rean records H, amblops (Rafinesque) from the Ohio valley hypothetically. 


550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


scales below 1. 1. usually 5, rarely 6; predorsal scales usually 19 or 20, 
rarely 17, 18, 21 or 23; snout 24 to 3 in head; eye 2? to 34; maxillary 
3 to 34; interorbital 3 to 4; teeth 4-4. Body elongate, slender, 
compressed. Caudal peduncle long, slender. Head long, robust, 
little deeper than broad. Snout convex, long as broad. Eye large, 
high, midway in head. Mouth small, inferior, upper jaw protruding 
slightly. Maxillary well short of eye, ending in short barbel. Inter- 
orbital flattened. Rakers 2 + 5 short points. Scales smaller on pre- 
dorsal, well exposed. L. 1. complete, nearly straight. Dorsal origin 
midway between snout tip and caudal base. Anal origin little behind 
depressed dorsal tip. Caudal forked. Pectoral ? to ventral, latter 
inserted little behind dorsal origin, fin ? to anal. Color olivaceous, 
back rather mottled, below white. Sides bright silvery-white. Fins 
pale, plain. Lateral bluish stripe around snout, overlaid with several 
dusky spots. Length 2;%; to 4 inches. Twelve examples from the 
Youghiogheny R. 

Found in the channels of the larger streams, creeks and lakes, west 
of the Alleghanies. It does not appear to enter the small brooks. 
Said to reach 6 inches in length, and though a good biter most too 
small as food. Taken largely for bait. 

Hybopsis storerianus (Kirtland). 

Recorded by Evermann and Bollman from the Monongahela R. 

Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). 


Ceratichthys micropogon Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 277. 
Conestoga Creek in Lancaster County. 


Head 3%; depth 4; D. iii, 7, 1; A. iii, 6, 1; seales 34 + 3; scales 
above I. |. 6; scales below 1. 1. 5; predorsal scales 18; head width 2 its 
length; head depth at occiput 12; snout 34; eye 3; maxillary 3; 
interorbital 34; first branched dorsal ray 14; anal ray 14; least depth 
caudal peduncle 24; lower caudal lobe 1; pectoral 17; ventral 14. 
Body moderately long, compressed, profiles similar, deepest at dorsal 
origin. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth 1? its length. Head 
compressed, profiles similarly convex, flattened sides not convergent 
below. Snout convex, width } its length. Eye elongate, rounded, 
high, center about first 4 in head. Mouth low, nearly horizontal, 
large. Jaws even. Premaxillaries protractile down. Maxillary little 
inclined, trifle beyond eye front, not quite to pupil. Lips thin, little 
fleshy. Small barbel at lower maxillary corner distally. Jaw edges 
rather thin, trenchant. Mandible heavy, convex, rami little elevated 
inside mouth. Tongue thick, fleshy, adnate. Nostrils together, 
posterior larger, near eye front. Interorbital broadly depressed. Pre- 


~ oe ee 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 


orbital broad, width % its length, latter 14 in eye. Other suborbitals 
narrow. Gill-opening last % in head, nearly to hind eye margin. 
Rakers 2 + 5 points, about 3 in filaments, latter 1? in eye. Pseudo- 
branchize large, little less than filaments. Isthmus level, lcast width 
nearly 2 in eye. Teeth 1?, 4-4, 1?, hooked, compressed, grinding 
surfaces narrow. Scales rather large, crowded on predorsal and breast, 
more exposed along sides medianly. Pointed scaly axillary ventral 
flap 5 in fin. L. 1. complete, first decurved till about midway along 
side. Tubes simple, over first 3 of exposed scales. Dorsal origin mid- 
way between eye front and caudal base, first branched ray longest, fin 
2 to caudal base. Anal origin little behind dorsal base, first branched 
ray longest, fin 1% to caudal base. Caudal forked, lobes pointed, 
tips (damaged) about equal. Pectoral pointed, upper rays longest, 
fin ¢ to ventral. Latter inserted about opposite dorsal origin, reaches 
anal. Vent close before anal. Color in alcohol dull brownish, below 
paler. Head and trunk below with pale silvery reflections. Iris pale 
silvery. Fins pale brownish. Length 3} inches (caudal damaged). 
No. 5,061, A. N.S. P., type of C. micropogon Cope. Conestoga Creek 
in Lancaster County (Stauffer). 

Head 34 to 4; depth 3¢ to 43; D. iii, 7,1; A. iii, 6,1 usually, rarely 
iii, 7,1; scales usually 35 to 40, sometimes 33 or 34, rarely 32 or 41 + 
usually 3, rarely 2; scales above 1. 1. usually 7, frequently 6; scales 
below 1. 1. usually 5, frequently 6, rarely 4; predorsal scales usually 
16 to 19, occasionally 20, rarely 14 or 24; snout 2;/5 to 3 in head; eye 
34 to 7; maxillary 24 to 34; interorbital 24 to 34; teeth usually 0, 4-4, 
0, occasionally 1, 4-4, 0 or 1, 4-4, 1, rarely 1, 4-4, 2. Body com- 
pressed, robust. Head large, broadly rounded above. Snout convex, 
blunt, rather long. Eye small, high, round, larger in young. Mouth 
large, little inclined, mandible slightly shorter. Maxillary not quite 
to eye, ending in barbel. Interorbital broadly convex. Rakers 2 + 5 
short bony points. Seales well exposed. L. 1. complete, little decurved. 
Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base. Anal 
inserted behind dorsal base. Caudal emarginate, broad lobes rounded. 
Pectoral 14 to ventral, latter inserted opposite dorsal origin, reaches 
vent. Color olivaceous above with bluish tints. Sides with pale 
greenish on white and silvery. Below white. Fins pale orange. 
Spring males with head and belly blushed rosy, crimson spot on side 
of former, high adipose-like crest on forehead, and snout with large 
tubercles. Silvery iris, then orange and greenish. Young olivaceous 
above, silvery below, and dusky band along side medianly. Length 
1,5 to 9§ inches. Many examples: from the Susquehanna R. basin in 


552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Elk Creek (Chester Co.); Conestoga Creek and near Denver (Lancaster 
Co.); Emporium (Cameron Co.): Youghiogheny R. and Meadow 
Run near Ohio Pyle (Fayette Co.); Beaver R.; Kiskiminitas R.; 
Newcastle (Lawrence Co.); Allegheny R. basin (Warren Co.). __ 

This beautiful fish occurs in all streams west of the Alleghanies, and 
I have only met with it in the Susquehanna, in the Atlantic basin of 
our limits. It is said to reach 10 inches in length and be a fair table 
fish. Most frequently it is found in the larger creeks and rivers, sel- 
dom occurring in small brooks. It will take the hook readily and isa 
good bait as it is hardy. It shows considerable variation, the young 
being quite unlike the adult, and the latter also differing in the spawn- 
ing season, which takes place in late spring and early summer. 


Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sueur). 

Head 3% to 42; depth 3? to 44; D. usually iii, 7, 1, rarely iii, 8, 1; 
A. usually ii, 6, 1, rarely ii, 7, 1; scales usually about 48 to 51, 
rarely 39, 43, 44, 45, 47, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57 + usually 3, frequently 2, 
rarely 4; scales above 1. ]. usually 10, frequently 9, seldom 11, rarely 12; 
scales below 1. 1. usually 6, frequently 7; predorsal scales usually 25 to 
28, sometimes 29, rarely 30; snout 22 to 34 in head; eye 2% to 43; 
maxillary 2}? to 3}; interorbital 2,5 to 34; teeth usually 2, 4-4, 2, 
rarely 1, 4-4, 2 or 0, 4-4, 2. Body compressed, robust. Head com- 
pressed, broad. Snout convex, width } its length. Eye small in 
adult, large in young, high. Mouth small. Maxillary to eye. Upper 
jaw projecting. Mandible small, dentaries closely wedged together, 
incurved, producing trilobed appearance. Interorbital broadly flat- 
tened. Rakers 1 + 3 small rounded tubercles. Scales crowded anter- 
iorly on trunk. L. ]. continuous in adult, midway along side, incom- 
plete or absent in young. Dorsal origin midway between front pupil 
margin and caudal base. Anal inserted just behind dorsal base. 
Caudal emarginate. Pectoral ? to ventral, latter inserted trifle before 
dorsal origin, reaches vent. Color olivaceous above, below whitish. 
Diffuse dusky blotch at caudal base, most distinct in young. Fins 
otherwise plain. Iris whitish. Length 1% to 4% inches. Many 
examples: from the Delaware R. basin at Mendenhall, Black Horse 
Run and first tributary below, Mill Run (Chester Co.): Susquehanna 
R. basin at York Furnace (York Co.); Paradise, near Denver and Wit- 
mer’s Mills (Lancaster Co.); Emporium (Cameron Co.): Allegheny 
R. basin at Cole Grove (McKean Co.). 

This peculiar and strikingly characterized species occurs in all our 
river basins, but seems to be most abundant in the Susquehanna. It 


a 


ee 


- 


1998.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 


is,, however, by no means rare in the Delaware. It reaches a length 
of 6 inches and though rather small is sometimes said to be used as a 
pan fish. It is usually to be found in clear running water with other 
small fishes, and readily takes a hook. 


PLtate XXVII—Norropis KEIM: Fowler. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


or 
| 
+ 


A NEW SPECIES OF CYMATOPLEURA. 
BY CHARLES 8S. BOYER. 


Since the publication of Greville’s papers on the Diatomaces but 
few new forms from the deposit of Barbadoes have been described 
with the exception of those named by the late Prof. J. Brun in the 
last number of Le Diatomiste. The deposit, however, is very rich, 
and Mr. John A. Shulze, of Philadelphia, has not only prepared and 
mounted the greater number of Greville’s rare species, but has dis- 
covered several new ones. Among these may be mentioned a Cyma- 
topleura the diagnosis of which follows: 


Cymatopleura shulzei n. sp. 

Valve elliptical-lanceolate, with produced, subcapitate ends; border 
with moniliform markings. Surface with ten quite definite undula- 
tions; strie punctate in quincunx. L. of V.170 », puncta 14 in 10 pz. 

Barbadoes deposit. Rare. Coll. J. A. Shulze. 

I take pleasure in naming this species after Mr. John A. Shulze, 
whose preparations of selected diatoms is unexcelled. Cymatopleura 
is a well-defined genus, but limited in the number of species. Those 
known as elliptica, solea, regula, hibernica, angulata, cochlea and the 
three new ones of Pantoesek, kinkeri, gigantea and gracilis, resemble 
each other in outline, more or less. Lewis’ small form, C. marina, 
differs chiefly in its lanceolate outline. The present species is dis- 
tinguished by its produced ends and by the fact that it is the only one 
of the genus thus far found in the miocene deposits (Plate XXVIII). 

I am indebted to Dr. T. 8. Stewart for the photographs from which 
the figures were taken. 


EXPLANATION OF PLate XXVIII. 


Fig. 1.—Valve view. 650. 

Fig. 2.—Same. X 350. 

Fig. 3.—Zonal view, somewhat inclined, showing moniliform markings and the 
undulations. » 460. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 


NOTES ON POLINICES DIDYMA, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW 
AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. VANATTA. 


An Indo-Pacific group of species or forms of the Naticoid genus 
Polinices is characterized by having a transverse sulcus dividing the 
convex surface of the dark-brown umbilical callous lobe. Numerous 
supposed species were based on shells of this character, but modern 
authors have united all under one species, called Natica ampla by 
Tryon (Manual of Conchology, VIII, 1886) and Natica didyma by 
Watson and E. A. Smith (Challenger Report, XV, Gastropoda, 1886, 
p. 450), and by Pritchard and Gatliff (Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, XII, 
1900, p..191). 

The names which have been applied to the forms in question follow 
in chronological order. 


1798. Albula didyma Bolten, Museum Boltenianum, p. 20. Based 
upon Nerita umbilicata livida Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchylien 
Cabinet, V, p. 246, pl. 186, figs. 1856-57 (Tranquebar), 

1845. Natica papyracea “ Busch,” Philippi, Abbildungen und Be- 
schreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Conchylien, Vol. II 
(October), p. 45, pl. 2, fig. 12 (Hab. ?); Conehylien Cabinet, 
p. 87, pl. 13, fig. 4; p. 43, pl. 5, fig. 4. 

1848. Natica ampla Philippi, Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie, p. 156, 
spec. 16 (Hab. ?); Conchylien Cabinet (Natica), p. 41, 
pl. 6, fig. 2. 

1848. Natica bicolor Philippi, Zeitschrift fir Malakozoologie, p. 156, 
species 17 (China Sea); Conchylien Cabinet, p. 43, pl. 6, fig. 4. 

1848. Natica vesicalis Philippi, Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie, p. 159 
(China) ; Conchylien Cabinet, p. 40, pl. 6, fig. 1. 

1846-1858. Natica lamarckii Recluz, in Chenu, Ilustrations Conchy- 
liologiques, Vol. III, pl. 2, figs. 1-4. 

1846-1858. Natica petiveriana Recluz, in Chenu, Illustrations Con- 
chyliologiques, Vol. III, pl. 2, figs. 5-9; Reeve, Conchologia 
Iconica, LX, 1855, pl. 5, fig. 17. 

1846-1858. Natica intermedia Recluz, in Chenu, Illustrations Con- 
chyliologiques, Vol. III, pl. 2, fig. 10; pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, 3 (not of 
Philippi, 1836). 


556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


1846-1858. Natica chemnitzii Recluz, in Chenu, Illustrations Con- 
chyliologiques, Vol. III, pl. 3, fig. 4. Reeve, Conchologia Icon- 
ica, IX, 1855, pl. 2, fig. 7 (not of Pfeiffer, 1840). 

1852. Natica incisa “ Dunker,”’ Philippi, Conchylien Cabinet, Natica, 
p. 81, pl. 12, fig. 8 (China). 

1852. Natica papyracea Busch, var. major Philippi, Conchylien Cabi- 
net, p. 157, pl. 5, fig. 4. 

1855. Natica lamarckiana “ Recluz, 
IX, pl. 2, fig. 6. 

1855. Natica problematica Reeve, Conchologia Iconica, LX, pl. 6, 
fig. 21. 

1860. Natica robusta Dunker, Malakozoologische Blatter, Vol. VI, 
p. 232; Mollusea Japonica, 1861, pl. 2, fig. 24 (Deshima). 

1876. Natica tasmanica Tenison—Woods, Papers and Proceedings 
and Report of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 1875 (1876), pp. 
148, 149; 1877 (1878), p. 32; 1890 (1891), p. 134, species 173. 
Proceedings Royal Society of Victoria, Vol. XII, 1900, p. 192. 
Polinices tasmanica T. Woods, Tate and May, Proceedings Lin- 
nean Society of New South Wales, Vol. XX VI, No. 103, 1901, p. 
375, pl. 25, fig. 49. 


” 


Reeve, Conchologia . Iconica, 


The study of a series of 53 specimens in 23 lots, from localities in 
Japan, China, India, the East Indies and Australia, shows that sev- 
eral species and races can be distinguished, as follows: 


Polinices didyma Bolten. Pl. XXIX, fig. 9. 

Size rather large, up to 59 mm. diam. Coloration as in didyma 
ampla Phil, from which it differs by the subtriangular shape of the 
umbilical callus, which has a long adnate upper border and less pro- 
jecting outer edge than P. didyma ampla Phil. 

Type locality, Tranquebar. Bolten’s species was based on Chem- 
nitz’s figures. We have seen no examples from 'Tranquebar, but the 
figures seem to show no tangible difference between didyma and the 
common Japanese species described as N. robusta Dkr., which we 
consider a synonym, pending the comparison of topotypes. We have 
robusta from Tashima, Awaji (Hirase), and Hayama, near Kamakura, 
Sagami (Miss Hartshorne). It seems to be confined to Japan and 
India. 

Fig. 9 of plate XXIX represents a Japanese shell. 

Polinices didyma ampla Phil. Pl. XXIX, fig. 8. 

A large form, ordinarily attaining the diameter of 63 mm, The 

umbilicus is very ample, the excavation not half covered by the callus, 


—— ee  — — —  —————<—_ 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557 


which projects as a free lobe, the middle or lower part projecting 
beyond the adnate upper border; hence the general outline of the callus 
is semicircular. The lower lobe of the callus is ordinarily larger than 
the upper. The inner part of the umbilical excavation is covered 
with yellowish cuticle except in old or worn shells, as it is in all the 
related forms; and while there may be two or three narrow radial 
purplish streaks, the umbilicus is mainly white within. The exterior 
is more or less deeply tinted with chestnut or livid brown above, 
paler or white on the base; the early whorls are dull blue with a pale 
subsutural band, apex dark red. The inside of the aperture is chestnut 
above, white at the base. 

Most of the specimens before us are from China. One lot is labelled 
Madras. The type locality was not known. Absolute synonyms of 
this form are Natica lamarckii Recluz, and N. lamarckiana “ Recluz,” 
Rve. 

Polinices didyma bicolor (Phil.). Pl. XXIX, figs. 4, 5. 

A form of didyma which may perhaps be segregated, as a subspecies 
was described as N. bicolor Philippi. It is smaller than P. didyma 
ampla, the maximum diameter 35 to 39mm. Umbilicus and umbilical 
callus similar, but the lobes of the latter are often more convex, and 
darker, very dark chestnut or chocolate colored. Upper surface 
darker than in didyma or didyma ampla, generally bluish or somewhat 
plum colored, with darker and paler streaks; base and interior of 
umbilicus pale or pure white. Interior of the aperture very dark 
chestnut or chocolate with a white area at the base. 

This form differs from didyma and didyma ampla chiefly by the 
more strongly contrasted colors and smaller size. While not strongly 
differentiated, it seems to be recognizable, and not uncommon. 

Type locality China Sea. Specimens are before us from “China,” 
Singapore and Queensland. 

Natica petiveriana Recluz is identical with bicolor, 

Polinices didyma vesicalis (Phil.). Pl. XXIX, figs. 6, 7. 

Similar to P. didyma, but the base and interior of the umbilicus are 
generally conspicuously streaked radially with brown; upper surface 
light brownish, as in didyma; there is a more or less definite white 
band or paler area between the basal and the upper tinted tracts. 
This band is usually more distinct inside. Upper adnate edge of the 
callous lobe generally longer than in P. didyma ampla Phil., more as 
in didyma, but the callus ts smaller. The whole parietal wall and 

adjacent root of the callous lobe are covered with a heavy pure white 
callus, whereas in didyma ampla Phil. this white area is much less 
36 


558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


extended. General form is generally rather more elevated than 
didyma ampla. The largest example in the Academy’s collection has 
a diameter of 47 mm. 

Type locality, China. Specimens from three sources before us are 
from China, with one tray labelled Madras. 

Natica intermedia Reclus (not of Philippi, 1836), N. problematica 
Reeve and N. incisa Dkr. are identical with vesicalis. 


Polinices papyracea (‘‘Busch,”’ Philippi). 


We have not seen this form, which according to Philippi differs from 
didyma by its depressed shape and very thin shell. It was known to 
Philippi by one specimen measuring about 18 x 20 mm. WNatica 
papyracea major Philippi is a larger form or specimen. 


Polinices aulacoglossa n. sp. Pl. XXIX, figs. 1, 2, 3. 


Shell globose, the contour higher and less broad than in P. didyma 
and its varieties, solid; light brown or slightly bluish, with an ill- 
defined white band at the base. Umbilicus much smaller than in 
P. didyma, very narrow within, half or more covered by the callus, 
which is dark brown, divided by a submedian transverse sulcus, 
subtriangular in shape, the upper margin adnate to the end, which pro- 
jects farther than the free edge of the lobe. Parietal callus heavy, 
white. Other characters substantially as in P. didyma. 

Alt. 304, diam. 31 mm. 

Type locality, Altona Bay, Williamstown, near Melbourne, Vic- 
toria. Types No. 94229 A. N.S P., collected by Mr. F. H. Baker. 

Some specimens received from Dr. J. C. Cox are larger, alt. 414, 
diam. 42 mm., otherwise similar. This is apparently the form listed 
by Messrs. Pritchard and Gatliff as Natica didyma Chemn. It is cer- 
tainly distinct specifically from P. didyma, or any of its subspecies. 

Natica chemnitzii Recluz (not N. chemnitzii Pfr., 1840) seems to be 
identical with this species, though if so it attains a larger size than 
any examples we have seen. In any case the name is a homonym 
and cannot stand. 

Natica tasmanica Tenison-Woods has been placed in the synonymy 
of P. didyma by Messrs. Pritchard and Gatliff, but Tate and May 
in their Census of Marine Mollusca of Tasmania (1901) have r tained 
it distinct, a decision supported by the figure published by them. 
[It is a far smaller species than P. aulacoglossa, alt. 13, diam. 16 mm. ; 
and as Tenison-Woods mentions seeing a number of examples in 
several collections, it is not likely that he was dealing with young 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 


specimens. See also the remarks by Tenison-Woods in Proceedings 
of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 1877, p. 32 (1878). 

Natica secunda Mab. et Rocheb., as figured and described by Ort- 
mann,’ is evidently closely related to P. aulacoglossa and its allies. It 
is not surprising to find that the nearest relatives of N. secunda are 
austral forms. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. 
The figures are slightly reduced in size.’ 


Figs. 1, 2, 3—Polinices aulacoglossa Pils. and Van.,n.sp. No. 94229A. N.S. P. 
Figs. 4, 5—Polinices didyma bicolor Phil., No. 59200 A. N. S. P. 

Figs. 6, 7—Polinices didyma vesicalis Phil., No. 59190 A. N. S. P. 

Fig. 8—Polinices didyma ampla Phil., No. 59198 A. N.S. P. 

Fig. 9—Polinices didyma Bolt. (robusta Dkr.), No. 80440 A. N.S. P. 


1 Rep. Princeton Univ. Exped. to Patagonia, 1V, p. 188, pl. 33, fig. 3a, b. 


560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


ON THE TEETH OF HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF HELICINA. 


BY HENRY A. PILSBRY AND C. MONTAGUE COOKE. 


The dentition has been examined in four Hawaiian species of Heli- 
cina: H. baldwint Anc., H. uberta Gld., H. laciniosa Migh. and H. 
rotelloidea Migh. The chief divergence is in the denticulation of the 
fourth or major lateral tooth, which is armed with several large, and 
small denticle3 in some species, and with more numerous equal denti- 
cles in others. 


Te oh 


\ 
Fig. 1.—Helicina baldwini. Fig. 2.—-Helicina laciniosa. 


In all the species, the central tooth has a very short smooth cusp or 
ledge at its summit. 

In H. baldwini (fig. 1) the denticle formula of the laterals is 6, 5, 4, 
5, 0; that is, the innermost lateral tooth has 6 points or denticles on 
its recurved cusp, the next tooth has 5, and so on. The inner 
uncini have three or four rather large denticles. Lateral iv has very 
unequal conic denticles, two of them much larger than the others: 

H. uberta is like baldwint, except that the inner lateral has only 4 
denticles. 

H. laciniosa (fig. 2) has the denticle formula 5, 6, 4, 7, 0. The 
major lateral (iv) has an even series of subequal denticles. The 
inner uncini have about 7 very minute, subequal denticles. 

The radula of H. rotelloidea resembles that of H. laciniosa, the 
major lateral having 6 subequal denticles, but the inner uncini are more 
like the H. baldwini type, having about 4 large denticles. What 
systematic value attaches to the differences observed is uncertain until 
many more species can be examined; but it would seem that two groups 
are indicated, characterized by the mode of denticulation of the cusp 
of the fourth lateral tooth. 

The figures represent the central (c) and lateral teeth (tv), with a 
single uncinus (12). 


cs a a ry 


—_ 


— ea 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 


CLAUSILIIDZ OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE, XII. 


BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. 


Clausilias discovered by Mr. Y. Hirase, his correspondents and 
assistants, during the last year or two are described below. Unusual 
interest attaches to certain Euphedusoid species (C. echo, C. nakade) 
showing stages in a degeneration series leading to Reinia. Further 
minor phyla of the Zaptychoid series have also been found. 


Section EUPH ASDUSA Boettger. 

I have elsewhere given reasons for including the group Reinia in 
Euphedusa, C. eastlakeana, C. echo and C. nakade are connecting 
links between the typical members of these groups. 

Clausilia eastlakeana vaga n. subsp. 

The shell is like C. eastlakeana Mlldff. The clausilium is slightly 

wider, and distinctly more curved. 


Length 12.0,diam. 3.0mm.; whorls 7 ; f 
“ 10.3, “ 30 « “64 Nakanoshima. 
: 10.7, * «ae os ng he’ Had a 
4 90, “ 27 « “ 64) Akusekijima. 


Nakanoshima, Osumi. Types No. 95691 A. N.S. P. from No. 1513 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection; also Akusekijima, Osumi. 

In general appearance this shell resembles C. variegata A. Ad., from 
which it differs in having a clausilium and two palatal plice. It is 
profusely streaked with buff-white on a corneous-brown ground, the 
lighter tint usually predominating. The peristome is incomplete, the 
aperture being shaped like that of Ena (Buliminus). The short 
superior lamella curves toward the left termination of the lip, and is 
separated from the thin, low spiral lamella, The inferior lamella 
forms a high plate within the back. The subcolumeller lamella is very 
deeply immersed. The principal plica is rather short and lateral, 
and there are two short palatal plicw, one above, the other near the 
base. 

Clausilia eastlakeana Moellendorff was described from Fu-chow, on 
the island Nan-tai, province Fu-dshien, in southern China. So far as 


562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


the shell is concerned, a comparison of specimens shows scarcely any 
difference from the variety defined above from the northeastern 
Ryukyu Islands, but the clausilium is perceptibly different. It must 
be admitted that such small differences as exist would not be thought 
of much significance were it not for the wide geographic separation. 
Clausilia echo n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 7. 

The shell is very small, thin, yellow or corneous, sometimes with 
a few yellow flecks; finely striate, becoming more coarsely so on the 
back of the last whorl, and under a lens showing 
faint spiral striz. Penultimate whorl widest, 
those above tapering to the small, slightly obtuse 
apex. Whorls 6} to 7, convex, the last com- 
pressed laterally, convex below. Aperture squar- 
ish ovate. Peristome continuous, expanded and 
reflexed, the upper margin notched over the 
superior lamella; sinulus retracted. The superior 
lamella is thin, marginal, separated from the 
spiral lamella, which is short and lateral. The 
inferior lamella is deeply placed, forming a promi- 
nent fold deep in the throat, strongly gyrate within the iast whorl, 
penetrating as deep as the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella 
is very deeply immersed. The principal plica is very short, lateral. 
There are small upper and lower palatal plice. 

Length 7 to 8, diam. 2 mm. 

The clausilium is rather broad, oval, tapering toward both ends, 
and very strongly curved. : 

Akusekijima, Osumi, Types No. 95688 A. N.S. P., from No. 1585 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

Clausilia echo is a connecting link between Reinia and Euphedusa. 
It resembles C. eastlakeana except in having the peristome complete, 
the aperture being shaped much as in C. euholostoma Pils., but that 
species has no superior lamella. C. echo is a less evolved form than 
C. eastlakeana, in the same phylum. 


Clausilia variegata (A, Adams). 
Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1901, p. 473, pl. 25, figs. 11, 12. 

The type locality for this species is Tago, Izu (not in western Shikoku, 
as stated in a former communication). Other localities are Tokyo 
and its environs, Takasaki, Kozuke; Kashima, near Tanabe, Kii, 
and Hirado, Hizen. Specimens have been received also from Chichi- 
jima, Ogasawara. They belong to the typical form of the species, not 
to the variety nesiotica. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 


The presence of this species in the Bonin Islands may perhaps be 
due to accidental introduction, with plants or otherwise. There has 
doubtless been abundant opportunity and time for such introduction 
since 1593, the date of first discovery of the Bonins, and occupation 
by the Daimio Ogasawara Sadayori. 

Clausilia nakade@ Pilsbry. Pl. XXX, fig. 10. 
Clausilia variegata var. nakadai Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1902, p. 328. 

The shell is rimate, fusiform, thin, dark brown, uniform or marked 
with buff on the upper whorls; upper half tapering and attenuate; 
lower two whorls subequal in width. Surface glossy 
finely and closely striate, the striation coarser on the i 
latter part of the last whorl. Whorls 64, convex, the & 
last somewhat tapering downward, rather full and Bry 
convex basally. The aperture is ovate; peristome thin, 
reflexed, the ends separated, joined across the parietal Cay" 
wall by a rather thin, transparent callus. Superior 
lamella very thin, subvertical, not continuous with the 
lateral and dorsal spiral lamella. Inferior jamella promi- 
nent, subhorizontal, ascending in a broad spiral within. 
Subcolumellar lamella very deeply immersed. Prin- 
cipal plica short, dorsal, penetrating to a lateral position. 
There are no other palatal plice (Fig. 2). 

Length 7 to 7.3, diam. 2 mm, 

The clausilium is very strongly curved, so that the distal part is 
at a right angle with the upper part. It is rather wide, parallel-sided, 
the end obtuse, slightly angular. The columellar side is only very 
slightly excised near the filament. 

Hachijo-jima, Izu. Types No. 83299, topotypes No. 96984 A. N. 
S. P., from No. 942 of Mr. Hirase’s collection, collected by Mr. Nakada. 

This form was first described from two specimens, neither of which 
contained the clausilium. On subsequent examination Mr. Hirase 
discovered that it has a well-developed clausilium, and sent additional 
examples, one of which is described above, and illustrated on the plate. 

Compared with C. variegata A, Ad., this species is much smaller 
and much more attenuate above; it is less variegated or uniform 
brown; and finally it has a clausilium. C. echo, of Akusekijima, 
Osumi, in the northeastern Ryukyu chain, is perhaps the most closely 
related species, but it differs from C. nakade by having the peristome 
continued as a raised cord across the parietal margin, and by possess- 
ing two small palatal plicw, whereas C. nakad@ has only the principal 
plica. C. nakade@ is a perfect connecting link between C. eastlakeana 
and echo and C. variegata. 


Fig. 2. 


564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee. 


Group of Clausilia aculus. 
Clausilia tripleuroptyx n. sp. Pl. XXXI, figs. 1, 2. 
The shell is fusiform, the lower three whorls rather large, those 
above tapering to the attenuate summit; brown or chocolate colored, 
moderately glossy, the last 3 or 4 whorls sharply, finely striate, the 


Fig. 3.—Clausilia tripleuroptyz, a,b, two views of clausilium; c, last whorl and 
aperture; d, e, diagrams of palatal armature of two individuals. 


strie a little coarser on the back of the last whorl. Whorls about 9, 
convex, the last flattened laterally, tapering downward. The aper- 
ture is squarish-ovate; peristome pale, well reflexed, continuous. 
Superior lamella marginal, of moderate size, compressed, continuous 
with the spiral lamella, penetrating to the middle of the ventral side. 
The inferior lamella approaches the superior, ascends in a broad 
spiral curve, and penetrates as deeply as the spiral lamella. The 
subcolumellar lamella is deeply immersed. The principal plica is 
rather short, lateral. There are usually three palatal plice below 
the principal, the upper well developed, a very short plica below it. 
There is no lunella, but a lower palatal plica about as long as the upper 
is present (fig. 3d). 

Length 14.5, diam. 3.4mm. 

To ee ee ee 

The clausilium is strongly curved, oblique and subangular at the 
apex, a little excised at the columellar side of the filament (fig. 3a, b). 

Kuroshima, Satsuma. Types No. 95710 A. N. 8. P., from No, 1589 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This species is related to C. digonoptyx Bttg., but differs by its palatal 
plice and the more curved, differently shaped clausilium. It differs 
from C. subaculus by the better developed superior lamella and the 
different palatal armature. C. aculus Bens. of China and Korea is 


EES 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 


the most closely related species, but it differs in sculpture; it has not 
the fine, thread-like striation of C. tripleuroptyr, being more glossy, 
paler colored and less opaque. 

As in C. aculus, the palatal armature varies. In most examples 
seen there are three palatal plicze below the principal plica, the second 
either pliciform or punctiform (as in fig. 3d). Sometimes there are 
six plice, the 3d, 4th and 5th very small, scarcely visible inside by 
reflected light (fig. 3e). 


Section STEREOPHASDUSA Boettger. 
Clausilia japonica Crosse. 

The typical form of this species is found around Tokyo. The exact 
locality of the types was not known, but the Tokyo shells agree so fully 
with them that this place may be considered the type locality. 

The shells are coarsely rib-striate, the strie simple (not split), and 
on the last whorl there are about five striz in one millimeter. The 
spiral lamella penetrates inward to the middle of the ventral side; 
the inferior lamella is much longer. There are two palatal plice, 
an upper and lower, below the principal, and in some examples there 
is the weak rudiment of a lunella near the lower palatal plica, and a 
second low nodule or plica just below the upper palatal plica. The 
size of Tokyo specimens is rather variable. 

Length 29.0, diam. 6.5mm.; whorls 114. 

- 25.5;.- 9% "GS08 cea 
« 20.6,» > Gas “s> EE 

The forms I described as var. perstriata and var. perobscura are close 
to typical japonica in sculpture. It is hard to decide what forms of 
so variable a species call for special names. Besides those now recog- 
nized, there seem to be several races, which may for the present remain 
undescribed. 

The largest form of C. japonica I have seen was sent from Yakuenji, 
Izumo, by Mr. Hirase (No. 1594). The shell is rich chestnut colored 
when unworn, about as finely striate as C. 7. nipponensis, and, like that, 
it has upper and lower palatal plicz only, the lower one quite small. 
The spiral lamella runs inward to the middle of the ventral side, the 
inferior lamella being longer. Except in having no sutural plica, this 
form agrees with C. hilgendorfi Martens. No other Stereophedusa is 
known to have asutural plica, so that it is possible that its recorded 
presence in C. hilgendorfi may be an abnormal development, in which 
case, this form is evidently C. hilgendorfi. Specimens from Yakuenji, 
Izumo, measure: 


566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Dec., 


Length 42.5, diam. 9 mm.; whorls 124. 
- 80:0) ng SOURS D e get eS 
This Clausilia is surpassed in size only by certain forms of C. mar- 
tenst, 
Clausilia japonica kobensis (Smith). 
Clausilia kobensis E. A. Smith, Quart. Journ. of Conch., I, No. 8, p. 122 


(Feb., 1876). 
Clausilia nipponensis Kobelt, Jahrb. D. M. Ges., III, 1876, p. 275, pl. 8, 


cuits iediaes Martens in coll., Kobelt, l.c., p. 277. 
Clausilia japonica var. nipponensis Kob., Bttg. Jahrb. D. M. Ges., V, 1878, 
p. 50 (Clausilium). 

In western Hondo there is a rather weakly defined race described 
as kobensis Smith and nipponensis Kobelt, these two names being 
synonymous, and based on specimens from Kobe, Setsu. The striation 
is noticeably finer than in typical C. japonica. The last whorl is fre- 
quently much compressed, and the preceding whorl bulges, giving 
a peculiar contour to the shell in dorsal view; but this feature is vari- 
able. There are always two palatal plice below the principal one, 
an upper and a lower. There is often a whorl more than in typical 
C. japonica. 

Clausilia japonica vespertina n. subsp. Pl. XXX, figs. 11, 12. 

The shell is glossy, chestnut colored, large, swollen in the lower half, 
attenuated as usual above, finely striate, the striz often split or inter- 
rupted near the suture; penultimate whorl inflated, the last whorl 
compressed, tapering downward. ‘The superior lamella is usually 
small, short, not reaching to the margin of the peristome, and generally 
separated from the spiral lamella. Palatal plicze two, upper and lower: 
principal plica usually shorter than in japonica. 

Length 33.0, diam. 7.7 mm.; whorls 11} ) 

tr ae em | 
‘: S447. B25 ae 
ss re Re aa 8. s VLA 

Nishinoshima, Oki, at Takazakiyama (type loc.) and Takuhisan. 
Types No, 95711 A. N.S P., from No. 1986 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This race differs from C. 7. interplicata by the absence of inter- 
mediate palatal plice between the upper and lower; but it should 
be noted that some individuals of interplicata from Takeya, Izumo, 
also lack the intermediate plicw, and then scarcely differ from this 
insular race from Oki. It is also related to var. kobensis. 


Takuhisan. 


F Takazakiyama. 


Clausilia japonioa ultima n. subsp. PI, XXX, figs. 8, 9. 
The shell is much more slender and lengthened than C. japonica, 
chestnut colored, paler just below the suture, very glossy, finely and 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 


regularly rib-striate, about four strie2 in one mm. on the last whorl, 
the interstices of the strie minutely, finely striate transversely. Three 
er four early whorls are of about equal diameter ; the penultimate whorl 
is largest, the last whorl compressed and tapering downward. The 
spiral and inferior lamellew are very long, extending inward past the 
front to the left side; other lamell as in japonica; two palatal plice, 
an upper and a lower, below the principal plica. 

nop 29.3, diam. 5.5 mm.; whorls 13}. 

27, ‘“ 5.2 « ‘“ 13. 

Nakamura, Oki. Types No. 95714 A. N.S. P., from No. 1566 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is a very distinct race, quite unlike any of the many forms of 
C. japonica known from the main island and Shikoku. Like the 
preceding subspecies it is probably confined to the Oki Islands. 


Clausilia hickonis ‘‘Kobelt’’ Bttg. 4 


ae ee hickonis Kobelt, Boettger, Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., V, 1878, p. 
hen 3, fig. 7; with var. binodifera Bttg., l.c., fig. 7b (interior of Nippon). 
C. ee onis Kobelt, Fauna Japonica, p. 86. 
Clausilia subjaponica Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. ‘S. Phila., 1900, p. 679 (Jan. 28, 
1901) (Ibuki, Omi). 
Clausilia fultoni subsp. clavula von Moellendorff, Nachrbl. d. D. Malak. 
Ges., April, 1901, p. 41 (Ibuki, Omi). 


This fine Stereophedusa has some resemblance to C. (Megalophe- 
dusa) vasta. It is now known from Hakusan, Kaga; Kurozu and 
Tomisato, Kii; Ibuki, Omi; and on Shikoku from Nagaomura, Sanuki. 

The variety C. hickonis saucia Pils. differs chiefly by its much 
coarser striation. It was described from Sodayama, Tosa, and smaller 
examples have been taken at Naarimura, Tosa, No. 1010 of Mr. 
Hirase’s collection, 83901 A. N.S. P. 


Clausilia jacobiana jacobiella n. subsp PI. XXXI, figs. 3, 4, 5, 6. 

The shell is more slender than C. jacobiana; and the last half of the 
last whorl is less coarsely striate. There are short upper and lower 
palatal plicw, but no lunella (pl. XXXI, figs, 3, 4, 5). 

Length 14.8, diam. 3.0 mm.; whorls 94. 

rs 15.0. * 4 Bo," vse 
24 See BY 

Akusekijima, Osumi. Types No. 95682 A. N.S. P., from No. 1547 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Nakanoshima snd Suwanosefimia. 

Specimens from Nakano-shima are a little larger: 

Length 15.2, diam. 3.4 mm., whorls 9. 

- 14g ee: ss 
y 14.3, “ 3.26 “ 


568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Shells from Suwanosejima are much smaller: 
Length 12, diam. 2.9 to 3 mm.; whorls 84 (pl. XXXJI, fig. 6). 


Clausilia nishinoshimana n. sp. Pl. XXXI, fig. 7. 


A Stereophedusa of the group of C. brevior. The shell is fusiform, 

tapering from the penultimate whorl, considerably attenuated near 

the apex; dull dark brown; rather finely and 

sharply striate except the earlier whorls, which 

are worn. Whorls 114, moderately convex, the 

a second, third and fourth of about equal diameter, 

the last compressed and tapering downward. Ap- 

erture ovate, the sinulus a little retracted. Peris- 

‘ tome brown tinted, rather broadly reflexed, 

recurved at the edge, thick. Superior lamella a 

little oblique, marginal, continuous with the 

spiral lamella, which is high and lamellar in the 

Fig. 4. middle, low toward both ends, and penetrates 

inward to a point above the outer lip. The inferior 

lamella forms a rather strong fold in the throat, and ascends in a broad 

spiral curve in the back, where it is very wide. It penetrates as deeply 

as the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges to the 

lip edge. The principal plica is weak, short and lateral. There are 
short upper and lower palatal plicz, but no lunella (fig. 4). 

Length 18, diam. 3.9 mm. 

The clausilium is strongly curved, somewhat angular at the apex, 
a little excised on the columellar side of the filament. It is similar to 
the clausilium of C. brevior.' 

Nishinoshima, Oki. Types No. 95689 A. N.S. P., from No. 1576 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This species is closely related to C. brevior, differing in the following 
respects: There are but two palatal plice below the principal one, 
which is much shorter than in C. brevior; the spire tapers for a longer 
distance, and it is composed of more whorls. 

Some individuals lose the early whorls, closing the breach with a 
convex plug, as in some Urocoptids. The number of whorls retained 
may be reduced to six. Among some hundreds of C. brevior seen from 
six localities, none were similarly truncate. It is a rather unusual 
condition in Japanese Clausiliide, 


1 See Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1901, pl. 38, figs. 52, 53. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 


Section LUCHUPHASDUSA Pilsbry. 


Clausilia degenerata Pils. 
Clausilia nakadai degenerata Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904, p. 818, pl. 52, 
fig. 12; pl. 53, fig. 22. 

The inadvertent use of Mr. Nakada’ s name twice in Clausilia makes 
it necessary to modify the later application as above. The former 
subspecific name will become the name of the species, while what was 
formerly described as typical C. nakadai requires a new name, which, 
being later, becomes subspecific. | I am indebted to Mr. Hirase for 
calling my attention to the duplication. 

The type of C. degenerata is No. 87593 A. N.S. P., from No. 1205 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

C. degenerata nakadiana n. n. 


Clausilia nakadai Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904, p. 818, pl. 52, figs. 9, 10, 
11; pl. 53, figs. 18, 19. Not C. variegata var, nakadai Pils., Proc, A. N.S. 
Phila., 1902, p. 328. 


The type of C. d. nakadiana is No. 87594 A. N.S. P., from No. 1205a 
of Hirase’s catalogue. 

Section FORMOSANA Bitg. 

This section has much affinity with Hemiphedusa and the closely 
related Megalophedusa, having the same long and narrow type of 
clausilium, which, however, is slightly thickened at the end. The 
palatal structure is primitive—a series of well-developed, -subequal 
plice. 

Three Formosan species known may be distinguished as follows: 


a.—Shell rather obesely fusiform, the diameter contained 34 to 44 
times in the length; whorls 9 to 11, the later ones closely and 
finely striate. 

b.—Whorls convex; later whorls with waved striw; southern 

Formosa. 

c.—Color pale yellowish or very pale brownish (pl. XXXII, 

figs: 4,8,9); . . C. formosensis A. Ad. 

c'.—Color dark reddish or purplish brown Ag XXXII, figs. 

ee ot) Dae C. j. hotawana Pils. 

b'.—Whorls flattened ; striae fine, close and straight; dark colored, 
northern Formosa (pl. XXXII, figs. 7, 10, 11), 

C. swinhoeit H. Ad. 

a',—Shell long and narrow, the diam. contained 5 or 6 times in the 

length; whorls 11 to 14, the later ones flattened, with inter- 

rupted stri# (pl. XXXII, figs. 5, 6), . . C. tatwanica Pils. 


Clausilia formosensis H. Ad. Pl, XXXII, figs. 4, 8, 9. 
This species belongs to southern Formosa, while C. swinhoei has been 
found only in the northern end of the island. In color it varies from 


570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


pale yellow to a pale reddish-brown tint. Schmacker and Boettger 
have already described the close, peculiarly waved or “vermiculate’’ 
striation of the later whorls. Figs. 8, 9 are from Hotawa examples; 
fig. 4 is a smaller, eroded form from Arikawa. 

C. formosensis hotawana subsp. nov. Pl. XXXII, figs. 1, 2, 3. 

The shell resembles C. formosensis in its rather obesely fusiform 
shape, convex whorls, close and sharp wavy striation, and in the 
characters of aperture and interior; but it differs by being dark reddish- 
brown or purplish-brown in color, the apical whorls yellowish-white, 
lip white, interior of the mouth purple-brown. Old examples usually 
lose the apical whorls. 

Length 28.0, diam. 7.8 mm.; whorls 8} (apex entire). 

2 ar ae “8 remaining (decollate). 

Hotawa, Formosa. Types No. 90032 A. N.S P., from No. 1397 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

The locality Hotawa, given by us for C. swinhoei (Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 
1905, p. 738), should be cancelled. The record was based upon the 
specimens described above as C. f. hotawana. So far as we know, the 
true C. swinhoei has not been found at that place, but only in the 
extreme north of the island. . 
Clausilia taiwanica n. sp. Pl. XXXII, figs. 5, 6. 

The shell is cylindric-turrite, very long and slender, dark purple- 
brown, very glossy; sculpture of rather fine, low oblique striw, cut 
into long granules by spiral 
impressions which cut the 
strie only, and are noticeable 
only on the later 3 or 4 whorls; 
striation not coarser on the 
back of the last whorl. 
Whorls 11 to 14, the earlier 
ones convex, more or less 
worn in adult shells; the last 
3 or 4 whorls less convex, 
last whorl compressed, nar- 
rower than the preceding, 
nearly straight-sided, rounded 
basally. The aperture is 
ovate, vertical, very dark in- 
side; peristome pure white, broadly reflexed. Superior lamella high, 
very oblique, marginal, continuous within with the spiral lamella, 
which penetrates to a point above the upper angle of the aperture. 


Fig. 5. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 


Inferior lamella forming a moderately prominent fold on the columella, 
straightened and obliquely ascending in the back, and as long within 
as the superior lamella. Subcolumellar lamella barely emerging, 
not extending upon the lip. Principal plica about a half whorl long. 
Palatal plice 6, the lower five nearly equal, lateral, showing as a 
whitish streak outside (fig. 5). 
Length 36.2, diam. 6.0 mm.; length of aperture 7.5 mm. 
as 31.0, “ce 5.8 “ce ac ae ‘| ac 

Clausilium narrow with nearly parallel sides, the lower end rounded 
and somewhat thickened. 

Taiwan (Formosa), at Tait6 (or Hinan). Types No. 94756 A. N.S. 
P. from No. 1492 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This species has the dark color of C. swinhoei, and agrees with that in 
the general structure of the aperture and internal plice, but it differs 
from that species by its long, narrow shape, greater number of whorls, 
and the much more obsolete striation, that of C. swinhoei being com- 
paratively close, fine and sharp, and not interrupted into long granules, 
as it is in C. tatwanica. 


Section HEMIPHASDUSA Boettger. 


The type of this group is Clausilia pluviatilis Bens. of China, a 
form closely related to species of the Japanese group of C. platyauchen. 
An arrangement of the Japanese species was given in these PROCEEDINGS 
for 1901, p. 623, and pp. 648-651. Subsequent studies have added 
many species and caused the removal of some originally included in 
Hemiphedusa to form new sections—Nesiophedusa, Luchuphedusa 
and Zaptyx. Moreover, it appears that the species with several palatal 
plice are not separable from those with an I-shaped lunella (cf. C. 
tosana, etc.). A new classification of the species is therefore in order: 


Groups of Japanese Hemipheduse. 


a.—Lunella well developed, curving inward above, and below united 
to the middle of a straight or arched lower palatal plica. Clau- 
silium scarcely or not excised at the palatal side of the filament, 
Group of C. platyauchen. 
a'.—Clausilium deeply excised at the palatal side of the filament. A 
lower palatal plica present, or represented by an inward curve 
of the lower end of the lunella. 

b.—Lunella well developed, J-shaped, the lower palatal plica 
represented only by the inward curve of its lower end. 

Apical end of clausilium simple. 
c.—Principal plica very small or wanting; no upper palatal 
plica. . . « + + « « + Group of C. hyperolia, 


Lo | 
a | 
to 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


c'.—Principal plica well developed ; a short upper palatal plica, 

or the lunella bent inward in its place, 
Group of C. awajiensis. 
b'.—Lunella, ete., as in the group of C. awajiensis, but there is a 
lower palatal nodule at its lower end; clausilium in apical 
view appearing deeply notched, . Group of C. aulacopoma. 
b?.—Lunella either alte or replaced by a series of palatal 
plice, . . Group of C. validvuscula. 
a?,—A short, straight, or “nodule-like, or rudimentary lunella, not 
curving inward at the lower end, below one or two palatal 
plice; no lower palatal plica. Clausilium not excised at the 
palatal side of the filament, . . . Group of C. sublunellata. 


Clausilia tosana Pils. Pl. XXXI, figs. 14-20. 
Proc. A. N.S Phila., 1900, p. 680, pl. 25, figs. 22-25, 41. 


This species is now before us from five localities, all on Shikoku 
Island. It shows remarkable variation. All have the last whorl 


Fig. 6.—Clausilia tosana. a, typical form from Ushirohawa, Tosa; b, variety 
from Shimohanyama, Tosa; c, variety from Irazuyama, Tosa. 


built forward, Cylindrella-like, with a furrow outside above the 
principal plica, and the subcolumellar lamella is always very deeply 
immersed. Internally the spiral and subcolumellar lamelle are 
usually of equal length, reaching inward to the middle of the ventral 
side, and the inferior lamella between them is shorter. 

1. The types from Ushirokawa, Tosa (pl. 31, figs. 16, 17), have 


several palatal plicee standing upon a ridge (fig. 6a) and measure: 
Length 12.2, diam. 2.6 mm.; whorls 104. 


“ee 11.0, ae 95 e “e 94, 
“ 11.0; ce 2.3 “ e 94. 
“é 10.5, “e 25 ‘ee 


2, A lot from Shimohanyama, Tosa (pl. 31, figs. 18, 19), also have 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 573 


several tubercular plice on a distinct, curved ridge (fig. 6b), but are 
larger: 

Length 15.0, diam. 3.5 mm.; whorls 94. 

™ 12:4, coe 7 ‘OF. 

3. Those from Irazuyama, Tosa (pl.31, fig. 20), have a well developed 
arcuate lunella between the upper and lower palatal plice, but hardly 
joined to either (fig. 6c), specimens measure: 

Length 13.8, diam. 3 mm.; whorls 104. 

. 15D, Os at eet 10, 

4. A lot from Nametoko, Iyo (pl. 31, figs. 14, 15), has a similar 
curved lunella, and consists of specimens of two sizes, obviously from 
two diverse stations. The larger shells are more or less worn, the 
cuticle mainly lost, and measure 11.8 to 13.2 mm. long. The smaller 
shells are glossy with the cuticle perfect, the lip is narrower, and the 
subcolumellar lamella is not so long inside as the spiral. They measure: 

Length 9.4, diam. 2.2 mm.; whorls 83. 

- SB or fi Bw # + oe 

5. At Kotsuzan, Awa, the curved lunella is also perfect, as in (3) 
and (4). The lip is better developed than in the smaller specimens 
from Nametoko, Iyo. Specimens measure: 

Length 10,diam. 2.3 mm.; whorls 94. 

“ce 9, “ 2.0 ac ae 84. 

These lots show that multifarious differentiation with consequent 
formation of local races is in progress; but in the present condition 
of our knowledge it would probably be inexpedient to recognize these 
races by name. 


Clausilia pigra Pils. 
Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1902, p. 368 (Kashima, Harima). 

Specimens received from Nagami, Iwami and Yakuenji, Izumo, 
differ slightly from the types. The aperture is built forward a little 
less, and the lunella differs somewhat, being shaped more as in the 
group of C. platyauchen, there being a very short lower palatal plica, 
and the upper palatal plica is represented only by an inward bend 
of the lunella, whereas in the types of pigra the upper plica stands 
almost free of the lunella, and the whole structure is somewhat J- 
shaped (rather than I-shaped, as originally described). 


Clausilia ikiensis tsushimana n. subsp. Pi. XX XI, figs. 8, 9, 10. 

Shell somewhat larger and more robust than C, tkiensis, the subcol- 
umellar lamella wholly immersed ; outer end of the lower palatal plica 
joining the lunella. 

37 


574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Length 14.5, diam. 3.2 mm.; whorls 11. 
~ 13.6; sec ¥ i 9. Izuhara. 
ae 12.2, cc 3.0 ce 

Length 15.0, diam. 3.4 mm.; whorls 10. 
158," a4'=*" ¢ 11. | texts 
er 12.7, “ -3om * * 9. J 


Izuhara, Tsushima. Types No. 95701 A. N. S.-P., from No. 
1550 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Tsutsu and Kashitake, Tsushima. 
The specimens vary remarkably in contour. Three examples from 
Tsutsu are figured. 
Clausilia hemileuca n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig, 6; Pl. XXXI, fig. 11. 

The shell is long and rather slender, the upper half tapering and 
attenuate; glossy; finely and distinctly striate, the earliest whorls 
worn; lower half of each whorl dark reddish-brown, upper half white, 
the base of the last whorl and a streak over the lunella also white. 
Whorls about 104, moderately convex, the second, third and fourth 
of about equal diameter, last whorl flattened laterally. Aperture 


Fig. 7, Clausilia hemileuca. 


ovate, the sinulus slightly retracted. Peristome expanded and reflexed, 
thick, white, notched over the superior lamella, which is compressed, 
vertical and marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which is 
rather high and penetrates inward to a point above the outer lip. 
The inferior lamella recedes deeply, but in oblique view is visible as 
a fold within the throat; in the back it ascends obliquely, being slightly 
sigmoid, and it is thickened below. It penetrates less deeply than the 
superior lamella. The subcolumellar lamella is deeply immersed, 
not visible in the mouth. The principal plica is about a half whorl 
long, approaching the aperture. Upper palatal plica short and curved, 
not connected with the oblique, curved lunella (fig. 7b). 


a te 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


qr 
~I 
or 


Length 18.5, diam. 3.7 mm. 

ss LE OT a ae: 

The clausilium (figs. 7a, c) is narrow and tapers rather strongly 
toward the rounded apex, the palatal margin being decidedly convex. 
It is excised on the columellar side of the filament, and is rather 
strongly curved throughout. 

Oetakayama, Iwami. Types No. 95705 A. N.S. P:, from No. 1600 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

Only six specimens of this handsome ude were taken. 
In coloration it resembles C. holotrema. No other Japanese Hemi- 
phedusa is similarly colored. The separation of the upper palatal plica 


from the lunella and the shape of the clausilium are further distinguish- 
ing features. 


Section HEMIZAPTYX Pilsbry. 
Clausilia ptychocyma Pils. 

In specinrens from Kuroshima the subcolumellar lamella emerges 
on the lip but is rather weak, and the spiral and inferior lamelle are 
longer than in the types, running inward to a point above the termi- 
nation of the outer lip. They measure 11.2 to 12.5 mm. 


Clausilia agna spicata n. subsp. Pl, XXXI, figs. 12, 13. 

The shell resembles C. agna in its smooth surface and translucent 
texture, and in having the subcolumellar lamella weakly emerging, or 
at least visible in an oblique view in the mouth; but it differs by being 
longer and more slender, similar in shape to C. purissima. It may be 
either clear greenish-corneous (like C. purissima), chestnut brown, 
or very pale brown. C. agna spicata differs from C. purissima by its 
emerging subcolumellar lamella. The shell is also stronger when adult. 

Length 12.0, diam. 2.3 mm.; whorls 94 


fs 12.2, Ww Aa . } 

rT 10.7, rT 29 rT rT 8} f Akuseki. 

ae 9.7, ae 2.0 ae “se 84 

“ 11 0, “ 23 “ “a 9 r . ' 

a 93 “« 93 « “7 Kuchinoerabu. 


Akusekijima, Osumi. Types No. 95709 A. N. 8. P., from No. 663¢ 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also taken at at te a Osumi, 
No. 90023 A. N. 8. P., from No. 663d of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This race stands between C. agna, described from Yaku-shima, and 
C. purissima, from Miyake-jima, Izu, and shows that these two species, 
widely separated geographically, are in reality very closely related. 
The Miyake-jima form has a very deeply immersed subcolumellar 


576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


lamella, but otherwise hardly differs from pale, long specimens of C. 
a. spicata. 

In C. agna the lunella only weakly joins the upper palatal plica. 

This is not well shown in the original figure. 
Section HETEROZAPTYX Pils. 
Clausilia oxypomatica Pils. 

Specimens received from Ogachi, Oshima, are smoother than the 
type of this species, the striation rather indistinct except on the last 
whorl, and the clausilium is quite pereeptibly broader. 

Length 12,diam. 2.8 mm.; whorls 94. 

a ti ar tee a eee 


Section ZAPTYX Pilsbry. 


In this section we group numerous closely related forms distributed 
throughout the Ryukyu chain, from the Southwestern Group to 
Kagoshima Bay. 


Key to Species of Zaptyx, s. str. 


a.—Upper palatal plica very long; spiral lamella reduced to a short 
lamella in the region of the lunella. 
b.—10.5 to 12.5 mm. long, with 94 to 10 whorls; striatulate. 


Ryukyu, . a: dolichoptyx. 

b'.— 8.5 i 9. Br mm. long, with 8 to 8k whorls; ‘last half whorl sharply 

and finely striate. Ryukyu, .. . C. d. micra. 

a'.—Upper palatal plica moderate or short, much shorter than the 
lunella. 


b.—Subcolumellar lamella wholly immersed; whorls quite conver, 
smoothish, but finely and sharply striate behind the lip. 
c.—9 to 10 mm. long, 2.2 to 2.3 wide. Okinoerabushima, 


C. sarissa. 
c'.—8 to 9 mm. long, 2 to 2.1 wide; last two whorls less convex. 
Nakanoshima, . . . . C&C. nakanoshimana. 


b'.—Subcolumellar lamella emerging; whorls less convex. 
c.—Upper palatal plica very short; inferior lamella not con- 
tinuous within with the lamella inserta. 

d,—Last 3 or 4 whorls finely and sharply striate; superior 
and spiral lamellae weakly continuous. Yaeyama, 
C. yaeyamensis. 
d',—Smoothish throughout, or only the last whorl striate; 

superior and spiral lamellae widely separated. 
e.—Smoothish, early whorls not attenuate. Satsuma, 


C. hirasei. 
e'.—Back of last whorl striate; spire attenuate above, 
Kikai, Tokuno, . . . . C. kikaiensis. 


c'.—Upper palatal plica moderate ; inferior lamella continuous 
with the lamella inserta, penetrating inward as far as the 
spiral lamella; fulerum and parallel lamella well devel- 
oped, apex larger than the preceding species, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577 


d.—Shell smoothish, last whorl more or less striate. Ryu- 
kyu, Yoronjima, AMS ge ils 8 C. hyperoptyz. 
d'.—Last 3 or 4 whorls sharply striate. Sezokojima, 
Ryukyu. ....... . . C.h. sezokoensis. 
Clausilia nakanoshimana n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 2. 

The shell is small and slender, the lower half cylindric, upper half 
tapering slowly to the rather large and obtuse apex; pale brown, 
somewhat transparent, thin, glossy, faintly striat- 
ulate, becoming distinctly striate behind the 
outer lip. Whorls 74 to 73, the earlier ones quite 
convex, the last two much less so; last whorl 
convex below but not saccate. The aperture is 
broadly oval; peristome white, reflexed and rather 
thick, continuous. The superior lamella is mar- 
ginal, subvertical, not continuous with the spiral 
lamella. Spiral lamella is very low and thread- 
like, and extends inward only slightly beyond the Fig. 8. 
lateral line. The inferior lamella recedes deeply, 
being visible as a prominent fold in an oblique view in the aperture; 
inside it ascends nearly vertically, is very broad and a little curved, 
rather abruptly terminating above, not continued on the parietal wall, 
but reappearing as a minute lamella near the inner end of the spiral 
lamella. The subcolumellar lamella is rather deeply immersed. The 
principal plica is dorsal and lateral. Upper palatal plica short, 
connected to the oblique, nearly straight lunella. There are two 
delicate sutural plicee, and a minute parallel lamella (fig. 8). 

Length 9, diam. 2.1mm.; whorls 7}. 

ae 8, ae 2.0 ae ae 7}. 
“ 8, “ 20 « “ 7h. 

The clausilium is narrow, rather long, rounded at the apex, rather 
straight except near the filament where it,bends abruptly. It is deeply 
excised at the columellar side of the filament, and broadly dilated 
at the palatal side. 

Nakanoshima, Osumi. Types No. 95687 A. N.S. P., from No. 1517 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This species is closely related to C. sarissa Pils. of Okinoerabu- 
shima. It differs by the more slender shell with the last two whorls 
less convex, and the clausilium a little more slender and slightly twisted 
near the apex. 

Clausilia yaeyamensis Pils. 
Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1904, p. 831, 
Previously reported from Yaeyama, now sent from Yonakuni-jima 


578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


the westernmost of the Sakishima or Southwestern Group of islands, 
and the nearest one to Formosa. The specimens measure 8.5 to 
9.7 mm. 

While very closely related to C. hyperoptyx sezokoensis of Sezokojima, 
Kunchan (Loochoo), this form is separable by the inferior lamella 
which is short inside, its inner end being separated as a lamella inserta, 
while in C. hyperoptyx the inferior lamella is continued within parallel 
to the spiral lamella. This rather minute distinction is constant in 
the specimens I have opened, and, in connection with the geographic 
isolation, may be held of specific significance. 

Clausilia hyperoptyx sezokoensis n. subsp. 

The shell differs from C. hyperoptyx by having the last 4 or 5 whorls 
densely striate, as in C. yaeyamensis. Internally it is like C. hyper- 
optyx, the inferior lamella being continued inward parallel with the 
spiral lamella. 

Sezokojima, an islet on the west side of Kunchan, Loochoo. ‘Types 
No. 89884 A. N.S. P., from No. 457d of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Sezo- 
kojima or Sesokojima is similar to the adjacent peninsula of Okinawa 


geologically, being formed of raised reefs around a center of pakeozoic 
limestone. 


Section STEREOZAPTYX Pilsbry. 
Clausilia exodonta n. sp. Figs. 9, 10. 

The shell is slender, fusiform, solid and strong, dull yellow, smoothish, 
the last third of the last whorl strongly striate. Whorls 8, moderately 
convex, the last compressed at the 
sides, tapering toward the base, built 
forward free of the preceding whorl. 

Apex rather acute. Aperture oblique, 

small, piriform, the peristome broadly 

expanded and reflexed. Sinulus 

slightly retracted, oval, nearly separa- 

ted from the aperture by a strong 

conical tooth within the outer lip, 

which approaches the lower end of the 

superior lamella. Superior lamella Fig. 10. 
oblique, high, but not penetrating far 

inward, separated from the spiral lamella, which is a 
low plate in a lateral position, penetrating inward to 
a point above the columellar lip. Inferior lamella 
receding, visible as a strong fold in the aperture, strong, 
high and strongly spiral within the back, much shorter 
within than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 


very deeply immersed. Principal plica very short, weak and lateral. 
Lunella low above, becoming very strong toward its lower end, which 
is thickened and curves inward (fig. 10). There is a short, tubercular 
fulcrum, but no sutural plice. 

Length 9.8, diam. 2 mm. 

The clausilium is broad above, tapering to the apex, which projects 
somewhat, It is strongly curved throughout, V-shaped in section 
near the apical end, dilated on the palatal side near both ends, and 
deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament, as usual. 

Sumiyohd, Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 95690 A. N.S. P., from No, 
1504 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This very distinct little species is more slender than C. entospira 
or C. exulans, and differs from all known Japanese species by having 
a conical tooth at the upper third of the outer lip, forming, with the 
superior lamella, an oval sinulus. 


Section PARAZAPTYX Pils. 
Clausilia thaumatopoma Pils. — 


Originally described from Kumejima, this species has also been found 
on the island of Kerama (Keramajima). in several places—Tokashiki, 
Zamami and Tokashikijima. Most of the specimens from this island 
are more slender than the types, with more whorls; yet some agree 
with typical thawmatopoma in these respects, so that a subspecific 
separation seems impracticable. 

The measurements of several specimens follow: 


Length 11.0, diam. 2.4mm.; whorls 9 } Swathi 
a 10.5, ce PAB ae ce 84 . 
11.3; 3 3 2 “10 ) Tokshiki, 
ne 3.7, "7a “ 73) Keramajima. 
ai 10.8, ce 2.4 ae ae 84 eaten 
: ate I aici : af Keramajima 
ann) Caer RY, See 
GD. acts C. “94 ) Tokashikijima, 
+ Sa eke, “ 84) Keramajima. 


The sculpture and the internal structure seem to be practically the 
same throughout the series of 23 examples examined. 
Section METAZAPTYX Pilsbry. 


The shell is similar to Zaptyz in having sutural plicw, fuleum and 
parallel lamella. The inferior lamella is very broad within, ascends 


580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


spirally, and is visible in oblique view in the mouth as a strong fold 
approaching the superior lamella. Spiral lamella very low throughout. 
Base of the shell conspicuously full and sack-like, the latter part of 
the last whorl sharply striate. Clausilium broad throughout, rounded 
at the apex, strongly bent near the middle. Type C. pattalus. 

This group differs from Zaptyx by the shape of the inferior lamella 
and the saccate base of the shell, and by the shape of the clausilium, 
which is strongly bent near the middle, while in Zaptyz it is nearly flat 
except close to the filament. It differs from Stereozaptyx by the shape 
of the clausilium, which is broad at the distal or lower end in Meta- 
zaptyx, tapering in Stereozaptyx. Also by the base of the shell, which 
is not saccate in Stereozaptyz. 

The inferior lamella sometimes continues on the base of the penul- 
timate whorl as a slender thread parallel to the spiral lamella, occa- 
sionally penetrating deeper than the latter, but this thread-like con- 
tinuation may be absent or interrupted. The spiral lamella is remark- 
ably low throughout. As in Zaptyz, the species are closely related 
and rather difficult. The shape of the clausilium is often characteristic. 
Both Zaptyx and Metazaptyz are widely ranging groups in the islands 
between Kyushu and Formosa. 

The following species belong to Metazaptyz: 


Southwestern Group of the Ryukyu Islands. 
C. pattalus Pils. Tarama-jima. 
C. p. miyakoensis Pils. Miyako-jima. 
Oshima Group (Osumi). 
C. demonorum Pils. Kikaiga-shima. 
C. d. viva Pils. Tokuno-shima. 
Tokara Group (Osumi). 
C. tokarana Pils. Suwanose-jima to Tokara-jima. 
C. t. saccatibasis Pils. Nakano-shima, Kuchino-shima. 
Izushichito-jima (Izu). 
C. hachijoensis Pils. Hachijo-jima and Nii-jima. 
Clausilia tokarana n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 3. 


The shell is cylindric below, above tapering to the small but obtuse 
apex; light brown; weakly striatulate, nearly smooth, the last third 


1908. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 


of the last whorl finely and 


rather sharply striate. Whorls 
74 to 9, slightly convex, the | 
last flattened at the sides, very 
convex and somewhat sack- ~~ 
like at the base. The aperture 
is rhombic, peristome thin, 
very narrowly reflexed, con- 
tinuous. Superior lamella 
is small, thin and vertical, . 
f 
oP hd 


continuous with the spiral 
lamella, which is low and 
thread-like throughout, and 
continues inward to a point 
above the columella. The 
inferior lamella recedes deeply, 
and is visible as a prominent 
fold in an oblique eecal in the Fig. 11.—a, b, C. tokarana; c, C. t. saccati- 
mouth. Inside it is broad basis, short form. 
and ascends in a spiral curve; 
it is continued low and thread-like parallel to the spiral lamella, and 
penetrates more deeply than that. The subcolumellar lamella emerges 
weakly. The principal plica is short, dorso-lateral. The very short 
or subobsolete upper palatal plica joins the very oblique, slightly 
curved lunella. Sutural plice, fulcrum and parallel plica are well 
developed (fig. 11,a). 

Length 11, diam. 2.8 mm.; whorls 8}. 

* 9, a anor te ar 

The clausilium (fig. 11,b) is broad, parallel-sided, rounded at the 
apex, strongly curved in the middle, dilated on the palatal side of the 
filament. 

Suwanose-jima, Osumi. ,Types No. 95678 A. N. S. P., from No. 
1592a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Tokara-jima, No. 1592 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection, and Akuseki-jima, No. 1548 of Mr. Hirase’s 
collection. 

This species is related to C. t. saccatibasis, but the apical whorls are 
smaller, the penultimate whorl is much less swollen, in a dorsal view; 
the shell is less distinctly striate, and is paler. The principal plica is 
shorter in C. tokarana, 

In the specimens from Tokara-jima the superior and spiral lamellae 
are separated, and the inward continuation of the inferior lamella 


ec 


582 PROCEEDINGS OF ''HE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


parallel to the spiral lamella, is only very weakly developed, scarcely 
noticeable. They constitute a weakly differentiated race. 

In those from the intermediate island Akuseki-jima, the superior 
and spiral lamelle are weakly continuous—being, therefore, inter- 
mediate in structure, as well as in geographic position, between the 
forms from Suwanose and Tokara islands. Several specimens measure 
as follows: 

Length 11.9, diam. 2.8mm.; whorls 84. 

* 1D.03 ont et of pee 
‘ 13.60: yep ae Ses 

Clausilia tokarana and its variety saccatibasis were taken. in some 
profusion, and probably inhabit the whole ‘“‘Tokara group” of islets, 
being known from Kuchino-shima, Nakano-shima, Suwanose-jima, 
Akuseki-jima, and Tokara-jima. All of these islands are of volcanic 
origin, the country rock being andesite. Nakano and Suwanose have 
active voleanoes, while the others have extinct craters or traces of 
them. 

Clausilia tokarana saccatibasis n. subsp. Pl, XXX, figs. 4, 5. 

The shell is somewhat fusiform, the upper half tapering and atten- 
uate, the last two whorls of about equal diameter, strong and solid, 
glossy, rich purplish-brown with a paler or light band along the suture, 
indistinct in some specimens, but especially conspicuous in the earlier 
whorls, which are corneous with a median dark band. Whaorls 9 to 94, 
quite convex, the second disproportionately large, the penultimate 
whorl swollen (in a view from the back), the last very convex below, 
sack-like, its last half much compressed laterally. Aperture ovate. 
Peristome white, reflexed, more or less thickened, continuous, the upper 
margin notched over the superior lamella. The superior lamella is 
small, compressed and vertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, 
which is very low throughout and penetrates inward but little past 
a lateral position. The inferior lamella is deeply immersed, but 
visible (in an oblique view in the mouth) as a high lamella. It is a 
strongly spiral wide plate within the back of the last whorl, but 
decreases suddenly above where it joins the parietal wall, then becom- 
ing a low cord parallel to the spiral lamella, and of the same length 
inside. The subcolumellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge. It does 
not extend upon the parietal wall inside. The principal plica is short, 
mainly dorsal, extending to the lateral line. The upper palatal plica 
is very short, connected with the lateral lunella, which is strong, long, 
its lower and curving far inward. There are two small sutural plice, 
a moderately long parallel lamella and a short fulerum. 


a a 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583 


Length 12.5 to 13.5, diam. 3.0 mm. 

ae 11, ras 29 ce 

The clausilium is quite broad, rounded at the apex, deeply excised 
on the columellar side of the filament. Its curvature is chiefly in the 
part near the filament. 

Nakanoshima, Osumi. Types No. 95679 A. N.S. P., from No. 1515 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Kuchinoshima. 

The type lot consists of very handsome, glossy, dark colored shells, 
but there are some gray, corroded specimens among them, apparently 
from a different situation. The smallest measures, length 11.5, diam. 
3 mm., and has the penultimate whorl strongly swollen, the last whorl 
compressed (fig. 11,c). 

This form is closely related to C. tokarana, but differs by its darker 
color, swollen penultimate whorl, etc. It also resembles C. pattalus 
of Tarama-jima and Miyako-shima, but it differs by having the penul- 
timate whorl more swollen, the principal plica shorter, and the sub- 
columellar lamella emerges. In both species the second whorl appears 
disproportionately large. 

Examples from Kuchinoshima are corroded and dull, and have the 
superior lamella separated rather broadly from the spiral lamella; 
otherwise they do not differ from the types. 

The subspecies saccatibasis is confined to the two northern islands 
of the Tokara group. 


Section IDIOZAPTYX n. sect. 


The shell is Zaptychoid externally. Superior lamella small, sepa- 
rated from the much reduced spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, 
massive, almost straightly ascending within. Upper palatal plica 
long, the lunella descending from near its inner end, and joining the 
inner end of the lower palatal plica; fulerum and parallel lamella short 
but distinct; sutural plice developed. Clausilium excised and bent 
near the filament, parallel-sided, rounded at the apex. Type C. 
idioptyx. 

This section is related to Diceratoptyx,? but it differs in having a well- 
developed lunella, joining the lower palatal plica, in the straightly 
ascending inferior lamella, and the very different clausilium, which 
is like that of Zaptyz. 


? Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904, p. 836. To the diagnosis of Diceratoptyx should 
be added. a small lower palatal plica is developed; the inferior lamella ascends 
in a broad, sigmoid curve. 


584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Clausilia idioptyx n. sp. Pl. XXX, fig. 1. 
The shell is quite small, fusiform, brownish-yellow, somewhat trans- 
lucent; surface glossy, weakly striatulate, nearly smooth, becoming 
strongly and coarsely striate behind the outer lip. 
The spire tapers regularly from the penultimate 
whorl to the obtuse apex. Whorls 84 to 83, convex, 
ss the last one compressed, tapering to the base. 
Ww Aperture ovate, with distinct, somewhat retracted 
sinulus. Peristome reflexed, continuous. Superior 


. lamella very low, obtuse, short, very widely sepa- 
rated from the spiral lamella, which is minute, and 
Fig. 12. lateral in position. Inferior lamella deeply receding, 


its base visible as a low fold in an oblique view in 
the aperture. Within the back it is straight, massive, and ascends 
obliquely, terminating abruptly on reaching the parietal partition. 
The subcolumellar lamella emerges very weakly, and in a lateral 
position it forms an ascending angle, visible by transparence from the 
outside. Fulcrum and parallel lamella‘are visible as two equal, short 
white folds about as far inward as the lunella. The principal plica 
runs from near the mouth to a little beyond the lateral line. The 
upper palatal plica is long, diverging forwardly from the principal 
plica, its lower end visible in the aperture. The lower palatal plica 


Fig. 13.—Clausilium of C. idioptyx. 


is short, parallel to the upper. Its inner end abuts against the lunella, 
which joins the upper palatal plica near its inner end. There are two 
distinct sutural plicee and a very weak one between them, as usual 
(fig. 12). 
Length 9.0, diam. 1.9mm. 
- 13,4 eee 


1903. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 

The clausilium (fig. 13) is bent rather abruptly near the filament; 
parallel-sided, the apex rounded; the external face is somewhat 
swollen, inside concave. It is excised on the columellar side near the 
filament. 

Nase, Oshima (Osumi). Types No. 95681 A. N. S. P., 
1505 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

With a general resemblance to Clausilia cladoptyx, this species is 
entirely distinct from all known forms in the structure of the closing 


apparatus. 


from No. 


EXPLANATION OF PLaTes XXX, XXXI, XXXII. 


Pirate XXX—Fig. 1—Clausilia idioptyz Pils. 
Fig. 2—Clausilia nakanoshimana Pils. 


Fig. 3— tokarana Pils. 

Figs. 4,5— “ tokarana saccatibasis Pils. 

Fig. 6— ‘ hemileuca Pils. 

ee 7— ‘ echo en oa 
igs,8,9— ‘“ japonica ultima Pi 

‘ig. 10— nakade Pils. 

Figs, 11, 12—“ japonica vespertina Pils. 


PLate XXXI—Figs. 1, 2—Clausilia tripleuro 
Figs. 3-5—( ‘lausilia jacobiana jacobiella 


opty Pils. 
ils. Akusekijima. 


Fig. 6— " Pils. Suwanosejima. 
Fig. 7— “  nishinoshimana Pils. 

Figs. 8-10— “  ikiensis tsushimana Pils. 

Fig. 11— “  hemileuca Pils. 

Figs. 12,13— “  agna spicata Pils. 

Figs, 14,15— ‘“  tosana Pils. Nametoko; i he 

Figs, 16,17— “ % “ _Ushirohawa, Tosa. 

Figs, 18,19— “ “h “  Shimohanyama, Tosa. 

Fig. 20— sd «  « ~~ Trazuyama, Tosa. 


Pirate XXXII—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Clausilia formosensis hotawana Pils. 


Fig. 4—Clausilia formosensis H. Ad. Arikawa. 


Figs, 5,6— “ taiwanica Pils. 

Fig. , ae pe swinhoet H. Ad. Kiirun. 
Figs. 8,9— . “ formosensis H. Ad. Hotawa. 
Figs. 10, 11— “ swinhoei H. Ad. Suganiikei. 


586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


NEW LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND Y. HIRASE. 


The present contribution includes species from the main island of 
Japan, the Bonin Islands, Ryukyu Islands and Formosa... Recent 
explorations in the Tokara Group (small volcanic islets between 
Oshima and Yakushima) have filled a gap in our knowledge of the land 
snails of the northeastern islands of the Ryukyu Curve, the Clau- 
siliide and operculate shells being especially interesting. 


Spiropoma japonicum tsushimanum 2. subsp. 

The spire is slightly higher than in japonicum and the last whorl 
descends more to the aperture. The cuticle is extremely finely and 
densely striate, duller and darker than in japonicum; finally, the col- 
umellar margin of the peristome is retracted more. 

Alt. 8, diam. 14.2mm. 

ee 

Izuhara, Tsushima. Types No. 95762 A. N.S. P., from No. 1447a 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

The several species and local forms of Spiropoma are only very 
slightly differentiated, and while the races of Tsushima, Quelpart, etc., 
have a certain individuality appreciable to the eye, their differences 
are of no great importance. The generic type seems to be very con- 
servative and inflexible. 


Alyceus tsushimanus n. sp. 

The shell is quite depressed, otherwise shaped as usual in the sub- 
genus Chamalyceus; very pale reddish-brown or whitish. Spire low, 
convex, the apex projecting a little, brown. Whorls 34, the first 14 
smooth, the rest sculptured with extremely delicate, close thread- 
strie#; just before the constriction of the neck the striation is dis- 
tinctly stronger, and on the neck it is more or less obsolete. Later 
part of the last whorl is moderately swollen, then contracted. Beyond 
the contraction the neck is swollen in the middle, then descends a little 
to the aperture. The sutural “tube” is rather long, and very closely 
appressed, as if partially melted into the suture. The aperture is very 
oblique, circular. The peristome is strongly expanded and reflexed, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 


its face thickened and convex, the outer edge somewhat recurved. 
It is appressed for a short distance to the preceding whorl. The 
rather wide umbilicus is elliptical. 

Alt. 3, diam. 5.8 mm. 

The operculum is somewhat concave externally, and its whorls 
bear elevated cuticular appendages or raised cord-like spirals, wanting 
in the depressed central part, which is generally filled with dirt. 

Tsutsu, Tsushima. Types No. 95737 A. N. 8. P., from No. 1553 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is larger than other known Japanese species, with a more 
broadly expanded peristome. It is related to the Korean A. cyclo- 
phoroides Pils. and Hir., but differs by having a distinct swelling in 
the middle of the neck and in some minor details of sculpture and 
shape. By the characters of the operculum it belongs to the subgenus 
Metalyceus. 

In a race of the same species found at Sasuna, Tsushima, the shell 
is smaller, the diameter varying from 4 to 5mm. This small form is 
No. 95738 A. N.S. P., No. 1553a of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

Alyc#us tokunoshimanus principialis n. subsp. 

The shell is much larger than A. tokunoshimanus, more or less deeply 
reddish-yellow tinted above, nearly white beneath, the embryonic 
whorls golden. Whorls 34, the last half of the last whorl very much 
inflated, then contracted into a rather small neck, beyond which the 
whorl is strongly deflexed. Very closely and finely thread-striate, 
more closely so on the inflated portion. Neck strongly bent downward. 
Peristome strongly reflexed, thickened and bevelled on the face; 
columellar border much narrower, its outer edge more or less straight- 
ened. Alt. 3.3, diam. 5 mm. 

Ogachi, Oshima (Osumi). Types No. 95830 A. N. S. P., from No. 
13306 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is the finest development of the tokunoshimanus series. That 
species was originally described from the smallest of the several forms 
now known. 

Alyc#us tokunoshimanus mediocris n. subsp. 

The shell is decidedly larger than A. tokunoshimanus, with the neck 
bent downward more, and more coarsely striate in front of the con- 
traction. The sculpture of the neck is also coarser than A. t. prin- 
cipialis, Alt. 2.9, diam. 4.5 mm. 

Yorojima (Osumi). Types No. 89926 A. N.S. P., from No. 1330 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also found on Ikejijima (No. 89927 A. N. 
S. P., and 1330a coll. Hirase). 


588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Alyceus levis n. sp. 

A Chamalyceus resembling A. tokunoshimanus in general form; 
openly umbilicate; spire low, conoidal, the first whorl projecting. 
Whorls 34, regularly increasing to the middle of the last whorl, where 
it rapidly enlarges, becoming much inflated. The inflation is termi- 
nated by a moderately contracted neck which curves down to the 
aperture. There is a prominent swelling around the neck in the 
middle. The “tube” is rather long and pressed into the suture. 
The surface is smooth, lightly marked with growth-lines, but on the 
inflation there are distinct fine and close strie. The neck is smooth 
and glossy. The aperture is very oblique; peristome expanded, 
usually dilated to form a short lobe at the posterior angle. In fully 
mature individuals an inner rim is built out shortly beyond the expan- 
sion. Alt. 3, diam. 4mm. 

Nakanoshima (Osumi). Types No. 95831 A. N. 8. P., from No. 
1514 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It occurs also on Suwanosejima. 

In having a smooth surface, marked with slight growth-lines only, 
becoming striate on the inflation, this species is very distinct from 
other Japanese and Ryukyuan forms. The rounded swelling on the 
neck is a further distinguishing character. 


Diplommatina paxillus ultima n. subsp. 

The shell is somewhat more robust than D. paxillus from Shanghai 
or Cheju, Quelpart. The peristome is less angular at the foot of the 
columella,—only very indistinctly so. The peristome is doubled, or 
there is a wrinkle or two behind the outer lip. Adults bias: from 
reddish-brown to nearly white. 

Kashitake, Tsushima. Types No. 95662 A. N.S. P., from No. 15544 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also taken at Kojeto (Island of Koje), 
Korea, No. 95660 A. N.S. P., from No. 1531 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

D. pazxillus (Gredler) is a very widely distributed species, ranging 
from Hunan to the Korean Archipelago, with closely related forms 
in Formosa and Tsushima. In the present state of our collections 
it is not easy to define subspecies. A form from Mokpo, Korea (No. 
153la of Mr. Hirase’s collection), is similar to the shells from Koje 
Island, except that there is a distinct angle at the foot of the columella. 
The form from Quelpart is very close to typical Chinese D. pazxillus. 
Diplommatina yonakunijimana n. sp. 

The shell is narrow, the penultimate whorl much the largest, those 
above tapering in a rather long cone with straight sides; pale brown; 
sculpture of delicate thread-like striw, wanting in the region of the 
constriction and on the last half or more of the last whorl. There are 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589 


8 whorls, the first 54 convex, regularly and slowly increasing; the next 
enlarges more rapidly and is the widest, most convex whorl. It 
contracts suddenly to the constriction, which lies one-fourth of a whorl 
back of the peristome. The front of the last whorl has very widely 
spaced strize when unworn, but the last half is smooth and glossy. 
It ascends very little. The palatal plica is short. It is faintly visible 
above the suture in the thinnest shells, but most adults are too opaque 
to show it externally. The aperture is subcircular, somewhat oblique. 
Parietal callus thin, its edge scarcely thickened, ascending about half 
way to the suture. Columellar lamella thin and small, its spiral con- 
tinuation inward being thin and rather low. 

Length 3.1, diam. 1.4 mm. P 

Yonakunijima, Osumi. Types No. 95675 A. N.S. P., from No. 1510 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

In this species the last fourth of the penultimate whorl, in front of 
the constriction, is very narrow. It is related to D. kumejimana 
P. and H., but differs by its far more widely spaced riblets. 


Diplommatina okiensis tsushimana n. subsp. 


The shell is like D. collarijera S. and B. in shape, but differs as 
follows: The delicate thread-like strie of the last two whorls are 
more widely spaced, and on the next earlier two whorls they are still 
more spaced. The palatal plica is very short and lies under the 
parietal callus. The spiral columellar lamella within the last whorl is 
thin and much lower than in collarifera. D. okiensis is very similar, 
but tsushimana differs by having the striz# more widely spaced through- 
out. The shell is pale brown, and resembles okiensis in the aperture 
and collar. 

Length 3.9, diam. 1.9 mm.; whorls 64. 

Tsutsu, Tsushima. Types No. 95664 A. N.S. P., from No. 1554 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


Diplommatina nesiotica n. sp. 

A species of the subgenus Sinica. The lower two whorls form a 
cylindric portion, those above taper rapidly in a straight-sided cone 
about one-third the total length of the shell. It is pale red or grayish- 
white, with sculpture of very delicate hair-like striw, which are rather 
closely placed on the last two whorls, more spaced on the two preceding. 
Whorls slightly exceeding 6, quite convex, regularly and slowly widen- 
ing to the penultimate, which enlarges rapidly and is more swollen. 
It contracts rather strongly to the constriction, which varies in position 


from submedian in front to nearly over the inner edge of the columella. 
38 


590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The last whorl ascends moderately to the lip, and is usually worn nearly 
smooth. The palatal plica is short, and either wholly to the left of 
the parietal callus, or its inner half may be under the callus. The 
aperture is rounded, a little longer than wide. Peristome thin, rather 
narrowly reflexed, sometimes very indistinctly subangular at the 
base of the columella. The parietal callus spreads rather extensively 
upward, and has a thin, raised edge. The columellar tooth is so deeply 
immersed that it is not visible in a front view. 

Length 3, diam. 1.8 mm. 

Suwanosejima, Osumi. Types No. 95668 A. N. 8S. P., from No. 
1587 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also found on the adjacent islands 
Akusekijima and Nakanoshima, of the Tokara group. 

This species is related to D. saginata of Oshima and D. tanegashime 
of Tanegashima, both of them much smaller species. D. tanegashime 
is also more slender. D. saginata is a common and characteristic 
species of Oshima. It is very similar to D. nestotica but always much 
smaller, so far as present collections show. 

Specimens from Akusekijima and Nakanoshima are a trifle smaller 
than the types from the intermediate island Suwanosejima, measuring 
2.5 to 2.8 mm. long. The palatal plica is slightly longer, and in some 
specimens the columellar tooth is visible in a front view. 


Diplommatina hirasei Pilsbry n. sp. 

The shell is large for a Sinica; the last two whorls, form more than 
half the total length, are cylindric, upper portion conic with straight 
sides. Whorls fully 64, moderately convex, the last strongly ascending 
in front, having a very strong, narrow ridge or collar a short distance 
behind the lip, the back of the collar opaque whitish. Constriction 
very slight, median in front. Color dull red. Sculpture of very 
delicate hair-like strisx, closer and finer on the last two whorls than on 
the preceding two, and usually worn from fully adult shells. The 
aperture is circular, orange colored within; peristome reflexed and 
somewhat thickened, continued in a raised ledge across the parietal 
wall, reaching to or almost to the suture. Palatal plica rather long and 
wholly covered by the parietal callus. Columellar tooth strong, the 
lamella within moderately high but thin. Internal parietal lamella 
low. 

Length 4.75, diam. 2.5 mm. 

Gakuenji, Izumo. Types No. 95670 A. N. 8. P., from No. 1596 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Makuragisan, Izumo, No. 95669 A. N. 
oe, 

This largest of the Japanese Diplommatinas is in every way more 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 


robust than D. collarijfera S. and B. or D. okiensis P. and H. It 
further differs by having the parietal callus extended nearly to the 
suture, and the palatal plica lies wholly or almost wholly under the 
parietal callus. 


Eulota (Euhadra) contraria n. sp. 

The shell is depressed, biconvex, umbilicate, angular at the periphery, 
thin, greenish-yellow with 4 narrow dark red-brown band on the 
peripheral angle and narrowly visible above the suture on the last 14 
whorls; inner whorls suffused with reddish-brown. Surface but 
slightly shining. First 13 whorls, forming the embryonic shell, are 
convex, with a close sculpture of low granules arranged in obliquely 
descending series. The next 14 whorls have weak growth-lines and 
minute, rather closely arranged papille scarcely noticeable in some 
specimens. The last two whorls have irregular growth-lines, and some 
shallow, irregular spiral sulci, most obvious on the base; there are also 
minute papille visible in places. Whorls 54, the first 14 convex, 
the rest convex below the suture, then flattened. The last whorl 
scarcely descends in front, and is convex below. The aperture is 
oblique, wide, lunate. Peristome white, the upper margin expanded, 
the outer and basal margins rather narrowly reflexed. The parietal 
callus is extremely thin. 

Alt. 15, diam. 26 mm. 

“ 143, “ 95. 

Késhun, South Formosa. Types No. 95838 A. N. 8. P., from No. 
1581 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is a species of the E. succincta group. E. formosensis differs 
by being more elevated, with the lip sinuous above and in having very 
minute spiral striation on the last whorl. £. succincta is more com- 
pact, with the last whorl narrower (viewed from above), and the 
umbilicus is much smaller. The sculpture also differs in various 
details. 

A specimen of £. contraria a little less mature than the type has the 
last whorl reddish-brown, the spire paler. It is banded like the type 
specimen. Only 10 examples of this fine snail were taken. 


Eulota (Euhadra) picta n. sp. 


The shell is rather narrowly umbilicate, somewhat depressed, with 
conic spire; rather solid; pale yellow, with two broad dark reddish- 
brown bands, the upper band extending from just below the periphery 
half way to the suture, and ascending the spire above the suture, the 
last 2 or 24 whorls are therefore bicolored above; on earlier whorls the 


592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


band becomes light reddish-brown and spreads over the surface of the 
whorls. The basal band is wider than the other, fading out on its 
inner edge. There is also a small umbilical patch of the same dark 
color. The surface is somewhat glossy, the first 4 whorls having a 
microscopic sculpture of minute raised points, regularly arranged 
(as in Chloritis); last whorl marked with growth-lines, not punctate. 
Whorls 54, moderately convex, very slowly widening, the last rounded 
peripherally but showing the faint trace of a peripheral angle; not de- 
scending in front; base somewhat flattened. The aperture is but 
little oblique, wide, banded inside. Peristome narrowly reflexed, 
colored by the bands, dilated at the columellar insertion, half con- 
cealing the umbilicus. 

Alt. 22, diam. 30.2 mm. 

see Oe Wake LO Se 

Yonakuni-jima, Ryukyu. Cotypes No. 95837 A. N. 8. P., from No. 
1507 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

A very handsome species of the caliginosa group, closely resembling 
E. okinoerabuensis in shape, but the last whorl, viewed from above, 
is narrower, and the minute sculpture of the spire is different. The 
somewhat flattened base and the shape of the basal lip are features 
like EZ. caliginosa. 


Eulota luhuana latispira n. subsp. 

The shell is large, bright greenish-yellow, with three brown bands, 
coarsely striate, with the usual fine spiral lines. The spire is very 
wide, whorls more slowly and more regularly increasing than in luhuana 
or senckenbergiana, the last whorl narrower. Umbilicus ample, regu- 
larly tapering within. 

Alt. 30, diam. 48 mm.; whorls 6}. 

Hakusan, Kaga. Types No. 83913 A. N. S. P., from No. 562a 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

The spiral bands may be dark and conspicuous or very pale. The 
lip is flesh colored, varying in shade in different shells. 


Eulota (Z#gista) perangulata n. sp. 

The shell is umbilicate (width of umbilicus contained 44 times in 
the diameter of the shell), conic above, convex below, strongly angular 
at the periphery; light brown, dull, finely striate, sometimes with some 
very delicate, short, thread-like cuticular appendages on some of the 
strie in places. Under the cuticle there are very fine spiral lines, 
visible just in front of the parietal callus. Whorls 6}, moderately 
convex, slowly increasing, the last strongly angular peripherally, the 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593 


angle disappearing immediately behind the peristome. The whorl 
scarcely descends in front, not angular around the umbilicus. The 
aperture is rounded-lunate; peristome thin, forming three-fourths of 
a circle; the upper margin is slightly expanded, outer and basal mar- 
gins reflexed. Parietal callus merely a thin film. 

Alt. 8.5, diam. 13.7 mm. 

2 ai 9, “c 13 ae 

Izuhara, Tsushima. Cotypes No. 95859 A. N.S. P., from No. 1551 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is a strongly angular species of the FE. aperta group. The 
peristome is like that of E. aperta tumida. Neither E. aperta or E. 
mimula is known from the island of Kyushu. 

Trishoplita cretacea hypozona n. subsp. 

The shell is conic, white with a broad purplish-brown or rich reddish- 
brown zone on the base. The surface is rather finely striate, the strize 
elegantly granulose, especially on the base. 

Alt. 14,diam. 17.8mm.; whorls 64. 

e 12, “ee 16.8 ae ‘e 6. 

Mikuriya, Hoki. Types No. 95862 A. N. 8. P., from No. 387a of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. It also occurs at Mihonoseki and Gakuenji, 
Izumo, and at Itsukushima, Aki. 

The shell is generally in large part denuded of cuticle, as in 7. 
cretacea, The granules on the strie of the base are irregular, not 
arranged in spiral lines. Some specimens from Izumo are smaller: 

Alt. 12.2, diam. 16 mm.; whorls 6}. 

ce 10, “e 14.5 “e ce 6. 

A single example seen from the province Aki resembles hypozona 
in shape and color, but differs in minute sculpture, the strie being 
superficially cut by fine spiral lines, chiefly evident on the base, in 
place of the irregular granulation of typical hypozona. This form 
(No. 87678 A. N.S. P., No. 1190 of Mr. Hirase’s collection) may be 
found separable from hypozona, yet we prefer to refer it to that race 
until more material can be brought together. 

T. c. hypozona inhabits the provinces along the northern shore of 
the western end of the main island of Japan. 


Ganesella albida mollioula n. subsp. 

The shell is larger than G. albida, thinner, more transparent, bluish- 
milky above the keel, transparent yellowish below, sculptured quite dis- 
tinctly with close microscopic spiral lines; base decidedly more convex 
than in albida, the mouth and columella being longer; whorls more 
numerous, 


594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Length 21, diam. 14.5 mm.; whorls 64. 

Tdshun, South Cape of Formosa. Type No. 95753 A. N.5. P., from 
No. 1584 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

The typical measurements of G. albida (H. Ad.) are alt. 15, diam, 
i4 mm. An example of the typical form from Sammaipo before us 
measures, alt. 14.5, diam. 12 mm., whorls 54. Only three examples 
of G. a. mollicula were taken. 

Ennea iwakawa yonakunijimana n. subsp. 

Closely related to E. 7. miyakojimana P. and H., but the aperture 
is more contracted by the large teeth, and the spire tapers more, being 
widest below the middle, at the penultimate whorl. Whorls 6} to 
7h. 

Length 4, diam. 1.9 mm. 

Yonakunijima, Loochoo. Types No. 95715 A. N.S. P., from No. 
1511 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

Petalochlamys rejecta (Pfr.). 


Helix rejecta Pfr., P. Z. S., 1859, p. 25, No. 9, pl. 43, fig. 1; Monographia 
Hel. Viv., V, 142. 

Microcystis? rejecta Mildff., Jahrb. D. M. Ges., X, p. 365. 

Hyalina mamillaris Heude, Moll. Terr. Fleuve Bleu, 1882, p. 15, pl. 19, fig. 8. 


This species was described from a specimen taken by Robert For- 
tune in “northern China.” Dr. von Moellendorff has pointed out 
that most of the shells discovered by Fortune are from places inland 
from Shanghai, toward the tea district of Wu-yuan in the Province 
An-hui. Hangchow, where several of Fortune’s species occur, such 
as Plectotropis brevibarbis, is between Shanghai and Wu-yuan. A 
Petalochlamys from Hangchow, taken by Mr. Nakada, agrees with 
Pfeiffer’s description of H. rejecta. 


Fig. 1.—P. rejecta Pfr., Hangchow, China. 


The shell is strongly depressed, with very low-conic spire; of the 
usual thin substance and of a greenish-yellow color above, subtrans- 
parent, the base perceptibly paler. The umbilicus is extremely 
narrow, its width contained about 12 times in that of the shell. The 
surface is polished, and shows under a compound microscope very 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 


close, engraved spiral lines, chiefly below the suture, wanting on the 
first whorl, and becoming weak on the last whorl and the base. 
Large specimens have just 5 whorls; these increase rather slowly to 
the last which is very wide—wider than in related species. Seen from 
above the spire is small, its diameter hardly 46 per cent. of the total 
diameter of the shell. The last whorl is equally rounded at the 
periphery. The aperture is, broadly lunate. 

Alt. 7, greater diam. 13.5, lesser 11.3 mm. 

The specimens described and figured are from Hangchow, Chekiang 
Province, China; No. 95800 A. N.S. P., from No. 1476 of Mr. Hirase’s 
collection. an 

P. rejecta is related to P. planula and P. planata of Heude, but 
viewed from above the last whorl is wider than in either of these 
species, both of which moreover are smaller. Dr. O. von Moellendorf 
found rejecta in Lii-shan, near Kiukiang. P. Fuchs collected it in 
southern Hunan and northern Guangdung, and Father Heude de- 
scribed specimens from the former locality as H. mamillaris, a species 
which von Moellendorff referred to rejecta as a synonym. ‘The first 
published record of rejecta, after the original reference, was by A. 
Adams, who identified it from Tsushima (Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History, 4th series, 1, 1868, p. 467). Among difficult and 
critical species an identification by Adams has slight value. Von 
Martens, Reinhardt and Kobelt have repeated Adams’ record, but 
without further confirmation. I do not know the locality of the 
specimen figured by Dr. Reinhardt. Kobelt has copied these figures. 
On the whole, it seems hazardous to admit P. rejecta to the fauna of 
Japan or Korea without better evidence than we now have. It will 
probably prove to be peculiar to China, especially in the district below 
the mouth of the Yangtze, in An-hui and Chekiang Provinces. At 
all events, the somewhat similar Petalochlamys known to us from 
Tsushima is certainly a species distinct from P. rejecta. 


Petalochlamys subrejecta n. sp. 

Macrochlamys rejecta Pfr., Hirase, The Conch. Magazine, IT, p. 5, pl. 
fig. 13, not Helix rejecta Pfr. P Birr Bs 3% 
M acrochlamys subrejecta Pils. and Hir.,Conch. Mag., II, p. 76 (no description). 
Shell depressed, very narrowly umbilicate, very thin and fragile, 
glossy, of a pale brown tint, or very pale greenish-yellow. The sur- 
face is weakly marked with growth-lines, and under the compound 
microscope shows very fine, close, superficial spiral strim, wanting on 
the first whorl, becoming weak on the last whorl. The spire is low- 
conoidal, wide; its diameter, viewed from above, is 58 per cent. the 


- ~ 


O90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


total diameter of the shell. Whorls 53, slowly increasing, the last 
much wider, rounded at the periphery. The suture is narrowly trans- 
parent-margined. Umbilicus very small, its diameter contained about 
20 times in that of the shell. Aperture lunate. 

Alt. 7.6, greater diam. 13.2, lesser 12 mm. 

Sasuna, Tsushima. Types No. 95802 A. N.S. P., from No. 1549a 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also found at Fusan, Korea. 


Fig. 2.—P. subrejecta. 


Compared with the Chinese P. rejecta, this species is less depressed 
and has, viewed from above, a much wider spire and narrower last 
whorl. The aperture is consequently higher and less dilated laterally. 
The spiral sculpture is not quite so deeply engraved, and the umbilicus 
is wider than in P. rejecta, though still very narrow. P. subrejecta 
is probably the shell A. Adams reported from Tsushima as Macro- 
chlamys rejecta Pfr. 


Petalochlamys serenus 2. sp. 

The shell is depressed, very narrowly umbilicate, amber colored, 
subtransparent, very fragile. The surface has delicate, close micro- 
scopic engraved spirals both above and below. Spire slightly convex; 
whorls 4, but slightly convex, slowly increasing to the last, which is 
much wider, rounded peripherally. The suture is narrowly trans- 
parent-margined. Aperture lunate, columellar lip triangularly dilated 
at the insertion, thin; columella vertical. 

Alt. 2.8, greater diam. 4.7, lesser 4 mm. 

Kaminoyama, Kunchan, Okinawa. Types No. 95809 A. N.5. P., 
from No. 1441 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This small, very fragile shell is related to P. doenitzi (Reinh.), 
but the last whorl is wider in a view from above, and is somewhat 
more ample. 

Petalochlamys perfragilis sakui subsp. n. 

The shell is more depressed than P. perjragilis and P. p. shiko- 
kuensis, and is a little more openly umbilicate. Surface brilliantly 
polished, almost smooth, but under a compound microscope very 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 


faint traces of spiral striae may be seen in some places, and on the base 
of the last whorl these incised spirals sometimes become distinct. 
The suture is white-edged. 

Alt. 8.7, greater diam. 15, lesser 13.2 mm. 

Yaku-shima (Osumi), types No. 85729 A. N.S. P., from No. 1081 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. It also occurs on Kuchinoerabu-shima 


(Osumi). 
Kaliella gudei mutsuensis n. subsp. 


The shell is perforate, conic, having an acute peripheral keel, visible 
on the spire as a thread in the suture; irregularly striatulate and glossy. 
Whorls 43 to 5, convex. Aperture lunate, truncate at the ends. 
Columellar margin vertical, slightly thickened, reflexed at the insertion. 

Alt. 3.3, diam. 4.7 mm. 

Osoreyama, Mutsu. Types No. 96178 A. N.S. P., from No. 1445 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This form differs from K. gudei by the number of whorls and much 
smaller size. ‘The whorls are more convex than in K. ceratodes (Gude), 
and the columella is less calloused. In K. koshinoshimana the whorls 
are more closely coiled. K. g. mutsuensis differs from K. sororcula 
by its vertical columella, that of K. sororcula being oblique to the shell- 
axis. 


Kaliella subcrenulata satsumaua n. subsp. Fig. 3. 


A form decidedly larger than K. subcrenu- 

lata, Under the compound microscope there 

are seen to be fine thread-like vertical striz 

on the upper surface and on a band below 

the periphery. The rest of the base is glossy, 

but shows a few fine spiral lines. 
Alt. 2.3, diam. 3.25 mm. Fig. 3. 
Yamakawa, Satsuma. Types No. 96176 

A. N.S. P., from No. 1593 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 


Kaliella longissima n. sp. Vig. 4. 


The shell is minutely perforate, conic-turrite, with nearly straight 
lateral outlines and obtuse summit; pale yellowish, subtransparent. 
Surface glossy, almost smooth. Whorls 94, very slowly increasing, 
moderately convex, the last rounded peripherally, though there is a 
very delicate thread-like keel. Base convex. Aperture semilunar, 
the columella vertical, with reflexed edge. 

Alt. 4.25, diam. 2.3 mm. 


59S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Sasuna, Tsushima. Types No, 96177 A. N.S. P., from No. 1556 of 
Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This is the most lengthened Japanese Kaliella 

known to us, being much longer than K. prealta. 

The Indian K. elongata G.-A. has about the same 

proportions, but differs by its strongly keeled last 


a. 

— 

ET whorl, the convex outlines of the spire, ete. 

(ae Kaliella boninensis n. sp. 

(ae The shell is perforate, depressed, the spire con- 

vexly conoidal, with obtuse, rounded summit, base 

‘| convex, the periphery angular; brown. Surface 

es rather dull above, more glossy beneath; first half 

whorl smooth, next whorl sharply striate and 

Fig. 4. decussated with fine spiral lines; following whorls 

are densely, finely and sharply striate, with very 

faint traces of spiral lines in places; the base is smoothish, but not much 

polished ; showing faint traces of spiral lines in places. Whorls 33, 
moderately convex. 

Alt. 1.75, diam. 2.66 mm. 

Anijima, Ogasawara (Bonin Islands). Types No. 95867 A. N.S. P., 
from No. 1500 of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This small species is not closely related to any known Ogasawaran 
or Japanese form. Whether it really belongs to Kaliella is perhaps 
doubtful. 

Sitala ultima n. sp. 

The shell is perforate, conic, with the last whorl large; very fragile, 
ainber colored, rather shining, with a silky luster above, more glossy 
below. Sculpture of excessively fine, close vertical strie decussated 
by very delicate spirals, the base having engraved spiral lines. The 
spire is straightly conic. Whorls 44, convex, the last angular at the 
periphery in front, becoming inflated and rounded in the last half. 
Base rather convex. 

Alt. 2.3, diam. 2.9 mm. 

Kaminoyama, Uzen. Types No. 95908 A. N.S. P., from No, 1443 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. 

This delicate snail is smaller than the related S. reinhardti, and has 
much more distinct microscopic sculpture. It lives farther north than 
any other known Sitala. 

Ena luchuana nesiotica n. subsp. 

The shell is rimate, very thin, purplish-brown, more or less flecked 

with yellow on the upper whorls, by incipient disintegration of the 


—_— 


1908. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 599 


cuticle. The spire tapers regularly to the small but obtuse apex. 
Whorls 74. The earliest whorls are worn but seem to be smooth. 
On the third whorl very fine, close spiral strie appear, and by the 
decussation of growth-lines the surface becomes minutely granular. 
The last whorl or two are more coarsely closely granulose. The aper- 
ture is slightly oblique, dark inside; peristome expanded, slightly 
thickened within, white. Columella dilated and forked above. Parie- 
tal callus very thin and transparent. 

Length 17, diam. 7.0mm, 

. ie ht ee 
~ 16, sim’ *S Sy 

Kuroshima, Osumi. Types No. 95768 A. N.S. P., from No. 1546a 
of Mr. Hirase’s collection. Also Yakushima, No. 1546 of Mr. Hirase’s 
collection, 95769 A. N.S. P. 

This form differs from Ena luchwana and E. l. oshimana by the dark 
coloration, without light streaks, and the more pronounced granula- 
tion. The specimens from Yakushima seem to be identical in all 
respects with those from Kuroshima. : 


600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


ON THE MELOIDE OF ANGOLA. 


BY F. CREIGHTON WELLMAN, M.D. 


While determining a collection of Angolan specimens of Coleoptera of 
the family Meloide recently collected by myself, I have had occasion 
to go somewhat thoroughly into the literature of the subject and also 
to compare the material in the British Museum, the Hope Department of 
Oxford University, the Kénigliches and the National Museums in Berlin, 
the National Museum at Washington, and several private collections; 
so it seems that the results, together with my collecting notes, may 
be of sufficient interest to publish along with the descriptions of the 
new forms that have come to light. 

Our present knowledge of the Meloide of Angola, it may be said, is 
due principally to three collections, viz., the Schénlein-Grossbendtner 
collection described by Erichson, the Welwitsch collection, the Meloid 
material of which was described by Marseul, and the collection made 
by von Hohmeyer and Pogge and described by Harold. My own 
collection—described in the present paper—is now added. Besides 
these there are a few single descriptions by various authors, which will 
be found in their places in the present list. It is possible that some 
of the more recent records have escaped my attention. Of the four 
collections named above, by far the most complete is that of Welwitsch, 
which, like all the collections of this gifted naturalist, is of the highest 
scientific value. 

I have recently, in collaboration with Dr. Walther Horn of Berlin, 
published a memoir containing a short description of the region under 
consideration and some account of its zoogeographical features and 
shall content myself with referring to that paper,’ only observing here 
that with the exception of two new species, viz., Mylabris (Actenodia) 
deserticola Wellman (from the littoral region) and Mylabris chisam- 
bensis Wellman (from the high inland plateau), all the Angolan Meloide 
collected by me are from the mountain slopes intermediate between 
the interior alpine region and the low-lying coastlands. 

Some of the habits of the beetles are most interesting. I shall not 


'On the Cicindelinw of Angola, by F. Creighton Wellman, M.D., F.E.S., and 
Walther Horn, M.D., Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci, Phila.,, November, 1908, pp. 504-512. 


-— ~ oe 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 601 


speak here of the remarkable illustrations of mimicry and warning 
colors afforded by the Angolan species, as I have already in preparation 
a paper on these questions, in collaboration with Prof. E. B. Poulton, 
F.R.S., of Oxford University, England. I may perhaps with advan- 
tage, however, refer at this time to the most important food plant of the 
Angolan Meloidz. This is asmall Roseaceous annual which Prof. Engler 
kindly informed me in Berlin last summer was a species of T'ribulus 
(1. zeghert) which is widely distributed in tropical Africa. Throughout 
the desert belt of Angola (which extends from the sea to a point 30 
to 100 miles inland according to the configuration of the country) 
this plant occurs in enormous masses and is the most important and 
indeed almost the only food supply of the Meloide of the region. 
Most of the genera represented eat it—Mylabris (Ceroctis, Actenodia, 
Coryna, Decapotoma), Lytta, etc. There are great patches of the 
yellow blooms and these reveal thousands of beetles; sometimes 
almost every plant has one or more beetles. Some of the more com- 
mon species like Mylabris dentata Olivier, Mylabris (Actenodia) chryso- 
melina Erichson, Mylabris pluvialis Wellman, Mylabris (Decapotoma) 
regis Thomas and Mylabris (Coryna) 12-punctata Chevrolat can be 
obtained in almost endless numbers, and the yellow feces of the 
beetles may be seen over the ground like numerous small dots. It is 
interesting to note that insects like these, which are during their larve 
stages all parasitic on other insects, should have such an intimate 
relation in their imaginal stage to certain plants. Lyttini in their 
early stages feed on the eggs of Orthoptera and Mylabrini on the young 
of the same order of insects. In Angola these beetles occur shortly 
before or about the time when the young Locustide and Acridide 
become numerous, the first rains doubtless having something to do 
with the hatching of them all. The appearance of the adult Meloide 
is almost exactly synchronous with the flowering of the Tribulus, 
which lasts only a few weeks, and should the beetles be too early or 
too late in their appearance they (being flower feeders) must inevitably 
perish from want of food in this desert region where only this one 
species of 7ribulus* (which is apparently fertilized by the beetles 
themselves) is abundant enough to support such vast numbers of 
insects. We see here another illustration of how in the economy of 
nature the interdependence of several organisms may be very close 


71 have remarked on the relation of this flower to Angolan Meloidw before 
the Deutsch. Entomol. Gesellschaft, vid. report in Deutsch. Ent, Zeitschrift, 
1908 p. 647. 


602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


and the adjustment of life to environment very delicate. Other notes 
on the habits of the various species need not be discussed here, but will 
be found with the mention of the various species. 

Following is a list of the species occurring in Angola, so far as I have 
been able to verify the records. When I have had occasion to compare 
material with original types I have usually indicated where such types 
are to be found. It may be mentioned that in the records and syn- 
onymy all names from Dejean’s Catalogue have been ignored, as have 
MS. names, since the recognition of such serves only to perpetuate 
confusion. A set of cotypes (with the exception of three uniques) 
of the new forms described in this paper has been deposited in the 
collection of the United States National Museum. Probably a few of 
the species now included under Mylabris (sens. str.), and of which I 
have been unable to trace the types, will later have to be distributed 
among the various subgenera which I have recognized. 


Fam. MELOIDA. 
F Subfam, LYTTIN®. 
Tribe MYLABRINI. 
Genus MYLABRIS Fabr., Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 261. 
Subgenus 1. ACTENODIA Cast., ae des Ins., II, 1840, p. 268. 


Syn. Actenoda Erichs., Wiegm. Arch., 3 per § 257 (? ex error). 
Syn. Arithmema Chevr., Ic. Régn. na hy at Lp 


Subgenus 2. CORYNA Billb., Mon. Mylabr., 1813, p. 73, nota. 
Syn. Hycleus Latr., Régn. anim., Ed. I., 1817, p. 314. 
Subgenus 3. DECAPOTOMA Voigts, Wien. Ent. Zeit., X XI, p. 177. 
Syn. Decatoma Cast., Hist. des Ins., II, 1840, p. 268 (nee Spinola). 
Subgenus 4. MYLABRIS Fabr., Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 261 (sens. strict.). 
Subgenus 5. CEROCTIS Mars., Abeille, VII, 2, 1870, p. 168. 

Syn. Mimesthes Mars., Mem. Soc. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 566. 

Subgenus 6. LYDOCERAS Mars., Abeille, VII, 2, 1870, p. 12. 

The following artificial table based on the antennal characters may 
be useful in separating these subgenera of Mylabris: 


A.—Antenne with from eight to eleven joints, last joints inflated 
into a club-shaped mass. 
a.—Antenn# moniliform. 


Antenne eight-jointed, . . . . . . . . ACTENODIA. 

Antenne nine-jointed, . . . . . . . . . CORYNA. 

Antenne ten-jointed,. . . . . . . . DECAPOTOMA. 

Antenne eleven-jointed,. . . . . MyLanris (s. str.). 
aa,—Antenne serrate. 

Antenne eleven-jointed,. . . . Cproctis. 


AA.—Antenn# with eleven joints, last joints not inflated. 
Antenna somewhat flattened, ~ s+ «" » LY DGGEEEE 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603 


Subgenus ACTENODIA Cast. 
1. Mylabris (A.) chrysomelina Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg., 1843, p. 258. 

Angola (Ertcuson), Loanda, Bengo (Wetwirscu), Mossamedes 
(ANcHIETA), Gamba, March, 1908, 341 specimens (WELLMAN). All the 
specimens were taken on the flowers of Tribulus zegheri. Type in 
Berlin Kénigliches Museum, marked on locality label “Angola, Schénh.” 
2. Mylabris (A.) deserticola Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, elongata, pallido-pubescens; elytris nigris, punctulatis, pone 
basin et humerale flavo-maculatis undulatimque bijasciatis, fascia anteri- 
ore flava, posteriore fulva; prothorace et capite jortiter punctatis, illo 
medio breviter foveolato; antennarum articulis 1, 2, 6, 7, 8 nigris, 3, 4, 5 
testaceis; pedes testacei, geniculis tarisque nigris. 

Long. corp. 8 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 34 mm. 

Hab. Benguella (Africa) ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

Small, graceful species; head black, rather strongly punctured and 
with afew scattered minute pale hairs ; labrum emarginate, rather hairy ; 
mandibles fuscous, maxillary palpi with apical joint obliquely truncate 
and nearly twice as long as penultimate, labial palpi short, eyes large, 
antenne with first two joints black, 2d to 5th testaceous, 6th to Sth 
black, rather sparsely covered with short fine white hairs and a few larger 
black ones, the last joint more closely covered with short fine white hairs; 
thorax black rather sparsely and strongly punctured, clothed with pallid 
hairs, in the center at the basal third is an elongate fovea about + 
the length of the thorax; scutellum small, with a few short pallid hairs; 
elytra black irregularly punctulate, pallidly villose, with a large yellow or 
pale orange spot at the base of each elytron, and two transverse irregular 
bands, one of a yellow color a little in front of the middle and the other 
of an orange red color about half way between the middle band and the 
apex of the elytron; at the humeral margin of the elytron is a spot 
smaller and narrower than the basal spot, this is connected by a 
narrow marginal band to the middle transverse fascia; legs testaceous 
with a rather broad apical black band to the femora, a much narrower. 
occasionally nearly obsolete black apical band on the tibise and tarsi, 
the last tarsus being sometimes almost entirely black; the under side 
of the body is black. 

Type in my collection; cotype (paratype) Cat. No. 12119, U.S. N. M. 

Five specimens of this pretty little species were taken in the desert 
just outside of the city of Benguella in March, 1908. They were all 
on a leafless shrub and their food plant is unknown. It seemed pro- 


604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


blematical what they could find to feed on in that dried-up region. 
There is a series of specimens without name in the K6nigliches Museum 
in Berlin. 
3. Mylabris (A.) jucunda Erichs., Wiegm., Arch. f. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 257. 

Angola (ErtcHson), Angola, Benguella (MArsrUL). 

Type in Berlin, Ko6nigliches Museum, marked ‘Angola, Schénh.”’ 


Subgenus CORYNA Billb. 
4. Mylabris (C.) ambigua Gerst., Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg., XX XVII, p. 68. 
Gamba, March, 1908, 2 specimens (WELLMAN). 
This species was originally described from Zanzibar and placed by 
its author as a Mylabris. i 
Type in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 
5. Mylabris (C.) chevrolati Beaur., Les Ins. Vés., 1890, p. 523. 


H — duodecimpunctata Chevr., Guér. Ic. régn. anim., p. 132, tab. 35, fig. 3 
(nee Oliv.). 
Hycleus decimguttatus Cast., Hist. Nat. des Ins., II, p. 268. 


Gamba, March, 1908, 72 specimens (WELLMAN). 
Originally described from Senegal. 
6. Mylabris (C.) hermannie Fabr., Ent. Syst., I, 2, p. 89. 
Mylabris affinis Oliv., Ent., III, 47, p. 8, tab. 2, fig. 16. 
Angola—‘‘ aus dem inneren’’—(PoGGE). 
Described from Guinea. 
. Mylabris (C.) mylabroides Cast., Hist. Nat. des Ins., II, p. 208. 
Mylabris lanuginosa Gerst., Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 1854, p. 695. 
Angola (MARSEUL). 
The type of lanuginosa is in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 


~! 


8. Mylabris (C.) posthuma Mars., Mem. Soe. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 603. Pl. VI, fig. 6. 

Angola, Bengale = ? Bangala (MarsrevuL), Loanda, Bengo (WEL- 
witscH), Humbe, Huilla (ANcuiETA), Gamba, March, 1908, 308 
specimens (WELLMAN). 

On the flowers of Tribulus zegherv. 

It is possible that mizta Mars. from “Caffraria’”’ is a variety of 
posthuma, 
9. Mylabris (C.) tergemina Mars., Mem. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 613, 

Angola (MARSEUL). 


Subgenus DECAPOTOMA Voigts. 
10. Mylabris (D.) decorata Erichs., Wiegm. Arch, f. Naturg., 1843, p. 256. 
Angola (Ericuson), Benguella (MarseuL), Loanda (WeLwitscH), 
Loanda (Houmeyer), Huilla (ANCHIETA). 
Type in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605 


11. Mylabris (D.) chiyakensis Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, argenteo-villosa, caput et thorax obscure viridi-cerulescentia, 
subtiliter punctata, pallido-villosa; elytra nigra, argenteo-villosa; vittis 
duabus (altera dorsali, altera marginali; illa medium attingente ad 
apicem valde dilatata, hac medium subattingente minus dilatata) macu- 
lisque duabus (altera dorsali, altera marginali) inter medium et apicem 
positis: corpus infra pedesque nigra (femora pallido-hirsuta, tibie flavo- 
sericeae) pedes postici elongati. 

Long. corp. 12 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 4 mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa) ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea, 

Medium sized species; head and thorax dark greenish-blue, finely 
punctured and clothed with long pale hairs; eyes large, very convex; 
antenne with first two joints shining, the rest dull; scutellum almost 
semicircular; elytra black, finely punctured, clothed with pale, silvery 
hairs; on each elytron a dorsal and marginal broad yellow line, both 
dilated at the posterior termination, the former reaching past the 
middle of the elytron and strongly dilated into a large transverse spot; 
the latter not reaching to the middle of the elytron and less strongly 
dilated. In some specimens the dorsal vitta is interrupted, the ter- 
minal dilatation then becoming an isolated spot and the vitta remain- 
ing shorter than the marginal one. Half way between the terminal 
inflation of the dorsal vitta and the apex of the elytra a large, some- 
what transverse spot; a smaller transverse spot opposte it at the mar- 
gin. The legs and abdomen are clothed with rather long, pale hairs, 
the tibie being closely covered with shorter and yellower hairs. The 
hind legs are very long. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12120, U.S. N. M. 

There also occurs a variety of this species which may be briefly 
characterized as follows: 

. Mylabris (D.) chiyakensis var. tekama Wellm. var. nov 

Vittis dorsalibus nullis maculisque minoribus. 

Typ. in coll, mea, 

The very striking reduction of the yellow markings gives at first 
glance the impression of a different species. The name is a local 
Bantu word referring to the dull color. 

Eighty-one specimens of this interesting species were taken in Feb- 
ruary, 1908, chiefly on flowers of Composite. In life the antennze are 
held farther forward than in most Mylabrini, giving the insect a some- 


what peculiar aspect. 
39 


606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dece., 


12. Mylabris (D.) elendensis Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, elongata, argenteo-subpubescens, capite prothoraceque crebre 
punctatis, hoc subimpresso; antennis nigris; elytra nigra, vittis duabus 
flavis (vitta dorsali ad apicem subiter, vitta marginali non, dilatata) 
maculisque 2 posticis, oblique positis, ornatis; pedes nigri, argenteo- 
sericei; abdomen nigrum. 

Long. corp. 12 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 3} mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka (Mt. Elende), Angola, Africa; ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

Slender species; head (including antenne and mouth parts) black, 
closely punctured with pale villosity, eyes large, hemispherical; anten- 
ne black, thorax black, punctured like head, pubescence pale, feebly 
impressed in the median line at its posterior third; scutellum large; 
elytra black, more coarsely punctured than the head and thorax, 
palely villose, with yellow markings disposed as follows: two dorsal 
vittz, one on each elytron, not reaching to the posterior third of ely- 
tron; here it is angularly deflexed externally, forming the vitta into an 
obtuse angled hook; midway between this hook-like deflexion and the 
apex of the elytron is a large blotch longer than wide and lying at the 
same angle as the bent end of the vitta; a marginal vitta on each 
elytron distinctly shorter than the dorsal, and a small marginal spot 
just opposite the ante apical dorsal blotch; legs and under side of body 
black both clothed with pale hairs, the former closely beset with shorter 
hairs, the latter more sparsely set with long hairs. 

Two specimens taken at Mt. Elende, Chiyaka, November, 1907, in 
a large orchid. 

13. Mylabris (D.) omega Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 585, pl. VI, fig. 11. 

Loanda (WetwitscH), Huilla (ANCHIETA). 


14. Mylabris (D.) regis Thos., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, XIX, 1897, p. 1897. 
Angola (WreLwitscH), Gamba, March, 1908, 102 specimens (WELL- 
MAN). 
On the flowers of Tribulus zegherv. 
Type in London, British Museum. 


15. Mylabris (D.) temporalis Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, elongata subcylindrica, pilis argenteis hirta; capite prothora- 
ceque nigris subtiliter punctulatis, argenteo-villosis, illo lato (tempora 
inflata et rotundata), hoc medio fortiter foveolato; antennis articulis 
2 primis nigris, reliquis obscure brunneis; elytris nigris, fortiter pune- 
tulatis argenteo-villosis; vitta lata dorsali medium subattingente, altera 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607 


marginali angusta medium attingente, macula media dorsali et fascia 
irregulare inter medium et apicem (suturam et marginem attingens); 
corpus infra et pedes nigra, nigro-sericea. 

Long. corp. 15 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 44 mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. tn coll. mea. 

Medium-sized species, black, rather densely clothed with longish 
silvery hairs, which are longer on the head and thorax than on the 
elytra. The head is very wide, being much wider than the thorax, 
and in some specimens as wide as the elytra at their base, and with 
the tempora much inflated making the head above the eyes as wide as 
_ it is across the eyes themselves. Hyes not prominent. The head and 
thorax are finely punctulate, the latter with a median fovea situate 
somewhat in front of its posterior third. Antenne with first two 
joints black, the remainder being a very dark brown. Scutellum long 
and narrow. Elytra black with yellow markings arranged as follows: 
on each elytron a broad dorsal vitta (one-fourth as wide as the elytron) 
not reaching to the middle of the elytron; another narrower marginal 
vitta reaching fully to, or rather beyond, the middle; behind the apex 
of the dorsal vitta and occasionally coalescing with it a large dorsal 
spot, irregular in outline but always transverse; behind this spot, 
midway between it and the apex of the elytron, an irregular yellow 
band. The legs and abdomen are densely clothed with long silvery 
hairs which are more abundant on the femora and tibiz. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12121, U.S. N. M. 

One hundred and two specimens taken in January, 1907 on Mal- 
vacee (Hibiscus and Malache spp.). The pattern of this species is 
wonderfully stable showing almost no variation. 


Q Subgenus MYLABRIS Fabr. (sens. strict.). 
16. Mylabris (M.) andongoana Har., Col. Hefte, XVI, 1879, p. 138. 


Pungo Andongo, July (HonMryeEr). 
Type in Berlin, Koniglisches Museum. The pubescence of the legs 
is in the type somewhat different from ordinary specimens. 
17. Mylabris (M.) atrochalybea Mars., Jorn. Sci.Math. Phys. Nat.Lisb., VI,No.XXV,1879,p.57. 
Loanda (We.twitscH), Huilla (Lopo p’AviLa). 
18. Mylabris (M.) benguelana Mars., ibid., p. 57. 
Angola (WELwITscH), Benguella (ANCHTETA),. 
19. Mylabris (M.) bicincta Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 161, pl. V, fig. 60. 
Loanda (WeELWITscR). 
This species was described from Lake N’gami. 


608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


20. Mylabris (M.) bifurcata Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV.,1879, p.48. 
Capangombe (ANCHIETA). 


21. Mylabris (M.) bilineata Mars., ibid., p. 56. 
Angola (WELWITSCH). 


22. Mylabris (M.) bissexguttata Mars., ibid., p. 50. 
Humbe (ANCHIETA). 


23. Mylabris (M.) carinifrons Mars., ibid., p. 47. 
Angola (WELWITSCH). 


24. Mylabris (M.) chisambensis Wellm., spec. nov. 

Nigra, magna, elongata, convexa, nigro-villosula; capite, prothora- 
ceque crebre punctulatis; antennis nigris; elytris nigris, punctulatis, 
macula magna juxtascutellare et altera minore humerali testaceis; medio 
undulatim lateque testaceo-bijasciatis; corpus infra et pedes intermedii 
posticique nigro-pubescentes; pedes antici dense argenteo-sericet. 

Long. corp. 24 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 103 mm. 

Hab. Chisamba, Bihé, Angola (Africa); a Doctore L. Cammack 
collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

Large species; head black, finely punctured, clothed with fine black 
hairs which are fewer on the vertex; labrum emarginate, the margin 
provided with a thick fringe of coarse testaceous hairs, its basal third 
smooth, the apical two-thirds very closely, finely and regularly punc- 
tured ; eyes slightly reniform; antenne black, with a tuft of coarse 
black hairs on the anterior surface of the basal joint and a few scattered 
black hairs on the next three joints; maxillary palpi large with apical 
joint inflated and squarely truncate, both maxillary and labial palpi 
with long black hairs on them; thorax with punctuation and pubescence 
like that of head, posterior margin elevated, two feeble impressions, 
one just in front of the posterior margin, and the other just in front of 
the posterior third of the thorax, both in the median line; scutellum 
small, triangular with the posterior angle truncate; elytra black, with 
a large Juxta-scutellar straw-colored spot, not quite reaching the 
sutural margin, on each elytron; nearly opposite to this, but rather 
more in front, a smaller spot on the humeral margin; two wide, wavy 
bands of the same color dividing the elytra into three nearly equal 
parts, but placed nearer together than from the basal or apical borders 
of the elytra; legs black, densely clothed with short black hairs and 
some longer ones, the front legs very closely covered on their internal 
surface with short pale hairs and in the males provided with very long 


= eae 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609 


black hairs at the apex of the tibiz and sides of the tarsi; under surface 
of body black with longish black pubescence. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12122, U. 8. N. M. 

Eight specimens sent by Dr. Cammack, taken on “foliage.” One 
of the individuals is a monstrosity, having the secondary bifurcation 
of the inner front claws reduced to a tiny spur. 

This species in its coloration and facies presents a startling resem- 
blance to an oriental species (M. cichorii Linn.), but the striking 
differences in the mouth parts readily separate it. 

25. Mylabris (M.) dentata Oliv., Encyc. méth., VIII, p. 97. 
Mylabris tortuosa Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 256. 

Angola (Ertcuson), Loanda, Benguella (Marseut), Icolo, Loanda 
(WetwitscH), Loanda (HoHMryEeR), Humbe, Cabinda (ANCHIETA), 
Gamba, March, 1908, 84 specimens (WELLMAN). 

This species was first described from Sierra Leone. 

26. Mylabris (M.) dicinota Bert., Nov. Act. Bonon., X., 1849, p. 419. 


Mylabris bizonata Gerst., Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 1854, p. 694. 
Mylabris dicincta var. Buqueti Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 408. 
Zonabris dicincta var. occidentalis Har., Col. Hefte, XVI, 1879, p. 135. 


Benguella (MarseuL), Angola (WertwitscH), Capangombe (AN- 
cHIpTa), Gamba, 60 specimens, on flowers of Tribulus zegheri, March, 
1908 (WELLMAN). 

The typical form was first described from Mozambique. The 
Angolan form with juxta-scutellar and humero-marginal elytral spots 
seems to be adistinctively western race and is probably a true subspecies. 
In all my specimens the last three joints of the palpi are yellow. 

A specimen of dicincta probably named by Bertolini and designated 
as a “type” is in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 

27. Mylabris (M.) discrepens Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys, Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, p. 46. 

Loanda (WELWITSCH), 

28. Mylabris (M.) dispar Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p, 435, pl. IV, fig. 22a. 

Ambriz (MARSEUL). 

29. Mylabris (M.) erichsoni Gemm., Col. Hefte, VI, 1870, p. 123. 


Mylabris duodecimguttata Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 257 (nee 
Germar). 


Angola (IerIcHsoN), 

30. Mylabris (M.) flavoguttata Reiche, Galin. Voy. Abyss., 1850, p. 380, tab. 23, fig. 6. 
Angola (WeLWITSCcH). 
A species deseribed from Abyssinia. 

31. Mylabris (M.) gamicola Mars., Mém, Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 436, pl. 1V., fig. 28a. 
Humbe (ANCHIPTA). 
Described from Lake N’gami. 


610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


32. Mylabris (M.) holosericea Klug, Erm. Reise, 1835, p. 41. 

Loanda (WELWITSCH). 

Described from Guinea. It is suggested by Mr. Champion (Mém., 
Soc. Ent. Belg., 1899, p. 165) that villosa Fahr. (Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh., 
XXVII, p. 345) from “Caffraria”’ is a variety of this species. 

33. Mylabris (M.) hybrida Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 418, pl. IV. fig 12: 

Capangombe (ANCHIETA). 

Described from Port Natal. 

34. Mylabris (M.) jacob Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., V, No. XXV, 1879 p. 53. 

Loanda (WetwitscH), Capangombe (ANCHIETA). 

35. Mylabris (M.) lactimala Mars., ibid., p. 44. 
Humbe (Loso p’AvILA). 
36. Mylabris (M.) lanigera Mars., ibid., p. 49. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

37. Mylabris (M.) liquida Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 255. 

Angola (Ertcuson). Loanda, Pungo Andongo (HoHMEYER), Cabinda 
(AncurEeTA), Angola (WEeLWiITscH), Gamba, March, 1908, 7 specimens 
(WELLMAN). 

On the flowers of Tribulus zegheri. 

My specimens differ from typical examples in that the basal fascia 
of the elytra is not humerally subinterrupted. 

38. Mylabris (M.) muata Har., Mitth. Munch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 109. 

Angola—‘‘ aus dem inneren’’—(PoGGe). 

This species was first described, probably from Kabébé, now in the 
Congo Free State, as a Bruchus, but was subsequently (Col. Hejte, 
1879, p. 136) removed by its author from that genus and placed in 
Mylabris, where it conflicts with Mylabris muata Har., Mitth. Munch. 
Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 109. I accordingly propose for this last species, 
which is not mentioned by Mr. Champion in his “List of the Can- 
tharidse Supplementary to the ‘Munich’ Catalogue” (Mém. Soc. Ent. 
Belg., 1899, pp. 154-206), the following designation: 

Mylabris (M.) haroldi Wellm. nom. nov. 

The type of muata in the Berlin, Kénigliches Museum, has “ Regn. 
Lunda”’ on the locality label. 

39. Mylabris (M.) myops Chevr., Guér. Ic. régn. anim., p, 133, tab, 35, fig. 4. 

Cabo Negro (WELWITSCH). 

Described from the Cape of Good Hope. 

Among my specimens (not collected by myself, but undoubtedly 
from Angola) and also among those of Welwitsch in the British Museum 
I find some individuals which differ considerably from the type, as 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611 


was first pointed out by Marseul (Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., 
1879, p. 45) and which may be briefly described as follows: 
Mylabris (M.) myops var. welwitschi Wellm. var. nov. 

Macula flava basali elytrorum nulla. Typ. in coll. mea, 

There are some other points of difference, among which may be 
mentioned the rather coarser and more irregular punctuation of the 
head and thorax in the case of the 9 9, and the greater comparative 
length of the third joint of the antenne. 

40. Mylabris (M.) oculata Thunb., Diss. Nov. Ins. Spec., VI, 1791, p. 114. 
Cantharis bijasciata Degeer., Ins., VII, p. 647, tab. 48, fig. 13. 

Angola (WeLwitscn), Humbe (ANCHIETA). 

First described from the Cape. 

Mylabris (M.) oculata var. moufleti Mars., Mém. Soe. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 404. 

Benguella (MArsevL), Huilla (Loso p’Avita), Caconda (ANCHIETA), 
Bihé (CaPeELLo and Ivens). 

Mylabris (M.) oculata var. ophthalmica Mars., ibid., p. 404. 

Angola (WeLwitscH), Benguella, Capangombe, Humbe (ANCHIETA). 
Chiyaka, January, 1908, one specimen, Gamba, March, 1908, 3 speci- 
mens (WELLMAN). 

Described from the Cape. 

41. Mylabris (M.) opacula Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math, Phys, Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p.45. 

Duque de Braganga (MarsEvuL), Bihé (CAPELLO and IvEns). 

42. Mylabris (M.) palliata Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 432, pl. IV, fig. 21a. 

Humbe (ANCHIETA). 

Described from “ Caffraria.”’ 

43. Mylabris (M.) paulinoi Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 48. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

44. Mylabris (M.) phelopsis Mars. ibid., p. 48. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

45. Mylabris (M.) pluvialis Wellm. spec. nov. . 

Nigra, oblongo-ovata, postice paulo latior, parum convexa, nigro- 
villosula; capite prothoraceque crebre punctulatis; antennis flavis, articu- 
lis duobus primis nigris; elytris nigris, punctulatis, macula magna 
juxtascutellare et altera parva humerali flavis; medio undulatim flavo- 
fasciatis, postico guitis duabus aurantiacis; corpus infra et pedes nigris. 

Long. corp. 18 mm, 

Lat. elytr. 8 mm. 

Hab. Gamba, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta, 

Typ. in coll, mea, 

Medium-sized species; head black, rather closely punctured with 


612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


shallow punctures, sparsely clothed with small black hairs; eyes large, 
almost hemispherical; antenne with first two joints black, 3d to 11th 
light orange; thorax black, closely punctured, clothed with a few black 
hairs; scutellum very small, hardly visible, with a few fine black hairs ; 
elytra black, punctured throughout not very closely with small, rather 
deep punctures; there are also some small, fine black hairs over the 
whole elytra which are marked with a median, yellow, transverse band 
and also spots anterior and posterior to it, these markings arranged as 
follows: on each elytron near the base is a large, almost circular bright 
yellow spot; behind this is the irregular, rather wide, median trans- 
verse yellow band which would lie in front of a transverse line which 
might be drawn to divide the elytron into two halves; about midway 
between this band and the posterior margin of the elytron are two 
orange-red spots, nearly round; the larger of these, which is smaller 
than the basal spots above mentioned, is near the sutural margin of 
the elytron, almost on a line with the basal spot; the other (hardly 
half as large) lies opposite at the outer margin of the elytron; basally 
at the extreme humeral margin of the elytron is a yellow spot, longer 
than wide, reaching to the margin of the elytron and narrowly con- 
nected with the median yellow band; legs black, blackly hairy, the 
front femora and tibie covered with short yellowish silky hairs on their 
inner surface. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12123, U.S. N. M. 

In some specimens the basal spots (both juxta-scutellar and humeral) 
show a tendency to become confluent with the median fascia. 

This species is very prolific and appears in great numbers during 
the rains. In March, 1908, at Gamba, Angola, I collected 194 speci- 
mens in a few hours. Its principal food plant is Tribulus zegheri. 


46. Mylabris (M.) rufitarsis Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No, XXV, 1879, p. 52. 
Loanda (WetwitscH), Huilla (ANCHIETA). 


47. Mylabris (M.) senegalensis Voigts, Wien. Ent. Zeit., XXI, p. 178. 

Mylabris bijasciata Oliv., Ent., III, 47, p. 5, tab. 1, fig. 10 (nee Degeer). 
Angola (WreLwirscu), Angola—‘aus dem inneren’’—(PoGGe). 
Described from Senegal, also a variety (var. conjuncta Voigts, Wien. 

Ent. Zeit., XX, p. 217) from Dar-es-Salaam. 


48. Mylabris (M.) sibyle Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, statura magna sat robusta, nigro-pubescens; capite (antenne 
articulis 1, 2 nigris, 2, 3 fulvis, reliquis flavis; palpis brunneis) pro- 
thoraceque nigris subtiliter punctulatis, nigro-villosis, hoc. longitudine 
paulo latior, medio leviter bi-impresso; elytris nigris, dense subtiliter 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613 


punctatis, maculis 2 (juata-scutellare et humerali) obscure aurantiacis, 
jascisque 2 (prima anteriore ad medium integra, secunda inter medium 
et apicem interrupta) obscure rufo-aurantiacis ornatis. Corpus infra 
et pedes nigra, nigro-pubescentia. 

Long. corp. 24 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 13 mm. 

Hab. Gamba, Angola (Afriea); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

Large black species, rather robust, clothed with very short black 
pubescence, which is longer on the head, thorax and abdomen. The 
head and thorax are feebly punctulate, the latter doubly though feebly 
impressed. yes large, not very convex. Antenne with the first two 
joints black, the second and third fulvous and the remainder light 
orange-yellow. The palpi are brownish. Sculellum very small, 
triangular. Elytra closely and finely punctate, each elytron with two 
spots, Juxta-scutellar and humeral, and two fascix, the first in front of 
the middle, the second about midway between the median band and 
the apex of the elytron. The two spots and the median band are dark 
orange, the posterior band (which is sometimes interrupted) dark 
orange-red. Legs and body black, clothed with black hairs, the inter- 
nal surface of the front legs covered with short pale silky hairs. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12124, U. 8. N. M. 

Twenty-four specimens taken in March, 1908, on the flowers of 
Tribulus zegheri. 


49. Mylabris (M.) tincta Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., 1843, I, p. 256. 


Angola (Ertcuson), Angola (MarsruL), Angola (WeLwitTscr). 
Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 


50. Mylabris (M.) tindila Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra, parva, nigro-pubescens; caput dense puntulatum, nigro-villo- 
sum, antennis flavis, articulis duobus primis nigris; thorax parvus, 
dense punctulatus, nigro-villosus, latitudine longior, postice longitudi- 
naliter foveolatus; elytra dense subtiliter punctata, liniis dorsalibus 3 
distinctis, nigro-pubescentia; fasciis tribus undulatis flavis suturam 
attingentibus; corpus infra et pedes nigra. 

Long. corp. 12 mm, 

Lat. elytr. 5 mm. 

Hab, Gamba, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll, mea, 

A rather small species; head densely punctulate, blackly pubescent 
with a longish vertical smooth boss between the eyes. Eyes promi- 


614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


nent. Antenne with first two joints black, the next three dark yellow, 
the remainder light yellow. The palpi are black, hairy. Thorax 
small, narrow, longer than wide, conical in front, densely punctulate, 
with a small longitudinal median fovea at its posterior third. Scutel- 
lum small. Elytra black, finely and closely punctured, with three 
yellow bands placed much as in M. liquida Erichs. except that the basal 
fascia has no tendency to become interrupted. The three longitudinal 
veins or lines on the elytra are very distinct. Legs and under side of 
body black, blackly pubescent. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12125, U.S. N. M. 

Two specimens taken March, 1908, on the flowers of Tribulus zegheri. 
The specific name is a Bantu word meaning rare. 
51 Mylabris (M.) tricolor Gerst., Peter’s Reis. n. Mozamb., (1862), p. 297, pl. 17, fig. 11. 

Humbe (ANCHIETA). 

Described from Mozambique. 

Type in Berlin, K6nigliches Museum. 
52. Mylabris (M.) trispila Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, p.55, 1879. 

Loanda (WetwitscH), Huilla (ANcHIETA). 


53. Mylabris (M.) tristigma Gerst., Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 1854, p. 694. 

Described from Mozambique. The Angolan examples may be 
regarded as at least representing a distinct western geographical race 
which may be described as follows: 

Mylabris (M.) tristigma tribuli Wellm. subsp. nov. 

Nigra, angusta, valde elongata; capite crebre punctato, nigro-villoso; 
antennis articulis primis duobus fulvis, reliquis flavis. Labrum fulvum; 
palpis inflatis, truncatis, flavis; thorace crebre punctato, longitudine latiore 
medio impresso, postice elevato. LElytra flava, fortiter punctata, nigro- 
pubescentia; margine basalt maculis duabus antemedium (altera pone 
suturam, altera majore lateralt) fascia submediana apiceque nigris. Corpus 
infra et pedes (tarsi primi postict excepti) nigra, nigro-pubescentia. 

Long. corp. 20 mm, 

Lat. elytr. 5 mm. 

Hab. Gamba, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

This insect, which quite possibly represents a new species, is described 
for the present as a subspecies of tristigma Gerst., from which it differs 
inter alia by the longer and narrower body, the shape of the head and 
eyes, the much larger black spots on the anterior part of the elytra, 
the different marking of the posterior portion, which shows a complete 


yellow band instead of the two yellow spots on a broad black apical 
band, ete. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615 


Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12126, U.S. N. M. 

Three specimens taken at Gamba, on flowers of Tribulus zegheri, 
March, 1908. 

The type of tristigma is in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 


54. Mylabris (M.) tristriguttata Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 
1879, p. 55. 


Mylabris “ristriguttata’”’ Mars., Champion, Soc. Ent. Belg. Ann., XLIIJ, 
1899, p. 165 (ex error). 


Loanda (WELWITSCH). 
Subgenus CEROCTIS Mars. 


55. Mylabris (C.) amphibia Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 559, pl. V, fig. 70a. 
Angola (MaRSEUL). 


56. Mylabris (C.) angolensis Gemm., Col. Hefte, VI, 1870, p. 123. 
Mylabris phalerata Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 18438, p. 256. 

Angola (Ertcuson), Angola (WELWITSCH). 

Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum, marked “Angola Schénh.”’ 
57. Mylabris (C.) bohemanni Mars., Mém. Soc. roy. Sci. Liége, 1872, p. 198, pl. V, fig. 69. 

Capangombe (ANCHIETA). 

Described from “Caffraria.”’ 

58. Mylabris (C.) exclamationis Mars., ibid., p. 562, pl. V, fig. 72a. 

“ Amberix”’ (= ? Ambriz) (Marsrgux), Bengo (WELwitTscH), Gamba, 
March, 1908, on flowers of Tribulus zegheri, 16 specimens (WELLMAN). 
59. Mylabris (C.) interna Har., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 108. 

Angola (WeELWITscH) (a specimen in the British Museum labeled 
as Coryna lata Reiche), Angola (Mecnow), Pungo Andongo, end of 
July (Poaer and Houmeryer), Chiyaka, 1 specimen on grass December, 
1906, 1 specimen on Geigeria wellmani September, 1907, 20 other 
specimens on Composite chiefly Geigeria and Othonna spp. (WELLMAN). 

Described from the interior of ‘‘Guinea”’ and placed by its author 
in the genus Bruchus. C. vespina Thos. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, 
XIX, p. 501) from east Africa has been sunk as a synonym of the 
species under discussion, but a series of 40 specimens from the Congo, 
now in the United States National Museum, together with my own 
examples, show that vespina, the type of which is in the British Museum, 
should be retained as a distinct and stable variety of interna, the front 
brown fascia of the latter being quite constantly reduced to two dots 
in the former. In the description vespina is not compared with 
interna but with yerburyi Gahan, from which it differs not especially 
(as is stated by Thomas) in the elytral banding, but in the color and 
structure of the antenna (the type of vespina has no antenns) which 
are very different. 


616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The type of interna is in Berlin, K6nigliches Museum, and has 
“Regn. Lunda” on the locality label. 


60. Mylabris (C.) serricornis Gerst., Peter’s Reis., 1862, p. 300, pl. 18, fig. 1. 

Loanda, Huilla (WreLWwitscH), Humbe (ANCHIETA). 

This fine species was first described from Mozambique. In the type 
(in Berlin, K6énigliches Museum, marked ‘“‘Mozamb. Peters’’) the legs 
are rather less hairy than in ordinary specimens. 


61. Mylabris (C.) trifurca Gerst.. Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 1854, p. 694. 

Chiyaka, 1 specimen taken digging in native path, 1 specimen in 
large orchid, October, 1907, 2 other specimens, one on flowers of Faroa 
wellmani and one flying, December, 1907 (WELLMAN). 

Described from Mozambique. 

Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum marked “Sena, Peters.”’ 


Genus ELETICA Lacord., Gen. Col., V, p. 672. 

62. Eletica colorata Har., Mitth. Munch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 108. 

Angola—“aus dem inneren’’—(PoGcE), Chiyaka, November, 1907, 
taken flying in bright sunshine after a rain, 2 specimens (WELLMAN). 

Described from the interior of Guinea. Kolbe (Col. aus Afrika, 
I, p. 178f.) considers bicolor Champ. (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 
645, tab. 56, fig. 8) from Central Africa as a synonym of this species. 

The type of colorata is in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 


63. Eletica leviceps Kolbe, Ent. Nachr. XII, p. 299. 

Chiyaka, November, 1907 (WELLMAN). A single specimen which 
lit on my hat in bright sunshine. 

Described from the Congo. This species is very near rufa F., if 
indeed it can be separated from it. 

The type of leviceps is in Berlin, K6nigliches Museum. 


64. Eletica ornatipennis Luc., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1887, p. XXVII. 
Huilla (CAMPANA). 


65. Eletica rufa Fabr., Syst. El., II, p. 78. 
Lytta bipustulata Fabr., loc. cit., p. 78. 
Eletica cardinalis Pér., Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soe., IV. p. 136. 

Angola (WeLwitscu), Angola (Monrerro), Angola (ANCHIETA), 
Chiyaka, January, 1908, twelve specimens (WELLMAN). Always 
taken about 9-11 A.M., flying, or rarely crawling, in bright sunshine 
after a rain, One specimen also lit on my hat. 

lirst described from Senegal. This is an extraordinarily variable 
species, ranging from light red to coal black, some individuals even 
having the elytra pale yellow with black tips. I suspect that some of 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 617 


the black forms described under other names are nothing but variations 
of rufa, but as yet have been unable to examine the types. 
66. Eletica stuhlmanni Kolbe, Stett. Ent. Zeit., LV, p. 183. 

Chiyaka, November, 1907, three specimens (WELLMAN). Brought 
to me by my servant. 

Described from Lake Albert Nyanza. It is probable that my 
specimens represent a new ‘form, very closely allied to stuhlmanni, 
but the specimens are in such bad condition that I cannot separate 
them from Kolbe’s species, without further material. 

The type of stuhlmanni, is in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 


Tribe LYTTINI. 
Genus LYTTA Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 260. 


Cantharis Linn., Act. Ups., 1736, p. 19 (pars). 
Lagorina Muls. et Rey., Ins. Canth., 1858, p. 150. 


67. Lytta amethystina Makl., Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn., 1875, p. 602. 
Chiyaka, running about on ground in company with L. signijrons 
Fahr., 56 specimens (WELLMAN). 
Described from Senegal. 
68. Lytta atroowrulea Har., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p. 108. 
Angola—‘‘ aus dem inneren’’—({ PoGGe). 
Described from the interior of Guinea. 
Type in Berlin, Konigliches Museum. 
69. Lytta buqueti Mikl., Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn., 1875, p. 602. 
Humbe (ANCHIETA). 
Described from Senegal. 
70. Lytta chalybea Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 258. 


Cantharis seminitens Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. 
XXYV, 1879, p. 60. 


Angola (Ericuson), Angola (WeLwitscH), Loanda (HoHMeEyrER), 
Angola (Monrrerro), Gamba, March, 1908, on flowers of Tribulus 
zegheri, 146 specimens (WELLMAN). 

A comparison of the material in Berlin and London with my series 
shows that Erichson’s and Marseul’s species are the same. 

The type of chalybea is in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 

71, Lytta cinctifrons Mars., loc. cit., p. 61. 

Humbe (ANcHIpTA). 


72. Lytta episcopalis Har., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver., 1878, p, 108 
Angola—‘‘aus dem inneren’’—({PoaGe). 
Described from the interior of Guinea, 

Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec., 


we 


73. Lytta hemicrania Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 61. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

74. Lytta laminioornis Fairm., Notes Leyd. Mus., X, p. 270. 

Humpata (KELLEN). 

75. Lytta maculifrons Makl., Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn., 1878, p. 608. 

Angola (WeLwitscH), Angola (MonTEerRo), Humbe (ANCHIETA). 
76. Lytta melanocephala Fabr., Syst. El., II, p. 77. 

Lytta melanocephala var. bilineata Haag-Rut., Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1880, p. 68. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

Described from Guinea. Hoag-Rutenberg’s Lytta bilineata from 
Senegal is here treated as only a variation of melanocephala Fabr., 
but it is probable that the examination of more material would show 
it to be a constant and distinct geographical subspecies. 

77. Lytta metasternalis Fairm., Notes Leyd. Mus., X, p. 269. 

Humpata (KELLEN). 

78. Lytta myrmido Fairm., Pet. Nouv. Ent., II, p. 93. 

Angola (FAITRMAIRE). 

79. Lytta notifrons Mars., Jorn. Sci, Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 59. 

Humbe (ANCHIETA). 

80. Lytta pectoralis Gerst., Monatsb. Berl. Acad., 1854, p. 695. 

Gamba, March, 1908, 56 specimens (WELLMAN); never seen feeding 
but always running about restlessly on the ground like Carabide. 

The type of pectoralis Gerst. is in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 

Described from Mozambique. Fairmaire (Faun. et Flor. Comal., 
Col., 1882, p. 84) has described another insect under the same name. 
For this last species I would propose 
Lytta rubropectus Wellm. nom. nov. 

81, Lytta signifrons Fabr., Ofv. Vet.-Ak, Porh., XXVII, p. 352. 
Lytta Celestina Haag-Rut., Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1880, p. 61. 

Angola (WetwitscH), Chiyaka, December, 1908, running on ground 
in company with L. amethystina Makl., 28 specimens (WELLMAN). 

Described from “ Caffraria.”’ 

82. Lytta strigida Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 61. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

83. Lytta subrugulosa Makl., Act. Soc, Sci. Fenn., X, p. 606. 

Humbe (ANCHIEPTA). 

84. Lytta thoracica Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p, 258. 

Angola (Ericuson), Gamba, March, 1908, on flowers of -7'ribulus: 
zegheri, 10 specimens (WELLMAN). ; 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619 


My examples show that the puncturing of the thorax is variable and 
not always so reduced in the o'o' as Erichson thought. 


85. Lytta vellicata Erichs., ibid., p. 258. 
Angola (ErRIcHsoN). 
Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 


Genus EPICAUTA Redt. Faun. Aust., I, p. 631. 
Isopentra Reitt., Wien. Ent. Zeit., XXXIV, p. 195. 


86. Epicauta canescens Klug, Erman. Reis., 1835, p. 42. 
Angola (WELWITSCR). 
Described from Guinea. 


87. Epicauta prolifioa Wellm. spec. nov. 

Nigra (caput rujfum) lata, oblonga, pube densa y te alba vestita; 
caput magnum, subpunctulatum, antennee filiformes; thorax quadratus 
longitudine latior, medio leviter sulcatus, crebre punctatus; elytra crebre 
punctata, albo-marginata, medio lineaque dorsali longitudinali albis; 
corpus infra pedesque dense albo-vestita; pedes postici valde elongatt. 

Long. corp. 12 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 6 mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea, 

A very short robust species; black, clothed with a dense covering of 
closely lying white hairs, giving the insect a gray appearance. Head 
large, red (a frontal spot, the mouth parts and antenn# are black), 
feebly punctulate, clothed with short white hairs (very small and sparse 
on the vertex); eyes long, narrow and oblique; antenne filiform, first 
joint long, second joint constricted before the base, third joint twice as 
long as second and much longer than fourth. Thorax quadrate, wider 
than long, with a very faint median longitudinal groove, closely and 
finely punctured, Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra also closely and 
finely punctured, with a white dorsal vitta (formed by a thicker 
arrangement of the hairs of the elytron) reaching from the base to 
almost the apex of the elytron; a white margin to the elytron formed 
in the same way. The legs and under surface of the body are closely 
covered with fine white hairs. There is a concave sericious spot on 
the inner surface of the front femora and tibia. The hind legs are very 
long. 

Type in my collection; cotype Cat. No. 12127, U. 8. N. M. 

An interesting variety also occurs which may be briefly indicated 
as follows: 


620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Epicauta canescens var. elunda Wellm. var. nov. 

Vitta dorsali elytrorum nulla. 

Typ. in coll. mea, 

The absence of the most prominent marking gives the insect a strik- 
ingly different aspect. The name is a local word referring to the place 
in which the type of the variety was found. 

Seventy-eight specimens of this species taken in November, 1907, 
and February, 1908. It is usually found wandering aimlessly about 
on the ground, but I have taken it eating potato tops and also bean 
leaves. It is often mentioned by the natives as destroying their crops. 
I once found them eating the young tender sprouts of a coarse branching 
grass (Eragrostis sp.). 

Genus (ENAS Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., III, 1802, p. 186. 
88. (Enas bicolor Cast., Hist. Nat. Ins., II, p. 271. 

Angola (Birra). 

89. Gnas melanura Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. Naturg., I, 1843, p. 259. 

Angola (ERICHSON). 


Genus SYBARIS Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., V, 1832, p. 70. 
Prionotus Koll. et Redt., Hiig. Kasch., IV, p. 356. 

Lacordaire (Gen. Col., V, p. 683) suggests regarding the type (said 
to have been found in England) of this genus that it “pourrait bien 
étre d’origine exotique.”’ I have examined the insect (S. immunis 
Steph.) in the British Museum and believe that this must certainly 
have been the case. 

90. Sybaris flaveola Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 62. 

Angola (WELWITSCH). 

91. Sybaris picta Mars., ibid., p. 62. 

Humbe (ANCHIETA). 


Genus SITARIS Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., III, 1802, p. 187. 


Necydalis Fabr. 
Criolis Muls. 
Stenoria Muls. 


92. Sitaris hilaris Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 64. 
Angola (WELWITSCH). 
Genus ZONITIS Fabr., Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 126. 


Apalus Oliv., Encye. méth., I, 165. 

Megatrachelus Motsch., Bull. Mose., 1845, p. 

Stenodera Eschsch., Mém. Acad. Imp, Sci. Pet., VI, 1818, p. 469. 
Zonitides Abeille de Per., Bull. Soc. Toul., XIV, 1880, p. 253. 
Tmesidera Westw., Guér., Mag. Zool. Ins., 1841, tab. 85 (pars). 
Euzonitis Sem., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., XX VII, 1893, p. 276. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621 


Subgenus 1. ZONITIS Fabr., loc. cit., p. 126 (sens. str.). 
Subgenus 2. NEMOGNATHA Illig. Mag. Ins., VI, 1807, p. 333. 


Leptopalpus Guér., Icon. Ins., p. 136. 


Subgenus 3. GNATHIUM Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., XII, p. 425. 


I propose to follow Casey (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VI, 1891, p. 170) 
in treating Nemognatha and Gnathium under Zonitis. This will necessi- 
tate changes in synonymy (principally of the American species) which 
need not be entered into at this time. The elongated outer lobe of the 
maxille is the only real character separating the two first mentioned 
groups from Zonitis proper, and this character fails in several American 
species and also in the new species of Nemognatha described in the 
present paper. The differences between Nemognatha and Gnathium 
are even slighter, the antennal and thoracic characters often leaving 
one in doubt as to which group an insect should go. Nevertheless the 
(livisions are useful to a certain extent and I do not follow Casey in 
sinking the names entirely, but suggest that they both be considered 
as subspecies of Zonittis. : 

The following artificial table shows how the main characters run 
through the three groups of the genus: 


A.—Palpi not elongated. 


Antenne not thickened at tips, . . ZOonitis (sens. str.). 
AA.—Palpi elongated, the maxillary palpi often forming a sucking 
proboscis. 
a.—Antenne not thickened at tips, . . . NEMOGNATHA. 
aa.—Antenne thickened at tips,. . . . . . . .GNATHIUM. 


Subgenus ZONITIS Fabr. (sens. str.). 
93. Zonitis (Z.) antennalis Wellm. spec. nov. 

Gracilis, lutea; antenna, pectus et pedes (tibiis exceptis) nigra; capite 
prothoraceque valde elongatis, angustis, subtiliter punctulatis, hoe tri- 
impresso (impressionibus haud profundis); antennis fortiter  serratis; 
palpis nigris, apice oblique truncatis, Elytra dense subtiliter punctata, 
submedio nigro-fasciata. Pectus, pedes et abdomen pallido-sericea, 

Long. corp. 12 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 44 mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll, mea. 

A striking species both from its form and coloration. Luteous except 
the mouth parts, antenn#, breast and legs which are black, the tibie 
having the upper portion also luteous. Head and thorar long and 

40 


622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


narrow, finely punctulate, the latter with three shallow impressions. 
Labrum luteous provided with a fringe of strong yellow hairs. The 
antenne are strongly serrate. Eyes strongly reniform. Palpi black 
with apices obliquely truncate. Elytra closely and finely punctured 
and ornamented with a broad black band somewhat in front of their 
middles. Breast, legs and abdomen with pale silky hairs. 

One specimen, November, 1907. 

94. Zonitis (Z.) prionocera Wellm. spec. nov. 

Caput, prothorax, scutellum et abdomen lutea; antenne, elytra, pectus 
et pedes nigra; capite prothoraceque elongatis, angustis, sparsim punc- 
tulatis; antennis nigris, serratis; articulis 1, 2 nitidis; elytris dense 
subtiliter punctatis, albo-subpubescentibus. Pedes nigri; tibis parte 
superiore luteis. Pedes et abdomen pallido-sericea. 

Long. corp. 10 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 5 mm. 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 

Graceful species; head, thorax, scutellum and abdomen luteous; 
antenne, elytra, breast and legs (except the upper portion of the 
tibie) black. Head and thorax long, narrow, rather finely punctured. 
Eyes strongly reniform, antenne serrate, first 2 joints very shining, 
sparsely punctulate, rest dull and clothed with microscopic hairs; 
3d joint shorter than 4th; scutellum very finely punctulate and with 
microscopic hairs. Elytra shining, irregularly and rather finely punc- 
tured. Legs black, closely punctulate, upper % of tibize luteous. 
Breast and abdomen punctulate, sparsely covered with microscopic 
hairs. 

One specimen taken in November, 1907. 

Subgenus NEMOGNATHA Illig. 
95. Zonitis (N.) angolensis Har., Col. Heft, XVI, 1879, p. 142. 


“Wahrscheinlich von Loanda oder von Pungo Andongo (Hou- 
MEYER).” (Harold.) 


Type in Berlin, Kénigliches Museum. 
96. Zonitis (N.) annulicornis Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXYV, p. 65. 
Angola (WELWITSCH). 
97. Zonitis (N.) ciconia Mars., ibid., p. 66. 
Mossamedes (ANCHIETA). 
98. Zonitis (N.) posoka Wellm. spec. nov. 
Parva; caput, pectus, scutellum et pedes nigra; thorax et abdomen 
lutea; elytra viridi-cerulea; capite subtiliter punctulato; antennis fili- 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623 


jormibus; palpis plus minusve elongatis (sed palpis mazillaribus pro- 
boscidem non formantibus) totis nigris, albo-pubescentibus; labro albo- 
villoso; thorace luteo, lato, sparsim punctulato; elytris dense punctulatis; 
nigro-subpubescentibus. Pectus et pubes nigra, albo-sericea; pedes 
postict valde elongati. 

Long. corp. 9 mm. 

Lat. elytr. 4 mm. ; 

Hab. Chiyaka, Angola (Africa); ab auctore collecta. 

Typ. in coll. mea. 


Small, elegant species; head and thorax broad, rather coarsely and 
sparsely punctured, with pale microscopic hairs. Antenne filiform, 
first three joints of about equal length. Scutellum very finely punc- 
tulate. Elytra more finely and closely punctured than head and thorax. 
Breast and abdomen very feebly punctulate, covered with short fine, 
pale hairs; femora with similar hairs; tibiz and tarsi with coarse short 
black hairs, thickly set. 

One specimen taken in November, 1907. The specific name is a 
local Bantu word meaning beautiful. 


99. Zonitis (N.) scapularis Mars., Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV, 1879, p. 67. 
Angola (WELWITSCH). 


Genus DERIDEA Westw., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 226. 
? Iselma Haag.-Rut., Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., XXIII, 2, 1879, p. 401. 


Westwood in founding this genus referred it with an interrogation 
to the Helopide, remarking in his diagnosis “ uwnguibus-simplicibus.’” 
Fairmaire also (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1891, p. 265) says of “ Doridea (sic): 
Westw.”’ that while it “rappelle au premier bord, certaines especes 
du genre Nemognatha,”’ still “il en differe par les crochets des tarses 
simples.”” Thomas (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1897, p. 389) has pointed 
out that the claws are divided. The only properly generic character 
given by Haag-Rutenberg for his genus /selma is that the claws are 
non-pectinated, and this character is shared by Deridea. The diag- 
noses of both genera come very near to Zonitis, with the exception of 
this important character, and I am inclined at present to sink /selma 
as a synonym of Deridea, which (I am convinced by an examination 
of the type at Oxford and a series of specimens in the British Museum). 
should be regarded as a good genus belonging by virtue of most of its 
characters to the Zonitis group, but aberrant by reason of its non- 
pectinated claws. 


624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


100. Deridea curculionides Westw., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 226 
Angola (RoGERs). 
Type in Oxford, Hope Department. 


SUBFAM. HORIIN®. 
Genus HORIA Fabr., Mant. Ins., I, 1787, p. 164. 
Cissites Latr., Gen. Crust. et Ins., II, 1807, p. 211. 

Gahan has recently worked out the vexed synonymy of this genus 
in a valuable paper which I have read, by the kindness of the author, 
in manuscript.’ I here adopt his synonymy (which is the same as that 
of Aurivillius ubi infra) of the species reported from Angola. 

101. Horia africana Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., XI, 1890, p. 203. 
? Horia senegalensis 2 (nec d') Cast., Hist. Nat. Ins., I 
5 a A a testacea Fab., De Borre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 
Angola (WELWITSCR). 


Described from the Congo and referred to the genus Cissites. 


I, 1840, & 280. 
R., 1883, 


* Since this was written Mr. Gahan’s paper has been published (Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. II, 1908, p. 199f.) under the title, ‘Notes on the Coleopterous 
genera Horia Fab., and Cissites Latr., and a List of the Described Species.” 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625 


The following reports were ordered to be printed: 
REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. 


Since the last report of the Recording Secretary the meetings of 
the Academy have been held, as provided by the By-Laws, on the first 
and third Tuesdays of each month from December 3, 1907, to May 
19, 1908, and from October 6 to November 17, 1908, with an average 
attendance of forty-eight. Verbal communications, most of them 
illustrated with lantern views, were made at these meetings by the 
late William S$. Vaux, Jr., George Vaux, Jr., Stewardson Brown, 
Casey A. Wood, Witmer Stone, John W. Harshberger, Philip P. Calvert, 
Henry Skinner, Edwin G. Conklin, Henry W. Cattell, Harold Sellers 
Coulton, Speneer Trotter, Miss Walter, Charles 8. Boyer, Thomas S. 
Stewart, Frank J. Keeley and Henry A. Pilsbry. 

Thirty-one papers have been presented for publication by the fol- 
lowing authors: Henry A. Fowler, 4; Henry A. Pilsbry, 3; Henry A. 
Pilsbry and Y. Hirase, 2; Witmer Stone, 2; Ralph V. Chamberlin, 2; 
Harold Sellers Coulton, 2; E. P. Van Duzee, 1; Frank M. Surface, 1; 
William S. Vaux, Jr., 1; Frederick W. True, 1; Chiyomatsu Ishikawas, 
1; Arthur Erwin Brown, 1; Clarence B. Moore, 1; John Otterbein 
Snyder, 1; J. Perey Moore, 1; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 
1; Robert T. Young, 1; John W. Harshberger, 1; Philip P. Calvert, 1; 
Thomas H. Montgomery, 1; F. Creighton Wellman and Walther Horn, 
1; James A. G. Rehn, 1. Of these twenty-eight have been accepted 
for publication in the Procrepincs and are now mostly in type; 
one was withdrawn by the author; one remains to be acted on, and 
one, by Clarence B. Moore, forms the fourth and concluding number 
of the thirteenth volume of the JourNAL. It is illustrated with fine 
text figures and eight plates beautifully printed in colors. As usual 
we are indebted to the author for the entire cost of publication. 

The issues of the various publications of the Academy during the 
year have amounted to 1939 pages and 133 plates, as follows: Pro- 
CEEDINGS for 1907, 159 pages and 9 plates; for 1908, 444 pages and 25 
plates; JournaL, Vol, XIII, Pl. 4, 132 pages and 8 plates; ENromo- 
LoGicAL News, 500 pages and 25 plates; TRANSACTIONS OF THE 
AMBRICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL Soctety (Entomological Section of the 
Academy), 375 pages and 25 plates; Tue MANuaAL or ConcHoLoGy 


626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


329 pages and 41 plates. This is 217 pages and 29 plates more than 
the issue of the preceding year. The statistics of distribution remain 
the same as for the last two or three years. 

Four members have been elected, the deaths of eleven members 
and six correspondents have been announced, and Caroline A. Burgin, 
Hannah Streeter and Morris Earle have resigned their memberships. 

The Hayden Medal for 1905 was presented to Dr. Walcott at the 
meeting held January 7, advantage being taken of the occasion to 
invite the members of the Academy and their friends to meet the dis- 
tinguished recipient of the award. The address of presentation 
was made by Dr. Persifor Frazer and responded to by Dr. Walcott. 
The delay in presentation was due to the preparation of a new and 
greatly improved design for the medal. Under the terms of the amend- 
ed deed of trust providing for the making of the awards once in three 
years, the Hayden Memorial Committee unanimously recommended 
the grant for 1908 be made to Prof. John Mason Clarke, in recognition 
of the value of his brilliant work as State Geologist of New York. 

The Council has authorized the Publication Committee to prepare 
an index to the entire series of the publications of the Academy, to 
include the issues to the end of 1910, and to be published in connection 
with the celebration of the centenary of the Academy in 1912. Such an 
index has been long desired by students of natural history, who have 
felt the need of a key to the wealth of the contributions to knowledge, 
many of them of the first importance, issued under the auspices of the 
Academy by many of the leading naturalists of America. Of the 83 
volumes which will have been published by the Academy at the close 
of 1910, the manuscript index to the first eight volumes of the octavo 
JOURNAL and the first 19 volumes of the PRocEEDINGs has been com- 
pleted. It is divided into two sections: Authors and subject, and 
genera and species. 

Dr. Henry Skinner was appointed a delegate to the International 
Congress on Tuberculosis, held at Washington last September. 

Resolutions were adopted and duly forwarded endorsing the action 
of the President of the United States in calling a conference to consider 
plans for the conservation of the forestry, agricultural, mineral and 
other natural resources of the United States, and in support of bills 
for the purchase and preservation of the forest areas of the Southern 
Appalachians and of the White Mountains as National Forest Reser- 
vations. 

Epwarp J, NoLan, 
Recording Secretary, 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627 


REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. 


With regret the Corresponding Secretary records the death during 
the past year of the following named correspondents of the Academy: 
Henry Benedict Medlicott, Lord Kelvin, Henry Clifton Sorby, Prof. 
Spiridion Brusina, Prof. Gustav Mayr and Prof. William Kieth Brooks. 
No corresponding members were elected. During the year a few 
additional photographs and biographical sketches of correspondents 
were received and have been added to our files. 

Invitations to the Academy to participate in the following notable 
events were received: The Third International Botanical Congress and 
the First Congress of Administrative Sciences, both to be held in Brus- 
sels in 1910; the Prehistoric Congress of France, the Centenary Jubilee 
of the Physico-Medical Society of Erlangen, the Inauguration of Dr. 
Albert R. Hill as President of the University of Missouri, the opening 
of the new Hall of the Physical Institute of Frankfort a. M., and the 
University of Cambridge celebration of the centenary of the birth of 
Charles Darwin and the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of the 
Origin of Species. Suitable letters of acknowledgment or congratu- 
lation were in each case forwarded, and as the Academy’s representative 
to the last named Dr. Arthur Erwin Brown has been appointed. In 
this connection it may interest the members of the Academy to know 
that Darwin was elected a correspondent on March 27, 1860, within 
four months of the publication of the Origin of Species, and that 
this Academy was therefore probably the first society to place its 
official stamp of approval upon this epoch-making work. 

An invitation from the Section of Geology and Mineralogy of the 
New York Academy of Sciences to join in organizing a series of general 
geological meetings for the eastern United States was referred to the 
Geological and Mineralogical Section of the Academy. A letter of 
thanks for the use of the Academy’s Hall for its session of 1907 was 
received from the American Ornithologists’ Union. Notices of the 
death of seven scientific men of distinction were received and acknow]l- 
edged by letters of sympathy. 

Copies of resolutions approving of the movement to establish 
White Mountain and Southern Appalachian forest reserves and com- 
mending the purpose of the conference to consider the conservation of 
natural resources were forwarded to members of Congress and other 
persons concerned and brought numerous favorable responses. 

Pursuant to instructions of the Council the Corresponding Secretary 


628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee., 


received from several members subscriptions aggregating fifty dollars, 
which sum was forwarded as a contribution from the Academy to the 
fund for erecting in Paris a monument to Lamarck. 

The numbers of letters requesting information received and answered 
continues to increase. 

The statistics of the correspondence for the year follow: 


COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED. 


Acknowledging receipt of the Academy’s publications, . . . . . . 217 
Transmitting publications, . . <5 en, Re 65 
Requesting exchanges or the sonal of deftietqueaees : 4 
Invitations to learned gatherings, 7 
Notices of death of scientific men, . . < ee 8 
Circulars concerning the EEE EIST of delantattn instheoiGnnl Cees ia Be 16 
Biographies and photographs of correspondents, 4 
Miscellaneous letters; <2) <a Gi Oe aa ee 88 

Total received, .. 96 «250%, eggs & ee ee 


COMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED. 


Acknowledging gifts to the Library, . . ... .... - . WS 
Acknowledging gifts to the Museum, . . sy eA  , og ee 56 
Acknowledging photographs and laureate +R, fae aia qe 3 
Requesting the supply of deficiencies in journals, . . . . . . . 84 
Letters of sympathy or congratulation, . . . . . .. .. ==. 9 
Miscellaneous letters,. .  . er ee eg 
Annual Reports sent to oiinaabeitinati vice dinar Gm 1 yy Saas a a 
CSovuler tethers... 2; ie. we fa) el ital on piv et Oe ek 90 

‘botal forwarded, .. 37.0 G's. 8 oe. ae ena 


Respectfully submitted, 
J. Percy Moors, 
Corresponding Secretary. 


REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. 


The growth of the Library during the past year has been satisfactory, 
notwithstanding the inconvenience due to the alteration of the premises 
required by the plans adopted by the Council. The accessions since 
the first of last December number 7070, an increase on those received 
last year. There were 5905 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 973 
volumes, 192 maps, photographs and plates. 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


They were received from the following sources: 


Societies, Museums, ete... ............. 
I. V. Williamson Fund.................. 
General Appropriation... 


United States Department of 
Agriculture: senceue 
United States Department of the 
PASOHE 5 Ache nncchto tania 
PONG, Ss sasicgs tac neces tear ancians 
James Aitken Meigs Fund ............ 
Geological Survey of Canada.......... 
Geological Survey of Russia......... 
Estate of Angelo Heilprin............... 
TSO BNE ainkigh eytisstss aes htias 
Geological Survey of Japan............. 
United States Department of 
Commerce and Labot.................. 
Pennsylvania State Department 
Of AGM COU RE sana a oie 
North Carolina Geological Sur- 
Department of Agriculture of 
Netherland India........................ 
Trustees of British Museum.......... 
Department of the Interior of 
the Philippines.................000:0-c0+» 
Geological Survey of Sweden........ 
Ministry of Public Works, 
France... ‘ 
United States Public Health and 
Marine Hospital Service............ 
International Bureau of Ameri- 
Can Republics .......2..:0..2s0cecesssense 
Illinois State Geological Survey.... 
Department of Agriculture in 
laine allt nrtlined alent tinesadeibs 2 
Ministry of Colonization, Bolivia.. 
United States War Department... 
Commission de la Belgieca................ 
University of Texas Mineral 
SO iercsis stenttvenigh tiers eenttutpiphatetas 
United States Treasury Depart- 


United States Bureau of Fish- 
eries |b sa as caren a0 eubncewateecddacbusncowsedersedoueses 

Edward J. Nolan... pe 

Geological Survey of India... 


Geological Survey of Georgia......... 
Ministry of Works, Mexico.............. 
Geological Survey of Portugal...... 
Wisconsin Geological and Natu- 

ral History Survey. ................- 
Victoria Department of Mines....... 
Department of Mines, etc., New 

BRUINS | WEE 5 ceciincdicrcrsigeuotennanes 


Department of Agriculture, 

IRIN ciate avanreceiekahee 
Western Australia Geological 

UE WEY nine cssascer tapas scanen sdesssrgeenssys 
New Jersey Geological Survey....... 
LORS Be yee eae, oe eee 
Corps of Mining Engineers of 


Cape of Good Hope, Department 

OF ABTICUIGULO wis ciscensscnsinaseannoess 
Bureau of American Ethnology.. 
Superintendent of Documents, 


WARD NPEON oo ccisce crassa cuaattinnt 
Bs Ack ENO om rng ca enenatanceten soubor 
Department of the Interior, 

MURAI oiicacdecnthiaaentey eal atts 
Geological Commission, Cape 

OE Got Hee, ins stccene sessiseeasiosnn 
Geological Institute of Mexico...... 
Geological Survey of Virginia........ 
United States Coast and Geodetic 

SOTTO intiensisincsckecnnssPragssvissvnpetonsees 
Library of Congress...................++ 
Ministry of Agriculture, Buenos 

SOE cc enna techie RR AOS 
Bentham Trustees, Kew Gardens 
Danish Government.....................+. 
Department of Agriculture 

Cea tides iSaies. eae 
New Zealand Geological Survey... 
Os FE, TN. sev asnasasharteesstese 
Botanical Survey of India........ alte 
Agricultural and Veterinary 


Faculty of La Plata... aes 
Observatoire Central Nicolas... 
Iowa Geological Shr we Posie 


to to to te 


to to to 


630 


M. le Duc de Loubat........................ 
H. Miller, Hanover..............:...<..: 
Commissioners of Fisheries and 
Game, Massachusetts................ 
Dr. Henry Tucker... 
Florida State Geological, Survey... 
Central Bureau voor de Kennis 
Provincie, Groningen................... 
Genaro Gardin. i oc08 3 ee 


IL. Mreiathaers se cso ece taeeaeetonts 
Dr. H.C; Ghapman=.. 23. 
William H. Welker.....................0+:+: 
Ministry of Works, Peru.................. 
Dr, Jase Tehdg co. os ess netics 
Geological Commission of Fin- 


L.. BebGhaberete 6 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


a ee 


[Dec., 
Maryland Geological Survey.......... 1 
State Geological Survey of North 
DAK oti. es aves cutee ne eee 1 
Nova Scotia Department of 
Lys: Aenea oe peaianes Cantata 56)8 1 
Kommission zur  Wissensch. 
Untersuch. der Deutschen 
Meerée in Wiel 3.520052 ase 1 
Geodetic Survey of South 
J.C iy (+: Sea MEP Sy. 1 
Government of India... eee 1 
Estate of William Ziegler................ 1 
Stewardson Brown.............:..::::0+: 1 
Department of Geology, ete., 
TNGUANAL So. csace nsccesesecs tenes 1 
Department of Fisheries, New 
South Wales... sh oes 1 
Hawaii Pucasiene Committene sf 
Trustees Indian Museum................ 1 


They were distributed to the several departments of the library as 


follows: 


DONE G ) i-sccc:, Ri 5,183 
SROON EG S|... citndsaee 414 
PTA CHU GTC, 0s ccccccdessinsas then 365 
|, TT BET en OF i 231 
Voyages and Travels...................-.. 150 
REIN G on cecenicssiccsconvintton eee 145 
General Natural History................ 99 
Anatomy and Physiology................. 74 
UMNO os ioc eicnisvoxetsosenteteeal 73 
BGO GY 5 os sais vis ns csetdenczteveeeiies 68 
CARRION ofan orm vo mse see crcnracde teas 47 
OIG st ar eccss cx revi ssavcsvssveeetiat 42 


Tohth yology. ois i5:-ssannciccoseceeeee 28 
Mammalogy.aiisnissinieeiscvsssseeee 23 
Mineralogy... ioe cacstt scene 22 
Helanin thology... .s.css-n-0snssecersah an 
MCAT sea wide«ssnosnnneovou ee 21 
Physical Science.................s0ssscceeee 21 
Bibliography... ssi/.5-/.-iasicses eee 10 
Herpetology. .ic..i:..sscsiunnece eee 6 
Encyelopedian. .....i.:5....0:-;1eeee 2 
Mathematios, ..00::10<..siss:.0deee 1 

SCTE F vie oss oxscvste ca hke teen 1 
Unclassified. ......:.:cc:sscstnesuenoe 19 


Eleven hundred and fifty-three volumes have been bound. 

Fourteen volumes and 548 pamphlets dealing with subjects not 
germane to the objects of the Academy were sent to the Free Library of 
Philadelphia and, in compliance with the law, 8 duplicate volumes 
and 74 pamphlets were returned to the Government Printing Office. 

At the beginning of the building operations it was necessary to 
temporarily arrange a part of the library on a section of the entresol 
floor to make room for the extension of the hall entered from Race 


Street, as required by the adopted plan of alteration. 


This change, of 


course, entailed disadvantages which, it is hoped, will be remedied 
when the entire library is arranged in the new building on the southern 


1908. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631 


portion of the lot. With the exception of works of reference (encyclo- 
pedias, ete.), and possibly those on general natural history, the entire 
library is to be arranged in tiers of steel stacks. At present five such 
tiers are provided for, extending from the ground to near the roof of 
the rear section of the new building, thus securing increased room 
which is sadly needed and, it is hoped, safety from fire. 

Mrs. James Woods, of Camden, Alabama, has thoughtfully presented 
to the Academy a collection of seventeen letters written by Isaac Lea, 
Timothy A. Conrad, Samuel G. Morton, Benjamin Silliman, William 
Hall and John Finch, from 1829 to 1835, to Judge Charles Tait, of Clai- 
borne, Monroe Co., Alabama, who was the first to develop, with his 
correspondents, the Claiborne beds, of so much interest in American 
geology as furnishing the most noted deposits of Eocene shells. The 
letters contain several items of personal interest and indicate especially 
the zeal and enthusiasm of a former President of the Academy, Isaac 
Lea. 

Acknowledgment is due William J. Fox, for his efficient assistance 
to the Librarian and the Publication Committee. 

Epwarp J. NOLAN, 
Librarian. 


REPORT OF THE CURATORS. 


The erection of the new library, stack, lecture hall and study rooms 
and the alteration of the old building were begun early in the spring. 
At the present time the alterations are practically completed, while the 
new building is nearly ready for the roof. 

A handsome entrance hall has been constructed at the Logan Square 
front, which has been carried through the old lecture room, making a 
direct communication with the first floor of the Museum. The stair- 
ways which formerly connected the floors of the Museum have been 
removed to the vestibule, and all the rooms have been shut off both 
from the vestibule and from each other by regulation fire-doors, which 
greatly increase the safety of the collections. 

A fire-proof room has been constructed in the lower part of the old 
lecture hall, which will be fitted up for the accommodation of the 
alcoholic collections, where they will be shut off from all other parts 
of the Museum. 

Heat and gas pipes and electric light wires have been installed in the 
vestibules and entrance hall and a new boiler placed in the engine 


house, 


632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


During the early part of the year much time was spent in moving 
cases and rearranging exhibits preparatory to the alterations, and since 
July 5 the Museum has been closed to the public, the cases being 
covered up and many specimens removed for safety. 

During the past month the cases on the first and second floors have 
been rearranged preparatory to reopening the’ Museum, and the work of 
reconstructing some of the bird cases is well under way. 

Many shifts of position among the exhibition cases have been made 
necessary by the changes in doors and stairways and the walling off of 
the vestibule. 

The final cleansing of the halls will be undertaken as soon as the 
painting of the walls and fire-proofing of the columns are completed. 

Early in the year the work of labelling the mounted birds was com- 
pleted with the exception of the song birds, and the exhibition collec- 
tion of Mollusca was entirely rearranged. Many of the articulated 
skeletons have also been cleansed and remounted. 

Owing to the condition of the Museum, however, most of the work 
of the staff has been devoted to the study collections. 

The old rooms of the Ornithological department having been largely 
torn away, the entire series of bird and mammal skins has been re- 
moved to the top floor of the Museum, where far more desirable quar- 
ters have been provided. | 

Thirty-eight moth-proof metal cases and ten large white pine cabi- 
nets have been provided for plants, insects and birds, as well as 200 
standard insect boxes. 

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has presented another plate glass and mahog- 
any ease for the valuable additions to his collection of Indian 
antiquities obtained in the Southern States and Arkansas. Dr. 
Pilsbry and Mr. Rehn each visited North Carolina for a few weeks 
during the year and made collections respectively of Mollusks and 
Orthoptera. 

Through the liberality of Mrs. Charles Schiffer, Mr. Stewardson 
Brown was enabled to spend the entire summer in little known parts of 
British Columbia, where he secured a valuable collection of plants 
largely new to the herbarium. He also visited Bermuda in February, 
with the aid of the Esther Hermann Research Fund of the New York 
Academy of Sciences, where another important collection was made. 

Dr. J. P. Moore spent the summer at Woods Hole, where some 
marine material was collected and numerous local collecting trips were 
made by other members of the Museum staff. 

Among the important accessions of the year may be mentioned the 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633 


Henry Skinner collection of Lepidoptera, the Vanderpol collection of 
East Indian birds, the Quadras collection of Philippine Mollusks, all 
obtained by purchase. Also the Herbst collection of Fungi, presented 
by Mr. Herbst’s estate, and a valuable collection of Central American 
Coleoptera, presented by Mr. F. D. Godman. A number of interesting 
mammals were received from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, 
including the fine Indian elephant “Bolivar,”’ nearly ten feet in height, 
which is now being mounted in the taxidermical department. 

Details of work in several departments will be found in the special 
reports, in addition to which Mr. H. W. Fowler has continued his 
care of the fishes, and Dr. J. P. Moore of the Annelids, while Miss 
H. N. Wardle has been engaged upon the arrangement and cataloguing 
of the ethnological collections. 

The Curators are also indebted to Mr. 8. 8. Van Pelt for valuable 
assistance in the herbarium, and to Dr. P. P. Calvert and Mr. E. T. 
Cresson, Jr., in the Entomological department. 

Many specialists have made use of the collections during the year and 
specimens have been loaned to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Dr. Charles H. 
Eigenmann, Samuel N. Rhoads, W. D. W. Miller and Robert Ridgway. 

An idea of the extent of the Academy’s collections at the present 
time may be gained from the following summary, although some of 
the figures are necessarily approximate. 

Of Mammals there are 12,416 specimens, of which 2,500 are osteo- 
logical or alcoholic preparations, 500 are mounted and the rest skins 
with skulls prepared separately. The more important individual 
collections are the 8S. N. Rhoads collection of North American Mammals 
and the H. H. Smith collection from southern Brazil. 

The Birds number 59,579 specimens, of which about 9,000 are 
mounted and 1,075 are osteological preparations. There are also 
about 2,500 nests and sets of eggs. The notable collections comprise 
that of Massena, Duke of Rivoli; the John Gould Australian collection ; 
the Boys collection of Indian birds; Canon Tristram’s collection; 
the Josiah Hoopes collection of North American birds; the Harrison 
and Hiller collection from Sumatra; the George L. Harrison collec- 
tion from British East Africa (on deposit) and the Delaware Valley 
Ornithological Club local collection. There are about 600 types, mainly 
of Cassin, Gould, Townsend, Gambel and Audubon. 

The Reptiles and Batrachians amount to 18,000 specimens, the great 
majority being alcoholic; they comprise among others the I. D. Cope 
collection and the Arthur Erwin Brown collection and include many 
types, mainly of Cope and Hallowell. 


634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The collection of Fishes consists of about 40,000 specimens, and 
contains the historic Bonaparte collection, the Cope collection and 
also those of Hauxwell, Orton, H. H. Smith, Harrison and Hiller, 
Rijgersma and others. There are many types of Cope, Abbott and 
Fowler, as well as cotypes of Girard’s Mexican boundary fishes. 

The Insects number about 369,000 pinned specimens divided as 
follows: 


North American Exotic 

ee _- _—_—__—- 

Species. Specimens. Species. Specimens. Types. 
Hymenoptera . . . 10,000 50,000 1,000 4,000 3,000: 
Lepidoptera. . . . 3,645 17,000 3,000 14,000 - 500 
Neuroptera: =. «4 |} 300 2,400 1,200 400 100 
Orthoptera . . . . 684 17,000 1,038 10,000 150 
Dap. hess finn 1,300 10,000 100 150 121 
Hemiptera . .. . 700 3,500 200 600 50: 
Coleoptera . . . . 10,000 140,000 5,000 10,000 2,000: 


The most notable special collections are the Horn and Wilt collec- 
tions of Coleoptera; the Martindale and Skinner collections of Lepidop- 
tera; the Calvert collection of Neuroptera (on deposit); the Osten- 
saken cotypes of Diptera; the Cresson and Bassett collections of 
Hymenoptera and the Henry C. McCook collection of Insect Archi- 
tecture. 

The collection of Mollusks numbers over 100,000 trays and more 
than 1,500,000 specimens. Of this number 40,000 trays have been 
catalogued and numbered as new accessions since 1893. The older 
collection consists of the original collection of the Academy, begun 
about 1817 by Thomas Say; the Robert Swift collection of West Indian 
shells, about 10,000 specimens; the A. D. Brown collection of land 
shells, bequeathed to the Academy in 1887, 5,400 trays. About 
10,000 trays of these collections have been catalogued and numbered. 

The alcoholic collection of Mollusks consists of about 6,000 lots, 
probably over 75,000 individual specimens. The number of types 
of Say, Conrad, Tryon and others is not known, but since the year 
1901, 925 types have been described from the new material received. 

Other invertebrates number about 11,500 specimens, of which 4,000 
are Crustacea and 2,800 worms. The most important collections are 
the Guerin collection of Crustacea, the H. C. Chapman collection of 
Marine Invertebrates from Naples and the Edward Potts collection of 
fresh-water sponges. 

The Herbarium contains about 584,000 specimens of flowering plants 
and ferns, comprising among others the collections of Muhlenberg 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635 


(on deposit), Pursh, de Schweinitz, Nuttall, Short, and Charles E. 
Smith. The Fungi, Mosses, Lichens and Algwe number about 50,000 
specimens and include the collections of Sullivant, de Schweinitz, 
Eckfeldt, Ashmead, Martin, Ellis and Everhart, Herbst and Rex. 
Both departments of the Herbarium are rich in types. 

There is also a local Herbarium presented by the Philadelphia 
Botanical Club, which contains about 20,000 specimens. 

The Paleontological collections comprise some 5,000 specimens 
of Vertebrates and 45,000 Invertebrates, of which 3,000 belong to the 
collection of the Pennsylvania Geological Survey (on deposit) and 
7,500 to the Isaac Lea collection; also 1,500 fossil plants. There are 
‘many types of Leidy and Cope among the vertebrates and of Lea, 
Conrad, Gabb and Heilprin among the invertebrates. 

The general collection of minerals consists of 8,500 specimens, while 
the William §S. Vaux collection contains about 7,500 additional. Of 
rock specimens there are over 10,000 in the Pennsylvania Geological 
Survey collection and about 3,000 additional. 

The general Archeological and Ethnological department contains 
about 14,000 specimens, including the Samuel G. Morton collection of 
human crania; the Peale Hawaiian collection, the Haldeman American 
Indian collection and the Poinsett Mexican collection (on deposit). 

The Clarence B. Moore collection of Indian antiquities from mounds 
of the Southern States includes some 5,000 specimens, the basis of 
Mr. Moore’s papers in the JouRNAL of the Academy. The William 
S. Vaux collection contains 2,500 specimens, largely from North 
America and Europe. 


SUMMARY. 

ee eer re oF eos tener ee Ree ae ee Pe ee 12,416 
et IN sce le eh ae ee Pk fe Can as ee OE 59,579 
Betas. he 8 el Oe es Ce ene _'s. 8 ee tee 18,000 
Piss, | s Mi tak ye ee ee) ew) el! a ee in or 40,000 
Indecie<. 25 et Pee eat, ary opt sie Says, BO de aS 369,000 
Molla) (i. we 4 an np PCA OA. DA tow rod ey 0! re ah ee ee en eee 
ther TereerbePehee. Fale ee cae ag ern, je Nb, we Lg oe 11,500 
Herbarium, De len, Wale ey capt leet 6 Se 5" vie be a © de as 654,000 
Wome wee es ae 8 ce oe Oe eee Os 46,500 
ee es a en ie ee ee CP re) Fees 29,000 
Archeology and Ethnology, . . - - »« + «© «© «© + « « 21,500 

Total, 2,836,495 


Samue.t G. Drxon, 
Henry A. PILssry. 


636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSCA. 


The rearrangement of the general collection in exhibition cases has 
been almost completed, table-cases of gastropods having been worked 
over during the year. Considerable time has been given by Mr. 
Vanatta to the determination and description of Hawaiian mollusks 
sent by Mr. D. Thaanum, of Hilo, Hawaii, and to the work of picking 
out and assorting upwards of 500 trays of shells from material gathered 
by the Curator last year in the Florida Keys. Large quantities of 
leaves and forest débris, gathered by Mr. C. B. Moore, have also been 
picked over, and much valuable material, especially of very small 
mollusks, obtained. | i 

Mr. Y. Hirase has continued to send Japanese and Formosan mater- 
ial; his latest sendings contain Korean mollusks, which hitherto have 
been almost unknown. About 100 new species have been described 
from this source during the year. 

Other valuable accessions are a series of marine shells from the Great 
Barrier Reef, Australia, including cotypes of 19 new species, from 
Charles Hedley. A collection from northeastern Mexico, from A. A. 
Hinkley. <A series of Irish slugs from Dr. R. F. Scharff, and many 
smaller accessions from numerous donors. A large part of this material 
has been worked up, and papers published thereon. The time of the 
special Curator has been largely occupied in the preparation of the 
Manual of Conchology, in which the families Oleacinide and Ferus- 


sacide have been described. 
H. A. PItspry, 


Special Curator, Dept. of Mollusca. 


REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. 
THe BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. 


The membership of the Section has changed but little during the 
year. Nine regular and several informal meetings have been held. 
On March 30, the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the Biological 
and Microscopical Section was observed by a banquet held in the 
Section Room, at which were present regular and former members and 
the officers of the Academy. The Director, Dr. J. Cheston Morris, 
presided, and addresses were made by Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, Dr. 
George A. Piersol, Dr. Arthur E. Brown, Mr. Witmer Stone, Dr. Henry 
Skinner, Dr. James Tyson, Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Mr. F. J. Keeley and 
Mr. C. 8. Boyer. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637 


The communications made during the year may be briefly sum- 
marized as follows: Uses of the microscope in testing chemical prepa- 
rations, by Dr. D. E. Owen; Leucocythemia, the Tsetze Fly and various 
contagious diseases, by Dr. T. 8. Stewart; opaque illumination and 
numerous other subjects, by Mr. F. J. Keeley; miscellaneous objects 
exhibited and described by Mr. William B. Davis; new and rare forms 
of diatomacexe, by Mr. C. S. Boyer; rare forms of diatoms from Barba- 
does, by Mr. J. A. Shulze; the organisms contained in various infusions, 
by Mr. John G. Rothermel; other communications, by Mr. T. C. 
Palmer, Mr. W. H. Van Sickel and Mr. Hugo Bilgram. 

The officers elected for the year 1909 are as follows: 


Director, . A ; ; . J. Cheston Morris, M.D. 

Vice-Director, — . : ' . TT. Chalkley Palmer. 

Conservator, : . F. J. Keeley. 

Recorder, . i C. 8. Boyer. 

Corresponding Secretary, F : . $. L. Schumo. 

Treasurer, . ; - ; : . Thomas §. Stewart, M.D. 
CHARLES 8S. Boyer, 

Recorder. 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


During the present year ten meetings of the Entomological Section 
have been held with an average attendance of ten persons. As usual 
the large number of additions to the cabinet has necessitated the 
greatest amount of work in the department. The large collection 
of American butterflies made by Dr. Henry Skinner, numbering over 
10,000 specimens, was purchased by the Academy. Dr. I. D. God- 
man has presented 3,529 Coleoptera, representing 1,140 species, from 
the Biologia Centrali-Americana collection, a most valuable addition. 
One hundred and eighty-four insects from Burma were purchased 
from W. Crumb. Dr, Henry Skinner presented 56 Lepidoptera from 
various parts of the United States. Seven hundred Orthoptera were 
collected by the Academy expedition to Virginia and North Carolina, 
conducted by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn. About five hundred Orthoptera 
were presented by Witmer Stone, Morgan Hebard and J. A. G. Rehn, 
from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. One hundred and fifty-four 
Brazilian Orthoptera were purchased from C. F. Baker. Two hundred 
Diptera from British Guiana were received from Charles T. Greene. 
In all over 16,000 specimens of insects were added to the collection, 
Two hundred Schmitt boxes and four Brock tin cases were pur- 
chased, 

41 


638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The large collection of North American Hymenoptera has been 
rearranged and some work done preparatory to the rearrangement of 
the Micro-lepidoptera. All the determined Diptera, except a few of 
the family Muscide, have been arranged in Schmitt boxes and many 
genera and species new to the collection were determined. All of 
Osten-Sacken’s types of Tipulide and Tabanade were marked and 
numbered. In the order Orthoptera, reports were completed on the 
specimens collected in Arizona in 1907 by Rehn and Hebard. Con- 
siderable rearrangement has been done in the study series. Dr. P. P. 
Calvert has continued his important work on the collection of Odonata 
and has finished his contribution to the pages of the Biologia Centrali- 
Americana. A large number of Coleoptera has been incorporated into 
the collection, including some interesting material from Fort Wingate, 
New Mexico. The JourNau of the Section, Entomological News, has 
been continued and volume nineteen completed with 500 pages and 
25 plates. Two Associates were elected and one member died. 

The following were elected to serve as officers for the year 1909: 


Director, . ; ; ; ; . Philip Laurent. 
Vice-Director, ; : : . H.W. Wenzel. 
Treasurer, . ; : . E. T. Cresson. 
Recorder, . , ; . Henry Skinner. 
Secretary, . : . E. T. Cresson, Jr. 
Conservator, ; . Henry Skinner. 
Publication Committee, . ‘ ‘ : . E. T. Cresson, 


E. T. Cresson, Jr. 
Respectfully submitted, 
Henry SKINNER, M.D. 
BoTANICAL SECTION. 


' During the year further progress has been made in placing the speci- 
mens in species covers, and it is hoped to complete this important work 
at an early date. 

The additions to the Herbarium consist of the Herbst collection of 
Fungi, numbering more than 5,000 specimens, being the life-work of 
Dr. William Herbst, of Trexlertown, Pa., and presented to the Acad- 
emy by Mrs. Herbst; a collection of Pennsylvania Flowering Plants 
and Ferns numbering about 2,000 specimens, presented by Dr. H. D. 
Heller, of Hellertown, Pa.; presentations from various members 
numbering about 200 specimens; a small collection of Rubus, Amelan- 
chier and Betula, purchased by the Section from Mr. W. H. Blanchard, 
and a collection of 930 specimens of Balkan Plants, purchased by the 
Academy. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639 


The Conservator spent about a month in the Bermudas during 
February and March of the present year, by the aid of a grant from 
the Esther Hermann Research Fund of the New York Academy of 
Sciences, when collections of over 800 herbarium specimens were 
made. During the summer, through the liberality of Mrs. Charles 
Schiffer and Miss Mary W. Adams, he was enabled to make further 
studies of the flora of the-Canadian Rocky Mountains, ten weeks 
being spent in the region about the headwaters of the Saskatchewan 
and Athabasca Rivers, when collections of more than 3,000 herbarium 
specimens were made, including a number of probably new species. 
Owing to the pressure of other duties it has not been possible to yet 
give this collection critical study. 

The activity manifested in previous years by the members of the 
Philadelphia Botanical Club has been maintained during the past 
season, more than 2,000 specimens being added to the local herbarium, 
including a number of species not previously recorded as occurring: 
in the region. Mr. Samuel 8S. Van Pelt has continued his valuable 
services during the year as Curator of this important and rapidly 
growing section of the herbarium. 

At the annual meeting ofthe Section, the following officers were 
elected for the year: 


Director, . Benjamin H. Smith. 
Vice-Director, ; . Joseph Crawford. 
Recorder, . . . Charles 8. Williamson. 
Treasurer and Conservator, — . ; . Stewardson Brown. 


Respectfully submitted, 
STEWARDSON Brown, 
Conservator. 


MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION, 


The Section has this year held eight meetings (besides the December 
meeting yet to come), with an average attendance of about ten. 
Communications were made by Prof. Amos P. Brown, on ripple marks, 
tracks and trails; by Mr. Edgar T. Wherry, on two new antholite dikes 
in Philadelphia County, and on the geology of the neighborhood of 
Jacksonwald, Berks County; by Dr. W. J. Sinclair, on the geology of 
a portion of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado River; by Prof. B. L. 
Miller, on the geology of the Allentown quadrangle, compared with the 
Philadelphia region; by Mr. Gilbert Van Ingen, on the geology of the 
area drained by the upper Susquehanna River; by Mr. J. F. Vanarts- 


640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


dalen, on silicified wood in the Norristown shales of Bucks County; 
by Prof. O. C. S. Carter, on tubular concretions, sheets and plates of 
Pensauken gravel, cemented with iron hydroxide; by Col. Joseph 
Willcox, on the geology and mineralogy of St. Lawrence County, 
New York; and there were a number of shorter communications and 
various discussions. 

There were ten field excursions, with an average attendance of 25. 
The excursions visited: (1) The copper deposits of Upper Salford and 
Frederick Townships in Montgomery County; (2) The crystalline 
schists and limestones between Alton and Glen Hall, in Chester County ; 
(3) the New Red traps and shales between Quakertown and Perkasie, 
in Bucks County; (4) the region of Bethlehem, in Northampton and 
Lehigh Counties; (5) the New Red traps and shales in northern Bucks 
County; (6) the silicified wood of the New Red and the minerals of 
the crystalline rocks between Woodbourne and Neshaminy Falls, in 
Bucks County; (7) the Cretaceous and Pleistocene formations near 
Pensauken Creek, in Camden and Burlington Counties, New Jersey; 
(8) the trap at Aldham, Chester County, and the Cambrian Sandstone 
thence to Valley Forge; (9) the crystalline rocks and their minerals 
near Lansdowne and up Darby Creek, Delaware County; (10) the 
cross-section of the Chester Valley, from Devault to Malvern, Chester 
County. 

Three associate members have been added to the Section. 

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the coming 
year: 


Director, . ; ! : . Benjamin Smith Lyman. 
Vice-Director, . : : ; . George Vaux, Jr. 
Recorder and Secretary, ; . . Silas L. Schumo. 
Treasurer, ; . Miss Emma Walter. 


Frank J. Keeley. 


Respectfully submitted, 
BENJAMIN SMITH LYMAN, 
Director. 


Conservator, 


ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


Since the last annual report the Ornithological Department of the 
Academy has been removed from its old quarters to the top floor of 
the Museum building—a far more desirable location, well lighted and 
with ample space for the growth of the collections. 

New racks have been erected to hold the cases and the latter have 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 641 


been arranged in systematic order. Many cases of large birds formerly 
stored elsewhere have been placed in their proper position, so that the 
entire study series of birds is now for the first time brought together 
where it is readily accessible. 

Mr. Rehn finished the cataloguing and relabelling of the Tristram 
collection during the year, and this material, numbering 6,180 skins, 
together with several smaller collections, has been distributed in the 
general series. 

Ten large wooden cabinets were secured for the accommodation 

of the Anatide and other large birds formerly arranged in temporary 
cases, 
The labelling of the mounted birds was resumed early in the year, 
and all the specimens, with the exception of the song birds, are now 
labelled with technical and vernacular names and locality. Owing to 
the alterations to the building some of the exhibition cases had to be 
taken down or altered, so that the collection has been temporarily 
disarranged, but the erection of new cases will soon permit of their 
proper display. Many specimens of interest were secured during the 
year, the most important being the Van der Pol collection of East 
Indian birds, comprising 1,070 specimens, representing many species 
not heretofore in the Academy’s collection. 

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and the Pennsylvania 
Audubon Society have continued to hold their meetings in the building 
and have done much to maintain activity in this department. In 
December, 1907, the American Ornithologists’ Union held its twenty- 
fifth annual meeting at the Academy, which in point of attendance 
and interest was the most successful ever held. 

The officers of the Section for the ensuing year are: 


Director, ; . . Spencer Trotter, M.D. 
Vice-Director, : . George Spencer Morris. 
Secretary, . : : : . William A. Shryock. 
Recorder, ' é . Stewardson Brown. 
Treasurer and Conservator, . Witmer Stone. 


WITMER STONE, 
Conservator. 


642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the 
Committee on Accounts to serve during 1909 was held, with the follow- 
ing result: 


PRESIDENT, . } . Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. 
VicE-PRESIDENTS, . Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D., 
Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D. 
RECORDING SECRETARY, . . Edward J. Nolan, M.D. 
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, . J. Perey Moore, Ph.D. 
TREASURER, . ; George Vaux, Jr. 
LIBRARIAN, . Edward J. Nolan, M.D. — 
CURATORS, . ; ; : Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D., 


Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., 

Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., 

Witmer Stone. 
CoUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, Charles B. Penrose, M.D., 

Charles Morris, 

Henry Tucker, M.D., 

Spencer Trotter, M.D. 
CoMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS, : Charles Morris, 

Samuel N. Rhoads, 

Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, 

John G. Rothermel, 

Howard Crawley, Ph.D. 


COUNCIL FOR 1909. 


Ex-officio.—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., 
Arthur E. Brown, Se.D., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Perey Moore, Ph.D., 
George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Witmer Stone. 


To serve Three Years.—Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris, 
Henry Tucker, M.D., Spencer Trotter, M.D. 


To serve Two Years.—Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader, 
Edwin 8. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D. 


To serve One Year.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., 
Thomas Biddle, M.D., and Frederick Prime. 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643 


CuRATOR OF MOLLUSCA, . 


ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN, 


ASSISTANTS TO CURATORS, 


ASSISTANT, 
TAXIDERMIST, . A 
Jessup Fund Students, 


Janitors, . 


Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D. 
William J. Fox. 

Henry Skinner, M.D., 
Stewardson Brown, 

J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., 
Edward G. Vanatta, 
Henry W. Fowler, 

J. A. G. Rehn. 

H. Newell Wardle. 
David N. McCadden. 
H. Newell Wardle, 
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr. 
Charles Clappier 
Daniel Heckler 

James Tague, 

Jacob Aebley. 


ELECTIONS DURING 1908. 


January 21.—William J. Sinclair. 


MEMBERS. t 


February 18.—Burton Chance, M.D. 
April 21.—Henry H. Donaldson, M.D. 
November 17.—Sydney L. Wright, Jr. 


644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 
MAMMALS. 


GeorcE Bassetr. Red Bat (Lasiurus borealis). 

Orro Beur. Skeleton of Red Fox (Vulpes fulvus), Sullivan County, Pa. 

James CHATWIN. Mounted Gray Fox ((Urocyon cinereo-argenteus). 

BENJAMIN CHEW. Six heads of African Antelope. 

Mrs. U. P. Crump. Skull of Man-eating Tiger (Felis tigris), Tongoo, Burma. 

H. H. Frrtn. Mounted Porcupine (Frethizon dorsatum). 

BE. M. Fryer. Whale vertebra, South Carolina. 

Dr. JosppH GRINNELL. Forty-two skins and skulls of California mammals. 

J. W. Hotman. Red Squirrel (Sciuwrus hudsonicus loquax), Ocean County, 
N. J. (alcoholic). 

Davip McCappen. Skulls of Sumatran Pig (Sus vittatus), Mexican Puma 
(Felis oregonensis aztecus), Mexican Lynx (Lynx baileyi), Wolf (Canis mexicanus) 
(2), Canada Lynx (Lynx canadensis) and (2) Black Bear (Ursus americanus). 

SrepHEN MitsTeap. Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonius americanus), Atlantic 
County, N. J. 

Mrs. T. R. OwEN. Mummified cat. 

PurcHasep. Skeleton of Black Fish (Globiocephalus sp.), Cape May County, 
N. J.; skin and skull of Orang-utan (Simia satyrus); skin and skull of Gray Fox 
(Urocyon cinereo-argenteus), Bucks County, Pa. 

J. A. G. Renn. Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonius americanus), Rhoads’ 
Red-backed Mouse (Evotomys gapperi rhoadsi), and Deer Mouse (Peromyscus 
leucopus), Ocean County, N. J. 

S. N. Ruoaps. Two mice, Adirondacks, N. Y. 

Dr. R. W. Suuretpr. Axis and atlas of Bear. 

ZooLtocicaL Society oF PxiaApELPHIA. Mounted: Springbok (Antidorcas 
euchore). 

Skins and skulls: Two Slender Loris (Loris gracilis); Clouded Leopard (Felis 
nebulosa); Serval (Felis serval); Eyra Cat (Felis eyra); Pine Marten, (Mustela 
martes); Bandicoot (Peragale sp.) [some to be mounted]. 

Skins and’skeletons: Long-armed Baboon (Papio langheldi); Indian Elephant 
“Bolivar” (Elephas maximus) (now being mounted]; East African Eland (Tauro- 
tragus oryzx livingstonei) {to be mounted]. 

Skins: Six skunks, female and young (Mephitis mesomelas), from Oklahoma; 
Himalayan Tahr (Hemitragus jemlaicus); Robust Kangaroo (Macropus robustus). 

Skull: Brazilian Tapir (Tapirus terrestris). 


Birps. 


Cuartes Beck. Purple Gallinule (Jonornis martinica) from New Jersey 
(mounted), 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645 


EXcHANGE (with H. K. Coale). Two California Black Rail (Creciscus co- 
turniculus). 

Purcuasep. Van der Pol Collection of East Indian Birds (1,150 specimens). 

JosEPH Sapp. European Starling (Sturnus vulgaris), Ocean County, N. J. 

Dr. R. W. SuHureitpt. Two bird crania. 

R. R. Tarev. Eggs of Arctic Birds. 

Miss ANNA J. VALENTINE. Nest of Cassique (Cassicus sp.). 

ZOOLOGICAL Society PHILADELPHIA. Skins of White-eyebrowed Guan (Pene- 
lope superciliaris). ; 

Crested Guinea Fowl (Guitera cristata) and Parson Bird (Prosthemadera nove- 
zealandie). 

Skull and sternum of Guira Cuckoo (Guira guira). 


REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS. 


O. H. Brown. One Salamander, Cape May, N. J. 

C. H. Conner. House Snake (Lampropeltis doliatus clericus), Montgomery 
County, Pa.; Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinus). 

H. W. Fow er and B. W. GrirrirxH. Small collection of Amphibians from 
Cecil County, Md. 

J.W. Hotman. Anderson's Tree Toad (Hyla andersoni), Ocean County, N. J. 
Red-bellied Snake (Storeria occipitomaculata), Ocean County, N. J. 

C. J. Hunr. Several Amphibians and Terrapin (Pseudemys) from New Jersey. 

J. P. Moore. Bujo jowleri, Martha’s Vineyard, Mass. 

JoserH ParkKER. Anderson’s Tree Toad (Hyla andersoni), Ocean County, N. J. 

PurcHaseD. Twelve species of Lizards, Orlando, Fla. 

S. N. Ruoaps. Two Salamanders, Adirondacks, N. Y. 

W.Srone. House Snake (Lampropeltis doliatus), Sullivan County, Pa. 

E. G. Vanatra. Queen Snake (Regina leberis), Chester County, Pa.; two 
Frogs, Chester County, Pa. 


FIsHEs. 


C, C, Asnorr, One Chub (Semotilus bullaris), New Jersey. 

CuarLes Apams. Cush (Lota maculosa), Somerset County, Me. 

Cares A, Bastian, Wall-eyed Pike (Stizostedion vitreum). 

James Boyce. One Hake (Merluccius bilinearis) from Asbury Park. 

W.G. Carotuers, Several Fishes, Cape May County, N. J. 

Dr. C. H. EtiGENMANN. Small series of Cuban and South American Fishes. 

J.B. Foxe. Genitalia of Hermaphrodite Shad. 

W. J. Fox. Puffer (Lagocephalus lavigatus); Selene vomer and Sea Cat (Felic- 
thys), Cape May County, N. J. 

H. W. Fow.er. Small collection of Fishes, Cape May County, N. J.; two 
climbing Perch (Anabas scandens); small collection of Fishes, Florence, N. J.; 
small collection of Fishes from Bucks County, Pa. 

H. W. Fow er and B. W. Grirrrrx. Small collection of Fishes from Cecil 
County, Md.; small collection of Fishes, Delaware County, Pa. 

H. W. Fow.er and P. H. Herrzoc. Small collection of Fishes, Lancaster 
County, Pa. 


646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee., 


H. W. Fowter and C.J. Hunt. Several collections of Fishes from Cape May 
County, N. J. 

H.W. Fowxer and T.D. Kerm. Collections of Fishes from Burlington County, 
N. J., and Newbold Island, Delaware River. 

H.W. Fowter and Davin McCappen. Collection of Fishes, Ocean City, N. J. 

H. W. Hanp.  File-fish (Alutera sp.), Cape May, N. J. 

JosepH Henperson. Gar (Tylosurws marinus). 

Miss AcNnes F. Kenyon. Eel, Australia. 

D. McCappen. Seriola zonata, Ocean City, N. J.; Hake (Merluccius bilinea- 
tus), Cape May County, N. J. 

R. F. Mitter. Collection of Fishes and Reptiles. 

PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF HeattH. Micropterus dolomieu. 

Dr. R, J. Pumures. Collection of Fishes, Cape May, N. J. 

H. A. Pitspry. Small collection of Fishes from North Carolina. 

E. G. Vanatra. Trout, Chester County, Pa. 

Lieut. Hue WittovGHsy. Barrel of Fishes, Florida. 


INSECTS. 


C. F. Baker. One hundred and fifty-four Orthoptera, Brazil (purchased). 

Witt1aAM BevurenMiLLeR. One Lepidoptera, Manitoba. 

BrookLyN InstiruTe oF ARTs AND Scrences. Four Orthoptera, Venezuela 
(for determination). 

P. P. Catverr. Eighteen insects, Pennsylvania. 

D. M. Castite. Two Coleoptera, Pennsylvania. 

E. R. Cuengty. One Orthoptera, New Jersey. 

CoNNECTICUT AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION, Seventeen Orthoptera, 
Connecticut. 

E. T. Cresson, Jr. Thirty-four Diptera, United States. 

U. P. Creme. One hundred and eighty-four Insects, Burma (purchased). 

8S. G. Drxox. One Orthoptera, Pennsylvania. 

L. A. Dunrinc. Six Orthoptera, Algeria. 

H. T. Fernatp. Sixteen Hymenoptera, United States. 

W.G. Freeptey, Jr, Eight Lepidoptera, India. 

F. D. Gopman. Three thousand, five hundred and twenty-nine Coleoptera, 
Central America. 

©. T. Green. Two hundred Diptera, British Guiana. 

F. Grinne.t, Jr. Ninety-six Orthoptera, California. 

F. Hampacu. Four Heterocera, United States. 

M. Heparp and J. A. G. Rewn. Sixty-six Insects, Arizona. 

M. Heparp.- One hundred and eighty-eight Orthoptera, five Lepidoptera, 
Pennsylvania. 

C. Ine. Twenty-five Blown Larve, Pennsylvania. 

Fk. M. Jones.’ Two Heterocera, South Carolina. 

H. H. Lyman. Three Heterocera, Canada (exchange). 

J. M. MacFartanp. Three Heterocera, Alabama, 

A. H. Manger. Thirteen Insects, North Carolina (exchange). 

J. H. Marruews. Eleven Lepidoptera, Cuba; thirty-five, India (exchange). 

J. A. G. Rens. One hundred and forty-four Orthoptera, New Jersey; seven 
hundred Orthoptera, Virginia and North Carolina (Academy Expedition). 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647 


Hl. Skinner. Ninety Lepidoptera, United States. 

H. Skinner. Ten thousand Lepidoptera (purchased). 

T. Spatping. One hundred and twenty-nine Insects, Utah. 

W. Srone. One hundred and ninety-six Orthoptera, Pennsylvania. 

E. 8. Trrus. One hundred and forty-seven Hymenoptera, United States 
(exchange). 

M. Tomura. Six Butterflies, Celebes. 

J. F. Tristan, Seventeen Orthoptera, Costa Rica. 

H. T. Van Osrranp. Twenty-five Lepidoptera, Mexico. 

H. L. Viereck. Three Hymenoptera, United States. 

H. W. Wenzev. Eight Coleoptera, New Jersey. 

G. B. Woop. One Myriapod, Texas. 

J. Woopeare. One hundred and thirty-one Insects, New Mexico. 

Total specimens, 16,200. 


Recent Mo.iuvusca. 


Jacos Agsiy. Vallonia pulchella Mill. from Philadelphia, Pa. 

Joun A. ALLEN. Thirty-one trays of shells from Maine and Ohio. 

JosHua Batty, Jr. Arion ater ruja L. from Neuen Ahr, Germany. 

Dr. Cuartes Baum. Helix muralis L. from Paestum, Italy. 

Bernice Pavan Bishop Museum. Fifteen species of Helicina from the 
Hawaiian Islands. 

S.S. Berry. Eleven trays of freshwater and land shells from California. 

E. Berner. Seven trays of Oreohelix from Colorado. 

Dr. Samuet A. Bryion. Cyprea cervus Lam. and Liguus fasciatus Mill. from 
Key Largo, Florida. 

Srewarvson Brown. Fourteen trays of shells from Bermuda and British 
Columbia. 

Horace F, Carpenter. Polygyra apressa sculptior Chadw. from Crystal Cave, 
Bermuda, 

Georce H. Ciapp. Three species of land shells from Arizona and Jamaica. 

T. D. A. Cockrerety, Nine species of shells from Jamaica. 

CuarLtes Conner. Spharium striatinum Lam., Jonestown, Pennsylvania. 

Pror. W. H. Dati. Gonidea angulata haroldiana Dall, from near San José, 
California; also Milax gagates Drap. from Easter Island. 

C. Asnotrr Davis. Two species of Pleurodonte from Jamaica. 

Dr. Samvuet G. Dixon. Polygyra albolabris Say, from near Mt. Alto, Franklin 
County, Pennsylvania. 

M. J. ELrrop. Seven trays of land shells from Montana, 

J. H. Ferriss. Four species of land shells from Arizona. 

Rev. W. H. Fruck. Five species of shells from South Africa and Central 
America. 

H. W. Fowxer and B. W. Grirrirus. Two trays of shells from Pennsylvania. 

W. J. Fox. Crepidula jornicata 1. from Sea Isle City, New Jersey. 

W. J. Gucnrist, Micrarionta desertorum P. and F. from near Parker, Arizona. 

A. DaCosta Gomez, Ancillaria tankervillei 8. from Venezuela, 

Grorce M, Greene. Four species of land and freshwater shells from New 
Jersey. 

G. Datitas Hanna, Eighteen species of shells from Lawrence, Kansas, 


648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Dee., 


Dr. J. W. HArsHBerGER. Mya arenaria L. from Long Branch, New Jersey. 

Miss A. C. HArTSHORNE. Three species of Japanese land shells. 

CHARLES Hep.tey. Thirty-four species of marine shells from Masthead 
Island, Queensland. 

J.B. Henperson, Jr. Twenty-three trays of land shells from Eastern United 
States and West Indies. 

A. A. Hinkiey. Fifty trays of Mexican shells. 

Witmer Hinkiey. Planorbis trivolvis Say, from Boisé, Idaho. 

Y. Hrrase. Three hundred trays of Japanese shells. 

P.C. Jarvis. Eight trays of Jamaican land shells. 

N. W. Lermonp. Ten species of land shells from Maine. 

D.N.McCappen. Polygyra albolabris maritima Pils. from Ocean City, N. J. 

CLARENCE B. Moorr. Sixty-seven trays of land and freshwater shells from 
Arkansas and Florida. 

H. B. Oaxiey. Fifty-five species of shells from Barbadoes. 

H. A. Pirspry. One hundred and eighty-four trays of shells. 

JoHN Ponsonsy. Two land shells from Africa and Bermuda. 

PurcHasep. Two hundred and forty-two trays of shells from the Lowe- 
Wollaston Collection and twelve hundred and eighty-eight trays of Philippine 
Island shells from the J. Quadras Collection. 

J. A.G. Renn. Venus mercenaria L. from Tuckerton, New Jersey. 

S. N. Ruoaps. Cochlicopa from Hampshire, England. 

S. Raymonp Roserts. Four trays of shells from Massachusetts and Jamaica. 

Paut Row anv. Cochlicopa lubrica Mill. from near Sapporo; Yesso, Japan. 

Mrs. Mary T. Scoarrrer. Two freshwater shells from British’ Columbia. 

Dr. R. F. Scoarrr. Seventeen jars of slugs from Ireland. 

Dr. B. Swarr. Pleurodonte bornii Pir. and Drymeus elongatus Bolt. from 
San Juan, Porto Rico. 

Burnett Samira. Fifteen species of land and freshwater shells from Skanea- 
teles Lake, New York. 

GEORGE W. SoELNER. Vertigo pygmea Drap. 

R. E. C. Stearns. Three species of freshwater shells from California. 

Witmer Stone. Polygyra albolabris maritima Pils. from Piermont, N. J. 

D. THAANUM. Sixty-one trays of Hawaiian shells. 

Dr. Henry Tucker. Ostrea virginica L. from the Eastern Shore of Virginia. 

E.G. Vanatrra. Nine trays of shells from Maryland and Pennsylvania. 

H. L. Vrereck. Pyramidula perspectiva Say, from near Harrisburg, Penn- 
sylvania. 

Bryant Waker. Twelve species of freshwater shells from Alabama and 
Michigan. 

Water F. Wesps. Eight species of land shells from Tangulandang and Cuba. 

Dr. H. E. Werneritt. One hundred and twelve species of shells from the 
Philippine Islands. 

J. Renton Wurre. Seven species of land shells from Paestum, Italy. 

Joserpn Witicox. Five species of land shells from New York. 

Heven Wincuester. Two species of land shells from Canadensis, Pennsyl- 
vania. 

H. W. Winkiey. Cacum johnsoni W. from Woods Hole, Massachusetts. 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649 


OTHER INVERTEBRATES. 


STEWARDSON Brown. One tray of Julus from Bermuda. 

W. B. Davis. One jar of surface towings, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. 

E. Dennottz. One Mygale heintzi. 

W.J. Fox. One sponge and sea cucumber from Cape May, New Jersey. 

J. B. HenpErsON, Jr. One tray of Cypris from near Amarillo, Texas. 

Mrs. A. Kenyon. Four jars of invertebrates from Australia. 

H. B. Oakiey. Seven trays of invertebrates from Barbadoes. 

H. A. Pirssry. Two jars of Crustacea from Florida and North Carolina. 

S. N. Ruoaps. One jar of Cambarus from Hamilton County, New York 

B. Frank Tear. One king crab from Cedar Beach, New Jersey. 

Dr. Henry Tucker. Astrangia danie Ag. from the Eastern Shore of Virginia. 

U.S. Fish Commission. Seventeen jars of Barnacles. 

E.G, Vanatra. One jar of Pseudoscorpion from near New Garden, Pennsyl- 
vania. 

H. L. Viereck. Gelasimus from St. Augustine, Florida. 

Dr. H. E, Wernertiy. Tetraclita porosa Gmel. from the City of Panama, 
Panama. 


INVERTEBRATE FOssILs. 


STEWARDSON Brown. Eight fossils from Alberta. 

C, P. Carpwe tt (through Dr. Henry Tucker). Several Miocene fossils from 
Virginia. 

Dr. Samvuet G. Dixon. One tray of fossil bivalves from York County, Penn- 
sylvania. 

ExcHANGE. Twenty-four trays fossils from Missouri. 

E. M. Fryer. Two fossils, South Carolina. 

MorGan Heparp. Three trays of fossils from Florida and Michigan. 

Estate or ANGELO HeErtprin. Several fossils. 

Mr. Garrison. Two trays of fossils from Santo Domingo. 

GeorGeE Lucas. One fossil tree stump from Santiago, Cuba. 

H. A. Pirssry. Ihynchonella concinna from Wiltshire, England, and Meekella 
occidentalis Newb. from the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona. 

G. Roumary. One Ostrea from Haiti. 

R. L. Sarvers. One Placenticeras placenta Dek. from a well in Camden 
County, New Jersey. 

Miss A. Srone. Portlandia glacialis Wood, from Drinkwater Point, Casco 
Bay, Maine. 

W. W. Weepsrer. Seven trays of fossils from Haiti. 

JoserH WILLCOX. Sixty trays of fossils from Virginia. 


PLANTs. 


Acapemy Expepririons. Bermuda, Stewardson Brown collector, 800 speci- 
mens; Canadian Rockies, Stewardson Brown collector, 3,000 specimens. 

Miss MarGretra ATKINSON. Macrocalyx nyctelia. 

Cuar.Les C, BacHMAN. Conioselinum chinense and Naumburgia thyrsiflora, 


650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Epwry B. Barrram. Three hundred and sixty-three specimens from various 
places in the New England and Middle States. 

BoranicaL Section. Collection of one hundred and forty-three specimens 
of Rubus, Amelanchier and Betula purchased from William H. Blanchard. 

Mrs. Writ1amM Herpasr. Dr. Herbst’s collection of Fungi, numbering about 
5,000 specimens. 

Bayarp Lone. Seventy-nine specimens from Delaware. 

PHILADELPHIA BoTANicaL CLuB. Twenty-five hundred specimens of local 
plants, received from various members. 

E. G. Vanarra. Eleven specimens from Chestertown, Md. 

S.S. Van Petr. Forty-six specimens from Delaware. 

C.S. Wittramson. Two hundred and ninety-four specimens from Delaware. 


Fosstt PLANTs. 


PurcHASED. Fossil stump, Santiago de Cuba. 
’ 


MINERALS. 


H. A. Green. Several minerals from Tryon, N. C. 

Estate oF ANGELO HEILPRIN. Specimens of ores. 

Estate oF Sopare F. Ritey. Collection of Transvaal minerals and set of 
Centennial medals. 

Witi1aM 8. Vaux CoLtection. Twenty-nine specimens purchased. 


ARCHZOLOGY, ETHNOLOGY. 


CLarENcE B. Moore. Numerous specimens from Indian mounds of the 
Southern States for the Clarence B. Moore Collection. 
Mrs. W. P. Doveias. Canadian Indian Canoe. 


— - ——- -_” 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


651 


INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND RE- 
FERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1908. 


, 


Species described as new are indicated by heavy-jaced; 


synonyms by 


italic numerals. 


BARE. 5 kosscincsstcnessciges aes SEO 122 
Abramis crysoleucas...............0.:0+++ 529 
Acanthagrion gracile, 481, 487, 489, 490 
POR IAG F Misia viscs asta cmap 73 
DoE IRE cap cscs cists constant 73 
WU AES 0.5.5 ~ dence en 71 
OUI res caryetgecinseaeee ati ae 
PR OIIE is cosnviinas <akteggel a ctang sie legge eee 125 
Acrydium longipenne....................... 16 
BRING, cocroeicng nears evs santaat ae 602 | 
PPC CRTIOUIED wis cv dsiacviasnastaonas trent etea 601-603 
DM: Dey en Ae eee 114 
NTUET IOV ATO 2s ic 5 sacn cages x Women 114 
Actitis macularia................... OF ee 153 
Adansonia digitata................00..0.... 505 
SOUS ii cs ashe covets oanscsasscn ture AReeeatee 34, 41 
oloplus arizonensis.. . 395 
tenuipennis..... sssss2120.366, “394, 395 
FEBDDB......-....4:.+- 462, 467, 468, 475 
Brevilrons ..-... ccc vnateane 488 
COFMIBECTA..........0..000e0ceer-eeeeeeee 481, 489 
GUiRe .c-.ed ee 475, 488 
PEDOONIN, 51.325: eens 481, 490 
TTININER GCOLOT: sips ces onceve oostony santa 481, 490 
ROR oo sinsesndooscucanrotaree aeeaerile 489 
IRE c, coiesabe neste Winreiresekaness 489 
williamsoniana.,.............:..0:.000+ 481 


JEshnine, 462 


464, 468-470, 476, 485 
Agama collaris .. 117 


Agelaius DICHUS. se rsesssses-0000.-153, 154 
Agelena.... sah aaetn tires 293 
Agelenide.... o 160, 168 
Ageneote ttix australis............ 366, 383 
curtipennis.. 368, 383 
Agkistrodon.. . 124 
mokasen... ; uit eee 
Agrionine, 462, “464, 168, 469, 470, 476, 
485 

Agrostis coarctata........... . 458 
Albula didyma.............. 555 
Alburnus rubrifrons....... 542, 543 
Alciopide.... . 340 
Alisma tenellum... 457 
Alligator... 113 


Allocosa, 162, 163, 169, 284, 284, 285, 
298 

(3 (ea 163, 285, 288, 513 
evagata.........................163, 285, 290 
Peal OidArac. ds .1.s00e eso 163, 292 
FUINETES...A..5.556503.0: 163, 285, 287, 292 
DEBTO sites sessnerteccessetiede nein 163 
gn 163, 285, 289 
BUBB orl ss cinkcans-sdac neh ATRUGO Renee 
SUMAN cass hexane tdi ian 16S 
PERSIE VOICE sn oirn ss cds. ders tiee 54 
Alopiide.... LE 54 
Alyceus cy elophoroides. eo 454, 587 
kurodai.... ay . 454 
of Se Re Bie Sain ate 4 RSD 5SS 
tokunoshimanus.............. 587, 588 

$.- MEGIOCTIB, ...6....264.4. Srcxseihg et Tene 

t. principialis........................687, 587 
COURT OTA oi ssy tA Devon cas 5S6 
Ambystoma........ ED Ps ert 127 
subviolacea.................. . 127 
Ambystomide. ss Wee 
Ammotrypane brevis. .. 304 
Ameebopsis... , mer yb) 
Ampelis cedrorum... .. 154 
) Ampharete arctica... .. 348 
) Romeo nent pay ras Cre 348 
Amphiardis.... ,. 121 
Amphibia... wtwninn 124 
Amphictene auricoma.... peace .. 858 
Amphicteis alaskensis............ . 349 
glabra... . B49 
scaphobranchiata.. . 349 
Amphictenide........ 353 
Amphipteryx... . 462 
agrioides......... . 490 
Amphisbienide 119 


Amphitornis nanus. 368, 376, 383 
ornatus........ .. 376 
Amphitrite palmata.. . 850 
radiata.. _ 350 
robusta . B50 
Amphiuma..... . 127 
means. 127 


652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
Amphiumid2.......... sevwssavesncsers Led | ARGS CUPPOR, co -ccascres wadeste came teneaiere 489 
Amyda.... ciceie eee reer bE] AU ATICHHISS <,,coucsvos eater res sneateneeect 490 
Anaides.............- PA ee rhe A 126 extranea..............481, 487, 489, 490 
Jugubris: wo. a ee aL EO FIRGAM 2 Mee eee 481, 487, 489, 490 
Anatya guttata... irae Le ign eptasr 489 frequent 481, "487, 489, 490 
NOFMALS: os. d camer .. 489 gaumerzi... Pare 478, 480, 489 
AAMAS, 55626 a ce gg 462 © herberth.2. ssa taste lery saree 478, 488 
Bom PICS 5 5S cds oes INC CATER: SS ccrenntar does 481, 487, 489 
Anointrodonh. \o oo --0-hseeerti te . 124 lacrymans... ba esis 481 
Anconia integra. ...........................366, 392 MAGESER. S10 tots ee=- wee 486, 489 
Anbhy topic... 5 caste sore oas ae OCU ns ecinn ss cevscd tartare 481, 489 
eel | eager pene Sue et Sey Be 119 percellulata..................-..-...--. 478, 489 
Anisagrion............. fcc se ae 461, 468 pipilae.... 22. Saya heer 480 
SEODCOUID: pos se cones 481, 490 pocomans......).....cacotei..ncseueene 478 

a. var. rubicundum.................. 490 POPONUCA. 50 iui..ncecccassssseeneed athe 478 
Aisseix manneel. 5 EE a eta eer 490 Fe Re er wees nea ATE 487, 489, 490 
junius.........................472, 481, 489 ThOAASL............0---seeceesseeserseeenennes 478 
longipes.... Ue Cen Shee. oem th ee 472 POPLIN root, on. rans eg 490 
Fe hte t,t Rae aes Shien a ee 119 EATASCANAL ....,.5-.,/25 scarp aie 481 
| een RRR Sa and aan eee ee 117 PETTERS oi: tad... 488 
Anguis ventralis... ene ema 2 2 | ER RES SSREEE Fy. 480, 490 
Aumagrion lais..z..<-...<4.s...5.532 481, 489 $OnGO. 5 co Secscicnd ste 481, 488 
rubicundum.................. Mies Sah 481 translata........................ 472, 489, 490 
en 0 |b CRE Mei Bot 8 Sei naP ee So 119 | itch a Penn e 
ra nose ERE or Oo ee 119 WERT 2 0 sci sane 
Pete eet 1, ie mem PR Ste 119 VA VIG ie i5i3n8b setae 481 
fo at Slade Se ney eee ee aaa 8 SF 116 V = UAT: 3 ae oon 2 nse 
Oe a a ee TF 116 Sl | 
CORON OTB Soo oo hemor shnens tats 116. | Argtallagmia. | oo... tens 474, 487 
chloro-cyaneus... 116 MUMSTA EG HRI enon cs 0s «Cob acne Oe 
Anomalagrion hastatum, 469, ‘472, ART | - AGRON Si ccs lcceare te osteo ee 425 
489, 490 | Aristida lanosa...........2:.:.s0eeee 458 

BS 0 2555 sicine in O an nes 117 | Asthhmema......—....2..j.i.-e 602 
WACOM 2-5 <. cer Reopen ee 117 |. Avpona so ...: 5-5: tee 121 
Antilocapra americana...................... 404 CLINGS disso on otis 2h an sas tes ccdn ot 
Antinoé macrolepida........................ 336 |. Aromochelys..),...).5....::...0¢enreee 114 
Antrostomus vociferus.................... 153 Arphia teporata..................-..006 366, 385 
Anura... phidessilihasAines ......125, 126 | Arphylla producta...............00::+-+- 466 
pO CEES HELA EN re he 620 | Aspidonectes................-.-::ssescessenren 116 
Aphrodita j japonica a. cS 308 “| Atacama conifera........:..-.-ccvornceteee 352 
negligens.............. ie > Bs 339 91 AtHeceh ky cocci <i:.-ssasdonccensauteteceee aes 113 
WEEVE. =. cen secevcores, OOD. | AGOMMATCHUB. 55 5.0..0inkse-ccis <aynnans rene naa 120 
Aphroditide............. EE «| multimaculatus................::::+ 120 
Apoda.......... sowie BE), PUIDOIBS see neues 163, 284, 295, 300 
Apomatus ge sniculata.......cccce.. B61 IMA CICA. 6.5 de hn coves ness 
ASENOON < 28 catanicidcitteis staip eit PFUNCTOD, «5... ini er.nres0> tah oaesed ee 291 
Arca........ ere ens te 7 Fit Gis esses: cesorsesne bee 306 
Arcoscalpe um........ ..... 108-111 | Aulocara rufum............-...:0000 366, 383 
Arctosa. .. ......2.--+- 148 | AwmtOdGS.o.. oiiec..05..cicongieugoae 126 
cinerea 0 BB | FBG cc csesdciss (ison once sae 118 
gs ile a S82 PMD TICAEA. 2.00 c1ss200:001505s wee 118 
Archilestes grandis 481, 489,490 | Bascanium..............0.....:cnssessstees 121, 121 
Aretha sellata...., .. COS | Batrachivns soc iis..0iesent nee 124 
Argia 462,466,468  Batrachoseps...........0ccccccceeeeeeeee 127 
adamsi 490 ~~‘ Bifidaria armigerella.. ore ey 455 
wenea 481, 487, 489, 490 (Hewmcuers) pliidea eae 43 
agrioides nahuana........ 481 Bison bison... ee viet area 404 
barretti... 478 — Blattida.. er 368 
calida 478 ~—- Boider.. »osoneseTs ase 
chelata 488  Boltonia asteroides..............-:.-resse0e 458 


cupraurea 478, 490 


Bodtettix argentatus... ee 


—— ss ~~ —- wo 


OF PHILADELPHIA, 653 


Carcharinus lamia.............:-0i.00 62, 63 
lividus... CA et NE | 
megalops.... ill arsnka ee pets wea on eee agen 62 
FOQHEDIBID: «qos mss pte ate ie 62 
RLS GUE. sane voce canvass: eevos tare Dacesh Skee 62 
EVSDUIR: diars conn sen setibte ote te omnes tee) 62 
REIOR 0 40530 ris snes Beeaastaeebensuone 62 

SP ORSRTOORD crrigcsecre cain hese Pascts nop saaans 63 

MAAN car sccvscevnetoop tt eed cent destoly 115 
RUA UE Nas copes cs cecieattesetstoncgyenstecseuese 115 

ROESEI ONIONS: <a. ssnnyceokcetsachstete seespoest 122 
MOTNTITOEUMN: 5. sei save aes igreatevP sin 122 

No DERMNEN ED aise a Fehrs aos Sade nN 122 

Carychium noduliferum.................... 455 

Castor canadensis fondator.............. 404 

RRNA aod ays sscsonsvancetbincepeoooets 113 

NARARUA IES CONDE. 5. Secs. sceedsocseeesesiocnss 153 

oo YS ES peters oe Peep 
0 UN Rear sens ae 53 
MEIER Sasi secpo chsh acavistyehch tae 53 

RNRMDAN tgs oo cess tons tdeeacekecvas’ 124, 126 

JOD S ES aay peers Senne 117 
SRR ASRRNNES apes isc stin gas Sissies ssnpVetwita =e 117 

NE RES Ta io 461 
RNIN Bes iss cvitvoncirexgateicsieas 466 

RRMA oR atatisccsvedesastsssiiisheaeietace 122 

bo MRSS Beers, Terapia nce toa nras sch <tbnsce 123 

Centrophorus granulosus.................. 69 

_ Centroscyllium fabricii........ 69 

Ceratichthys micropogon...... 550, 551 
NRA 8 pickin hy eax ev teiggs Seaees<onnve 530 

RTM PENILE 5 a s-ssrs cs scans cadens 444 

Ceratura capreola...................0... 489, 490 

Cercidium torreyanum............0.0....... 366 

Cereus giganteus.................:s:cseeees 366 

AMIOGED arse vcseivescas dcvanssakvneiutess 601, 602, 615 
vespina... bah fos Oke 

Cervus canadensis........c..cccscss00e0000e 404 
OMI, yoo sce vices gnbcosab eciwns 405 

Cheetochloa magna.......................:00- 458 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES 
Brachiaria digitarioides.................... 458 
Brac YORtG os caie settee pce ene 122 
Dirdacka Delis on cantc tee ae) AOE 
VENEER cess ccna cts sieoas As oe 357 
Bradburya Sst Senso hata anes 458 
Branta canadensis................:0000--. 153 
Brechmorhogat. «a a:scisresceservumidleres 462, 468 
inequiunguis.... ...487, 489, 490 
pertinax.............. 481, “487, "489, 490 
postlobatd..;<.... dich 489 
DEROOOK. ..-..-.0ccciteis svete 487,489 — 
rapax es 481. 490 | 
TEPCBCR. ..... ... thoes 481 
ETN pons ov sens's sce 481, 490 
BNI UNEL opis (aniena.cve css neauca poeta deaaa 610, 615 
Seer ye 125 
NAMA ST ALIS oo swe ovsn'es «snes spare 125 
MERTIE OTL DD ocscscuschsas00s<ecesasdavaes av beeerettete 125 
Butorides virescens. ..............0:cesseesseee 153 
Calamaria atrocincta.................0.. 123 
SUERTE TOR ow 20... «020 cdaju al 
er ft <5 122 
CRRRAIIEROR Sods ~~ ----.-.-0050s<c0teee eg RU 
8 aie ss eae RE | | 7, 
Die en oe OE rey cnn" 106 
falcata... 107 
gemma... Sitlabs nan niieaayiuenl'Ta/esseneaaa 107 
RENUIRRRRID, is ceieran os savecescctqins vice 107 
EI cn cove sn 2000dning CSE 107 
RRR IEMA sc. 320 ic s06 sp e8 ve potanaaes 106 © 
MM tasesueascounodds Joisdie, Sere 106 | 
Calemys.... hee . 114 
muhlenbergi.... aid ig thent ee 114 
NITE coy o3 da <.0y ssnssenselenieul eeadeate 114 
Callisaurus draconoides.................... 117 
Callizona angelini....................-:s0c00 340 
Ne Scripts acksanovpneystiventencherte 121 | 
Callospermophilus lateralis.............. 404 © 
Calopterygine....464, 468-470, 476, 485 
RR oss ceo ys 00s cnsavssoocieebunlitnae 462 
Campostoma anomalum................... 518 
EEN ciicas< anes corsa ceevntesspeagpel 404 
RRRIEICIEE, DACCEI «5.340. 5.54 +in.0kieevenreceteen 489 
Cannaphila vibex.............0.::0004 489, 490 
Canthariz................ 617 
i Re a a 611 
EMRPENAI 5, 5icasencconusesgassoueeeee 617 
NN hs on. cvessasssciayssisepitheesnapeell gan 
Carcharias......... Tite; 62 
hj o_o 64 
SUERROIEB 5c eo cs usesassovdonsenaon ieenaneeas 54 
EPI ais sscscases 62 
SU EMISTORIN oc 505 «50.2200 00+ tvease¥epeea Pree aa 54 
Carcharinus.... Hin pase Sesaeeila 62, 63 
ERPOUMBONGEL, 0 aise ssviysontehinas esteem ae 
I AS UB. oss vveuruosgndupe hone nn tana eae 
SoraMersonil. ;....\20asbecmnnae 62 
COCRUDICUB LG, wssemackeersebeienae 62 
PIAUCUS. ......0...000c00s 62 
heterobranchialis 62 
heterodon.......... 62 


42 


RPO V EM a cir eie tl isicsets cisnitcnoxdeupntnnteos 
Cheetura pelagica...........................183, 153 
CAP UES BIB VOML Ses nck sr svacktyere 


Cetorhinide............ 55 
Cetorhinus maximus.........0.cccc000. 55 
Chamally caeuss .............00000::0e:021+++ 086, 588 
Cr iat ce, Mp ae Oe ARE } CORER nM CR! fy 
0:7. is | Ren nee emote wee HE 5 3 0) 

NUP OBER As os deni veden clit 115 
Criplomidee 6 A ui. been ee 115 


CGDGIORT jiwcteewerie ar inetratee, Lee 


Chelonura................ 113 

temminckii............ 114 
Yaga 114 
Chelydra... 113 
( ‘helydride.... , 113 
Chilomenise us stramineus 123 
Chiloseyllium indicum...... y oe 
Chilomeniscus.. . 123 
COO OOU i iceks esseca «> 120 
Chlorhwemidee ........ . B56 


654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. 


bd 

Gidotitis. «........-ssscacsce epee ees 592 Cicindela uncivittata................. 505-507 
IMNOCENA: .. gece aaa A 41 UW, QRIGUR. dnc usoessians ee ee 507. 

( ine hates sav ecdiasdinaete ea aaa 125 WACHING: .n-55c5ssnciesatexctseeengee ees aannn 511 
CHlorogsomas 3 .sisasseccs rece erent 122 Villosscnc tcc 505, 506, 510 
Chondrotus. csisncachosg rooms eee 127 WELATI ooo. sie savers oost-osess DOD 
tenebrosuS....ccccasnnnuisccis. 127 | Cleindehina or. ics een ee 506 
Chone grace is.sa teaser ee 360 | Cicindelinge... -c.5530%. con eee 504 
Chordeiles virginianus. ....0.......2-- 153 | CicinGelint.....1.... ds. vensy:-scsatetuene-seene 506 
ChrOtGSE v.. icstrkrinsrtota tats 15 | Cinostermidie. ii... ciciu scenes 114 
DIAS. on cana teens ain» 15 | Cinosternum.. 5205 ...0:.c7s 
Wanye. 5x, csatk i senapettnastnace cs 16 FID VESOGNE. (i) 5..5\.:.7:s.- 114 
Chrosomius 808.55, ogee et es 520 pennsylvanicum.........e 114 
erythrogaster......................19, 520 | Circotettix undulatus..................++ 391 

CBr peennye 5 -as.ctieee eee 114 “ VOrrUCuIA GUS... o.oo os nserneosonergees 4 

Cicindela angusticollis.................505, 508 MSSUO. chic: acedenctste. elem eee ate ee 

as ae iar a Nee Bg6) | Cisttido. 6.0%. aes ee 115 
BUC acho ees Pe es 506 | Citellus elegans... 404 
ee One eh i ee 507 tridecemlineatus pallidus.. 404, 406 

POVIOGIIE: o.tcwns. wns seeeae 505 _ ,Yarlegatus grammMurus..........-... 404 

b. clathrata:.... oc... cesseoosscccuce BOT | Cirigradee.. 25 acces 168 

b. discoidalis. .......04:6-:00ia-~ OOl | Clause aculug...-..1..0tccers 455, 564, 565 

bb, Inbermedias.c..5c. dents -nnpescaees 507 B. COPCATIB. oh cise tod» cpanenas nav 455 

1; MCE. © cote espace eer aentes 507 | a. vail na a SS cnassiemneouess tt 
ATTA, 6 oon aac sntes sehen 505, 507 agna... i 

ri hil 7, eee ane en pene IP ta Pn 512 a. spicata... ripe veecin- Dal rece 575, 576 
Te aaa red ae ees Cee ee 507 aulacopoma......:.......teere=aeaeee 572 
dougalensis imperatrix.............. 512 — BUWEJLCDISIS «0-00 ceca csen acdsee cnnes eee 
Gammulate cio 5 cde amir ts 508 belchert.....;,....:--1-5-...4.300 nee 455 
ROWINES. 2/0 See. 505, 506, 510 | DYEVION. «:-.0..:>.-i-d..sercacg ee 568 
Prandis:. oie scat ates Clad Opty x26 sare ceenncceeeee cee 585 
raDhica....-. os pain. -eiast ia 508 CUR VILOTONIG 6. ens ion0nste vs oman 455 
infuscata..............+---.:-.005, 506, 511 AsMONOTUM..., ».:.-.--aa0--spes ee 580 
pINtEKMCUIA. ...-0:kccatsesdnaime Se 505 — ay: nr 
INERT UPA. aso actinsitom timo 508 degenerate. ......-<-iesss:.n2---=snenele 569 
JeuCOpiCtAa,.. Loci iwacg: 506, 508 | d. nakadiana.......2..2 nage 569 
BOING, 55.0 lant ican ee 508 GAQONOPLY Ro ss osdceanses3o0ssteaeneeee 564 
Petar st. ..5cin vias out 505, 511 dolichoptyx. «:.........+:+s..ss:0anpuaeell 576 
mechowi........ 505, 506, 508, 511 Gs TILGE A, is veecss as 220- cavers 576 
melancholica............+.0...-..-505, 511 eastlakeana ; 561-563 
SULT coin indus ninsernaers area 508 i WEB Bs es sncceensee warns naa 561 
MULOT CAs ai. ck. a. ocean ee 512 COHOS crac acuockco tee 561, 562, 563 
tid, 4... in csnssieenren Oa oor | em LOBPITS. 5.0. -s vance 579 
TRUER CNA. « cive-vnaicspteurieeeet eee 510 eWholostOma.......isss.s0cssconssess heey 562 
obtusidentata...........0c0cc 507 OXON tad :. 00. .iucccciovs hee 578 
octoguttate. scalps innes EL eXUIANS:., :.<.5)si01-<deeeteo ee eee 579 
POLYMERS. 2. divin ow ctnaeees 506 fOTMMOBEDEIB .. sie rene. se<se3 sR 569 
PrOGOLLOLMNG, Sn siscvctsevisan-tsceey 508 f, hotawana............cssee-eee 09, 570 
TRIOS ee vk dence nh caot osteo oecratiiees 507 fultoni subsp. clavula.............. 567 
DULECYE, 5. <ecnisa,2terseosneoit 505, 506, 511 FUSANIANE, 23.5 550..50dssssencan cn 455 
CUAGIISUTIAUA crrkss, zrecssperecrsaaee 510 hachijoengis. .. i... dissent 580 
POM gies snestich restless 512 hemileuca........<....i.c0:+.s.ee0 574 

POM OOMEB via cndesevevseys-nacshrvbien 505, 509 Dri CROMIG, 0: 0 os see soos ese eesons cents en 
(Ophryodera) rufomarginata Fa, SEW CLA as ossnsscoccecssookeesy eR 5O7 
ROCKIT Sissons veeyscavaxeaieeeeenn 509 HilPendor i, .cis.1siss.00cehoseeee ee 565 
| me ee tC PG 576 
FORME ic avepaanet vesrcness cee 609 Dolo tre nmi. os ns cnecs dovunaesdeddne 575 

¥, FACING ehidenalbpvsesvsns eoisees 509 Hy Perokia.............« «seers aseephanel 
SAFALIENSIS. ......500 000000000» ... 505, 508 hyperoptyX.....:......ns<tivensenaiee 577, 578 
ie ge ate p> 510 h. sezokoensis..............577, 578, 678 
BENELALENSIB.........060000006 507 $AIORSE YK vores. <siviess scsi eaten 5S4 


SULUTALIG. ....4...ccereeerrseesereree0+ OG, 610 BUC OMBIB eo sss ssn00ss00ese<ssteseetv a 573 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES 
Clausilia i. tsushimana..................... 573 
JROOUNSDR ec finscinenncss acreurieree OT | 
}. JOO MME snipe cnncscenager soars 567 
a a ee ee te 565-567 | 
J, SDR TIORR oss eesti vonevioeacaty 566 
}. kobensis.... hi enka OT 
j. nipponensis.......................565, 566 
). var. perobscura........................ 565 | 
]. Var. perstriata...................... 565 
ys UU ace ee eet +. 066 
Ye WORN CAIN i ecinen caneeat xsd tesis 566 
tigen PaaS eens oe = ee aS 576 | 
ODOR ii. 01iNtocaiatoraghateaes 566 | 
LOXOSPANR. asm sees merci -ssrepsnnssvegsesee 566 | 
MMATCCNEL ac: tose cocn sae ais 566 | 
RAR oa 561, 563 
ORIG sii sodesptr etersin S 569 
Ths GOPCN ERAT, csssttccsssedcrsasasisas- 569 
nakanoshimana. ................-. 576, 577 
NEMO OR pnuiussetocepcdsetes 562 
NIPPONENSIS...............60.-0.---.- 066, 566 
nishinoshimana......................0..- 56S 
OXY POMAUCA. ..-iack.hcneatcoe. 576 
TOARA I an igs endo atten OMe 
p. Miyakoensis...........-..000-- 580 
a, Re ei be Se TE A 573 
SMT VOREOIIOIN on ccvsoeeten 5x05 05003 571, 573 
SRN VGRENED actiscanesteh.cractohamabnces 571 
DEV OROC PIN Oo vsccsscshssceseacions 575 
PULIARIINA. .......--sseeningcendensqnenenneses 575 
SUPINE os. oc asnceteapes et cores 576, 577 
STRAIN 5's is veteatoneeyscs fosetanes 564 
GUD IANO. nesses sane nemnetias 567 
sabia elate.....:.2:..c ceterathae 572 
SB OVIDUODL «5 sesso, Adacteaencteyetaeiies 569-571 
taiwanica.......................569, 570, 571 
BIBT ws cepdosncdovyccctewVeteveaeiessteteav mals 455 
SrcireeapaS ey eee 579 
tokarana... ... 580, 580, 581, 583 
t; saccatibasis...... 580, 581, 582, 583 
per acs RPE ERY. rer eer 572 
ANION, aiainiie ocseivcgabtek 564, 565 | 
Palidionee vodiaanaénalialan Padltalteehitias 572 | 
ation eS ee 
v. var. nakadai..................... 563, 569 
(Megalophwdusa) vasta............ 567 
VACYOMENGIB ..05.00200.s2000e0nc0n00 576-578 
ste I oo ricci ond 452, 586 
CIN carina sk tees) shanejepibnineateanegace 114 
Clinostomus margarita...............427, 529 
Clymenella tentaculata..................... 356 
CSO ihc sss cars car ptarsictic 118 
DUCT IB re ecincitescnpeseressvsmess LAD 
SRN EGI os soea it avtini> sastclepetensernt 118 
Coccy2us Cayanensis...........6..00 497 
CRY GROG cei rin cis ncediserssagcheptemmibes 493 
GRY OTIDAIAG, oessiscchrcetorssetinsthncis 494 
erythrophthalmus................... 153 
TACTOCEP CUS, 0... secsosenessssss0es 493, 497 
TTBTDUEUS. secs sscacnssesecevsnscees ADE, ANG 


SUIDEUR IO etic cs dakiins 6a tageleretas 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


Coccyzus ridibundus....................-.+. 493 
WEIMIGUNOUA 2 cce sept ee 493 
Colaptes auratus luteus.................... 153 
eh) OEE Dae eerie # Hi 116 
elegans... paper nee. Stage BY | 
SONS 5, Dustccm oamear come 121, 121 
abacurus ... pepe Wee SN Me fo 
allegheniensis.. Rnintita staves tao 121 
BV OBIITIE «58 ca hustle taeneeas 122 
MOGCEINGUS. sitcccrtcce tts bene 123 
CORBIFICUOY |<. 1-5<. cues 121 
GOVRIS Ta cre. Savasseteedo ence renews 121 
couperi 121 
Si ee RE ape ee 121 
U5) oP at: RN ep eed APPA Ren 2 120 
leopardinus 121 
mMelanoleucus............:..0--crseeeecerene 121 
SIREAN Resid ci carey ce cieheren 120, 120 
MIG OAG US: 2 ool csasvetenenneeantee 123 
DP COR MUS: cis anisss oceans 122 
TLnTe 1 Ue eee Ceri REO AG 123 
Nee. costae resse va nndateeteatla eel 120 
BRGY SRL OUMI oat cacsys ction cavankecacees Haase 121 
VENUSTISSIMUS. .. ...:0erasrcsassescespenrs LOD 
WETTALS it. asacesoeacteeroeeetenes 122 
te Le a ae aR MODE CINE Wi 
2A CE oy Ce FSS i O e PEST 120, 122 
SSOEUNIO ORI waned csivnpshienaeodies tit api ona 121 
Compsothlypis americana................ 155 
Conalezea huachucana....................... 398 
ROTI i oan shintmnllenicincees 123 
AR CONG casrinc ect Seco dart val Avena 12% 
A en ea ty aes 123 
SGP Ut ts Reem teat aah trea ey were 123 
SORTS RII seco such ciandte ct calcd dns 122 
Conozoa acuminata. ....................6000 389 
DOTS ORE Shor crs ects on oreapktivers OO, OOO 
PAI on. Git adiantecasuetenh 389 
OS SESE eee ren 122 
ERP a RO atl 122 
SO COUS VIFENE icici verrirssnscnrew- 168 
POUR reonisacte aes cts ph etsrend os wslaen te eieye 468 
MAPINA. .........0000000000+ +0. 487, 489, 490 
WMATA IIIT ips pias cae tell v 02a ees 488 
Cordulegaster....0.....00..0.............462, 468 
diademia................. LmiAge oS. 481 
OG Un aE en peer pra 475, 477, 488 
Cordulegasterinw, 462, 464, 468—470, 
476, 485 
Corduline, nay 464, 468, 470, 476, 485 
Coronella sayi.. aot 122 
Coryna.. re 601-603 
7 . 615 
Corynorhinus mac rotis pallescens.. 407 
Cosmema auropunctata....... 505, 506 
oe" leon page tata... 505 
wellmani... . 505 
Cottus gracilis.. .. 535 
Coturniculus _Passerinus saVanna- 
rum.. woe 154 


656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
Covillet.- a nninccnssssssvessertciivineare O05 | Delatias iebe:..coten see 69 
tridentata... : 306,376 | Dalatiidets......s5s0cceueee 69 
CRON assoc oc seyeecttanse abenaaternioverents G20 | Daphvia..cwiccidalageeonee 412, 425 
Crocndli litt 35 o.csiccrescncassbstpateens tate 113 | Decapotoma..........................601, 602, 604 
Crocbdihts sacccdncteoerieie 113°} Decatoma.n. Sc eae 602 
BNR oa hee cexsponi coe chek eited va 113. Dei spaercintli Leteed baie once eae ae 114 
mMissisSiPPieNSIS. ............6-.eceeeee 113 reticulata. ...n..5..,.0n10- 00a 
eaane tpi h cs 113 | Delphinidm ...2.5.5%.4.0.Gnen 
Crotalug.s.....5cticcatn eae 124 | Dendroica sstiva.....o.......-.1s0c ee 
ase tt (1: SeenON RSs, ae 124 blackburnis2.-.s...;.:8iiaaees 155 
WOVGTA ISIS ns. sstarecqee shaheeeneesanes 124 CEETULESCENS. .. 2. ss nceseonecuesSeedeneseu | 
Croton hig ttt. csc skein cetucevrenay poe 117 COON Ea sears kcsin dos as ces 155 
Gomsnlls cis cand ae 117 discolor... vite 
Crucigera formosa............-....-.:++- 361, 362 | palmarum hypoebryssa. eee 155 
RV ROPN AT. 555-2 ne rsienves ’ 361 maculosa............. » tate ae 
Cryptobranchide.... Sti es ook eR pensylvanica..... pe, 
Cryptobranchus...... 0.0... escesseees 127 stirisha, 2 a2. cuhajcns eee 155 
allegheniensis..................-..0+0+. 127 | VAQ OPEL... -.14-0crnenssverencecaneuceusanas 155 
CREM OBB UTE. sense. scorn ssemntnse tries 117 | VIT@DB. 9 sicssnssrcisteccha-¥vesks ogee 155 
cycluroides sv acie bubeind a sn040 cuwne ene maeeine AT7, Dennstcedtia pun ctilobula ee 449 
Cuculus cayanensis minor............--- 496 | Deridea...a...c.-cecsssscsesecseessersverneensseees 623 
CAYADUS. 2 non enenenesvveseveenneese 496, 497 | curculionides..............:-.ssscesssates 624 
CAYENENSIS. mn niessasesenneseeer 493° | Dermochelidee, | ...tc:0i.0.00 113 
MEXICANUS. .... ecco erersserereseserese 498 | Dermochelys.... — 3i8 
melanogaster Sadgceen sdunweop deck aemaeecen’ 496 Derotmema dchonkulisane . 388 
ridibundus brio ahen welereeibaieesntanacis Sees NEE 499 : haydeni.... eS 389 
mg) 1) OES ES ae eS rRiay-e 496, 496 lahonetun sn. ...366, ‘367, 388 
PUPA CUB a coigivssesssencucar anne Desmognathid@..................... 126 
CUTSOTES.....-.-..s-sccesrsscncssssescanenesscnmentes 168 | Desmognathus..............ssessccessencsseseats : 126 
Cyanogomphub.......-......-e-ceesesseeseens 468 | Diadophia oo a....-..0..0ssddcsneosenll 122 
CUIMIEDD...... sos soecenereensnrnsnsossvesuciuns 489 -| Diastatopee. iaieecc.0c0scisisssnse 461 
Cyathopoma MICcTON...........-2...:::000+0+ 454 | Dicomptodon ...1:..c5(0-:0sse0 ee 127 
Cyclophis...........2.-seeesseecssecssseeeseernnenene 122 | Diveratopty x. ..-sor.+-ssaycessscse eee 583 
Cy clophorus formosaensis........-...+-++ Sl | DiGHrOpls. « ...-...00caj:+secesc1esscnneceeee 22 
f: mterioris.... .25.N5c-<os seas 31 brasiliensis. ...¢0-0:5-c6é5d-.nece ee 29 
FrieSIAMUS...........--.0+-c-cs-cresereseneenes 31 Dicksonia pilosiuscula...............-... 449 
herklotsi..............-s.sressoeesesrepeenes ASA | Didiche,...cicceceesssososeenyceee 115 
CUT QIU. ..........cseceeececeesesesresesennes 31 | Diemyctylus. <0 o-.0.00.0-<:1ss0kcaee 
Cyclotus eampanulatus........31, 32,454 | Diploglossus...............- U7 
IUNUEUS. «20.02. ecseseneeesessenneneneanenen 454 Diplommatina cassa...................0+ 32 
m. quelpartensis............02e00++ 454 Oollartierd, ects at 590 
stenomphalUs........ ee 382 BOLOCNAIG..... werssoceasndionyente iene 2, 33 
tanegashimanus. ........00000-0-0-0 31 hangchowensis......-......::00++ ed 38 
Cymatopleura angulata.................... 554 hirasei... Se 590 
COCIIER, «005 2cnreerses0n sartoronsnenaneane 554 hungerfordiana... noidcecbest te 38 
elliptica.............. ipikuteavestquenssavahaes 554 kumejimana.... 7 589 
LIGAND... ..o-eeeeeeere cevaasenenens 554 Kyushuensis. .....-::..:..ssenccvupssteteas 33 
BT ACIIG. 20 oearoeennvnerersverscsnsescneaeers 554 NORIO CB... .itcsssccantn tenn 589, 590 
MGM keP....csoncecssssererrcsnseensvenesesese 554 OKi@NBIG. 0.0... .0ee0eseecceeeeeneeesese 89, 59D 
MATING. ...0.00-e0ese0es recone acess ign OI ©. terisbimanade oes sn0.02s0seryes 
PegulA..........0+.s000000, seaesvrrcersqeerreces OOM PAXHUS. ........0000.s.eeee 8, 454, 588 
BUN ZL... de neewesees soereeee 503, 554 Lt) ee 
ra LE ESO MERIT” paginin icc. oa 590 
Connie Cnttbis cccdereesretantossets . 65 | schmackefi............nnnwnssens OB 
Cynomys leucurus.. aes setine ed tanegashime®.............0.ccceee 590 
Cyperus pse udovegetus. aes . 458 er ee 
Cyprinide , uuw17-553  Diplommatinide..... ree 
Cystignathide: vuwissusseenvrenvnet 120 | Dipsasannulatus..... . 123 
Cystignathus nigritus............ ... 125 Dipsosaurus.... pape! 
Dactylotum vanegatum.................... 398 | Dissosteira carolina... .. B86 


1908. ] 
Dolichonyx oryzivorus..................-+- 153 
Dolonvden.. och 293 
Dromica (Cosmema) auropunctata 511 
(Cosmema) marginepunctata.. 512 
$rICOBtAA. oo 5 sis oicsceeoe 511 
(Cosmema) wellmani 512 
MVNA ONTAS. oa seseecstaareecaack ts eee eens 511 
Dromogomphub.............-....:-:0e0seseeeees 461 
Dryer, 2S hiaateraiees 121 
DY OI scccsttnnssh gator Aaiteata ce” Wk 
Dryopteris simulata......................--.- 457 
FOETORE 5. crn. 2 scsnpsnd otters 466, 468 
cannacriodes an 487 
WAY Bhs. ii sdev nance ed vateinancan ions iene 490 
TUPMEP VIG... :iidivecdscketee alas 466 
WSs oslo cco taste rae eee eae 487-490 
Bohwuidlata, «.< <ccquataiaietceal 124, 125 
Bilsochlora.é 382.0. ca sa eeceinionee 13 
exvGutstalsses cs ences Segara: 18 
[T1611 | |. SOR Rape, WR Baden RBS 13 
RRCCAOONMB sei erteaees emcee 13 
Dulas, soe went iicew 13 
WIVIGICAIR sit tack ee 13 
WG oa ctseuec cts thrall anna meant 124 
IR CEOUS, sc iss cise aio oe eters 124 
Jommiaca tti:s..siccnc a 124 
Eleocharis interstincta...................... 458 
Melanocar;pA............00eeeeeeeeeeee 458 
Och reste 5, dices 458 
POD DANSE moses 000 tdsecsd ccdaseetoks 458 
rontellataic 3... css, seen 458 
PAGCOR. 6c Siete shen 616 
MOOIOE oo bd cxtettct 616 
CardINAAiic detache 616 
COLOFAHA, «cede le'acc coshia nite 616 
MaVinees 6 5. sietsnghoratiieetha 616 
OFBAMDOOIUIG wn iSennrtgveussin 616 
FUT oiscwiesscercveae teats 507, 616, 617 
gta inert oo actsacc reat dee 617 
BOG ein sisiig citi sxstascerens cae ace 421, 446 


Empidonax minimus............0............ 158 
WICRNOOIG, iets naisenpiceain lates 


Ra ap Oe en pe 115 
BRS CDATIIEA, 66 shag tse coseestbe te ndeeicancs~th 113 
RE i REE 8 EE _ 114 
| | Re «AUR 30 ES 114 
REAR GIN Gs. cauee a wats cotriihies 115 
CUTOPRA. 0.0.2.5 ssssssenseresesnessersesers 115 
LOMA OOING: Koni itosed-ecdepokcoe 115 
LV ey fens Ahab Taller 115 
CRUD seks tahacrt ohare 114 
Ri iiondiscts niet iinnteetelpaitaes ie (aad 
POA CCRT ois rss sacs dovergesicasndvnsneszes ll4 
SOPOMEDE eo vecnsennsmnihignn. 116 
Ena (Buliminus)......................... 561 
COPBRTIE cic arinsseciieictenh a ae 
ICICI, isecedeaecstices 598 
DE OM oe ape dBc Seas a 59S 
DE eA IN Os ci Seta cnsnasech 599 
reiniana omiensis............... 34 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


I Ws COGN ENG Saco ocsacnsy oan dnalepeanas 34 
RAUB |< ciy vatisctnntss canbe 34 
Pe MiirmD lager. scseesesactiom 462, 467, 468 


_ Encoptolophus subgracilis.......... 


cecum nove-hispanie, 487, 489, 
490 


EMM Sok siete teal 469, 481, 486, 489 
preevarum...................... 460, 481, 486 


) PORN oc pars dupeouag ea 366, 385 
EL A ea ONG SE 125 
SEMIS SS OLENA oysis en ce insacirnirunitas ints 125 
A CRMGL os i ecarcellpasdiaiase eaves mess 455 
A Chcccs cian css stevie acer tele 455 

i. yonakunijimana....................+- 5o4 
A EE eerie eee ae 5 
Entoxychirus uyato..............-.0es0+ 69 
Fe ALU assay onsen haseppmnbeaoesotioras 487 
longipes cubensis................-.+++ 489 
PTI oi cnc: n nave n sssenses nieedlnesins 619 
ATI CRGONE 3 02.,0.1<scuiiaone semeenteehaee 619 
|, are a |S 

hi FET OVOIIGE. 5 wis ainmiecenenenis 619 
Epigomphue......................:+::++-++--- 468, 474 
BODONGUSUS: cc dn tsccc oo sacceannveonce de 490 
PUTA. 6. cisisvins cians 490 
ROIS. «ess icieiive soci esrocod davenituacla’ 369 
Piptemcus pallidus.....-<ivosnvtorss 408 
SO SES ES A, 408, 409 
MEI I isin och ineostenornla tense 620 
Erethizon epixantlis Bee ef er 404 
Eretmochelys... Senghieiactaon ie aD 
Ericymba DUCCALE. oe cecesecssesssssees 546, 547 
| Erpetogomphua.................::c0c00 462, 468 
PI essai dann Sats ogo eke enaaai ene 481 

EUV EIARNEN NS sos vac doves avulecppege leases 481 
ER sie Arce oaaSra steno ether 481, 490 
SAR OWN seu cntiicritecsncucoonecatedeg 489 
5) Ree Bee Hea Re eer 481 
viperinus ...+-487, 489, 490 
ME MNIN iis schlales ans cbensdvais bepiveccousie 462 
UU Plas ardisnedaprvencitsis@acssanreiee hes Paa 489 
SCM EX WO RAEN otek scseseanenncnsondctiiantons 489 
SiMPHicicollis. 04.0... 489 

8. COMOCATA........:....00eee ee 489 
Verbenat. ...........:...esee-001e-487, 489 
Erythrodiplax.............0005 462, 466, 468 
berenice neva... 488 
GONTIATA pS esicosseetsa een 481, 487-490 
PR ores crisscnssciurnteih meeieast "487-490 


OCTTROOR: soso s0 0ecsennsencrsnessseer dy 400 
ARI s.-ccrid seco piss: inaciestaveeee 


Erythrolamprus.... 123 
Ee0X AMETICANUS..... ....0.10+0ss0rereseeners 542 
Etmopterus spinax...................s0ee0es 69 
UI nn <iniccazoertcrssssipgneinnty 116 
MIR deve iccuichsvestiossotadsnaecnienes 119 

I iniasre casts}joecisueaugedaneiies 119 
iii edesnisepsesntravis ctaiajeennte 119 


Eulalia longicornuta........................ 
quadrioculata, ........0 ce 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[Dec., 


Eupagurus armatus........... 343 
Euphzedusa...............:..s0000 ~451, 561, 562 
Euphagus carolinus............... 154 
Euphrosyne ATCHHCA. ce cscecsseseeeeese B40 
Soi RET AGA esc... sins vcs sacle 339 
borealis... Hcie. css.) acta ee 339 
OrtGRi GAS... ic. gasevos ac ssgeen ee 339 

JON @ISELOBA. ......-..8.50kh <n ven 339 
Euphrosynidse. 2. 2... 4006055300 339 
Eurymorpha cyanipes mouffleti.505, 511 
Buscalpeltum. ..:..casiasiicieei 106-108 
bengalense.......:.:....-..,::-.00ead 108 

TOMI: ovine <2ao0>asc ade sveeee ee 108 
rostratum.........c6n5 =<.05-1sikieee 

? squamuliferum................ tase 108 
ebrata. 0.20.0, 108 

SEG ONRID.  opssins nace. ce sieeve eee 120 
Eutamias amoenus operarius.......... 404 
minimus consobrinus.......... 404, 405 
quadrivittatus.......0.0........404, 405 
Buithore:........--sasceneviceocses see 461 
FOS taB. 2 ov saci cciclca- seep eee 620 

_ Evotomys gapperi galei.................... 404 
_ Exoglossum maxillingua............ 535, 552 
| BAAN CIR... <saias..ceesst ates Ae 122 
CAE UTTMON EL 10 secs oc as nape ot 20d 
| Faroa wellmani......c....:<c::1:4.is0ee 616 
Felis hippolestes..................ssscssesctee 404 
21s \) ene E eee 123 
olivacea 123 
FROTIOBEIA Goo 5. 5000ensces=202tens 569 
Rah ensccs cated aes see 3-9 
os Co: ee pee, FS 3, 5, 6,8 

POF VCORE. 5. o0ecc seen 5000-050: , 6,8 
Galeocerdo tigrinus..............::.:0000 61 

| Galleorhinid ee. ..2:02:.:c63-0s<<1.00k ee 55 
22 eae Eee se 57, 59, 60 

BY OPCS UE. «rie onc eocnes> ss: 60, 61 
Galeoscoptes carolinensis.................. 156 
Ce eva 53 
melastomuis...:......:.-isi:c0cstee 53 
L172) UT ne Rener pee 59 
Gianenellags cinta aorta 40, 452, 453 
BUI A in sin issn: ouckacdaie Ones 593, 594 

a. mollicula 598, 594 

P rAdater.....ersearmeersnsaccirnransieneel 455 
JRPOTI CR eer s0s0e ss eeeessvene gee 40 
Gattyana amondseni... 336 
CMBR. sesso ssc eccnvadsacdhonsees Ra 337 

CHET OBB sre so sive ens scan toe gas snare 337 

CTA GBR od oc usconsicce ono vvaduntse «esc 337 
Geckcomid se 6.0... ccecssns0ss0resesccras eae 116 
Geigeria wellmani...................:0s0esse0 615 
COGN COMI i isin ses kssoseencaiasaunena 163, 514 
ATENICOIA.......00000:00000 000 >on 0ss ne 
baltimoriangais..:.i:..0050:.s0sers eee 246 
CATOLINENSIB. .. «sa: ores 0 ss01sscre0seen ee 
Jatifronss isa scdssssosieeteconeney eee 242 
CORR 0:5 0p «ceeds esos 248,514 
| Sm EEE 121 
GROOT IBIA, 0 .0sis a sssss0s0svebsysn0esesoen sae 38 
bachmiannhis. :...0:- «010: «sgt 38, 39 


658 
Ronlamis. «i <:.-ccc.i,5:.0: ance 63 
LOTS TMANUB wil cassthiecrtene es 65 
INEMIBOCTAD osc hevack ones ee OO 
Pil (eg ee ean ieee eRe 2 62 
OddonGTNG. nascar Rettig be 
OK PTA YRCUUG 0.55 scree 65 
Eulotacs se. nc eee 42 
ryt Weep RENEE orto Nye 593 
oe. Ga: 620: bse pee 593 
DERE MOOSE. i552 case ee 592 
OBGUCR oss iisaniuisce see 454 
(Aegista).celea. ......2.:...c000000-4 33, 34 
CRETUOTGIB ev coins op nxascsoncetiatiior sa 454 
GORE: .0..0h ee 454 
(Plectotropis) ciliosa.................. 454 
(Euhadra) contraria.................. 591 
CURCAINICH. .6.5:53.55.<00 cuss eeeeeoe 454 
CROINONES: 5.50 Sic Hele eee 34 
fOrMOSENSIS; <<: 6.4 suites oe OL 
fortuinkhs. 360 ee 40 
fulvionns, 20 cea ee 41 
gottechel, os. cisco hae are 454 
PACH OCNEIG. 2.5.0.5 snciasieoecsssvblemss 41 
hebes.cck.cwuaoee eee 41 
horrida 454 
WRIOPMBAL 5 5oscss cob epeae cavcoce eS 41 
To tite 1: crn ae Sle nore | 2 41 
KGFCON Gi 5 5) xecscka 454 
MOURA. cone Ae ee 39 
NAIR it uccavetl oe 454 
dante... 5 ciscsh see ee 41 
(Plectrotropis) lepidophora 
Scalers. 2.4.55. ee 33 
b tenuis. es eee 33 
PUGS occ ccarneacien 454, 592 
es ee ee ary 
tT ¢: A RRR Somes ee 
WNT, .....32503ece ei 454, 03 
m. peninsularis.... 454 
TF MONUIETIANA. ; , :50:55.5.00sesesenaess 37 | 
okinoerabuensis Snr an eee 592 
ORIEN TBS. £50945 access nticaeet e BE 454 | 
OsbeCk ES... Suchen 41 
(ASgista) perangulata................ 592 
perplexa.......... atihe nt Biba eres 41 
(Euhadra) picta......0.............. 591 
DOORN oo potas dave agen eee 454 | 
DUNT. as wins uati<dstecsmeaccneel 454 
purpurascens... mabe = 454 
(Plectrotropis) scitula....... 40 
senckenbergiana.. 592 
sieboldiana............. 454 
succincta...(........... 591 
tenuissima........ 454 
verrucosa.. 454 
vulvivaga «que parten nsis 454 
Eulotella... 40 
Eumeces........ 118, 119 
Eunice kobiensis.... B45 
Eunicida... ae 345 
Eunoé depressa........ 333 
d. var. mammillata 333 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 659 
Belcina vbéerta..;.c..:i..1..0dees 560 
LUTE a, Se Geren le Le 121 
UNE as icv as aa paved Satie ee 121 
Carinicaudatus..........-.0-- 121 
erythrogrammus...............:00<+++ 122 
PAGS CIOBR. 0c. aif eke ore 452 
(Satsuma) gradata................... 452 
LOPLORGE. <<, & aeileo cee 425 
POMALIA........- ne oeensceseenennerescsenees 425 

FR IOCURG ao sspesentscabsnsvosstoretees 594, 594 


Helminthophila pinus....................... 1 


_ Helmitheros vermivorus................... 155 
MI oiicchondinrsien cubis eee oaane 117 
RTE. ciliate eben 117 
Helodermatide...............ssseieesseeoswes 117 
Helodromas solitarius................... 153 

| BRGRIGSCE YUM. «oie... sensei sasnasecbressvrin 126 
| FRORD IDAs. .. 2.20.62 cenesncrossescvease 453, 571 
|, ROM UIA Ga is ios son sasns ina atcnnaesiv 53 
b MMR aS Canc eciescgseoas ewan 575 
_ Heptranchias cinereus...................... 52 
Hermadion truncata.................... 332, 335 
PII os ie ston sens senna 358 
Herpetodryas xstivus... 122 
getulus.... Ce an eae a 
margaritiferus.. saab deal de Caaimeate 121 
GTEGOIOT, 2 oii cco tapenvuverncecnteetoenpeant 122 
ee ae NOL a Ne fo ee ae 288 
eT eerie Sues Gur 341 
ee ne: a aE ee 461, 468 
PSRCNOCONIII, 2 isan: eaiccdor sans 481 
Hesperotettix festivus................ 367, 393 
AORN di sctkesciovcbniimvinksoselgahank 468 
i 5) eee na a ee 489, 490 
erythrogastrum. .........csseoeees 490 
OTS ee REA 487, 490 
MITE Nis ccnin wssien cnnachivned 462, 466, 468 
americana 462, 472, 481 
capitalis... ss ' 462, 489 

CEUCI ALA. «..0.00000nnseecesess 481, 487, 489 
SUIBOOR UGTA. 5 sass choice wos edvenodeeovescen 490 
OS EE ER ee See ie 489 
MACTOPUS. .0...0000s00seeseees 462, 487, 490 
SR pa RE EAI 490 
ASAT, 0s Write hiieadienhivgictoobicatad BOO 
TOTO srereseesidstusdeigerdutigeasn 480, 489 
NER RE eS 478, 489 

REI on aie a fen icy cneshank a ie 462, 489 
Rape penn oe tere a oe 478, 488 

OT OQNNE cts castivcin sions 462, 487, 489 
VUNG iiss icccccrisovntvcaeeae 481 
ON a eivivesricies 468 
Ny ascdncvovevavniagncaattvierasuenien 123 
platyrhinus..... 123 
Heterodontid«.... isivies 52 
Heterodontus j japonicus. Pe arene WS 52 
HeterozaptyX.......:csecsecsresneeseserssnee 576 
Hexanchid«..... sussitibeanibboseasieieaar? Ce 
Hexanchus griseus SiecechinwrenttMeyessse? Va 
te TY ee sosseoutvea teil 607 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES 
GeSriage Hewes sjeiicse: deccxssavsndives ks 38, 39 
(Georissopsis) heudei................ 38 
hungerfordiana..................2:0+++ 38 
DIVCR ocd kiki. | 
| ee eee Se 38, 39 © 
BURMA coc: asnanes easegnceiereeeecioetes 38 
COOTIIOIIEE, te oinaccstemavecendntes 38 
Geothlypis trichas......................0:0004 155 
Geerhonotus. 2. ~ sis. scinctdsenniae 118 | 
Gocophalwd......... .cenqisivese-comah yw 138 | 
COON cs cee csechcsetectesoom raves 118 | 
gr 71, a ene Pa ae 54 
CURTAIN nc corcosnstegea ete noe 53 ) 
Ginglymostomid®. ..................c0000+ 53 | 
Se) ene Smee he ee oe 119 — 
CUP URS ENS... ap cra 347 | 
i EE ES ie Re a 348 
DORI eka estes tanseosacesdttintts ntanda 347 
CAG WANN i cicadipiccesra tics cs See 348 
7 SL RES a Be yo 114 
SEMIN III so ics eds rccttcoianndeink 114 
LE no Oe OPO Fe ee ae 621 — 
Gomphine, 462, 464, 468, 470, 476, 485 
RMN oo ices, jot hcsasagsaecaintonks 468 | 
GUGRE ES Joan Mo cacanttite erent 489 
Gomphus... Soar ae . 461 
Goniada snsiulateis. —:cdsrciascentick 348 
Cs 1), re Peer, Oye 348 
Gopherus.... rpper 115 
Gradientia................... 11, 113, ‘116, 124 
Graphipterus sp... pale coires Re 
GOIN scenes cps vind chara fea 114 
MAORTADNION: «... sce sscassagieisvAasines 114, 
CEPT, 5 ose nls csseitevgensigp taal ade 399 
Gryllus armatus...............0.......400, 402 | 
(Locusta) lineatus...................... 20 | 
DOLIOR ALAN... ...ciinxintianviawetsien 399 
Rs TBO, 5, ones in seen 404 | 
Gymnandeniopsis nivea.................... 458 
Gymnopogon brevifolius.................. 458 
ORME, 1a 065 ircbesp sn tor sauartenomatarme 462 
MOTI Beg ies oti sanes wrap ialicenpreseant 490 
TATB REI, ga ssconis carvintntres aiilcoaindanets 489 
SV RATES SIN DG a eB 489, 490 
OTAENIUO,... o7ir> siacsonrteree neon 126 
Hadrotettix trifasciatus 392 
PENIS a adinirticcteepisebenteesesadaatbaaes 121 
Halosydna insignis..................... 330, 338 
ANEL DS Fee, ae cara rina itccntatere 330 
DO icrarer vps carcerteniiveigateariewens 329 
Harmothoé hirsuta.............0......... 334 
SS OMB Esk cieaifovi aaconssnistarbecass 334 
THRU OR GI, vec vss cnsi cade vedeedl candgrvenniens 332 
RELER sccmsiseny bra Sennen Saemee chives 331 
Fisders Nee ue cncacciesannnon 449 
Heliastus aridus............................866, 392 
RROTLGACMS in. sccetgctbaecetowossten «awe oa 39 
NE aerate hs pth belts cad 560 
Speed sass scdbinaactrsenaionpmioctadel 560 
ee A ee 560 | 
COUN CNING cctacti tins oa vciansteeesed OO 


II cistienssetiasetveens eliniiapenies 160, 293 


660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 


Hippiscus corallipes...................-.-.--- 386  Icterus spurius............ ~beeees iat eeoenee 154 
Hirundo erythrogastra................ 137,354 | Idioraptyx. ...25.aiie..cee 5S3. 
Hobbrookia. ... oc icccccecccciatededesssatnore AAG | Tgpginieien. 2). 03. o..kcapenenee nee 116 
PS eee Wee Renee 2397 | enc ict. tpl accion 27 
Hololepida magna. ..................s00.000+ 329  Iridoproene bicolor.......................0+ 154 
Holoscalpellum. ............2-:-.-..s0.00.ss0ese 109 | Ischnognathus........—-<...0+...00siscansssnee 121 
Homalocranium. 2.25...cak3,.0e as 124 Ischnura........ ... 462, 467, 468, pre 
pe | eM Orns 124 GEINOREA ©... ne 
sy |: ee eS 17 Glen ta CONS iss <a. si cise ncaa 481 
CEATROUIR OS. 5 pheicsa tassesoe te a 7 rambur. 5. 4o->-te 469, 472, 481 
Homceogamia erratica.................«--. 369 r. var. credula...........481, 487, "489 
Horesidotes cinereus...............-.-.. Sy 381 oe LSS ogenasesdvts house aa 628, ree 
papagensis..................-- 366, 379, 381 soetes dodgei..................sssssssustoaene 
Heats Glin Aenea lie race TET, 624  Isolessa ferruginea..... .... 881-383 
er ee a AEE A ete iS oe 624 texmna...o2.4.iiaoeee 381, 382 
penewalensds.. 2555 no ee GRR | Tsopemtran...2.. ...c..0c¢i0icsnertpaeeee 619 
Recsbtaivee fi oo 2 ree 624 | Isurus oxyrinchus....................scscsoe 55 
eee ell te ROME SP 624 Juncus setaceus.............. ‘vassals RO 
SUNN 8 ss 6-5 notes coh nem crepe 535 | Koaliella:q.22....c.:cc.ccuueoenevetee 598 
Hyalina mamillaris.................... 594, 595 bominensis).s 05 ..cens.a-sasseretae 598 
Hyalopomatopsis occidentalis. ... 362 COFAtOUES:......:.......ccs.sel eee 597 
Hybognathus nuchalis...... 521, 521 | COTGAT Bi <0 vices oe2ssccnds coe 
n. pee SERN, bei | crenulatar:. 0.05, Secccces eee 455 
me Tegel 521 | C1ON BabA. 05.0. .26--<c cee ee 598 
Pc ROR eee aC RE 531, 532 FUSANIAND....-........-+-o<-<cta 455 
Hybopsis amblops..................-...-.:0+++ 549 ae eee 597 
ee Re ERS RONDE SESE or ae 531 g. MUtSUENSIS. ....~Hess00.erce 597 
8 ee aCe ee PRR hie 549 koshinoshimana.............0-.0:---- 597 
MB SYENOUNCINEE ois csc tncn scant ciel 550 Jomgissima. ......—..cseieececeseoeeresn 
et, ae es aero eae me Te En 455 
Hycleeus duodecimpunctata............ 604 ObeSL CONUS <... 502-230. ai 455 
yA. cee eo 602 prea teh. nn sdinias-cnivioweeneieeee 598 
decimguttatus...................000-5 604 SoTercula, =... ...5..<.....1w eee 597 
oe ee ene tr 415 subcrenulata. .......:...3 csssssaweiinng 597 
pe ee Sel ee 38 s. satsumana... .. 597 
NN hs ese 125 Kinotexncid brevicaudatum......... 114 
buen. W.........c..nanserios 125 longicaudatum. secs 114 
Oe Se Rs oe 125 | Koeblerinia spinosa...................-:.00++ 
VATA. ees eeeseeeseeeeeneenn nese ecenee B25 | Teter tan. ui sacsesseepeso 113 
Fylde... ...---e-eesesseeeseneeeessnstnennsene 125 SCANERUTE, ....-scarececceasnce tee 117 
Hylocichla alicie. o-oo 156 LES | eee eRe RE SSE ST 116 
FUSCESCENS. «noe eeeevsneeeeseeeesseesenees 156 chaleides. ..:/..i0iii.ihneeee 118 
guttata pallasi............-.-.----.0-+. 156 COCOGTLUS. .0js:e-s0esays0ensseeeneel 113 
MUSCELINA. ......--+---n--eroneeseneeeeeeeeee 156 OFA CUA. nispcice-oscsn sd 117 
ustulata swainsoni.................... 156 punctate: ..cci~.nia nee 127 
Hylodes gryllus......................0.- veces 125 quinquelineata...............csssceee 118 
fn ARE CAE HG aay 2s 125 py | eS 118 
pe Re PPR ee + 468 SUTUMOBR.......ssecscesvcnsarnecnaneaserees 116 
funcki Z ...481, 489 viridis carolinensis.............<000+ 116 
Rae PATS | V. JAMAICENSIS........0 eee 116 
EE WINE so disctirtnccss easter obeke 125 | Lemcer tala. iiesig.ecsresenssissssnine ee 116 
ROR igs Sa cinasconnititrindatien 125 | Teenie NU ...2.:<. .0ssc0ecssscscsssc 352 
COONS sets eiin es stnnrsernitiarsins 125 | Lagisca multisetosa..............:ssrs00 335 
EE ypeebebOi pec iesscesessvenccnettbneibs 43 m. var. papillata............0..0. 385 
(Boysidia) ee aCe ensis........ 42 TETSU, « ccescowtconserepscensenna 335 
hunanensis............. soe 4B | Learns .....0cicccscesovereyics ete 617 
(Boysidia) hunana.. sialon ib ciecs sey SE | MARS vi socwsssessnnedpl dvSapuveensteo reba 461 
a ne ae . 123 | Lamna cornubica............0see Ay 5S 
Ochrorhyncha. 2.22 -..000cce00. 123 | Lammid®..,.......000rcessesesnsnssesestansanannan 
Icteria virens..... ssitionmebens 156 | Lampropeltis.............:0:s0.-.0.sssssnneaes 122 
Ieterus galbula. 0.000.000... 154 | Lanice aroma ovviebouinana 350 


2 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 


1908.] 
Leitnenie, ..5-duchs actrees 163,207 | 
Lepidonotus celoris... Nocgttiss- GOL 
oy ORE wna Eo re 332 
robustus......... A ate eth Ant ee 330 
SOAR oss iio pets uae 331 
Lepidosternum floridana.................. 119 
Renta. oii pcan 461 
Lepthemis vesiculosa.......... 487, 489, 490 | 
Reptobasis........::-<ii-ae ae 468 
Wactlaniis<. «ate alee 487, 489 
PODtOdin isi isis nents ad ee 123 
OORT OU. 1 0c ccngalerre-oerreee 621 
Lepto of pire <chs siusianagio nate pea enna 122 
tulla:.\..... ahctnaontearees 122 | 
Leptotyphlopid@................ccceceeees 119 
RAptotyphlops. <ciciececsscc tract een 119 
ene ree eC ae ee 16 
filifonmnds, 3.5 a2 ils xan chee 16 
BOTAN ose ese so conngeycesadas 16 
Lepus americanus bairdi... 404 
CAMPCSTIS:...6-. ccs nbocee 404 
CO WIDENING ase ood anos <n secs verse 404 
NN als bint vcewnaghadeas 462, 467, 468 
BAGISONS, fs sce ing0cat eet 481 
henshawi... .. 488 | 
PNAC, it exis ves <coakicennertetcouenets. 489 | 
Lestinw, 462, 464, 468, 469, 470, 476, 
485 
Leuciscus ehingatos,,..<acdeaault 535 
SURI O TIGA isis. <00ssseubhineasscotee 527 | 
UAE ONS ULUGN <0 <c:~.<ailecsemnt et 526 
TIIIEIUAI 0 dtsssvecesneydtctvsebaainmnea 461 
BARNS. ci wcisssscsesossneesneans 462, 467, 468 
AUTIPENNIS. ............00000eeeeeee 472, 488 
SMITE esses asses ndoahtaomeely 475, 488 
Re ee 475, 488 
DIOR Sips. <ssss0000s00staenee 489, 490 
RUINS iors ass coonsoahehsacegee 475, 488 
nodisticta... . 475, 481, 488 
RII sos cvs 0s sss onde RET 481 
SB, CROCE PENIS. .....<ccesivecsscastnnaactt 481 
Libelluline, 462, 464, 468-470, 476, rd 
NE ET ES ABTS 11 
MRE AOI ess nah snas conn secvttash inanectets 119 
PRM i aches ee seni Tin syussdeenetetelzitas OO 
OE . iskessirotesninaahen nn sedess” 
SNES SE 366, 384 
Lileeopsis lineata.............:.00ccsceees 459 | 
MOOR sets Pena ee . 187 
MUTE cin crantinacalinindcs Lae 
TROD COG. reseessHesessesososenecesrsnncinsiocees _ 121 
ANN iis cs nhilesenm toasts aia Ae 
SE ad de anei the sneldiennnvesntosansposttots 122 
Litaneutria skinneri............. 370 
Lithody SE 2 Labveueunuda ints cheiios een tana 125 
aR ee | VERE tere ei Nistho: 20 
RMSCUUMURIIINS chirhatiandcanicastastictset tp cuets 12 
Loricata... 113 
Luchuphiedusa.... saer 569 
Lumbriclymene pacifiea......... eens 
Lumbrinerid®. ............000c:c0ceceeeeeoees 346 


661 


Lumbrineris heteropoda.............. 546, 346 
5 


RAVENS UREA os a eotcive cease es endvacoehte eee 


Lutreola lutreocephala energum- 
TOG sss so sksssss asloh vase uasnweeeantagene® 404 
Lycosa, 160-162, 168, 170, 170, 171, 
210, 211, 211, 220, 221-223, 284, 
285, 287, 292, 293, 299, 299, 300, 
514 


albohastata... ...163, 226, iy 
PIN NOBR 53:2 ca. shock ecards 
antelucana.................-.. 168, 233, 513 
SMICAEAL.. + .-<.s0rar-s 163, 224, 232, 513 
arenicola, 163, 222, 223, 239, at 
1 
BOT BE a nedaatyto34002 163, 224, 236, 242 
avara, 163, 222, 223, 225; 226, '279, 
281 
CS Ons ae ea ERR OEE fie 164 
babingtonii............ eo 228, 229 
baltimoriana........ 163, 2 224, 246, 246 
MCN teeth ksh ssoccce 163, 223 273 
Loire To, epee eee ipa Gs vena! 220 
PPUDTCEV EN CTIGs-s. 225s edoancesnaneontes 163 
GOT AOGN SIR oo ss cess boven soceerentaestae 179 
carolinensis, 163, 222, 224, 225, 
245, 246, 248, 514 
CUATATIOIGES 0005. 0b seve nagh core 217,514 
cinerea, 163, 222, 223, 281, 282, 
283 
coloradensis.................. 163, 223, 249 
CUNT IRN Ss cdc osevaielnvaniad 163, 253 
PEN CRTATEIN, oo ncs cs Concer sstctanact Rukeaecs 205 
PUTO rics tecaaceeren ike? 163, 229 
anh Te) | ee SRS aE ei Oe ae 164 
domifex .--- 242, 243 
eye) ELGAR cael ann aie ees Se 202 
ETA TIN eee resevo bce atencor ecolanah 164 
SCAM ones. dhaaeeciotirnssc phew! 163 
erratica, 163, 225, 226, 245, 251, 
253 
CUCPIZVNALA. «0. ccceereees 267,514 
ENN OI a irancs sth eghtnclusibinen caletionc’ 163 


163, 299, 223, 238, 
241, 242, 242, 249 
TAtT VCP Gi Saas iri.pstAwincsooue 513 
i 1. ean Ae AE Pe a RI 179 
floridana, 163, 223, 225, 231, 283 
frondicola, 163, 225, 226, 258, ot 
26 
(CLL) PS SS a oe 2 163, 272 
FUTROT OR eos sis ssb enson vance BOO, , 288, 513 
furcifera............ = 
Lor) tt) CCR Uepe eae nt oR MMS hee os 
@eorgianA................0000 


fatifera, 161, 


georgicola. si sates vacanene tasted nn tea a 
Glaciallis...........0.000csee sors 804, 205 
gosiuta ..222, 225, 281 
grandis.......... 163, 224, 229) 231 
gulosa............ 163, 225, 226, 265, 514 
LTOSSIPES. ..... wee 164 
Halodroman...........csscssscvesesseesssnees 282 


662 


Lycosa helluo, 163, 222, 224, 226, 229, 


231, 233 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


|Dec., 

Lycosa sepulchralis....................  1O4, 270 
similis. Sec sees * 164, 229 
Sternalis: icsi:i..4 coi ee 188 
BtOnEl 2855 oe a hie eee nee 215 
sublataus..c..7tecie niece eee 288 

BUSDC CHA. itty cs ee tees 164 

TROD yMOd a... ib) sas os3s ae eee 
PAT Bich i ses ood. snSver advo bau 

THQ TAA. ee cosseceeesneeeenegesnes 164, 238 
PTIStHS 8 os sc ic5 Yeceoe oes 202 
tHtON: = cc ioee eee 164 
METLCAEGL. Ss sce ccseees ovate taxes PEI 209 
WELT ind. 5.0s- 2 saccige eae 164, 229 
vehemeris)..15....0onen se ae 164 
VENUS tA. i5:.0555..0) ear ee 217 

WET ISIS aac ca= -c 225 217 
WUD ae ict elec ee 164, 238 
WACONGANG.......c255;-1-- ae 313 
xerampelina,:....0...500000 gels 199 
Tsyeogid se. ..: acres eee eee 158-318 
LO re: Cc: PRR ao 168, 169 
Liyeoncid e:;......./.-....810 2 169 
Toy GOCevasis, 1 ase-. tess 0-01 602 
TL VRBOS OTB, 2 serie coos vateznch ne 118 


_ Lymneea, 411-414, 420, 421, 424, 425, 


hel vipes. .... <i o:n-1ss ah arr WOO) ee 
UEC: SeeranaenMes pe oe te. 217 
immaculate. ii ncasmiegetece: 163 
ETTORE ais tosrc onyore Ain ee nee 164 
I CIGARS: cre st wee Pree 202 
INHONESES. 5 oso Sac eecs aes he 163, 242 
eve po Mnepeoemes uy eoere 164, 199 
insopita... ws+10+-e-L68, 267, 514 
Spncimndn oo uses ene 202 
kochin.:.2...1i0sc 163, 223, 263, pi 
lafitrone:4\.3.. cos ee eee: 163 
lenta, 163, 224, 242, 243, 245, 245, 
246 | 
1. var. baltimoriana.................... 224 | 
LeU. 54... soso Seedpeer eae 163, 253 | 
Littoralisi..s.scskecse eee 163 
21's, eee nea ie Chase sete Tella 282 
IN COOOL ailecgursncvesancssconersnaee 513 
pit) yr Lie): eee eres Hehe 163, 282 
mil bert, ote a cee 163 
pc) hg 1, Seen een OLA Hey 513, 514 
POI a So eg ek eae ee 177 
INISGOUTICNSIG. ...5.040s20cmecaee-ons 163, 242 
modesta, 163, 163, 225, 226, 261, 
268 | 
418) 3,0 Fd MPa at NE aes 164 
ONE cre eaten re ae 163, 229 
SURO aici mdse 0k et ea 163, 248 
TH wo an css en nnn cvbenngranncecengenere 286 
nigroventris................. 163, 261, 261 | 
ODIOD PA 3... Arocheee cts eae 164 | 
OCTCRUS. 3 52,5. sae 214, 215, 220 
0, (DERIGRES. 5. ae ratte es ek - 0 | 
DEVORE 535054. Wen eee ers 164 
permunda...... ..164, 224, 233 
philadelphiana.... ae eee AES ied 164 
pictilis........ 164, 225, 226, 270, 271 
DAGR. ioctl nace corinne ae 164 
PMID oth a ctsrinscaee ex avet cca 164, 248 | 
DONA ies ani ine 164, 279 
pratensis, 164, 225, 226, 261, 263 
ib; Sandia na gsi gtaks 
yo) Cs Fa 1 SRE eee SREP RS hoc 164 
WULCIT AS ccsin, vesscnessocavsyaedeiete 164, 267 
punctulata............ 164, 224, 256, 258 
PUTCO... .2rea-orsrapeersenssaceets 164, 267 
COINGTIB. drt. eae 164, 224, an 
relucens... Me £17, § 
riparia........ 164, 224, 233, 236 
rubicunda... “164, 222, 223, 278, 279 
UU ccntedenocank alas hclaciosraivieanmnes 214 
PUREE WOTAGT IG ss odes cde sirens ite 164, 281 
PUPICOIB. ..cceovtss00rs ovens LOG, SAD 
sagittata......... . 164, 253 
saltatrix.... 217, 513, 514 
GBYE soniees 164, 228 
scalaris.... fss0 LO 
sctitulata, 164, 224, 253, 254, 246, 
256 


428- 430, 434, 436, 438, 443, 446, 447 


columella.......ssesssssessessecuene 410-448 
ClOd ES: 5 -:9255 083-08 ene 424 
MEP ASO... 5c5:..:2)-01< eestae eee 
Thiynx Wintec cb c.:t...0 ok 404 
ae osesi iss quest ss anton 601, 617 
amethystina 506, 617, 618 
airOCOsrUeS. .:...<.-...<dc2sesacreaedaene 617 
Dib nea ta. «5.5... d.:ss1.0ce aoe 618 
bipvstula ta... un cci-aiied oe 616 
072 |, a na annEe et 617 
CHB OSTA. 6s... a5ssnn105s 0 Ce 618 
Obally bea. « icscbecizses ocean eee 617 
CineOtiirons:« 5. .ci<s-c-2--cetee 617 
EPISCOPAlis. ....,...<.0..ssccescesee eee 617 
NSMUCTANIG. ..33...0; -consehicene A 618 
Lasmirnl COMB: 0: icn8->0tinad eal 618 
TA CULLT ONS, oi. ars cosc 05s se a 
melanocephalla.....................0... 618 
m. var. bilineata..........:on...0eie 
metasternalis: <...::.035.50.ehaccne 618 
TYPE Osis -22.«25008 ahr 618 
SOTATPOUIB, «, o dcssicshes jeez 618 
POCtOTGHS, siniis.:::cysisnthe, a 168° 
TUDFOPOCEUS. 2... .<:sisnasetsssurouns pa 618 
SUCOTEROTIR, 5 oso... csayrsaeetineeee 617, 618 
BUTI OIG, 6 ooo ss.acecsstthens Ca 618 
BUDTUPULOSA. a'scerssscesinsrsseehoreae 618 
CROP ACCA, os 00 sor nes 0812 conse dads go 
VOLE CELA. cs sisvs0rss000durncescurecsseg eee 
GARR ce eso cavs rnin tes careecherinns oe 602 
TPA occ casicscaiseyivesassinseensty eae 617 
Macrochely’s.....0.s.sssccessscsesrssnesssrssanens 114 
Macrochlamys hypostilbe............... 455 
1 rr 
BUDE] COE. 6 oo ccs oresoon0seseneey cee 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES 


Macroclemm Bs... .:-..=-:2-0+ss0-00:+-0s0000 1l4 
Macroniiaicas s:i4sccncleet oa 462, 468 | 
Macropus caixana..................00++ 496, 496 
Macrothemis celaeno.....................2..... 466 
hemiiehlordcocuvs cua 489, 490 
INGO. Saks ccancceetesese ee 489 
pseudimitans................ 487, 489, 490 
eee 1 Ratan EPR Ca pill a5 / 
Malaclomys.. ....::is5-cuvctivanineare 114 
Malacoclemmy6..........:1....:0.-++-0+-s0e0: te; LAA 
Maldane sarsi...................... Gree eens 355 
BUTS Lica eaten oe 355 
Maldanella robusta.......................0+- 355 
MAIGANIOS. «55 60sec 355 
PRBTLOTTII 5d doi vis versdess eb ee 126 
PRANISOTIS FUROR. 5 cc. ).ico0- aedencee: 458 
RNIN Rc. ac, Space co deazeresie et es 123 
Mantichora congoensis................ 506, 512 
EVIISONNDL Vida auisaes 512 
PRMTITECUOTIN, 5,655.0 --0..0)s tron 512 
BABA ere nites ites bs anche 369 
Marmota flaviventer........................... 404 
PIPCINLORASCOI GS cvccouttedsviesmteraerte 468 
INOG OBGUS, 4. aris og te oases cseersnees 400, 490 
OPTISOUIB: 52 oir. caaceietseere rere, 489, 490 | 
Megacephala regalis......................... 512 | 
MGA ONA INR 5 5s sias scsas ts sgannn ete tone 512 
OCT I OMI ssn cvasostsvancagouisamoaisay 512 
Megaloprepus cverulatus............. 489, 490 | 
Meratrachelus. ...j...-..02-:ide-<xssieseedees 620 
MLC LEPETS LOWER «os sincccoicl fei sabusvececuges . 337 
Melias corallirhynehus...................... 496 
Melanerpes erythrocephalus............ 153 
Melanoplus aridus.................00cccee 396 
IIIT ON, os vine clty ch vom on yun Pena 366, 396 
DOWD. «100s. .<csiecevontes see ee GED 
canonicu,......................868, 396, 397 
CUI OR ODE Sian, dsureeseecteeeeaaees 395 
FEMUF-NIPTUM............:0000s00reseees GOT 
femur-ruDrum..............sseneresseees 397 
PRCT ici inesvsvecoettostenenene . 395 
flavidus... a 396 
herbaceus flavescens.................. 395 
COOCICLEE COLIN, <0. <5i0ke tse 395 
Melinna cristata............................. 849, 349 
denticulata... ae 349 
Meloide... . 600-624 


Melospiza ‘georgiana... “i ab ae 


Mephitis mesomelas varians............. 404 
Mermiria texana.. a 371 
Merula migratoria....... ees" 156 
Mesoscalpellum............ 110 
Mestobregma obliterata........ 386 


Metaleptobasis............0.0......... 468, 474 


Metalycreus.. 5S7 
Metator pardalinum.. ...886, 387 
Metazaptyx.. , pusdvaneh Ly Oe 
Miathyria mare cella... ee 489 

simplex... iaaheednaiieoneducaome ae 
MicrathyyTids......c.ccsisseservsseses ++... 462, 468 

Le Le Repeat en AR 489 


Micrathyria didyma......................... 489 
GIBSOGIANS:..2 652. lsl ee ee 489 
GRINS. oc salv: 0:6. agin ace ee 489 
ocellata... soles 489 

Microcentrum affiliatum LC eee 

Microstigma................... Snsdh setae ree 461 

Microps lineatum....................:c::00s0+ 120° 

Microcystina lampra...........0..0....0004 455 

Microcystis rejecta......0........... 594 

Microcentrum.................-........ 398, 399 
Taarrif OWI 6s cs. 2, anoesi tthe cde 399 
THOM LONG: < once co co eves asnceneece BOS OOD 
GBOTACICUNN: cco ccreceante eee 399 

MIGrOLUS MOLdOAX. gs ojecideccalesn-decdesccciteck 404 
Li Ci): Saapese ee Roy RO aE Be 404 
pennsvlvanicus modestus........ 404 

ATIPA GOS: 0. 2cc 02 ache vases ica tev ie 602 

Miogryllus pictus. .......<0.0.-:-nescassenees 401 

WRORN eo SETS cas as bhastonr ages er enae 106 

PETIT GIETIGEL: WERT UERS 8 ola cs sas cea <psencca eee 155 

MOcos ZElANdica............c0ssssshstaesees 118 

Molothrus aters:,.....<:...000.-ssesss00ks 153, ae 

Murex fortispinna..................:cee 

Mustela americana....................0..006.. 404 

Mustelus equestris...................:.0006+: 56, 57 
CA gee DARE eee oo: AYE eee 59 
MIGULOR «63 i: ee ee o¢ 
Pea Pc) il, ee ore” A RM yg 56 

SIU is inlet nino <sabieh en cad pede taaieeetae ate 

Myiarchus crinitus.........0.00000.00.. 158 

WEVA fasion csancacnctesone 601, 602, 607, 610 

BARNS es ccs Na cecccontisthin et ccd 604 
BRT Sale la ghion'ssscertoess schisusesct 604 
PARTS E De covers & Saricvcctaeenecucd, 615 
POOR Bh os coueis san cae caccchantesrs (OUE 
BBOGIENSIBi se csimaiatauderhseeesy OLD 
BUPOGHBLYDEA......0.s5:00esceecvecsreccsees, OOF 
benguelana................... 607 
ROTEL Aa caret a tecte Titi aten 607 
PHRBRONINUEL vo .<.ccrcce ersveneecsedbccs 612 
bifucata.... Fast 608 
WVINOAE.. 6 oc iesccscrsstcacee 608 
bissexguttata..................0........ 608 
bizonata...... hak 609 
DOREUIMITTIT ott. oe 615 
carinifrons................... 608 
chevrolati.................- 604 
chisambensis... 600, 60S 
chiyakensis.............. 605 
c, var, tekama.. 605 
chrysomelina.. 603 
(Actenodia) ¢ hry somelina.. 601 
cichorii. 609 
decorata... é 604 
dentata... ...601, 609 
(Actenodia) “deserticola... . 600 
deserticollis 603 
dicincta... x 609 
d. var. buque ti. 609 
discrepens.. 609 
dispar..... 609 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
Mylabris duodecimguttata.............. 609 | Nassa obsoleta.............cccscssseseeneeees 5 
duodecimpunctata.......... core 601 tRIUVIGtAGA. wien 
elendensis........-:.0invctannaenkns WOO | DURES ONOTIR nc tcc. eee 555 
O85 CORONA: sss crass 305+ ss eee oriees 609 cn ( Meaemgon poo ewe bere 555, 557 
exClamationis............-.00000-. 615 chemnitzii... ... 556, 558 
fla voguttatas. .. 2.5 eae 609 CGH TG nee pissin eee 555, 558 
gamicola............ a ee ven, Si 609 BEER. boon a sacs ois ee 556, 558 
haroldi......... «pc egias aeeieae ta tot 610 infermMedi@: .....6a..::.000n 555, 558 
herman niterd ca ...;ssicden asbas 604 lamarckiana................-..-.00+0 556, 557 
WOlOSeT GEG sik aac cats thee tease 610 lamarckii........ 555, 557 
erp bar sis Sigs wante bs See ae! 610 | PApYTAces...... 245 52s 555 
SMI CERI an os hasncrnk tea 615, 616 Ps MAIOK. oper kee 556, 558 
JRCOD G5, 5 cssscdoret shes cteree tae eee 610 petiveriana.....................-09-...900) OO 
JUCUNGM: ie ne eee ate 604 problematica...............::0+++ 556, 558 
Mecham Ade, oc sieics toe eiecsisss oes 610 TODUGHA. «05.60.55 othestay age 556 
Aner Ri tials coccinea 610 | secunda vicsnrtee ee 
ManntG INGER, <j... 5 scscktvsscicare aes 604 | PASIAN CA. os ones esevsscensctoneeaa 556, 558 
OIA so. ar rien een 610, 614 WRGICANIS. 05:0 ssuca vance aoe 555, 558 
4 Te tee Meret Ire, Ape - GOS) Nate, icici pace 120, 120, 121 
MURA Ss, aa eee 610 PEMONEDSIS:.. ...i. 2025-2:4-5-2 a 121 
MmiylabrOides.< <2). wiscdseueeteeese 604: | Nebrits:.... 0252.0: c ee 54 
NINO oman dinesco Sonruamage ns 610 COMCOION.. 2 cxinzisxenige eee 54 
m. var. welwitschi...................... Gil | Nechurus... <6... :.enn<0< eee 127 
OCULAR kins ee 611 MBCULAUS. «3 osenes.-0:s0<ceseetae 
O; VET. MOU. «isn cicinveeessesie GLY.) NCUA. 5 5..c¥.c0u.<.2-00-0ba a ee 620 
o. var. ophthalmica.................... 611 | Nemobius neomexicanus..............-... 399 
Cd era: Wi ee Ey ati ee a, kel 606 |. Nemopnatha...:..4../5..%. <1 621-623 
ge, SSR ce naee mane Pa eee 611 | Neoneurs...........0.<,-ccueeeeee 468, 474 
WAI B saiok esac rapes eect eee 611 BIC on nhs sei 480, 487 
WRMINION in eo acca ose 611 | |, ee 480, 489 
Pr, een i er ee Be 615 | Neoscalpellum............:...:0sso.anenan 110 
RACINE cornet vege 611 Neosorex palustris navigator.....404, 405 
SMEW BONES Sh oscnessystasttge rte) 601, oe Neotoma orolestes..............:cssseee 404 
POSER UII. oss oscscesbesersnssones- MEN ee eee 404 
NIE od wriest chs oy he eee 606 Nephepeltia..............::0cce0 474, 487, 489 
(Decapotoma) regis.................... 601 DE VRC sca pwede eee . 489 
waster tle ao snk cents 615 | Nephthydide...... .........- igre 341 
SAMIR ania cticy cane -ctcaempeen 612 Nepthys assimilis... _<xovsniee e 
GETLEPALENIGIB. 0... 55s 00t2iciessematteved OLS CUBE Sica 2secn ooh cusereths = Ree 341 
6. VAT: CONJUNCHB. 55.0 -uwces OLS COB CI cdov sa cseessissyancvasteapues PAE 341 
GENTE CONMIRS << oAcca wes eee ee 616 JOM PIBETOGE: 0s. 10s. cevese veesey eee 342 
RIS octet iat cy hcreenes MBSIMPTENI...-...:....<5050s eee 342 
CemMpPOr Alig iin. ins.:..osccssersscessvere GOO | NORCHDIB 4 ise nents adem 342 
ory tis! TLL, Sienna Rope GO4 | Nereis AG ancizt. .:. icc......ccsstseccssscopenee’ 344 
UR fiche masetccgeade aie 613 OI TOULAIGG, «i: .0.0ksins ee 323 
TNA dn si dhs ures oa 613 bread ti, «.02-0:..5.0 344 
tortuosa.......... 609 CY CLUPUB..506555.-c00e00 tee 343 
tricolor....... sia sagons so eaieed pees 614 CAIN CFG 5... < se nccctes eee 344 
CRITE endian 616 SRG on sso vos sa eens tat 344 
trispila 614 paucidentata. ....i;..:::01:.s0sssnmotee 343 
tristigma................ 614, 615 DLAI CE. «..-: «veto vs sseet taste 342 
$I i coe yoy oseectons 64 DYOCRTS. ossjvivesinascsteriousst ee 343 
teeter tO Cees fete sss sanscecantoos 615 VOXINOBA. 5.5. cocseshaseperssr tied neeeee 3844 
VINOGB es snsnaddesasenpees 610 (Alitta) vexillosa.............000 B44 
verburyi..... pati ccscaiere 615 VIUPEMB. .......00-ssesenessecessseessessernssntl 344 
Myriophyllum..............421, 424, 431, 446 (Alitta) virens..........icscoctaaneunts 344 
Myotis evotis sgt ienatell 408  Nerita umbilicata livida.................. 555 
lucifugus longicrus......... AOS |) NerOCIG in: ccc ssscesescasesnacsehings ouster 120 
Mytilus...... wisi w. 6 | Nicomache carinata............0s0. BOO 
Nanemys...... 114 | Nimo’ migripes. sen ioss.++-scsssesedtesseenenee 
Nasea............ a RITA. a cise vs essen vessersoninst tna 347 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES 


Nothria geophiliformis...................... 346 
ITIGGRCONIB: 5<. snssversesteststeapgucers ocd 345 
Notomastus giganteus....................- 354 
Notophyllum imbricatum................ 329 
Notropis ariommus..............0..000.00-++ 535 
RENSTUNONMOG sw idsisne enone ns vacnsunbeseys 542 
hifmem ats... occsorecesstagtlewsonte 530, 531 
baevne..6esc8 ccnsateaahs Slab tiattes lacs 535 
COYUPR: 5.5. 0 ocitsktsttarneaee ieee se 533 - 
chalybzeus . SAL 
OT TMEAIG, 2. sain sicekins ting baer aaey ’... 539 
GeGIOONG.....0:\.sseusianter 531, 535 
G. SRAMINOUE cities ders nteaidenssces 531 
HUASODING. . ..ncigensterposbi00010s-s DOO, OOO 
{RIDBEUG. csc ee ease 536 
MORRIE <i cinedas cto cubano 533 
age ee or gee 545 
p-. amoenus... A Vree 545 
procne... cietaosess 531, 532 
piabeilrwne a cui ijavsde ann nkae 542 
umbratilis ardens.......0..0.0..... 545 
whipplii..... 537, 539 
w. analostanus..................:0000-+ f 
PORTIONS (<< antensiemioroe 535, SAL 
VERNONIA UE cox 9yn2% se cand oes 535, 542 
RR aia IS Err 124 


Nychia amondsenii............0.......c000000 
Nycticorax nycticorax nievius........ 
Ochotona saxatilis. ..00000.0.0....0..... 


DROBO GMITTTIENUUN, .. inc .ccrsressateeeansvovetsoniui 461 
Odocoileus hemionus........................ 404 
TEAC TOUTE Ss cs 005000 bavi tiover onteteen 404 
RO NI oo as -.ausscclll tins obese 65 
Odontochila erythropyga..505, 506, 511 
APRS VCTUET II 5. <n) cco sascoacas collin es 506 
Odontochilina........ Bee eS 506 
(Ecanthus AEE sini eget A ee 
niveus.. ake .. 402 
quadripunctatus.... ssrserseeeeee DOO, 402 
| aa aR me < PBS oe 620 
bicolor............ 620 
RERPUATICIE 5s, 5 co++>cxevensneibborpemeetl 620 
RRR ices pocee oe oce+ oo vedevestiapeoiese eens 118 
URINE dls -sasosenaceeuaesebenilen 17 
RII 0 cas sso srnnddobbbeaiantarias 17 
TN MIOU oiins thse do nsasdsnincayetye Metmadenl 12 
servillei... shila sctlaaeape Ge 
Omphalotropis j iaponic Riacaienstuct 454 
RU IMUNEU Es dtictesannsctvrsctlssat tnaniigl toabaia et 345 
Opeas CaVUlinum........cceceeeseveenne 455 
BF ORDINI OS 0 insnsdiniatr Beats 455 
heudei... 455 
jay anicum... 455 
Opheliid. .. 354 
Opheodrys............ 122 
( rphibolis.. 122 
Ophidia.... 119 
Ophidii... 119 
Ophiogomphus.... i Svat yieaey On 
Ophioglossum APENATIUM. . ..0.c...c0 457 
CORE TAR bee wipe disenncs is sousi dimes ech 117 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 665 
Ophryodera bohemani...................-.-- 509 
RNS WERT Tas sss eo aca evades 509 
rufomarginata......................506, 509 
Oporornis formosa. .............0..0-. 155 
Orectolobus barbatus......................-- 53 
SISSON OUNELo50 re cp%u0d consenenondeastandaas 53 

PR ISTIINE sogces caves vcsnndoan paiionston gaan 398 
eles ( cg 4 7: aaa AAMiiney ees er > 398 

RAN CHOND. 6 oss ous ave ureotetae 398 

A em compta..... ..367, 378 
Oplonzschna...............-..-::+4+ 461, 462, 468 
BUA TIAN cecsaxccay co utbetgr aroun 460, 481 
If Cliches aos 462, 468 
RNC W Es ivarcacieysove=hentinger cette 480 
ferruginea.... 481, 489, 490 
MONE sabe ag aki choise cose 487, 489 
Os) Giga ae fest oisten ae Hie 122 
Oi nes. Aa EN Boe ne lire, Sate, Fee 6,7 
ROR N Sa os eds ccthes vasnyeane rec Aaiernets 615 
OViS CADAGENGIS 7. o.c.tsccis.ssoseeosournneees 404 
Oxyechus vociferus... 153 
Oxynotus centrina... cis Oecbvissttondey ) OS 
Pachydiplax longipennis.... 53 cities 481 
i ees+e 468, 474 
Do oe Seems ep 489 
REA STIG. css coop ws oda bs ean aor 478 
TOMI oss ss doapsandniosepsbeeioubnunsps 489 
Paltothemis lineatipes........481, 487, 490 
Pandion haliwtus carolinensis.......... 153 
Panicum condensum...........000.0... 458 
Prarie si oes occ decesae cactonasnitaedteakatios tons 462 
flavescens....462, 472, 481, 489, 490 
IIE occ chness catered ties 489 
RI i cscs edcaaadortt esta dhe 16 
longipenne.... 16 
Paramecium... . 441 
Paranarium mobola... echeged 506 
og = 461, 467, “468, 487 
REI olay sarconshagk fapeelete _ 481 
Parazaptyx ... Tatate agen ee 
Paratettix toltecus............- ...366, 368, 371 
Pardosa, 160-163, 168-170, 177, 210, 
211, 211, 284, 292, 300-302, 

316 

albomaculata...............0.0: 164, 202 
BUN oases cd sin ives castes 177 
annulipes...... . 164 


META cccecosseseoseesesvsss+sen»-164, 172, 188 
banksi.............. 164, 173, 182 


bilineata... 220 
brunnea... 164, 205 
californica... 164, 173, ATA, 192, 195 
CRU MENEIS, 5. .skcorssvascetacs apes 164 
coloradensis................00+ 164, 188 
concinna.......... 205 
distincta.......... 164, 173, 174, 192 
dorsalis............ 164, vy 
EIN is sor esinss cna ceeeieanenenns 164 
emertoni.......... AG4, 172, 174 
flavi ee 164. 179 
floridann...........0s+0++.0040- . 164 


666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., 
Pardosa furcifera.......................J64, 207 | Perithemis d. iris................0..0:06. 487, 489 
Puscula: cued eee 164, 206, 207 Gi INOOMNB Ks, sides nes ce eee 489 
ST ACIIS. 0 2 5 <cmsnos sop let eda 217 ~+Peromyscus nebracensis............. 404, 406 
greenlandica, 164, 172, 174, 189, TUPI oeseccshds wvnes Achsices relecoe eee 
200, 202 SY UEL WBSUGOS, 6. ncmuicomrarnies 404 
TM PAVIGA. «1s.\--+-orsenm see ee 164 | Petalochlamys.....0.0......0,..:sean 594 
racbonteie “ps abel état 164, 202 Cc Coc eth 5: Neen ee eye ee“ 596 
i GOA CA. .;. «: twee cen 164 periragilis. 2 25 0c eee 596 
PFACUNGA, 6.55 :01-ucbsesne-ssbotetcanleks SOM DP: BAMUL, . ky56 eects 596 
labradorensis........164, 173, 205, 207 p. shikokuensis.........000000000 596 
CL eee ee AR rem 514 PIAM ALE. is. fncisiciel sn. 595 
lapidicina, 164, 173, 174, 194, 195, PUAN... 3 éccsccccv ss pee 595 
197,198 quelpartensis.......-..0+-s--7.. save 455 
Nit bowels aisa.s.nssntannepeetere 164, 183 TOEJOCEAL.. 0... .seoeecteneeeecenseeeseee OE OOO 
longispinata..................164, 173, 209 SETENUS: os. .:.<0 ante eee 596 
luteola...........:.::::-.:-...--L64, 188, 192 subrejecta...................... 455, 595, 596 
mackenziana...... 165, 173,174,207 || Petalopnathus..%...2.....scsece ee 123 
MNO CUNIAUS. 22 orecccenvs-' 165, 197,514  Petrochelidon lunifrons.................... 154 
milvina..........165, 173, 174, 177, 179 | Pheidole punctulata......................... 508 
TTAB ons a ods en Oe oe 165,177 | Phenacobius teretulus..................... 546 
ENOGHOML Sy sas <cionetees? 165, 174, 202,207 | Phenacomys adit 2 cae 404, 406 
m. var. brunnea........... 172,205 Philogenia.... ey 
ol) ened sais ae eh ae 165, 173, 183 Phimothyra.. eee 122 
TMHONERTB 6 oo tease 166, 199: |\' Pholoe minuts.........:...,.0-- ca eee 338 
SRI 6 i Mgt lena oa ass 286. .|° PhrynOsOma..... oii s..-écc-- 1s 117 
nigropalpis.................- 165,179,514 | Phrynotettix magnus...........0... 366, 393 
alisolelat, 20505 S.... <p sees 197 | Phyllodactylus.....2..<.....4..0s0cee 116 
pallida.....................165, 179, 191, 192 PULCHGE, «0.55.5. i5s<3--aetis oe ae 116 
RETO Bich knees Ie 165 | Phyllodoce citrina....................0s0 328, 328 
paunilla..................165, 173, 174, 180 THU CORB, 0.2 <.teccronn 328, 328 
saxatilis............:..,..........165, 173,174 | Phyllodocide. ......:......5.....0cueee 328 
BCH. ooo vee cn cesesvens vssnenr LOD, 179, 514: | Phyllorhynchus:s..0.4-...+--0seee 122 
UY , oct ooh cae coennte eee 165, 202 PRO WIR. Posocasises ys -.00 sche 122 
BOLING osc< aS ofsenl lia cease C16 | Bigs. c22.. sskvios gauge tea a 412,413 
sternalis........165, 172, 174, 185, 188 | Pjayar....c.....esescesesscnecneenseceseueees 492-501 
a 22 “TY 199 "DOR VIBIB. «senshi sree 493, 496 
COXA... oo ceceeeceeresereeeerenenrans 165, 197 brachyptera........:...icssesaeeee 496 
BHIStHS. . essen cccrererers eer sesveeseee LOS, 202 cabal: 23.3 aoss.ueth eee 495 
UN CALA,» seosnecesrsseeererenerenersnens 165, 209 GATIOIE Sr oxcves sudeig eee 492, 495 
VENUS. «1. .0ssesseecesessererrentnenses 165, 197 CAVATIAN vk: 492-495, 497-501 
xerampelina.... 165, 172, 198 c. boliviana............. 497, 501 
Parep iGo puts.,.si ives i ivinatoncentchigdes 369 CHEADADIBL... om scinsiss.3 33 500 
Paropomala acris........... . 871, 375 Cy CAUCE. Joccesssssereetevensnn eel 497, 499 
calairites bas atin k ral COBY BIB. 5 sci dieser 497 
GPT OD. pasercrers ccvenss Cinco atin 371 c. columbianar...........0..-.-..497, 498 
CISA TST. 4 nS erccas hou tevasarreal 371 C. LUANENGIG. io... 0cice><spsuneceaeenees 498 
TUR, sine ssl vececrtop ied ree 371, 373 CeIDSUNATB ia ors onsen 497, 498, 498 
perpallida........cecere 368, 873 C. MACTOUTA,L...0 se ceeesesersesnee 407, OOL 
VIPERS id dances taerncvshce 371 G: MAE... bcccvirsnvesvrans oe 497, 499 
Paspalum glabratum................. 458 CO. MOXICANS...00f50vaseh tarot 497, 498 
Passerculus sandwichensis savanna 154 CaTIMCICPISAA. ««. awcehadersenee tee 497, 500 
Passerella iliaca... oie .. 154 C. PALLESCENB. ....4.....00c0sceeceenes 497, 500 
Passerina cyanea... in dacbaanre eee yr ee! ee yn anes sisi soy Gs CLE 494, 501 
Pectinaria auricoma......................... 853 . Var. guauraina... 501 
Peisidice aspera........ wry 338 pation x 493, 495, 497, 500 
Pelobatide................ baie See columbianus... AO, 498, 499 
Perilestes.. sdpoekse ven guarania. »iverssiseh duh elon vale ann 495 
fragilis 478, 490 PUIANENSIS. ..........6. A494, 495 
Periplaneta americana... 368 insulana................ 493, 495, 499) 500 
Perithemis 462 MACTOUPAL.. «0.00... 493-497, 7, 801, 601 
domitia intensa. ve 481, 489 MACTOUPUS. os sesevsnensesvesses . 14 


—— a 


— | 


—_ ee 


1908.] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


Piaya mehleri......492, 494, So 499, 500 — 
melanogaster ... 496 
<p gabe "492, 495, aot 
mesurus... Se caam 
MEXICANA. ....-.....--5eeeeeee- 492, 494, 495. 
AVORICANUS. <2, -<:0+<s00se0eseeeee 494, 498 
minuta... .. 495, 496 
nigricrissa... 493-495, “497, 499, 500 
pallescens. .............:-++-+ 49 93-195, 500 
Ln ieee d fe 496 
thermophill. .........:s:-scsssacarsses hu 499 

Pimephales notatus.......0...-2.c 523 
POMEL] AS. ..........0-ceenervererseenennenennes 522 

Pionosyllis gigantea...............:0-00 325 
magnifica... 325, 325, 326 

BN cose ines vise snanieotnpnnte heave Rein 125 

Pipilio erythrophthalmus.......... 137, 154 

Piranga erythromelas...............-.- 133, 154 | 

Pirata, 160, 162, 163, 168, 169, 299, 299, 

300, 301, 316 
APIIES. 0... eeseeneesneenveneseensnneens 165, 307 
PISVVITEDI A, «..920sstaatinnsrcans 165, 301, 303 
ito eb. isc nccdaceete 165, 301, 315 
Le Bas. eee eeseeneeeseeeneeees 165, 307 
CMA. sin oo cast cgest yn cnasasassaens 165, 303 
febriculosa............-...++. 165, 301, 311 
humicolus..............165, 301, 305, 306 
insularis............. "165, 301) 309, 311 
Nr os Sisicohaecccty Sierra 165, 311 
rity © Beeps Ay eR iy 165, 301, 307, 309 
SRNR INNE Eis scc ts niesasern tt 165, 3805 
PUTO os ches oc oc corel 165, 301, 303 
montanoides......... 165 | 
montanus............. 165 5, 301, 306, 807 
nigromaculatus ....... 166, 307 


“apeoc be agp ie oneal: 309, 313 
p. utahensis.. 801, 318 
PTOCUPBUB. ........00:0:scesceenssesnrannsnens 199 
prodigiosa.............165, 301, 313, 314 
sedentarius... nit uemdicka OREO he 165, 313 
ROTI CLATYS os is io cacicraaamecoumbasaaannts 165 
gt i) y (ct: : een Per errr es 168, 300 
MES STON os sain bcp scadsvsansenaphaMeaenetaawN 31 
japonicum 35 
Seeatie rrtnteta, .... ..<.+++-cdtaiparedishiees 351 
fasciata.......... heme Mes Hevea A 
PHGYVOPNIS. ..........,-.00ereererssesensnssacsonsssons 121 
TNR oc; vncvuscnensdeseptevangumiaie® 412,413 
Platanista............. et ter ey 
Plathemis subornata.........475, 488, 489 
Platynereis agassizi...... 0c. BAA 
TEAL OPB. 0.000 os on cceevveeeevevens . 344 
Platypeltis........... io 
ferox....... some tt 
Pha ty Plax. ons.sscssnesvsasesconeesvee . 468 
Platythyra... eb jseuct Mb 
Plectotropis..... ae 41, 453 
brevibarbis.... 54 
Plestiodon... ae le ie AIS, 119 
PlethodOn.. censuses Re Le 
Plethodontid@....................0+ 126 


667 

NANO UIE xis on 2s nc dekh tute estodnieetne 425 
IOUT OCOELIGGS «. ..sciscc sect aphid 126 
PPIWIGHEA BELICOR A. <.<.foc.x.c.scesyevecceutesnece 367 
Powecetes gramineus..............00.00-++ 154 
Podarke pugettensis................-0:0+ 341 
PTI TII OCR. ac oan csunk id os nieeteeateatios 555 
BUIACOPLOBSB a wessienevorvesucakes 50S, 559 
TELE Ss wiacsssasentead oeanuapaeioes 556-558 

A, ae i aterm 556, 557 

CO PCO ON: oes co Sei cckces ost vasaear 557 

he WOR CALIG 5 £0 cos senna coasts nttcaharee 557 

DAT VTA CCB. noes cirony senrsctopsenrestors | 
WARTS ACB 5s hast oscasexcicescheseeenehe 556 
Pollicipes..........---.-ssssesssesessesssesssnecsnecs 107 
PONCE TUES BD a. cine -vessis aasnsaenatanngnatonse 353 
Polynoé fragilis............-ss.scssserseeeeeees 332 
RS CRI DE fad ss: Sekt acre meee 829 
MRTG csccco Poacetshae vicdvlonots dancers 331 
PON IG io: iis bys cccsse cass ena sivigeceinaintenst 329 
Poroderma stellare... 52 
METER TVs Ves os. cc at asaianacheueereens 293 
STITT hoe ccasncze hatian octet 299 
Potamilla reniformis. .......................... 359 
PAUALTOUUGINIIG, doscci cess -eseesiendshe anaes 461 
AP TOM GR UAT COS es ss... 25-0 -004coanannecengars 62 
MPMICYENCHERS 177 gos sca soko teunsemeeaheenatend 620 
Priscodelphinus grandievus....24, 25, 28 
CENETCUS Rag) et SR ee ei ESF 53 
BPR NIG BENET ose ro eg escb in tases eageadeannraser’ 154 
Progomphus.... 466, 468, 474 
OTN oe gc bk itses oad a negnontn = 466 
obscurus boreallis.................-..-++- 488 

PY RMA... ccescesseceserncesorsenseess 490 
SRRPRSTA NUE Foch os oct iy ncaa x du waeoleed nasa 466 
Proscal pellum. ;.......00:00-.0ieccieresss. 107, 107 
RIERA OS os Bri creas acs runthon dona 127 
MOSHE S Sa il far Sas Stdas ateiuabontatncbadievy 125 
Protoneura..... 462, 468, 474, 478, 487 
RPE A 480, 489 
AUPANIACA.«.ssueccseennds- ation! ae 
OT | ce ROP OOL ES a ee 480 
Protula geniculata. ..........0.0.0660. BEL 
Pseudemys.......... 114 
concinna.......... 114 


PRevuiGlODrANChusis :csssscvcrssscccsrvsoessdenves ad 


AN RPAISEL ON SINR. 92 cick as bys cacchoveopeouteess 122 
TMODE Rs cis sepsadtsreverenccaysvecearaae 122 


..461, 462, 468 
ASO, 481. ASO 


Pseudoleon............... 
superbus... 


Pecudopotamilla a anoc ulata evn tI 359 
brevibranchiata...............00.0 360 
debilis... nab ... 860 
intermedia. hee . 359 
occelata............. ... 860 
reniformis.......... .. B59 
splendida.... . B59 

P. ss, oo a pata 371 

Pseudostigma..... 46), 467, 468 
aberrans... eR 

Pseudotriton marginatum.... 126 


66S 
Psoloessa buddiana.................... 381-383 | 
poms Se eget Siacanckbetee meee 381 383 
texana.. .......806, 367, 381, 388 
Pty chem 8. ....i06s..cisnysaryenagpeomenti 114 
COTA CRIB: cs corns 02s snr ocee eee 114 
Punctum amblygona...........6.0.+. 455 | 
&. CONOIGEUMA. 55. =.+.08 deere 455 
Pupilla cryptodon............-.cesseetennee 455 
Pupillid ee. .: ..,.0.s-100, match ees 42 
Pupinella, rufa......3..::+0..siratcansabernntee 454 
PUN PUTO 55a desicave sine culhentenadeneo sent ereye ne 
Hen Poa, ego n geist piper nth eee 5 
Putorius arizonensis.....................006 404 
longicauda.................0........404, 406 
nigripes. Pp ee ree Nee 404, 406 
streatori leptus.... coe . 404 | 
Pyramidula costulata... pena a We Ards 455 
elataor see i ee 455 
Pyrgomorphin®, .......05.csessesersesesseenees 12 
Pyrrhocorax columbianus................ 498 
PULL CVIGIES: ,. hess sr etme Seat 497 
RYLCRUOP UR: cies ea cts oe ee 498 
PRUCHOREIS. oer. sosatepsserrtese 500 
Pry Pies RES os inc ares tpt 35 
COMBE 2 a5 sotitet ccc ea 35 
ETT oT: ene SEN pee tyre «en din Hoe © 35 
AIF OOOE ooo ciyricnca nopeetacrces 35 
RCSAD PUIG. © £6 cine nsec cee eerdieatane 35 
Quieretis MICM AUER 7.0230 seers ores 458 
Quiscalus quiscula.................0:c20+ 154 
jos Oe are toate tears, Ee 125-441 
PUR eco ares dete ee ee ee eas 125 
CUBE, = ccc tee ee 125 
TEMPOTANIA. .... aseerorreens ene cens 125 
Renid tes oes caesar 125 
Res OT ee ME yr, pe 39 
tegina kirtl: Andi cvs ek Oe 120 
Regulus calendulla...........00.0.0..600005 156 
REINS. SA dashes eee ey Siesta OO Li Oe. 
Pet ape eS 5 Rate Se ort. Bala 119 
GUNOIR, . ii cn castacwct tars eLe 
BR ERG aie nc wite ssndicores axnage co evekgeventes 116 
Rhabdosteus.. ett elites Damen 
[ntivadat:.. 4-2 e eee ee 24-30 
Rhadinea.. PC CANN: Sere 123 
melanoce ceph ala... cnt ee Me 
obtusa... 123 
Rhinechis...... NP doa 121 
SCMABTIA oi s55.ch av beth ia cus ts oscdetesriaaes 121 
PUR ira Ur a ar ext oie veo eo ada bees aster 119 
Bein CHEB IE: hisses ssceceervscidetrvostpenresan ae 
atronasus....,... 926, 54S 
cataract...... 5AT, 5AD 
Rhinochilus.... 123 
lecontei.... , 123 
Rhodopygia 168, 474 
Riopa punctata...... 118 
Riparia riparia.. 154 
Romalea nuptialis 16 
Jturnmex hastatulus.. 15S 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


Rynchospora oligantha...... ........... 458 
FATILOP EL co mccnsh cereaesseacele des one 458 
Sabella elegans. .............:0.:cscseseeeseeee 359 
FOLMOSR was clause ego ae 358 
Sabellaria californica . 358 
Cemen tars 5 2e.s ice a 358 
Sabéllidie.c. 5. v.csscs.daci eee 358 
Saccolepis gibba.......::..........04:000000 408 
Salamandra attenuata................006 127 
GARONLCR, 5 iovenssicsiscs<stes ne 127 

Pai nhila'st: pene Merron tas Se - 126 
LONGI CHUGSiw., eases 126 
POTPHYTitiCus, 2 -scss.<coe cutee 126 
Quadridigitata. ccc... 126 
SCUPATAS ices. ilie cas Rane eee neee eee 126 
Sie hn: Cah eee aon ee 112,.124, 125 
| Salvador. i ccecsninte nt Suny 122 
prabamiiceys 2 2).5..4.h oe eee 122 
Samytha bioculata..................::ccs0s 350 
SRR TOST UNE 6. cise aso th tvs sabecen sae oe 17 
SSHUTOMIAUS: -<-2...55-:ecb<csceveree ce 117 
BRET Si scracdsnscdasn ce ee ee 117 
Sayornis phoebe....................:008- 133, 153 
Scalibregma inflatum...............0006 356 
| Scalibregmider.......................c0s-0y-de ee 
| Scalpel. 3:..1:.....0.:5.00501..0 ee “104-111 
AD PUSHIN 5.55.45. 0051.0, fe eee 109 

Oiea Wal lis. n LA0 
ellie. és. scsu dpa ceceeseen lil 
CALITORNT CUNN......505-2-04 stan eee 109 

CAL VET A GUO: 0:1. ;.i.5:-,c0-5000t nee 
CATINAGUINS...55.dionsaccoss-netiee eae ae 
Ghiliense.. 5.050 i.0 lil 

COP UTUMS iccc3s.00vs. 109 
diceratuim...../)-00.; si 105 
dicheloplax... «ii :.sssse+.0s+.00se ee 

OC WALAAL: .<., ovaas-s-ssenderesee eee 110 
LOYTNOS UII. aso vnasdenecoretheeseeet ee NG Bi 

STD OLUIN: «. 00. sess cegvos ss vonccte teen eee 
PIbDUML.....0vnssor es eens ea 109 

QR ACHO. od viesais ckvesvnas ct Oa 111 
ETConlAndiCuUM:....<-..100050ys eee 109 
BTUVCLL ccd eradesoese eee 110 
ifsheot:tyttcs MMMM RM ey i 109 
LOD AX. wv cpcrsrvs criveptveee sta 110 
imperfectuM.........nceeeeereeee 11D 
inerme.. ssc se» oaireguse toler ee 
intermedium... ee 
JAPONIGUIN,, | .<scccscecurtivnsee therein 110 
JAVANICUM.}....:.scen0s se 110 
JACCAGLVICUM 5.5 .:axedeske eon 110 
Dear V0 ina even sonsctcs sos as cre tee 110 
marginatum aivivin suet 100 Ce 110 

NI PPONENBE.0.0...0ssesnsiscensersheanige ‘os 
NYMPhHoCoIB!, .. as.s<soreste.0 Na 109 

OPTI ULLIN iss os oes sebn spree a ce 109 

OBS OUI. os ss cs ei ov sve 00048335 00a 7 pO RT 
PAtAZONICUM............000csereseesentans 109 
PIGEON 0. o0050ie0seneessd00s oss We 107 
DhantasMs.... ....:.:00s+ssiecsidennee 110 
PFeSsUML..,......0/000-ntss+<seentnsee ee 109 


1908. ] NATURAL SCIENCES 


Scalpellum rostratum.................. 107, 108 
LIA. ihden SR ae ese 109 
sanctzebarbar®@. ...........c...c000000+- 110 
acalpellum:..cic~ccessten ees 105, 108 
BLOAT AE) oc scien a 105, 107 
stroemil..... in-air 104, 109 
8, SOUNCUML acenunes mae 109 
s. latirostriim<3..35ees 109 
gs; luridum:..;..i.0ncs eee 109 
8. ODESUMND: «...:icescsdaae betes *. 109 
s. septentrionale. ...... 0c ccccceeeee 109 
G. SUDStrOCNNE, stress ircsdatene> 109 


WN CUS. 2. 0:52 cee ea 107 
velutimum:....:: 38:5, ain socessonstecs 109 
WILOGUIN:., .. 1.5. 5-cs ae ee 106 
nT ne porte Pee 461 
fron talis. ..:i...:<fécecncsbeans tah 466 
PTO COGR sess sicesnccdhsolaaehietioad 163 
STOW 2 sic acsssah Sos estaldccpaieinlld 126 
bombifrous: 25525; 126 
HAMMONGE...2.0:.2. pds ees 126 
SOMETIME. = x 5s. scipnea ibe encane 126 
Sceloporus torquatus......0................ 117 
SATRUOOELOA: Pass: cada ree 20 
MPRA INT cout miitdetthncipekiianeys 20 | 
DIPOLAR, Accson asta ns ce 20 


OS a A RS 
| RR aa ee Peat a 


venusta............:... . 393 
Schizocosa.................... 162, 163, ‘170, 210 
bilineata................ 165. 212) 218, 220 
charonoides...................... . 166 
SPB OUIG. ..<..ecntndestes renee 165 
DUTOIS.... ...::scsiesstne eee 165 
GOPOALE ss care. ccdasdoeee 165, 212, 215 
0. — -sotd take tees ead Ae 165 
relucens... * 166 
PATER dso vos sve Zp avons cdbantecheeereeeaes 165 
saltatrix -- diddvdxs set 165, 212, 215 
stonei.. Jovicsne gue SIT 165 
Vemustula...o...cccccccccsesseesren il B6, 217 
MMR UMRYVIS IES, 05 ox <asnoiedes creat tenceyenek 166 
eee canaliculatus... 29 
sulcatus... bad Oe ee. * | 
NE cc niessanoievesscoresalhghaaeetbigan 107 
Scincida sees devcseknsnt gpl tennant 118 
Scincus pav imentatus... 118° 
SEA CIID, nw san snavnsepstedbesonbantins 118 
WOTMOMIE 1, wsryiivas nates 118 
telfairi... eae 118 
Scirpus torreyi Biicwiniothisaeshubbeiteleiotaia 458 
Sciurus aberti concolor............0...00.--. 404 
fremonti... ee ste 404 
ludovi icianus. TIE aeat ong Lop, SO So 406 
BeCIOCOIG. caadisorcied ne nsisveessiiedeul tenes 123 
Scoliodon laticaudus... apebivieaiaasuettlel 
COTTER VON. os nc artoen minder cidthclnas neseas 66 
OCONEE vatnis ocaivaistadeteictasdincsat tertile 121 
SURCARI, Did fechas cotessvea cas enssslicaaseteia 22 
Deo) mee 
Scudderia furcifera. .........0....000c00c00 398 


43 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 669 
SPRY ALCLPRISINAD ED  we'apsssecnencnes wees 52 
VR OENITNAB, cin:d.o ines cc acteesaraanee 53 
IVATTOOLS OUND ie oesnceseusvad anniv oe 53 
SRTVURIR, CONGR, W.,0.4:0nssecesanerexvnnsind 366, 381 
Sciurus sii. eat bs oi epapso apna batiae 155 
noveboracensis... 155 
PRE RET es 00 ori siete dosenstor ed nate 120 
[3D fia Caaileae, pope eee eee Sour SS 120 
a ANART I css os vdacans coeiagk RR SIS NAS 529 
atromaculatus...................... 525, 535 
PINRO E NG as Scns ccyachusi inte acess Rani 524 
RITIOCIO CLAWIOTUIL..........40.c0ccisscsnsvesnn 459 
IN TORRENTS is 504 svnatodesciagrahibnebneh 118 
INI as oncls vera iestxtarajhons stones 112,119 
eee eee oe eee 116, 119 
Serpula columbiana... 361, 362 
ENN lai va ens oan ysh <u tags 361 
Setophaga ruticilla...............c.cc. 156 
MIS ces scicsenvn cee egis dade ne 
eee eo 156 
IN sR asian sicenr tosdssnin esd toon 123 
MNINEMES ID ie cu cha c<cnos5+.sevdvsngesesthbQbens 338 
Sinica... bass: 589, 590 
Siphonostoma villosum... eee Ts g 
RM Lassie lnisannas snare rocgehiaiee 124 
SE AA ae Ren Oy 5 Pr SO 127 
ESE Be taro 127 
REMI EARNS cote: Sian rfonsn sch etbawhcacedsic ipsa 127 
NN as Sek cxciintevkiatssesubcateecseesed 127 
ES aes SORE. Cee 598 
PETIT GI: cesta tasty Foobar cnet rin ackeges 598 
Uh cc, tae ceioy he cant apronsnntrete 598 
EOE eden Wepgetefenwhnudyacy vice sanabiats 620 
NS ee Eee 620 
Smilisca daulinia..............:.......s.0.ce08 1 
RO ae = JO Ra are 106, 107, 107 
RRRSRNMRISEAS css ne Doghde as tp eMemyss «xan des 107 
Pe tas as 5 deu Daneenanaisty si <s.o+~ soani 107 
longrostrum... 107 
his pees hed Race ches > se cabeeas 107 
pollicipedoides .....................cc0+0 107 
NN ete once couhectdare dis ieseann SNS, 
ORCC TIOUIITD. 3 rise ccch fa snsspnacevennan AOE 
ek ddinad chert es vs des vents that 107 
Solastes decemradiata...................... 330 
Sorex Obscurus. .........0006000.0...... 404, 407 
personatus. .. 404, 406 
p. haydeni... ane 
vagrans abbeonh.... <oocennetn 407 
Sosilaus... ates 163, 169, 298, 298 
spiniger... r 165, 298 
Sosippus, 160, 162, 163, 168, 169, 292, 
292, 293 
floridanus....... 165, 293 
Spea.... . 126 
Spelerpes.... 126 
AT RS TEs 126 
Sphiwrodacty ER Oe dee 116 
sputator... 116 
Sphargis....... ee eal 113 
Sphyrapicus varius...... 153 


670 PROCEEDINGS OF 
Sphyrna lOc: csi. :0is..00e50. se0dsasverenn 66 
SEU. oai ss vicaacks ose 66 
210s (3: SeenON EERE SPS 7 66 
BY. wisi vvncaaevecdcustesee ene 66 | 
Spby MI. 3...005iduso nee 66 | 
Spilogale tendie. a acciieeeeee 404, 406 
Bpilotes.c sac. ic+.00cineoconon eee ana 121 
pulla tus... ......c.1ossuareaee eee 121 
SPIO POUR. 6.5. scents sna ee 586 
japONICUML«..psiavsicoe 32, 454, 586 
j. Chejuenpe.....csncsaepcasey Oe 
j. teushimanuin:...45-0240 ee 5S6 
nakadai. vcs anor 32 
yakushimanum...................5000+5+ 32 
Spirorbis granulata var. tridentata 362 
quadrangularis.......................... 362 
MPM |< 5 cities. vse 362, 364 
tridentata... cones 362 
Spinella pushy sao a Aoseventvegstavesctons 154 
BOCAS 4: Sand ts ada svee eet 154 
Sporobolus longifolius........................ 458 
Beatie... ose cccitamBts is Saban neat 68 
Squalius hyalope. .1025<s<iseisst-.sshaee 524 
PHOLOR EES. bis cit hess opin rect 544, 555 
Squalus acanthias............:::..:.000..s0+ 68 
SITICANUE, «Oe Siete ee ee 53 
DIAN VINO oe oka aseh hice cere 68 
COMICUIB. So... cee ee et 
CONGDEMIAS) one tar etna 
Ceo y 27) SNR rr Pt Pt PE 54 
fl) mene pte ee ee 53 
PIONS, 65h pc tetne tes crnce rons 71 
PUMIGURUUS. 5... 570.055 sestetasasteatnes ett 54 
SEIN os wie osc cas Fone eta 53, 69 
WARN acini 0.5 Rovtyses MR tatentande 63 
POCURUEERIIIN 2 gis ccs scns Suen ete ctor esc 116 
Squatina squatina...............cccsceeeee 70 
PS CHSEATINNG SS, 0.05 ins 05 0p caietaciinenns sh tneiee 70 
SLATIFONGTEMIL. 0.01, eterna 347 
Stauronereis annulatus...................... 347 
Steirodon thoracicus...................:06. 399 
Stelgidopteryx Sighs cask 2 154 
onary sesh ea DB, 29 
SEO CTA 2a cv-e cme eanir cee 620 
QUCRONTAS ji occcasasesv. ccna cert pete cee 620 
SHATCOCIINIE, 2.055, <csesesrnve te eantasedset ein 126 
Stereophzdusa......................565, 567, 568 
SETOORRIICY Ria misses caivetiovnendhorcat 578, 580 
SSR TIRGTI IE isc foncusitenpBatasrsuvcetnensstoril 357 
ALBUS sirbica cco tao Gih satel ke a 
LOMBOE,-. io scud Go vcasAetne eecatiet ae 358 
NAT. Soc cdeosasoctio i sacerekisetee 357 
Sternothoerus... Lorecrerceccorsssrevsssseivesssee LLG 
OCLOMACUG, ws psisaseoiiasdcaspeaneemeen as 114 | 
pennsylvanica.... . 114 
Stichopus californica................ 330 
Stilpnochilora........ 4 398, 399 
Stilosoma...... 122 
SRL UACOIN senders eieatccegeee 122 
Storeria.... 121 


THE ACADEMY OF 


Strobilops diodontina...................0+ 455 
TT OGRE 6 bins ad ecceaig oie Ree 455 
Sturnella magna... 154 
SULCCINLCA: A VATA, jist cnyete sacs cere 46 
CAMPESETIS...........2..-eseeeeeeeereeees 46, 48 

PT ORTR se ie con agshisnupeotieee 48 
QUOTA 2 ~ .Aliaivsseschrans<oteedgeee 46-51 
OVADIS, 225s pease tree 45-51 

0. ee ieee” 48, 49 

o. optima... a ok 48, 49 
URIS oes Alaa. na viao ane 46 
=i: Wee Reale bomen pe co < - 46, 50 
totteniana......................46, 48, 50, 51 
Surirella:. «fel h ckcccesg pes ctentanee eat 503 
Stypocnemiis...............:t0000+ 120 
rufopunctatus... in anrteeees ast 120 

SSG TIATIR Lo ii5ors.ssevsuevst-<ft tear ee 620 
PAVOOLS: «. oscsicoseocespecstse oe: tee 620 
TAMU: © oes si cco20nte-onaniss Ose 620 

6) he: Sa Re PR Oo a 620 

SY COG Y DUB age cc sco min endo skinnnceseat ee 3-9 
canaliculatus..........:c:¢.:-cosseeee 3 

Sy Mise, 2-5. ccec ices sectsnnpsoop oss eeee 323 
=) f | 1 eR RSE ENR a eK 325 
Boreas, 30. .).056-A cnn eee 323 
alternatac.......:...s-cttecu 323 
BEMOUMATIG.: ..:6i0ccea Seer 323, 323 
quaternaria.... eet moe 
(Cheetosy llis) ceca = ‘ 325 
Sylvilagus pinetis.... ..... 404, 405 
Sympetrum.......c.....-0sesereees 462, 467, 468 
corruptum............ 462, 472, 481. 489 
illotum virgulum.... 460, 481, 487 
Syrbula f usco-Vittata......... .... 366, 375 
INGH OBES. ov i2is 50h. <aces boo 368, 375 
Syyrro plus. si ainr.tc.s00105 sane 125 
THAPROCK A, 0.520 o os<-sepdssaxs pp 125 
Teniophis vermiculaticeps............... 123 
Dears tala Shea aeins one os onsednnnng see (124 
COTOTE HRs: pnt éss0ses/r9n09 7) ee 124 
Tarentula, 221, 246, 249, 263, 268, 279 
baltimoriana......c<.--.:ico.rctoheuelll 246 

in hOnestAa, wii. 5..se.ciecrnslee aoe 238 
JOT Bite .0s2: cores cayevevese eta ee 253 
MOC OBTBA, e+: ¢40s5s<daves srvntsioeeee 261, 270 
nidifex ae svar 
DUNS ceacseas creeper cxaareriss th 261 
DUlear er. «i: cists seo edes seen 267 
SCAIATIG.....3.<0iersrtsagtn ee 253 

GA ETAN Gs po vo vv ess edbcat voce exe cc 238 
Tauriphila........<..is.tareceae 468 
BIOs wr sce ennsn}s saree 489 
BECO CAs ecsesseccravadecsssvaree> ae 489 
Taxided taXus....0:i:i-::.c1ss09 00 404 
TLL ER: ies see s000sevesesoussarkiranbse eee 118 
TELA TION, 0 oss vnvs0ssevedsetenentt chosen 461 
Telebasis... oe an 468, 474 
digiticollis.... wsseesse 481, 487, 489 
OELYR. bcdcivicsseiiens 481, 487, 490 
Telmatodytes palustris... 156 


1908.] NATURAL SCIENCES 
TOrranene: ooo unk ee ae 155 
CIANIGER, os :cheekaips dh eee eae 115 | 
Terebella fasciata... .. 351 | 
Terebellid@.................. 350 
Terebellides stroemii... 322, B52, ot 
Testudimsstss, 25s cas acca Senoues bomenionaeed 
Wet GAIOG vi sas ses sages dectdooet is terstentets a3 
"Tentudinidle:.. 2a cose ene 114 
Testud. «ics rerasceaee em 113, 115 | 
berlandieri.....5.eiciawuetens 115 
CATEELA. ....-:..s.0vukinameee eae 115 
CARDING, .c5c0cnxe avon 115 
concentrica be 114 
COPIACOE. «5. iden picteas eee es 113 
a 115 
pe ES i ST Ge 114 
Po SES keno ey Te to er RTEe 115 
Doky Phen 5 igs eccienpeitiadesss 115 
SNR isos a exci seomtbeging agate 114 
asic csicseses scereigasantntvehe 113) 
CORT RTI oid cs arestiodsesnnss ost bameiexoses 114 
TOR RONIAR. osiccsi..ssessaenicd. coer. 398 
DE TION GE, 25 3 ceing ns sisshsaamioaensens 116 | 
ee AE na RRO S 120 — 
Thaumatoneurea.........461, 462, 467, 468 © 
RS OIIORG oe. oscesasoctnsstrretneebennde 113 
Thelepus hamatus..................::::00000 352 | 
Tholy mis. ...........-ocessecserersersesesesneennens 462 
CHING, 2.0 oa. sdaincvtasvectabeeeetnets 489 
Thomomys clusius fuscus 404, 405 
oe epee Sees ei Shale 404, 405 
PNB a sac 2s cctonsnectcansace Saori 461 
Thyrosternum. ............0.ee eerie 114 
Tihonts fasciata. .j....::.csnanser-oes 117 
TReNCLAYA: ....:.c>.-24ssb concealer 620 
Tofieldia racemosa. ...........0............. 459 
AR SINNRNS iss ss ceccx occas eee 122 
Hiteate 2... alenaen ates 122 
Tomodon nasutus..........................6.. 12: 
Tomonotus aztecus.. ...367, 386, 387 
FoRTURinOMUl cc dccieateensris 386 
Toptrix Dotte. «ist neccinwote ene 119 
Toxostoma rufum................133, 137, 156 
Trabea...................162, 163, 169, 295, 295 
aurantiaca....................165, 296, 298 
IY. iiccchateser ina icteipaes tat icghes 114 
OMI aio thc cieeset othr sdlrtdee bende 114 
gages ar ve ishikaw®.............00... 319 
seleniris... Ayes 319 
Tramea... 462 
abdominalis.... 490 
cophysa peattnee 481 
insularis..... ida oat. SRI Tr . 489 
longicauda...............+. ASS, 489 
CUA TINE cata ca Aasteteeesasta 481, 489 
Travisia forbesii........cccceccccccceceseeseees OOF 


PUPA. oss essscsecssereesnssnernernerarsanecrees 355 
Trepidulus melleolus...................367, 387 
FORRCOUB isso sserescesosiesenes 366, 367, 287 
Tretosphys grandwevus..................... 28 


OF PHILADELPHIA. 


PRPya let et TONNES ce woo coi wd acs ss ousncoe conte rodees 59 
semifasciatus..................0000cce-se 59 
CEPTS ae a a aes aS oS 601 


zegheri, 603, 604, 606, 609, 610, 
612-615, 617, 618 


ME ih sh acin nits ciecivanicartciil 284, 284, 285 
Sp EAE ORS GAE 55 ns nin sssous vosesdenentance 42 
Triglochin maritima......................... 459 
Trimerotropis alliciens...................... 390 
WIE seo Noy PFs sen naoes areata 390 
PP RTORDONIUS. 08.5 sce. ceycesncnenenenn> 391 
FORCAOU Whos: ithseaztae eee 389 
SIAM fs cesestepcuscsevsolne iter 390 
MUNN OR ci cesiiskvigses ere niet 390 
SP ERND IOS 3-3 cs. sis Sasvrpconeie, es aot 390 
ETNA oa 055%. ss seecs heen 368, 390 
RRERIOW ON sissy coeur ke ssa . 123 
its cc ee poco 123 
ST ROIR GY CRINASE eine css wenn ven comninciynennned 115 
TrionyX egy pticus...............0ccsceseses 115 
eet att yt | Eee 115 
REAM a acca osreins airs ote 115 
Laan, INGE, COUACORE. 5c -asscnsedncaturnas 593 
ypozona... = . 598 
rlix dove aw ajiensis... 455 
PRIN 55. cus ccs an sastnnp acizsnnn 34 
RINE CUUNRTAI ooac ck eos xe essnhrnvstonoatid 127 
ANCES PONT cos saclas nce ss doinnninwen eds 126 
viridescens............ sac hee ketag tae 126 
Trochilus colubris.................:-.:+:0+ 153 
Trochosa......162, 163, 221, 222, 284, ro 
MN SE oS rac ath uses shswaetad 
0 ee ee ee Seer 282, 283 
PUENTE let tik teases sees cas dust byes 513 
Sorat tee) ae ey ae 261 
ES LOS EO NOOO, SE 
BGEUB DULG wert s civ ishsd eo oxo sedypes 289 
hat RE oes 3 sansa 290 
pratensis... ..-. 268 
purcelli.... nin 267,514 
RR RS Se 279 
rp ann ee gy oF 
sublata * 288 
Troglodytes aédon.. 156 
Trophonia pepe 356 
Tropidoclonium............ cabelas Ahan 
PROMI «es vaenieresnsancercconenrrecivid 120 
dekayi... PNR eR Ea he 121 
SAUTIEUS. 0... 120 
rece. sic teinilandione 120 
torquata.... 120 
TORE, inss.ssnssscsiecesveseesernsecssesnnees 12 
affinis... oon ae io 
Trypanosyllis gemmipara Luunndoo, 328 
misakiensis.. te marrage 
I aissicsi er vein lsnvhencnaleoesioveataes 328 
Typhlops nigricans... 119 
septemstriatus.... 119 
Typosyllis armillaris... 823 
Tyrannus tyrannus.......00000000.. 158 


Cent sl a ia etn eee 


US cr, pO ME ASA hee. 117 
NOtAtA. 6 Soke ik bean 
Uracis fastigiata.................. 490 
ANID UCR. «ee 487, “489, 490 
Urodela.. 2.3.0 2 eee 126 | 
Uropalpinx... 3. =5°.13.054 eee 5 | 
Ursus americanus...........000.cccceccseeeeee 404 
Uta .nc i ion ck eee 117 
stansburiang< 2 ee LIZ 
Vaslloniia paketill o. ...csnwcetn see 37 
BORCTH. i ee eee 455 | 
Venatores...0c3 3s oe eee 169 | 
VOR occ ne pee eee: 6, 7,9 
MercenAYIA, Sarees tee oe eer 6 
Verticaria. 0. 3 ee eee 118 
Viertign japonied. sic .cpsssccrecrionts 455 
Viburnum alnifolium........................ 450 | 
lantanGIGeR. Jou hoe 450 
VipGiic i 2 esp eee oe 121 
fers: ice. foc ee 122 
Vipera hae sce eee ae 122, 124 
Vireo flavifrons:). 20.250 155 | 
pilvosis caw 155 
NOVAbOrAacenSIS. ..........000..000cee00es 155 
olivacelisi. ts) See ee 154 
solitarius! 2) Sy.31ee es oe 155 
VRS, Soo sis tre septs eee vay 123 
THOMA GA: 7 he ede 121 
Wnlersse i000. eee ee, ea 123 
Vulpes macrourts. 2.15... ceccnienenneons 404 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 


[Dec., 
'WeUGNA. j-65 csc dace eee 119 
DUINIOR a sds Mer rrtosein ee 119 
Wilsonia canadensis.....................0:08 156 
XMantusia. cree ee 118 
pilbertic:.. fonsscsn oe es 118 
henshawi.cs oe eee 118 
gs (01: Wi ROR aap 118 
er GUST Seo ck Ces cere ee 118 
erobates:3. kc ee ee 115 
D6 0) 11s, | eee nen ME RrSEeS St gS 17 
REP ONE a sos nse sacs 17 
Yersinia solitaria. 3:4 ..5..:.0-ssssssneee 369 
SOPHTONICH. Siasassaoe-sssne ee 366, 369 
ZR ODEIG, ais «sos eisnss2ovece eno 118 
Zamelodia ludoviciana....................-+ 154 
PAMGCni Ssh 2 eb ossicles 121 
| QUE 3 oie: ioot peta! 576, 579, 580, 583 
ZASPUS. PYITICE DE bs onsen vase sienstene 404 
Zenaidura MACLOULA............cceeceeeeeeees 153 
Zonabris dicincta v. occidentalis.. 609 
ZOBIOPOGB.. bsc0zsssene-0. cohesosc one 16 
tara bas cccc.cscetiotiocuees ceo eee 16 
Zoniti Ges... chs .ciictoss eae ee 620 
Yea TT ae one Ae oa 620, 621, 623 
angolensis. —..:...2:i0kseac ee 622 
ANNULCOMMIS: <0 ars. 12.5008 622 
antenmallis. . :....:a.ae-0025.0cacreee ee 621 
CACONI As. ow ck eas 622 
ct): Re 622 
PYIONOOGTA. «...-..0--casenkesos ee 622 
SCAPULATEB. Y isicin:.5 ork ate 623 


1908. ] 


NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


673 


GENERAL INDEX. 


** 1908. 


Additions to the Museum, 644. 

Biological and Microscopical Section, 
report of, 636. 

Bladen, Elizabeth S., announcement of 
death of, 456. 

Botanical Section, report of, 638. 

Boyer, Charles S. Synonymy and 
relationship of Surirella (no abstract), 
503. On a newspecies of diatom of 
the genus Cymatopleura (Plate 
XXVIII), 516, 554. Report of 
Biological and Microscopical Sec- 
tion, 636. 

Brooks, William K., announcement of 
death of, 503. 

Brown, Arthur E., Sc.D. Generic types 
of Nearctic Reptilia and Amphibia, 
44, 112. 

Brown, Stewardson. 
tanical Section, 638. 

Brusina, Spiridione, announcement of 
death of, 457. 

Bullock, Benjamin, announcement of 
death of, 456. 

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. General 
results of nine years’ study of the 
dragon-flies of Mexico and Central 
America (no abstract), 11. The 
composition and ecological relations 
of the Odonate Fauna of Mexico and 
Central America (Plate XX VI), 456, 


460. 

Cattell, Henry W., M.D. On Trypano- 
somiasis (no abstract), 44. 

Chamberlin, Ralph V. Animal names 
and anatomical terms of the Goshute 
Indians, 44, 74. Revision of North 
American spiders of the family 
Lycoside (Plates VIII-XXIII), 
158. 

Clarke, John Mason, award of Hayden 
medal to, 502, 

Colton, Harold Sellers. Charles Wilson 
Peale and the Philadelphia Museum 
(no abstract), 44. 
Sycotypus eat oysters, mussels and 
clams (Plates I-V), 3. Some effects 


Report of Bo- 


How Fulgur and | 


of environment on the growth of 
Lymnea columella Say, 410, 456. 

Conklin, Edwin G., Ph.D. On some 
phenomena and causes of heredity 
(no abstract), 30. 

Corresponding Secretary, report of, 627. 

Council for 1909, 642. 

Curators, report of, 621. 

Dixon, Samuel G., M.D., and Henry A. 
ri ry, Sc.D. Report of Curators, 

Elections during 1908, 643. 

Entomological Section, report of, 637. 

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on sharks, 
44, 52. Synopsis of the Cyprinids 
of Pennsylvania (Plate X XVII), 
516, 517. 

Freedly, William G., announcement 
of death of, 456. 

General Index, 673. 

Harshberger, John W., Ph.D. On 
the geographical study of bud 
opening in connection with isother- 
mal lines (no abstract), 157. The 
directive influence of light on the 

owth of forest plants (Plates XXIV, 
XXV), 449, 456. 

Hayden Memorial Award, 1, 157, 502. 

Holt, Jacob F., announcement of 
death of, 456. 

Index to Genera, 651. 

Ishikawa, Chiyomatsu, Ph.D.  De- 
scription of a newspecies of Squaloid 
Shark, 44, 71. 

Keeley, Frank J. On secondary crys- 
tallization of early limestone and 
demonstration of Brownian move- 
ment (no abstract), 503. 

Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Report of 
Mineralogical and Geological Sec- 
tion, 640. 

Mayer, Gustav, announcement of death 
of, 457. . 

Medlicott, Henry B., announcement of 
death of, 157. 

Mineralogical and Geological Section, 
report of, 639, 


674 PROCEEDINGS OF 


Montgomery, Thomas H. 
on Prof. Chamberlin’s 
North American Lycoside, 503, 513. 

Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D. Some Poly- 
chetous Annelids of the northern 
Pacific Coast of North America, 321, 
456. Report of Corresponding Sec- 
retary, 627. 

Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of 
Recording Secretary, 625. Report 
of Librarian, 628. 

Officers, Councillors and Committee on 
Accounts, 1909, 642. 

Ornithological Section, report of, 640. 

Pilsbry, Henry A. : 
ovalis Say and 8S. obliqua Say 
(Plate VII), 44, 45. On the classi- 
fication of Scalpelliform Barnacles, 
44, 104. 


graphical distribution of Strobilops 
(no abstract), 503. Clausiliide of 
the Japanese Empire, XII (Plates 
XXX, XXXII, XXXIT), 516, 561. 
Report of the Department of Mol- 
lusca, 636. 


A comparison of the land- | 
snail fauna of Korea with the faunas | 
of Japan and China, 452, 456. Geo- | 


THE ACADEMY OF 


Remarks | 
Revision of | 


: or, * _ Snyder, John Otterbein. 
Notes on Succinea | 


Pilsbry, H. A., and C. Montague Cooke. | 
On the teeth of Hawaiian species of | 


Helicina, 516, 560. 
Pilsbry, Henry A., 
New land and fresh-water Mollusca 


and Y. Hirase.. | 


of the Japanese Empire, 30, 31. | 


New land shells from the Japanese 
Empire, I, 30, 37. 
lusca of the Japanese Empire, 516, 


Pilsbry, H. A., and E. G. Vanatta. 
Notes on Polinices didyma, with 
description of a new Australian 
species (Plate XXIX), 516, 555. 

Potts, William, announcement of death 
of, 503. 

Recording Secretary, report of, 625. 

nee Jacob, announcement of death 
of, 2. 


fehn, James A. G. Acrididw (Orth- 


New land Mol- | 


optera) from Sao Paulo, Brazil, with | 
descriptions of one new genus and | 


three new species, 11, 12. 

Rehn, James A.G., and Morgan Hebard. 
An Orthopterological reconnoissance 
of the southwestern United States. 
Part I, Arizona, 365, 456. 

teport of Biological and Microscopical 
Section, 636. 

teport of Botanical Section, 639. 

teport of Corresponding Secretary, 


627. 


[Dec., 1908. 


Report of Curators, 621. 

Report of Entomological Section, 637. 

Report of Mineralogical and Geological 
Section, 639. 

Report of Ornithological Section, 640. 

Report of the Recording Secretary, 625. 

Reports of the Sections, 636. 

Ridings, James H., announcement of 
death of, 44. 

Rosengarten, Samuel G., announce- 
ment of death of, 456. 

Skinner, Henry, M.D. Report of 
Entomological Section, 637. 

Description 
of Trachypterus seleniris, a new 
species of ribbon-fish from Mon- 
terey Bay, California, 319, 456. 

Sorby, Henry Clifton, announcement 
of death of, 44. 

Standing Committees, 1908, 1. 

Stewart, Thomas A., M.D. On the 
bacillus of Syphilis (no abstract), 
503, 

Stone, Witmer. Geographical distri- 
bution of plants and animals in 
southern New Jersey (no abstract), 
11. Methods of recording and util- 
izing bird-migration data, 128. A 
review of the genus Piaya Lesson, 
457, 492. Recent additions to our 
knowledge of the flora of southern 
New Jersey, 457. Report of Orni- 
thological Section, 640. 


Trotter, Spencer, M.D. On the anat- 
omy of the apes (no abstract), 157. 

True, Frederick W. Remarks on the 
fossil cetacean Rhabdosteus latira- 
dix Cope (Plate VI), 11, 24. 

Vaux, William 8., Jr., announcement of 
death of, and minute, 456. 


Walcott, Charles D., presentation of 
Hayden Medal to, 1. 

Wellman, F. Creighton, M.D. On the 
Meloide of Angola, 516, 600. On 
the natural history of West Africa 
(no abstract), 516. 

Wellman, F. Creighton, M.D., and 
Walther Horn. On the Cicindeline 
of Angola, 508, 504. 

Whelen, Alfred, announcement of death 
of, 508. 

Wood, Casey A., M.D. 
sight of birds (no abstract), 2. 


Eyes and eye- 


Young, Robert T. Notes on the dis- 


tribution of Colorado Mammals, 
with description of a new species 
of bat (Eptesicus pallidus) from 
Boulder, 403, 456. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE I. 


COLTON HOW FULGUR AND SYCOTYPUS EAT OYSTERS, ETC 


PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908 PLATE II. 


COLTON. HOW FULGUR AND SYCOTYPUS EAT OYSTERS ETC 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE III. 


COLTON. HOW FULGUR AND SYCOTYPUS EAT OYSTERS. ETC, 


¢ 


_ 


PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE Iv. 


COLTON. HOW FULGUR AND SYCOTYPUS EAT OYSTERS, ETC. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908 PLATE V 


FULGUR PERVERSA 


SyYcCoTy PuS CANALICULATUS 


Sano Beacn ROCKS SAND ROCKS 
WATER 41n. DEEP WATER 3FT. Deer 
Ovsrens 


OL'TON HOW FULGUR AND YCOT YP EAT OYSTERS, ETC 


\' 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. 


TRUE oN RHABDOS' 


PLATE VI 


LATIRADIX Cop! 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE VII. 


PILSBRY ON SUCCINEA OVALIS 


PLATE VIII 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSID4& 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE IX. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDAS. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE X. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDAS. 


= 


he 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XI. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDAE, 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE Xli. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSID®, 


* 
~ 


ad 


PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1998. PLATE XIII 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDAS&, 


"~ 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. 


PLATE XIV. 


CHAMBERLIN oN LYCOSIDA2. 


Ww 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XV. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDA&. 


ve 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XVI. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSID 42, 


« 
— 


PROC. ACAD NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XVII 


1 


CHAMBERLIN oN LYCOSIDAS 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. 


PLATE XVIII. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDA&®, 


PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1908. - PLATE XIX, 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDAE. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. : PLATE XX. 


‘ 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSID 42. 


PROC, ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XXI. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDA® 


a 
— 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. 


PLATE XxXIl. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDA3%. 


he 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1908. PLATE XXIII. 


CHAMBERLIN on LYCOSIDA® 


PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 4908 PLATE XXV. 


HARSHBERGER ON INFLUENCE OF LIGHT. 


: 
“1 


ey 


Pe. Acad. Nat Sce Pplasg08 


BO}. 


25} _ 


PLATE XXVI 
is 


Actuat Distriputionor Mean ANNUALTEMPERATURES | 


[2 Zone | More thim 30°C.(86 F)? 
ae) 025°C: (C6zn7) 
es" MM 25-20. (76a) | 
ee 1 20-15 Ci(Gaz55an) 
a) 15-10 C(G9=505h) | 


| 


Sa 2) CVI Sess than 10°C.(50°F) 
———— International Boundaries 
-------- Boundaries of Mexican States 


| 


-—-—-- Limits of Central Mexican Plateau | 


110 —___105 100 


i 
95 90 85 


PP Calvert del el pine. 


CALVERT, ODONATE FAUNA 


OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA 


PLATE XXVII 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908 


NOTROPIS KEIMI FOWLER. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1908 PLATE XXVIII 


CYMATOPLEURA SHULZEI BOYER 


PLATE XXIX 


XXX. 


rE 


PLA 


1908 


PHILA, 


SCI 


PROC ACAD. NAT. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1908. PLATE XXxXI. 


| 


Z 


PLATE XXXII. 


PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1908. 


’ 


Aeademy of Natural Sciences 


QH 
of Philadelphia 
Proceedings 


Serials 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


STORAGE 


; ‘ rs : Sela dae Hye! - orertys ; £%) ey » oy tosis - «, 2: ’ eos eet 3 as. ¢ , dot heed ee es gear? St 2 FF Pa. 42° 
“ J ve sae ¥ ve ree rae aoe mee ep ae i) rn a] ac i wt epeishesens.” wer ‘ > 
eee mee o — et Aatdtar tes SPAR CREATION 1 ay ~ A *” ei o. ai . 3 = 
: 2 ’ f 7 LIA Aree 4 vf “7 Nd LE f ir REET. ergo “ee we : 4h = 3 eres : > - os a kee: 


ta Re a